1
For
the
reasons
set
out
in
the
preamble,
title
40,
chapter
I
of
the
Code
of
Federal
Regulations
is
amended
as
follows:

PART
85
 
CONTROL
OF
AIR
POLLUTION
FROM
MOBILE
SOURCES
1.
The
authority
citation
for
part
85
continues
to
read
as
follows:
Authority:
42
U.
S.
C.
7401
­
7671q.

2.
Section
85.1502
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
a)(
14)
to
read
as
follows:
§
85.1502
Definitions.
(
a)
*
*
*
(
14)
United
States.
United
States
includes
the
States,
the
District
of
Columbia,
the
Commonwealth
of
Puerto
Rico,
the
Commonwealth
of
the
Northern
Mariana
Islands,
Guam,
American
Samoa,
and
the
U.
S.
Virgin
Islands.
*
*
*
*
*

3.
Section
85.1503
is
amended
by
revising
the
section
heading
and
adding
paragraphs
(
c),
(
d),
and
(
e)
to
read
as
follows:
§
85.1503
General
requirements
for
importation
of
nonconforming
vehicles
and
engines.
*
*
*
*
*
(
c)
In
any
one
certificate
year
(
e.
g.,
the
current
model
year),
an
ICI
may
finally
admit
no
more
than
the
following
numbers
of
nonconforming
vehicles
or
engines
into
the
United
States
under
the
provisions
of
§
85.1505
and
§
85.1509,
except
as
allowed
by
paragraph
(
e)
of
this
section:
(
1)
5
heavy­
duty
engines.
(
2)
A
total
of
50
light­
duty
vehicles,
light­
duty
trucks,
and
medium­
duty
passenger
vehicles.
(
3)
50
highway
motorcycles.
(
d)
For
ICIs
owned
by
a
parent
company,
the
importation
limits
in
paragraph
(
c)
of
this
section
include
importation
by
the
parent
company
and
all
its
subsidiaries.
(
e)
An
ICI
may
exceed
the
limits
outlined
paragraphs(
c)
and
(
d)
of
this
section,
provided
that
any
vehicles/
engines
in
excess
of
the
limits
meet
the
emission
standards
and
other
requirements
outlined
in
the
provisions
of
§
85.1515
for
the
model
year
in
which
the
motor
vehicle/
engine
is
modified
(
instead
of
the
emission
standards
and
other
requirements
applicable
for
the
OP
year
of
the
vehicle/
engine).

4.
Section
85.1513
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
d)
to
read
as
follows:
§
85.1513
Prohibited
acts;
penalties.
*
*
*
*
*
(
d)
Any
importer
who
violates
section
203(
a)(
1)
of
the
Act
is
subject
to
a
civil
penalty
under
section
205
of
the
Act
of
not
more
than
$
32,500
for
each
vehicle
or
engine
subject
to
the
violation.
In
addition
to
the
penalty
provided
in
the
Act,
where
applicable,
under
the
exemption
provisions
of
§
85.1511(
b),
or
under
§
85.1512,
any
person
or
entity
who
fails
to
deliver
such
2
vehicle
or
engine
to
the
U.
S.
Customs
Service
is
liable
for
liquidated
damages
in
the
amount
of
the
bond
required
by
applicable
Customs
laws
and
regulations.
*
*
*
*
*

5.
Section
85.1515
is
amended
by
revising
paragraphs
(
c)(
1)
and
(
c)(
2)
to
read
as
follows:
§
85.1515
Emission
standards
and
test
procedures
applicable
to
imported
nonconforming
motor
vehicles
and
motor
vehicle
engines.
*
*
*
*
*
(
c)(
1)
Nonconforming
motor
vehicles
or
motor
vehicle
engines
of
1994
OP
model
year
and
later
conditionally
imported
pursuant
to
§
85.1505
or
§
85.1509
shall
meet
all
of
the
emission
standards
specified
in
40
CFR
Part
86
for
the
OP
year
of
the
vehicle
or
motor
vehicle
engine.
At
the
option
of
the
ICI,
the
nonconforming
motor
vehicle
may
comply
with
the
emissions
standards
in
40
CFR
86.1708­
99
or
86.1709­
99,
as
applicable
to
a
light­
duty
vehicle
or
light
light­
duty
truck,
in
lieu
of
the
otherwise
applicable
emissions
standards
specified
in
40
CFR
Part
86
for
the
OP
year
of
the
vehicle.
The
provisions
of
40
CFR
86.1710­
99
do
not
apply
to
imported
nonconforming
motor
vehicles.
The
useful
life
specified
in
40
CFR
part
86
for
the
OP
year
of
the
motor
vehicle
or
motor
vehicle
engine
is
applicable
where
useful
life
is
not
designated
in
this
subpart.
(
2)(
i)
Nonconforming
light­
duty
vehicles
and
light
light­
duty
trucks
(
LDV/
LLDTs)
originally
manufactured
in
OP
years
2004,
2005
or
2006
must
meet
the
FTP
exhaust
emission
standards
of
bin
9
in
Tables
S04­
1
and
S04­
2
in
40
CFR
86.1811­
04
and
the
evaporative
emission
standards
for
light­
duty
vehicles
and
light
light­
duty
trucks
specified
in
40
CFR
86.1811­
01(
e)(
5).
(
ii)
Nonconforming
LDT3s
and
LDT4s
(
HLDTs)
and
medium­
duty
passenger
vehicles
(
MDPVs)
originally
manufactured
in
OP
years
2004
through
2006
must
meet
the
FTP
exhaust
emission
standards
of
bin
10
in
Tables
S04­
1
and
S04­
2
in
40
CFR
86.1811­
04
and
the
applicable
evaporative
emission
standards
specified
in
40
CFR
86.1811­
04(
e)(
5).
For
2004
OP
year
HLDTs
and
MDPVs
where
modifications
commence
on
the
first
vehicle
of
a
test
group
before
December
21,
2003,
this
requirement
does
not
apply
to
the
2004
OP
year.
ICIs
opting
to
bring
all
of
their
2004
OP
year
HLDTs
and
MDPVs
into
compliance
with
the
exhaust
emission
standards
of
bin
10
in
Tables
S04­
1
and
S04­
2
in
40
CFR
86.1811­
04
,
may
use
the
optional
higher
NMOG
values
for
their
2004­
2006
OP
year
LDT2s
and
2004­
2008
LDT4s.
(
iii)
Nonconforming
LDT3s
and
LDT4s
(
HLDTs)
and
medium­
duty
passenger
vehicles
(
MDPVs)
originally
manufactured
in
OP
years
2007
and
2008
must
meet
the
FTP
exhaust
emission
standards
of
bin
8
in
Tables
S04­
1
and
S04­
2
in
40
CFR
86.1811­
04
and
the
applicable
evaporative
standards
specified
in
40
CFR
86.1811­
04(
e)(
5).
(
iv)
Nonconforming
LDV/
LDTs
originally
manufactured
in
OP
years
2007
and
later
and
nonconforming
HLDTs
and
MDPVs
originally
manufactured
in
OP
years
2009
and
later
must
meet
the
FTP
exhaust
emission
standards
of
bin
5
in
Tables
S04­
1
and
S04­
2
in
40
CFR
86.1811­
04,
and
the
evaporative
standards
specified
in
40
CFR
86.1811(
e)(
1)
through
(
e)(
4).
3
(
v)
ICIs
are
exempt
from
the
Tier
2
and
the
interim
non­
Tier2
phase­
in
intermediate
percentage
requirements
for
exhaust,
evaporative,
and
refueling
emissions
described
in
40
CFR
86.1811­
04.
(
vi)
In
cases
where
multiple
standards
exist
in
a
given
model
year
in
40
CFR
part
86
due
to
phase­
in
requirements
of
new
standards,
the
applicable
standards
for
motor
vehicle
engines
required
to
be
certified
to
engine­
based
standards
are
the
least
stringent
standards
applicable
to
the
engine
type
for
the
OP
year.
*
*
*
*
*

6.
Section
85.1713
is
added
to
subpart
R
to
read
as
follows:
§
85.1713
Delegated­
assembly
exemption.
The
provisions
of
this
section
apply
for
manufacturers
of
heavy­
duty
highway
engines.
(
a)
Shipping
an
engine
separately
from
an
aftertreatment
component
that
you
have
specified
as
part
of
its
certified
configuration
will
not
be
a
violation
of
the
prohibitions
in
Clean
Air
Act
section
203
(
42
U.
S.
C.
7522),
if
you
follow
the
provisions
of
paragraph
(
b)
or
(
c)
of
this
section.
(
b)
If
you
include
the
cost
of
all
aftertreatment
components
in
the
cost
of
the
engine
and
ship
the
aftertreatment
components
directly
to
the
vehicle
manufacturer,
or
arrange
for
separate
shipment
by
the
component
manufacturer
to
the
vehicle
manufacturer,
you
must
meet
all
the
following
conditions:
(
1)
Apply
for
and
receive
a
certificate
of
conformity
for
the
engine
and
its
emissioncontrol
system
before
shipment.
(
2)
Provide
installation
instructions
in
enough
detail
to
ensure
that
the
engine
will
be
in
its
certified
configuration
if
someone
follows
these
instructions.
(
3)
Have
a
contractual
agreement
with
a
vehicle
manufacturer
obligating
the
vehicle
manufacturer
to
complete
the
final
assembly
of
the
engine
so
it
is
in
its
certified
configuration
when
installed
in
the
vehicle.
This
agreement
must
also
obligate
the
vehicle
manufacturer
to
provide
the
affidavits
required
under
paragraph
(
b)(
4)
of
this
section.
(
4)
Take
appropriate
additional
steps
to
ensure
that
all
engines
will
be
in
their
certified
configuration
when
installed
by
the
vehicle
manufacturer.
At
a
minimum,
you
must
obtain
annual
affidavits
from
every
vehicle
manufacturer
to
whom
you
sell
engines
under
this
section.
Include
engines
that
you
sell
through
distributors
or
dealers.
The
affidavits
must
list
the
part
numbers
of
the
aftertreatment
devices
that
vehicle
manufacturers
install
on
each
engine
they
purchase
from
you
under
this
section.
(
5)
Describe
in
your
application
for
certification
how
you
plan
to
use
the
provisions
of
this
section
and
any
steps
you
plan
to
take
under
paragraph
(
b)(
3)
of
this
section.
(
6)
Keep
records
to
document
how
many
engines
you
produce
under
this
exemption.
Also,
keep
records
to
document
your
contractual
agreements
under
paragraph
(
b)(
3)
of
this
section.
Keep
all
these
records
for
five
years
after
the
end
of
the
model
year
and
make
them
available
to
us
upon
request.
(
7)
Make
sure
the
engine
has
the
emission
control
information
label
we
require
under
the
standard­
setting
part.
(
c)
If
you
do
not
include
the
cost
of
all
aftertreatment
components
in
the
cost
of
the
engine,
you
must
meet
all
the
conditions
described
in
paragraphs
(
b)(
1)
through
(
7)
of
this
section,
with
the
following
additional
provisions:
4
(
1)
The
contractual
agreement
described
in
paragraph
(
b)(
3)
of
this
section
must
include
a
commitment
that
the
vehicle
manufacturer
will
do
the
following
things:
(
i)
Separately
purchase
the
aftertreatment
components
you
have
specified
in
your
application
for
certification.
(
ii)
Perform
audits
as
described
in
paragraph
(
c)(
3)
of
this
section.
(
2)
Before
you
ship
an
engine
under
the
provisions
of
this
paragraph
(
c),
you
must
have
written
confirmation
that
the
vehicle
manufacturer
has
ordered
the
appropriate
aftertreatment
components.
(
3)
You
must
audit
vehicle
manufacturers
as
follows:
(
i)
If
you
sell
engines
to
16
or
more
vehicle
manufacturers
under
the
provisions
of
this
section,
you
must
annually
audit
four
vehicle
manufacturers
to
whom
you
sell
engines
under
this
section.
To
select
individual
vehicle
manufacturers,
divide
all
the
affected
vehicle
manufacturers
into
quartiles
based
on
the
number
of
engines
they
buy
from
you;
select
a
single
vehicle
manufacturer
from
each
quartile
each
model
year.
Vary
the
vehicle
manufacturers
you
audit
from
year
to
year,
though
you
may
repeat
an
audit
in
a
later
model
year
if
you
find
or
suspect
that
a
particular
vehicle
manufacturer
is
not
properly
installing
aftertreatment
devices.
(
ii)
If
you
sell
engines
to
fewer
than
16
vehicle
manufacturers
under
the
provisions
of
this
section,
set
up
a
plan
to
audit
each
vehicle
manufacturer
on
average
once
every
four
model
years.
(
iii)
Starting
with
the
2014
model
year,
if
you
sell
engines
to
fewer
than
40
vehicle
manufacturers
under
the
provisions
of
this
section,
you
may
ask
us
to
approve
a
reduced
auditing
rate.
We
may
approve
an
alternate
plan
that
involves
auditing
each
vehicle
manufacturer
on
average
once
every
ten
model
years,
as
long
as
you
show
that
you
have
met
the
auditing
requirements
in
preceding
years
without
finding
noncompliance
or
improper
procedures.
(
iv)
Audits
must
involve
the
assembling
companies'
facilities,
procedures,
and
production
records
to
monitor
their
compliance
with
your
instructions,
must
include
investigation
of
some
assembled
engines,
and
must
confirm
that
the
number
of
aftertreatment
devices
shipped
were
sufficient
for
the
number
of
engines
produced.
Where
a
vehicle
manufacturer
is
not
located
in
the
United
States,
you
may
conduct
the
audit
at
a
distribution
or
port
facility
in
the
United
States.
(
v)
If
you
produce
engines
and
use
them
to
produce
vehicles
under
the
provisions
of
this
section,
you
must
take
steps
to
ensure
that
your
facilities,
procedures,
and
production
records
are
set
up
to
ensure
compliance
with
the
provisions
of
this
section,
but
you
may
meet
your
auditing
responsibilities
under
this
paragraph
(
c)(
3)
of
this
section
by
maintaining
a
database
showing
how
you
pair
aftertreatment
components
with
the
appropriate
engines.
(
vi)
You
must
keep
records
of
these
audits
for
five
years
after
the
end
of
the
model
year
and
provide
a
report
to
us
describing
any
uninstalled
or
improperly
installed
aftertreatment
components.
Send
us
these
reports
within
90
days
of
the
audit,
except
as
specified
in
paragraph
(
f)
of
this
section.
(
4)
In
your
application
for
certification,
give
a
detailed
plan
for
auditing
vehicle
manufacturers,
as
described
in
paragraph
(
c)(
3)
of
this
section.
(
d)
An
engine
you
produce
under
this
section
becomes
new
when
it
is
fully
assembled,
except
for
5
aftertreatment
devices,
for
the
first
time.
Use
this
date
to
determine
the
engine's
model
year.
(
e)
Once
the
vehicle
manufacturer
takes
possession
of
an
engine
exempted
under
this
section,
the
exemption
expires
and
the
engine
is
subject
to
all
the
prohibitions
in
Clean
Air
Act
section
203
(
42
U.
S.
C.
7522).
(
f)
You
must
notify
us
within
15
days
if
you
find
from
an
audit
or
another
source
that
a
vehicle
manufacturer
has
failed
to
meet
its
obligations
under
this
section.
(
g)
We
may
suspend,
revoke,
or
void
an
exemption
under
this
section,
as
follows:
(
1)
We
may
suspend
or
revoke
your
exemption
for
the
entire
engine
family
if
we
determine
that
any
of
the
engines
are
not
in
their
certified
configuration
after
installation
in
the
vehicle,
or
if
you
fail
to
comply
with
the
requirements
of
this
section.
If
we
suspend
or
revoke
the
exemption
for
any
of
your
engine
families
under
this
paragraph
(
g),
this
exemption
will
not
apply
for
future
certificates
unless
you
demonstrate
that
the
factors
causing
the
nonconformity
do
not
apply
to
the
other
engine
families.
We
may
suspend
or
revoke
the
exemption
for
shipments
to
a
single
facility
where
final
assembly
occurs.
(
2)
We
may
void
your
exemption
for
the
entire
engine
family
if
you
intentionally
submit
false
or
incomplete
information
or
fail
to
keep
and
provide
to
EPA
the
records
required
by
this
section.
(
h)
You
are
liable
for
the
in­
use
compliance
of
any
engine
that
is
exempt
under
this
section.
(
i)
It
is
a
violation
of
the
Act
for
any
person
to
complete
assembly
of
the
exempted
engine
without
complying
fully
with
the
installation
instructions.
(
j)
[
Reserved]
(
k)
You
may
ask
us
to
provide
a
temporary
exemption
to
allow
you
to
complete
production
of
your
engines
at
different
facilities,
as
long
as
you
maintain
control
of
the
engines
until
they
are
in
their
certified
configuration.
We
may
require
you
to
take
specific
steps
to
ensure
that
such
engines
are
in
their
certified
configuration
before
reaching
the
ultimate
purchaser.
You
may
request
an
exemption
under
this
paragraph
(
k)
in
your
application
for
certification,
or
in
a
separate
submission.

7.
Section
85.2111
is
amended
by
revising
the
introductory
text
and
adding
paragraph
(
d)
to
read
as
follows:
§
85.2111
Warranty
enforcement.
The
following
acts
are
prohibited
and
may
subject
a
manufacturer
to
up
to
a
$
32,500
civil
penalty
for
each
offense,
except
as
noted
in
paragraph
(
d)
of
this
section:
*
*
*
*
*
(
d)
The
maximum
penalty
value
listed
in
this
section
is
shown
for
calendar
year
2004.
Maximum
penalty
limits
for
later
years
may
be
adjusted
based
on
the
Consumer
Price
Index.
The
specific
regulatory
provisions
for
changing
the
maximum
penalties,
published
in
40
CFR
part
19,
reference
the
applicable
U.
S.
Code
citation
on
which
the
prohibited
action
is
based.

8.
Appendix
II
to
subpart
V
is
amended
by
revising
section
1
of
part
A
to
read
as
follows:
Appendix
II
to
Subpart
V
of
Part
85
 
Arbitration
Rules
Part
A
 
Pre­
Hearing
Section
1:
Initiation
of
Arbitration
6
Either
party
may
commence
an
arbitration
under
these
rules
by
filing
at
any
regional
office
of
the
American
Arbitration
Association
(
the
AAA)
three
copies
of
a
written
submission
to
arbitrate
under
these
rules,
signed
by
either
party.
It
shall
contain
a
statement
of
the
matter
in
dispute,
the
amount
of
money
involved,
the
remedy
sought,
and
the
hearing
locale
requested,
together
with
the
appropriate
administrative
fee
as
provided
in
the
Administrative
Fee
Schedule
of
the
AAA
in
effect
at
the
time
the
arbitration
is
filed.
The
filing
party
shall
notify
the
MOD
Director
in
writing
within
14
days
of
when
it
files
for
arbitration
and
provide
the
MOD
Director
with
the
date
of
receipt
of
the
bill
by
the
part
manufacturer.
Unless
the
AAA
in
its
discretion
determines
otherwise
and
no
party
disagrees,
the
Expedited
Procedures
(
as
described
in
Part
E
of
these
Rules)
shall
be
applied
in
any
case
where
no
disclosed
claim
or
counterclaim
exceeds
$
32,500,
exclusive
of
interest
and
arbitration
costs.
Parties
may
also
agree
to
the
Expedited
Procedures
in
cases
involving
claims
in
excess
of
$
32,500.
All
other
cases,
including
those
involving
claims
not
in
excess
of
$
32,500
where
either
party
so
desires,
shall
be
administered
in
accordance
with
Parts
A
through
D
of
these
Rules.

PART
86
 
CONTROL
OF
EMISSIONS
FROM
NEW
AND
IN­
USE
HIGHWAY
VEHICLES
AND
ENGINES
9.
The
authority
citation
for
part
86
continues
to
read
as
follows:
Authority:
42
U.
S.
C.
7401­
7671q.

10.
Section
86.004­
16
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
d)
to
read
as
follows:
§
86.004­
16
Prohibition
of
defeat
devices.
*
*
*
*
*
(
d)
For
vehicle
and
engine
designs
designated
by
the
Administrator
to
be
investigated
for
possible
defeat
devices:
(
1)
General.
The
manufacturer
must
show
to
the
satisfaction
of
the
Administrator
that
the
vehicle
or
engine
design
does
not
incorporate
strategies
that
reduce
emission
control
effectiveness
exhibited
during
the
applicable
Federal
emissions
test
procedures
when
the
vehicle
or
engine
is
operated
under
conditions
which
may
reasonably
be
expected
to
be
encountered
in
normal
operation
and
use,
unless
one
of
the
specific
exceptions
set
forth
in
the
definition
of
"
defeat
device"
in
§
86.004­
2
has
been
met.
(
2)
Information
submissions
required.
The
manufacturer
will
provide
an
explanation
containing
detailed
information
(
including
information
which
the
Administrator
may
request
to
be
submitted)
regarding
test
programs,
engineering
evaluations,
design
specifications,
calibrations,
on­
board
computer
algorithms,
and
design
strategies
incorporated
for
operation
both
during
and
outside
of
the
applicable
Federal
emission
test
procedure.

11.
Section
86.004­
26
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
c)(
4)
to
read
as
follows:
§
86.004­
26
Mileage
and
service
accumulation;
emission
measurements.
*
*
*
*
*
7
(
c)
*
*
*
(
4)
The
manufacturer
shall
determine,
for
each
engine
family,
the
number
of
hours
at
which
the
engine
system
combination
is
stabilized
for
emission­
data
testing.
The
manufacturer
shall
maintain,
and
provide
to
the
Administrator
if
requested,
a
record
of
the
rationale
used
in
making
this
determination.
The
manufacturer
may
elect
to
accumulate
125
hours
on
each
test
engine
within
an
engine
family
without
making
a
determination.
Any
engine
used
to
represent
emission­
data
engine
selections
under
§
86.094­
24(
b)(
2)
shall
be
equipped
with
an
engine
system
combination
that
has
accumulated
at
least
the
number
of
hours
determined
under
this
paragraph.
Complete
exhaust
emission
tests
shall
be
conducted
for
each
emission­
data
engine
selection
under
§
86.094­
24(
b)(
2).
Evaporative
emission
controls
must
be
connected,
as
described
in
40
CFR
part
1065,
subpart
F.
The
Administrator
may
determine
under
§
86.094­
24(
f)
that
no
testing
is
required.
*
*
*
*
*

12.
Section
86.007­
11
is
amended
by
revising
paragraphs
(
a)(
2)
and
(
a)(
3)(
i)
and
adding
paragraph
(
g)(
6)
to
read
as
follows:
§
86.007­
11
Emission
standards
and
supplemental
requirements
for
2007
and
later
model
year
heavy­
duty
engines
and
vehicles.
*
*
*
*
*
(
a)
*
*
*
(
2)
The
standards
set
forth
in
paragraph
(
a)(
1)
of
this
section
refer
to
the
exhaust
emitted
over
the
duty
cycle
specified
in
paragraphs
(
a)(
2)(
i)
through
(
iii)
of
this
section,
where
exhaust
emissions
are
measured
and
calculated
as
specified
in
paragraphs
(
a)(
2)(
iv)
and
(
v)
of
this
section
in
accordance
with
the
procedures
set
forth
in
40
CFR
part
1065,
except
as
noted
in
§
86.007­
23(
c)(
2):
(
i)
Perform
the
test
interval
set
forth
in
paragraph
(
f)(
2)
of
Appendix
I
of
this
part
with
a
cold­
start
according
to
40
CFR
part
1065,
subpart
F.
This
is
the
cold­
start
test
interval.
(
ii)
Shut
down
the
engine
after
completing
the
test
interval
and
allow
20
minutes
to
elapse.
This
is
the
hot­
soak.
(
iii)
Repeat
the
test
interval.
This
is
the
hot­
start
test
interval.
(
iv)
Calculate
the
total
emission
mass
of
each
constituent,
m,
and
the
total
work,
W,
over
each
test
interval
according
to
40
CFR
1065.650.
(
v)
Determine
your
engine's
brake­
specific
emissions
using
the
following
calculation,
which
weights
the
emissions
from
the
cold­
start
and
hot­
start
test
intervals:
6
6
cold
start
hot
start
cold
start
hot
start
m
m
brake
specific
emissions
W
W
 
 

 
 
+
 
=
+


(
3)*
*
*
(
i)
Exhaust
emissions,
as
determined
under
§
86.1360­
2007(
b)
pertaining
to
the
supplemental
emission
test
cycle,
for
each
regulated
pollutant
shall
not
exceed
1.0
times
the
applicable
emission
standards
or
FELs
specified
in
paragraph
(
a)(
1)
of
this
section.
*
*
*
*
*
(
g)*
*
*
(
6)
Manufacturers
may
determine
the
number
of
engines
and
vehicles
that
are
required
to
8
certify
to
the
NOx
standard
in
§
86.007­
11
(
including
the
phase­
out
engines
certified
to
the
NOx+
NMHC
standard
referenced
in
this
paragraph(
g))
based
on
calendar
years
2007,
2008,
and
2009,
rather
than
model
years
2007,
2008,
and
2009.
*
*
*
*
*

13.
Section
86.007­
21
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
o)
to
read
as
follows:
§
86.007­
21
Application
for
certification.
*
*
*
*
*
(
o)
For
diesel
heavy­
duty
engines,
the
manufacturer
must
provide
the
following
additional
information
pertaining
to
the
supplemental
emission
test
conducted
under
§
86.1360­
2007:
(
1)
Weighted
brake­
specific
emissions
data
(
i.
e.,
in
units
of
g/
bhp­
hr),
calculated
according
to
40
CFR
1065.650
for
all
pollutants
for
which
an
emission
standard
is
established
in
§
86.004­
11(
a)
or
subsequent
sections;
(
2)
For
engines
subject
to
the
MAEL
(
see
§
86.007­
11(
a)(
3)(
ii)),
brake
specific
gaseous
emission
data
for
each
of
the
12
non­
idle
test
points
(
identified
under
§
86.1360­
2007(
b)(
1))
and
the
3
EPA­
selected
test
points
(
identified
under
§
86.1360­
2007(
b)(
2));
(
3)
For
engines
subject
to
the
MAEL
(
see
§
86.007­
11(
a)(
3)(
ii)),
concentrations
and
mass
flow
rates
of
all
regulated
gaseous
emissions
plus
carbon
dioxide;
(
4)
Values
of
all
emission­
related
engine
control
variables
at
each
test
point;
(
5)
A
statement
that
the
test
results
correspond
to
the
test
engine
selection
criteria
in
40
CFR
1065.401.
The
manufacturer
also
must
maintain
records
at
the
manufacturer's
facility
which
contain
all
test
data,
engineering
analyses,
and
other
information
which
provides
the
basis
for
this
statement,
where
such
information
exists.
The
manufacturer
must
provide
such
information
to
the
Administrator
upon
request;
(
6)
For
engines
subject
to
the
MAEL
(
see
§
86.007­
11(
a)(
3)(
ii)),
a
statement
that
the
engines
will
comply
with
the
weighted
average
emissions
standard
and
interpolated
values
comply
with
the
Maximum
Allowable
Emission
Limits
specified
in
§
86.007­
11(
a)(
3)
for
the
useful
life
of
the
engine
where
applicable.
The
manufacturer
also
must
maintain
records
at
the
manufacturer's
facility
which
contain
a
detailed
description
of
all
test
data,
engineering
analyses,
and
other
information
which
provides
the
basis
for
this
statement,
where
such
information
exists.
The
manufacturer
must
provide
such
information
to
the
Administrator
upon
request.
(
7)
[
Reserved]
*
*
*
*
*

14.
Section
86.007­
35
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
c)
to
read
as
follows:
§
86.007­
35
Labeling.
*
*
*
*
*
(
c)
Vehicles
powered
by
model
year
2007
and
later
diesel­
fueled
engines
must
include
permanent,
readily
visible
labels
on
the
dashboard
(
or
instrument
panel)
and
near
all
fuel
inlets
that
state
"
Use
Ultra
Low
Sulfur
Diesel
Fuel
Only";
or
"
Ultra
Low
Sulfur
Diesel
Fuel
Only".
*
*
*
*
*
9
15.
Part
86
is
amended
by
removing
the
first
§
86.008­
10,
which
was
added
on
October
6,
2000.

16.
Section
86.084­
2
is
amended
by
revising
the
definition
for
"
Curb­
idle"
to
read
as
follows:
§
86.084­
2
Definitions.
*
*
*
*
*
Curb­
idle
means:
(
1)
For
manual
transmission
code
light­
duty
trucks,
the
engine
speed
with
the
transmission
in
neutral
or
with
the
clutch
disengaged
and
with
the
air
conditioning
system,
if
present,
turned
off.
For
automatic
transmission
code
light­
duty
trucks,
curb­
idle
means
the
engine
speed
with
the
automatic
transmission
in
the
Park
position
(
or
Neutral
position
if
there
is
no
Park
position),
and
with
the
air
conditioning
system,
if
present,
turned
off.
(
2)
For
manual
transmission
code
heavy­
duty
engines,
the
manufacturer's
recommended
engine
speed
with
the
clutch
disengaged.
For
automatic
transmission
code
heavy­
duty
engines,
curb
idle
means
the
manufacturer's
recommended
engine
speed
with
the
automatic
transmission
in
gear
and
the
output
shaft
stalled.
(
Measured
idle
speed
may
be
used
in
lieu
of
curb­
idle
speed
for
the
emission
tests
when
the
difference
between
measured
idle
speed
and
curb
idle
speed
is
sufficient
to
cause
a
void
test
under
40
CFR
1065.530
but
not
sufficient
to
permit
adjustment
in
accordance
with
40
CFR
part
1065,
subpart
E.
*
*
*
*
*

17.
Section
86.095­
35
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
a)(
3)(
iii)(
B)
to
read
as
follows:
§
86.095­
35
Labeling.
*
*
*
*
*
(
a)
*
*
*
(
3)*
*
*
(
iii)
*
*
*
(
B)
The
full
corporate
name
and
trademark
of
the
manufacturer;
though
the
label
may
identify
another
company
and
use
its
trademark
instead
of
the
manufacturer's
as
long
as
the
manufacturer
complies
with
the
provisions
of
40
CFR
1039.640.
*
*
*
*
*

18.
Section
86.096­
38
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
g)(
19)(
iii)
to
read
as
follows:
§
86.096­
38
Maintenance
instructions.
*
*
*
*
*
(
g)*
*
*
(
19)
*
*
*
(
iii)
Any
person
who
violates
a
provision
of
this
paragraph
(
g)
shall
be
subject
to
a
civil
penalty
of
not
more
than
$
32,500
per
day
for
each
violation.
This
maximum
penalty
is
shown
for
calendar
year
2004.
Maximum
penalty
limits
for
later
years
may
be
set
higher
based
on
the
Consumer
Price
Index,
as
specified
in
40
CFR
part
19.
In
addition,
such
person
shall
be
liable
for
all
other
remedies
set
forth
in
Title
II
of
the
Clean
Air
Act,
remedies
pertaining
to
provisions
of
Title
II
of
the
Clean
Air
Act,
or
other
applicable
provisions
of
law.
10
19.
Section
86.121­
90
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
d)
introductory
text
to
read
as
follows:
§
86.121­
90
Hydrocarbon
analyzer
calibration.
*
*
*
*
*
(
d)
FID
response
factor
to
methane.
When
the
FID
analyzer
is
to
be
used
for
the
analysis
of
gasoline,
diesel,
methanol,
ethanol,
liquefied
petroleum
gas,
and
natural
gas­
fueled
vehicle
hydrocarbon
samples,
the
methane
response
factor
of
the
analyzer
must
be
established.
To
determine
the
total
hydrocarbon
FID
response
to
methane,
known
methane
in
air
concentrations
traceable
to
the
National
Institute
of
Standards
and
Technology
(
NIST)
must
be
analyzed
by
the
FID.
Several
methane
concentrations
must
be
analyzed
by
the
FID
in
the
range
of
concentrations
in
the
exhaust
sample.
The
total
hydrocarbon
FID
response
to
methane
is
calculated
as
follows:
r
CH4=
FIDppm/
SAMppm
Where:
*
*
*
*
*

20.
Section
86.144­
94
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
c)(
8)(
vi)
to
read
as
follows:
§
86.144­
94
Calculations;
exhaust
emissions.
*
*
*
*
*
(
c)
*
*
*
(
8)*
*
*
(
vi)
rCH4=
HC
FID
response
to
methane
as
measured
in
§
86.121(
d).
*
*
*
*
*

21.
Section
86.158­
00
is
amended
by
revising
the
introductory
text
to
read
as
follows:
§
86.158­
00
Supplemental
Federal
Test
Procedures;
overview.
The
procedures
described
in
§
§
86.158­
00,
86.159­
00,
86.160­
00,
and
86.162­
00
discuss
the
aggressive
driving
(
US06)
and
air
conditioning
(
SC03)
elements
of
the
Supplemental
Federal
Test
Procedures
(
SFTP).
These
test
procedures
consist
of
two
separable
test
elements:
A
sequence
of
vehicle
operation
that
tests
exhaust
emissions
with
a
driving
schedule
(
US06)
that
tests
exhaust
emissions
under
high
speeds
and
accelerations
(
aggressive
driving);
and
a
sequence
of
vehicle
operation
that
tests
exhaust
emissions
with
a
driving
schedule
(
SC03)
which
includes
the
impacts
of
actual
air
conditioning
operation.
These
test
procedures
(
and
the
associated
standards
set
forth
in
subpart
S
of
this
part)
are
applicable
to
light­
duty
vehicles
and
light­
duty
trucks.
*
*
*
*
*

22.
Section
86.159­
00
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
f)(
2)(
ix)
to
read
as
follows:
§
86.159­
00
Exhaust
emission
test
procedure
for
US06
emissions.
*
*
*
*
*
(
f)
*
*
*
(
2)
*
*
*
11
(
ix)
Turn
the
engine
off
2
seconds
after
the
end
of
the
last
deceleration
(
i.
e.,
engine
off
at
596
seconds).
*
*
*
*
*

23.
Section
86.160­
00
is
amended
by
revising
the
first
sentence
of
paragraph
(
a),
and
paragraphs
(
c)(
10),
(
c)(
12),
(
d)(
10),
and
(
d)(
13)
to
read
as
follows:
§
86.160­
00
Exhaust
emission
test
procedure
for
SC03
emissions.
(
a)
Overview.
The
dynamometer
operation
consists
of
a
single,
600
second
test
on
the
SC03
driving
schedule,
as
described
in
appendix
I,
paragraph
(
h),
of
this
part.
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
(
c)
*
*
*
(
10)
Eighteen
seconds
after
the
engine
starts,
begin
the
initial
vehicle
acceleration
of
the
driving
schedule.
*
*
*
*
*
(
12)
Turn
the
engine
off
2
seconds
after
the
end
of
the
last
deceleration
(
i.
e.,
engine
off
at
596
seconds).
*
*
*
*
*
(
d)
*
*
*
(
10)
Turn
the
engine
off
2
seconds
after
the
end
of
the
last
deceleration
(
i.
e.,
engine
off
at
596
seconds).
*
*
*
*
*
(
13)
Immediately
after
the
end
of
the
sample
period,
turn
off
the
cooling
fan,
disconnect
the
exhaust
tube
from
the
vehicle
tailpipe(
s),
and
drive
the
vehicle
from
dynamometer.
*
*
*
*
*

24.
Section
86.161­
00
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
b)(
1)
to
read
as
follows:
§
86.161­
00
Air
conditioning
environmental
test
facility
ambient
requirements.
*
*
*
*
*
(
b)
*
*
*
(
1)
Ambient
humidity
is
controlled,
within
the
test
cell,
during
all
phases
of
the
air
conditioning
test
sequence
to
an
average
of
100
+/­
5
grains
of
water/
pound
of
dry
air.
*
*
*
*
*

25.
Section
86.164­
00
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
c)(
1)(
i)
introductory
text
to
read
as
follows:
§
86.164­
00
Supplemental
federal
test
procedure
calculations.
*
*
*
*
*
(
c)(
1)
*
*
*
(
i)
Y
WSFTP
=
0.35(
Y
FTP)
+
0.37(
Y
SC03)
+
0.28(
Y
US06)
Where:
*
*
*
*
*
12
26.
Section
86.410­
2006
is
amended
by
adding
paragraph
(
e)(
3)
to
read
as
follows:
§
86.410­
2006
Emission
standards
for
2006
and
later
model
year
motorcycles.
*
*
*
*
*
(
e)
*
*
*
(
3)
Small­
volume
manufacturers
are
not
required
to
comply
with
permeation
requirements
in
paragraph
(
g)
of
this
section
until
model
year
2010.
*
*
*
*
*

27.
A
new
§
86.413­
2006
is
added
to
read
as
follows:
§
86.413­
2006
Labeling.
(
a)(
1)
The
manufacturer
of
any
motorcycle
shall,
at
the
time
of
manufacture,
affix
a
permanent,
legible
label,
of
the
type
and
in
the
manner
described
below,
containing
the
information
hereinafter
provided,
to
all
production
models
of
such
vehicles
available
for
sale
to
the
public
and
covered
by
a
certificate
of
conformity.
(
2)
A
permanent,
legible
label
shall
be
affixed
in
a
readily
accessible
position.
Multi­
part
labels
may
be
used.
(
3)
The
label
shall
be
affixed
by
the
vehicle
manufacturer
who
has
been
issued
the
certificate
of
conformity
for
such
vehicle,
in
such
a
manner
that
it
cannot
be
removed
without
destroying
or
defacing
the
label,
and
shall
not
be
affixed
to
any
part
which
is
easily
detached
from
the
vehicle
or
is
likely
to
be
replaced
during
the
useful
life
of
the
vehicle.
(
4)
The
label
shall
contain
the
following
information
lettered
in
the
English
language
in
block
letters
and
numerals,
which
shall
be
of
a
color
that
contrasts
with
the
background
of
the
label:
(
i)
The
label
heading
shall
read:
"
Vehicle
Emission
Control
Information";
(
ii)
Full
corporate
name
and
trademark
of
the
manufacturer;
(
iii)
Engine
displacement
(
in
cubic
centimeters
or
liters)
and
engine
family
identification;
(
iv)
Engine
tuneup
specifications
and
adjustments,
as
recommended
by
the
manufacturer,
including,
if
applicable:
idle
speed,
ignition
timing,
and
the
idle
air­
fuel
mixture
setting
procedure
and
value
(
e.
g.,
idle
CO,
idle
air­
fuel
ratio,
idle
speed
drop).
These
specifications
shall
indicate
the
proper
transmission
position
during
tuneup,
and
which
accessories
should
be
in
operation
and
which
systems
should
be
disconnected
during
a
tuneup;
(
v)
Any
specific
fuel
or
engine
lubricant
requirements
(
e.
g.,
lead
content,
research
octane
number,
engine
lubricant
type);
(
vi)
Identification
of
the
exhaust
emission
control
system,
using
abbreviations
in
accordance
with
SAE
J1930,
June
1993,
including
the
following
abbreviations
for
items
commonly
appearing
on
motorcycles:

OC
Oxidation
catalyst;

TWC
Three­
way
catalyst;

AIR
Secondary
air
injection
(
pump);

PAIR
Pulsed
secondary
air
injection
DFI
Direct
fuel
injection;
13
O2S
Oxygen
sensor;

HO2S
Heated
oxygen
sensor;

EM
Engine
modification;

CFI
Continuous
fuel
injection;

MFI
Multi­
port
(
electronic)
fuel
injection;
and
TBI
Throttle
body
(
electronic)
fuel
injection.

(
viii)
An
unconditional
statement
of
conformity
to
U.
S.
EPA
regulations
which
includes
the
model
year;
for
example,
"
This
Vehicle
Conforms
to
U.
S.
EPA
Regulations
Applicable
to
________
Model
Year
New
Motorcycles"
(
the
blank
is
to
be
filled
in
with
the
appropriate
model
year).
For
all
Class
III
motorcycles
and
for
Class
I
and
Class
II
motorcycles
demonstrating
compliance
with
the
averaging
provisions
in
40
CFR
86.449
the
statement
must
also
include
the
phrase
"
is
certified
to
an
HC+
NOx
emission
standard
of
_____
grams/
kilometer"
(
the
blank
is
to
be
filled
in
with
the
Family
Emission
Limit
determined
by
the
manufacturer).
(
b)
The
provisions
of
this
section
shall
not
prevent
a
manufacturer
from
also
reciting
on
the
label
that
such
vehicle
conforms
to
any
other
applicable
Federal
or
State
standards
for
new
motorcycles
or
any
other
information
that
such
manufacturer
deems
necessary
for,
or
useful
to,
the
proper
operation
and
satisfactory
maintenance
of
the
vehicle.

28.
Section
86.447­
2006
is
revised
to
read
as
follows:
§
86.447­
2006
What
provisions
apply
to
motorcycle
engines
below
50
cc
that
are
certified
under
the
Small
SI
program
or
the
Recreational­
vehicle
program?
(
a)
General
provisions.
If
you
are
an
engine
manufacturer,
this
section
allows
you
to
introduce
into
commerce
a
new
highway
motorcycle
(
that
is,
a
motorcycle
that
is
a
motor
vehicle)
if
it
has
an
engine
below
50
cc
that
is
already
certified
to
the
requirements
that
apply
to
engines
or
vehicles
under
40
CFR
part
90
or
1051
for
the
appropriate
model
year.
If
you
comply
with
all
the
provisions
of
this
section,
we
consider
the
certificate
issued
under
40
CFR
part
90
or
1051
for
each
engine
or
vehicle
to
also
be
a
valid
certificate
of
conformity
under
this
part
86
for
its
model
year,
without
a
separate
application
for
certification
under
the
requirements
of
this
part
86.
See
§
86.448­
2006
for
similar
provisions
that
apply
to
vehicles
that
are
certified
to
chassis­
based
standards
under
40
CFR
part
1051.
(
b)
Vehicle­
manufacturer
provisions.
If
you
are
not
an
engine
manufacturer,
you
may
produce
highway
motorcycles
using
nonroad
engines
below
50
cc
under
this
section
as
long
as
you
meet
all
the
requirements
and
conditions
specified
in
paragraph
(
d)
of
this
section.
If
you
modify
the
nonroad
engine
in
any
of
the
ways
described
in
paragraph
(
d)(
2)
of
this
section
for
installation
in
a
highway
motorcycle,
we
will
consider
you
a
manufacturer
of
a
new
highway
motorcycle.
Such
engine
modifications
prevent
you
from
using
the
provisions
of
this
section.
(
c)
Liability.
Engines
for
which
you
meet
the
requirements
of
this
section,
and
vehicles
containing
these
engines,
are
exempt
from
all
the
requirements
and
prohibitions
of
this
part,
except
for
those
specified
in
this
section.
Engines
and
vehicles
exempted
under
this
section
must
meet
all
the
applicable
requirements
from
40
CFR
part
90
or
1051.
This
applies
to
engine
manufacturers,
vehicle
manufacturers
who
use
these
engines,
and
all
other
persons
as
if
these
engines
were
used
14
in
recreational
vehicles
or
other
nonroad
applications.
The
prohibited
acts
of
42
U.
S.
C.
7522
apply
to
these
new
highway
motorcycles;
however,
we
consider
the
certificate
issued
under
40
CFR
part
90
or
1051
for
each
engine
to
also
be
a
valid
certificate
of
conformity
under
this
part
86
for
its
model
year.
If
we
make
a
determination
that
these
engines
do
not
conform
to
the
regulations
during
their
useful
life,
we
may
require
you
to
recall
them
under
40
CFR
part
86,
90,
or
1068.
(
d)
Specific
requirements.
If
you
are
an
engine
or
vehicle
manufacturer
and
meet
all
the
following
criteria
and
requirements
regarding
your
new
engine
or
vehicle,
the
highway
motorcycle
is
eligible
for
an
exemption
under
this
section:
(
1)
Your
engine
must
be
below
50
cc
and
must
be
covered
by
a
valid
certificate
of
conformity
for
Class
II
engines
issued
under
40
CFR
part
90
or
for
recreational
vehicles
under
40
CFR
part
1051.
(
2)
You
must
not
make
any
changes
to
the
certified
engine
that
could
reasonably
be
expected
to
increase
its
exhaust
emissions
for
any
pollutant,
or
its
evaporative
emissions,
if
applicable.
For
example,
if
you
make
any
of
the
following
changes
to
one
of
these
engines,
you
do
not
qualify
for
this
exemption:
(
i)
Change
any
fuel
system
or
evaporative
system
parameters
from
the
certified
configuration.
(
ii)
Change,
remove,
or
fail
to
properly
install
any
other
component,
element
of
design,
or
calibration
specified
in
the
engine
manufacturer's
application
for
certification.
This
includes
aftertreatment
devices
and
all
related
components.
(
iii)
Modify
or
design
the
engine
cooling
system
so
that
temperatures
or
heat
rejection
rates
are
outside
the
original
engine
manufacturer's
specified
ranges.
(
3)
You
must
show
that
fewer
than
50
percent
of
the
engine
family's
total
sales
in
the
United
States
are
used
in
highway
motorcycles.
This
includes
engines
used
in
any
application,
without
regard
to
which
company
manufactures
the
vehicle
or
equipment.
In
addition,
if
you
manufacture
highway
motorcycles,
you
must
show
that
fewer
than
50
percent
of
the
engine
family's
total
sales
in
the
United
States
are
highway
motorcycles.
Show
that
you
meet
the
engine­
sales
criterion
as
follows:
(
i)
If
you
are
the
original
manufacturer
of
the
engine,
base
this
showing
on
your
sales
information.
(
ii)
In
all
other
cases,
you
must
get
the
original
manufacturer
of
the
engine
to
confirm
the
engine
sales
volumes
based
on
its
sales
information.
(
4)
You
must
ensure
that
the
engine
has
the
label
we
require
under
40
CFR
part
90
or
1051.
(
5)
You
must
add
a
permanent
supplemental
label
to
the
engine
in
a
position
where
it
will
remain
clearly
visible
after
installation
in
the
vehicle.
In
the
supplemental
label,
do
the
following:
(
i)
Include
the
heading:
"
HIGHWAY
MOTORCYCLE
ENGINE
EMISSION
CONTROL
INFORMATION".
(
ii)
Include
your
full
corporate
name
and
trademark.
You
may
instead
include
the
full
corporate
name
and
trademark
of
another
company
you
choose
to
designate.
(
iii)
State:
"
THIS
ENGINE
WAS
ADAPTED
FOR
HIGHWAY
USE
WITHOUT
AFFECTING
ITS
EMISSION
CONTROLS.".
(
iv)
State
the
date
you
finished
installation
(
month
and
year),
if
applicable.
(
6)
Send
the
Designated
Compliance
Officer
a
signed
letter
by
the
end
of
each
calendar
year
15
(
or
less
often
if
we
tell
you)
with
all
the
following
information:
(
i)
Identify
your
full
corporate
name,
address,
and
telephone
number.
(
ii)
List
the
engine
or
vehicle
models
you
expect
to
produce
under
this
exemption
in
the
coming
year.
(
iii)
State:
"
We
produce
each
listed
[
engine
or
vehicle]
model
for
without
making
any
changes
that
could
increase
its
certified
emission
levels,
as
described
in
40
CFR
86.447­
2006.".
(
e)
Failure
to
comply.
If
your
highway
motorcycles
do
not
meet
the
criteria
listed
in
paragraph
(
d)
of
this
section,
they
will
be
subject
to
the
standards,
requirements,
and
prohibitions
of
this
part
86
and
the
certificate
issued
under
40
CFR
part
90
or
1051
will
not
be
deemed
to
also
be
a
certificate
issued
under
this
part
86.
Introducing
these
engines
into
commerce
without
a
valid
exemption
or
certificate
of
conformity
under
this
part
violates
the
prohibitions
in
40
CFR
part
85.
(
f)
Data
submission.
We
may
require
you
to
send
us
emission
test
data
on
any
applicable
nonroad
duty
cycles.
(
g)
Participation
in
averaging,
banking
and
trading.
Engines
or
vehicles
adapted
for
recreational
use
under
this
section
may
not
generate
or
use
emission
credits
under
this
part
86.
These
engines
or
vehicles
may
generate
credits
under
the
ABT
provisions
in
40
CFR
part
90
or
1051.
These
engines
or
vehicles
must
use
emission
credits
under
40
CFR
part
90
or
1051
if
they
are
certified
to
an
FEL
that
exceeds
an
applicable
standard.

29.
Section
86.448­
2006
is
revised
to
read
as
follows:
§
86.448­
2006
What
provisions
apply
to
vehicles
certified
under
the
Recreational­
vehicle
program?
(
a)
General
provisions.
If
you
are
a
highway­
motorcycle
manufacturer,
this
section
allows
you
to
introduce
into
commerce
a
new
highway
motorcycle
with
an
engine
below
50
cc
if
it
is
already
certified
to
the
requirements
that
apply
to
recreational
vehicles
under
40
CFR
parts
1051.
A
highway
motorcycle
is
a
motorcycle
that
is
a
motor
vehicle.
If
you
comply
with
all
of
the
provisions
of
this
section,
we
consider
the
certificate
issued
under
40
CFR
part
1051
for
each
recreational
vehicle
to
also
be
a
valid
certificate
of
conformity
for
the
motor
vehicle
under
this
part
86
for
its
model
year,
without
a
separate
application
for
certification
under
the
requirements
of
this
part
86.
See
§
86.447­
2006
for
similar
provisions
that
apply
to
nonroad
engines
produced
for
highway
motorcycles.
(
b)
Nonrecreational­
vehicle
provisions.
If
you
are
not
a
recreational­
vehicle
manufacturer,
you
may
produce
highway
motorcycles
from
recreational
vehicles
with
engines
below
50
cc
under
this
section
as
long
as
you
meet
all
the
requirements
and
conditions
specified
in
paragraph
(
d)
of
this
section.
If
you
modify
the
recreational
vehicle
or
its
engine
in
any
of
the
ways
described
in
paragraph
(
d)(
2)
of
this
section
for
installation
in
a
highway
motorcycle,
we
will
consider
you
a
manufacturer
of
a
new
highway
motorcycle.
Such
modifications
prevent
you
from
using
the
provisions
of
this
section.
(
c)
Liability.
Vehicles
for
which
you
meet
the
requirements
of
this
section
are
exempt
from
all
the
requirements
and
prohibitions
of
this
part,
except
for
those
specified
in
this
section.
Engines
and
vehicles
exempted
under
this
section
must
meet
all
the
applicable
requirements
from
40
CFR
part
1051.
This
applies
to
engine
manufacturers,
vehicle
manufacturers,
and
all
other
persons
as
if
the
highway
motorcycles
were
recreational
vehicles.
The
prohibited
acts
of
42
U.
S.
C.
7522
apply
to
16
these
new
highway
motorcycles;
however,
we
consider
the
certificate
issued
under
40
CFR
part
1051
for
each
recreational
vehicle
to
also
be
a
valid
certificate
of
conformity
for
the
highway
motorcycle
under
this
part
86
for
its
model
year.
If
we
make
a
determination
that
these
engines
or
vehicles
do
not
conform
to
the
regulations
during
their
useful
life,
we
may
require
you
to
recall
them
under
40
CFR
part
86
or
40
CFR
1068.505.
(
d)
Specific
requirements.
If
you
are
a
recreational­
vehicle
manufacturer
and
meet
all
the
following
criteria
and
requirements
regarding
your
new
highway
motorcycle
and
its
engine,
the
highway
motorcycle
is
eligible
for
an
exemption
under
this
section:
(
1)
Your
motorcycle
must
have
an
engine
below
50
cc
and
it
must
be
covered
by
a
valid
certificate
of
conformity
as
a
recreational
vehicle
issued
under
40
CFR
part
1051.
(
2)
You
must
not
make
any
changes
to
the
certified
recreational
vehicle
that
we
could
reasonably
expect
to
increase
its
exhaust
emissions
for
any
pollutant,
or
its
evaporative
emissions
if
it
is
subject
to
evaporative­
emission
standards.
For
example,
if
you
make
any
of
the
following
changes,
you
do
not
qualify
for
this
exemption:
(
i)
Change
any
fuel
system
parameters
from
the
certified
configuration.
(
ii)
Change,
remove,
or
fail
to
properly
install
any
other
component,
element
of
design,
or
calibration
specified
in
the
vehicle
manufacturer's
application
for
certification.
This
includes
aftertreatment
devices
and
all
related
components.
(
iii)
Modify
or
design
the
engine
cooling
system
so
that
temperatures
or
heat
rejection
rates
are
outside
the
original
vehicle
manufacturer's
specified
ranges.
(
3)
You
must
show
that
fewer
than
50
percent
of
the
engine
family's
total
sales
in
the
United
States
are
used
in
highway
motorcycles.
This
includes
highway
and
off­
highway
motorcycles,
without
regard
to
which
company
completes
the
manufacturing
of
the
highway
motorcycle.
Show
this
as
follows:
(
i)
If
you
are
the
original
manufacturer
of
the
vehicle,
base
this
showing
on
your
sales
information.
(
ii)
In
all
other
cases,
you
must
get
the
original
manufacturer
of
the
vehicle
to
confirm
this
based
on
their
sales
information.
(
4)
The
highway
motorcycle
must
have
the
vehicle
emission
control
information
we
require
under
40
CFR
part
1051.
(
5)
You
must
add
a
permanent
supplemental
label
to
the
highway
motorcycle
in
a
position
where
it
will
remain
clearly
visible.
In
the
supplemental
label,
do
the
following:
(
i)
Include
the
heading:
"
HIGHWAY
MOTORCYCLE
ENGINE
EMISSION
CONTROL
INFORMATION".
(
ii)
Include
your
full
corporate
name
and
trademark.
You
may
instead
include
the
full
corporate
name
and
trademark
of
another
company
you
choose
to
designate.
(
iii)
State:
"
THIS
VEHICLE
WAS
ADAPTED
FOR
HIGHWAY
USE
WITHOUT
AFFECTING
ITS
EMISSION
CONTROLS.".
(
iv)
State
the
date
you
finished
modifying
the
vehicle
(
month
and
year),
if
applicable.
(
6)
Send
the
Designated
Compliance
Officer
a
signed
letter
by
the
end
of
each
calendar
year
(
or
less
often
if
we
tell
you)
with
all
the
following
information:
(
i)
Identify
your
full
corporate
name,
address,
and
telephone
number.
(
ii)
List
the
highway
motorcycle
models
you
expect
to
produce
under
this
exemption
in
the
coming
year.
(
iii)
State:
"
We
produced
each
listed
highway
motorcycle
without
making
any
changes
17
that
could
increase
its
certified
emission
levels,
as
described
in
40
CFR
86.448­
2006.".
(
e)
Failure
to
comply.
If
your
highway
motorcycles
do
not
meet
the
criteria
listed
in
paragraph
(
d)
of
this
section,
they
will
be
subject
to
the
standards,
requirements,
and
prohibitions
of
this
part
86
and
40
CFR
part
85,
and
the
certificate
issued
under
40
CFR
part
1051
will
not
be
deemed
to
also
be
a
certificate
issued
under
this
part
86.
Introducing
these
motorcycles
into
commerce
without
a
valid
exemption
or
certificate
of
conformity
under
this
part
violates
the
prohibitions
in
40
CFR
part
85.
(
f)
Data
submission.
We
may
require
you
to
send
us
emission
test
data
on
the
duty
cycle
for
Class
I
motorcycles.
(
g)
Participation
in
averaging,
banking
and
trading.
Recreational
vehicles
adapted
for
use
as
highway
motorcycles
under
this
section
may
not
generate
or
use
emission
credits
under
this
part
86.
These
engines
may
generate
credits
under
the
ABT
provisions
in
40
CFR
part
1051.
These
engines
must
use
emission
credits
under
40
CFR
part
1051
if
they
are
certified
to
an
FEL
that
exceeds
an
applicable
standard.

30.
In
§
86.513­
2004,
Table
1
in
paragraph
(
a)(
1)
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
§
86.513­
2004
Fuel
and
engine
lubricant
specifications.
*
*
*
*
*
(
a)
*
*
*
(
1)*
*
*
18
Table
1
of
§
86.513­
2004
 
Gasoline
Test
Fuel
Specifications
Item
Procedure
Value
Distillation
Range:

1.
Initial
boiling
point,

C
ASTM
D
86­
97
23.9
­
35.01
2.
10%
point,

C
ASTM
D
86­
97
48.9
­
57.2
3.
50%
point,

C
ASTM
D
86­
97
93.3
­
110.0
4.
90%
point,

C
ASTM
D
86­
97
148.9
­
162.8
5.
End
point,

C
ASTM
D
86­
97
212.8
Hydrocarbon
composition:

1.
Olefins,
volume
%
ASTM
D
1319­
98
10
maximum
2.
Aromatics,
volume
%
ASTM
D
1319­
98
35
maximum
3.
Saturates
ASTM
D
1319­
98
Remainder
Lead
(
organic),
g/
liter
ASTM
D
3237
0.013
maximum
Phosphorous,
g/
liter
ASTM
D
3231
0.0013
maximum
Sulfur,
weight
%
ASTM
D
1266
0.008
maximum
Volatility
(
Reid
Vapor
Pressure),
kPa
ASTM
D
323
55.2
to
63.41
1
For
testing
at
altitudes
above
1,219
m,
the
specified
volatility
range
is
52
to
55
kPa
and
the
specified
initial
boiling
point
range
is
(
23.9
to
40.6)

C.

*
*
*
*
*

31.
Section
86.884­
8
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
c)
introductory
text
to
read
as
follows:
§
86.884­
8
Dynamometer
and
engine
equipment.
*
*
*
*
*
(
c)
An
exhaust
system
with
an
appropriate
type
of
smokemeter
placed
no
more
than
32
feet
from
the
exhaust
manifold(
s),
turbocharger
outlet(
s),
exhaust
aftertreatment
device(
s),
or
crossover
junction
(
on
Vee
engines),
whichever
is
farthest
downstream.
The
smoke
exhaust
system
shall
present
an
exhaust
backpressure
within
±
0.2
inch
Hg
of
the
upper
limit
at
maximum
rated
horsepower,
as
established
by
the
engine
manufacturer
in
his
sales
and
service
literature
for
vehicle
application.
The
following
options
may
also
be
used:
*
*
*
*
*

32.
Section
86.884­
10
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
a)
introductory
text
to
read
as
follows:
§
86.884­
10
Information.
*
*
*
*
*
19
(
a)
Engine
description
and
specifications.
A
copy
of
the
information
specified
in
this
paragraph
must
accompany
each
engine
sent
to
the
Administrator
for
compliance
testing.
If
the
engine
is
submitted
to
the
Administrator
for
testing
under
subpart
N
of
this
part
or
40
CFR
part
1065,
only
the
specified
information
need
accompany
the
engine.
The
manufacturer
need
not
record
the
information
specified
in
this
paragraph
for
each
test
if
the
information,
with
the
exception
of
paragraphs
(
a)(
3),
(
a)(
12),
and
(
a)(
13)
of
this
section,
is
included
in
the
manufacturer's
part
I.
*
*
*
*
*

33.
Section
86.884­
12
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
c)(
2)
to
read
as
follows:
§
86.884­
12
Test
run.
*
*
*
*
*
(
c)
*
*
*
(
2)
Warm
up
the
engine
by
the
procedure
described
in
40
CFR
1065.530.
*
*
*
*
*

34.
Section
86.1005­
90
is
amended
by
revising
paragraphs
(
a)(
1)(
i),
(
a)(
1)(
ii),
(
a)(
2)(
vi)(
A),
and
(
a)(
2)(
vi)(
B)
to
read
as
follows:
§
86.1005­
90
Maintenance
of
records;
submittal
of
information.
(
a)
*
*
*
(
1)*
*
*
(
i)
If
testing
heavy­
duty
gasoline­
fueled
or
methanol­
fueled
Otto­
cycle
engines,
the
equipment
requirements
specified
in
40
CFR
part
1065,
subparts
B
and
C;
(
ii)
If
testing
heavy­
duty
petroleum­
fueled
or
methanol­
fueled
diesel
engines,
the
equipment
requirements
specified
in
40
CFR
part
1065,
subparts
B
and
C;
*
*
*
*
*
(
2)*
*
*
(
vi)
*
*
*
(
A)
If
testing
gasoline­
fueled
or
methanol­
fueled
Otto­
cycle
heavy­
duty
engines,
the
record
requirements
specified
in
40
CFR
1065.695;
(
B)
If
testing
petroleum­
fueled
or
methanol­
fueled
diesel
heavy­
duty
engines,
the
record
requirements
specified
in
40
CFR
1065.695;
*
*
*
*
*

35.
Section
86.1108­
87
is
amended
by
revising
paragraphs
(
a)(
1)(
i),
(
a)(
1)(
ii),
(
a)(
2)(
vi)(
A),
and
(
a)(
2)(
vi)(
B)
to
read
as
follows:
§
86.1108­
87
Maintenance
of
records.
(
a)
*
*
*
(
1)*
*
*
(
i)
If
testing
heavy­
duty
gasoline
engines,
the
equipment
requirements
specified
in
40
CFR
part
1065,
subparts
B
and
C;
(
ii)
If
testing
heavy­
duty
diesel
engines,
the
equipment
requirements
specified
in
40
CFR
part
1065,
subparts
B
and
C;
20
*
*
*
*
*
(
2)
*
*
*
(
vi)
*
*
*
(
A)
If
testing
heavy­
duty
gasoline
engines,
the
record
requirements
specified
in
40
CFR
1065.695;
(
B)
If
testing
heavy­
duty
diesel
engines,
the
record
requirements
specified
in
40
CFR
1065.695;
*
*
*
*
*

36.
A
new
§
86.1213­
08
is
added
to
read
as
follows:
§
86.1213­
08
Fuel
specifications.
The
test
fuels
listed
in
40
CFR
part
1065,
subpart
H,
shall
be
used
for
evaporative
emission
testing.

37.
Section
86.1301­
90
is
redesignated
as
§
86.1301
and
revised
to
read
as
follows:
§
86.1301
Scope;
applicability.
This
subpart
specifies
gaseous
emission
test
procedures
for
Otto­
cycle
and
diesel
heavy­
duty
engines,
and
particulate
emission
test
procedures
for
diesel
heavy­
duty
engines,
as
follows:
(
a)
For
model
years
1990
through
2003,
manufacturers
must
use
the
test
procedures
specified
in
§
86.1305­
90.
(
b)
For
model
years
2004
through
2009,
manufacturers
may
use
the
test
procedures
specified
in
§
86.1305­
2004
or
§
86.1305­
2010.
For
any
EPA
testing
before
the
2010
model
year,
EPA
will
use
the
manufacturer's
selected
procedures
for
mapping
engines,
generating
duty
cycles,
and
applying
cycle­
validation
criteria.
For
any
other
parameters,
EPA
may
conduct
testing
using
either
of
the
specified
procedures.
(
c)
For
model
years
2010
and
later,
manufacturers
must
use
the
test
procedures
specified
in
§
86.1305­
2010.
(
d)
As
allowed
under
subpart
A
of
this
part,
manufacturers
may
use
carryover
data
from
previous
model
years
to
demonstrate
compliance
with
emission
standards,
without
regard
to
the
provisions
of
this
section.

38.
Section
86.1304­
90
is
redesignated
as
§
86.1304
and
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
a)
to
read
as
follows:
§
86.1304
Section
numbering;
construction.
(
a)
Section
numbering.
The
model
year
of
initial
applicability
is
indicated
by
the
section
number.
The
digits
following
the
hyphen
designate
the
first
model
year
for
which
a
section
is
applicable.
The
section
continues
to
apply
to
subsequent
model
years
unless
a
later
model
year
section
is
adopted.
(
Example:
§
86.13xx
 
2004
applies
to
the
2004
and
subsequent
model
years.
If
a
§
86.13xx
 
2007
is
promulgated
it
would
apply
beginning
with
the
2007
model
year;
§
86.13xx
 
2004
would
apply
to
model
years
2004
through
2006.)
*
*
*
*
*
21
39.
A
new
§
86.1305­
2010
is
added
to
read
as
follows:
§
86.1305­
2010
Introduction;
structure
of
subpart.
(
a)
This
subpart
specifies
the
equipment
and
procedures
for
performing
exhaust­
emission
tests
on
Otto­
cycle
and
diesel­
cycle
heavy­
duty
engines.
Subpart
A
of
this
part
sets
forth
the
emission
standards
and
general
testing
requirements
to
comply
with
EPA
certification
procedures.
(
b)
Use
the
applicable
equipment
and
procedures
for
spark­
ignition
or
compression­
ignition
engines
in
40
CFR
part
1065
to
determine
whether
engines
meet
the
duty­
cycle
emission
standards
in
subpart
A
of
this
part.
Measure
the
emissions
of
all
regulated
pollutants
as
specified
in
40
CFR
part
1065.
Use
the
duty
cycles
and
procedures
specified
in
§
86.1333­
2007,
§
86.1360­
2007,
and
§
86.1362­
2007.
Adjust
emission
results
from
engines
using
aftertreatment
technology
with
infrequent
regeneration
events
as
described
in
§
86.004­
28.
(
c)
The
provisions
in
§
86.1370­
2007
and
§
86.1372­
2007
apply
for
determining
whether
an
engine
meets
the
applicable
not­
to­
exceed
emission
standards.
(
d)
Measure
smoke
using
the
procedures
in
subpart
I
of
this
part
for
evaluating
whether
engines
meet
the
smoke
standards
in
subpart
A
of
this
part.
(
e)
Use
the
fuels
specified
in
40
CFR
part
1065
to
perform
valid
tests,
as
follows:
(
1)
For
service
accumulation,
use
the
test
fuel
or
any
commercially
available
fuel
that
is
representative
of
the
fuel
that
in­
use
engines
will
use.
(
2)
For
diesel­
fueled
engines,
use
the
ultra
low­
sulfur
diesel
fuel
specified
in
40
CFR
part
1065
for
emission
testing.
(
f)
You
may
use
special
or
alternate
procedures
to
the
extent
we
allow
them
under
40
CFR
1065.10.
(
g)
This
subpart
is
addressed
to
you
as
a
manufacturer,
but
it
applies
equally
to
anyone
who
does
testing
for
you.

40.
Section
86.1321­
90
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
a)(
3)(
ii)
to
read
as
follows:
§
86.1321­
90
Hydrocarbon
analyzer
calibration.
*
*
*
*
*
(
a)
*
*
*
(
3)*
*
*
(
ii)
The
HFID
optimization
procedures
outlined
in
§
86.331
 
79(
c).
*
*
*
*
*

41.
Section
86.1321­
94
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
a)(
3)(
ii)
to
read
as
follows:
§
86.1321­
94
Hydrocarbon
analyzer
calibration.
*
*
*
*
*
(
a)
*
*
*
(
3)*
*
*
(
ii)
The
procedure
listed
in
§
86.331
 
79(
c).
*
*
*
*
*

42.
A
new
§
86.1333­
2010
is
added
to
read
as
follows:
22
(
)
43
3800
600
600
1,829
112
Actualrpm
rpm
 
 
=
+=
§
86.1333­
2010
Transient
test
cycle
generation.
(
a)
Generating
transient
test
cycles.
The
heavy­
duty
transient
engine
cycles
for
Otto­
cycle
and
diesel
engines
are
listed
in
Appendix
I((
f)
(
1),
(
2)
and
(
3))
to
this
part.
These
second­
by­
second
listings
represent
torque
and
rpm
maneuvers
characteristic
of
heavy­
duty
engines.
Both
rpm
and
torque
are
normalized
(
expressed
as
a
percentage
of
maximum)
in
these
listings.
(
1)
To
unnormalize
rpm,
use
the
following
equations:
(
i)
For
diesel
engines:
(
)
%

112
rpm
MaxTestSpeed
CurbIdleSpeed
Actualrpm
CurbIdleSpeed
 
 
=
+

Where:
MaxTestSpeed
=
the
maximum
test
speed
as
calculated
in
40
CFR
part
1065.

(
ii)
For
Otto­
cycle
engines:
(
)
%

112
rpm
MaxTestSpeed
CurbIdleSpeed
Actualrpm
CurbIdleSpeed
 
 
=
+

Where:
MaxTestSpeed
=
the
maximum
test
speed
as
calculated
in
40
CFR
part
1065.

(
2)
Torque
is
normalized
to
the
maximum
torque
at
the
rpm
listed
with
it.
Therefore,
to
unnormalize
the
torque
values
in
the
cycle,
the
maximum
torque
curve
for
the
engine
in
question
must
be
used.
The
generation
of
the
maximum
torque
curve
is
described
in
40
CFR
part
1065.
(
b)
Example
of
the
unnormalization
procedure.
Unnormalize
the
following
test
point,
given
Maximum
Test
speed
=
3800
rpm
and
Curb
Idle
Speed
=
600
rpm.

43
82
PercentRPM
PercentTorque
(
1)
Calculate
actual
rpm:

(
2)
Determine
actual
torque:
Determine
the
maximum
observed
torque
at
1829
rpm
from
the
maximum
torque
curve.
Then
multiply
this
value
(
e.
g.,
358
ft­
lbs)
by
0.82.
This
results
in
an
actual
torque
of
294
ft­
lbs.
(
c)
Clutch
operation.
Manual
transmission
engines
may
be
tested
with
a
clutch.
If
used,
the
clutch
shall
be
disengaged
at
all
zero
percent
speeds,
zero
percent
torque
points,
but
may
be
engaged
up
to
two
points
preceding
a
non­
zero
point,
and
may
be
engaged
for
time
segments
with
zero
percent
speed
and
torque
points
of
durations
less
than
four
seconds.
(
See
40
CFR
§
1065.514
for
allowances
in
the
cycle
validation
criteria.)

43.
Section
86.1360­
2007
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
b),
removing
and
reserving
paragraphs
(
c)
and
(
e),
and
removing
paragraphs
(
h)
and
(
i)
to
read
as
follows:
§
86.1360­
2007
Supplemental
emission
test;
test
cycle
and
procedures.
23
*
*
*
*
*
(
b)
Test
cycle.
(
1)
Perform
testing
as
described
in
§
86.1362­
2007
for
determining
whether
an
engine
meets
the
applicable
standards
when
measured
over
the
supplemental
emission
test.
(
2)
For
engines
not
certified
to
a
NOx
standard
or
FEL
less
than
1.5
g/
bhp­
hr,
EPA
may
select,
and
require
the
manufacturer
to
conduct
the
test
using,
up
to
three
discrete
test
points
within
the
control
area
defined
in
paragraph
(
d)
of
this
section.
EPA
will
notify
the
manufacturer
of
these
supplemental
test
points
in
writing
in
a
timely
manner
before
the
test.
Emission
sampling
for
these
discrete
test
modes
must
include
all
regulated
pollutants
except
particulate
matter.
*
*
*
*
*

44.
A
new
§
86.1362­
2007
is
added
to
read
as
follows:
§
86.1362­
2007
Steady­
state
testing
with
a
ramped­
modal
cycle.
This
section
describes
how
to
test
engines
under
steady­
state
conditions.
Manufacturers
may
alternatively
use
the
procedures
specified
in
§
86.1363­
2007
through
the
2009
model
year.
(
a)
Start
sampling
at
the
beginning
of
the
first
mode
and
continue
sampling
until
the
end
of
the
last
mode.
Calculate
emissions
as
described
in
40
CFR
1065.650
and
cycle
statistics
as
described
in
40
CFR
1065.514.
24
(
b)
Measure
emissions
by
testing
the
engine
on
a
dynamometer
with
the
following
ramped­
modal
duty
cycle
to
determine
whether
it
meets
the
applicable
steady­
state
emission
standards:
RMC
Mode
Time
in
Mode
(
seconds)
Engine
Speed
1,2
Torque
(
percent)
2,3
1a
Steady­
state
170
Warm
Idle
0
1b
Transition
20
Linear
Transition
Linear
Transition
2a
Steady­
state
170
A
100
2b
Transition
20
A
Linear
Transition
3a
Steady­
state
102
A
25
3b
Transition
20
A
Linear
Transition
4a
Steady­
state
100
A
75
4b
Transition
20
A
Linear
Transition
5a
Steady­
state
103
A
50
5b
Transition
20
Linear
Transition
Linear
Transition
6a
Steady­
state
194
B
100
6b
Transition
20
B
Linear
Transition
7a
Steady­
state
219
B
25
7b
Transition
20
B
Linear
Transition
8a
Steady­
state
220
B
75
8b
Transition
20
B
Linear
Transition
9a
Steady­
state
219
B
50
9b
Transition
20
Linear
Transition
Linear
Transition
10a
Steady­
state
171
C
100
10b
Transition
20
C
Linear
Transition
11a
Steady­
state
102
C
25
11b
Transition
20
C
Linear
Transition
12a
Steady­
state
100
C
75
12b
Transition
20
C
Linear
Transition
13a
Steady­
state
102
C
50
13b
Transition
20
Linear
Transition
Linear
Transition
14
Steady­
state
168
Warm
Idle
0
1
Speed
terms
are
defined
in
40
CFR
part
1065.
2
Advance
from
one
mode
to
the
next
within
a
20­
second
transition
phase.
During
the
transition
phase,
command
a
linear
progression
from
the
speed
or
torque
setting
of
the
current
mode
to
the
speed
or
torque
setting
of
the
next
mode.
3
The
percent
torque
is
relative
to
maximum
torque
at
the
commanded
engine
speed.

(
c)
During
idle
mode,
operate
the
engine
with
the
following
parameters:
(
1)
Hold
the
speed
within
your
specifications.
(
2)
Set
the
engine
to
operate
at
its
minimum
fueling
rate.
(
3)
Keep
engine
torque
under
5
percent
of
maximum
test
torque.
(
d)
For
full­
load
operating
modes,
operate
the
engine
at
its
maximum
fueling
rate.
25
(
e)
See
40
CFR
part
1065
for
detailed
specifications
of
tolerances
and
calculations.
(
f)
Perform
the
ramped­
modal
test
with
a
warmed­
up
engine.
If
the
ramped­
modal
test
follows
directly
after
testing
over
the
Federal
Test
Procedure,
consider
the
engine
warm.
Otherwise,
operate
the
engine
to
warm
it
up
as
described
in
40
CFR
part
1065,
subpart
F.

45.
A
new
§
86.1363­
2007
is
added
to
read
as
follows:
§
86.1363­
2007
Steady­
state
testing
with
a
discrete­
mode
cycle.
This
section
describes
an
alternate
procedure
for
steady­
state
testing
that
manufacturers
may
use
through
the
2009
model
year.
(
a)
Use
the
following
13­
mode
cycle
in
dynamometer
operation
on
the
test
engine:

Mode
Number
Engine
Speed
1
Percent
load2
Weighting
Factors
Mode
length
(
minutes)
3
1
Idle
 
0.15
4
2
A
100
0.08
2
3
B
50
0.10
2
4
B
75
0.10
2
5
A
50
0.05
2
6
A
75
0.05
2
7
A
25
0.05
2
8
B
100
0.09
2
9
B
25
0.10
2
10
C
100
0.08
2
11
C
25
0.05
2
12
C
75
0.05
2
13
C
50
0.05
2
1
Speed
terms
are
defined
in
40
CFR
part
1065.
2
The
percent
torque
is
relative
to
the
maximum
torque
at
the
commanded
test
speed.
3
Upon
Administrator
approval,
the
manufacturer
may
use
other
mode
lengths.

(
b)
Prior
to
beginning
the
test
sequence,
the
engine
must
be
warmed­
up
according
to
the
procedures
in
§
86.1332­
90(
d)(
3)(
i)
through
(
iv).
(
c)
The
test
must
be
performed
in
the
order
of
the
mode
numbers
in
paragraph
(
a)
of
this
section.
Where
applicable,
the
EPA­
selected
test
points
identified
under
§
86.1360­
2007(
b)(
2)
must
be
performed
immediately
upon
completion
of
mode
13.
The
engine
must
be
operated
for
the
prescribed
time
in
each
mode,
completing
engine
speed
and
load
changes
in
the
first
20
seconds
of
each
mode.
The
specified
speed
must
be
held
to
within
±
50
rpm
and
the
specified
torque
must
be
held
to
within
plus
or
minus
two
percent
of
the
maximum
torque
at
the
test
speed.
(
d)
One
filter
shall
be
used
for
sampling
PM
over
the
13­
mode
test
procedure.
The
modal
weighting
factors
specified
in
paragraph
(
a)
of
this
section
shall
be
taken
into
account
by
taking
a
26
sample
proportional
to
the
exhaust
mass
flow
during
each
individual
mode
of
the
cycle.
This
can
be
achieved
by
adjusting
sample
flow
rate,
sampling
time,
and/
or
dilution
ratio,
accordingly,
so
that
the
criterion
for
the
effective
weighting
factors
is
met.
The
sampling
time
per
mode
must
be
at
least
4
seconds
per
0.01
weighting
factor.
Sampling
must
be
conducted
as
late
as
possible
within
each
mode.
Particulate
sampling
shall
be
completed
no
earlier
than
5
seconds
before
the
end
of
each
mode.
(
e)
The
test
must
be
conducted
with
all
emission­
related
engine
control
variables
in
the
highest
brake­
specific
NOx
emissions
state
which
could
be
encountered
for
a
30
second
or
longer
averaging
period
at
the
given
test
point
and
for
the
conditions
under
which
the
engine
is
being
tested.
(
f)
Manufacturers
must
follow
the
exhaust
emissions
sample
analysis
procedures
under
§
86.1340,
and
the
calculation
formulas
and
procedures
under
§
86.1342,
for
the
13­
mode
cycle
and
the
3
EPA­
selected
test
points
as
applicable
for
steady­
state
testing,
including
the
NOx
correction
factor
for
humidity.
(
g)
Calculate
the
weighted
average
emissions
as
follows:
(
1)
For
each
regulated
gaseous
pollutant,
calculate
the
weighted
average
emissions
using
the
following
equation:

1
2
1
N
Mi
i
i
WA
N
Pi
i
i
A
WF
A
A
WF
=

=


 


=
 
 






Where:
AWA
=
Weighted
average
emissions
for
each
regulated
gaseous
pollutant,
in
grams
per
brake
horse­
power
hour.
AM
=
Modal
average
mass
emissions
level,
in
grams
per
hour.
Mass
emissions
must
be
calculated
as
described
in
§
86.1342.
AP
=
Modal
average
power,
in
brake
horse­
power.
Any
power
measured
during
the
idle
mode
(
mode
1)
is
not
included
in
this
calculation.
WF
=
Weighting
factor
corresponding
to
each
mode
of
the
steady­
state
test
cycle,
as
defined
in
paragraph
(
a)
of
this
section.
i
=
The
modes
of
the
steady­
state
test
cycle
defined
in
paragraph
(
a)
of
this
section.
n
=
13,
corresponding
to
the
13
modes
of
the
steady­
state
test
cycle
defined
in
paragraph
(
a)
of
this
section.

(
2)
For
PM
measurements,
a
single
filter
must
be
used
to
measure
PM
over
the
13
modes.
The
brake­
specific
PM
emission
level
for
the
test
must
be
calculated
as
described
for
a
transient
hot
start
test
in
§
86.1343.
Only
the
power
measured
during
the
sampling
period
shall
be
used
in
the
calculation.
(
i)
The
test
fuel
used
for
supplemental
steady­
state
testing
under
this
section
must
meet
the
requirements
of
§
86.1313.
(
j)
Ambient
conditions,
charge
cooling
specifications,
and
intake
and
exhaust
restrictions
for
supplemental
steady­
state
testing
and
maximum
allowable
emission
limit
testing
under
this
section
must
meet
the
requirements
of
§
86.1330.

46.
Section
86.1370­
2007
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
a)
to
read
as
follows:
§
86.1370­
2007
Not­
To­
Exceed
test
procedures.
(
a)
General.
The
purpose
of
this
test
procedure
is
to
measure
in­
use
emissions
of
heavy­
duty
diesel
engines
while
operating
within
a
broad
range
of
speed
and
load
points
(
the
Not­
To­
Exceed
Control
Area)
and
under
conditions
which
can
reasonably
be
expected
to
be
encountered
in
27
normal
vehicle
operation
and
use.
Emission
results
from
this
test
procedure
are
to
be
compared
to
the
Not­
To­
Exceed
Limits
specified
in
§
86.007­
11(
a)(
4),
or
to
later
Not­
To­
Exceed
limits.
The
Not­
To­
Exceed
Limits
do
not
apply
for
engine­
starting
conditions.
Tests
conducted
using
the
procedures
specified
in
§
86.1301
are
considered
valid
Not­
To­
Exceed
tests
(
Note:
duty
cycles
and
limits
on
ambient
conditions
do
not
apply
for
Not­
To­
Exceed
tests).
*
*
*
*
*

47.
Section
86.1509­
84
is
amended
by
revising
paragraphs
(
c)
and
(
d)
to
read
as
follows:
§
86.1509­
84
Exhaust
gas
sampling
system.
*
*
*
*
*
(
c)
A
CVS
sampling
system
with
bag
or
continuous
analysis
as
specified
in
40
CFR
part
1065
is
permitted
as
applicable.
The
inclusion
of
an
additional
raw
carbon
dioxide
(
CO
2)
analyzer
as
specified
in
40
CFR
part
1065
is
required
if
the
CVS
system
is
used,
in
order
to
accurately
determine
the
CVS
dilution
factor.
The
heated
sample
line
specified
in
40
CFR
part
1065
for
raw
emission
requirements
is
not
required
for
the
raw
CO
2
measurement.
(
d)
A
raw
exhaust
sampling
system
as
specified
in
40
CFR
part
1065
is
permitted.

48.
Section
86.1511­
84
is
amended
by
revising
paragraphs
(
a)(
1)
and
(
b)
to
read
as
follows:
§
86.1511­
84
Exhaust
gas
analysis
system.
(
a)
*
*
*
(
1)
The
analyzer
used
shall
conform
to
the
accuracy
provisions
of
40
CFR
part
1065,
subparts
C,
D,
and
F.
*
*
*
*
*
(
b)
The
inclusion
of
a
raw
CO
2
analyzer
as
specified
in
40
CFR
part
1065
is
required
in
order
to
accurately
determine
the
CVS
dilution
factor.

49.
Section
86.1513­
90
is
revised
to
read
as
follows:
§
86.1513­
90
Fuel
specifications.
The
requirements
of
this
section
are
set
forth
in
§
86.1313
 
94
for
heavy­
duty
engines,
and
in
§
86.113
 
90(
a)
for
light­
duty
trucks.

50.
Section
86.1513­
94
is
revised
to
read
as
follows:
§
86.1513­
94
Fuel
specifications.
The
requirements
of
this
section
are
set
forth
in
40
CFR
part
1065,
subpart
H,
for
heavy­
duty
engines
and
in
§
86.113
 
94
for
light­
duty
trucks.

51.
Section
86.1514­
84
is
amended
by
revising
paragraphs
(
b)
and
(
c)
to
read
as
follows:
§
86.1514­
84
Analytical
gases.
*
*
*
*
*
(
b)
If
the
raw
CO
sampling
system
specified
in
40
CFR
part
1065
is
used,
the
analytical
gases
28
specified
in
40
CFR
part
1065,
subpart
H,
shall
be
used.
(
c)
If
a
CVS
sampling
system
is
used,
the
analytical
gases
specified
in
40
CFR
part
1065,
subpart
H,
shall
be
used.

52.
Section
86.1519­
84
is
revised
to
read
as
follows:
§
86.1519­
84
CVS
calibration.
If
the
CVS
system
is
used
for
sampling
during
the
idle
emission
test,
the
calibration
instructions
are
specified
in
40
CFR
part
1065,
subpart
D,
for
heavy­
duty
engines,
and
§
86.119
 
78
for
light­
duty
trucks.

53.
Section
86.1524­
84
is
revised
to
read
as
follows:
§
86.1524­
84
Carbon
dioxide
analyzer
calibration.
(
a)
The
calibration
requirements
for
the
dilute­
sample
CO
2
analyzer
are
specified
in
40
CFR
part
1065,
subpart
D,
for
heavy­
duty
engines
and
§
86.124
 
78
for
light­
duty
trucks.
(
b)
The
calibration
requirements
for
the
raw
CO
2
analyzer
are
specified
in
40
CFR
part
1065,
subpart
D.

54.
Section
86.1530­
84
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
b)
to
read
as
follows:
§
86.1530­
84
Test
sequence;
general
requirements.
*
*
*
*
*
(
b)
Ambient
test
cell
conditions
during
the
test
shall
be
those
specified
in
§
86.130
 
78
or
40
CFR
part
1065,
subpart
F.

55.
Section
86.1537­
84
is
amended
by
revising
paragraphs
(
c),
(
e)(
6),
and
(
f)
to
read
as
follows:
§
86.1537­
84
Idle
test
run.
*
*
*
*
*
(
c)
Achieve
normal
engine
operating
condition.
The
transient
engine
or
chassis
dynamometer
test
is
an
acceptable
technique
for
warm­
up
to
normal
operating
condition
for
the
idle
test.
If
the
emission
test
is
not
performed
prior
to
the
idle
emission
test,
a
heavy­
duty
engine
may
be
warmed­
up
according
to
40
CFR
part
1065,
subpart
F.
A
light­
duty
truck
may
be
warmed
up
by
operation
through
one
Urban
Dynamometer
Driving
Schedule
test
procedure
(
see
§
86.115
 
78
and
appendix
I
to
this
part).
*
*
*
*
*
(
e)
*
*
*
(
6)
For
bag
sampling,
sample
idle
emissions
long
enough
to
obtain
a
sufficient
bag
sample,
but
in
no
case
shorter
than
60
seconds
nor
longer
than
6
minutes.
Follow
the
sampling
and
exhaust
measurements
requirements
of
40
CFR
part
1065,
subpart
F,
for
conducting
the
raw
CO
2
measurement.
*
*
*
*
*
(
f)
If
the
raw
exhaust
sampling
and
analysis
technique
specified
in
40
CFR
part
1065
is
used,
the
29
following
procedures
apply:
(
1)
Warm
up
the
engine
or
vehicle
per
paragraphs
(
c)
and
(
d)
of
this
section.
Operate
the
engine
or
vehicle
at
the
conditions
specified
in
paragraph
(
e)(
4)
of
this
section.
(
2)
Follow
the
sampling
and
exhaust
measurement
requirements
of
40
CFR
part
1065,
subpart
F.
The
idle
sample
shall
be
taken
for
60
seconds
minimum,
and
no
more
than
64
seconds.
The
chart
reading
procedures
of
40
CFR
part
1065,
subpart
F,
shall
be
used
to
determine
the
analyzer
response.
*
*
*
*
*

56.
Section
86.1540­
84
is
amended
by
revising
paragraphs
(
b)
and
(
c)
to
read
as
follows:
§
86.1540­
84
Idle
exhaust
sample
analysis.
*
*
*
*
*
(
b)
If
the
CVS
sampling
system
is
used,
the
analysis
procedures
for
dilute
CO
and
CO
2
specified
in
40
CFR
part
1065
apply.
Follow
the
raw
CO
2
analysis
procedure
specified
in
40
CFR
part
1065,
subpart
F,
for
the
raw
CO
2
analyzer.
(
c)
If
the
continuous
raw
exhaust
sampling
technique
specified
in
40
CFR
part
1065
is
used,
the
analysis
procedures
for
CO
specified
in
40
CFR
part
1065,
subpart
F,
apply.

57.
Section
86.1542­
84
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
a)
introductory
text
to
read
as
follows:
§
86.1542­
84
Information
required.
(
a)
General
data
 
heavy­
duty
engines.
Information
shall
be
recorded
for
each
idle
emission
test
as
specified
in
40
CFR
part
1065,
subpart
G.
The
following
test
data
are
required:
*
*
*
*
*

58.
Section
86.1544­
84
is
amended
by
revising
paragraphs
(
b)(
1),
(
b)(
2),
and
(
c)
to
read
as
follows:
§
86.1544­
84
Calculation;
idle
exhaust
emissions.
*
*
*
*
*
(
b)*
*
*
(
1)
Use
the
procedures,
as
applicable,
in
40
CFR
1065.650
to
determine
the
dilute
wet­
basis
CO
and
CO
2
in
percent.
(
2)
Use
the
procedure,
as
applicable,
in
40
CFR
1065.650
to
determine
the
raw
dry­
basis
CO
2
in
percent.
*
*
*
*
*
(
c)
If
the
raw
exhaust
sampling
and
analysis
system
specified
in
40
CFR
part
1065
is
used,
the
percent
for
carbon
monoxide
on
a
dry
basis
shall
be
calculated
using
the
procedure,
as
applicable,
in
40
CFR
1065.650.

59.
Section
86.1708­
99
is
amended
by
revising
Tables
R99­
5
and
R99­
6
to
read
as
follows:
§
86.1708­
99
Exhaust
emission
standards
for
1999
and
later
light­
duty
vehicles.
30
*
*
*
*
*
(
c)
*
*
*
(
2)*
*
*

Table
R99­
5
­­
Intermediate
Useful
Life
(
50,000
mile)
In­
Use
Standards
(
g/
mi)
for
Light­
duty
Vehicles
Vehicle
Emission
Category
Model
Year
NMOG
CO
NOx
HCHO
LEV
1999
0.100
3.4
0.3
0.015
ULEV
1999­
2002
0.055
2.1
0.3
0.008
Table
R99­
6
­­
Full
Useful
Life
(
100,000
mile)
In­
Use
Standards
(
g/
mi)
for
Light­
duty
Vehicles
Vehicle
Emission
Category
Model
Year
NMOG
CO
NOx
HCHO
LEV
1999
0.125
4.2
0.4
0.018
ULEV
1999­
2002
0.075
3.4
0.4
0.011
*
*
*
*
*

60.
Section
86.1709­
99
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
c)(
1)
introductory
text
and
by
revising
Table
R99­
14.2,
to
read
as
follows:
§
86.1709­
99
Exhaust
emission
standards
for
1999
and
later
light
light­
duty
trucks.
*
*
*
*
*
(
c)
*
*
*
(
1)
1999
model
year
light
light­
duty
trucks
certified
as
LEVs
and
1999
through
2002
model
year
light
light­
duty
trucks
certified
as
ULEVs
shall
meet
the
applicable
intermediate
and
full
useful
life
in­
use
standards
in
paragraph
(
c)(
2)
of
this
section,
according
to
the
following
provisions:
*
*
*
*
*
(
e)
*
*
*
(
2)
*
*
*
31
Table
R99­
14.2
­­
SFTP
Exhaust
Emission
Standards
(
g/
mi)
for
LEVs
and
ULEVs
US06
Test
A/
C
Test
Loaded
Vehicle
Weight
(
lbs)
NMHC
+
NOX
CO
NMHC
+
NOX
CO
0­
3750...................................
0.14
8.0
0.20
2.7
3751­
5750.............................
0.25
10.5
0.27
3.5
*
*
*
*
*

61.
Section
86.1710­
99
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
c)(
8)
introductory
text
to
read
as
follows:
§
86.1710­
99
Fleet
average
non­
methane
organic
gas
exhaust
emission
standards
for
light­
duty
vehicles
and
light
light­
duty
trucks.
*
*
*
*
*
(
c)
*
*
*
(
8)
Manufacturers
may
earn
and
bank
credits
in
the
NTR
for
model
years
1997
and
1998.
In
states
without
a
Section
177
Program
effective
in
model
year
1997
or
1998,
such
credits
will
be
calculated
as
set
forth
in
paragraphs
(
a)
and
(
b)
of
this
section,
except
that
the
applicable
fleet
average
NMOG
standard
shall
be
0.25
g/
mi
NMOG
for
the
averaging
set
for
light
lightduty
trucks
from
0­
3750
lbs
LVW
and
light­
duty
vehicles
or
0.32
g/
mi
NMOG
for
the
averaging
set
for
light
light­
duty
trucks
from
3751­
5750
lbs
LVW.
In
states
that
opt
into
National
LEV
and
have
a
Section
177
Program
effective
in
model
year
1997
or
1998,
such
credits
will
equal
the
unused
credits
earned
in
those
states.
*
*
*
*
*

62.
Section
86.1711­
99
is
amended
by
revising
the
section
heading
and
paragraph
(
a)
to
read
as
follows:
§
86.1711­
99
Limitations
on
sale
of
Tier
1
vehicles
and
TLEVs.
(
a)
In
the
2001
and
subsequent
model
years,
manufacturers
may
sell
Tier
1
vehicles
and
TLEVs
in
the
NTR
only
if
vehicles
with
the
same
engine
families
are
certified
and
offered
for
sale
in
California
in
the
same
model
year,
except
as
provided
under
§
86.1707(
d)(
4).
*
*
*
*
*

63.
Section
86.1807­
07
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
h)
to
read
as
follows:
§
86.1807­
07
Vehicle
labeling.
*
*
*
*
*
(
h)
Vehicles
powered
by
model
year
2007
and
later
diesel­
fueled
engines
and
other
diesel
vehicles
certified
using
a
test
fuel
with
15
ppm
sulfur
or
less,
must
include
permanent
readily
visible
labels
on
the
dashboard
(
or
instrument
panel)
and
near
all
fuel
inlets
that
state
"
Use
Ultra
Low
Sulfur
Diesel
Fuel
Only"
or
"
Ultra
Low
Sulfur
Diesel
Fuel
Only".
32
64.
Section
86.1808­
01
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
f)(
19)(
iii)
to
read
as
follows:
§
86.1808­
01
Maintenance
instructions.
*
*
*
*
*
(
f)
*
*
*
(
19)
*
*
*
(
iii)
Any
person
who
violates
a
provision
of
this
paragraph
(
f)
shall
be
subject
to
a
civil
penalty
of
not
more
than
$
32,500
per
day
for
each
violation.
This
maximum
penalty
is
shown
for
calendar
year
2004.
Maximum
penalty
limits
for
later
years
may
be
set
higher
based
on
the
Consumer
Price
Index,
as
specified
in
40
CFR
part
19.
In
addition,
such
person
shall
be
liable
for
all
other
remedies
set
forth
in
Title
II
of
the
Clean
Air
Act,
remedies
pertaining
to
provisions
of
Title
II
of
the
Clean
Air
Act,
or
other
applicable
provisions
of
law.

65.
Section
86.1808­
07
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
g)
to
read
as
follows:
§
86.1808­
07
Maintenance
instructions.
*
*
*
*
*
(
g)
For
each
new
diesel­
fueled
Tier
2
vehicle
(
certified
using
a
test
fuel
with
15
ppm
sulfur
or
less),
the
manufacturer
shall
furnish
or
cause
to
be
furnished
to
the
purchaser
a
statement
that
"
This
vehicle
must
be
operated
only
with
ultra
low
sulfur
diesel
fuel
(
that
is,
diesel
fuel
meeting
EPA
specifications
for
highway
diesel
fuel,
including
a
15
ppm
sulfur
cap).".

66.
Section
86.1811­
04
is
amended
by
revising
Table
S04­
2
in
paragraph
(
c)(
6)
to
read
as
follows;
§
86.1811­
04
Emission
standards
for
light­
duty
vehicles,
light­
duty
trucks
and
medium­
duty
passenger
vehicles.
*
*
*
*
*
(
c)
*
*
*
(
6)
*
*
*
33
Table
S04­
2.
 
Tier
2
and
Interim
Non­
Tier
2
Intermediate
Useful
Life
(
50,000
mile)
Exhaust
Mass
Emission
Standards
(
grams
per
mile)

Bin
No.
NOx
NMOG
CO
HCHO
PM
Notes
11
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
0.6
0.195
5.0
0.022
.
.
.
.
.
.
a
c
f
h
10
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
0.4
0.125/
0.160
3.4/
4.4
0.015/
0.018
.
.
.
.
.
.
a
b
d
f
g
h
9
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
0.2
0.075/
0.140
3.4
0.015
.
.
.
.
.
.
a
b
e
f
g
h
8
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
0.14
0.100/
0.125
3.4
0.015
.
.
.
.
.
.
b
f
h
i
7
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
0.11
0.075
3.4
0.015
.
.
.
.
.
.
f
h
6
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
0.08
0.075
3.4
0.015
.
.
.
.
.
.
f
h
5
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
0.05
0.075
3.4
0.015
.
.
.
.
.
.
f
h
Notes:
a
This
bin
deleted
at
end
of
2006
model
year
(
end
of
2008
model
year
for
HLDTs
and
MDPVs
).
b
Higher
NMOG,
CO
and
HCHO
values
apply
for
HLDTs
and
MDPVs
only.
c
This
bin
is
only
for
MDPVs.
d
Optional
NMOG
standard
of
0.195
g/
mi
applies
for
qualifying
LDT4s
and
qualifying
MDPVs
only.
e
Optional
NMOG
standard
of
0.100
g/
mi
applies
for
qualifying
LDT2s
only.
f
The
full
useful
life
PM
standards
from
Table
S04­
1
also
apply
at
intermediate
useful
life.
g
Intermediate
life
standards
of
this
bin
are
optional
for
diesels.
h
Intermediate
life
standards
are
optional
for
vehicles
certified
to
a
useful
life
of
150,000
miles.
i
Higher
NMOG
standard
deleted
at
end
of
2008
model
year.

*
*
*
*
*

67.
Section
86.1816­
08
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
j)(
2)
to
read
as
follows;
§
86.1816­
08
Emission
standards
for
complete
heavy­
duty
vehicles.
*
*
*
*
*
(
j)
*
*
*
(
2)
The
in­
use
adjustments
are:
(
i)
0.1
g/
mi
for
NOx.
(
ii)
0.100
g/
mi
NMHC.
(
iii)
0.01
g/
mi
for
PM.

68.
Section
86.1834­
01
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
b)(
4)
introductory
text,
(
b)(
6)(
ii)
introductory
text,
and
(
b)(
6)(
ii)(
D)
to
read
as
follows;
§
86.1834­
01
Allowable
maintenance.
*
*
*
*
*
(
b)*
*
*
(
4)
For
diesel­
cycle
light­
duty
vehicles
and
light­
duty
trucks,
emission­
related
maintenance
in
addition
to,
or
at
shorter
intervals
than
the
following
will
not
be
accepted
as
technologically
necessary,
except
as
provided
in
paragraph
(
b)(
7)
of
this
section:
*
*
*
*
*
(
6)*
*
*
34
(
ii)
All
critical
emission­
related
scheduled
maintenance
must
have
a
reasonable
likelihood
of
being
performed
in
use.
The
manufacturer
shall
be
required
to
show
the
reasonable
likelihood
of
such
maintenance
being
performed
in
use,
and
such
showing
shall
be
made
prior
to
the
performance
of
the
maintenance
on
the
durability
data
vehicle.
Critical
emission­
related
scheduled
maintenance
items
which
satisfy
one
of
the
following
conditions
will
be
accepted
as
having
a
reasonable
likelihood
of
the
maintenance
item
being
performed
in
use:
*
*
*
(
D)
A
manufacturer
may
desire
to
demonstrate
through
a
survey
that
a
critical
maintenance
item
is
likely
to
be
performed
without
a
visible
signal
on
a
maintenance
item
for
which
there
is
no
prior
in­
use
experience
without
the
signal.
To
that
end,
the
manufacturer
may
in
a
given
model
year
market
up
to
200
randomly
selected
vehicles
per
critical
emission­
related
maintenance
item
without
such
visible
signals,
and
monitor
the
performance
of
the
critical
maintenance
item
by
the
owners
to
show
compliance
with
paragraph
(
b)(
6)(
ii)(
B)
of
this
section.
This
option
is
restricted
to
two
consecutive
model
years
and
may
not
be
repeated
until
any
previous
survey
has
been
completed.
If
the
critical
maintenance
involves
more
than
one
test
group,
the
sample
will
be
sales
weighted
to
ensure
that
it
is
representative
of
all
the
groups
in
question.
*
*
*
*
*

69.
In
Appendix
I
to
Part
86,
paragraph
(
a)
is
amended
by
revising
the
table
entries
for
"
961"
and
"
1345",
paragraph
(
b)
is
amended
by
revising
the
table
entries
for
"
363,"
"
405,"
"
453,"
"
491,"
"
577,"
"
662,"
"
663,"
"
664,"
and
"
932",
and
paragraph
(
h)
is
amended
by
adding
table
entries
for
"
595,"
"
596,"
"
597,"
"
598,"
"
599,"
and
"
600"
in
numerical
order
to
read
as
follows:
APPENDIX
I
TO
PART
86
 
URBAN
DYNAMOMETER
SCHEDULES
(
a)
EPA
Urban
Dynamometer
Driving
Schedule
for
Light­
Duty
Vehicles
and
Light­
Duty
Trucks.

EPA
URBAN
DYNAMOMETER
DRIVING
SCHEDULE
(
Speed
versus
Time
Sequence)

Time
(
sec.)
Speed
(
m.
p.
h.)

*
*
*
*
*
*
*

961
5.3
*
*
*
*
*
*
*

1345
18.3
*
*
*
*
*
*
*

(
b)
EPA
Urban
Dynamometer
Driving
Schedule
for
Light­
Duty
Vehicles,
Light­
Duty
Trucks,
and
Motorcycles
with
engine
displacements
equal
to
or
greater
than
170
cc
(
10.4
cu.
in.).
35
SPEED
VERSUS
TIME
SEQUENCE
Time
(
seconds)
Speed
(
kilometers
per
hour)

*
*
*
*
*
*
*

363
52.8
*
*
*
*
*
*
*

405
14.8
*
*
*
*
*
*
*

453
31.9
*
*
*
*
*
*
*

491
55.5
*
*
*
*
*
*
*

577
27.4
*
*
*
*
*
*
*

662
42.0
663
42.2
664
42.2
*
*
*
*
*
*
*

932
40.2
*
*
*
*
*
*
*

*
*
*
*
*

(
h)
EPA
SC03
Driving
Schedule
for
Light­
Duty
Vehicles
and
Light­
Duty
Trucks.

EPA
SC03
DRIVING
SCHEDULE
(
Speed
versus
Time
Sequence)

Time
(
sec)
Speed
(
mph)

*
*
*
*
*
*
*

595
0.0
596
0.0
597
0.0
36
598
0.0
599
0.0
600
0.0
PART
89
 
CONTROL
OF
EMISSIONS
FROM
NEW
AND
IN­
USE
NONROAD
COMPRESSION­
IGNITION
ENGINES
70.
The
authority
citation
for
part
89
is
revised
to
read
as
follows:
Authority:
42
U.
S.
C.
7401
­
7671q.

71.
Section
89.1
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
b)(
4)(
ii)
and
adding
paragraph
(
c)
to
read
as
follows:
§
89.1
Applicability.
*
*
*
*
*
(
b)
*
*
*
(
4)*
*
*
(
ii)
Are
exempted
from
the
requirements
of
40
CFR
part
94
by
exemption
provisions
of
40
CFR
part
94
other
than
those
specified
in
40
CFR
94.907
or
94.912.
*
*
*
*
*
(
c)
In
certain
cases,
the
regulations
in
this
part
89
apply
to
engines
at
or
above
250
kW
that
would
otherwise
be
covered
by
40
CFR
part
1048.
See
40
CFR
1048.620
for
provisions
related
to
this
allowance.

72.
Section
89.2
is
amended
by
removing
the
definitions
for
"
Marine
diesel
engine"
and
"
Vessel",
revising
the
definition
of
"
United
States",
and
adding
definitions
for
"
Amphibious
vehicle",
"
Marine
engine",
and
"
Marine
vessel"
to
read
as
follows:
§
89.2
Definitions.
*
*
*
*
*
Amphibious
vehicle
means
a
vehicle
with
wheels
or
tracks
that
is
designed
primarily
for
operation
on
land
and
secondarily
for
operation
in
water.
*
*
*
*
*
Marine
engine
means
a
nonroad
engine
that
is
installed
or
intended
to
be
installed
on
a
marine
vessel.
This
includes
a
portable
auxiliary
marine
engine
only
if
its
fueling,
cooling,
or
exhaust
system
is
an
integral
part
of
the
vessel.
There
are
two
kinds
of
marine
engines:
(
1)
Propulsion
marine
engine
means
a
marine
engine
that
moves
a
vessel
through
the
water
or
directs
the
vessel's
movement.
(
2)
Auxiliary
marine
engine
means
a
marine
engine
not
used
for
propulsion.
Marine
vessel
has
the
meaning
given
in
1
U.
S.
C.
3,
except
that
it
does
not
include
amphibious
vehicles.
The
definition
in
1
U.
S.
C.
3
very
broadly
includes
every
craft
capable
of
being
used
as
a
means
of
transportation
on
water.
*
*
*
*
*
37
United
States
means
the
States,
the
District
of
Columbia,
the
Commonwealth
of
Puerto
Rico,
the
Commonwealth
of
the
Northern
Mariana
Islands,
Guam,
American
Samoa,
and
the
U.
S.
Virgin
Islands.
*
*
*
*
*

73.
Section
89.102
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
d)(
1)(
i)
to
read
as
follows:
§
89.102
Effective
dates,
optional
inclusion,
flexibility
for
equipment
manufacturers.
*
*
*
*
*
(
d)*
*
*
(
1)*
*
*
(
i)
Equipment
rated
at
or
above
37
kW.
For
nonroad
equipment
and
vehicles
with
engines
rated
at
or
above
37
kW,
a
manufacturer
may
take
any
of
the
actions
identified
in
§
89.1003(
a)(
1)
for
a
portion
of
its
U.
S.­
directed
production
volume
of
such
equipment
and
vehicles
during
the
seven
years
immediately
following
the
date
on
which
Tier
2
engine
standards
first
apply
to
engines
used
in
such
equipment
and
vehicles,
provided
that
the
seven­
year
sum
of
these
portions
in
each
year,
as
expressed
as
a
percentage
for
each
year,
does
not
exceed
80,
and
provided
that
all
such
equipment
and
vehicles
or
equipment
contain
Tier
1
or
Tier
2
engines;
*
*
*
*
*

74.
Section
89.110
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
b)(
2)
to
read
as
follows:
§
89.110
Emission
control
information
label.
*
*
*
*
*
(
b)*
*
*
(
2)
The
full
corporate
name
and
trademark
of
the
manufacturer;
though
the
label
may
identify
another
company
and
use
its
trademark
instead
of
the
manufacturer's
if
the
provisions
of
§
89.1009
are
met.
*
*
*
*
*

75.
Section
89.112
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
f)(
3)
to
read
as
follows:
§
89.112
Oxides
of
nitrogen,
carbon
monoxide,
hydrocarbon,
and
particulate
matter
exhaust
emission
standards.
*
*
*
*
*
(
f)
*
*
*
(
3)
Test
procedures.
NOx,
NMHC,
and
PM
emissions
are
measured
using
the
procedures
set
forth
in
40
CFR
part
1065,
in
lieu
of
the
procedures
set
forth
in
subpart
E
of
this
part.
CO
emissions
may
be
measured
using
the
procedures
set
forth
either
in
40
CFR
part
1065
or
in
subpart
E
of
this
part.
Manufacturers
may
use
an
alternate
procedure
to
demonstrate
the
desired
level
of
emission
control
if
approved
in
advance
by
the
Administrator.
Engines
meeting
the
requirements
to
qualify
as
Blue
Sky
Series
engines
must
be
capable
of
maintaining
a
comparable
level
of
emission
control
when
tested
using
the
procedures
set
forth
in
paragraph
(
c)
of
this
section
and
subpart
E
of
this
part.
The
numerical
emission
levels
38
measured
using
the
procedures
from
subpart
E
of
this
part
may
be
up
to
20
percent
higher
than
those
measured
using
the
procedures
from
40
CFR
part
1065
and
still
be
considered
comparable.

76.
Section
89.114
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
b)(
3)
and
adding
paragraph
(
b)(
4)
to
read
as
follows:
§
89.114
Special
and
alternate
test
procedures.
*
*
*
*
*
(
b)*
*
*
(
3)
A
manufacturer
may
elect
to
use
the
test
procedures
in
40
CFR
part
1065
as
an
alternate
test
procedure
without
advance
approval
by
the
Administrator.
The
manufacturer
must
identify
in
its
application
for
certification
that
the
engines
were
tested
using
the
procedures
in
40
CFR
part
1065.
For
any
EPA
testing
with
Tier
2
or
Tier
3
engines,
EPA
will
use
the
manufacturer's
selected
procedures
for
mapping
engines,
generating
duty
cycles,
and
applying
cycle­
validation
criteria.
For
any
other
parameters,
EPA
may
conduct
testing
using
either
of
the
specified
procedures.
(
4)
Where
we
specify
mandatory
compliance
with
the
procedures
of
40
CFR
part
1065,
such
as
in
§
89.419,
manufacturers
may
elect
to
use
the
procedures
specified
in
40
CFR
part
86,
subpart
N,
as
an
alternate
test
procedure
without
advance
approval
by
the
Administrator.

77.
Section
89.130
is
revised
to
read
as
follows:
§
89.130
Rebuild
practices.
The
provisions
of
40
CFR
1068.120
apply
to
rebuilding
of
engines
subject
to
the
requirements
of
this
part
89,
except
Tier
1
engines
rated
at
or
above
37
kW.

78.
Section
89.301
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
d)
to
read
as
follows:
§
89.301
Scope;
applicability.
*
*
*
*
*
(
d)
Additional
information
about
system
design,
calibration
methodologies,
and
so
forth,
for
raw
gas
sampling
can
be
found
in
40
CFR
part
1065.
Examples
for
system
design,
calibration
methodologies,
and
so
forth,
for
dilute
exhaust
gas
sampling
can
be
found
in
40
CFR
part
1065.

79.
Section
89.319
is
amended
by
revising
paragraphs
(
b)(
2)(
ii)
and
(
c)
introductory
text
to
read
as
follows:
§
89.319
Hydrocarbon
analyzer
calibration.
(
b)*
*
*
(
2)
*
*
*
(
ii)
The
HFID
optimization
procedures
outlined
in
40
CFR
part
1065,
subpart
D.
*
*
*
*
*
(
c)
Initial
and
periodic
calibration.
Prior
to
introduction
into
service,
after
any
maintenance
which
could
alter
calibration,
and
monthly
thereafter,
the
FID
or
HFID
hydrocarbon
analyzer
shall
be
39
calibrated
on
all
normally
used
instrument
ranges
using
the
steps
in
this
paragraph
(
c).
Use
the
same
flow
rate
and
pressures
as
when
analyzing
samples.
Calibration
gases
shall
be
introduced
directly
at
the
analyzer,
unless
the
"
overflow"
calibration
option
of
40
CFR
part
1065,
subpart
F,
for
the
HFID
is
taken.
New
calibration
curves
need
not
be
generated
each
month
if
the
existing
curve
can
be
verified
as
continuing
to
meet
the
requirements
of
paragraph
(
c)(
3)
of
this
section.
*
*
*
*
*

80.
Section
89.320
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
d)
to
read
as
follows:
§
89.320
Carbon
monoxide
analyzer
calibration.
*
*
*
*
*
(
d)
The
initial
and
periodic
interference,
system
check,
and
calibration
test
procedures
specified
in
40
CFR
part
1065
may
be
used
in
lieu
of
the
procedures
specified
in
this
section.

81.
Section
89.321
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
d)
to
read
as
follows:
§
89.321
Oxides
of
nitrogen
analyzer
calibration.
*
*
*
*
*
(
d)
The
initial
and
periodic
interference,
system
check,
and
calibration
test
procedures
specified
in
40
CFR
part
1065
may
be
used
in
lieu
of
the
procedures
specified
in
this
section.

82.
Section
89.322
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
b)
to
read
as
follows:
§
89.322
Carbon
dioxide
analyzer
calibration.
*
*
*
*
*
(
b)
The
initial
and
periodic
interference,
system
check,
and
calibration
test
procedures
specified
in
40
CFR
part
1065
may
be
used
in
lieu
of
the
procedures
in
this
section.

83.
Section
89.410
is
amended
by
adding
paragraph
(
e)
to
read
as
follows:
§
89.410
Engine
test
cycle.
*
*
*
*
*
(
e)
Manufacturers
may
optionally
use
the
ramped­
modal
duty
cycles
corresponding
to
the
discrete­
mode
duty
cycles
specified
in
this
section,
as
described
in
40
CFR
1039.505.

84.
Section
89.419
is
amended
by
revising
paragraphs
(
a)
introductory
text,
(
a)(
3)(
i),
(
b)(
1)
introductory
text,
(
b)(
2)(
i),
(
b)(
2)(
v)(
B),
(
b)(
4)(
ii),
and
(
b)(
4)(
iii)
to
read
as
follows:
§
89.419
Dilute
gaseous
exhaust
sampling
and
analytical
system
description.
(
a)
General.
The
exhaust
gas
sampling
system
described
in
this
section
is
designed
to
measure
the
true
mass
of
gaseous
emissions
in
the
exhaust
of
petroleum­
fueled
nonroad
compression­
ignition
engines.
This
system
utilizes
the
CVS
concept
(
described
in
40
CFR
part
1065,
subparts
A
and
B)
of
measuring
mass
emissions
of
HC,
CO,
and
CO
2.
A
continuously
integrated
system
is
required
for
HC
and
NOx
measurement
and
is
allowed
for
all
CO
and
CO
2
measurements.
The
mass
of
gaseous
emissions
is
determined
from
the
sample
concentration
and
total
flow
over
the
test
40
period.
As
an
option,
the
measurement
of
total
fuel
mass
consumed
over
a
cycle
may
be
substituted
for
the
exhaust
measurement
of
CO
2.
General
requirements
are
as
follows:
*
*
*
(
3)*
*
*
(
i)
Bag
sampling
(
see
40
CFR
part
1065)
and
analytical
capabilities
(
see
40
CFR
part
1065),
as
shown
in
Figure
2
and
Figure
3
in
appendix
A
to
this
subpart;
or
*
*
*
*
*
(
b)*
*
*
(
1)
Exhaust
dilution
system.
The
PDP
 
CVS
shall
conform
to
all
of
the
requirements
listed
for
the
exhaust
gas
PDP
 
CVS
in
40
CFR
part
1065.
The
CFV
 
CVS
shall
conform
to
all
the
requirements
listed
for
the
exhaust
gas
CFV
 
CVS
in
40
CFR
part
1065.
In
addition,
the
CVS
must
conform
to
the
following
requirements:
*
*
*
*
*
(
2)*
*
*
(
i)
The
continuous
HC
sample
system
(
as
shown
in
Figure
2
or
3
in
appendix
A
to
this
subpart)
uses
an
"
overflow"
zero
and
span
system.
In
this
type
of
system,
excess
zero
or
span
gas
spills
out
of
the
probe
when
zero
and
span
checks
of
the
analyzer
are
made.
The
"
overflow"
system
may
also
be
used
to
calibrate
the
HC
analyzer
according
to
40
CFR
part
1065,
subpart
F,
although
this
is
not
required.
*
*
*
*
*
(
v)*
*
*
(
B)
Have
a
wall
temperature
of
191

C
±
11

C
over
its
entire
length.
The
temperature
of
the
system
shall
be
demonstrated
by
profiling
the
thermal
characteristics
of
the
system
where
possible
at
initial
installation
and
after
any
major
maintenance
performed
on
the
system.
The
profiling
shall
be
accomplished
using
the
insertion
thermocouple
probing
technique.
The
system
temperature
will
be
monitored
continuously
during
testing
at
the
locations
and
temperature
described
in
40
CFR
1065.145.
*
*
*
*
*
(
4)*
*
*
(
ii)
The
continuous
NOX,
CO,
or
CO
2
sampling
and
analysis
system
shall
conform
to
the
specifications
of
40
CFR
1065.145
with
the
following
exceptions
and
revisions:
(
A)
The
system
components
required
to
be
heated
by
40
CFR
1065.145
need
only
be
heated
to
prevent
water
condensation,
the
minimum
component
temperature
shall
be
55

C.
(
B)
The
system
response
shall
meet
the
specifications
in
40
CFR
part
1065,
subpart
C.
(
C)
Alternative
NOX
measurement
techniques
outlined
in
40
CFR
part
1065,
subpart
D,
are
not
permitted
for
NOX
measurement
in
this
subpart.
(
D)
All
analytical
gases
must
conform
to
the
specifications
of
§
89.312.
(
E)
Any
range
on
a
linear
analyzer
below
155
ppm
must
have
and
use
a
calibration
curve
conforming
to
§
89.310.
(
iii)
The
chart
deflections
or
voltage
output
of
analyzers
with
non­
linear
calibration
curves
shall
be
converted
to
concentration
values
by
the
calibration
curve(
s)
specified
in
§
89.313
before
flow
correction
(
if
used)
and
subsequent
integration
takes
place.
41
85.
Section
89.421
is
amended
by
revising
paragraphs
(
b)
and
(
c)
to
read
as
follows:
§
89.421
Exhaust
gas
analytical
system;
CVS
bag
sample.
*
*
*
*
*
(
b)
Major
component
description.
The
analytical
system,
Figure
4
in
appendix
A
to
this
subpart,
consists
of
a
flame
ionization
detector
(
FID)
(
heated
for
petroleum­
fueled
compression­
ignition
engines
to
191

C
±
6

C)
for
the
measurement
of
hydrocarbons,
nondispersive
infrared
analyzers
(
NDIR)
for
the
measurement
of
carbon
monoxide
and
carbon
dioxide,
and
a
chemiluminescence
detector
(
CLD)
(
or
HCLD)
for
the
measurement
of
oxides
of
nitrogen.
The
exhaust
gas
analytical
system
shall
conform
to
the
following
requirements:
(
1)
The
CLD
(
or
HCLD)
requires
that
the
nitrogen
dioxide
present
in
the
sample
be
converted
to
nitric
oxide
before
analysis.
Other
types
of
analyzers
may
be
used
if
shown
to
yield
equivalent
results
and
if
approved
in
advance
by
the
Administrator.
(
2)
If
CO
instruments
are
used
which
are
essentially
free
of
CO
2
and
water
vapor
interference,
the
use
of
the
conditioning
column
may
be
deleted.
(
See
40
CFR
part
1065,
subpart
D.)
(
3)
A
CO
instrument
will
be
considered
to
be
essentially
free
of
CO
2
and
water
vapor
interference
if
its
response
to
a
mixture
of
3
percent
CO
2
in
N2,
which
has
been
bubbled
through
water
at
room
temperature,
produces
an
equivalent
CO
response,
as
measured
on
the
most
sensitive
CO
range,
which
is
less
than
1
percent
of
full
scale
CO
concentration
on
ranges
above
300
ppm
full
scale
or
less
than
3
ppm
on
ranges
below
300
ppm
full
scale.
(
See
40
CFR
part
1065,
subpart
D.)
(
c)
Alternate
analytical
systems.
Alternate
analysis
systems
meeting
the
specifications
of
40
CFR
part
1065,
subpart
A,
may
be
used
for
the
testing
required
under
this
subpart.
Heated
analyzers
may
be
used
in
their
heated
configuration.
*
*
*
*
*

86.
Section
89.424
is
amended
by
revising
the
note
at
the
end
of
paragraph
(
d)(
3)
to
read
as
follows:
§
89.424
Dilute
emission
sampling
calculations.
*
*
*
*
*
(
d)
*
*
*
(
3)*
*
*
(
Note:
If
a
CO
instrument
that
meets
the
criteria
specified
in
40
CFR
part
1065,
subpart
C,
is
used
without
a
sample
dryer
according
to
40
CFR
1065.145,
CO
em
must
be
substituted
directly
for
CO
e
and
CO
dm
must
be
substituted
directly
for
CO
d.)
*
*
*
*
*

87.
Appendix
A
to
Subpart
F
is
amended
by
revising
Table
1
to
read
as
follows:
Appendix
A
to
Subpart
F
of
Part
89
 
Sampling
Plans
for
Selective
Enforcement
Auditing
of
Nonroad
Engines
42
Table
1
 
Sampling
Plan
Code
Letter
Annual
engine
family
sales
Code
letter
20­
50
AA1
20­
99
A
100­
299
B
300­
499
C
500
or
greater
D
1A
manufacturer
may
optionally
use
either
the
sampling
plan
for
code
letter
"
AA"
or
sampling
plan
for
code
letter
"
A"
for
Selective
Enforcement
Audits
of
engine
families
with
annual
sales
between
20
and
50
engines.
Additionally,
the
manufacturer
may
switch
between
these
plans
during
the
audit.

*
*
*
*
*

88.
Section
89.603
is
amended
by
adding
paragraph
(
e)
to
read
as
follows:
§
89.603
General
requirements
for
importation
of
nonconforming
nonroad
engines.
*
*
*
*
*
(
e)(
1)
The
applicable
emission
standards
for
engines
imported
by
an
ICI
under
this
subpart
are
the
emission
standards
applicable
to
the
Original
Production
(
OP)
year
of
the
engine.
(
2)
Where
engine
manufacturers
have
choices
in
emission
standards
for
one
or
more
pollutants
in
a
given
model
year,
the
standard
that
applies
to
the
ICI
is
the
least
stringent
standard
for
that
pollutant
applicable
to
the
OP
year
for
the
appropriate
power
category.
(
3)
ICIs
may
not
generate,
use
or
trade
emission
credits
or
otherwise
participate
in
any
way
in
the
averaging,
banking
and
trading
program.
(
4)
An
ICI
may
import
no
more
than
a
total
of
five
engines
under
this
part
for
any
given
model
year,
except
as
allowed
by
paragraph
(
e)(
5)
of
this
section.
For
ICIs
owned
by
a
parent
company,
the
importation
limit
includes
importation
by
the
parent
company
and
all
its
subsidiaries.
(
5)
An
ICI
may
exceed
the
limit
outlined
in
paragraph
(
e)(
4)
of
this
section,
provided
that
any
engines
in
excess
of
the
limit
meet
the
emission
standards
and
other
requirements
outlined
in
the
applicable
provisions
of
Part
89
or
1039
of
this
chapter
for
the
model
year
in
which
the
engine
is
modified
(
instead
of
the
emission
standards
and
other
requirements
applicable
for
the
OP
year
of
the
vehicle/
engine).

89.
Section
89.611
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
b)(
1)
to
read
as
follows:
§
89.611
Exemptions
and
exclusions.
*
*
*
*
*
(
b)*
*
*
(
1)
Exemption
for
repairs
or
alterations.
A
person
may
conditionally
import
under
bond
a
nonconforming
engine
solely
for
purpose
of
repairs
or
alterations.
The
engine
may
not
be
operated
in
the
United
States
other
than
for
the
sole
purpose
of
repair
or
alteration
or
shipment
to
the
point
of
repair
or
alteration
and
to
the
port
of
export.
It
may
not
be
sold
or
leased
in
the
United
States
and
is
to
be
exported
upon
completion
of
the
repairs
or
alterations.
43
*
*
*
*
*

90.
Section
89.612
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
d)
to
read
as
follows:
§
89.612
Prohibited
acts;
penalties.
*
*
*
*
*
(
d)
An
importer
who
violates
section
213(
d)
and
section
203
of
the
Act
is
subject
to
the
provisions
of
section
209
of
the
Act
and
is
also
subject
to
a
civil
penalty
under
section
205
of
the
Act
of
not
more
than
$
32,500
for
each
nonroad
engine
subject
to
the
violation.
In
addition
to
the
penalty
provided
in
the
Act,
where
applicable,
a
person
or
entity
who
imports
an
engine
under
the
exemption
provisions
of
§
89.611(
b)
and,
who
fails
to
deliver
the
nonroad
engine
to
the
U.
S.
Customs
Service
is
liable
for
liquidated
damages
in
the
amount
of
the
bond
required
by
applicable
Customs
laws
and
regulations.
The
maximum
penalty
value
listed
in
this
paragraph
(
d)
is
shown
for
calendar
year
2004.
Maximum
penalty
limits
for
later
years
may
be
adjusted
based
on
the
Consumer
Price
Index.
The
specific
regulatory
provisions
for
changing
the
maximum
penalties,
published
in
40
CFR
part
19,
reference
the
applicable
U.
S.
Code
citation
on
which
the
prohibited
action
is
based.
*
*
*
*
*

91.
A
new
§
89.614
is
added
to
subpart
G
to
read
as
follows:
§
89.614
Importation
of
partially
complete
engines.
The
provisions
of
40
CFR
1068.330
apply
for
importation
of
partially
complete
engines,
or
engines
that
will
be
modified
for
applications
other
than
those
covered
by
this
part
89.

92.
A
new
§
89.913
is
added
to
subpart
J
to
read
as
follows:
§
89.913
What
provisions
apply
to
engines
certified
under
the
motor­
vehicle
program?
You
may
use
the
provisions
of
40
CFR
1039.605
to
introduce
new
nonroad
engines
into
commerce
if
they
are
already
certified
to
the
requirements
that
apply
to
compression­
ignition
engines
under
40
CFR
parts
85
and
86.
For
the
purposes
of
this
section,
all
references
in
40
CFR
1039.605
to
40
CFR
part
1039
or
sections
in
that
part
are
replaced
by
references
to
this
part
89
or
the
corresponding
sections
in
this
part
89.

93.
A
new
§
89.914
is
added
to
subpart
J
to
read
as
follows:
§
89.914
What
provisions
apply
to
vehicles
certified
under
the
motor­
vehicle
program?
You
may
use
the
provisions
of
40
CFR
1039.610
to
introduce
new
nonroad
engines
or
equipment
into
commerce
if
the
vehicle
is
already
certified
to
the
requirements
that
apply
under
40
CFR
parts
85
and
86.
For
the
purposes
of
this
section,
all
references
in
40
CFR
1039.610
to
40
CFR
part
1039
or
sections
in
that
part
are
replaced
by
references
to
this
part
89
or
the
corresponding
sections
in
this
part
89.
44
94.
A
new
§
89.915
is
added
to
subpart
J
to
read
as
follows:
§
89.915
Staged­
assembly
exemption.
You
may
ask
us
to
provide
a
temporary
exemption
to
allow
you
to
complete
production
of
your
engines
at
different
facilities,
as
long
as
you
maintain
control
of
the
engines
until
they
are
in
their
certified
configuration.
We
may
require
you
to
take
specific
steps
to
ensure
that
such
engines
are
in
their
certified
configuration
before
reaching
the
ultimate
purchaser.
You
may
request
an
exemption
under
this
section
in
your
application
for
certification,
or
in
a
separate
submission.

95.
Section
89.1003
is
amended
by
removing
and
reserving
paragraphs
(
b)(
5)
and
(
b)(
6),
redesignating
(
b)(
7)(
iv)
as
(
b)(
7)(
vii),
revising
paragraphs
(
a)(
3)(
iii),
(
b)(
7)(
ii),
and
(
b)(
7)(
iii),
and
adding
paragraphs
(
b)(
7)(
iv)
and
(
b)(
7)(
viii)
to
read
as
follows:
§
89.1003
Prohibited
acts.
(
a)
*
*
*
(
3)*
*
*
(
iii)
For
a
person
to
deviate
from
the
provisions
of
§
89.130
when
rebuilding
an
engine
(
or
rebuilding
a
portion
of
an
engine
or
engine
system).
Such
a
deviation
violates
paragraph
(
a)(
3)(
i)
of
this
section.
*
*
*
*
*
(
b)*
*
*
(
7)
*
*
*
(
ii)
The
engine
manufacturer
or
its
agent
takes
ownership
and
possession
of
the
engine
being
replaced
or
confirms
that
the
engine
has
been
destroyed;
and
(
iii)
If
the
engine
being
replaced
was
not
certified
to
any
emission
standards
under
this
part,
the
replacement
engine
must
have
a
permanent
label
with
your
corporate
name
and
trademark
and
the
following
language,
or
similar
alternate
language
approved
by
the
Administrator:
THIS
ENGINE
DOES
NOT
COMPLY
WITH
FEDERAL
NONROAD
OR
ON­
HIGHWAY
EMISSION
REQUIREMENTS.
SALE
OR
INSTALLATION
OF
THIS
ENGINE
FOR
ANY
PURPOSE
OTHER
THAN
AS
A
REPLACEMENT
ENGINE
FOR
AN
ENGINE
MANUFACTURED
PRIOR
TO
JANUARY
1
[
INSERT
APPROPRIATE
YEAR]
IS
A
VIOLATION
OF
FEDERAL
LAW
SUBJECT
TO
CIVIL
PENALTY.
(
iv)
If
the
engine
being
replaced
was
certified
to
emission
standards
less
stringent
than
those
in
effect
when
you
produce
the
replacement
engine,
the
replacement
engine
must
have
a
permanent
label
with
your
corporate
name
and
trademark
and
the
following
language,
or
similar
alternate
language
approved
by
the
Administrator:
THIS
ENGINE
COMPLIES
WITH
U.
S.
EPA
NONROAD
EMISSION
REQUIREMENTS
FOR
[
Insert
appropriate
year
reflecting
when
the
Tier
1
or
Tier
2
standards
for
the
replaced
engine
began
to
apply]
ENGINES
UNDER
40
CFR
89.1003(
b)(
7).
SELLING
OR
INSTALLING
THIS
ENGINE
FOR
ANY
PURPOSE
OTHER
THAN
TO
REPLACE
A
NONROAD
ENGINE
BUILT
BEFORE
JANUARY
1,
[
Insert
appropriate
year
reflecting
when
the
next
tier
of
emission
standards
began
to
apply]
MAY
BE
A
VIOLATION
OF
FEDERAL
LAW
SUBJECT
TO
CIVIL
PENALTY.
45
*
*
*
*
*
(
viii)
The
provisions
of
this
section
may
not
be
used
to
circumvent
emission
standards
that
apply
to
new
engines
under
this
part.

96.
Section
89.1006
is
amended
by
revising
paragraphs
(
a)(
1),
(
a)(
2),
(
a)(
5),
and
(
c)(
1)
and
adding
paragraph
(
a)(
6)
to
read
as
follows:
§
89.1006
Penalties.
(
a)
*
*
*
(
1)
A
person
who
violates
§
89.1003(
a)(
1),
(
a)(
4),
or
(
a)(
6),
or
a
manufacturer
or
dealer
who
violates
§
89.1003(
a)(
3)(
i),
is
subject
to
a
civil
penalty
of
not
more
than
$
32,500
for
each
violation.
(
2)
A
person
other
than
a
manufacturer
or
dealer
who
violates
§
89.1003(
a)(
3)(
i)
or
any
person
who
violates
§
89.1003(
a)(
3)(
ii)
is
subject
to
a
civil
penalty
of
not
more
than
$
2,750
for
each
violation.
*
*
*
*
*
(
5)
A
person
who
violates
§
89.1003(
a)(
2)
or
(
a)(
5)
is
subject
to
a
civil
penalty
of
not
more
than
$
32,500
per
day
of
violation.
(
6)
The
maximum
penalty
values
listed
in
this
section
are
shown
for
calendar
year
2004.
Maximum
penalty
limits
for
later
years
may
be
adjusted
based
on
the
Consumer
Price
Index.
The
specific
regulatory
provisions
for
changing
the
maximum
penalties,
published
in
40
CFR
part
19,
reference
the
applicable
U.
S.
Code
citation
on
which
the
prohibited
action
is
based.
*
*
*
*
*
(
c)
*
*
*
(
1)
Administrative
penalty
authority.
In
lieu
of
commencing
a
civil
action
under
paragraph
(
b)
of
this
section,
the
Administrator
may
assess
any
civil
penalty
prescribed
in
paragraph
(
a)
of
this
section,
except
that
the
maximum
amount
of
penalty
sought
against
each
violator
in
a
penalty
assessment
proceeding
shall
not
exceed
$
270,000,
unless
the
Administrator
and
the
Attorney
General
jointly
determine
that
a
matter
involving
a
larger
penalty
amount
is
appropriate
for
administrative
penalty
assessment.
Any
such
determination
by
the
Administrator
and
the
Attorney
General
is
not
subject
to
judicial
review.
Assessment
of
a
civil
penalty
shall
be
by
an
order
made
on
the
record
after
opportunity
for
a
hearing
held
in
accordance
with
the
procedures
found
at
part
22
of
this
chapter.
The
Administrator
may
compromise,
or
remit,
with
or
without
conditions,
any
administrative
penalty
which
may
be
imposed
under
this
section.
*
*
*
*
*

97.
A
new
§
89.1009
is
added
to
subpart
K
to
read
as
follows:
§
89.1009
What
special
provisions
apply
to
branded
engines?
A
manufacturer
identifying
the
name
and
trademark
of
another
company
on
the
emission
control
information
label,
as
provided
by
§
89.110(
b)(
2),
must
comply
with
the
provisions
of
40
CFR
1039.640.
46
PART
90
 
CONTROL
OF
EMISSIONS
FROM
NONROAD
SPARK­
IGNITION
ENGINES
AT
OR
BELOW
19
KILOWATTS
98.
The
authority
citation
for
part
90
is
revised
to
read
as
follows:
Authority:
42
U.
S.
C.
7401
­
7671q.

99.
Section
90.1
is
amended
by
revising
paragraphs
(
b)
and
(
d)(
5)
and
adding
text
to
paragraph
(
c)
to
read
as
follows:
§
90.1
Applicability.
*
*
*
*
*
(
b)
In
certain
cases,
the
regulations
in
this
part
90
also
apply
to
new
engines
with
a
gross
power
output
above
19
kW
that
would
otherwise
be
covered
by
40
CFR
part
1048
or
1051.
See
40
CFR
1048.615
or
1051.145(
a)(
3)
for
provisions
related
to
this
allowance.
(
c)
In
certain
cases,
the
regulations
in
this
part
90
apply
to
new
engines
below
50
cc
used
in
motorcycles
that
are
motor
vehicles.
See
40
CFR
86.447­
2006
for
provisions
related
to
this
allowance.
*
*
*
*
*
(
d)*
*
*
(
5)
Engines
certified
to
meet
the
requirements
of
40
CFR
part
1048,
subject
to
the
provisions
of
§
90.913.
*
*
*
*
*

100.
Section
90.3
is
amended
by
revising
the
definitions
for
Marine
engine,
Marine
vessel,
and
United
States
and
adding
definitions
for
Amphibious
vehicle,
Good
engineering
judgment,
and
Maximum
engine
power
in
alphabetical
order
to
read
as
follows:
§
90.3
Definitions.
*
*
*
*
*
Amphibious
vehicle
means
a
vehicle
with
wheels
or
tracks
that
is
designed
primarily
for
operation
on
land
and
secondarily
for
operation
in
water.
*
*
*
*
*
Good
engineering
judgment
has
the
meaning
given
in
40
CFR
1068.30.
See
40
CFR
1068.5
for
the
administrative
process
we
use
to
evaluate
good
engineering
judgment.
*
*
*
*
*
Marine
engine
means
a
nonroad
engine
that
is
installed
or
intended
to
be
installed
on
a
marine
vessel.
This
includes
a
portable
auxiliary
marine
engine
only
if
its
fueling,
cooling,
or
exhaust
system
is
an
integral
part
of
the
vessel.
There
are
two
kinds
of
marine
engines:
(
1)
Propulsion
marine
engine
means
a
marine
engine
that
moves
a
vessel
through
the
water
or
directs
the
vessel's
movement.
(
2)
Auxiliary
marine
engine
means
a
marine
engine
not
used
for
propulsion.
Marine
vessel
has
the
meaning
given
in
1
U.
S.
C.
3,
except
that
it
does
not
include
amphibious
vehicles.
The
definition
in
1
U.
S.
C.
3
very
broadly
includes
every
craft
capable
of
being
used
as
a
means
of
transportation
on
water.
47
Maximum
engine
power
means
the
maximum
value
of
gross
power
at
rated
speed.
*
*
*
*
*
United
States
means
the
States,
the
District
of
Columbia,
the
Commonwealth
of
Puerto
Rico,
the
Commonwealth
of
the
Northern
Mariana
Islands,
Guam,
American
Samoa,
and
the
U.
S.
Virgin
Islands.
*
*
*
*
*

101.
Section
90.119
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
a)(
1)(
i)
to
read
as
follows:
§
90.119
Certification
procedure
 
testing.
(
a)
*
*
*
(
1)
*
*
*
(
i)
Class
I
and
II
engines
must
use
the
test
cycle
that
is
appropriate
for
their
application.
Engines
that
operate
only
at
intermediate
speed
must
use
Test
Cycle
A,
which
is
described
in
Table
2
of
Appendix
A
to
subpart
E
of
this
part.
Engines
that
operate
only
at
rated
speed
must
use
Test
Cycle
B,
which
is
described
in
Table
2
of
Appendix
A
to
subpart
E
of
this
part.
If
an
engine
family
includes
engines
used
in
both
rated­
speed
and
intermediatespeed
applications,
the
manufacturer
must
select
the
duty
cycle
that
will
result
in
worstcase
emission
results
for
certification.
For
any
testing
after
certification,
the
engine
must
be
tested
using
the
most
appropriate
test
cycle
based
on
the
engine's
installed
governor.
*
*
*
*
*

102.
Section
90.120
is
amended
by
reserving
paragraph
(
b)(
3)
and
adding
paragraph
(
b)(
4)
to
read
as
follows:
§
90.120
Certification
procedure
 
use
of
special
test
procedures.
*
*
*
*
*
(
b)*
*
*
(
3)
[
Reserved]
(
4)
Where
we
specify
mandatory
compliance
with
the
procedures
of
40
CFR
part
1065,
manufacturers
may
elect
to
use
the
procedures
specified
in
40
CFR
part
86,
subpart
N,
as
an
alternate
test
procedure
without
advance
approval
by
the
Administrator.
*
*
*
*
*

103.
Section
90.301
is
amended
by
revising
paragraphs
(
c)
and
(
d)
to
read
as
follows:
§
90.301
Applicability.
*
*
*
*
*
(
c)
Additional
information
about
system
design,
calibration
methodologies,
and
so
forth,
for
raw
gas
sampling
can
be
found
in
40
CFR
part
1065.
Examples
for
system
design,
calibration
methodologies,
and
so
forth,
for
dilute
exhaust
gas
sampling
can
be
found
in
40
CFR
part
1065.
(
d)
For
Phase
2
Class
I,
Phase
2
Class
I­
B,
and
Phase
2
Class
II
natural
gas
fueled
engines,
use
the
procedures
of
40
CFR
part
1065
to
measure
nonmethane
hydrocarbon
(
NMHC)
exhaust
emissions
from
Phase
2
Class
I,
Phase
2
Class
I
 
B,
and
Phase
2
Class
II
natural
gas
fueled
engines.
48
104.
Section
90.308
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
b)(
1)
to
read
as
follows:
§
90.308
Lubricating
oil
and
test
fuels.
*
*
*
*
*
(
b)
*
*
*
(
1)
The
manufacturer
must
use
gasoline
having
the
specifications,
or
substantially
equivalent
specifications
approved
by
the
Administrator,
as
specified
in
Table
3
in
Appendix
A
of
this
subpart
for
exhaust
emission
testing
of
gasoline
fueled
engines.
As
an
option,
manufacturers
may
use
the
fuel
specified
in
40
CFR
part
1065,
subpart
H,
for
gasoline­
fueled
engines.
*
*
*
*
*

105.
Section
90.316
is
amended
by
revising
paragraphs
(
b)(
2)(
ii)
and
(
c)
introductory
text
to
read
as
follows:
§
90.316
Hydrocarbon
analyzer
calibration.
*
*
*
*
*
(
b)*
*
*
(
2)
*
*
*
(
ii)
The
HFID
optimization
procedures
outlined
in
40
CFR
part
1065,
subpart
D.
*
*
*
*
*
(
c)
Initial
and
periodic
calibration.
Prior
to
initial
use
and
monthly
thereafter,
or
within
one
month
prior
to
the
certification
test,
the
FID
or
HFID
hydrocarbon
analyzer
must
be
calibrated
on
all
normally
used
instrument
ranges
using
the
steps
in
this
paragraph.
Use
the
same
flow
rate
and
pressures
as
when
analyzing
samples.
Introduce
calibration
gases
directly
at
the
analyzer.
An
optional
method
for
dilute
sampling
described
in
40
CFR
part
1065,
subpart
F,
may
be
used.
*
*
*
*
*

106.
Section
90.318
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
d)
to
read
as
follows:
§
90.318
Oxides
of
nitrogen
analyzer
calibration.
*
*
*
*
*
(
d)
The
initial
and
periodic
interference,
system
check,
and
calibration
test
procedures
specified
in
40
CFR
part
1065,
subpart
D,
may
be
used
in
lieu
of
the
procedures
specified
in
this
section.

107.
Section
90.320
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
b)
to
read
as
follows:
§
90.320
Carbon
dioxide
analyzer
calibration.
*
*
*
*
*
(
b)
The
initial
and
periodic
interference,
system
check,
and
calibration
test
procedures
specified
in
40
CFR
part
1065,
subparts
C
and
D,
may
be
used
in
lieu
of
the
procedures
in
this
section.

108.
Section
90.324
is
amended
by
revising
paragraphs
(
a)(
3)
and
(
b)
to
read
as
follows:
§
90.324
Analyzer
leakage
check.
(
a)
*
*
*
(
3)
The
sample
probe
and
the
connection
between
the
sample
probe
and
valve
V2,
see
Figure
49
1
in
Appendix
B
of
subpart
E
of
this
part,
may
be
excluded
from
the
leak
check.
(
b)
Pressure­
side
leak
check.
Substantial
leaks
of
the
sample
on
the
pressure
side
of
the
system
may
impact
sample
integrity
if
the
leaks
are
of
sufficient
magnitude.
As
a
safety
precaution,
good
engineering
practice
would
require
that
manufacturers
perform
periodic
pressure­
side
leak
checks
of
the
sampling
system.
The
recommended
maximum
leakage
rate
on
the
pressure
side
is
five
percent
of
the
in­
use
flow
rate.

109.
Section
90.326
is
amended
by
revising
the
introductory
text,
and
paragraphs
(
a)
and
(
e)(
4)
to
read
as
follows:
§
90.326
Pre­
and
post­
test
analyzer
calibration.
Calibrate
only
the
range
of
each
analyzer
used
during
the
engine
exhaust
emission
test
prior
to
and
after
each
test
in
accordance
with
the
following:
(
a)
Make
the
calibration
by
using
a
zero
gas
and
a
span
gas.
The
span
gas
value
must
be
between
75
and
100
percent
of
the
highest
range
used.
*
*
*
*
*
(
e)
*
*
*
(
4)
If
the
response
of
the
zero
gas
or
span
gas
differs
more
than
one
percent
of
full
scale
at
the
highest
range
used,
then
repeat
paragraphs
(
e)(
1)
through
(
3)
of
this
section.

110.
Section
90.401
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
d)
to
read
as
follows:
§
90.401
Applicability.
*
*
*
*
*
(
d)
For
Phase
2
Class
I,
Phase
2
Class
I­
B,
and
Phase
2
Class
II
natural
gas
fueled
engines,
use
the
equipment
specified
in
40
CFR
part
1065,
subparts
D
and
E,
to
measure
nonmethane
hydrocarbon
(
NMHC)
exhaust
emissions
from
Phase
2
Class
I,
Phase
2
Class
I
 
B,
and
Phase
2
Class
II
natural
gas
fueled
engines.

111.
Section
90.405
is
amended
by
removing
paragraph
(
d)(
10).

112.
Section
90.408
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
b)(
2)
to
read
as
follows:
§
90.408
Pre­
test
procedures.
*
*
*
*
*
(
b)*
*
*
(
2)
An
evaluation
of
the
effects
of
test
measurement
systems
on
engine
emissions
shall
be
conducted
using
good
engineering
judgment
to
ensure
that
such
test
systems
do
not
significantly
impact
exhaust
emissions
from
the
engine.
For
example,
this
would
require
evaluation
of
all
types
of
emission
sampling
systems,
and
of
fuel­
and
air­
flow
measurement
systems
for
raw
sampling.
This
can
be
accomplished
by
operating
the
engine
at
the
highest
engine
torque
value
that
will
be
encountered
on
the
test
cycle
before
and
after
such
test
systems
are
installed
to
ensure
that
the
impact
on
measured
torque
is
less
than
5
percent.
This
50
may
also
be
accomplished
by
measuring
air­
to­
fuel
ratio
using
a
zirconia
universal
exhaust
gas
oxygen
(
UEGO)
sensor
to
ensure
that
the
impact
on
measured
air­
to­
fuel
ratio
is
less
than
5
percent
at
the
highest
engine
torque
value
that
will
be
encountered
on
the
test
cycle
before
and
after
such
test
systems
are
installed.
The
impact
of
air­
and
fuel­
flow
measurement
systems
may
be
evaluated
based
on
an
engineering
analysis
of
the
impact
of
the
change
in
pressure
induced
on
air­
intake
pressure
and
fuel
supply
pressure
by
these
measurement
systems.
While
this
would
typically
be
done
before
testing,
it
may
also
be
done
as
a
post­
test
verification.
*
*
*
*
*

113.
Section
90.409
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
c)(
6)
to
read
as
follows:
§
90.409
Engine
dynamometer
test
run.
*
*
*
*
*
(
c)
*
*
*
(
6)
If,
during
the
emission
measurement
portion
of
a
mode,
the
value
of
the
gauges
downstream
of
the
NDIR
analyzer(
s)
G3
or
G4
(
see
Figure
1
in
Appendix
B
of
this
subpart),
differs
by
more
than
±
0.5kPa
from
the
pretest
value,
the
test
mode
is
void.

114.
Section
90.417
is
revised
to
read
as
follows:
§
90.417
Fuel
flow
measurement
specifications.
(
a)
Fuel
flow
measurement
is
required
only
for
raw
testing.
Fuel
flow
is
allowed
for
dilute
testing.
(
b)
The
fuel
flow
measurement
instrument
must
have
a
minimum
accuracy
of
one
percent
of
full­
scale
flow
rate
for
each
measurement
range
used.
An
exception
is
allowed
for
the
idle
mode.
For
this
mode,
the
minimum
accuracy
is
±
five
percent
of
full­
scale
flow
rate
for
the
measurement
range
used.
The
controlling
parameters
are
the
elapsed
time
measurement
of
the
event
and
the
weight
or
volume
measurement.
You
may
apply
the
accuracy
specifications
of
40
CFR
part
1065,
subpart
C,
instead
of
those
in
this
paragraph
(
b).

115.
Section
90.418
is
revised
to
read
as
follows:
§
90.418
Data
evaluation
for
gaseous
emissions.
For
the
evaluation
of
the
gaseous
emissions
recording,
record
the
last
two
minutes
of
each
mode
and
determine
the
average
values
for
HC,
CO,
CO
2
and
NOx
during
each
mode
from
the
average
concentration
readings
determined
from
the
corresponding
calibration
data.
Longer
averaging
times
are
acceptable,
but
the
reported
sampling
period
must
be
a
continuous
set
of
data.

116.
Section
90.419
is
amended
by
removing
paragraph
(
e)
and
revising
the
equations
for
K
H
and
H
in
paragraphs
(
b)
and
(
c)
to
read
as
follows:
§
90.419
Raw
emission
sampling
calculations
 
gasoline
fueled
engines.
*
*
*
*
*
(
b)*
*
*
K
H
=
Factor
for
correcting
the
effects
of
humidity
on
NO
2
formation
for
4­
stroke
gasoline
small
engines,
as
follows:
51
K
H=(
9.953
×
H
+
0.832)
Where:
H=
the
amount
of
water
in
an
ideal
gas;
40
CFR
1065.645
describes
how
to
determine
this
value
(
referred
to
as
x
H2O).
K
H=
1
for
two­
stroke
gasoline
engines.

(
c)
*
*
*
K
H
=
Factor
for
correcting
the
effects
of
humidity
on
NO
2
formation
for
4­
stroke
gasoline
small
engines,
as
follows:
K
H=(
9.953
×
H
+
0.832)
Where:
H=
the
amount
of
water
in
an
ideal
gas;
40
CFR
1065.645
describes
how
to
determine
this
value
(
referred
to
as
x
H2O).
K
H=
1
for
two­
stroke
gasoline
engines.

*
*
*
*
*

117.
Section
90.421
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
b)
introductory
text
and
(
b)(
4)(
ii)
introductory
text
to
read
as
follows:
§
90.421
Dilute
gaseous
exhaust
sampling
and
analytical
system
description.
*
*
*
*
*
(
b)
Component
description.
The
components
necessary
for
exhaust
sampling
must
meet
the
following
requirements:
*
*
*
(
4)*
*
*
(
ii)
Conform
to
the
continuous
NOx,
CO,
or
CO
2
sampling
and
analysis
system
to
the
specifications
of
40
CFR
1065.145,
with
the
following
exceptions
and
revisions:
*
*
*
*
*

118.
Section
90.426
is
amended
by
removing
and
reserving
paragraphs
(
f)
and
(
g)
and
revising
paragraph
(
e)
to
read
as
follows:
§
90.426
Dilute
emission
sampling
calculations
 
gasoline
fueled
engines.
*
*
*
*
*
(
e)
The
humidity
correction
factor
K
H
is
an
adjustment
made
to
measured
NO
x
values.
This
corrects
for
the
sensitivity
that
a
spark­
ignition
engine
has
to
the
humidity
of
its
combustion
air.
The
following
formula
is
used
to
determine
K
H
for
NO
x
calculations:
K
H=(
9.953
×
H
+
0.832)
Where:
H=
the
amount
of
water
in
an
ideal
gas;
40
CFR
1065.645
describes
how
to
determine
this
value
(
referred
to
as
x
H2O).
K
H=
1
for
two­
stroke
gasoline
engines.

(
f)
[
Reserved]
(
g)
[
Reserved]
*
*
*
*
*

119.
Section
90.612
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
b)(
1)
to
read
as
follows:
§
90.612
Exemptions
and
exclusions.
*
*
*
*
*
(
b)*
*
*
(
1)
Exemption
for
repairs
or
alterations.
A
person
may
conditionally
import
under
bond
a
52
N

(
t
95
×
 )

(
x

FEL)
2

1
nonconforming
engine
solely
for
purpose
of
repairs
or
alterations.
The
engine
may
not
be
operated
in
the
United
States
other
than
for
the
sole
purpose
of
repair
or
alteration
or
shipment
to
the
point
of
repair
or
alteration
and
to
the
port
of
export.
It
may
not
be
sold
or
leased
in
the
United
States
and
is
to
be
exported
upon
completion
of
the
repairs
or
alterations.
*
*
*
*
*

120.
Section
90.613
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
d)
to
read
as
follows:
§
90.613
Prohibited
acts;
penalties.
*
*
*
*
*
(
d)
An
importer
who
violates
section
213(
d)
and
section
203
of
the
Act
is
subject
to
a
civil
penalty
under
section
205
of
the
Act
of
not
more
than
$
32,500
for
each
engine
subject
to
the
violation.
In
addition
to
the
penalty
provided
in
the
Act,
where
applicable,
under
the
exemption
provisions
of
§
90.612(
b),
a
person
or
entity
who
fails
to
deliver
the
engine
to
the
U.
S.
Customs
Service
is
liable
for
liquidated
damages
in
the
amount
of
the
bond
required
by
applicable
Customs
laws
and
regulations.
The
maximum
penalty
value
listed
in
this
paragraph
(
d)
is
shown
for
calendar
year
2004.
Maximum
penalty
limits
for
later
years
may
be
adjusted
based
on
the
Consumer
Price
Index.
The
specific
regulatory
provisions
for
changing
the
maximum
penalties,
published
in
40
CFR
part
19,
reference
the
applicable
U.
S.
Code
citation
on
which
the
prohibited
action
is
based.

121.
A
new
§
90.615
is
added
to
subpart
G
to
read
as
follows:
§
90.615
Importation
of
partially
complete
engines.
The
provisions
of
40
CFR
1068.330
apply
for
importation
of
partially
complete
engines,
or
engines
that
will
be
modified
for
applications
other
than
those
covered
by
this
part
90.

122.
Section
90.706
is
amended
by
revising
the
equation
for
N
in
paragraph
(
b)(
1)
to
read
as
follows:
§
90.706
Engine
sample
selection.
*
*
*
*
*
(
b)*
*
*

*
*
*
*
*

123.
A
new
§
90.913
is
added
to
subpart
J
to
read
as
follows:
§
90.913
Exemption
for
engines
certified
to
standards
for
Large
SI
engines.
(
a)
An
engine
is
exempt
from
the
requirements
of
this
part
if
it
is
in
an
engine
family
that
has
a
valid
certificate
of
conformity
showing
that
it
meets
emission
standards
and
other
requirements
under
40
CFR
part
1048
for
the
appropriate
model
year.
53
(
b)
The
only
requirements
or
prohibitions
from
this
part
that
apply
to
an
engine
that
is
exempt
under
this
section
are
in
this
section.
(
c)
If
your
engines
do
not
have
the
certificate
required
in
paragraph
(
a)
of
this
section,
they
will
be
subject
to
the
provisions
of
this
part.
Introducing
these
engines
into
commerce
without
a
valid
exemption
or
certificate
of
conformity
violates
the
prohibitions
in
§
90.1003.
(
d)
Engines
exempted
under
this
section
are
subject
to
all
the
requirements
affecting
engines
under
40
CFR
part
1048.
The
requirements
and
restrictions
of
40
CFR
part
1048
apply
to
anyone
manufacturing
these
engines,
anyone
manufacturing
equipment
that
uses
these
engines,
and
all
other
persons
in
the
same
manner
as
if
these
were
nonroad
spark­
ignition
engines
above
19
kW.
(
e)
Engines
exempted
under
this
section
may
not
generate
or
use
emission
credits
under
this
part
90.

124.
Section
90.1006
is
amended
by
revising
paragraphs
(
a)(
1),
(
a)(
2),
(
a)(
5),
and
(
c)(
1)
and
adding
paragraph
(
a)(
6)
to
read
as
follows:
§
90.1006
Penalties.
(
a)
*
*
*
(
1)
A
person
who
violates
§
90.1003(
a)(
1),
(
a)(
4),
or
(
a)(
5),
or
a
manufacturer
or
dealer
who
violates
§
90.1003(
a)(
3)(
i),
is
subject
to
a
civil
penalty
of
not
more
than
$
32,500
for
each
violation.
(
2)
A
person
other
than
a
manufacturer
or
dealer
who
violates
§
90.1003(
a)(
3)(
i)
or
any
person
who
violates
§
90.1003(
a)(
3)(
ii)
is
subject
to
a
civil
penalty
of
not
more
than
$
2,750
for
each
violation.
*
*
*
*
*
(
5)
A
person
who
violates
§
90.1003(
a)(
2)
or
(
a)(
6)
is
subject
to
a
civil
penalty
of
not
more
than
$
32,500
per
day
of
violation.
(
6)
The
maximum
penalty
values
listed
in
this
section
are
shown
for
calendar
year
2004.
Maximum
penalty
limits
for
later
years
may
be
adjusted
based
on
the
Consumer
Price
Index.
The
specific
regulatory
provisions
for
changing
the
maximum
penalties,
published
in
40
CFR
part
19,
reference
the
applicable
U.
S.
Code
citation
on
which
the
prohibited
action
is
based.
*
*
*
*
*
(
c)
*
*
*
(
1)
Administrative
penalty
authority.
In
lieu
of
commencing
a
civil
action
under
paragraph
(
b)
of
this
section,
the
Administrator
shall
assess
any
civil
penalty
prescribed
in
paragraph
(
a)
of
this
section,
except
that
the
maximum
amount
of
penalty
sought
against
each
violator
in
a
penalty
assessment
proceeding
can
not
exceed
$
270,000,
unless
the
Administrator
and
the
Attorney
General
jointly
determine
that
a
matter
involving
a
larger
penalty
amount
is
appropriate
for
administrative
penalty
assessment.
Any
such
determination
by
the
Administrator
and
the
Attorney
General
is
not
subject
to
judicial
review.
Assessment
of
a
civil
penalty
is
made
by
an
order
made
on
the
record
after
opportunity
for
a
hearing
held
in
accordance
with
the
procedures
found
at
part
22
of
this
chapter.
The
Administrator
may
compromise,
or
remit,
with
or
without
conditions,
any
administrative
penalty
which
may
be
imposed
under
this
section.
*
*
*
*
*
54
PART
91
 
CONTROL
OF
EMISSIONS
FROM
MARINE
SPARK­
IGNITION
ENGINES
125.
The
authority
citation
for
part
91
is
revised
to
read
as
follows:
Authority:
42
U.
S.
C.
7401
­
7671q.

126.
Section
91.3
is
amended
by
revising
the
definitions
for
"
Marine
spark­
ignition
engine",
"
Marine
vessel",
and
"
United
States",
adding
definitions
for
"
Amphibious
vehicle",
"
Marine
engine",
and
"
Spark­
ignition"
in
alphabetical
order
to
read
as
follows:
§
91.3
Definitions.
*
*
*
*
*
Amphibious
vehicle
means
a
vehicle
with
wheels
or
tracks
that
is
designed
primarily
for
operation
on
land
and
secondarily
for
operation
in
water.
*
*
*
*
*
Marine
engine
means
a
nonroad
engine
that
is
installed
or
intended
to
be
installed
on
a
marine
vessel.
This
includes
a
portable
auxiliary
marine
engine
only
if
its
fueling,
cooling,
or
exhaust
system
is
an
integral
part
of
the
vessel.
There
are
two
kinds
of
marine
engines:
(
1)
Propulsion
marine
engine
means
a
marine
engine
that
moves
a
vessel
through
the
water
or
directs
the
vessel's
movement.
(
2)
Auxiliary
marine
engine
means
a
marine
engine
not
used
for
propulsion.
Marine
spark­
ignition
engine
means
a
spark­
ignition
marine
engine
that
propels
a
marine
vessel.
*
*
*
*
*
Marine
vessel
has
the
meaning
given
in
1
U.
S.
C.
3,
except
that
it
does
not
include
amphibious
vehicles.
The
definition
in
1
U.
S.
C.
3
very
broadly
includes
every
craft
capable
of
being
used
as
a
means
of
transportation
on
water.
*
*
*
*
*
Spark­
ignition
means
relating
to
a
gasoline­
fueled
engine
or
any
other
type
of
engine
with
a
spark
plug
(
or
other
sparking
device)
and
with
operating
characteristics
significantly
similar
to
the
theoretical
Otto
combustion
cycle.
Spark­
ignition
engines
usually
use
a
throttle
to
regulate
intake
air
flow
to
control
power
during
normal
operation.
*
*
*
*
*
United
States
means
the
States,
the
District
of
Columbia,
the
Commonwealth
of
Puerto
Rico,
the
Commonwealth
of
the
Northern
Mariana
Islands,
Guam,
American
Samoa,
and
the
U.
S.
Virgin
Islands.
*
*
*
*
*

127.
Section
91.119
is
amended
by
reserving
paragraph
(
b)(
3)
and
adding
paragraph
(
b)(
4)
to
read
as
follows:
§
91.119
Certification
procedure
 
use
of
special
test
procedures.
*
*
*
*
*
(
b)*
*
*
(
3)
[
Reserved]
55
(
4)
Where
we
specify
mandatory
compliance
with
the
procedures
of
40
CFR
part
1065,
manufacturers
may
elect
to
use
the
procedures
specified
in
40
CFR
part
86,
subpart
N,
as
an
alternate
test
procedure
without
advance
approval
by
the
Administrator.

128.
Section
91.207
is
amended
by
revising
the
second
equation
for
S(
t)
in
paragraph
(
a)
to
read
as
follows:
§
91.207
Credit
calculation
and
manufacturer
compliance
with
emission
standards.

(
a)
*
*
*
S(
t)
=
exp
­(
0.906
×
t/

life)
4
*
*
*
*
*

129.
Section
91.301
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
c)
to
read
as
follows:
§
91.301
Scope;
applicability.
*
*
*
*
*
(
c)
Additional
information
about
system
design,
calibration
methodologies,
and
so
forth,
for
raw
gas
sampling
can
be
found
in
40
CFR
part
1065.
Examples
for
system
design,
calibration
methodologies,
and
so
forth,
for
dilute
sampling
can
be
found
in
40
CFR
part
1065.

130.
Section
91.316
is
amended
by
revising
paragraphs
(
b)(
2)(
ii)
and
(
c)
introductory
text,
and
the
first
equation
in
paragraph
(
d)(
6)
to
read
as
follows:
§
91.316
Hydrocarbon
analyzer
calibration.
*
*
*
*
*
(
b)*
*
*
(
2)*
*
*
(
ii)
The
HFID
optimization
procedures
outlined
in
40
CFR
part
1065,
subpart
D.
*
*
*
*
*
(
c)
Initial
and
periodic
calibration.
Prior
to
introduction
into
service
and
monthly
thereafter,
or
within
one
month
prior
to
the
certification
test,
calibrate
the
FID
or
HFID
hydrocarbon
analyzer
on
all
normally
used
instrument
ranges,
using
the
steps
in
this
paragraph.
Use
the
same
flow
rate
and
pressures
as
when
analyzing
samples.
Introduce
calibration
gases
directly
at
the
analyzer.
An
optional
method
for
dilute
sampling
described
in
40
CFR
part
1065,
subpart
F,
may
be
used.
*
*
*
*
*
(
d)*
*
*
(
6)*
*
*

percent
O
2
I
=
(
B­
Analyzer
response
(
ppm
C))/
B
×
100
*
*
*
*
*
56
131.
Section
91.318
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
d)
and
the
equation
in
paragraph
(
b)(
11)
to
read
as
follows:
§
91.318
Oxides
of
nitrogen
analyzer
calibration.
*
*
*
*
*
(
b)*
*
*
(
11)
*
*
*
percent
efficiency
=
(
1
+
(
a­
b)/(
c­
d))
×
100
*
*
*
*
*
(
d)
The
initial
and
periodic
interference,
system
check,
and
calibration
test
procedures
specified
in
40
CFR
part
1065,
subparts
C
and
D,
may
be
used
in
lieu
of
the
procedures
specified
in
this
section.

132.
Section
91.320
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
b)
to
read
as
follows:
§
91.320
Carbon
dioxide
analyzer
calibration.
*
*
*
*
*
(
b)
The
initial
and
periodic
interference,
system
check,
and
calibration
test
procedures
specified
in
40
CFR
part
1065,
subparts
C
and
D,
may
be
used
in
lieu
of
the
procedures
in
this
section.

133.
Section
91.325
is
amended
by
revising
the
equations
in
paragraphs
(
c)(
i)(
iv)
and
(
c)(
2)(
iii)
and
adding
paragraph
(
c)(
2)(
iv)
to
read
as
follows:
§
91.325
Analyzer
interference
checks.
*
*
*
*
*
(
c)
*
*
*
(
1)*
*
*
(
iv)
*
*
*
percent
CO
2
quench
=
100
­
100
×
[
c
×
a/(
d
×
a
­
d
×
b)]
×
a/
b
*
*
*
*
*
(
2)*
*
*
(
iii)
*
*
*
D1
=
D
×
(
1­
Z1/
100)
(
iv)(
A)
The
maximum
raw
or
dilute
exhaust
water
vapor
concentration
expected
during
testing
(
designated
as
Wm)
can
be
estimated
from
the
CO
2
span
gas
(
or
as
defined
in
the
equation
in
this
paragraph
and
designated
as
A)
criteria
in
paragraph
(
c)(
1)
of
this
section
and
the
assumption
of
a
fuel
atom
H/
C
ratio
of
1.8:
1
as:
Wm(%)=
0.9xA(%)
Where:
A
=
maximum
CO
2
concentration
expected
in
the
sample
system
during
testing.
(
B)
Percent
water
quench
shall
not
exceed
3
percent
and
shall
be
calculated
by:
%
Water
Quench
=
100
×
(
D1
­
AR)/
D1
×
Wm/
Z1
134.
Section
91.419
is
amended
by
revising
the
entry
defining
"
M
HCexh"
in
paragraph
(
b)
to
read
57
as
follows:
§
91.419
Raw
emission
sampling
calculations.
*
*
*
*
*
(
b)*
*
*
M
HCexh
=
Molecular
weight
of
hydrocarbons
in
the
exhaust;
see
the
following
equation:
M
HCexh
=
12.01
+
1.008
×
 
*
*
*
*
*

135.
Section
91.421
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
b)(
4)(
ii)
and
(
b)(
4)(
iii)
to
read
as
follows:
§
91.421
Dilute
gaseous
exhaust
sampling
and
analytical
system
description.
*
*
*
*
*
(
b)*
*
*
(
4)*
*
*
(
ii)
Conform
to
the
continuous
NOx,
CO,
or
CO2
sampling
and
analysis
system
to
the
specifications
of
40
CFR
1065.145,
with
the
following
exceptions
and
revisions:
(
A)
Heat
the
system
components
requiring
heating
only
to
prevent
water
condensation,
the
minimum
component
temperature
is
55

C.
(
B)
Coordinate
analysis
system
response
time
with
CVS
flow
fluctuations
and
sampling
time/
test
cycle
offsets
to
meet
the
time­
alignment
and
dispersion
specifications
in
40
CFR
pat
1065,
subpart
C.
(
C)
Use
only
analytical
gases
conforming
to
the
specifications
of
40
CFR
1065.750
for
calibration,
zero,
and
span
checks.
(
D)
Use
a
calibration
curve
conforming
to
40
CFR
part
1065,
subparts
C
and
D,
for
CO,
CO2,
and
NOX
for
any
range
on
a
linear
analyzer
below
155
ppm.
(
iii)
Convert
the
chart
deflections
or
voltage
output
of
analyzers
with
non­
linear
calibration
curves
to
concentration
values
by
the
calibration
curve(
s)
specified
in
40
CFR
part
1065,
subpart
D,
before
flow
correction
(
if
used)
and
subsequent
integration
takes
place.
*
*
*
*
*

136.
Section
91.705
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
d)
to
read
as
follows:
§
91.705
Prohibited
acts;
penalties.
*
*
*
*
*
(
d)
An
importer
who
violates
§
91.1103(
a)(
1),
section
213(
d)
and
section
203
of
the
Act
is
subject
to
a
civil
penalty
under
§
91.1106
and
section
205
of
the
Act
of
not
more
than
$
32,500
for
each
marine
engine
subject
to
the
violation.
In
addition
to
the
penalty
provided
in
the
Act,
where
applicable,
a
person
or
entity
who
imports
an
engine
under
the
exemption
provisions
of
§
91.704(
b)
and,
who
fails
to
deliver
the
marine
engine
to
the
U.
S.
Customs
Service
by
the
end
of
the
period
of
conditional
admission
is
liable
for
liquidated
damages
in
the
amount
of
the
bond
required
by
applicable
Customs
laws
and
regulations.
The
maximum
penalty
value
listed
in
this
paragraph
(
d)
is
shown
for
calendar
year
2004.
Maximum
penalty
limits
for
later
years
may
be
adjusted
based
on
the
Consumer
Price
Index.
The
specific
regulatory
provisions
for
changing
the
58
maximum
penalties,
published
in
40
CFR
part
19,
reference
the
applicable
U.
S.
Code
citation
on
which
the
prohibited
action
is
based.

137.
A
new
§
91.707
is
added
to
read
as
follows:
§
91.707
Importation
of
partially
complete
engines.
The
provisions
of
40
CFR
1068.330
apply
for
importation
of
partially
complete
engines.

138.
Section
91.1106
is
amended
by
revising
paragraphs
(
a)(
1),
(
a)(
2),
(
a)(
5),
and
(
c)(
1)
and
adding
paragraph
(
a)(
6)
to
read
as
follows:
§
91.1106
Penalties.
(
a)
*
*
*
(
1)
A
person
who
violates
§
91.1103
(
a)(
1),
(
a)(
4),
or
(
a)(
5),
or
a
manufacturer
or
dealer
who
violates
§
91.1103(
a)(
3)(
i),
is
subject
to
a
civil
penalty
of
not
more
than
$
32,500
for
each
violation.
(
2)
A
person
other
than
a
manufacturer
or
dealer
who
violates
§
91.1103(
a)(
3)(
i)
or
any
person
who
violates
§
91.1103(
a)(
3)(
ii)
is
subject
to
a
civil
penalty
of
not
more
than
$
2,750
for
each
violation.
*
*
*
*
*
(
5)
A
person
who
violates
§
91.1103
(
a)(
2)
or
(
a)(
6)
is
subject
to
a
civil
penalty
of
not
more
than
$
32,500
per
day
of
violation.
(
6)
The
maximum
penalty
values
listed
in
this
section
are
shown
for
calendar
year
2004.
Maximum
penalty
limits
for
later
years
may
be
adjusted
based
on
the
Consumer
Price
Index.
The
specific
regulatory
provisions
for
changing
the
maximum
penalties,
published
in
40
CFR
part
19,
reference
the
applicable
U.
S.
Code
citation
on
which
the
prohibited
action
is
based.
*
*
*
*
*
(
c)
*
*
*
(
1)
Administrative
penalty
authority.
In
lieu
of
commencing
a
civil
action
under
paragraph
(
b)
of
this
section,
the
Administrator
shall
assess
any
civil
penalty
prescribed
in
paragraph
(
a)
of
this
section,
except
that
the
maximum
amount
of
penalty
sought
against
each
violator
in
a
penalty
assessment
proceeding
can
not
exceed
$
270,000,
unless
the
Administrator
and
the
Attorney
General
jointly
determine
that
a
matter
involving
a
larger
penalty
amount
is
appropriate
for
administrative
penalty
assessment.
Any
such
determination
by
the
Administrator
and
the
Attorney
General
is
not
subject
to
judicial
review.
Assessment
of
a
civil
penalty
is
made
by
an
order
made
on
the
record
after
opportunity
for
a
hearing
held
in
accordance
with
the
procedures
found
at
part
22
of
this
chapter.
The
Administrator
may
compromise,
or
remit,
with
or
without
conditions,
any
administrative
penalty
which
may
be
imposed
under
this
section.
*
*
*
*
*

PART
92
 
Control
of
Air
Pollution
from
Locomotives
and
Locomotive
Engines
139.
The
authority
citation
for
part
92
is
revised
to
read
as
follows:
59
Authority:
42
U.
S.
C.
7401
­
7671q.

140.
Section
92.1
is
amended
by
revising
paragraphs
(
a)
introductory
text,
(
b)(
3),
and
(
b)(
4)
and
adding
paragraph
(
d)
to
read
as
follows:
§
92.1
Applicability.
(
a)
Except
as
noted
in
paragraphs
(
b)
and
(
d)
of
this
section,
the
provisions
of
this
part
apply
to
manufacturers,
remanufacturers,
owners
and
operators
of:
*
*
*
*
*
(
b)*
*
*
(
3)
Locomotive
engines
which
provide
only
hotel
power
(
see
40
CFR
parts
89
and
1039
to
determine
if
such
engines
are
subject
to
EPA
emission
requirements);
or
(
4)
Nonroad
vehicles
excluded
from
the
definition
of
locomotive
in
§
92.2,
and
the
engines
used
in
such
nonroad
vehicles
(
see
40
CFR
parts
86,
89,
and
1039
to
determine
if
such
vehicles
or
engines
are
subject
to
EPA
emission
requirements).
*
*
*
*
*
(
d)
The
provisions
of
subpart
L
of
this
part
apply
to
all
persons.

141.
Section
92.2
is
amended
in
paragraph
(
b)
by
revising
the
definitions
for
"
Calibration",
"
Locomotive",
paragraph
(
5)
of
the
definition
for
"
New
locomotive
or
new
locomotive
engine",
"
Repower",
and
"
United
States"
to
read
as
follows:
§
92.2
Definitions.
*
*
*
*
*
(
b)*
*
*
Calibration
means
the
set
of
specifications,
including
tolerances,
specific
to
a
particular
design,
version,
or
application
of
a
component,
or
components,
or
assembly
capable
of
functionally
describing
its
operation
over
its
working
range.
This
definition
does
apply
to
Subpart
B
of
this
part.
*
*
*
*
*
Locomotive
means
a
self­
propelled
piece
of
on­
track
equipment
designed
for
moving
or
propelling
cars
that
are
designed
to
carry
freight,
passengers
or
other
equipment,
but
which
itself
is
not
designed
or
intended
to
carry
freight,
passengers
(
other
than
those
operating
the
locomotive)
or
other
equipment.
The
following
other
equipment
are
not
locomotives
(
see
40
CFR
parts
86
and
89
for
this
equipment):
(
1)
Equipment
which
is
designed
for
operation
both
on
highways
and
rails
are
not
locomotives.
(
2)
Specialized
railroad
equipment
for
maintenance,
construction,
post
accident
recovery
of
equipment,
and
repairs;
and
other
similar
equipment,
are
not
locomotives.
(
3)
Vehicles
propelled
by
engines
with
total
rated
horsepower
of
less
than
750
kW
(
1006
hp)
are
not
locomotives
(
see
40
CFR
parts
86
and
89
for
this
equipment),
unless
the
owner
(
including
manufacturers)
chooses
to
have
the
equipment
certified
under
the
requirements
of
this
part.
Where
equipment
is
certified
as
a
locomotive
pursuant
to
this
paragraph
(
3),
it
shall
be
subject
to
the
requirements
of
this
part
for
the
remainder
of
its
service
life.
For
locomotives
propelled
by
two
or
more
engines,
the
total
rated
horsepower
is
the
sum
of
the
rated
horsepowers
of
each
engine.
60
*
*
*
*
*
New
locomotive
or
new
locomotive
engine
means:
*
*
*
(
5)
Notwithstanding
paragraphs
(
1)
through
(
3)
of
this
definition,
locomotives
and
locomotive
engines
which
are
owned
by
a
small
railroad
and
which
have
never
been
manufactured
or
remanufactured
into
a
certified
configuration
are
not
new.
*
*
*
*
*
Repower
means
replacement
of
the
engine
in
a
previously
used
locomotive
with
a
freshly
manufactured
locomotive
engine.
Replacing
a
locomotive
engine
with
a
freshly
manufactured
locomotive
engine
in
a
locomotive
that
has
a
refurbished
or
reconditioned
chassis
such
that
less
than
25
percent
of
the
parts
of
the
locomotive
were
previously
used
(
as
weighted
by
dollar
value)
is
not
repowering.
*
*
*
*
*
United
States
means
the
States,
the
District
of
Columbia,
the
Commonwealth
of
Puerto
Rico,
the
Commonwealth
of
the
Northern
Mariana
Islands,
Guam,
American
Samoa,
and
the
U.
S.
Virgin
Islands.
*
*
*
*
*
142.
Section
92.8
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
b)
to
read
as
follows:
§
92.8
Emission
standards.
*
*
*
*
*
(
b)
No
crankcase
emissions
shall
be
discharged
directly
into
the
ambient
atmosphere
from
any
new
locomotive
or
new
locomotive
engine,
except
as
allowed
by
paragraph
(
1)
of
this
paragraph
(
b).
(
1)
Discharge
of
crankcase
emissions
into
the
engine
exhaust
complies
with
this
prohibition,
provided
crankcase
emissions
are
measured
and
included
with
exhaust
emissions.
Other
discharge
of
crankcase
emissions
complies
with
this
prohibition,
provided
crankcase
emissions
are
measured
in
all
certification,
production­
line,
and
in­
use
tests
and
the
masses
are
added
mathematically
to
the
exhaust
emissions.
(
2)
Compliance
with
this
standard
is
required
throughout
the
entire
service
life
of
the
locomotive
or
locomotive
engine.
*
*
*
*
*

143.
Section
92.12
is
amended
by
adding
paragraphs
(
g)
and
(
h)
to
read
as
follows:
§
92.12
Interim
provisions.
*
*
*
*
*
(
g)
Tier
0
locomotive
labels.
Remanufacturers
may
use
identical
labels
for
locomotives
and
engines
for
Tier
0
locomotives,
provided
the
remanufacturer
demonstrates
to
EPA
that
they
will
supply
two
labels
(
one
for
the
locomotive
and
one
for
the
engine)
only
with
those
remanufacturing
systems
being
applied
to
locomotives
that
have
not
been
previously
labeled
(
i.
e.,
locomotives
that
have
not
been
previously
certified).
For
other
locomotives,
the
remanufacturer
may
only
supply
one
label.
(
h)
Labels
for
calendar
year
2005.
During
calendar
year
2005,
manufacturers
and
remanufacturers
may
comply
with
the
labeling
requirements
that
were
applicable
during
calendar
year
2004,
instead
of
the
labeling
requirements
specified
in
§
92.212(
c)(
2)(
v).

144.
Section
92.104
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
b)(
1)(
i)
to
read
as
follows:
61
§
92.104
Locomotive
and
engine
testing;
overview.
*
*
*
*
*
(
b)*
*
*
(
1)*
*
*
(
i)
Engine
speed
setpoints
for
each
mode
shall
be
within
2
percent
of
the
speed
of
the
engine
when
it
is
operated
in
the
locomotive.
Engine
load
setpoints
for
each
mode
shall
be
within
2
percent
(
or
3.0
horsepower,
whichever
is
greater)
of
the
load
of
the
engine
when
it
is
operated
in
the
locomotive.
*
*
*
*
*

145.
Section
92.105
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
d)
to
read
as
follows:
§
92.105
General
equipment
specifications.
*
*
*
*
*
(
d)
Electrical
measurements.
Instruments
used
to
measure
engine
power
output
shall
comply
with
the
requirements
of
§
92.106.
*
*
*
*
*

146.
Section
92.106
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
b)(
1)(
ii)
to
read
as
follows:
§
92.106
Equipment
for
loading
the
engine.
*
*
*
*
*
(
b)*
*
*
(
1)
*
*
*
(
ii)
Engine
flywheel
torque
readout
shall
be
accurate
to
within
±
2
percent
of
the
NIST
"
true"
value
torque
at
all
power
settings
above
10
percent
of
full­
scale,
and
accurate
to
within
±
5
percent
of
the
NIST
"
true"
value
torque
at
power
settings
at
or
below
10
percent
of
full­
scale.

147.
Section
92.109
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
c)(
3)
to
read
as
follows:
§
92.109
Analyzer
specifications.
*
*
*
*
*
(
c)
*
*
*
(
3)
Alcohols
and
Aldehydes.
The
sampling
and
analysis
procedures
for
alcohols
and
aldehydes,
where
applicable,
shall
be
approved
by
the
Administrator
prior
to
the
start
of
testing.
Procedures
are
allowed
if
they
are
consistent
with
the
general
requirements
of
40
CFR
part
1065,
subpart
I,
for
sampling
and
analysis
of
alcohols
and
aldehydes,
and
with
good
engineering
practice.
*
*
*
*
*

148.
Section
92.114
is
amended
by
revising
paragraphs
(
a)(
2)(
ii),
(
d)(
2)
introductory
text
and
(
e)(
1)
to
read
as
follows:
§
92.114
Exhaust
gas
and
particulate
sampling
and
analytical
system.
*
*
*
*
*
62
(
a)
*
*
*
(
2)*
*
*
(
ii)
For
locomotive
testing
where
the
locomotive
has
multiple
exhaust
stacks,
proportional
samples
may
be
collected
from
each
exhaust
outlet
instead
of
ducting
the
exhaust
stacks
together,
provided
that
the
CO
2
concentrations
in
each
exhaust
stream
are
shown(
either
prior
to
testing
or
during
testing)
to
be
within
5
percent
of
each
other
at
notch
8.
*
*
*
*
*
(
d)*
*
*
(
2)
For
engine
testing,
either
a
locomotive­
type
or
a
facility­
type
exhaust
system
(
or
a
combination
system)
may
be
used.
The
exhaust
backpressure
for
engine
testing
shall
be
set
between
90
and
100
percent
of
the
maximum
backpressure
that
will
result
with
the
exhaust
systems
of
the
locomotives
in
which
the
engine
will
be
used.
Backpressure
less
than
90
percent
of
the
maximum
value
is
also
allowed,
provided
the
backpressure
is
within
0.07
psi
of
the
maximum
value.
The
facility­
type
exhaust
system
shall
meet
the
following
requirements:
*
*
*
*
*
(
e)
*
*
*
(
1)
Dilution
of
the
exhaust
prior
to
sampling
is
allowed
for
gaseous
emissions.
The
equipment
and
methods
used
for
dilution,
sampling
and
analysis
shall
comply
with
the
requirements
of
40
CFR
part
1065,
with
the
following
exceptions
and
additional
requirements:
(
i)
Proportional
sampling
and
heat
exchangers
are
not
required;
(
ii)
Larger
minimum
dimensions
for
the
dilution
tunnel(
s)
shall
be
specified
by
the
Administrator;
(
iii)
Other
modifications
may
be
made
with
written
approval
from
the
Administrator.
*
*
*
*
*

149.
Section
92.123
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
a)(
2)
to
read
as
follows:
§
92.123
Test
procedure;
general
requirements.
(
a)
*
*
*
(
2)
For
locomotives
with
multiple
exhaust
stacks,
smoke
testing
is
required
for
only
one
of
the
exhaust
stacks
provided
the
following
conditions
are
met:
(
i)
The
stack
that
is
not
tested
is
not
visibly
smokier
than
the
stack
that
is
tested,
and
(
ii)
None
of
the
measured
opacity
values
for
the
stack
tested
are
greater
than
threequarters
of
the
level
allowed
by
any
of
the
applicable
smoke
standards.
*
*
*
*
*

150.
Section
92.124
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
f)
to
read
as
follows:
§
92.124
Test
sequence;
general
requirements.
*
*
*
*
*
(
f)
The
required
test
sequence
is
described
in
Table
B124­
1
of
this
section,
as
follows:
63
Table
B124­
1
TEST
SEQUENCE
FOR
LOCOMOTIVES
AND
LOCOMOTIVE
ENGINES
Mode
Number
Notch
Setting
Time
in
Notch
Emissions
Measured2
Power,
and
Fuel
Consumption
Measured
Warmup
Notch
8
5
±
1
min
None
None
Warmup
Lowest
Idle
15
min
maximum
(
after
engine
speed
reaches
lowest
idle
speed)
None
None
1a
Low
Idle1
6
min
minimum
All
Both
1
Normal
Idle
6
min
minimum
All
Both
2
Dynamic
Brake1
6
min
minimum
All
Both
3
Notch
1
6
min
minimum
All
Both
4
Notch
2
6
min
minimum
All
Both
5
Notch
3
6
min
minimum
All
Both
6
Notch
4
6
min
minimum
All
Both
7
Notch
5
6
min
minimum
All
Both
8
Notch
6
6
min
minimum
All
Both
9
Notch
7
6
min
minimum
All
Both
10
Notch
8
15
min
minimum
All
Both
1
Omit
if
not
so
equipped.
2
The
EPA
test
sequence
for
locomotives
and
locomotive
engines
may
be
performed
once,
with
gaseous,
particulate
and
smoke
measurements
performed
simultaneously,
or
it
may
be
performed
twice
with
gaseous,
and
particulate
measurements
performed
during
one
test
sequence
and
smoke
measurements
performed
during
the
other
test
sequence.
The
minimum
time
in
notch
is
three
minutes
for
test
sequences
in
which
only
smoke
is
measured.

151.
Section
92.126
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
b)(
3)
to
read
as
follows:
§
92.126
Test
run.
*
*
*
*
*
(
b)*
*
*
(
3)
Fuel
flow
rate
shall
be
measured
continuously.
The
value
reported
for
the
fuel
flow
rate
shall
be
a
one­
minute
average
of
the
instantaneous
fuel
flow
measurements
taken
during
the
last
minute
of
the
minimum
sampling
period
listed
in
Table
B124­
1
in
§
92.124;
except
for
testing
during
idle
modes,
where
it
shall
be
a
three­
minute
average
of
the
instantaneous
fuel
flow
measurements
taken
during
the
last
three
minutes
of
the
minimum
sampling
period
listed
in
Table
B124­
1
in
§
92.124.
Sampling
periods
greater
than
one
minute
are
allowed,
consistent
with
good
engineering
practice.
Fuel
flow
averaging
periods
should
generally
64
match
the
emission
sampling
periods
as
closely
as
is
practicable.

152.
Section
92.131
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
b)(
3)
to
read
as
follows:
§
92.131
Smoke,
data
analysis.
*
*
*
*
*
(
b)*
*
*
(
3)
The
"
steady­
state"
value
is
either:
(
i)
The
highest
reading
occurring
more
than
two
minutes
after
the
notch
change
(
excluding
peaks
lasting
less
than
5
seconds,
caused
by
such
random
events
as
the
cycling
of
an
air
compressor)
if
opacity
measurements
are
recorded
graphically;
or
(
ii)
The
average
of
the
second
by
second
values
between
120
and
180
seconds
after
the
notch
change
if
opacity
measurements
are
recorded
digitally.
*
*
*
*
*

153.
Section
92.132
is
amended
by
revising
paragraphs
(
b)(
3)(
iii)(
D)(
2)
and
(
d)
to
read
as
follows:
§
92.132
Calculations.
*
*
*
*
*
(
b)*
*
*
(
3)*
*
*
(
iii)
*
*
*
(
D)
*
*
*
(
2)
If
a
CO
instrument
that
meets
the
criteria
specified
in
40
CFR
part
1065,
subpart
C,
is
used
without
a
sample
dryer
according
to
40
CFR
1065.145,
CO
em
must
be
substituted
directly
for
CO
e
and
CO
dm
must
be
substituted
directly
for
CO
d.
*
*
*
*
*
(
d)
NOx
correction
factor.
(
1)
NOx
emission
rates
(
M
NOx
mode)
shall
be
adjusted
to
account
for
the
effects
of
humidity
and
temperature
by
multiplying
each
emission
rate
by
K
NOx
,
which
is
calculated
from
the
following
equations:
K
NOx
=
(
K)(
1
+
(
0.25(
logK)
2)
½
)

K
=
(
K
H)(
K
T)

K
H
=
[
C
1+
C
2
exp((­
0.0143)(
10.714))]/[
C
1+
C
2
exp((­
0.0143)(
1000H))]

C
1
=
­
8.7
+
164.5exp(­
0.0218(
A/
F)
wet)

C
2
=
130.7
+
3941exp(­
0.0248(
A/
F)
wet)

Where:
(
A/
F)
wet
=
Mass
of
moist
air
intake
divided
by
mass
of
fuel
intake.
K
T
=
1/[
1­
0.0107(
T
30­
T
A)]
for
tests
conducted
at
ambient
temperatures
below
30

C.
K
T
=
1.00
for
tests
conducted
at
ambient
temperatures
at
or
above
30

C.
T
30
=
The
measured
intake
manifold
air
temperature
in
the
locomotive
when
operated
at
65
30

C
(
or
100

C,
where
intake
manifold
air
temperature
is
not
available).
T
A
=
The
measured
intake
manifold
air
temperature
in
the
locomotive
as
tested
(
or
the
ambient
temperature
(

C),
where
intake
manifold
air
temperature
is
not
available).
*
*
*
*
*

154.
Section
92.203
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
d)(
1)(
i)
to
read
as
follows:
§
92.203
Application
for
certification.
*
*
*
*
*
(
d)
Required
content.
Each
application
must
include
the
following
information:
(
1)(
i)
A
description
of
the
basic
engine
design
including,
but
not
limited
to,
the
engine
family
specifications,
the
provisions
of
which
are
contained
in
§
92.204;
*
*
*
*
*

155.
Section
92.204
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
a)
to
read
as
follows:
§
92.204
Designation
of
engine
families.
*
*
*
*
*
(
a)
Manufacturers
and
remanufacturers
shall
divide
their
locomotives
and
locomotive
engines
into
groupings
of
locomotives
and
locomotive
engines
which
are
expected
to
have
similar
emission
characteristics
throughout
their
useful
life.
Each
group
shall
be
defined
as
a
separate
engine
family.
Freshly
manufactured
locomotives
may
not
be
included
in
the
same
engine
family
as
remanufactured
locomotives.
Freshly
manufactured
engines
may
be
included
in
the
same
engine
family
as
remanufactured
locomotives,
provided
such
engines
are
used
as
replacement
engines
for
locomotive
models
included
in
the
engine
family.
*
*
*
*
*

156.
Section
92.205
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
a)
to
read
as
follows:
§
92.205
Prohibited
controls,
adjustable
parameters.
(
a)
Any
system
installed
on,
or
incorporated
in,
a
new
locomotive
or
new
locomotive
engine
to
enable
such
locomotive
or
locomotive
engine
to
conform
to
standards
contained
in
this
part:
*
*
*
*
*

157.
Section
92.208
is
amended
by
revising
paragraphs
(
a)
and
(
b)
to
read
as
follows:
§
92.208
Certification.
(
a)
Paragraph
(
a)
of
this
section
applies
to
manufacturers
of
new
locomotives
and
new
locomotive
engines.
If,
after
a
review
of
the
application
for
certification,
test
reports
and
data
acquired
from
a
freshly
manufactured
locomotive
or
locomotive
engine
or
from
a
development
data
engine,
and
any
other
information
required
or
obtained
by
EPA,
the
Administrator
determines
that
the
application
is
complete
and
that
the
engine
family
meets
the
requirements
of
the
Act
and
this
part,
he/
she
will
issue
a
certificate
of
conformity
with
respect
to
such
engine
family
except
as
provided
by
paragraph
(
c)(
3)
of
this
section.
The
certificate
of
conformity
is
valid
for
each
engine
family
from
the
date
of
issuance
by
EPA
until
31
December
of
the
model
year
or
calendar
year
for
which
it
is
issued
and
upon
such
terms
and
conditions
as
the
Administrator
deems
necessary
or
appropriate
to
assure
that
the
production
locomotives
or
engines
covered
by
the
certificate
will
66
meet
the
requirements
of
the
Act
and
of
this
part.
(
b)
This
paragraph
(
b)
applies
to
remanufacturers
of
locomotives
and
locomotive
engines.
If,
after
a
review
of
the
application
for
certification,
test
reports
and
data
acquired
from
a
remanufactured
locomotive
or
locomotive
engine
or
from
a
development
data
engine,
and
any
other
information
required
or
obtained
by
EPA,
the
Administrator
determines
that
the
engine
family
meets
the
requirements
of
the
Act
and
of
this
subpart,
he/
she
will
issue
a
certificate
of
conformity
with
respect
to
such
engine
family
except
as
provided
by
paragraph
(
c)(
3)
of
this
section.
The
certificate
of
conformity
is
valid
for
each
engine
family
from
the
date
of
issuance
by
EPA
until
31
December
of
the
model
year
or
calendar
year
for
which
it
is
issued
and
upon
such
terms
and
conditions
as
the
Administrator
deems
necessary
or
appropriate
to
assure
that
the
production
locomotives
or
engines
covered
by
the
certificate
will
meet
the
requirements
of
the
Act
and
of
this
part.
*
*
*
*
*

158.
Section
92.210
is
amended
by
revising
paragraphs
(
b)(
1),
(
b)(
2),
(
d)(
2),
and
(
d)(
3)
to
read
as
follows:
§
92.210
Amending
the
application
and
certificate
of
conformity.
*
*
*
*
*
(
b)
A
manufacturer's
or
remanufacturer's
request
to
amend
the
application
or
the
existing
certificate
of
conformity
shall
include
the
following
information:
(
1)
A
full
description
of
the
change
to
be
made
in
production,
or
of
the
locomotives
or
engines
to
be
added;
(
2)
Engineering
evaluations
or
data
showing
that
the
locomotives
or
engines
as
modified
or
added
will
comply
with
all
applicable
emission
standards;
and
*
*
*
*
*
(
d)*
*
*
(
2)
If
the
Administrator
determines
that
the
change
or
new
locomotive(
s)
or
engine(
s)
meets
the
requirements
of
this
part
and
the
Act,
the
appropriate
certificate
of
conformity
shall
be
amended.
(
3)
If
the
Administrator
determines
that
the
changed
or
new
locomotive(
s)
or
engine(
s)
does
not
meet
the
requirements
of
this
part
and
the
Act,
the
certificate
of
conformity
will
not
be
amended.
The
Administrator
shall
provide
a
written
explanation
to
the
manufacturer
or
remanufacturer
of
the
decision
not
to
amend
the
certificate.
The
manufacturer
or
remanufacturer
may
request
a
hearing
on
a
denial.
*
*
*
*
*

159.
Section
92.212
is
amended
by
revising
paragraphs
(
b)(
2)(
ii),
(
b)(
2)(
v)(
A),
(
b)(
2)(
v)(
G),
(
c)(
2)(
v)(
A),
and(
c)(
2)(
v)(
D)(
2)
to
read
as
follows:
§
92.212
Labeling.
*
*
*
*
*
(
b)*
*
*
(
2)*
*
*
(
ii)
The
label
shall
be
attached
to
a
locomotive
chassis
part
necessary
for
normal
operation
67
and
not
normally
requiring
replacement
during
the
service
life
of
the
locomotive.
This
label
may
not
be
attached
to
the
engine.
*
*
*
*
*
(
v)*
*
*
(
A)
The
label
heading:
Original
Locomotive
Emission
Control
Information.
Manufacturers
and
remanufacturers
may
add
a
subheading
to
distinguish
this
label
from
the
engine
label
described
in
paragraph
(
c)
of
this
section.

*
*
*
*
*
(
G)
The
standards
and/
or
FELs
to
which
the
locomotive
was
certified.
(
c)
*
*
*
(
2)*
*
*
(
v)*
*
*
(
A)
The
label
heading:
Engine
Emission
Control
Information.
Manufacturers
and
remanufacturers
may
add
a
subheading
to
distinguish
this
label
from
the
locomotive
label
described
in
paragraph
(
b)
of
this
section.
*
*
*
*
*
(
D)
*
*
*
(
2)
This
locomotive
and
locomotive
engine
conform
to
U.
S.
EPA
regulations
applicable
to
locomotives
and
locomotive
engines
originally
manufactured
on
or
after
January
1,
2002
and
before
January
1,
2005;
or
*
*
*
*
*

160.
Section
92.215
is
amended
by
revising
paragraphs
(
a)(
2)(
i)(
A)
and
(
b)
to
read
as
follows:
§
92.215
Maintenance
of
records;
submittal
of
information;
right
of
entry.
(
a)
*
*
*
(
2)*
*
*
(
i)
*
*
*
(
A)
In
the
case
where
a
current
production
engine
is
modified
for
use
as
a
certification
engine
or
in
a
certification
locomotive,
a
description
of
the
process
by
which
the
engine
was
selected
and
of
the
modifications
made.
In
the
case
where
the
certification
locomotive
or
the
engine
for
a
certification
locomotive
is
not
derived
from
a
current
production
engine,
a
general
description
of
the
buildup
of
the
engine
(
e.
g.,
whether
experimental
heads
were
cast
and
machined
according
to
supplied
drawings).
In
the
cases
in
the
previous
two
sentences,
a
description
of
the
origin
and
selection
process
for
fuel
system
components,
ignition
system
components,
intake­
air
pressurization
and
cooling­
system
components,
cylinders,
pistons
and
piston
rings,
exhaust
smoke
control
system
components,
and
exhaust
aftertreatment
devices
as
applicable,
shall
be
included.
The
required
descriptions
shall
specify
the
steps
taken
to
assure
that
the
certification
locomotive
or
certification
locomotive
engine,
with
respect
to
its
engine,
drivetrain,
fuel
system,
emission­
control
system
components,
exhaust
aftertreatment
devices,
exhaust
smoke
control
system
components
or
any
other
devices
or
components
as
applicable,
that
can
reasonably
be
expected
to
influence
exhaust
emissions
will
be
representative
of
production
locomotives
or
locomotive
engines
and
that
either:
all
components
and/
or
locomotive
or
engine,
construction
processes,
68
component
inspection
and
selection
techniques,
and
assembly
techniques
employed
in
constructing
such
locomotives
or
engines
are
reasonably
likely
to
be
implemented
for
production
locomotives
or
engines;
or
that
they
are
as
close
as
practicable
to
planned
construction
and
assembly
process.
*
*
*
*
*
(
b)
The
manufacturer
or
remanufacturer
of
any
locomotive
or
locomotive
engine
subject
to
any
of
the
standards
prescribed
in
this
part
shall
submit
to
the
Administrator,
at
the
time
of
issuance
by
the
manufacturer
or
remanufacturer,
copies
of
all
instructions
or
explanations
regarding
the
use,
repair,
adjustment,
maintenance,
or
testing
of
such
locomotive
or
engine,
relevant
to
the
control
of
crankcase,
or
exhaust
emissions
issued
by
the
manufacturer
or
remanufacturer,
for
use
by
other
manufacturers
or
remanufacturers,
assembly
plants,
distributors,
dealers,
owners
and
operators.
Any
material
not
translated
into
the
English
language
need
not
be
submitted
unless
specifically
requested
by
the
Administrator.
*
*
*
*
*

161.
Section
92.216
is
amended
by
removed
by
removing
and
reserving
paragraph
(
a)(
2).

162.
Section
92.403
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
b)
to
read
as
follows:
§
92.403
Emission
defect
information
report.
*
*
*
*
*
(
b)
Defect
information
reports
required
under
paragraph
(
a)
of
this
section
must
be
submitted
not
more
than
15
working
days
after
the
same
emission­
related
defect
is
found
to
affect
10
or
more
locomotives
or
locomotive
engines.
Information
required
by
paragraph
(
c)
of
this
section
that
is
either
not
available
within
15
working
days
or
is
significantly
revised
must
be
submitted
as
it
becomes
available.

163.
Section
92.508
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
e)
to
read
as
follows:
§
92.508
Calculation
and
reporting
of
test
results.
*
*
*
*
*
(
e)
Within
45
calendar
days
of
the
end
of
each
quarter,
each
manufacturer
or
remanufacturer
must
submit
to
the
Administrator
a
report
which
includes
the
following
information:
*
*
*
*
*
164.
Section
92.511
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
g)
to
read
as
follows:
§
92.511
Remanufactured
locomotives:
installation
audit
requirements.
*
*
*
*
*
(
g)
Within
45
calendar
days
of
the
end
of
each
quarter,
each
remanufacturer
must
submit
to
the
Administrator
a
report
which
includes
the
following
information:
*
*
*
*
*

165.
Section
92.512
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
e)
to
read
as
follows:
§
92.512
Suspension
and
revocation
of
certificates
of
conformity.
*
*
*
*
*
(
e)
The
Administrator
shall
notify
the
manufacturer
or
remanufacturer
in
writing
of
any
69
suspension
or
revocation
of
a
certificate
of
conformity
in
whole
or
in
part;
a
suspension
or
revocation
is
effective
upon
receipt
of
such
notification
or
thirty
days
from
the
time
an
engine
family
is
deemed
to
be
in
noncompliance
under
§
§
92.508(
d),
92.510(
a),
92.510(
b)
or
92.511(
f),
whichever
is
earlier,
except
that
the
certificate
is
immediately
suspended
with
respect
to
any
failed
locomotives
or
locomotive
engines
as
provided
for
in
paragraph
(
a)
of
this
section.
*
*
*
*
*

166.
A
new
§
92.806
is
added
to
read
as
follows:
§
92.806
Importation
of
partially
complete
engines.
The
provisions
of
40
CFR
1068.330
apply
for
importation
of
partially
complete
engines,
or
engines
that
will
be
modified
for
applications
other
than
those
covered
by
this
part
92.

167.
Section
92.906
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
a)
introductory
text
to
read
as
follows:
§
92.906
Manufacturer­
owned,
remanufacturer­
owned
exemption
and
display
exemption.
(
a)
Any
manufacturer­
owned
or
remanufacturer­
owned
locomotive
or
locomotive
engine
is
exempt
from
§
92.1103,
without
application,
if
the
manufacturer
complies
with
the
following
terms
and
conditions:
*
*
*
*
*

168.
Section
92.907
is
amended
by
revising
paragraphs
(
a)(
3)
and
(
b)(
3)
to
read
as
follows:
§
92.907
Non­
locomotive­
specific
engine
exemption.
(
a)
*
*
*
(
3)
The
number
of
such
engines
exempted
under
this
paragraph
(
a)
does
not
exceed:
(
i)
50
per
manufacturer
in
any
calendar
year,
where
EPA
determines
that
the
use
of
the
non­
locomotive­
specific
engines
will
result
in
a
significantly
greater
degree
of
emission
control
over
the
lifetime
of
the
locomotive
than
using
remanufactured
engines
certified
under
this
part
92;
or
(
ii)
25
per
manufacturer
in
any
calendar
year,
where
EPA
has
not
determined
that
the
use
of
the
non­
locomotive­
specific
engines
will
result
in
a
significantly
greater
degree
of
emission
control
over
the
lifetime
of
the
locomotive
than
using
remanufactured
engines
certified
under
this
part
92;
*
*
*
*
*
(
b)*
*
*
(
3)
The
number
of
such
locomotives
sold
or
leased
by
the
locomotive
manufacturer
within
any
three­
year
period,
and
exempted
under
this
paragraph
(
b)
does
not
exceed
30;
and
*
*
*
*
*

169.
A
new
§
92.912
is
added
to
subpart
J
to
read
as
follows:
§
92.912
Staged­
assembly
exemption.
You
may
ask
us
to
provide
a
temporary
exemption
to
allow
you
to
complete
production
of
your
engines
at
different
facilities,
as
long
as
you
maintain
control
of
the
engines
until
they
are
in
their
certified
configuration.
We
may
require
you
to
take
specific
steps
to
ensure
that
such
engines
are
70
in
their
certified
configuration
before
reaching
the
ultimate
purchaser.
You
may
request
an
exemption
under
this
section
in
your
application
for
certification,
or
in
a
separate
submission.

170.
Section
92.1106
is
amended
by
revising
paragraphs
(
a)(
1),
(
a)(
2),
(
a)(
5),
and
(
c)(
1)
and
adding
paragraph
(
a)(
6)
to
read
as
follows:
§
92.1106
Penalties.
(
a)
*
*
*
(
1)
A
person
who
violates
§
92.1103
(
a)(
1),
(
a)(
4),
or
(
a)(
5),
or
a
manufacturer,
remanufacturer,
dealer
or
railroad
who
violates
§
92.1103(
a)(
3)(
i)
or
(
iii)
is
subject
to
a
civil
penalty
of
not
more
than
$
32,500
for
each
violation.
(
2)
A
person
other
than
a
manufacturer,
remanufacturer,
dealer,
or
railroad
who
violates
§
92.1103(
a)(
3)(
i)
or
any
person
who
violates
§
92.1103(
a)(
3)(
ii)
is
subject
to
a
civil
penalty
of
not
more
than
$
2,750
for
each
violation.
*
*
*
*
*
(
5)
A
person
who
violates
§
92.1103(
a)(
2)
is
subject
to
a
civil
penalty
of
not
more
than
$
32,500
per
day
of
violation.
(
6)
The
maximum
penalty
values
listed
in
this
section
are
shown
for
calendar
year
2004.
Maximum
penalty
limits
for
later
years
may
be
adjusted
based
on
the
Consumer
Price
Index.
The
specific
regulatory
provisions
for
changing
the
maximum
penalties,
published
in
40
CFR
part
19,
reference
the
applicable
U.
S.
Code
citation
on
which
the
prohibited
action
is
based.
*
*
*
*
*
(
c)
*
*
*
(
1)
Administrative
penalty
authority.
In
lieu
of
commencing
a
civil
action
under
paragraph
(
b)
of
this
section,
the
Administrator
may
assess
any
civil
penalty
prescribed
in
paragraph
(
a)
of
this
section,
except
that
the
maximum
amount
of
penalty
sought
against
each
violator
in
a
penalty
assessment
proceeding
shall
not
exceed
$
270,000,
unless
the
Administrator
and
the
Attorney
General
jointly
determine
that
a
matter
involving
a
larger
penalty
amount
is
appropriate
for
administrative
penalty
assessment.
Any
such
determination
by
the
Administrator
and
the
Attorney
General
is
not
subject
to
judicial
review.
Assessment
of
a
civil
penalty
shall
be
by
an
order
made
on
the
record
after
opportunity
for
a
hearing
held
in
accordance
with
the
procedures
found
at
part
22
of
this
chapter.
The
Administrator
may
compromise,
or
remit,
with
or
without
conditions,
any
administrative
penalty
which
may
be
imposed
under
this
section.
*
*
*
*
*

171.
Appendix
IV
to
part
92
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
d)(
1)
to
read
as
follows:
Appendix
IV
to
Part
92
­
Guidelines
for
Determining
Equivalency
Between
Emission
Measurement
Systems
*
*
*
*
*
(
d)
Minimum
number
of
tests.
The
recommended
minimum
number
of
tests
with
each
system
necessary
to
determine
equivalency
is:
(
1)
Four
locomotive
or
locomotive
engine
tests,
conducted
in
accordance
with
the
provisions
of
Subpart
B
of
this
part;
or
*
*
*
*
*
71
PART
94
 
CONTROL
OF
AIR
POLLUTION
FROM
MARINE
COMPRESSIONIGNITION
ENGINES
172.
The
authority
citation
for
part
94
is
revised
to
read
as
follows:
Authority:
42
U.
S.
C.
7401
­
7671q.

173.
Section
94.2
is
amended
in
paragraph
(
b)
by
removing
the
definitions
of
Auxiliary
engine
and
Propulsion
engine,
revising
the
definitions
of
Marine
engine,
Marine
vessel,
and
United
States,
and
adding
a
definition
of
Amphibious
vehicle
in
alphabetical
order
to
read
as
follows:
§
94.2
Definitions.
*
*
*
*
*
Amphibious
vehicle
means
a
vehicle
with
wheels
or
tracks
that
is
designed
primarily
for
operation
on
land
and
secondarily
for
operation
in
water.
*
*
*
*
*
Marine
engine
means
a
nonroad
engine
that
is
installed
or
intended
to
be
installed
on
a
marine
vessel.
This
includes
a
portable
auxiliary
marine
engine
only
if
its
fueling,
cooling,
or
exhaust
system
is
an
integral
part
of
the
vessel.
There
are
two
kinds
of
marine
engines:
(
1)
Propulsion
marine
engine
means
a
marine
engine
that
moves
a
vessel
through
the
water
or
directs
the
vessel's
movement.
(
2)
Auxiliary
marine
engine
means
a
marine
engine
not
used
for
propulsion.
Marine
vessel
has
the
meaning
given
in
1
U.
S.
C.
3,
except
that
it
does
not
include
amphibious
vehicles.
The
definition
in
1
U.
S.
C.
3
very
broadly
includes
every
craft
capable
of
being
used
as
a
means
of
transportation
on
water.
*
*
*
*
*
United
States
means
the
States,
the
District
of
Columbia,
the
Commonwealth
of
Puerto
Rico,
the
Commonwealth
of
the
Northern
Mariana
Islands,
Guam,
American
Samoa,
and
the
U.
S.
Virgin
Islands.
*
*
*
*
*

174.
Section
94.9
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
a)(
3)
to
read
as
follows:
§
94.9
Compliance
with
emission
standards.
(
a)
*
*
*
(
3)
Manufacturers
may
request
in
the
application
for
certification
that
we
approve
a
shorter
useful
life
for
an
engine
family.
We
may
approve
a
shorter
useful
life,
in
hours
of
engine
operation
but
not
in
years,
if
we
determine
that
these
engines
will
rarely
operate
longer
than
the
shorter
useful
life.
If
engines
identical
to
those
in
the
engine
family
have
already
been
produced
and
are
in
use,
the
demonstration
must
include
documentation
from
such
in­
use
engines.
In
other
cases,
the
demonstration
must
include
an
engineering
analysis
of
information
equivalent
to
such
in­
use
data,
such
as
data
from
research
engines
or
similar
engine
models
72
that
are
already
in
production.
The
demonstration
must
also
include
recommended
overhaul
intervals,
any
mechanical
warranty
offered
for
the
engine
or
its
components,
and
any
relevant
customer
design
specifications.
The
demonstration
may
include
any
other
relevant
information.
The
useful
life
value
may
not
be
shorter
than
any
of
the
following:
(
i)
1,000
hours
of
operation.
(
ii)
The
recommended
overhaul
interval.
(
iii)
The
mechanical
warranty
for
the
engine.
*
*
*
*
*

175.
Section
94.12
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
h)
to
read
as
follows:
§
94.12
Interim
provisions.
*
*
*
*
*
(
h)
Flexibility
for
small­
volume
boat
builders.
Notwithstanding
the
other
provisions
of
this
part,
manufacturers
may
sell
uncertified
recreational
engines
to
small­
volume
boat
builders
during
the
first
five
years
for
which
the
emission
standards
in
§
94.8
apply,
subject
to
the
following
provisions:
(
1)
The
U.
S.­
directed
production
volume
of
boats
from
any
small­
volume
boat
builder
using
uncertified
engines
during
the
total
five­
year
period
may
not
exceed
80
percent
of
the
manufacturer's
average
annual
production
for
the
three
years
prior
to
the
general
applicability
of
the
recreational
engine
standards
in
§
94.8,
except
as
allowed
in
paragraph
(
h)(
2)
of
this
section.
(
2)
Small­
volume
boat
builders
may
exceed
the
production
limits
in
paragraph
(
h)(
1)
of
this
section,
provided
they
do
not
exceed
20
boats
during
the
five­
year
period
or
10
boats
in
any
single
calendar
year.
This
does
not
apply
to
boats
powered
by
engines
with
displacement
greater
than
2.5
liters
per
cylinder.
(
3)
Small­
volume
boat
builders
must
keep
records
of
all
the
boats
and
engines
produced
under
this
paragraph
(
h),
including
boat
and
engine
model
numbers,
serial
numbers,
and
dates
of
manufacture.
Records
must
also
include
information
verifying
compliance
with
the
limits
in
paragraph
(
h)(
1)
or
(
2)
of
this
section.
Keep
these
records
until
at
least
two
full
years
after
you
no
longer
use
the
provisions
in
this
paragraph
(
h).
(
4)
Manufacturers
must
add
a
permanent,
legible
label,
written
in
block
letters
in
English,
to
a
readily
visible
part
of
each
engine
exempted
under
this
paragraph
(
h).
This
label
must
include
at
least
the
following
items:
(
i)
The
label
heading
"
EMISSION
CONTROL
INFORMATION".
(
ii)
Your
corporate
name
and
trademark.
(
iii)
Engine
displacement
(
in
liters),
rated
power,
and
model
year
of
the
engine
or
whom
to
contact
for
further
information.
(
iv)
The
statement
"
THIS
ENGINE
IS
EXEMPT
UNDER
40
CFR
94.12(
h)
FROM
EMISSION
STANDARDS
AND
RELATED
REQUIREMENTS.".

176.
Section
94.105
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
b)
before
the
table
to
read
as
follows:
§
94.105
Duty
cycles.
73
*
*
*
*
*
(
b)
General
cycle.
Propulsion
engines
that
are
used
with
(
or
intended
to
be
used
with)
fixed­
pitch
propellers,
propeller­
law
auxiliary
engines,
and
any
other
engines
for
which
the
other
duty
cycles
of
this
section
do
not
apply,
shall
be
tested
using
the
duty
cycle
described
in
the
following
Table
B
 
1:
*
*
*
*
*

177.
Section
94.106
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
b)(
3)(
i)
to
read
as
follows:
§
94.106
Supplemental
test
procedures
for
Category
1
and
Category
2
marine
engines.
*
*
*
(
b)
*
*
*
(
3)
*
*
*
(
i)
The
Not
to
Exceed
zone
is
the
region
above
the
curve
power
=
0.85
×
SPD4,
excluding
all
operation
below
25%
of
maximum
power
at
rated
speed
and
excluding
all
operation
below
63%
of
maximum
test
*
*
*
*
*

178.
Section
94.107
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
b)
to
read
as
follows:
§
94.107
Determination
of
maximum
test
speed.
*
*
*
*
*
(
b)
Generation
of
lug
curve.
Prior
to
beginning
emission
testing,
generate
maximum
measured
brakepower
versus
engine
speed
data
points
using
the
applicable
method
specified
in
40
CFR
1065.510.
These
data
points
form
the
lug
curve.
It
is
not
necessary
to
generate
the
entire
lug
curve.
For
the
portion
of
the
curve
where
power
increases
with
increasing
speed,
it
is
not
necessary
to
generate
points
with
power
less
than
90
percent
of
the
maximum
power
value.
For
the
portion
of
the
curve
where
power
decreases
with
increasing
speed,
it
is
not
necessary
to
generate
points
with
power
less
than
75
percent
of
the
maximum
power
value.
*
*
*
*
*

179.
Section
94.109
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
b)
to
read
as
follows:
§
94.109
Test
procedures
for
Category
3
marine
engines.
*
*
*
*
*
(
b)
Analyzers
meeting
the
specifications
of
either
40
CFR
part
1065,
subpart
C,
or
ISO
8178
 
1
(
incorporated
by
reference
in
§
94.5)
shall
be
used
to
measure
THC
and
CO.
*
*
*
*
*

180.
Section
94.211
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
k)
to
read
as
follows:
§
94.211
Emission­
related
maintenance
instructions
for
purchasers.
*
*
*
*
*
(
k)
For
Category
3
engines,
the
manufacturer
must
provide
the
ultimate
purchaser
with
a
74
Technical
File
meeting
the
specifications
of
section
2.4
of
the
Annex
VI
Technical
Code
(
incorporated
by
reference
in
§
94.5).
The
maintenance
instructions
required
by
this
part
to
be
provided
by
manufacturer
may
be
included
in
this
Technical
File.
The
manufacturer
must
provide
a
copy
of
this
Technical
File
to
EPA
upon
request.
*
*
*
*
*

181.
Section
94.212
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
b)(
6)
and
(
b)(
7)
to
read
as
follows:
§
94.212
Labeling.
*
*
*
*
*
(
b)
*
*
*
(
6)
A
prominent
unconditional
statement
of
compliance
with
U.
S.
Environmental
Protection
Agency
regulations
that
apply
to
marine
compression­
ignition
engines.
(
7)
The
useful
life
of
the
engine,
unless
the
applicable
useful
life
is
based
on
the
provisions
of
§
94.9(
a)(
1).
*
*
*
*
*

182.
A
new
§
94.806
is
added
to
read
as
follows:
§
94.806
Importation
of
partially
complete
engines.
The
provisions
of
40
CFR
1068.330
apply
for
importation
of
partially
complete
engines,
or
engines
that
will
be
modified
for
applications
other
than
those
covered
by
this
part
94.

183.
Section
94.904
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
a)
and
adding
a
new
paragraph
(
c)
to
read
as
follows:
§
94.904
Exemptions.
(
a)
Except
as
specified
otherwise
in
this
subpart,
the
provisions
of
§
§
94.904
through
94.913
exempt
certain
new
engines
from
the
standards,
other
requirements,
and
prohibitions
of
this
part,
except
for
the
requirements
of
this
subpart
and
the
requirements
of
§
94.1104.
Additional
requirements
may
apply
for
imported
engines;
these
are
described
in
subpart
I
of
this
part.
*
*
*
*
*
(
c)
If
you
want
to
take
an
action
with
respect
to
an
exempted
or
excluded
engine
that
is
prohibited
by
the
exemption
or
exclusion,
such
as
selling
it,
you
need
to
certify
the
engine.
We
will
issue
a
certificate
of
conformity
if
you
send
us
an
application
for
certification
showing
that
you
meet
all
the
applicable
requirements
from
this
part
94
and
pay
the
appropriate
fee.
Also,
in
some
cases,
we
may
allow
manufacturers
to
modify
the
engine
as
needed
to
make
it
identical
to
engines
already
covered
by
a
certificate.
We
would
base
such
an
approval
on
our
review
of
any
appropriate
documentation.
These
engines
must
have
emission
control
information
labels
that
accurately
describe
their
status.

184.
Section
94.907
is
revised
to
read
as
follows:
§
94.907
Engine
dressing
exemption.
(
a)
General
provisions.
If
you
are
an
engine
manufacturer,
this
section
allows
you
to
introduce
75
new
marine
engines
into
commerce
if
they
are
already
certified
to
the
requirements
that
apply
to
compression­
ignition
engines
under
40
CFR
parts
85
and
86
or
40
CFR
part
89,
92
or
1039
for
the
appropriate
model
year.
If
you
comply
with
all
the
provisions
of
this
section,
we
consider
the
certificate
issued
under
40
CFR
part
86,
89,
92,
or
1039
for
each
engine
to
also
be
a
valid
certificate
of
conformity
under
this
part
94
for
its
model
year,
without
a
separate
application
for
certification
under
the
requirements
of
this
part
94.
(
b)
Boat­
builder
provisions.
If
you
are
not
an
engine
manufacturer,
you
may
install
an
engine
certified
for
the
appropriate
model
year
under
40
CFR
part
86,
89,
92,
or
1039
in
a
marine
vessel
as
long
as
you
do
not
make
any
of
the
changes
described
in
paragraph
(
d)(
3)
of
this
section
and
you
meet
the
requirements
of
paragraph
(
e)
of
this
section.
If
you
modify
the
non­
marine
engine
in
any
of
the
ways
described
in
paragraph
(
d)(
3)
of
this
section,
we
will
consider
you
a
manufacturer
of
a
new
marine
engine.
Such
engine
modifications
prevent
you
from
using
the
provisions
of
this
section.
(
c)
Liability.
Engines
for
which
you
meet
the
requirements
of
this
section
are
exempt
from
all
the
requirements
and
prohibitions
of
this
part,
except
for
those
specified
in
this
section.
Engines
exempted
under
this
section
must
meet
all
the
applicable
requirements
from
40
CFR
parts
85
and
86
or
40
CFR
part
89,
92,
or
1039.
This
paragraph
(
c)
applies
to
engine
manufacturers,
boat
builders
who
use
such
an
engine,
and
all
other
persons
as
if
the
engine
were
used
in
its
originally
intended
application.
The
prohibited
acts
of
§
94.1103(
a)(
1)
apply
to
these
new
engines
and
vessels;
however,
we
consider
the
certificate
issued
under
40
CFR
part
86,
89,
92,
or
1039
for
each
engine
to
also
be
a
valid
certificate
of
conformity
under
this
part
94
for
its
model
year.
If
we
make
a
determination
that
these
engines
do
not
conform
to
the
regulations
during
their
useful
life,
we
may
require
you
to
recall
them
under
this
part
94
or
under
40
CFR
part
85,
89,
92,
or
1039.
(
d)
Specific
requirements.
If
you
are
an
engine
manufacturer
and
meet
all
the
following
criteria
and
requirements
regarding
your
new
marine
engine,
the
engine
is
eligible
for
an
exemption
under
this
section:
(
1)
You
must
produce
it
by
marinizing
an
engine
covered
by
a
valid
certificate
of
conformity
from
one
of
the
following
programs:
(
i)
Heavy­
duty
highway
engines
(
40
CFR
part
86).
(
ii)
Land­
based
nonroad
diesel
engines
(
40
CFR
part
89
or
1039).
(
iii)
Locomotive
engines
(
40
CFR
part
92).
(
2)
The
engine
must
have
the
label
required
under
40
CFR
part
86,
89,
92,
or
1039.
(
3)
You
must
not
make
any
changes
to
the
certified
engine
that
could
reasonably
be
expected
to
increase
its
emissions.
For
example,
if
you
make
any
of
the
following
changes
to
one
of
these
engines,
you
do
not
qualify
for
the
engine
dressing
exemption:
(
i)
Change
any
fuel
system
parameters
from
the
certified
configuration,
or
change,
remove,
or
fail
to
properly
install
any
other
component,
element
of
design,
or
calibration
specified
in
the
engine
manufacturer's
application
for
certification.
This
includes
aftertreatment
devices
and
all
related
components.
(
ii)
Replacing
an
original
turbocharger,
except
that
small­
volume
manufacturers
of
recreational
engines
may
replace
an
original
turbocharger
with
one
that
matches
the
performance
of
the
original
turbocharger.
(
iii)
Modify
or
design
the
marine
engine
cooling
or
aftercooling
system
so
that
temperatures
or
heat
rejection
rates
are
outside
the
original
engine
manufacturer's
specified
ranges.
76
(
4)
You
must
show
that
fewer
than
50
percent
of
the
engine
family's
total
sales
in
the
United
States
are
used
in
marine
applications.
This
includes
engines
used
in
any
application,
without
regard
to
which
company
manufactures
the
vessel
or
equipment.
Show
this
as
follows:
(
i)
If
you
are
the
original
manufacturer
of
the
engine,
base
this
showing
on
your
sales
information.
(
ii)
In
all
other
cases,
you
must
get
the
original
manufacturer
of
the
engine
to
confirm
this
based
on
its
sales
information.
(
e)
If
you
are
an
engine
manufacturer
or
boat
builder
using
this
exemption,
you
must
do
all
of
the
following:
(
1)
Make
sure
the
original
engine
label
will
remain
clearly
visible
after
installation
in
the
vessel.
(
2)
Add
a
permanent
supplemental
label
to
the
engine
in
a
position
where
it
will
remain
clearly
visible
after
installation
in
the
vessel.
In
your
engine
label,
do
the
following:
(
i)
Include
the
heading:
"
Marine
Engine
Emission
Control
Information".
(
ii)
Include
your
full
corporate
name
and
trademark.
(
iii)
State:
"
This
engine
was
marinized
without
affecting
its
emission
controls."
(
iv)
State
the
date
you
finished
marinizing
the
engine
(
month
and
year).
(
3)
Send
a
signed
letter
to
the
Designated
Officer
by
the
end
of
each
calendar
year
(
or
less
often
if
we
tell
you)
with
all
the
following
information:
(
i)
Identify
your
full
corporate
name,
address,
and
telephone
number.
(
ii)
List
the
engine
models
for
which
you
expect
to
use
this
exemption
in
the
coming
year
and
describe
your
basis
for
meeting
the
sales
restrictions
of
paragraph
(
d)(
4)
of
this
section.
(
iii)
State:
"
We
prepare
each
listed
engine
model
for
marine
application
without
making
any
changes
that
could
increase
its
certified
emission
levels,
as
described
in
40
CFR
94.907."
(
f)
Engine
inventories.
In
general
you
may
use
up
your
inventory
of
engines
that
are
not
certified
to
new
marine
emission
standards
if
they
were
originally
manufactured
before
the
date
of
the
new
standards.
However,
stockpiling
these
engines
is
a
violation
of
§
94.1103(
a)(
1)(
i)(
A).
(
g)
Failure
to
comply.
If
your
engines
do
not
meet
the
criteria
listed
in
paragraph
(
d)
of
this
section,
they
will
be
subject
to
the
standards,
requirements,
and
prohibitions
of
this
part
94
and
the
certificate
issued
under
40
CFR
part
86,
89,
92,
or
1039
will
not
be
deemed
to
also
be
a
certificate
issued
under
this
part
94.
Introducing
these
engines
into
commerce
without
a
valid
exemption
or
certificate
of
conformity
under
this
part
violates
the
prohibitions
in
40
CFR
94.1103(
a)(
1).
(
h)
Data
submission.
(
1)
If
you
are
the
original
manufacturer
and
marinizer
of
an
exempted
engine,
you
must
send
us
emission
test
data
on
the
appropriate
marine
duty
cycles.
You
can
include
the
data
in
your
application
for
certification
or
in
the
letter
described
in
paragraph
(
e)(
3)
of
this
section.
(
2)
If
you
are
the
original
manufacturer
of
an
exempted
engine
that
is
marinized
by
a
post­
manufacture
marinizer,
you
may
be
required
to
send
us
emission
test
data
on
the
appropriate
marine
duty
cycles.
If
such
data
are
requested
you
will
be
allowed
a
reasonable
amount
of
time
to
collect
the
data.
(
i)
Participation
in
averaging,
banking
and
trading.
Engines
adapted
for
marine
use
under
this
77
section
may
not
generate
or
use
emission
credits
under
this
part
94.
These
engines
may
generate
credits
under
the
ABT
provisions
in
40
CFR
part
86,
89,
92,
or
1039,
as
applicable.
These
engines
must
use
emission
credits
under
40
CFR
part
86,
89,
92,
or
1039
as
applicable
if
they
are
certified
to
an
FEL
that
exceeds
an
applicable
standard.
(
j)
Operator
requirements.
The
requirements
for
vessel
manufacturers,
owners,
and
operators
in
subpart
K
of
this
part
apply
to
these
engines
whether
they
are
certified
under
this
part
94
or
another
part
as
allowed
by
this
section.

185.
A
new
§
94.912
is
added
to
subpart
J
to
read
as
follows:
§
94.912
Optional
certification
to
land­
based
standards
for
auxiliary
marine
engines.
This
section
applies
to
auxiliary
marine
engines
that
are
identical
to
certified
land­
based
engines.
See
§
94.907
for
provisions
that
apply
to
propulsion
marine
engines
or
auxiliary
marine
engines
that
are
modified
for
marine
applications.
(
a)
General
provisions.
If
you
are
an
engine
manufacturer,
this
section
allows
you
to
introduce
new
marine
engines
into
commerce
if
they
are
already
certified
to
the
requirements
that
apply
to
compression­
ignition
engines
under
40
CFR
part
89
or
1039
for
the
appropriate
model
year.
If
you
comply
with
all
the
provisions
of
this
section,
we
consider
the
certificate
issued
under
40
CFR
part
86
or
1039
for
each
engine
to
also
be
a
valid
certificate
of
conformity
under
this
part
94
for
its
model
year,
without
a
separate
application
for
certification
under
the
requirements
of
this
part
94.
(
b)
Boat
builder
provisions.
If
you
are
not
an
engine
manufacturer,
you
may
install
an
engine
certified
for
land­
based
applications
in
a
marine
vessel
as
long
as
you
meet
all
the
qualifying
criteria
and
requirements
specified
in
paragraphs
(
d)
and
(
e)
of
this
section.
If
you
modify
the
non­
marine
engine,
we
will
consider
you
a
manufacturer
of
a
new
marine
engine.
Such
engine
modifications
prevent
you
from
using
the
provisions
of
this
section.
(
c)
Liability.
Engines
for
which
you
meet
the
requirements
of
this
section
are
exempt
from
all
the
requirements
and
prohibitions
of
this
part,
except
for
those
specified
in
this
section.
Engines
exempted
under
this
section
must
meet
all
the
applicable
requirements
from
40
CFR
part
89
or
1039.
This
paragraph
(
c)
applies
to
engine
manufacturers,
boat
builders
who
use
such
an
engine,
and
all
other
persons
as
if
the
engine
were
used
in
its
originally
intended
application.
The
prohibited
acts
of
§
94.1103(
a)(
1)
apply
to
these
new
engines
and
vessels;
however,
we
consider
the
certificate
issued
under
40
CFR
part
89
or
1039
for
each
engine
to
also
be
a
valid
certificate
of
conformity
under
this
part
94
for
its
model
year.
If
we
make
a
determination
that
these
engines
do
not
conform
to
the
regulations
during
their
useful
life,
we
may
require
you
to
recall
them
under
this
part
94
or
under
40
CFR
part
89
or
1068.
(
d)
Qualifying
criteria.
If
you
are
an
engine
manufacturer
and
meet
all
the
following
criteria
and
requirements
regarding
your
new
marine
engine,
the
engine
is
eligible
for
an
exemption
under
this
section:
(
1)
The
marine
engine
must
be
identical
in
all
material
respects
to
a
land­
based
engine
covered
by
a
valid
certificate
of
conformity
for
the
appropriate
model
year
showing
that
it
meets
emission
standards
for
engines
of
that
power
rating
under
40
CFR
part
89
or
1039.
(
2)
The
engines
may
not
be
used
as
propulsion
marine
engines.
(
3)
You
must
show
that
the
number
of
auxiliary
marine
engines
from
the
engine
family
must
be
smaller
than
the
number
of
land­
based
engines
from
the
engine
family
sold
in
the
78
United
States,
as
follows:
(
i)
If
you
are
the
original
manufacturer
of
the
engine,
base
this
showing
on
your
sales
information.
(
ii)
In
all
other
cases,
you
must
get
the
original
manufacturer
of
the
engine
to
confirm
this
based
on
its
sales
information.
(
e)
Specific
requirements.
If
you
are
an
engine
manufacturer
or
boat
builder
using
this
exemption,
you
must
do
all
of
the
following:
(
1)
Make
sure
the
original
engine
label
will
remain
clearly
visible
after
installation
in
the
vessel.
This
label
or
a
supplemental
label
must
identify
that
the
original
certification
is
valid
for
marine
auxiliary
applications.
(
2)
Send
a
signed
letter
to
the
Designated
Officer
by
the
end
of
each
calendar
year
(
or
less
often
if
we
tell
you)
with
all
the
following
information:
(
i)
Identify
your
full
corporate
name,
address,
and
telephone
number.
(
ii)
List
the
engine
models
you
expect
to
produce
under
this
exemption
in
the
coming
year.
(
iii)
State:
"
We
produce
each
listed
engine
model
for
marine
application
without
making
any
changes
that
could
increase
its
certified
emission
levels,
as
described
in
40
CFR
94.907."
(
3)
If
you
are
the
certificate
holder,
you
must
describe
in
your
application
for
certification
how
you
plan
to
produce
engines
for
both
land­
based
and
auxiliary
marine
applications,
including
projected
sales
of
auxiliary
marine
engines
to
the
extent
this
can
be
determined.
If
the
projected
marine
sales
are
substantial,
we
may
ask
for
the
year­
end
report
of
production
volumes
to
include
actual
auxiliary
marine
engine
sales.
(
f)
Failure
to
comply.
If
your
engines
do
not
meet
the
criteria
listed
in
paragraph
(
d)
of
this
section,
they
will
be
subject
to
the
standards,
requirements,
and
prohibitions
of
this
part
94
and
the
certificate
issued
under
40
CFR
part
89
or
1039
will
not
be
deemed
to
also
be
a
certificate
issued
under
this
part
94.
Introducing
these
engines
into
commerce
without
a
valid
exemption
or
certificate
of
conformity
under
this
part
violates
the
prohibitions
in
40
CFR
94.1103(
a)(
1).
(
g)
Participation
in
averaging,
banking
and
trading.
Engines
using
this
exemption
may
not
generate
or
use
emission
credits
under
this
part
94.
These
engines
may
generate
credits
under
the
ABT
provisions
in
40
CFR
part
89
or
1039,
as
applicable.
These
engines
must
use
emission
credits
under
40
CFR
part
89
or
1039
as
applicable
if
they
are
certified
to
an
FEL
that
exceeds
an
applicable
standard.
(
h)
Operator
requirements.
The
requirements
for
vessel
manufacturers,
owners,
and
operators
in
subpart
K
of
this
part
apply
to
these
engines
whether
they
are
certified
under
this
part
94
or
another
part
as
allowed
by
this
section.

186.
A
new
§
94.913
is
added
to
subpart
J
to
read
as
follows:
§
94.913
Staged­
assembly
exemption.
You
may
ask
us
to
provide
a
temporary
exemption
to
allow
you
to
complete
production
of
your
engines
at
different
facilities,
as
long
as
you
maintain
control
of
the
engines
until
they
are
in
their
certified
configuration.
We
may
require
you
to
take
specific
steps
to
ensure
that
such
engines
are
in
their
certified
configuration
before
reaching
the
ultimate
purchaser.
You
may
request
an
exemption
under
this
section
in
your
application
for
certification,
or
in
a
separate
submission
to
79
the
Designated
Officer.

187.
Section
94.1004
is
amended
by
revising
paragraphs
(
b)
and
(
c)
introductory
text
to
read
as
follows:
§
94.1004
Maintenance,
repair,
adjustment,
and
recordkeeping.
*
*
*
*
*
(
b)
Unless
otherwise
approved
by
the
Administrator,
all
maintenance,
repair,
adjustment,
and
alteration
of
Category
3
engines
subject
to
the
provisions
of
this
part
performed
by
any
owner,
operator
or
other
maintenance
provider
that
is
not
covered
by
paragraph
(
a)
of
this
section
shall
be
performed,
using
good
engineering
judgment,
in
such
a
manner
that
the
engine
continues
(
after
the
maintenance,
repair,
adjustment
or
alteration)
to
meet
the
emission
standards
it
was
certified
as
meeting
prior
to
the
need
for
service.
Adjustments
are
limited
to
the
range
specified
by
the
engine
manufacturer
in
the
approved
application
for
certification.
(
c)
A
Category
3
engine
may
not
be
adjusted
or
altered
contrary
to
the
requirements
of
§
94.11
or
paragraph
(
b)
of
this
section,
except
as
allowed
by
§
94.1103(
b)(
2).
If
such
an
adjustment
or
alteration
occurs,
the
engine
must
be
returned
to
a
configuration
allowed
by
this
part
within
two
hours
of
operation.
Each
two­
hour
period
during
which
there
is
noncompliance
is
a
separate
violation.
The
following
provisions
apply
to
adjustments
or
alterations
made
under
§
94.1103(
b)(
2):
*
*
*
*
*

188.
Section
94.1103
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
b)(
3)
and
adding
paragraphs
(
a)(
8)
and
(
b)(
4)
to
read
as
follows:
§
94.1103
Prohibited
acts.
(
a)
The
following
acts
and
the
causing
thereof
are
prohibited:
*
*
*
(
8)
For
an
owner
or
operator
of
a
vessel
installing
a
replacement
engine
under
the
provisions
of
paragraph
(
b)(
4)
of
this
section
to
make
modifications
to
significantly
increase
the
value
of
the
vessel
within
six
months
after
installing
the
replacement
engine.
(
b)
*
*
*
(
3)
Where
the
Administrator
determines
that
no
engine
that
is
certified
to
the
requirements
of
this
part
is
produced
by
any
manufacturer
with
the
appropriate
physical
or
performance
characteristics
to
repower
a
vessel,
the
Administrator
may
allow
an
engine
manufacturer
to
introduce
into
commerce
a
replacement
engine
without
complying
with
all
of
the
otherwise
applicable
requirements
of
this
part.
Such
engine
shall
not
be
subject
to
the
prohibitions
of
paragraph
(
a)(
1)
of
this
section,
subject
to
all
the
following
provisions:
(
i)
The
engine
requiring
replacement
is
not
certified
or
is
certified
to
emission
standards
that
are
less
stringent
than
those
in
effect
when
the
replacement
engine
is
built.
(
ii)
The
engine
manufacturer
or
its
agent
takes
ownership
and
possession
of
the
engine
being
replaced
or
confirms
that
the
engine
has
been
destroyed.
(
iii)
If
the
engine
being
replaced
was
not
certified
to
any
emission
standards
under
this
part,
the
replacement
engine
must
have
a
permanent
label
with
your
corporate
name
and
trademark
and
the
following
language,
or
similar
alternate
language
80
approved
by
the
Administrator:
THIS
ENGINE
DOES
NOT
COMPLY
WITH
U.
S.
EPA
MARINE
EMISSION
REQUIREMENTS.
SELLING
OR
INSTALLING
THIS
ENGINE
FOR
ANY
PURPOSE
OTHER
THAN
TO
REPLACE
A
MARINE
ENGINE
BUILT
BEFORE
JANUARY
1,
[
Insert
appropriate
year
reflecting
when
the
earliest
tier
of
standards
began
to
apply
to
engines
of
that
size
and
type]
MAY
BE
A
VIOLATION
OF
FEDERAL
LAW
SUBJECT
TO
CIVIL
PENALTY.
(
iv)
If
the
engine
being
replaced
was
certified
to
emission
standards
less
stringent
than
those
in
effect
when
you
produce
the
replacement
engine,
the
replacement
engine
must
have
a
permanent
label
with
your
corporate
name
and
trademark
and
the
following
language,
or
similar
alternate
language
approved
by
the
Administrator:
THIS
ENGINE
COMPLIES
WITH
U.
S.
EPA
MARINE
EMISSION
REQUIREMENTS
FOR
[
Insert
appropriate
year
reflecting
when
the
Tier
1
or
Tier
2
standards
for
the
replaced
engine
began
to
apply]
ENGINES
UNDER
40
CFR
94.1103(
b)(
3).
SELLING
OR
INSTALLING
THIS
ENGINE
FOR
ANY
PURPOSE
OTHER
THAN
TO
REPLACE
A
MARINE
ENGINE
BUILT
BEFORE
JANUARY
1,
[
Insert
appropriate
year
reflecting
when
the
next
tier
of
emission
standards
began
to
apply]
MAY
BE
A
VIOLATION
OF
FEDERAL
LAW
SUBJECT
TO
CIVIL
PENALTY.
(
v)
Where
the
replacement
engine
is
intended
to
replace
an
engine
that
is
certified
to
emission
standards
that
are
less
stringent
than
those
in
effect
when
the
replacement
engine
is
built,
the
replacement
engine
shall
be
identical
in
all
material
respects
to
a
certified
configuration
of
the
same
or
later
model
year
as
the
engine
being
replaced.
(
vi)
Engines
sold
pursuant
to
the
provisions
of
this
paragraph
will
neither
generate
nor
use
emission
credits
and
will
not
be
part
of
any
accounting
under
the
averaging,
banking
and
trading
program.
(
vii)
In
cases
where
an
engine
is
to
be
imported
for
replacement
purposes
under
the
provisions
of
this
paragraph
(
b)(
3)
of
this
section,
the
term
"
engine
manufacturer"
shall
not
apply
to
an
individual
or
other
entity
that
does
not
possess
a
current
Certificate
of
Conformity
issued
by
EPA
under
this
part;
and
(
viii)
The
provisions
of
this
section
may
not
be
used
to
circumvent
emission
standards
that
apply
to
new
engines
under
this
part.
(
4)
An
engine
manufacturer
may
make
the
determination
related
to
replacement
engines
described
in
paragraph
(
b)(
3)
of
this
section
instead
of
the
Administrator,
if
the
new
engine
is
needed
to
replace
an
engine
that
has
experienced
catastrophic
failure.
The
engine
manufacturer
must
consider
whether
certified
engines
are
available
from
its
own
product
lineup
or
that
of
the
manufacturer
of
the
engine
being
replaced
(
if
different).
The
engine
manufacturer
must
keep
records
explaining
why
a
certified
engine
was
not
available
and
make
these
records
available
upon
request.
81
189.
Section
94.1106
is
amended
by
revising
the
introductory
text
and
paragraphs
(
a)(
1),
(
a)(
2
),
(
c)(
1),
and
(
d)
to
read
as
follows:
§
94.1106
Penalties.
This
section
specifies
actions
that
are
prohibited
and
the
maximum
civil
penalties
that
we
can
assess
for
each
violation.
The
maximum
penalty
values
listed
in
paragraphs
(
a)
and
(
c)
of
this
section
are
shown
for
calendar
year
2004.
As
described
in
paragraph
(
d)
of
this
section,
maximum
penalty
limits
for
later
years
are
set
forth
in
40
CFR
part
19.
(
a)
*
*
*
(
1)
A
person
who
violates
§
94.1103(
a)(
1),
(
a)(
4),
(
a)(
5),
(
a)(
6),
or
(
a)(
7)(
iv)
or
a
manufacturer
or
dealer
who
violates
§
94.1103(
a)(
3)(
i)
or
(
iii)
or
§
94.1103(
a)(
7)
is
subject
to
a
civil
penalty
of
not
more
than
$
32,500
for
each
violation.
(
2)
A
person
other
than
a
manufacturer
or
dealer
who
violates
§
94.1103(
a)(
3)
(
i)
or
(
iii)
or
§
94.1103(
a)(
7)
(
i),
(
ii),
or
(
iii)
or
any
person
who
violates
§
94.1103(
a)(
3)(
ii)
is
subject
to
a
civil
penalty
of
not
more
than
$
2,750
for
each
violation.
*
*
*
*
*
(
c)
*
*
*
(
1)
Administrative
penalty
authority.
Subject
to
42
U.
S.
C.
7524(
c),
in
lieu
of
commencing
a
civil
action
under
paragraph
(
b)
of
this
section,
the
Administrator
may
assess
any
civil
penalty
prescribed
in
paragraph
(
a)
of
this
section,
except
that
the
maximum
amount
of
penalty
sought
against
each
violator
in
a
penalty
assessment
proceeding
shall
not
exceed
$
270,000,
unless
the
Administrator
and
the
Attorney
General
jointly
determine
that
a
matter
involving
a
larger
penalty
amount
is
appropriate
for
administrative
penalty
assessment.
Any
such
determination
by
the
Administrator
and
the
Attorney
General
is
not
subject
to
judicial
review.
Assessment
of
a
civil
penalty
shall
be
by
an
order
made
on
the
record
after
opportunity
for
a
hearing
held
in
accordance
with
the
procedures
found
at
part
22
of
this
chapter.
The
Administrator
may
compromise,
or
remit,
with
or
without
conditions,
any
administrative
penalty
which
may
be
imposed
under
this
section.
*
*
*
*
*
(
d)
The
maximum
penalty
values
listed
in
paragraphs
(
a)
and
(
c)
of
this
section
are
shown
for
calendar
year
2004.
Maximum
penalty
limits
for
later
years
may
be
adjusted
based
on
the
Consumer
Price
Index.
The
specific
regulatory
provisions
for
changing
the
maximum
penalties,
published
in
40
CFR
part
19,
reference
the
applicable
U.
S.
Code
citation
on
which
the
prohibited
action
is
based.

PART
1039
 
CONTROL
OF
EMISSIONS
FROM
NEW
AND
IN­
USE
NONROAD
COMPRESSION­
IGNITION
ENGINES
190.
The
authority
citation
for
part
1039
is
revised
to
read
as
follows:
Authority:
42
U.
S.
C.
7401
­
7671q.

191.
Section
1039.1
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
c)
to
read
as
follows:
§
1039.1
Does
this
part
apply
for
my
engines?
*
*
*
*
*
82
(
c)
The
definition
of
nonroad
engine
in
40
CFR
1068.30
excludes
certain
engines
used
in
stationary
applications.
These
engines
are
not
required
to
comply
with
this
part,
except
for
the
requirements
in
§
1039.20.
In
addition,
if
these
engines
are
uncertified,
the
prohibitions
in
40
CFR
1068.101
restrict
their
use
as
nonroad
engines.
*
*
*
*
*

192.
Section
1039.5
is
amended
by
revising
paragraphs
(
b)(
1)(
iii)
and
(
b)(
2)
to
read
as
follows:
§
1039.5
Which
engines
are
excluded
from
this
part's
requirements?
*
*
*
*
*
(
b)
Marine
engines.
(
1)
*
*
*
(
iii)
Engines
that
are
exempt
from
the
standards
of
40
CFR
part
94
pursuant
to
the
provisions
of
40
CFR
part
94
(
except
for
the
provisions
of
40
CFR
94.907
or
94.912).
For
example,
an
engine
that
is
exempt
under
40
CFR
94.906
because
it
is
a
manufacturer­
owned
engine
is
not
subject
to
the
provisions
of
this
part
1039.
*
*
*
*
*
(
2)
Marine
engines
are
subject
to
the
provisions
of
this
part
1039
if
they
are
exempt
from
40
CFR
part
94
based
on
the
engine­
dressing
provisions
of
40
CFR
94.907
or
the
common­
family
provisions
of
40
CFR
94.912.
*
*
*
*
*

193.
Section
1039.10
is
amended
by
revising
the
introductory
text
to
read
as
follows:
§
1039.10
How
is
this
part
organized?
The
regulations
in
this
part
1039
contain
provisions
that
affect
both
engine
manufacturers
and
others.
However,
the
requirements
of
this
part
are
generally
addressed
to
the
engine
manufacturer.
The
term
"
you"
generally
means
the
engine
manufacturer,
as
defined
in
§
1039.801.
This
part
1039
is
divided
into
the
following
subparts:
*
*
*
*
*

194.
Section
1039.101
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
g)(
2)
to
read
as
follows:
§
1039.101
What
exhaust
emission
standards
must
my
engines
meet
after
the
2014
model
year?
*
*
*
*
*
(
g)
*
*
*
(
2)
You
may
request
in
your
application
for
certification
that
we
approve
a
shorter
useful
life
for
an
engine
family.
We
may
approve
a
shorter
useful
life,
in
hours
of
engine
operation
but
not
in
years,
if
we
determine
that
these
engines
will
rarely
operate
longer
than
the
shorter
useful
life.
If
engines
identical
to
those
in
the
engine
family
have
already
been
produced
and
are
in
use,
your
demonstration
must
include
documentation
from
such
in­
use
engines.
In
other
cases,
your
demonstration
must
include
an
engineering
analysis
of
information
equivalent
to
such
in­
use
data,
such
as
data
from
research
engines
or
similar
engine
models
that
are
already
in
production.
Your
demonstration
must
also
include
any
83
overhaul
interval
that
you
recommend,
any
mechanical
warranty
that
you
offer
for
the
engine
or
its
components,
and
any
relevant
customer
design
specifications.
Your
demonstration
may
include
any
other
relevant
information.
The
useful
life
value
may
not
be
shorter
than
any
of
the
following:
(
i)
1,000
hours
of
operation.
(
ii)
Your
recommended
overhaul
interval.
(
iii)
Your
mechanical
warranty
for
the
engine.
*
*
*
*
*

195.
Section
1039.104
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
a)(
4)(
iii)
to
read
as
follows:
§
1039.104
Are
there
interim
provisions
that
apply
only
for
a
limited
time?
*
*
*
*
*
(
a)
*
*
*
(
4)
*
*
*
(
iii)
All
other
offset­
using
engines
must
meet
the
standards
and
other
provisions
that
apply
in
model
year
2011
for
engines
in
the
19­
130
kW
power
categories,
in
model
year
2010
for
engines
in
the
130­
560
kW
power
category,
or
in
model
year
2014
for
engines
above
560
kW.
Show
that
engines
meet
these
emission
standards
by
meeting
all
the
requirements
of
§
1068.265.
You
must
meet
the
labeling
requirements
in
§
1039.135,
but
add
the
following
statement
instead
of
the
compliance
statement
in
§
1039.135(
c)(
12):
"
THIS
ENGINE
MEETS
U.
S.
EPA
EMISSION
STANDARDS
UNDER
40
CFR
1039.104(
a)."
For
power
categories
with
a
percentage
phase­
in,
these
engines
should
be
treated
as
phase­
in
engines
for
purposes
of
determining
compliance
with
phase­
in
requirements.
*
*
*
*
*

196.
Section
1039.120
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
b)
before
the
table
to
read
as
follows:
§
1039.120
What
emission­
related
warranty
requirements
apply
to
me?
*
*
*
*
*
(
b)
Warranty
period.
Your
emission­
related
warranty
must
be
valid
for
at
least
as
long
as
the
minimum
warranty
periods
listed
in
this
paragraph
(
b)
in
hours
of
operation
and
years,
whichever
comes
first.
You
may
offer
an
emission­
related
warranty
more
generous
than
we
require.
The
emission­
related
warranty
for
the
engine
may
not
be
shorter
than
any
published
warranty
you
offer
without
charge
for
the
engine.
Similarly,
the
emission­
related
warranty
for
any
component
may
not
be
shorter
than
any
published
warranty
you
offer
without
charge
for
that
component.
If
an
engine
has
no
hour
meter,
we
base
the
warranty
periods
in
this
paragraph
(
b)
only
on
the
engine's
age
(
in
years).
The
warranty
period
begins
when
the
engine
is
placed
into
service.
The
minimum
warranty
periods
are
shown
in
the
following
table:
*
*
*
*
*

197.
Section
1039.125
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
g)
introductory
text
to
read
as
follows:
§
1039.125
What
maintenance
instructions
must
I
give
to
buyers?
84
*
*
*
*
*
(
g)
Payment
for
scheduled
maintenance.
Owners
are
responsible
for
properly
maintaining
their
engines.
This
generally
includes
paying
for
scheduled
maintenance.
However,
manufacturers
must
pay
for
scheduled
maintenance
during
the
useful
life
if
it
meets
all
the
following
criteria:
*
*
*
*
*

198.
Section
1039.130
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
b)(
3)
to
read
as
follows:
§
1039.130
What
installation
instructions
must
I
give
to
equipment
manufacturers?
*
*
*
*
*
(
b)
*
*
*
(
3)
Describe
the
instructions
needed
to
properly
install
the
exhaust
system
and
any
other
components.
Include
instructions
consistent
with
the
requirements
of
§
1039.205(
u).
*
*
*
*
*

199.
Section
1039.225
is
amended
by
revising
the
section
heading
and
adding
paragraphs
(
a)(
3)
and
(
f)
to
read
as
follows:
§
1039.225
How
do
I
amend
my
application
for
certification
to
include
new
or
modified
engines
or
to
change
an
FEL?
*
*
*
*
*
(
a)
*
*
*
(
3)
Modify
an
FEL
for
an
engine
family,
as
described
in
paragraph
(
f)
of
this
section.
*
*
*
*
*
(
f)
You
may
ask
to
change
your
FEL
in
the
following
cases:
(
1)
You
may
ask
to
raise
your
FEL
after
the
start
of
production.
You
may
not
apply
the
higher
FEL
to
engines
you
have
already
introduced
into
commerce.
Use
the
appropriate
FELs
with
corresponding
sales
volumes
to
calculate
your
average
emission
level,
as
described
in
subpart
H
of
this
part.
In
your
request,
you
must
demonstrate
that
you
will
still
be
able
to
comply
with
the
applicable
average
emission
standards
as
specified
in
subparts
B
and
H
of
this
part.
(
2)
You
may
ask
to
lower
the
FEL
for
your
engine
family
after
the
start
of
production
only
when
you
have
test
data
from
production
engines
indicating
that
your
engines
comply
with
the
lower
FEL.
You
may
create
a
separate
subfamily
with
the
lower
FEL.
Otherwise,
you
must
use
the
higher
FEL
for
the
family
to
calculate
your
average
emission
level
under
subpart
H
of
this
part.
(
3)
If
you
change
the
FEL
during
production,
you
must
include
the
new
FEL
on
the
emission
control
information
label
for
all
engines
produced
after
the
change.

200.
Section
1039.240
is
amended
by
revising
paragraphs
(
a)
and
(
b)
to
read
as
follows:
§
1039.240
How
do
I
demonstrate
that
my
engine
family
complies
with
exhaust
emission
standards?
(
a)
For
purposes
of
certification,
your
engine
family
is
considered
in
compliance
with
the
applicable
numerical
emission
standards
in
§
1039.101(
a)
and
(
b),
§
1039.102(
a)
and
(
b),
85
§
1039.104,
and
§
1039.105
if
all
emission­
data
engines
representing
that
family
have
test
results
showing
deteriorated
emission
levels
at
or
below
these
standards.
(
Note:
if
you
participate
in
the
ABT
program
in
subpart
H
of
this
part,
your
FELs
are
considered
to
be
the
applicable
emission
standards
with
which
you
must
comply.)
(
b)
Your
engine
family
is
deemed
not
to
comply
if
any
emission­
data
engine
representing
that
family
has
test
results
showing
a
deteriorated
emission
level
above
an
applicable
FEL
or
emission
standard
from
§
1039.101,
§
1039.102,
§
1039.104,
or
§
1039.105
for
any
pollutant.
*
*
*
*
*

201.
Section
1039.260
is
removed.

202.
Section
1039.501
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
a)
to
read
as
follows:
§
1039.501
How
do
I
run
a
valid
emission
test?
(
a)
Use
the
equipment
and
procedures
for
compression­
ignition
engines
in
40
CFR
part
1065
to
determine
whether
engines
meet
the
duty­
cycle
emission
standards
in
§
1039.101(
a)
and
(
b).
Measure
the
emissions
of
all
the
pollutants
we
regulate
in
§
1039.101
as
specified
in
40
CFR
part
1065.
Use
the
applicable
duty
cycles
specified
in
§
§
1039.505
and
1039.510.
*
*
*
*
*

203.
Section
1039.510
is
amended
by
removing
paragraphs
(
c)
and
(
d).

204.
Section
1039.605
is
amended
by
revising
the
section
heading
and
adding
paragraph
(
g)
to
read
as
follows:
§
1039.605
What
provisions
apply
to
engines
certified
under
the
motor­
vehicle
program?
*
*
*
*
*
(
g)
Participation
in
averaging,
banking
and
trading.
Engines
adapted
for
nonroad
use
under
this
section
may
not
generate
or
use
emission
credits
under
this
part
1039.
These
engines
may
generate
credits
under
the
ABT
provisions
in
40
CFR
part
86.
These
engines
must
use
emission
credits
under
40
CFR
part
86
if
they
are
certified
to
an
FEL
that
exceeds
an
applicable
standard
under
40
CFR
part
86.

205.
Section
1039.610
is
amended
by
revising
the
section
heading
and
adding
paragraph
(
g)
to
read
as
follows:
§
1039.610
What
provisions
apply
to
vehicles
certified
under
the
motor­
vehicle
program?
*
*
*
*
*
(
g)
Participation
in
averaging,
banking
and
trading.
Vehicles
adapted
for
nonroad
use
under
this
section
may
not
generate
or
use
emission
credits
under
this
part
1039.
These
vehicles
may
generate
credits
under
the
ABT
provisions
in
40
CFR
part
86.
These
vehicles
must
be
included
in
the
calculation
of
the
applicable
fleet
average
in
40
CFR
part
86.
86
206.
Section
1039.625
is
amended
by
revising
the
last
entry
in
Table
1
and
paragraph
(
j)
to
read
as
follows:
§
1039.625
What
requirements
apply
under
the
program
for
equipment­
manufacturer
flexibility?
*
*
*
*
*
(
a)
*
*
*
(
1)
*
*
*

Table
1
of
§
1039.625
 
General
availability
of
allowances
Power
Category
Calendar
Years
*
*
*
*
*
*
*

kW
>
560
2011
­
2017
*
*
*
*
*
(
j)
Provisions
for
engine
manufacturers.
As
an
engine
manufacturer,
you
may
produce
exempted
engines
as
needed
under
this
section.
You
do
not
have
to
request
this
exemption
for
your
engines,
but
you
must
have
written
assurance
from
equipment
manufacturers
that
they
need
a
certain
number
of
exempted
engines
under
this
section.
Send
us
an
annual
report
of
the
engines
you
produce
under
this
section,
as
described
in
§
1039.250(
a).
For
engines
produced
under
the
provisions
of
paragraph
(
a)(
2)
of
this
section,
you
must
certify
the
engines
under
this
part
1039.
For
all
other
exempt
engines,
the
engines
must
meet
the
emission
standards
in
paragraph
(
e)
of
this
section
and
you
must
meet
all
the
requirements
of
§
1068.265.
If
you
show
under
§
1068.265(
c)
that
the
engines
are
identical
in
all
material
respects
to
engines
that
you
have
previously
certified
to
one
or
more
FELs
above
the
standards
specified
in
paragraph
(
e)
of
this
section,
you
must
supply
sufficient
credits
for
these
engines.
Calculate
these
credits
under
subpart
H
of
this
part
using
the
previously
certified
FELs
and
the
alternate
standards.
You
must
meet
the
labeling
requirements
in
40
CFR
89.110,
but
add
the
following
statement
instead
of
the
compliance
statement
in
40
CFR
89.110(
b)(
10):
THIS
ENGINE
MEETS
U.
S.
EPA
EMISSION
STANDARDS
UNDER
40
CFR
1039.625.
SELLING
OR
INSTALLING
THIS
ENGINE
FOR
ANY
PURPOSE
OTHER
THAN
FOR
THE
EQUIPMENT
FLEXIBILITY
PROVISIONS
OF
40
CFR
1039.625
MAY
BE
A
VIOLATION
OF
FEDERAL
LAW
SUBJECT
TO
CIVIL
PENALTY.
*
*
*
*
*

207.
Section
1039.655
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
a)(
3)
to
read
as
follows:
§
1039.655
What
special
provisions
apply
to
engines
sold
in
Guam,
American
Samoa,
or
the
Commonwealth
of
the
Northern
Mariana
Islands?
(
a)
*
*
*
(
3)
You
meet
all
the
requirements
of
§
1068.265.
*
*
*
*
*
87
208.
Section
1039.740
amended
by
adding
paragraph
(
b)(
4)
to
read
as
follows:
§
1039.740
What
restrictions
apply
for
using
emission
credits?
*
*
*
*
*
(
b)
*
*
*
(
4)
If
the
maximum
power
of
an
engine
generating
credits
under
the
Tier
2
standards
in
40
CFR
part
89
is
at
or
above
37
kW
and
below
75
kW,
you
may
use
those
credits
for
certifying
engines
under
the
Option
#
1
standards
in
§
1039.102.
*
*
*
*
*

209.
Section
1039.801
is
amended
by
revising
the
definitions
for
Aftertreatment,
Brake
power,
Constant­
speed
operation,
Exempted,
Good
engineering
judgment,
Marine
engine,
Marine
vessel,
Maximum
test
speed,
Motor
vehicle,
Revoke,
Suspend,
United
States,
and
Void
and
adding
a
definition
for
Amphibious
vehicle
to
read
as
follows:
§
1039.801
What
definitions
apply
to
this
part?
*
*
*
*
*
Aftertreatment
means
relating
to
a
catalytic
converter,
particulate
filter,
or
any
other
system,
component,
or
technology
mounted
downstream
of
the
exhaust
valve
(
or
exhaust
port)
whose
design
function
is
to
decrease
emissions
in
the
engine
exhaust
before
it
is
exhausted
to
the
environment.
Exhaust­
gas
recirculation
(
EGR)
and
turbochargers
are
not
aftertreatment.
*
*
*
*
*
Amphibious
vehicle
means
a
vehicle
with
wheels
or
tracks
that
is
designed
primarily
for
operation
on
land
and
secondarily
for
operation
in
water.
*
*
*
*
*
Brake
power
means
the
usable
power
output
of
the
engine,
not
including
power
required
to
fuel,
lubricate,
or
heat
the
engine,
circulate
coolant
to
the
engine,
or
to
operate
aftertreatment
devices.
*
*
*
*
*
Constant­
speed
operation
means
engine
operation
with
a
governor
that
controls
the
operator
input
to
maintain
an
engine
at
a
reference
speed,
even
under
changing
load.
For
example,
an
isochronous
governor
changes
reference
speed
temporarily
during
a
load
change,
then
returns
the
engine
to
its
original
reference
speed
after
the
engine
stabilizes.
Isochronous
governors
typically
allow
speed
changes
up
to
1.0
%.
Another
example
is
a
speed­
droop
governor,
which
has
a
fixed
reference
speed
at
zero
load
and
allows
the
reference
speed
to
decrease
as
load
increases.
With
speed­
droop
governors,
speed
typically
decreases
(
3
to
10)
%
below
the
reference
speed
at
zero
load,
such
that
the
minimum
reference
speed
occurs
near
the
engine's
point
of
maximum
power.
*
*
*
*
*
Exempted
has
the
meaning
we
give
in
40
CFR
1068.30.
*
*
*
*
*
Good
engineering
judgment
has
the
meaning
we
give
in
40
CFR
1068.30.
See
40
CFR
1068.5
for
the
administrative
process
we
use
to
evaluate
good
engineering
judgment.
*
*
*
*
*
Marine
engine
means
a
nonroad
engine
that
is
installed
or
intended
to
be
installed
on
a
marine
vessel.
This
includes
a
portable
auxiliary
marine
engine
only
if
its
fueling,
cooling,
or
88
exhaust
system
is
an
integral
part
of
the
vessel.
There
are
two
kinds
of
marine
engines:
(
1)
Propulsion
marine
engine
means
a
marine
engine
that
moves
a
vessel
through
the
water
or
directs
the
vessel's
movement.
(
2)
Auxiliary
marine
engine
means
a
marine
engine
not
used
for
propulsion.
Marine
vessel
has
the
meaning
given
in
1
U.
S.
C.
3,
except
that
it
does
not
include
amphibious
vehicles.
The
definition
in
1
U.
S.
C.
3
very
broadly
includes
every
craft
capable
of
being
used
as
a
means
of
transportation
on
water.
*
*
*
*
*
Maximum
test
speed
has
the
meaning
we
give
in
40
CFR
1065.1001.
*
*
*
*
*
Motor
vehicle
has
the
meaning
we
give
in
40
CFR
85.1703(
a).
*
*
*
*
*
Revoke
has
the
meaning
we
give
in
40
CFR
1068.30.
*
*
*
*
*
Suspend
has
the
meaning
we
give
in
40
CFR
1068.30.
*
*
*
*
*
United
States
has
the
meaning
we
give
in
40
CFR
1068.30.
*
*
*
*
*
Void
has
the
meaning
we
give
in
40
CFR
1068.30.
*
*
*
*
*

210.
Appendix
VI
to
part
1039
is
amended
in
the
table
by
adding
a
footnote
to
read
as
follows:
Appendix
VI
to
Part
1039
 
Nonroad
Compression­
ignition
Composite
Transient
Cycle
Time(
s)
Normalized
speed
(
percent)
Normalized
torque
(
percent)
1
*
*
*
*
*
*
*

1
The
percent
torque
is
relative
to
maximum
torque
at
the
commanded
engine
speed..

PART
1048
 
CONTROL
OF
EMISSIONS
FROM
NEW,
LARGE
NONROAD
SPARKIGNITION
ENGINES
211.
The
authority
citation
for
part
1048
is
revised
to
read
as
follows:
Authority:
42
U.
S.
C.
7401
­
7671q.

212.
The
heading
for
subpart
A
is
revised
to
read
as
follows:
Subpart
A
 
Overview
and
Applicability
213.
Section
1048.1
is
revised
to
read
as
follows:
§
1048.1
Does
this
part
apply
to
me?
(
a)
The
regulations
in
this
part
1048
apply
for
all
new,
spark­
ignition
nonroad
engines
(
defined
in
§
1048.801)
with
maximum
engine
power
above
19
kW,
except
as
provided
in
§
1048.5.
89
(
b)
This
part
1048
applies
for
engines
built
on
or
after
January
1,
2004.
You
need
not
follow
this
part
for
engines
you
produce
before
January
1,
2004.
See
§
§
1048.101
through
1048.115,
§
1048.145,
and
the
definition
of
model
year
in
§
1048.801
for
more
information
about
the
timing
of
new
requirements.
(
c)
The
definition
of
nonroad
engine
in
40
CFR
1068.30
excludes
certain
engines
used
in
stationary
applications.
These
engines
are
not
required
to
comply
with
this
part,
except
for
the
requirements
in
§
1048.20.
In
addition,
if
these
engines
are
uncertified,
the
prohibitions
in
40
CFR
1068.101
restrict
their
use
as
nonroad
engines.
(
d)
In
certain
cases,
the
regulations
in
this
part
1048
apply
to
engines
with
maximum
engine
power
at
or
below
19
kW
that
would
otherwise
be
covered
by
40
CFR
part
90.
See
40
CFR
90.913
for
provisions
related
to
this
allowance.

214.
Section
1048.5
is
revised
to
read
as
follows:
§
1048.5
Which
engines
are
excluded
from
this
part's
requirements?
This
part
does
not
apply
to
the
following
nonroad
engines:
(
a)
Engines
that
are
certified
to
meet
the
requirements
of
40
CFR
part
1051,
or
are
otherwise
subject
to
40
CFR
part
1051
(
for
example,
engines
used
in
snowmobiles
and
all­
terrain
vehicles).
(
b)
Propulsion
marine
engines.
See
40
CFR
part
91.
This
part
applies
with
respect
to
auxiliary
marine
engines.

215.
Section
1048.10
is
revised
to
read
as
follows:
§
1048.10
How
is
this
part
organized?
The
regulations
in
this
part
1048
contain
provisions
that
affect
both
engine
manufacturers
and
others.
However,
the
requirements
of
this
part
are
generally
addressed
to
the
engine
manufacturer.
The
term
"
you"
generally
means
the
engine
manufacturer,
as
defined
in
§
1048.801.
This
part
1048
is
divided
into
the
following
subparts:
(
a)
Subpart
A
of
this
part
defines
the
applicability
of
part
1048
and
gives
an
overview
of
regulatory
requirements.
(
b)
Subpart
B
of
this
part
describes
the
emission
standards
and
other
requirements
that
must
be
met
to
certify
engines
under
this
part.
Note
that
§
1048.145
discusses
certain
interim
requirements
and
compliance
provisions
that
apply
only
for
a
limited
time.
(
c)
Subpart
C
of
this
part
describes
how
to
apply
for
a
certificate
of
conformity.
(
d)
Subpart
D
of
this
part
describes
general
provisions
for
testing
production­
line
engines.
(
e)
Subpart
E
of
this
part
describes
general
provisions
for
testing
in­
use
engines.
(
f)
Subpart
F
of
this
part
describes
how
to
test
your
engines
(
including
references
to
other
parts
of
the
Code
of
Federal
Regulations).
(
g)
Subpart
G
of
this
part
and
40
CFR
part
1068
describe
requirements,
prohibitions,
and
other
provisions
that
apply
to
engine
manufacturers,
equipment
manufacturers,
owners,
operators,
rebuilders,
and
all
others.
(
h)
[
Reserved]
(
i)
Subpart
I
of
this
part
contains
definitions
and
other
reference
information.
90
216.
Section
1048.15
is
revised
to
read
as
follows:
§
1048.15
Do
any
other
regulation
parts
affect
me?
(
a)
Part
1065
of
this
chapter
describes
procedures
and
equipment
specifications
for
testing
engines.
Subpart
F
of
this
part
1048
describes
how
to
apply
the
provisions
of
part
1065
of
this
chapter
to
determine
whether
engines
meet
the
emission
standards
in
this
part.
(
b)
The
requirements
and
prohibitions
of
part
1068
of
this
chapter
apply
to
everyone,
including
anyone
who
manufactures,
imports,
installs,
owns,
operates,
or
rebuilds
any
of
the
engines
subject
to
this
part
1048,
or
equipment
containing
these
engines.
Part
1068
of
this
chapter
describes
general
provisions,
including
these
seven
areas:
(
1)
Prohibited
acts
and
penalties
for
engine
manufacturers,
equipment
manufacturers,
and
others.
(
2)
Rebuilding
and
other
aftermarket
changes.
(
3)
Exclusions
and
exemptions
for
certain
engines.
(
4)
Importing
engines.
(
5)
Selective
enforcement
audits
of
your
production.
(
6)
Defect
reporting
and
recall.
(
7)
Procedures
for
hearings.
(
c)
Other
parts
of
this
chapter
apply
if
referenced
in
this
part.

217.
Section
1048.20
is
revised
to
read
as
follows:
§
1048.20
What
requirements
from
this
part
apply
to
excluded
stationary
engines?
(
a)
You
must
add
a
permanent
label
or
tag
to
each
new
engine
you
produce
or
import
that
is
excluded
under
§
1048.1(
c)
as
a
stationary
engine.
To
meet
labeling
requirements,
you
must
do
the
following
things:
(
1)
Attach
the
label
or
tag
in
one
piece
so
no
one
can
remove
it
without
destroying
or
defacing
it.
(
2)
Secure
it
to
a
part
of
the
engine
needed
for
normal
operation
and
not
normally
requiring
replacement.
(
3)
Make
sure
it
is
durable
and
readable
for
the
engine's
entire
life.
(
4)
Write
it
in
English.
(
5)
Follow
the
requirements
in
§
1048.135(
g)
regarding
duplicate
labels
if
the
engine
label
is
obscured
in
the
final
installation.
(
b)
Engine
labels
or
tags
required
under
this
section
must
have
the
following
information:
(
1)
Include
the
heading
"
EMISSION
CONTROL
INFORMATION".
(
2)
Include
your
full
corporate
name
and
trademark.
You
may
instead
include
the
full
corporate
name
and
trademark
of
another
company
you
choose
to
designate.
(
3)
State
the
engine
displacement
(
in
liters)
and
maximum
engine
power.
(
4)
State:
"
THIS
ENGINE
IS
EXCLUDED
FROM
THE
REQUIREMENTS
OF
40
CFR
PART
1048
AS
A
"
STATIONARY
ENGINE."
INSTALLING
OR
USING
THIS
ENGINE
IN
ANY
OTHER
APPLICATION
MAY
BE
A
VIOLATION
OF
FEDERAL
LAW
SUBJECT
TO
CIVIL
PENALTY.".

218.
Section
1048.101
is
amended
by
revising
the
introductory
text
and
paragraphs
(
a),
(
b),
(
c),
91
(
e),
(
g),
and
(
h)
to
read
as
follows:
§
1048.101
What
exhaust
emission
standards
must
my
engines
meet?
The
exhaust
emission
standards
of
this
section
apply
by
model
year.
You
may
certify
engines
earlier
than
we
require.
The
Tier
1
standards
apply
only
to
steady­
state
testing,
as
described
in
paragraph
(
b)
of
this
section.
The
Tier
2
standards
apply
to
steady­
state,
transient,
and
field
testing,
as
described
in
paragraphs
(
a),
(
b),
and
(
c)
of
this
section.
(
a)
Emission
standards
for
transient
testing.
Starting
in
the
2007
model
year,
transient
exhaust
emissions
from
your
engines
may
not
exceed
the
Tier
2
emission
standards,
as
follows:
(
1)
Measure
emissions
using
the
applicable
transient
test
procedures
described
in
subpart
F
of
this
part.
(
2)
The
Tier
2
HC+
NOx
standard
is
2.7
g/
kW­
hr
and
the
Tier
2
CO
standard
is
4.4
g/
kWhr
For
severe­
duty
engines,
the
Tier
2
HC+
NOx
standard
is
2.7
g/
kW­
hr
and
the
Tier
2
CO
standard
is
130.0
g/
kW­
hr.
The
following
engines
are
not
subject
to
the
transient
standards
in
this
paragraph
(
a):
(
i)
High­
load
engines.
(
ii)
Engines
with
maximum
engine
power
above
560
kW.
(
iii)
Engines
with
maximum
test
speed
above
3400
rpm.
(
3)
You
may
optionally
certify
your
engines
according
to
the
following
formula
instead
of
the
standards
in
paragraph
(
a)(
1)
of
this
section:
(
HC+
NOx)
×
CO0.784<
8.57.
The
HC+
NOx
and
CO
emission
levels
you
select
to
satisfy
this
formula,
rounded
to
the
nearest
0.1
g/
kW­
hr,
become
the
emission
standards
that
apply
for
those
engines.
You
may
not
select
an
HC+
NOx
emission
standard
higher
than
2.7
g/
kW­
hr
or
a
CO
emission
standard
higher
than
20.6
g/
kW­
hr.
The
following
table
illustrates
a
range
of
possible
values
under
this
paragraph
(
a)(
3):

Table
1
of
§
1048.101
 
Examples
of
Possible
Tier
2
Duty­
cycle
Emission
Standards
HC+
NOx
(
g/
kW­
hr)
CO
(
g/
kW­
hr)

2.7
4.4
2.2
5.6
1.7
7.9
1.3
11.1
1.0
15.5
0.8
20.6
(
b)
Standards
for
steady­
state
testing.
Except
as
we
allow
in
paragraph
(
d)
of
this
section,
steadystate
exhaust
emissions
from
your
engines
may
not
exceed
emission
standards,
as
follows:
(
1)
Measure
emissions
using
the
applicable
steady­
state
test
procedures
described
in
subpart
F
of
this
part:
(
2)
The
following
table
shows
the
Tier
1
exhaust
emission
standards
that
apply
to
engines
92
from
2004
through
2006
model
years:

Table
2
of
§
1048.101
 
Tier
1
Emission
Standards
(
g/
kW­
hr)

Testing
General
emission
standards
Alternate
emission
standards
for
severe­
duty
engines
HC+
NOx
CO
HC+
NOx
CO
Certification
and
production­
line
testing
4.0
50.0
4.0
130.0
In­
use
testing
5.4
50.0
5.4
130.0
(
3)
Starting
in
the
2007
model
year,
steady­
state
exhaust
emissions
from
your
engines
may
not
exceed
the
numerical
emission
standards
in
paragraph
(
a)
of
this
section.
See
paragraph
(
d)
of
this
section
for
alternate
standards
that
apply
for
certain
engines.
(
c)
Standards
for
field
testing.
Starting
in
2007,
exhaust
emissions
may
not
exceed
field­
testing
standards,
as
follows:
(
1)
Measure
emissions
using
the
field­
testing
procedures
in
subpart
F
of
this
part:
(
2)
The
HC+
NOx
standard
is
3.8
g/
kW­
hr
and
the
CO
standard
is
6.5
g/
kW­
hr.
For
severe­
duty
engines,
the
HC+
NOx
standard
is
3.8
g/
kW­
hr
and
the
CO
standard
is
200.0
g/
kW­
hr.
For
natural
gas­
fueled
engines,
you
are
not
required
to
measure
nonmethane
hydrocarbon
emissions
or
total
hydrocarbon
emissions
for
testing
to
show
that
the
engine
meets
the
emission
standards
of
this
paragraph
(
c);
that
is,
you
may
assume
HC
emissions
are
equal
to
zero.
(
3)
You
may
apply
the
following
formula
to
determine
alternate
emission
standards
that
apply
to
your
engines
instead
of
the
standards
in
paragraph
(
c)(
1)
of
this
section:
(
HC+
NOx)
×
CO0.791
<
16.78.
HC+
NOx
emission
levels
may
not
exceed
3.8
g/
kW­
hr
and
CO
emission
levels
may
not
exceed
31.0
g/
kW­
hr.
The
following
table
illustrates
a
range
of
possible
values
under
this
paragraph
(
c)(
2):
93
Table
3
of
§
1048.101
 
Examples
of
Possible
Tier
2
Field­
testing
Emission
Standards
HC+
NOx
(
g/
kW­
hr)
CO
(
g/
kW­
hr)

3.8
6.5
3.1
8.5
2.4
11.7
1.8
16.8
1.4
23.1
1.1
31.0
*
*
*
*
*
(
e)
Fuel
types.
The
exhaust
emission
standards
in
this
section
apply
for
engines
using
each
type
of
fuel
specified
in
40
CFR
part
1065,
subpart
H,
on
which
the
engines
in
the
engine
family
are
designed
to
operate,
except
for
engines
certified
under
§
1048.625.
For
engines
certified
under
§
1048.625,
the
standards
of
this
section
apply
to
emissions
measured
using
the
specified
test
fuel.
You
must
meet
the
numerical
emission
standards
for
hydrocarbons
in
this
section
based
on
the
following
types
of
hydrocarbon
emissions
for
engines
powered
by
the
following
fuels:
(
1)
Gasoline­
and
LPG­
fueled
engines:
THC
emissions.
(
2)
Natural
gas­
fueled
engines:
NMHC
emissions.
(
3)
Alcohol­
fueled
engines:
THCE
emissions.
*
*
*
*
*
(
g)
Useful
life.
Your
engines
must
meet
the
exhaust
emission
standards
in
paragraphs
(
a)
through
(
c)
of
this
section
over
their
full
useful
life.
For
severe­
duty
engines,
the
minimum
useful
life
is
1,500
hours
of
operation
or
seven
years,
whichever
comes
first.
For
all
other
engines,
the
minimum
useful
life
is
5,000
hours
of
operation
or
seven
years,
whichever
comes
first.
(
1)
Specify
a
longer
useful
life
in
hours
for
an
engine
family
under
either
of
two
conditions:
(
i)
If
you
design,
advertise,
or
market
your
engine
to
operate
longer
than
the
minimum
useful
life
(
your
recommended
hours
until
rebuild
may
indicate
a
longer
design
life).
(
ii)
If
your
basic
mechanical
warranty
is
longer
than
the
minimum
useful
life.
(
2)
You
may
request
in
your
application
for
certification
that
we
approve
a
shorter
useful
life
for
an
engine
family.
We
may
approve
a
shorter
useful
life,
in
hours
of
engine
operation
but
not
in
years,
if
we
determine
that
these
engines
will
rarely
operate
longer
than
the
shorter
useful
life.
If
engines
identical
to
those
in
the
engine
family
have
already
been
produced
and
are
in
use,
your
demonstration
must
include
documentation
from
such
in­
use
engines.
In
other
cases,
your
demonstration
must
include
an
engineering
analysis
of
information
equivalent
to
such
in­
use
data,
such
as
data
from
research
engines
or
similar
engine
models
that
are
already
in
production.
Your
demonstration
must
also
include
any
94
overhaul
interval
that
you
recommend,
any
mechanical
warranty
that
you
offer
for
the
engine
or
its
components,
and
any
relevant
customer
design
specifications.
Your
demonstration
may
include
any
other
relevant
information.
The
useful
life
value
may
not
be
shorter
than
any
of
the
following:
(
i)
1,000
hours
of
operation.
(
ii)
Your
recommended
overhaul
interval.
(
iii)
Your
mechanical
warranty
for
the
engine.
(
h)
Applicability
for
testing.
The
emission
standards
in
this
subpart
apply
to
all
testing,
including
certification,
production­
line,
and
in­
use
testing.
For
production­
line
testing,
you
must
perform
duty­
cycle
testing
as
specified
in
§
§
1048.505
and
1048.510.
The
field­
testing
standards
of
this
section
apply
for
those
tests.
You
need
not
do
additional
testing
of
production­
line
engines
to
show
that
your
engines
meet
the
field­
testing
standards.

219.
Section
1048.105
is
amended
by
revising
the
section
heading
and
adding
introductory
text
to
read
as
follows:
§
1048.105
What
evaporative
emission
standards
and
requirements
apply?
The
requirements
of
this
section
apply
to
all
engines
that
are
subject
to
this
part,
except
auxiliary
marine
engines.
*
*
*
*
*

220.
Section
1048.115
is
amended
by
removing
and
reserving
paragraph
(
d)
and
revising
the
introductory
text
and
paragraphs
(
a),
(
b),
(
e),
and
(
g)
to
read
as
follows:
§
1048.115
What
other
requirements
must
my
engines
meet?
Engines
subject
to
this
part
must
meet
the
following
requirements:
(
a)
Crankcase
emissions.
Crankcase
emissions
may
not
be
discharged
directly
into
the
ambient
atmosphere
from
any
engine
throughout
its
useful
life,
except
as
follows:
(
1)
Engines
may
discharge
crankcase
emissions
to
the
ambient
atmosphere
if
the
emissions
are
added
to
the
exhaust
emissions
(
either
physically
or
mathematically)
during
all
emission
testing.
If
you
take
advantage
of
this
exception,
you
must
do
the
following
things:
(
i)
Manufacture
the
engines
so
that
all
crankcase
emissions
can
be
routed
into
the
applicable
sampling
systems
specified
in
40
CFR
part
1065.
(
ii)
Account
for
deterioration
in
crankcase
emissions
when
determining
exhaust
deterioration
factors.
(
2)
For
purposes
of
this
paragraph
(
a),
crankcase
emissions
that
are
routed
to
the
exhaust
upstream
of
exhaust
aftertreatment
during
all
operation
are
not
considered
to
be
discharged
directly
into
the
ambient
atmosphere.
(
b)
Torque
broadcasting.
Electronically
controlled
engines
must
broadcast
their
speed
and
output
shaft
torque
(
in
newton­
meters).
Engines
may
alternatively
broadcast
a
surrogate
value
for
determining
torque.
Engines
must
broadcast
engine
parameters
such
that
they
can
be
read
with
a
remote
device,
or
broadcast
them
directly
to
their
controller
area
networks.
This
information
is
necessary
for
testing
engines
in
the
field
(
see
§
1048.515).
This
requirement
applies
beginning
in
the
2007
model
year.
Small­
volume
engine
manufacturers
may
omit
this
requirement.
95
*
*
*
*
*
(
e)
Adjustable
parameters.
Engines
that
have
adjustable
parameters
must
meet
all
the
requirements
of
this
part
for
any
adjustment
in
the
physically
adjustable
range.
An
operating
parameter
is
not
considered
adjustable
if
you
permanently
seal
it
or
if
it
is
not
normally
accessible
using
ordinary
tools.
We
may
require
that
you
set
adjustable
parameters
to
any
specification
within
the
adjustable
range
during
any
testing,
including
certification
testing,
selective
enforcement
auditing,
or
in­
use
testing.
*
*
*
*
*
(
g)
Defeat
devices.
You
may
not
equip
your
engines
with
a
defeat
device.
A
defeat
device
is
an
auxiliary
emission­
control
device
that
reduces
the
effectiveness
of
emission
controls
under
conditions
that
the
engine
may
reasonably
be
expected
to
encounter
during
normal
operation
and
use.
This
does
not
apply
to
auxiliary­
emission
control
devices
you
identify
in
your
certification
application
if
any
of
the
following
is
true:
(
1)
The
conditions
of
concern
were
substantially
included
in
the
applicable
test
procedures
described
in
subpart
F
of
this
part.
(
2)
You
show
your
design
is
necessary
to
prevent
engine
(
or
equipment)
damage
or
accidents.
(
3)
The
reduced
effectiveness
applies
only
to
starting
the
engine.

221.
Section
1048.120
is
revised
to
read
as
follows:
§
1048.120
What
emission­
related
warranty
requirements
apply
to
me?
(
a)
General
requirements.
You
must
warrant
to
the
ultimate
purchaser
and
each
subsequent
purchaser
that
the
new
nonroad
engine,
including
all
parts
of
its
emission­
control
system,
meets
two
conditions:
(
1)
It
is
designed,
built,
and
equipped
so
it
conforms
at
the
time
of
sale
to
the
ultimate
purchaser
with
the
requirements
of
this
part.
(
2)
It
is
free
from
defects
in
materials
and
workmanship
that
may
keep
it
from
meeting
these
requirements.
(
b)
Warranty
period.
Your
emission­
related
warranty
must
be
valid
for
at
least
50
percent
of
the
engine's
useful
life
in
hours
of
operation
or
at
least
three
years,
whichever
comes
first.
In
the
case
of
a
high­
cost
warranted
part,
the
warranty
must
be
valid
for
at
least
70
percent
of
the
engine's
useful
life
in
hours
of
operation
or
at
least
five
years,
whichever
comes
first.
You
may
offer
an
emission­
related
warranty
more
generous
than
we
require.
The
emission­
related
warranty
for
the
engine
may
not
be
shorter
than
any
published
warranty
you
offer
without
charge
for
the
engine.
Similarly,
the
emission­
related
warranty
for
any
component
may
not
be
shorter
than
any
published
warranty
you
offer
without
charge
for
that
component.
If
an
engine
has
no
hour
meter,
we
base
the
warranty
periods
in
this
paragraph
(
b)
only
on
the
engine's
age
(
in
years).
The
warranty
period
begins
when
the
engine
is
placed
into
service.
(
c)
Components
covered.
The
emission­
related
warranty
covers
all
components
whose
failure
would
increase
an
engine's
emissions
of
any
pollutant.
This
includes
components
listed
in
40
CFR
part
1068,
Appendix
I,
and
components
from
any
other
system
you
develop
to
control
emissions.
The
emission­
related
warranty
covers
these
components
even
if
another
company
produces
the
component.
Your
emission­
related
warranty
does
not
cover
components
whose
failure
would
not
increase
an
engine's
emissions
of
any
pollutant.
96
(
d)
Limited
applicability.
You
may
deny
warranty
claims
under
this
section
if
the
operator
caused
the
problem
through
improper
maintenance
or
use,
as
described
in
40
CFR
1068.115.
(
e)
Owners
manual.
Describe
in
the
owners
manual
the
emission­
related
warranty
provisions
from
this
section
that
apply
to
the
engine.

222.
Section
1048.125
is
revised
to
read
as
follows:
§
1048.125
What
maintenance
instructions
must
I
give
to
buyers?
Give
the
ultimate
purchaser
of
each
new
nonroad
engine
written
instructions
for
properly
maintaining
and
using
the
engine,
including
the
emission­
control
system.
The
maintenance
instructions
also
apply
to
service
accumulation
on
your
emission­
data
engines,
as
described
in
40
CFR
part
1065.
(
a)
Critical
emission­
related
maintenance.
Critical
emission­
related
maintenance
includes
any
adjustment,
cleaning,
repair,
or
replacement
of
critical
emission­
related
components.
This
may
also
include
additional
emission­
related
maintenance
that
you
determine
is
critical
if
we
approve
it
in
advance.
You
may
schedule
critical
emission­
related
maintenance
on
these
components
if
you
meet
the
following
conditions:
(
1)
You
demonstrate
that
the
maintenance
is
reasonably
likely
to
be
done
at
the
recommended
intervals
on
in­
use
engines.
We
will
accept
scheduled
maintenance
as
reasonably
likely
to
occur
if
you
satisfy
any
of
the
following
conditions:
(
i)
You
present
data
showing
that,
if
a
lack
of
maintenance
increases
emissions,
it
also
unacceptably
degrades
the
engine's
performance.
(
ii)
You
present
survey
data
showing
that
at
least
80
percent
of
engines
in
the
field
get
the
maintenance
you
specify
at
the
recommended
intervals.
(
iii)
You
provide
the
maintenance
free
of
charge
and
clearly
say
so
in
maintenance
instructions
for
the
customer.
(
iv)
You
otherwise
show
us
that
the
maintenance
is
reasonably
likely
to
be
done
at
the
recommended
intervals.
(
2)
You
may
not
schedule
critical
emission­
related
maintenance
more
frequently
than
the
following
minimum
intervals,
except
as
specified
in
paragraphs
(
a)(
3),
(
b)
and
(
c)
of
this
section:
(
i)
For
catalysts,
fuel
injectors,
electronic
control
units,
superchargers,
and
turbochargers:
the
useful
life
of
the
engine
family.
(
ii)
For
gaseous
fuel­
system
components
(
cleaning
without
disassembly
only)
and
oxygen
sensors:
2,500
hours.
(
3)
If
your
engine
family
has
an
alternate
useful
life
under
§
1048.101(
g)
that
is
shorter
than
the
period
specified
in
paragraph
(
a)(
2)(
ii)
of
this
section,
you
may
not
schedule
critical
emission­
related
maintenance
more
frequently
than
the
alternate
useful
life,
except
as
specified
in
paragraph
(
c)
of
this
section.
(
b)
Recommended
additional
maintenance.
You
may
recommend
any
additional
amount
of
maintenance
on
the
components
listed
in
paragraph
(
a)
of
this
section,
as
long
as
you
state
clearly
that
these
maintenance
steps
are
not
necessary
to
keep
the
emission­
related
warranty
valid.
If
operators
do
the
maintenance
specified
in
paragraph
(
a)
of
this
section,
but
not
the
recommended
additional
maintenance,
this
does
not
allow
you
to
disqualify
those
engines
from
in­
use
testing
or
deny
a
warranty
claim.
Do
not
take
these
maintenance
steps
during
service
accumulation
on
your
97
emission­
data
engines.
(
c)
Special
maintenance.
You
may
specify
more
frequent
maintenance
to
address
problems
related
to
special
situations,
such
as
substandard
fuel
or
atypical
engine
operation.
For
example,
you
may
specify
more
frequent
cleaning
of
fuel
system
components
for
engines
you
have
reason
to
believe
will
be
using
fuel
that
causes
substantially
more
engine
performance
problems
than
commercial
fuels
of
the
same
type
that
are
generally
available
across
the
United
States.
You
must
clearly
state
that
this
additional
maintenance
is
associated
with
the
special
situation
you
are
addressing.
(
d)
Noncritical
emission­
related
maintenance.
You
may
schedule
any
amount
of
emission­
related
inspection
or
maintenance
that
is
not
covered
by
paragraph
(
a)
of
this
section,
as
long
as
you
state
in
the
owners
manual
that
these
steps
are
not
necessary
to
keep
the
emission­
related
warranty
valid.
If
operators
fail
to
do
this
maintenance,
this
does
not
allow
you
to
disqualify
those
engines
from
in­
use
testing
or
deny
a
warranty
claim.
Do
not
take
these
inspection
or
maintenance
steps
during
service
accumulation
on
your
emission­
data
engines.
(
e)
Maintenance
that
is
not
emission­
related.
For
maintenance
unrelated
to
emission
controls,
you
may
schedule
any
amount
of
inspection
or
maintenance.
You
may
also
take
these
inspection
or
maintenance
steps
during
service
accumulation
on
your
emission­
data
engines,
as
long
as
they
are
reasonable
and
technologically
necessary.
This
might
include
adding
engine
oil,
changing
air,
fuel,
or
oil
filters,
servicing
engine­
cooling
systems,
and
adjusting
idle
speed,
governor,
engine
bolt
torque,
valve
lash,
or
injector
lash.
You
may
perform
this
nonemission­
related
maintenance
on
emission­
data
engines
at
the
least
frequent
intervals
that
you
recommend
to
the
ultimate
purchaser
(
but
not
the
intervals
recommended
for
severe
service).
(
f)
Source
of
parts
and
repairs.
State
clearly
on
the
first
page
of
your
written
maintenance
instructions
that
a
repair
shop
or
person
of
the
owner's
choosing
may
maintain,
replace,
or
repair
emission­
control
devices
and
systems.
Your
instructions
may
not
require
components
or
service
identified
by
brand,
trade,
or
corporate
name.
Also,
do
not
directly
or
indirectly
condition
your
warranty
on
a
requirement
that
the
engine
be
serviced
by
your
franchised
dealers
or
any
other
service
establishments
with
which
you
have
a
commercial
relationship.
You
may
disregard
the
requirements
in
this
paragraph
(
f)
if
you
do
one
of
two
things:
(
1)
Provide
a
component
or
service
without
charge
under
the
purchase
agreement.
(
2)
Get
us
to
waive
this
prohibition
in
the
public's
interest
by
convincing
us
the
engine
will
work
properly
only
with
the
identified
component
or
service.
(
g)
Payment
for
scheduled
maintenance.
Owners
are
responsible
for
properly
maintaining
their
engines.
This
generally
includes
paying
for
scheduled
maintenance.
However,
manufacturers
must
pay
for
scheduled
maintenance
during
the
useful
life
if
it
meets
all
the
following
criteria:
(
1)
Each
affected
component
was
not
in
general
use
on
similar
engines
before
January
1,
2004.
(
2)
The
primary
function
of
each
affected
component
is
to
reduce
emissions.
(
3)
The
cost
of
the
scheduled
maintenance
is
more
than
2
percent
of
the
price
of
the
engine.
(
4)
Failure
to
perform
the
maintenance
would
not
cause
clear
problems
that
would
significantly
degrade
the
engine's
performance.
(
h)
Owners
manual.
Explain
the
owner's
responsibility
for
proper
maintenance
in
the
owners
manual.
98
223.
Section
1048.130
is
amended
by
revising
paragraphs
(
a),
(
b)(
3),
(
b)(
7),
and
(
b)(
8);
and
adding
paragraph
(
d)
to
read
as
follows:
§
1048.130
What
installation
instructions
must
I
give
to
equipment
manufacturers?
(
a)
If
you
sell
an
engine
for
someone
else
to
install
in
a
piece
of
nonroad
equipment,
give
the
engine
installer
instructions
for
installing
it
consistent
with
the
requirements
of
this
part.
Include
all
information
necessary
to
ensure
that
an
engine
will
be
installed
in
its
certified
configuration.
(
b)
*
*
*
(
3)
Describe
the
instructions
needed
to
properly
install
the
exhaust
system
and
any
other
components.
Include
instructions
consistent
with
the
requirements
of
§
1048.205(
v).
*
*
*
*
*
(
7)
Describe
any
other
instructions
to
make
sure
the
installed
engine
will
operate
according
to
design
specifications
in
your
application
for
certification.
This
may
include,
for
example,
instructions
for
installing
aftertreatment
devices
when
installing
the
engines.
(
8)
State:
"
If
you
install
the
engine
in
a
way
that
makes
the
engine's
emission
control
information
label
hard
to
read
during
normal
engine
maintenance,
you
must
place
a
duplicate
label
on
the
equipment,
as
described
in
40
CFR
1068.105.".
*
*
*
*
*
(
d)
Provide
instructions
in
writing
or
in
an
equivalent
format.
For
example,
you
may
post
instructions
on
a
publicly
available
website
for
downloading
or
printing.
If
you
do
not
provide
the
instructions
in
writing,
explain
in
your
application
for
certification
how
you
will
ensure
that
each
installer
is
informed
of
the
installation
requirements.

224.
Section
1048.135
is
revised
to
read
as
follows:
§
1048.135
How
must
I
label
and
identify
the
engines
I
produce?
(
a)
Assign
each
engine
a
unique
identification
number
and
permanently
affix,
engrave,
or
stamp
it
on
the
engine
in
a
legible
way.
(
b)
At
the
time
of
manufacture,
affix
a
permanent
and
legible
label
identifying
each
engine.
The
label
must
be
 
(
1)
Attached
in
one
piece
so
it
is
not
removable
without
being
destroyed
or
defaced.
(
2)
Secured
to
a
part
of
the
engine
needed
for
normal
operation
and
not
normally
requiring
replacement.
(
3)
Durable
and
readable
for
the
engine's
entire
life.
(
4)
Written
in
English.
(
c)
The
label
must
 
(
1)
Include
the
heading
"
EMISSION
CONTROL
INFORMATION".
(
2)
Include
your
full
corporate
name
and
trademark.
You
may
identify
another
company
and
use
its
trademark
instead
of
yours
if
you
comply
with
the
provisions
of
§
1048.635.
(
3)
Include
EPA's
standardized
designation
for
the
engine
family
(
and
subfamily,
where
applicable).
(
4)
State
the
engine's
displacement
(
in
liters);
however,
you
may
omit
this
from
the
label
if
all
the
engines
in
the
engine
family
have
the
same
per­
cylinder
displacement
and
total
displacement.
(
5)
State
the
date
of
manufacture
[
MONTH
and
YEAR].
You
may
omit
this
from
the
label
if
you
keep
a
record
of
the
engine­
manufacture
dates
and
provide
it
to
us
upon
99
request.
(
6)
Identify
the
emission­
control
system.
Use
terms
and
abbreviations
consistent
with
SAE
J1930
(
incorporated
by
reference
in
§
1048.810).
You
may
omit
this
information
from
the
label
if
there
is
not
enough
room
for
it
and
you
put
it
in
the
owners
manual
instead.
(
7)
State:
"
THIS
ENGINE
IS
CERTIFIED
TO
OPERATE
ON
[
specify
operating
fuel
or
fuels].".
(
8)
Identify
any
requirements
for
fuel
and
lubricants.
You
may
omit
this
information
from
the
label
if
there
is
not
enough
room
for
it
and
you
put
it
in
the
owners
manual
instead.
(
9)
List
specifications
and
adjustments
for
engine
tuneups;
show
the
proper
position
for
the
transmission
during
tuneup
and
state
which
accessories
should
be
operating.
You
may
omit
this
information
from
the
label
if
there
is
not
enough
room
for
it
and
you
put
it
in
the
owners
manual
instead.
(
10)
State
the
useful
life
for
your
engine
family
if
it
has
a
longer
useful
life
under
§
1048.101(
g)(
1)
or
a
shortened
useful
life
under
§
1048.101(
g)(
2).
(
11)
Identify
the
emission
standards
to
which
you
have
certified
the
engine.
(
12)
State:
"
THIS
ENGINE
COMPLIES
WITH
U.
S.
EPA
REGULATIONS
FOR
[
MODEL
YEAR]
LARGE
NONROAD
SI
ENGINES.".
(
13)
If
your
engines
are
certified
only
for
constant­
speed
operation,
state:
"
USE
IN
CONSTANT­
SPEED
APPLICATIONS
ONLY".
(
14)
If
your
engines
are
certified
only
for
variable­
speed
operation,
state:
"
USE
IN
VARIABLE­
SPEED
APPLICATIONS
ONLY".
(
15)
If
your
engines
are
certified
only
for
high­
load
engines,
state:
"
THIS
ENGINE
IS
NOT
INTENDED
FOR
OPERATION
AT
LESS
THAN
75
PERCENT
OF
FULL
LOAD.".
(
16)
If
you
certify
your
engines
under
§
1048.101(
d)
(
and
show
in
your
application
for
certification
that
in­
use
engines
will
experience
infrequent
high­
load
operation),
state:
"
THIS
ENGINE
IS
NOT
INTENDED
FOR
OPERATION
AT
MORE
THAN
__
PERCENT
OF
FULL
LOAD.".
Specify
the
appropriate
percentage
of
full
load
based
on
the
nature
of
the
engine
protection.
You
may
add
other
statements
to
discourage
operation
in
engine­
protection
modes.
(
17)
If
your
engines
are
certified
to
the
voluntary
standards
in
§
1048.140,
state:
"
BLUE
SKY
SERIES".
(
d)
You
may
add
information
to
the
emission
control
information
label
to
identify
other
emission
standards
that
the
engine
meets
or
does
not
meet
(
such
as
California
standards).
You
may
also
add
other
information
to
ensure
that
the
engine
will
be
properly
maintained
and
used.
(
e)
You
may
ask
us
to
approve
modified
labeling
requirements
in
this
part
1048
if
you
show
that
it
is
necessary
or
appropriate.
We
will
approve
your
request
if
your
alternate
label
is
consistent
with
the
requirements
of
this
part.
(
f)
If
you
obscure
the
engine
label
while
installing
the
engine
in
the
equipment
such
that
the
label
will
be
hard
to
read
during
normal
maintenance,
you
must
place
a
duplicate
label
on
the
equipment.
If
others
install
your
engine
in
their
equipment
in
a
way
that
obscures
the
engine
label,
we
require
them
to
add
a
duplicate
label
on
the
equipment
(
see
40
CFR
1068.105);
in
that
case,
give
them
the
number
of
duplicate
labels
they
request
and
keep
the
following
records
for
at
least
five
years:
100
(
1)
Written
documentation
of
the
request
from
the
equipment
manufacturer.
(
2)
The
number
of
duplicate
labels
you
send
and
the
date
you
sent
them.

225.
Section
1048.140
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
c)
to
read
as
follows:
§
1048.140
What
are
the
provisions
for
certifying
Blue
Sky
Series
engines?
*
*
*
*
*
(
c)
For
any
model
year,
to
receive
a
certificate
of
conformity
as
a
"
Blue
Sky
Series"
engine
family
must
meet
all
the
requirements
in
this
part
while
certifying
to
one
of
the
sets
of
exhaust
emission
standards
in
the
following
table:

Table
1
of
§
1048.140
 
Long­
term
Standards
for
Blue
Sky
Series
Engines
(
g/
kW­
hr)

Standards
for
steady­
state
and
transient
test
procedures
Standards
for
field­
testing
procedures
HC+
NOx
CO
HC+
NOx
CO
0.80
4.4
1.10
6.6
0.60
4.4
0.84
6.6
0.40
4.4
0.56
6.6
0.20
4.4
0.28
6.6
0.10
4.4
0.14
6.6
*
*
*
*
*

226.
Section
1048.145
is
amended
by
revising
the
section
heading
and
paragraph
(
a)
and
removing
and
reserving
paragraph(
c)
to
read
as
follows:
§
1048.145
Are
there
interim
provisions
that
apply
only
for
a
limited
time?

*
*
*
*
*
(
a)
Family
banking.
This
paragraph
(
a)
allows
you
to
reduce
the
number
of
engines
subject
to
the
Tier
2
standards
by
certifying
some
of
your
engines
earlier
than
otherwise
required,
as
follows:
(
1)
For
early­
compliant
engines
to
generate
offsets
under
this
paragraph
(
a),
you
must
meet
the
following
general
provisions:
(
i)
You
must
begin
actual
production
of
early­
compliant
engines
by
September
1,
2006.
(
ii)
Engines
you
produce
after
December
31,
2006
may
not
generate
offsets.
(
iii)
Offset­
generating
engines
must
be
certified
to
the
Tier
2
standards
and
requirements
under
this
part
1048.
(
iv)
If
you
certify
engines
under
the
voluntary
standards
of
§
1048.140,
you
may
not
use
them
in
your
calculation
under
this
paragraph
(
a).
(
2)
For
every
offset­
generating
engine
certified
to
the
Tier
2
standards,
you
may
reduce
the
number
of
engines
with
the
same
maximum
engine
power
that
are
required
to
meet
the
Tier
2
standards
in
later
model
years
by
one
engine.
You
may
calculate
power­
weighted
101
offsets
based
on
actual
U.
S.­
directed
sales
volumes.
For
example,
if
you
produce
a
total
of
1,000
engines
in
2005
and
2006
with
an
average
maximum
power
of
60
kW
certified
to
the
Tier
2
standards,
you
may
delay
certification
to
that
tier
of
standards
for
up
to
60,000
kW­
engine­
years
in
any
of
the
following
ways:
(
i)
Delay
certification
of
up
to
600
engines
with
an
average
maximum
power
of
100
kW
for
one
model
year.
(
ii)
Delay
certification
of
up
to
200
engines
with
an
average
maximum
power
of
100
kW
for
three
consecutive
model
years.
(
iii)
Delay
certification
of
up
to
400
engines
with
an
average
maximum
power
of
100
kW
for
one
model
year
and
up
to
50
engines
with
an
average
maximum
power
of
200
kW
for
two
model
years.
(
3)
Offset­
using
engines
(
that
is,
those
not
required
to
certify
to
the
Tier
2
standards)
must
be
certified
to
the
Tier
1
standards
and
requirements
of
this
part
1048.
You
may
delay
compliance
for
up
to
three
model
years.
(
4)
By
January
31
of
each
year
in
which
you
use
the
provisions
of
this
paragraph
(
a),
send
us
a
report
describing
how
many
offset­
generating
or
offset­
using
engines
you
produced
in
the
preceding
model
year.
*
*
*
*
*

227.
Section
1048.201
is
revised
to
read
as
follows:
§
1048.201
What
are
the
general
requirements
for
obtaining
a
certificate
of
conformity?
(
a)
You
must
send
us
a
separate
application
for
a
certificate
of
conformity
for
each
engine
family.
A
certificate
of
conformity
is
valid
from
the
indicated
effective
date
until
December
31
of
the
model
year
for
which
it
is
issued.
(
b)
The
application
must
contain
all
the
information
required
by
this
part
and
must
not
include
false
or
incomplete
statements
or
information
(
see
§
1048.255).
(
c)
We
may
ask
you
to
include
less
information
than
we
specify
in
this
subpart,
as
long
as
you
maintain
all
the
information
required
by
§
1048.250.
(
d)
You
must
use
good
engineering
judgment
for
all
decisions
related
to
your
application
(
see
40
CFR
1068.5).
(
e)
An
authorized
representative
of
your
company
must
approve
and
sign
the
application.
(
f)
See
§
1048.255
for
provisions
describing
how
we
will
process
your
application.
(
g)
We
may
require
you
to
deliver
your
test
engines
to
a
facility
we
designate
for
our
testing
(
see
§
1048.235(
c)).

228.
Section
1048.205
is
revised
to
read
as
follows:
§
1048.205
What
must
I
include
in
my
application?
This
section
specifies
the
information
that
must
be
in
your
application,
unless
we
ask
you
to
include
less
information
under
§
1048.201(
c).
We
may
require
you
to
provide
additional
information
to
evaluate
your
application.
(
a)
Describe
the
engine
family's
specifications
and
other
basic
parameters
of
the
engine's
design
and
emission
controls.
List
the
fuel
types
on
which
your
engines
are
designed
to
operate
(
for
example,
gasoline
and
natural
gas).
List
each
distinguishable
engine
configuration
in
the
engine
family.
102
(
b)
Explain
how
the
emission­
control
system
operates.
Describe
in
detail
all
system
components
for
controlling
exhaust
emissions,
including
all
auxiliary­
emission
control
devices
(
AECDs)
and
all
fuel­
system
components
you
will
install
on
any
production
or
test
engine.
Describe
the
evaporative
emission
controls.
Identify
the
part
number
of
each
component
you
describe.
For
this
paragraph
(
b),
treat
as
separate
AECDs
any
devices
that
modulate
or
activate
differently
from
each
other.
Include
all
the
following:
(
1)
Give
a
general
overview
of
the
engine,
the
emission­
control
strategies,
and
all
AECDs.
(
2)
Describe
each
AECD's
general
purpose
and
function.
(
3)
Identify
the
parameters
that
each
AECD
senses
(
including
measuring,
estimating,
calculating,
or
empirically
deriving
the
values).
Include
equipment­
based
parameters
and
state
whether
you
simulate
them
during
testing
with
the
applicable
procedures.
(
4)
Describe
the
purpose
for
sensing
each
parameter.
(
5)
Identify
the
location
of
each
sensor
the
AECD
uses.
(
6)
Identify
the
threshold
values
for
the
sensed
parameters
that
activate
the
AECD.
(
7)
Describe
the
parameters
that
the
AECD
modulates
(
controls)
in
response
to
any
sensed
parameters,
including
the
range
of
modulation
for
each
parameter,
the
relationship
between
the
sensed
parameters
and
the
controlled
parameters
and
how
the
modulation
achieves
the
AECD's
stated
purpose.
Use
graphs
and
tables,
as
necessary.
(
8)
Describe
each
AECD's
specific
calibration
details.
This
may
be
in
the
form
of
data
tables,
graphical
representations,
or
some
other
description.
(
9)
Describe
the
hierarchy
among
the
AECDs
when
multiple
AECDs
sense
or
modulate
the
same
parameter.
Describe
whether
the
strategies
interact
in
a
comparative
or
additive
manner
and
identify
which
AECD
takes
precedence
in
responding,
if
applicable.
(
10)
Explain
the
extent
to
which
the
AECD
is
included
in
the
applicable
test
procedures
specified
in
subpart
F
of
this
part.
(
11)
Do
the
following
additional
things
for
AECDs
designed
to
protect
engines
or
equipment:
(
i)
Identify
the
engine
and/
or
equipment
design
limits
that
make
protection
necessary
and
describe
any
damage
that
would
occur
without
the
AECD.
(
ii)
Describe
how
each
sensed
parameter
relates
to
the
protected
components'
design
limits
or
those
operating
conditions
that
cause
the
need
for
protection.
(
iii)
Describe
the
relationship
between
the
design
limits/
parameters
being
protected
and
the
parameters
sensed
or
calculated
as
surrogates
for
those
design
limits/
parameters,
if
applicable.
(
iv)
Describe
how
the
modulation
by
the
AECD
prevents
engines
and/
or
equipment
from
exceeding
design
limits.
(
v)
Explain
why
it
is
necessary
to
estimate
any
parameters
instead
of
measuring
them
directly
and
describe
how
the
AECD
calculates
the
estimated
value,
if
applicable.
(
vi)
Describe
how
you
calibrate
the
AECD
modulation
to
activate
only
during
conditions
related
to
the
stated
need
to
protect
components
and
only
as
needed
to
sufficiently
protect
those
components
in
a
way
that
minimizes
the
emission
impact.
(
c)
Explain
how
the
engine
diagnostic
system
works,
describing
especially
the
engine
conditions
(
with
the
corresponding
diagnostic
trouble
codes)
that
cause
the
malfunction­
indicator
light
to
go
on.
Propose
what
you
consider
to
be
extreme
conditions
under
which
the
diagnostic
system
103
should
disregard
trouble
codes,
as
described
in
§
1048.110.
(
d)
Describe
the
engines
you
selected
for
testing
and
the
reasons
for
selecting
them.
(
e)
Describe
the
test
equipment
and
procedures
that
you
used,
including
any
special
or
alternate
test
procedures
you
used
(
see
§
1048.501).
(
f)
Describe
how
you
operated
the
emission­
data
engine
before
testing,
including
the
duty
cycle
and
the
number
of
engine
operating
hours
used
to
stabilize
emission
levels.
Explain
why
you
selected
the
method
of
service
accumulation.
Describe
any
scheduled
maintenance
you
did.
(
g)
List
the
specifications
of
each
test
fuel
to
show
that
it
falls
within
the
required
ranges
we
specify
in
40
CFR
part
1065,
subpart
H.
(
h)
Identify
the
engine
family's
useful
life.
(
i)
Include
the
maintenance
instructions
you
will
give
to
the
ultimate
purchaser
of
each
new
nonroad
engine
(
see
§
1048.125).
(
j)
Include
the
emission­
related
installation
instructions
you
will
provide
if
someone
else
installs
your
engines
in
a
piece
of
nonroad
equipment
(
see
§
1048.130).
(
k)
Identify
each
high­
cost
warranted
part
and
show
us
how
you
calculated
its
replacement
cost,
including
the
estimated
retail
cost
of
the
part,
labor
rates,
and
labor
hours
to
diagnose
and
replace
defective
parts.
(
l)
Describe
your
emission
control
information
label
(
see
§
1048.135).
(
m)
Identify
the
emission
standards
to
which
you
are
certifying
engines
in
the
engine
family.
(
n)
Identify
the
engine
family's
deterioration
factors
and
describe
how
you
developed
them
(
see
§
1048.240).
Present
any
emission
test
data
you
used
for
this.
(
o)
State
that
you
operated
your
emission­
data
engines
as
described
in
the
application
(
including
the
test
procedures,
test
parameters,
and
test
fuels)
to
show
you
meet
the
requirements
of
this
part.
(
p)
Present
emission
data
to
show
that
you
meet
emission
standards,
as
follows:
(
1)
Present
exhaust
emission
data
for
HC,
NOx,
and
CO
on
an
emission­
data
engine
to
show
your
engines
meet
the
applicable
duty­
cycle
emission
standards
we
specify
in
§
1048.101.
Show
emission
figures
before
and
after
applying
adjustment
factors
for
deterioration
factors
for
each
engine.
Include
test
data
for
each
type
of
fuel
from
40
CFR
part
1065,
subpart
H,
on
which
you
intend
for
engines
in
the
engine
family
to
operate
(
for
example,
gasoline,
liquefied
petroleum
gas,
methanol,
or
natural
gas).
If
we
specify
more
than
one
grade
of
any
fuel
type
(
for
example,
a
summer
grade
and
winter
grade
of
gasoline),
you
only
need
to
submit
test
data
for
one
grade,
unless
the
regulations
of
this
part
specify
otherwise
for
your
engine.
Note
that
§
1048.235
allows
you
to
submit
an
application
in
certain
cases
without
new
emission
data.
(
2)
If
your
engine
family
includes
a
volatile
liquid
fuel
(
and
you
do
not
use
design­
based
certification
under
§
1048.245),
present
evaporative
test
data
to
show
your
vehicles
meet
the
evaporative
emission
standards
we
specify
in
subpart
B
of
this
part.
Show
these
figures
before
and
after
applying
deterioration
factors,
where
applicable.
(
q)
State
that
all
the
engines
in
the
engine
family
comply
with
the
field­
testing
emission
standards
we
specify
in
§
1048.104
for
all
normal
operation
and
use
when
tested
as
specified
in
§
1048.515.
Describe
any
relevant
testing,
engineering
analysis,
or
other
information
in
sufficient
detail
to
support
your
statement.
(
r)
For
engines
with
maximum
engine
power
above
560
kW,
include
information
showing
how
your
emission
controls
will
function
during
normal
in­
use
transient
operation.
For
example,
this
104
might
include
the
following:
(
1)
Emission
data
from
transient
testing
of
engines
using
measurement
systems
designed
for
measuring
in­
use
emissions.
(
2)
Comparison
of
the
engine
design
for
controlling
transient
emissions
with
that
from
engines
for
which
you
have
emission
data
over
the
transient
duty
cycle
for
certification.
(
3)
Detailed
descriptions
of
control
algorithms
and
other
design
parameters
for
controlling
transient
emissions.
(
s)
Report
all
test
results,
including
those
from
invalid
tests
or
from
any
other
tests,
whether
or
not
they
were
conducted
according
to
the
test
procedures
of
subpart
F
of
this
part.
If
you
measure
CO
2,
report
those
emission
levels.
We
may
ask
you
to
send
other
information
to
confirm
that
your
tests
were
valid
under
the
requirements
of
this
part
and
40
CFR
part
1065.
(
t)
Describe
all
adjustable
operating
parameters
(
see
§
1048.115(
e)),
including
production
tolerances.
Include
the
following
in
your
description
of
each
parameter:
(
1)
The
nominal
or
recommended
setting.
(
2)
The
intended
physically
adjustable
range.
(
3)
The
limits
or
stops
used
to
establish
adjustable
ranges.
(
4)
Information
showing
why
the
limits,
stops,
or
other
means
of
inhibiting
adjustment
are
effective
in
preventing
adjustment
of
parameters
on
in­
use
engines
to
settings
outside
your
intended
physically
adjustable
ranges.
(
u)
Provide
the
information
to
read,
record,
and
interpret
all
the
information
broadcast
by
an
engine's
onboard
computers
and
electronic
control
units.
State
that,
upon
request,
you
will
give
us
any
hardware,
software,
or
tools
we
would
need
to
do
this.
If
you
broadcast
a
surrogate
parameter
for
torque
values,
you
must
provide
us
what
we
need
to
convert
these
into
torque
units.
You
may
reference
any
appropriate
publicly
released
standards
that
define
conventions
for
these
messages
and
parameters.
Format
your
information
consistent
with
publicly
released
standards.
(
v)
Confirm
that
your
emission­
related
installation
instructions
specify
how
to
ensure
that
sampling
of
exhaust
emissions
will
be
possible
after
engines
are
installed
in
equipment
and
placed
in
service.
If
this
cannot
be
done
by
simply
adding
a
20­
centimeter
extension
to
the
exhaust
pipe,
show
how
to
sample
exhaust
emissions
in
a
way
that
prevents
diluting
the
exhaust
sample
with
ambient
air.
(
w)
State
whether
your
engine
will
operate
in
variable­
speed
applications,
constant­
speed
applications,
or
both.
If
your
certification
covers
only
constant­
speed
or
only
variable­
speed
applications,
describe
how
you
will
prevent
use
of
these
engines
in
applications
for
which
they
are
not
certified.
(
x)
Unconditionally
certify
that
all
the
engines
in
the
engine
family
comply
with
the
requirements
of
this
part,
other
referenced
parts
of
the
CFR,
and
the
Clean
Air
Act.
(
y)
Include
estimates
of
U.
S.­
directed
production
volumes.
(
z)
Include
other
applicable
information,
such
as
information
specified
in
this
part
or
part
1068
of
this
chapter
related
to
requests
for
exemptions.
(
aa)
Name
an
agent
for
service
of
process
located
in
the
United
States.
Service
on
this
agent
constitutes
service
on
you
or
any
of
your
officers
or
employees
for
any
action
by
EPA
or
otherwise
by
the
United
States
related
to
the
requirements
of
this
part.
105
229.
Section
1048.210
is
revised
to
read
as
follows:
§
1048.210
May
I
get
preliminary
approval
before
I
complete
my
application?
If
you
send
us
information
before
you
finish
the
application,
we
will
review
it
and
make
any
appropriate
determinations,
especially
for
questions
related
to
engine
family
definitions,
auxiliary
emission­
control
devices,
deterioration
factors,
testing
for
service
accumulation,
and
maintenance.
Decisions
made
under
this
section
are
considered
to
be
preliminary
approval,
subject
to
final
review
and
approval.
We
will
generally
not
reverse
a
decision
where
we
have
given
you
preliminary
approval,
unless
we
find
new
information
supporting
a
different
decision.
If
you
request
preliminary
approval
related
to
the
upcoming
model
year
or
the
model
year
after
that,
we
will
make
best­
efforts
to
make
the
appropriate
determinations
as
soon
as
practicable.
We
will
generally
not
provide
preliminary
approval
related
to
a
future
model
year
more
than
two
years
ahead
of
time.

230.
Section
1048.215
is
removed.

231.
Section
1048.220
is
revised
to
read
as
follows:
§
1048.220
How
do
I
amend
the
maintenance
instructions
in
my
application?
You
may
amend
your
emission­
related
maintenance
instructions
after
you
submit
your
application
for
certification,
as
long
as
the
amended
instructions
remain
consistent
with
the
provisions
of
§
1048.125.
You
must
send
the
Designated
Compliance
Officer
a
request
to
amend
your
application
for
certification
for
an
engine
family
if
you
want
to
change
the
emission­
related
maintenance
instructions
in
a
way
that
could
affect
emissions.
In
your
request,
describe
the
proposed
changes
to
the
maintenance
instructions.
We
will
disapprove
your
request
if
we
determine
that
the
amended
instructions
are
inconsistent
with
maintenance
you
performed
on
emission­
data
engines.
(
a)
If
you
are
decreasing
the
specified
maintenance,
you
may
distribute
the
new
maintenance
instructions
to
your
customers
30
days
after
we
receive
your
request,
unless
we
disapprove
your
request.
We
may
approve
a
shorter
time
or
waive
this
requirement.
(
b)
If
your
requested
change
would
not
decrease
the
specified
maintenance,
you
may
distribute
the
new
maintenance
instructions
anytime
after
you
send
your
request.
For
example,
this
paragraph
(
b)
would
cover
adding
instructions
to
increase
the
frequency
of
a
maintenance
step
for
engines
in
severe­
duty
applications.
(
c)
You
need
not
request
approval
if
you
are
making
only
minor
corrections
(
such
as
correcting
typographical
mistakes),
clarifying
your
maintenance
instructions,
or
changing
instructions
for
maintenance
unrelated
to
emission
control.

232.
Section
1048.225
is
revised
to
read
as
follows:
§
1048.225
How
do
I
amend
my
application
for
certification
to
include
new
or
modified
engines?
Before
we
issue
you
a
certificate
of
conformity,
you
may
amend
your
application
to
include
new
or
modified
engine
configurations,
subject
to
the
provisions
of
this
section.
After
we
have
issued
your
certificate
of
conformity,
you
may
send
us
an
amended
application
requesting
that
we
106
include
new
or
modified
engine
configurations
within
the
scope
of
the
certificate,
subject
to
the
provisions
of
this
section.
You
must
amend
your
application
if
any
changes
occur
with
respect
to
any
information
included
in
your
application.
(
a)
You
must
amend
your
application
before
you
take
either
of
the
following
actions:
(
1)
Add
an
engine
(
that
is,
an
additional
engine
configuration)
to
an
engine
family.
In
this
case,
the
engine
added
must
be
consistent
with
other
engines
in
the
engine
family
with
respect
to
the
criteria
listed
in
§
1048.230.
(
2)
Change
an
engine
already
included
in
an
engine
family
in
a
way
that
may
affect
emissions,
or
change
any
of
the
components
you
described
in
your
application
for
certification.
This
includes
production
and
design
changes
that
may
affect
emissions
any
time
during
the
engine's
lifetime.
(
b)
To
amend
your
application
for
certification,
send
the
Designated
Compliance
Officer
the
following
information:
(
1)
Describe
in
detail
the
addition
or
change
in
the
engine
model
or
configuration
you
intend
to
make.
(
2)
Include
engineering
evaluations
or
data
showing
that
the
amended
engine
family
complies
with
all
applicable
requirements.
You
may
do
this
by
showing
that
the
original
emission­
data
engine
is
still
appropriate
with
respect
to
showing
compliance
of
the
amended
family
with
all
applicable
requirements.
(
3)
If
the
original
emission­
data
engine
for
the
engine
family
is
not
appropriate
to
show
compliance
for
the
new
or
modified
nonroad
engine,
include
new
test
data
showing
that
the
new
or
modified
nonroad
engine
meets
the
requirements
of
this
part.
(
c)
We
may
ask
for
more
test
data
or
engineering
evaluations.
You
must
give
us
these
within
30
days
after
we
request
them.
(
d)
For
engine
families
already
covered
by
a
certificate
of
conformity,
we
will
determine
whether
the
existing
certificate
of
conformity
covers
your
new
or
modified
nonroad
engine.
You
may
ask
for
a
hearing
if
we
deny
your
request
(
see
§
1048.820).
(
e)
For
engine
families
already
covered
by
a
certificate
of
conformity,
you
may
start
producing
the
new
or
modified
nonroad
engine
anytime
after
you
send
us
your
amended
application,
before
we
make
a
decision
under
paragraph
(
d)
of
this
section.
However,
if
we
determine
that
the
affected
engines
do
not
meet
applicable
requirements,
we
will
notify
you
to
cease
production
of
the
engines
and
may
require
you
to
recall
the
engines
at
no
expense
to
the
owner.
Choosing
to
produce
engines
under
this
paragraph
(
e)
is
deemed
to
be
consent
to
recall
all
engines
that
we
determine
do
not
meet
applicable
emission
standards
or
other
requirements
and
to
remedy
the
nonconformity
at
no
expense
to
the
owner.
If
you
do
not
provide
information
required
under
paragraph
(
c)
of
this
section
within
30
days,
you
must
stop
producing
the
new
or
modified
nonroad
engines.

233.
Section
1048.230
is
revised
to
read
as
follows:
§
1048.230
How
do
I
select
engine
families?
(
a)
Divide
your
product
line
into
families
of
engines
that
are
expected
to
have
similar
emission
characteristics
throughout
the
useful
life.
Your
engine
family
is
limited
to
a
single
model
year.
(
b)
Group
engines
in
the
same
engine
family
if
they
are
the
same
in
all
of
the
following
aspects:
(
1)
The
combustion
cycle.
107
(
2)
The
cooling
system
(
water­
cooled
vs.
air­
cooled).
(
3)
Configuration
of
the
fuel
system
(
for
example,
fuel
injection
vs.
carburetion).
(
4)
Method
of
air
aspiration.
(
5)
The
number,
location,
volume,
and
composition
of
catalytic
converters.
(
6)
The
number,
arrangement,
and
approximate
bore
diameter
of
cylinders.
(
7)
Evaporative
emission
controls.
(
c)
You
may
subdivide
a
group
of
engines
that
is
identical
under
paragraph
(
b)
of
this
section
into
different
engine
families
if
you
show
the
expected
emission
characteristics
are
different
during
the
useful
life.
(
d)
You
may
group
engines
that
are
not
identical
with
respect
to
the
things
listed
in
paragraph
(
b)
of
this
section
in
the
same
engine
family
if
you
show
that
their
emission
characteristics
during
the
useful
life
will
be
similar.
(
e)
You
may
create
separate
families
for
exhaust
emissions
and
evaporative
emissions.
If
we
do
this,
list
both
families
on
the
emission
control
information
label.
(
f)
Where
necessary,
you
may
divide
an
engine
family
into
sub­
families
to
meet
different
emission
standards,
as
specified
in
§
1048.101(
a)(
2).
For
issues
related
to
compliance
and
prohibited
actions,
we
will
generally
apply
decisions
to
the
whole
engine
family.
For
engine
labels
and
other
administrative
provisions,
we
may
approve
your
request
for
separate
treatment
of
sub­
families.

234.
Section
1048.235
is
revised
to
read
as
follows:
§
1048.235
What
emission
testing
must
I
perform
for
my
application
for
a
certificate
of
conformity?
This
section
describes
the
emission
testing
you
must
perform
to
show
compliance
with
the
emission
standards
in
§
§
1048.101(
a)
and
(
b)
and
1048.105
during
certification.
See
§
1048.205(
q)
regarding
emission
testing
related
to
the
field­
testing
standards.
See
§
1048.240
and
40
CFR
part
1065,
subpart
E,
regarding
service
accumulation
before
emission
testing.
(
a)
Test
your
emission­
data
engines
using
the
procedures
and
equipment
specified
in
subpart
F
of
this
part.
For
any
testing
related
to
evaporative
emissions,
use
good
engineering
judgment
to
include
a
complete
fuel
system
with
the
engine.
(
b)
Select
emission­
data
engines
according
to
the
following
criteria:
(
1)
Exhaust
testing.
For
each
fuel
type
from
each
engine
family,
select
an
emission­
data
engine
with
a
configuration
that
is
most
likely
to
exceed
the
exhaust
emission
standards,
using
good
engineering
judgment.
Consider
the
emission
levels
of
all
exhaust
constituents
over
the
full
useful
life
of
the
engine
when
operated
in
a
piece
of
equipment.
(
2)
Evaporative
testing.
For
each
engine
family
that
includes
a
volatile
liquid
fuel,
select
a
test
fuel
system
with
a
configuration
that
is
most
likely
to
exceed
the
evaporative
emission
standards,
using
good
engineering
judgment.
(
c)
We
may
measure
emissions
from
any
of
your
test
engines
or
other
engines
from
the
engine
family,
as
follows:
(
1)
We
may
decide
to
do
the
testing
at
your
plant
or
any
other
facility.
If
we
do
this,
you
must
deliver
the
test
engine
to
a
test
facility
we
designate.
The
test
engine
you
provide
must
include
appropriate
manifolds,
aftertreatment
devices,
electronic
control
units,
and
other
emission­
related
components
not
normally
attached
directly
to
the
engine
block.
If
we
do
the
testing
at
your
plant,
you
must
schedule
it
as
soon
as
possible
and
make
108
available
the
instruments,
personnel,
and
equipment
we
need.
(
2)
If
we
measure
emissions
on
one
of
your
test
engines,
the
results
of
that
testing
become
the
official
emission
results
for
the
engine.
Unless
we
later
invalidate
these
data,
we
may
decide
not
to
consider
your
data
in
determining
if
your
engine
family
meets
applicable
requirements.
(
3)
Before
we
test
one
of
your
engines,
we
may
set
its
adjustable
parameters
to
any
point
within
the
physically
adjustable
ranges
(
see
§
1048.115(
e)).
(
4)
Before
we
test
one
of
your
engines,
we
may
calibrate
it
within
normal
production
tolerances
for
anything
we
do
not
consider
an
adjustable
parameter.
(
d)
You
may
ask
to
use
emission
data
from
a
previous
model
year
instead
of
doing
new
tests,
but
only
if
all
the
following
are
true:
(
1)
The
engine
family
from
the
previous
model
year
differs
from
the
current
engine
family
only
with
respect
to
model
year.
(
2)
The
emission­
data
engine
from
the
previous
model
year
remains
the
appropriate
emission­
data
engine
under
paragraph
(
b)
of
this
section.
(
3)
The
data
show
that
the
emission­
data
engine
would
meet
all
the
requirements
that
apply
to
the
engine
family
covered
by
the
application
for
certification.
(
e)
We
may
require
you
to
test
a
second
engine
of
the
same
or
different
configuration
in
addition
to
the
engine
tested
under
paragraph
(
b)
of
this
section.
(
f)
If
you
use
an
alternate
test
procedure
under
40
CFR
1065.10
and
later
testing
shows
that
such
testing
does
not
produce
results
that
are
equivalent
to
the
procedures
specified
in
subpart
F
of
this
part,
we
may
reject
data
you
generated
using
the
alternate
procedure.

235.
Section
1048.240
is
revised
to
read
as
follows:
§
1048.240
How
do
I
demonstrate
that
my
engine
family
complies
with
exhaust
emission
standards?
(
a)
For
purposes
of
certification,
your
engine
family
is
considered
in
compliance
with
the
applicable
numerical
emission
standards
in
§
1048.101(
a)
and
(
b)
if
all
emission­
data
engines
representing
that
family
have
test
results
showing
deteriorated
emission
levels
at
or
below
these
standards.
(
b)
Your
engine
family
is
deemed
not
to
comply
if
any
emission­
data
engine
representing
that
family
has
test
results
showing
a
deteriorated
emission
level
above
an
applicable
emission
standard
from
§
1048.101
for
any
pollutant.
(
c)
To
compare
emission
levels
from
the
emission­
data
engine
with
the
applicable
emission
standards,
apply
deterioration
factors
to
the
measured
emission
levels
for
each
pollutant.
Specify
the
deterioration
factors
based
on
emission
measurements
using
four
significant
figures,
consistent
with
good
engineering
judgment.
For
example,
your
deterioration
factors
must
take
into
account
any
available
data
from
in­
use
testing
with
similar
engines
(
see
subpart
E
of
this
part).
Smallvolume
engine
manufacturers
may
use
assigned
deterioration
factors
that
we
establish.
Apply
deterioration
factors
as
follows:
(
1)
Multiplicative
deterioration
factor.
For
engines
that
use
aftertreatment
technology,
such
as
catalytic
converters,
use
a
multiplicative
deterioration
factor
for
exhaust
emissions.
A
multiplicative
deterioration
factor
is
the
ratio
of
exhaust
emissions
at
the
end
of
useful
life
to
exhaust
emissions
at
the
low­
hour
test
point.
Adjust
the
official
emission
results
for
109
each
tested
engine
at
the
selected
test
point
by
multiplying
the
measured
emissions
by
the
deterioration
factor.
If
the
factor
is
less
than
one,
use
one.
(
2)
Additive
deterioration
factor.
For
engines
that
do
not
use
aftertreatment
technology,
use
an
additive
deterioration
factor
for
exhaust
emissions.
An
additive
deterioration
factor
is
the
difference
between
exhaust
emissions
at
the
end
of
useful
life
and
exhaust
emissions
at
the
low­
hour
test
point.
Adjust
the
official
emission
results
for
each
tested
engine
at
the
selected
test
point
by
adding
the
factor
to
the
measured
emissions.
If
the
factor
is
less
than
zero,
use
zero.
(
d)
Collect
emission
data
using
measurements
to
one
more
decimal
place
than
the
applicable
standard.
Apply
the
deterioration
factor
to
the
official
emission
result,
as
described
in
paragraph
(
c)
of
this
section,
then
round
the
adjusted
figure
to
the
same
number
of
decimal
places
as
the
emission
standard.
Compare
the
rounded
emission
levels
to
the
emission
standard
for
each
emission­
data
engine.
In
the
case
of
HC+
NOx
standards,
apply
the
deterioration
factor
to
each
pollutant
and
then
add
the
results
before
rounding.

236.
Section
1048.245
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
e)(
1)(
i)
to
read
as
follows:
§
1048.245
How
do
I
demonstrate
that
my
engine
family
complies
with
evaporative
emission
standards?
*
*
*
*
*
(
e)
*
*
*
(
1)
*
*
*
(
i)
Use
a
tethered
or
self­
closing
gas
cap
on
a
fuel
tank
that
stays
sealed
up
to
a
positive
pressure
of
24.5
kPa
(
3.5
psig)
or
a
vacuum
pressure
of
0.7
kPa
(
0.1
psig).
*
*
*
*
*

237.
Section
1048.250
is
amended
by
revising
paragraphs
(
a)
and
(
c)
to
read
as
follows:
§
1048.250
What
records
must
I
keep
and
make
available
to
EPA?
(
a)
Organize
and
maintain
the
following
records:
(
1)
A
copy
of
all
applications
and
any
summary
information
you
send
us.
(
2)
Any
of
the
information
we
specify
in
§
1048.205
that
you
were
not
required
to
include
in
your
application.
(
3)
A
detailed
history
of
each
emission­
data
engine.
For
each
engine,
describe
all
of
the
following:
(
i)
The
emission­
data
engine's
construction,
including
its
origin
and
buildup,
steps
you
took
to
ensure
that
it
represents
production
engines,
any
components
you
built
specially
for
it,
and
all
the
components
you
include
in
your
application
for
certification.
(
ii)
How
you
accumulated
engine
operating
hours
(
service
accumulation),
including
the
dates
and
the
number
of
hours
accumulated.
(
iii)
All
maintenance,
including
modifications,
parts
changes,
and
other
service,
and
the
dates
and
reasons
for
the
maintenance.
(
iv)
All
your
emission
tests,
including
documentation
on
routine
and
standard
tests,
as
specified
in
part
40
CFR
part
1065,
and
the
date
and
purpose
of
each
test.
110
(
v)
All
tests
to
diagnose
engine
or
emission­
control
performance,
giving
the
date
and
time
of
each
and
the
reasons
for
the
test.
(
vi)
Any
other
significant
events.
(
4)
Production
figures
for
each
engine
family
divided
by
assembly
plant.
(
5)
Keep
a
list
of
engine
identification
numbers
for
all
the
engines
you
produce
under
each
certificate
of
conformity.
*
*
*
*
*
(
c)
Store
these
records
in
any
format
and
on
any
media,
as
long
as
you
can
promptly
send
us
organized,
written
records
in
English
if
we
ask
for
them.
You
must
keep
these
records
readily
available.
We
may
review
them
at
any
time.
*
*
*
*
*

238.
Section
1048.255
is
revised
to
read
as
follows:
§
1048.255
When
may
EPA
deny,
revoke,
or
void
my
certificate
of
conformity?
(
a)
If
we
determine
your
application
is
complete
and
shows
that
the
engine
family
meets
all
the
requirements
of
this
part
and
the
Act,
we
will
issue
a
certificate
of
conformity
for
your
engine
family
for
that
model
year.
We
may
make
the
approval
subject
to
additional
conditions.
(
b)
We
may
deny
your
application
for
certification
if
we
determine
that
your
engine
family
fails
to
comply
with
emission
standards
or
other
requirements
of
this
part
or
the
Act.
Our
decision
may
be
based
on
a
review
of
all
information
available
to
us.
If
we
deny
your
application,
we
will
explain
why
in
writing.
(
c)
In
addition,
we
may
deny
your
application
or
suspend
or
revoke
your
certificate
if
you
do
any
of
the
following:
(
1)
Refuse
to
comply
with
any
testing
or
reporting
requirements.
(
2)
Submit
false
or
incomplete
information
(
paragraph
(
e)
of
this
section
applies
if
this
is
fraudulent).
(
3)
Render
inaccurate
any
test
data.
(
4)
Deny
us
from
completing
authorized
activities
despite
our
presenting
a
warrant
or
court
order
(
see
40
CFR
1068.20).
This
includes
a
failure
to
provide
reasonable
assistance.
(
5)
Produce
engines
for
importation
into
the
United
States
at
a
location
where
local
law
prohibits
us
from
carrying
out
authorized
activities.
(
6)
Fail
to
supply
requested
information
or
amend
your
application
to
include
all
engines
being
produced.
(
7)
Take
any
action
that
otherwise
circumvents
the
intent
of
the
Act
or
this
part.
(
d)
We
may
void
your
certificate
if
you
do
not
keep
the
records
we
require
or
do
not
give
us
information
when
we
ask
for
it.
(
e)
We
may
void
your
certificate
if
we
find
that
you
intentionally
submitted
false
or
incomplete
information.
(
f)
If
we
deny
your
application
or
suspend,
revoke,
or
void
your
certificate,
you
may
ask
for
a
hearing
(
see
§
1048.820).

239.
Section
1048.301
is
amended
by
revising
paragraphs
(
a)
and
(
f)
to
read
as
follows:
111
N

(
t
95
×
 )

(
x

STD)
2

1
§
1048.301
When
must
I
test
my
production­
line
engines?
(
a)
If
you
produce
engines
that
are
subject
to
the
requirements
of
this
part,
you
must
test
them
as
described
in
this
subpart.
*
*
*
*
*
(
f)
We
may
ask
you
to
make
a
reasonable
number
of
production­
line
engines
available
for
a
reasonable
time
so
we
can
test
or
inspect
them
for
compliance
with
the
requirements
of
this
part.
See
40
CFR
1068.27.

240.
Section
1048.305
is
amended
by
revising
paragraphs
(
d)(
1),
(
f),
and
(
g)
to
read
as
follows:
§
1048.305
How
must
I
prepare
and
test
my
production­
line
engines?
*
*
*
*
*
(
d)
*
*
*
(
1)
We
may
adjust
or
require
you
to
adjust
idle
speed
outside
the
physically
adjustable
range
as
needed
only
until
the
engine
has
stabilized
emission
levels
(
see
paragraph
(
e)
of
this
section).
We
may
ask
you
for
information
needed
to
establish
an
alternate
minimum
idle
speed.
*
*
*
*
*
(
f)
Damage
during
shipment.
If
shipping
an
engine
to
a
remote
facility
for
production­
line
testing
makes
necessary
an
adjustment
or
repair,
you
must
wait
until
after
the
initial
emission
test
to
do
this
work.
We
may
waive
this
requirement
if
the
test
would
be
impossible
or
unsafe,
or
if
it
would
permanently
damage
the
engine.
Report
to
us,
in
your
written
report
under
§
1048.345,
all
adjustments
or
repairs
you
make
on
test
engines
before
each
test.
(
g)
Retesting
after
invalid
tests.
You
may
retest
an
engine
if
you
determine
an
emission
test
is
invalid
under
subpart
F
of
this
part.
Explain
in
your
written
report
reasons
for
invalidating
any
test
and
the
emission
results
from
all
tests.
If
you
retest
an
engine
and,
within
ten
days
after
testing,
ask
to
substitute
results
of
the
new
tests
for
the
original
ones,
we
will
answer
within
ten
days
after
we
receive
your
information.

241.
Section
1048.310
is
amended
by
revising
paragraphs
(
c)
introductory
text,
(
c)(
2),
(
g),
(
h),
and
(
i)
to
read
as
follows:
§
1048.310
How
must
I
select
engines
for
production­
line
testing?
*
*
*
*
*
(
c)
Calculate
the
required
sample
size
for
each
engine
family.
Separately
calculate
this
figure
for
HC+
NOx
and
for
CO.
The
required
sample
size
is
the
greater
of
these
two
calculated
values.
Use
the
following
equation:

Where:
N
=
Required
sample
size
for
the
model
year.
t
95
=
95%
confidence
coefficient,
which
depends
on
the
number
of
tests
completed,
n,
as
specified
in
the
table
in
paragraph
(
c)(
1)
of
this
112
 


(
X
i

x)
2
n

1
section.
It
defines
95%
confidence
intervals
for
a
one­
tail
distribution.
x
=
Mean
of
emission
test
results
of
the
sample.
STD
=
Emission
standard.
 
=
Test
sample
standard
deviation
(
see
paragraph
(
c)(
2)
of
this
section).
n
=
The
number
of
tests
completed
in
an
engine
family.

*
*
*
(
2)
Calculate
the
standard
deviation,
 ,
for
the
test
sample
using
the
following
formula:

Where:
X
i
=
Emission
test
result
for
an
individual
engine.
*
*
*
*
*
(
g)
Continue
testing
any
engine
family
for
which
the
sample
mean,
x,
is
greater
than
the
emission
standard.
This
applies
if
the
sample
mean
for
either
HC+
NOx
or
for
CO
is
greater
than
the
emission
standard.
Continue
testing
until
one
of
the
following
things
happens:
(
1)
The
number
of
tests
completed
in
an
engine
family,
n,
is
greater
than
the
required
sample
size,
N,
and
the
sample
mean,
x,
is
less
than
or
equal
to
the
emission
standard.
For
example,
if
N
=
3.1
after
the
third
test,
the
sample­
size
calculation
does
not
allow
you
to
stop
testing.
(
2)
The
engine
family
does
not
comply
according
to
§
1048.315.
(
3)
You
test
30
engines
from
the
engine
family.
(
4)
You
test
one
percent
of
your
projected
annual
U.
S.­
directed
production
volume
for
the
engine
family,
rounded
to
the
nearest
whole
number.
If
your
projected
production
is
between
150
and
750
engines,
test
engines
as
specified
in
paragraph
(
b)
of
this
section
until
you
have
tested
one
percent
of
your
projected
annual
U.
S.­
directed
production
volume.
For
example,
if
projected
volume
is
475
engines,
test
two
engines
in
each
of
the
first
two
quarters
and
one
engine
in
the
third
quarter
to
fulfill
your
testing
requirements
under
this
section
for
that
engine
family.
If
your
projected
production
volume
is
less
than
150,
you
must
test
at
least
two
engines.
(
5)
You
choose
to
declare
that
the
engine
family
does
not
comply
with
the
requirements
of
this
subpart.
(
h)
If
the
sample­
size
calculation
allows
you
to
stop
testing
for
a
pollutant,
you
must
continue
measuring
emission
levels
of
that
pollutant
for
any
additional
tests
required
under
this
section.
However,
you
need
not
continue
making
the
calculations
specified
in
this
section
for
that
pollutant.
This
paragraph
(
h)
does
not
affect
the
requirements
in
§
1048.320.
(
i)
You
may
elect
to
test
more
randomly
chosen
engines
than
we
require
under
this
section.
Include
these
engines
in
the
sample­
size
calculations.
113
242.
Section
1048.315
is
amended
by
revising
the
introductory
text
to
read
as
follows:
§
1048.315
How
do
I
know
when
my
engine
family
fails
the
production­
line
testing
requirements?
This
section
describes
the
pass/
fail
criteria
for
the
production­
line
testing
requirements.
We
apply
these
criteria
on
an
engine­
family
basis.
See
§
1048.320
for
the
requirements
that
apply
to
individual
engines
that
fail
a
production­
line
test.
*
*
*
*
*

243.
Section
1048.325
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
d)
to
read
as
follows:
§
1048.325
What
happens
if
an
engine
family
fails
the
production­
line
requirements?
*
*
*
*
*
(
d)
Section
1048.335
specifies
steps
you
must
take
to
remedy
the
cause
of
the
engine
family's
production­
line
failure.
All
the
engines
you
have
produced
since
the
end
of
the
last
test
period
are
presumed
noncompliant
and
should
be
addressed
in
your
proposed
remedy.
We
may
require
you
to
apply
the
remedy
to
engines
produced
earlier
if
we
determine
that
the
cause
of
the
failure
is
likely
to
have
affected
the
earlier
engines.

244.
Section
1048.345
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
d)
to
read
as
follows:
§
1048.345
What
production­
line
testing
records
must
I
send
to
EPA?
*
*
*
*
*
(
d)
Send
electronic
reports
of
production­
line
testing
to
the
Designated
Compliance
Officer
using
an
approved
information
format.
If
you
want
to
use
a
different
format,
send
us
a
written
request
with
justification
for
a
waiver.
*
*
*
*
*

245.
Section
1048.350
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
a)
to
read
as
follows:
§
1048.350
What
records
must
I
keep?
(
a)
Organize
and
maintain
your
records
as
described
in
this
section.
We
may
review
your
records
at
any
time.
*
*
*
*
*

246.
Section
1048.420
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
b)
to
read
as
follows:
§
1048.420
What
in­
use
testing
information
must
I
report
to
EPA?
*
*
*
*
*
(
b)
Send
electronic
reports
of
in­
use
testing
to
the
Designated
Compliance
Officer
using
an
approved
information
format.
If
you
want
to
use
a
different
format,
send
us
a
written
request
with
justification
for
a
waiver.

*
*
*
*
*

247.
Section
1048.425
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
a)
to
read
as
follows:
114
§
1048.425
What
records
must
I
keep?
(
a)
Organize
and
maintain
your
records
as
described
in
this
section.
We
may
review
your
records
at
any
time.
*
*
*
*
*

248.
Section
1048.501
is
revised
to
read
as
follows:
§
1048.501
How
do
I
run
a
valid
emission
test?
(
a)
Use
the
equipment
and
procedures
for
spark­
ignition
engines
in
40
CFR
part
1065
to
determine
whether
engines
meet
the
duty­
cycle
emission
standards
in
§
1048.101(
a)
and
(
b).
Measure
the
emissions
of
all
the
pollutants
we
regulate
in
§
1048.101
using
the
sampling
procedures
specified
in
40
CFR
part
1065.
Use
the
applicable
duty
cycles
specified
in
§
§
1048.505
and
1048.510.
(
b)
Section
1048.515
describes
the
supplemental
procedures
for
evaluating
whether
engines
meet
the
field­
testing
emission
standards
in
§
1048.101(
c).
(
c)
Use
the
fuels
specified
in
40
CFR
part
1065,
subpart
C,
to
perform
valid
tests
for
all
the
testing
we
require
in
this
part,
except
as
noted
in
§
1048.515.
For
service
accumulation,
use
the
test
fuel
or
any
commercially
available
fuel
that
is
representative
of
the
fuel
that
in­
use
engines
will
use.
(
d)
In
place
of
the
provisions
of
40
CFR
1065.405,
you
may
consider
emission
levels
stable
without
measurement
after
50
hours
of
engine
operation.
(
e)
To
test
engines
for
evaporative
emissions,
use
the
equipment
and
procedures
specified
for
testing
diurnal
emissions
in
40
CFR
86.107­
96
and
86.133­
96
with
fuel
meeting
the
specifications
in
40
CFR
part
1065,
subpart
C.
Measure
emissions
from
a
test
engine
with
a
complete
fuel
system.
Reported
emission
levels
must
be
based
on
the
highest
emissions
from
three
successive
24­
hour
periods
of
cycling
temperatures.
Note
that
you
may
omit
testing
for
evaporative
emissions
during
certification
if
you
certify
by
design,
as
specified
in
§
1048.245.
(
f)
You
may
use
special
or
alternate
procedures
to
the
extent
we
allow
them
under
40
CFR
1065.10.
(
g)
This
subpart
is
addressed
to
you
as
a
manufacturer,
but
it
applies
equally
to
anyone
who
does
testing
for
you,
and
to
us
when
we
perform
testing
to
determine
if
your
engines
meet
emission
standards.
(
h)
Map
all
engines
(
including
constant­
speed
engines)
using
the
procedures
specified
in
40
CFR
part
1065
for
variable­
speed
engines.
For
constant­
speed
engines,
continue
the
mapping
procedure
until
you
reach
the
high­
idle
speed
(
the
highest
speed
at
which
the
engine
produces
zero
torque).

249.
Section
1048.505
is
revised
to
read
as
follows:
§
1048.505
How
do
I
test
engines
using
steady­
state
duty
cycles,
including
ramped­
modal
testing?
This
section
describes
how
to
test
engines
under
steady­
state
conditions.
In
some
cases,
we
allow
you
to
choose
the
appropriate
steady­
state
duty
cycle
for
an
engine.
In
these
cases,
you
must
use
the
duty
cycle
you
select
in
your
application
for
certification
for
all
testing
you
perform
for
that
engine
family.
If
we
test
your
engines
to
confirm
that
they
meet
emission
standards,
we
will
use
115
the
duty
cycles
you
select
for
your
own
testing.
We
may
also
perform
other
testing
as
allowed
by
the
Clean
Air
Act.
(
a)
You
may
perform
steady­
state
testing
with
either
discrete­
mode
or
ramped­
modal
cycles,
as
follows:
(
1)
For
discrete­
mode
testing,
sample
emissions
separately
for
each
mode,
then
calculate
an
average
emission
level
for
the
whole
cycle
using
the
weighting
factors
specified
for
each
mode.
Calculate
cycle
statistics
for
the
sequence
of
modes
and
compare
with
the
specified
values
in
40
CFR
1065.514
to
confirm
that
the
test
is
valid.
Operate
the
engine
and
sampling
system
as
follows:
(
i)
Engines
with
lean
NOx
aftertreatment.
For
lean­
burn
engines
that
depend
on
aftertreatment
to
meet
the
NOx
emission
standard,
operate
the
engine
for
5­
6
minutes,
then
sample
emissions
for
1­
3
minutes
in
each
mode.
(
ii)
Engines
without
lean
NOx
aftertreatment.
For
other
engines,
operate
the
engine
for
at
least
5
minutes,
then
sample
emissions
for
at
least
1
minute
in
each
mode.
Calculate
cycle
statistics
for
the
sequence
of
modes
and
compare
with
the
specified
values
in
40
CFR
part
1065
to
confirm
that
the
test
is
valid.
(
2)
For
ramped­
modal
testing,
start
sampling
at
the
beginning
of
the
first
mode
and
continue
sampling
until
the
end
of
the
last
mode.
Calculate
emissions
and
cycle
statistics
the
same
as
for
transient
testing.
(
b)
Measure
emissions
by
testing
the
engine
on
a
dynamometer
with
one
or
more
of
the
following
sets
of
duty
cycles
to
determine
whether
it
meets
the
steady­
state
emission
standards
in
§
1048.101(
b):
(
1)
For
engines
from
an
engine
family
that
will
be
used
only
in
variable­
speed
applications,
use
one
of
the
following
duty
cycles:
(
i)
The
following
duty
cycle
applies
for
discrete­
mode
testing:
Table
1
of
§
1048.505
C2
Mode
Number
Engine
Speed1
Observed
Torque2
Minimum
Time
in
mode
(
minutes)
Weighting
Factors
1
Maximum
test
speed
25
3.0
0.06
2
Intermediate
test
speed
100
3.0
0.02
3
Intermediate
test
speed
75
3.0
0.05
4
Intermediate
test
speed
50
3.0
0.32
5
Intermediate
test
speed
25
3.0
0.30
6
Intermediate
test
speed
10
3.0
0.10
7
Idle
0
3.0
0.15
1
Speed
terms
are
defined
in
40
CFR
part
1065.
2
The
percent
torque
is
relative
to
the
maximum
torque
at
the
given
engine
speed.
116
(
ii)
The
following
duty
cycle
applies
for
ramped­
modal
testing:
Table
2
of
§
1048.505
RMC
Mode
Time
in
Mode
(
seconds)
Engine
Speed1,2
Torque
(
percent)
2,3
1a
Steady­
state
119
Warm
Idle
0
1b
Transition
20
Linear
Transition
Linear
Transition
2a
Steady­
state
29
Intermediate
Speed
100
2b
Transition
20
Intermediate
Speed
Linear
Transition
3a
Steady­
state
150
Intermediate
Speed
10
3b
Transition
20
Intermediate
Speed
Linear
Transition
4a
Steady­
state
80
Intermediate
Speed
75
4b
Transition
20
Intermediate
Speed
Linear
Transition
5a
Steady­
state
513
Intermediate
Speed
25
5b
Transition
20
Intermediate
Speed
Linear
Transition
6a
Steady­
state
549
Intermediate
Speed
50
5b
Transition
20
Linear
Transition
Linear
Transition
6a
Steady­
state
96
Maximum
test
speed
25
6b
Transition
20
Linear
Transition
Linear
Transition
7
Steady­
state
124
Warm
Idle
0
1
Speed
terms
are
defined
in
40
CFR
part
1065.
2
Advance
from
one
mode
to
the
next
within
a
20­
second
transition
phase.
During
the
transition
phase,
command
a
linear
progression
from
the
torque
setting
of
the
current
mode
to
the
torque
setting
of
the
next
mode.
3
The
percent
torque
is
relative
to
maximum
torque
at
the
commanded
engine
speed.

(
2)
For
engines
from
an
engine
family
that
will
be
used
only
at
a
single,
rated
speed,
use
one
of
the
following
duty
cycles:
(
i)
The
following
duty
cycle
applies
for
discrete­
mode
testing:
Table
3
of
§
1048.505
D2
Mode
Number
Engine
Speed
Torque1
Minimum
Time
in
mode
(
minutes)
Weighting
Factors
1
Maximum
test
100
3.0
0.05
2
Maximum
test
75
3.0
0.25
3
Maximum
test
50
3.0
0.30
4
Maximum
test
25
3.0
0.30
5
Maximum
test
10
3.0
0.10
1The
percent
torque
is
relative
to
the
maximum
torque
at
maximum
test
speed.
117
(
ii)
The
following
duty
cycle
applies
for
ramped­
modal
testing:
Table
4
of
§
1048.505
RMC
Mode
Time
in
mode
(
seconds)
Engine
Speed
Torque
(
percent)
1,2
1a
Steady­
state
53
Engine
Governed
100
1b
Transition
20
Engine
Governed
Linear
transition
2a
Steady­
state
101
Engine
Governed
10
2b
Transition
20
Engine
Governed
Linear
transition
3a
Steady­
state
277
Engine
Governed
75
3b
Transition
20
Engine
Governed
Linear
transition
4a
Steady­
state
339
Engine
Governed
25
4b
Transition
20
Engine
Governed
Linear
transition
5
Steady­
state
350
Engine
Governed
50
1
The
percent
torque
is
relative
to
maximum
test
torque.
2
Advance
from
one
mode
to
the
next
within
a
20­
second
transition
phase.
During
the
transition
phase,
command
a
linear
progression
from
the
torque
setting
of
the
current
mode
to
the
torque
setting
of
the
next
mode.

(
3)
Use
a
duty
cycle
from
both
paragraphs
(
b)(
1)
and
(
b)(
2)
of
this
section
if
you
will
not
restrict
an
engine
family
to
constant­
speed
or
variable­
speed
applications.
(
4)
Use
a
duty
cycle
specified
in
paragraph
(
b)(
2)
of
this
section
for
all
severe­
duty
engines.
(
5)
For
high­
load
engines,
use
one
of
the
following
duty
cycles:
(
i)
The
following
duty
cycle
applies
for
discrete­
mode
testing:
Table
5
of
§
1048.505
D1
Mode
Number
Engine
Speed
Torque1
Minimum
Time
in
mode
(
minutes)
Weighting
Factors
1
Maximum
test
100
3.0
0.50
2
Maximum
test
75
3.0
0.50
1The
percent
torque
is
relative
to
the
maximum
torque
at
maximum
test
speed.
118
(
ii)
The
following
duty
cycle
applies
for
discrete­
mode
testing:
Table
6
of
§
1048.505
RMC
Modes
Time
in
Mode
(
seconds)
Engine
Speed
(
percent)
Torque
(
percent)
1,2
1a
Steady­
state
290
Engine
Governed
100
1b
Transition
20
Engine
Governed
Linear
Transition
2
Steady­
state
290
Engine
Governed
75
1
The
percent
torque
is
relative
to
maximum
test
torque.
2
Advance
from
one
mode
to
the
next
within
a
20­
second
transition
phase.
During
the
transition
phase,
command
a
linear
progression
from
the
torque
setting
of
the
current
mode
to
the
torque
setting
of
the
next
mode.

(
c)
If
we
test
an
engine
to
confirm
that
it
meets
the
duty­
cycle
emission
standards,
we
will
use
the
steady­
state
duty
cycles
that
apply
for
that
engine
family.
(
d)
During
idle
mode,
operate
the
engine
with
the
following
parameters:
(
1)
Hold
the
speed
within
your
specifications.
(
2)
Set
the
engine
to
operate
at
its
minimum
fueling
rate.
(
3)
Keep
engine
torque
under
5
percent
of
maximum
test
torque.
(
e)
For
full­
load
operating
modes,
operate
the
engine
at
wide­
open
throttle.
(
f)
See
40
CFR
part
1065
for
detailed
specifications
of
tolerances
and
calculations.
(
g)
For
those
cases
where
transient
testing
is
not
necessary,
perform
the
steady­
state
test
according
to
this
section
after
an
appropriate
warm­
up
period,
consistent
with
40
CFR
part
1065,
subpart
F.

250.
Section
1048.510
is
amended
by
revising
the
section
heading
and
paragraphs
(
a)
and
(
c)(
1)
to
read
as
follows:
§
1048.510
Which
duty
cycles
do
I
use
for
transient
testing?
(
a)
Starting
with
the
2007
model
year,
measure
emissions
by
testing
the
engine
on
a
dynamometer
with
one
of
the
following
transient
duty
cycles
to
determine
whether
it
meets
the
transient
emission
standards
in
§
1048.101(
a):
(
1)
For
constant­
speed
engines
and
severe­
duty
engines,
use
the
transient
duty­
cycle
described
in
Appendix
I
of
this
part.
(
2)
For
all
other
engines,
use
the
transient
duty
cycle
described
in
Appendix
II
of
this
part.
*
*
*
*
*
(
c)
*
*
*
(
1)
Operate
the
engine
for
the
first
180
seconds
of
the
appropriate
duty
cycle
from
Appendix
I
or
Appendix
II
of
this
part,
then
allow
it
to
idle
without
load
for
30
seconds.
At
the
end
of
the
30­
second
idling
period,
start
measuring
emissions
as
the
engine
operates
over
the
prescribed
duty
cycle.
For
severe­
duty
engines,
this
engine
warm­
up
procedure
may
include
up
to
15
minutes
of
operation
over
the
appropriate
duty
cycle.
*
*
*
*
*

251.
Section
1048.515
is
amended
by
revising
the
section
heading
and
paragraphs
(
a)(
1)
and
(
a)(
2)
to
read
as
follows:
119
§
1048.515
What
are
the
field­
testing
procedures?
(
a)
*
*
*
(
1)
Remove
the
selected
engines
for
testing
in
a
laboratory.
You
may
use
an
engine
dynamometer
to
simulate
normal
operation,
as
described
in
this
section.
(
2)
Test
the
selected
engines
while
they
remain
installed
in
the
equipment.
In
40
CFR
part
1065,
subpart
J,
we
describe
the
equipment
and
sampling
methods
for
testing
engines
in
the
field.
Use
fuel
meeting
the
specifications
of
40
CFR
part
1065,
subpart
H,
or
a
fuel
typical
of
what
you
would
expect
the
engine
to
use
in
service.
*
*
*
*
*

252.
Section
1048.601
is
revised
to
read
as
follows:
§
1048.601
What
compliance
provisions
apply
to
these
engines?
Engine
and
equipment
manufacturers,
as
well
as
owners,
operators,
and
rebuilders
of
engines
subject
to
the
requirements
of
this
part,
and
all
other
persons,
must
observe
the
provisions
of
this
part,
the
requirements
and
prohibitions
in
40
CFR
part
1068,
and
the
provisions
of
the
Act.

253.
Section
1048.605
is
revised
to
read
as
follows:
§
1048.605
What
provisions
apply
to
engines
certified
under
the
motor­
vehicle
program?
(
a)
General
provisions.
If
you
are
an
engine
manufacturer,
this
section
allows
you
to
introduce
new
nonroad
engines
into
commerce
if
they
are
already
certified
to
the
requirements
that
apply
to
engines
under
40
CFR
parts
85
and
86
for
the
appropriate
model
year.
If
you
comply
with
all
the
provisions
of
this
section,
we
consider
the
certificate
issued
under
40
CFR
part
86
for
each
engine
to
also
be
a
valid
certificate
of
conformity
under
this
part
1048
for
its
model
year,
without
a
separate
application
for
certification
under
the
requirements
of
this
part
1048.
See
§
1048.610
for
similar
provisions
that
apply
to
engines
certified
to
chassis­
based
standards
for
motor
vehicles.
(
b)
Equipment­
manufacturer
provisions.
If
you
are
not
an
engine
manufacturer,
you
may
produce
nonroad
equipment
using
motor­
vehicle
engines
under
this
section
as
long
as
you
meet
all
the
requirements
and
conditions
specified
in
paragraph
(
d)
of
this
section.
If
you
modify
the
motorvehicle
engine
in
any
of
the
ways
described
in
paragraph
(
d)(
2)
of
this
section,
we
will
consider
you
a
manufacturer
of
a
new
nonroad
engine.
Such
engine
modifications
prevent
you
from
using
the
provisions
of
this
section.
(
c)
Liability.
Engines
for
which
you
meet
the
requirements
of
this
section
are
exempt
from
all
the
requirements
and
prohibitions
of
this
part,
except
for
those
specified
in
this
section.
Engines
exempted
under
this
section
must
meet
all
the
applicable
requirements
from
40
CFR
parts
85
and
86.
This
applies
to
engine
manufacturers,
equipment
manufacturers
who
use
these
engines,
and
all
other
persons
as
if
these
engines
were
used
in
a
motor
vehicle.
The
prohibited
acts
of
40
CFR1068.101(
a)(
1)
apply
to
these
new
engines
and
equipment;
however,
we
consider
the
certificate
issued
under
40
CFR
part
86
for
each
engine
to
also
be
a
valid
certificate
of
conformity
under
this
part
1048
for
its
model
year.
If
we
make
a
determination
that
these
engines
do
not
conform
to
the
regulations
during
their
useful
life,
we
may
require
you
to
recall
them
under
40
CFR
part
86
or
40
CFR
1068.505.
120
(
d)
Specific
requirements.
If
you
are
an
engine
manufacturer
or
equipment
manufacturer
and
meet
all
the
following
criteria
and
requirements
regarding
your
new
nonroad
engine,
the
engine
is
eligible
for
an
exemption
under
this
section:
(
1)
Your
engine
must
be
covered
by
a
valid
certificate
of
conformity
issued
under
40
CFR
part
86.
(
2)
You
must
not
make
any
changes
to
the
certified
engine
that
could
reasonably
be
expected
to
increase
its
exhaust
emissions
for
any
pollutant,
or
its
evaporative
emissions.
For
example,
if
you
make
any
of
the
following
changes
to
one
of
these
engines,
you
do
not
qualify
for
this
exemption:
(
i)
Change
any
fuel
system
or
evaporative
system
parameters
from
the
certified
configuration
(
this
does
not
apply
to
refueling
controls).
(
ii)
Change,
remove,
or
fail
to
properly
install
any
other
component,
element
of
design,
or
calibration
specified
in
the
engine
manufacturer's
application
for
certification.
This
includes
aftertreatment
devices
and
all
related
components.
(
iii)
Modify
or
design
the
engine
cooling
system
so
that
temperatures
or
heat
rejection
rates
are
outside
the
original
engine
manufacturer's
specified
ranges.
(
3)
You
must
show
that
fewer
than
50
percent
of
the
engine
family's
total
sales
in
the
United
States
are
used
in
nonroad
applications.
This
includes
engines
used
in
any
application
without
regard
to
which
company
manufactures
the
vehicle
or
equipment.
Show
this
as
follows:
(
i)
If
you
are
the
original
manufacturer
of
the
engine,
base
this
showing
on
your
sales
information.
(
ii)
In
all
other
cases,
you
must
get
the
original
manufacturer
of
the
engine
to
confirm
this
based
on
its
sales
information.
(
4)
You
must
ensure
that
the
engine
has
the
label
we
require
under
40
CFR
part
86.
(
5)
You
must
add
a
permanent
supplemental
label
to
the
engine
in
a
position
where
it
will
remain
clearly
visible
after
installation
in
the
equipment.
In
the
supplemental
label,
do
the
following:
(
i)
Include
the
heading:
"
NONROAD
ENGINE
EMISSION
CONTROL
INFORMATION".
(
ii)
Include
your
full
corporate
name
and
trademark.
You
may
instead
include
the
full
corporate
name
and
trademark
of
another
company
you
choose
to
designate.
(
iii)
State:
"
THIS
ENGINE
WAS
ADAPTED
FOR
NONROAD
USE
WITHOUT
AFFECTING
ITS
EMISSION
CONTROLS.
THE
EMISSION­
CONTROL
SYSTEM
DEPENDS
ON
THE
USE
OF
FUEL
MEETING
SPECIFICATIONS
THAT
APPLY
FOR
MOTOR­
VEHICLE
APPLICATIONS.
OPERATING
THE
ENGINE
ON
OTHER
FUELS
MAY
BE
A
VIOLATION
OF
FEDERAL
LAW.".
(
iv)
State
the
date
you
finished
modifying
the
engine
(
month
and
year),
if
applicable.
(
6)
The
original
and
supplemental
labels
must
be
readily
visible
after
the
engine
is
installed
in
the
equipment
or,
if
the
equipment
obscures
the
engine's
emission
control
information
label,
the
equipment
manufacturer
must
attach
duplicate
labels,
as
described
in
40
CFR
1068.105.
(
7)
Send
the
Designated
Compliance
Officer
a
signed
letter
by
the
end
of
each
calendar
year
(
or
less
often
if
we
tell
you)
with
all
the
following
information:
121
(
i)
Identify
your
full
corporate
name,
address,
and
telephone
number.
(
ii)
List
the
engine
or
equipment
models
you
expect
to
produce
under
this
exemption
in
the
coming
year.
(
iii)
State:
"
We
produce
each
listed
[
engine
or
equipment]
model
for
nonroad
application
without
making
any
changes
that
could
increase
its
certified
emission
levels,
as
described
in
40
CFR
1048.605.".
(
e)
Failure
to
comply.
If
your
engines
do
not
meet
the
criteria
listed
in
paragraph
(
d)
of
this
section,
they
will
be
subject
to
the
standards,
requirements,
and
prohibitions
of
this
part
1048
and
the
certificate
issued
under
40
CFR
part
86
will
not
be
deemed
to
also
be
a
certificate
issued
under
this
part
1048.
Introducing
these
engines
into
commerce
without
a
valid
exemption
or
certificate
of
conformity
under
this
part
violates
the
prohibitions
in
40
CFR
1068.101(
a)(
1).
(
f)
Data
submission.
We
may
require
you
to
send
us
emission
test
data
on
any
applicable
nonroad
duty
cycles.
(
g)
Participation
in
averaging,
banking
and
trading.
Engines
adapted
for
nonroad
use
under
this
section
may
generate
credits
under
the
ABT
provisions
in
40
CFR
part
86.
These
engines
must
use
emission
credits
under
40
CFR
part
86
if
they
are
certified
to
an
FEL
that
exceeds
an
applicable
standard
under
40
CFR
part
86.

254.
Section
1048.610
is
revised
to
read
as
follows:
§
1048.610
What
provisions
apply
to
vehicles
certified
under
the
motor­
vehicle
program?
(
a)
General
provisions.
If
you
are
a
motor­
vehicle
manufacturer,
this
section
allows
you
to
introduce
new
nonroad
engines
or
equipment
into
commerce
if
the
vehicle
is
already
certified
to
the
requirements
that
apply
under
40
CFR
parts
85
and
86
for
the
appropriate
model
year.
If
you
comply
with
all
of
the
provisions
of
this
section,
we
consider
the
certificate
issued
under
40
CFR
part
86
for
each
motor
vehicle
to
also
be
a
valid
certificate
of
conformity
for
the
engine
under
this
part
1048
for
its
model
year,
without
a
separate
application
for
certification
under
the
requirements
of
this
part
1048.
See
§
1048.605
for
similar
provisions
that
apply
to
motor­
vehicle
engines
produced
for
nonroad
equipment.
The
provisions
of
this
section
do
not
apply
to
engines
certified
to
meet
the
requirements
for
highway
motorcycles.
(
b)
Equipment­
manufacturer
provisions.
If
you
are
not
a
motor­
vehicle
manufacturer,
you
may
produce
nonroad
equipment
from
motor
vehicles
under
this
section
as
long
as
you
meet
all
the
requirements
and
conditions
specified
in
paragraph
(
d)
of
this
section.
If
you
modify
the
motor
vehicle
or
its
engine
in
any
of
the
ways
described
in
paragraph
(
d)(
2)
of
this
section,
we
will
consider
you
a
manufacturer
of
a
new
nonroad
engine.
Such
modifications
prevent
you
from
using
the
provisions
of
this
section.
(
c)
Liability.
Engines,
vehicles,
and
equipment
for
which
you
meet
the
requirements
of
this
section
are
exempt
from
all
the
requirements
and
prohibitions
of
this
part,
except
for
those
specified
in
this
section.
Engines
exempted
under
this
section
must
meet
all
the
applicable
requirements
from
40
CFR
parts
85
and
86.
This
applies
to
engine
manufacturers,
equipment
manufacturers,
and
all
other
persons
as
if
the
nonroad
equipment
were
motor
vehicles.
The
prohibited
acts
of
40
CFR
1068.101(
a)(
1)
apply
to
these
new
pieces
of
equipment;
however,
we
consider
the
certificate
issued
under
40
CFR
part
86
for
each
motor
vehicle
to
also
be
a
valid
certificate
of
conformity
for
the
engine
under
this
part
1048
for
its
model
year.
If
we
make
a
determination
that
these
engines,
122
vehicles,
or
equipment
do
not
conform
to
the
regulations
during
their
useful
life,
we
may
require
you
to
recall
them
under
40
CFR
part
86
or
40
CFR
1068.505.
(
d)
Specific
requirements.
If
you
are
a
motor­
vehicle
manufacturer
and
meet
all
the
following
criteria
and
requirements
regarding
your
new
nonroad
equipment
and
its
engine,
the
engine
is
eligible
for
an
exemption
under
this
section:
(
1)
Your
equipment
must
be
covered
by
a
valid
certificate
of
conformity
as
a
motor
vehicle
issued
under
40
CFR
part
86.
(
2)
You
must
not
make
any
changes
to
the
certified
vehicle
that
we
could
reasonably
expect
to
increase
its
exhaust
emissions
for
any
pollutant,
or
its
evaporative
emissions
if
it
is
subject
to
evaporative­
emission
standards.
For
example,
if
you
make
any
of
the
following
changes,
you
do
not
qualify
for
this
exemption:
(
i)
Change
any
fuel
system
or
evaporative
system
parameters
from
the
certified
configuration,
including
refueling
emission
controls.
(
ii)
Change,
remove,
or
fail
to
properly
install
any
other
component,
element
of
design,
or
calibration
specified
in
the
vehicle
manufacturer's
application
for
certification.
This
includes
aftertreatment
devices
and
all
related
components.
(
iii)
Modify
or
design
the
engine
cooling
system
so
that
temperatures
or
heat
rejection
rates
are
outside
the
original
vehicle
manufacturer's
specified
ranges.
(
iv)
Add
more
than
500
pounds
to
the
curb
weight
of
the
originally
certified
motor
vehicle.
(
3)
You
must
show
that
fewer
than
50
percent
of
the
engine
family's
total
sales
in
the
United
States
are
used
in
nonroad
applications.
This
includes
any
type
of
vehicle,
without
regard
to
which
company
completes
the
manufacturing
of
the
nonroad
equipment.
Show
this
as
follows:
(
i)
If
you
are
the
original
manufacturer
of
the
vehicle,
base
this
showing
on
your
sales
information.
(
ii)
In
all
other
cases,
you
must
get
the
original
manufacturer
of
the
vehicle
to
confirm
this
based
on
their
sales
information.
(
4)
The
equipment
must
have
the
vehicle
emission
control
information
and
fuel
labels
we
require
under
40
CFR
86.007­
35.
(
5)
You
must
add
a
permanent
supplemental
label
to
the
equipment
in
a
position
where
it
will
remain
clearly
visible.
In
the
supplemental
label,
do
the
following:
(
i)
Include
the
heading:
"
NONROAD
ENGINE
EMISSION
CONTROL
INFORMATION".
(
ii)
Include
your
full
corporate
name
and
trademark.
You
may
instead
include
the
full
corporate
name
and
trademark
of
another
company
you
choose
to
designate.
(
iii)
State:
"
THIS
VEHICLE
WAS
ADAPTED
FOR
NONROAD
USE
WITHOUT
AFFECTING
ITS
EMISSION
CONTROLS.
THE
EMISSIONCONTROL
SYSTEM
DEPENDS
ON
THE
USE
OF
FUEL
MEETING
SPECIFICATIONS
THAT
APPLY
FOR
MOTOR­
VEHICLE
APPLICATIONS.
OPERATING
THE
ENGINE
ON
OTHER
FUELS
MAY
BE
A
VIOLATION
OF
FEDERAL
LAW.".
(
iv)
State
the
date
you
finished
modifying
the
vehicle
(
month
and
year),
if
applicable.
123
(
6)
The
original
and
supplemental
labels
must
be
readily
visible
in
the
fully
assembled
equipment.
(
7)
Send
the
Designated
Compliance
Officer
a
signed
letter
by
the
end
of
each
calendar
year
(
or
less
often
if
we
tell
you)
with
all
the
following
information:
(
i)
Identify
your
full
corporate
name,
address,
and
telephone
number.
(
ii)
List
the
equipment
models
you
expect
to
produce
under
this
exemption
in
the
coming
year.
(
iii)
State:
"
We
produced
each
listed
engine
or
equipment
model
for
nonroad
application
without
making
any
changes
that
could
increase
its
certified
emission
levels,
as
described
in
40
CFR
1048.610.".
(
e)
Failure
to
comply.
If
your
engines,
vehicles,
or
equipment
do
not
meet
the
criteria
listed
in
paragraph
(
d)
of
this
section,
the
engines
will
be
subject
to
the
standards,
requirements,
and
prohibitions
of
this
part
1048,
and
the
certificate
issued
under
40
CFR
part
86
will
not
be
deemed
to
also
be
a
certificate
issued
under
this
part
1048.
Introducing
these
engines
into
commerce
without
a
valid
exemption
or
certificate
of
conformity
under
this
part
violates
the
prohibitions
in
40
CFR
1068.101(
a)(
1).
(
f)
Data
submission.
We
may
require
you
to
send
us
emission
test
data
on
any
applicable
nonroad
duty
cycles.
(
g)
Participation
in
averaging,
banking
and
trading.
Vehicles
adapted
for
nonroad
use
under
this
section
may
generate
credits
under
the
ABT
provisions
in
40
CFR
part
86.
These
vehicles
must
use
emission
credits
under
40
CFR
part
86
if
they
are
certified
to
an
FEL
that
exceeds
an
applicable
standard
under
40
CFR
part
86.

255.
Section
1048.615
is
amended
by
revising
paragraphs
(
a)(
2),
(
a)(
3),
(
c),
and
(
d)
to
read
as
follows:
§
1048.615
What
are
the
provisions
for
exempting
engines
designed
for
lawn
and
garden
applications?
*
*
*
*
*
(
a)
*
*
*

(
2)
The
engine
must
have
a
maximum
engine
power
at
or
below
30
kW.
(
3)
The
engine
must
be
in
an
engine
family
that
has
a
valid
certificate
of
conformity
showing
that
it
meets
emission
standards
for
Class
II
engines
under
40
CFR
part
90
for
the
appropriate
model
year.
*
*
*
*
*
(
c)
If
your
engines
do
not
meet
the
criteria
listed
in
paragraph
(
a)
of
this
section,
they
will
be
subject
to
the
provisions
of
this
part.
Introducing
these
engines
into
commerce
without
a
valid
exemption
or
certificate
of
conformity
violates
the
prohibitions
in
40
CFR
1068.101.
(
d)
Engines
exempted
under
this
section
are
subject
to
all
the
requirements
affecting
engines
under
40
CFR
part
90.
The
requirements
and
restrictions
of
40
CFR
part
90
apply
to
anyone
manufacturing
these
engines,
anyone
manufacturing
equipment
that
uses
these
engines,
and
all
other
persons
in
the
same
manner
as
if
these
engines
had
a
total
maximum
engine
power
at
or
below
19
kW.
124
256.
Section
1048.620
is
revised
to
read
as
follows:
§
1048.620
What
are
the
provisions
for
exempting
large
engines
fueled
by
natural
gas?
(
a)
If
an
engine
meets
all
the
following
criteria,
it
is
exempt
from
the
requirements
of
this
part:
(
1)
The
engine
must
operate
solely
on
natural
gas
or
liquefied
petroleum
gas.
(
2)
The
engine
must
have
maximum
engine
power
at
or
above
250
kW.
(
3)
The
engine
must
be
in
an
engine
family
that
has
a
valid
certificate
of
conformity
showing
that
it
meets
emission
standards
for
engines
of
that
power
rating
under
40
CFR
part
89
or
1039.
(
b)
The
only
requirements
or
prohibitions
from
this
part
that
apply
to
an
engine
that
is
exempt
under
this
section
are
in
this
section.
(
c)
If
your
engines
do
not
meet
the
criteria
listed
in
paragraph
(
a)
of
this
section,
they
will
be
subject
to
the
provisions
of
this
part.
Introducing
these
engines
into
commerce
without
a
valid
exemption
or
certificate
of
conformity
violates
the
prohibitions
in
40
CFR
1068.101.
(
d)
Engines
exempted
under
this
section
are
subject
to
all
the
requirements
affecting
engines
under
40
CFR
part
89
or
1039.
The
requirements
and
restrictions
of
40
CFR
part
89
or
1039
apply
to
anyone
manufacturing
these
engines,
anyone
manufacturing
equipment
that
uses
these
engines,
and
all
other
persons
in
the
same
manner
as
if
these
were
nonroad
diesel
engines.
(
e)
You
may
request
an
exemption
under
this
section
by
submitting
an
application
for
certification
for
the
engines
under
40
CFR
part
89
or
1039.

257.
Section
1048.625
is
revised
to
read
as
follows:
§
1048.625
What
special
provisions
apply
to
engines
using
noncommercial
fuels?
In
§
1048.115(
e),
we
generally
require
that
engines
meet
emission
standards
for
any
adjustment
within
the
full
range
of
any
adjustable
parameters.
For
engines
that
use
noncommercial
fuels
significantly
different
than
the
specified
test
fuel
of
the
same
type,
you
may
ask
to
use
the
parameter­
adjustment
provisions
of
this
section
instead
of
those
in
§
1048.115(
e).
Engines
certified
under
this
section
must
be
in
a
separate
engine
family.
(
a)
If
we
approve
your
request,
the
following
provisions
apply:
(
1)
You
must
certify
the
engine
using
the
test
fuel
specified
in
§
1048.501.
(
2)
You
may
produce
the
engine
without
limits
or
stops
that
keep
the
engine
adjusted
within
the
certified
range.
(
3)
You
must
specify
in­
use
adjustments
different
than
the
adjustable
settings
appropriate
for
the
specified
test
fuel,
consistent
with
the
provisions
of
paragraph
(
b)(
1)
of
this
section.
(
b)
To
produce
engines
under
this
section,
you
must
do
the
following:
(
1)
Specify
in­
use
adjustments
needed
so
the
engine's
level
of
emission
control
for
each
regulated
pollutant
is
equivalent
to
that
from
the
certified
configuration.
(
2)
Add
the
following
information
to
the
emission
control
information
label
specified
in
§
1048.135:
(
i)
Include
instructions
describing
how
to
adjust
the
engine
to
operate
in
a
way
that
maintains
the
effectiveness
of
the
emission­
control
system.
(
ii)
State:
"
THIS
ENGINE
IS
CERTIFIED
TO
OPERATE
IN
APPLICATIONS
USING
NONCOMMERCIAL
FUEL.
MALADJUSTMENT
OF
THE
ENGINE
IS
A
VIOLATION
OF
FEDERAL
LAW
SUBJECT
TO
CIVIL
PENALTY.".
125
(
3)
Keep
records
to
document
the
destinations
and
quantities
of
engines
produced
under
this
section.

258.
A
new
§
1048.630
is
added
to
read
as
follows:
§
1048.630
What
are
the
provisions
for
exempting
engines
used
solely
for
competition?
The
provisions
of
this
section
apply
for
new
engines
built
on
or
after
January
1,
2006.
(
a)
Equipment
manufacturers
may
use
uncertified
engines
if
the
vehicles
or
equipment
in
which
they
are
installed
will
be
used
solely
for
competition.
(
b)
The
definition
of
nonroad
engine
in
40
CFR
1068.30
excludes
engines
used
solely
for
competition.
These
engines
are
not
required
to
comply
with
this
part
1048,
but
40
CFR
1068.101
prohibits
the
use
of
competition
engines
for
noncompetition
purposes.
(
c)
We
consider
a
vehicle
or
piece
of
equipment
to
be
one
that
will
be
used
solely
for
competition
if
it
has
features
that
are
not
easily
removed
that
would
make
its
use
other
than
in
competition
unsafe,
impractical,
or
highly
unlikely.
(
d)
As
an
engine
manufacturer,
your
engine
is
exempt
without
our
prior
approval
if
you
have
a
written
request
for
an
exempted
engine
from
the
equipment
manufacturer
showing
the
basis
for
believing
that
the
equipment
will
be
used
solely
for
competition.
You
must
permanently
label
engines
exempted
under
this
section
to
clearly
indicate
that
they
are
to
be
used
solely
for
competition.
Failure
to
properly
label
an
engine
will
void
the
exemption.
(
e)
We
may
discontinue
an
exemption
under
this
section
if
we
find
that
engines
are
not
used
solely
for
competition.

259.
A
new
§
1048.635
is
added
to
read
as
follows:
§
1048.635
What
special
provisions
apply
to
branded
engines?
The
following
provisions
apply
if
you
identify
the
name
and
trademark
of
another
company
instead
of
your
own
on
your
emission
control
information
label,
as
provided
by
§
1048.135(
c)(
2):
(
a)
You
must
have
a
contractual
agreement
with
the
other
company
that
obligates
that
company
to
take
the
following
steps:
(
1)
Meet
the
emission
warranty
requirements
that
apply
under
§
1048.120.
This
may
involve
a
separate
agreement
involving
reimbursement
of
warranty­
related
expenses.
(
2)
Report
all
warranty­
related
information
to
the
certificate
holder.
(
b)
In
your
application
for
certification,
identify
the
company
whose
trademark
you
will
use
and
describe
the
arrangements
you
have
made
to
meet
your
requirements
under
this
section.
(
c)
You
remain
responsible
for
meeting
all
the
requirements
of
this
chapter,
including
warranty
and
defect­
reporting
provisions.

260.
Section
1048.801
is
revised
to
read
as
follows:
§
1048.801
What
definitions
apply
to
this
part?
The
following
definitions
apply
to
this
part.
The
definitions
apply
to
all
subparts
unless
we
note
otherwise.
All
undefined
terms
have
the
meaning
the
Act
gives
to
them.
The
definitions
follow:
Act
means
the
Clean
Air
Act,
as
amended,
42
U.
S.
C.
7401­
7671q.
126
Adjustable
parameter
means
any
device,
system,
or
element
of
design
that
someone
can
adjust
(
including
those
which
are
difficult
to
access)
and
that,
if
adjusted,
may
affect
emissions
or
engine
performance
during
emission
testing
or
normal
in­
use
operation.
This
includes,
but
is
not
limited
to,
parameters
related
to
injection
timing
and
fueling
rate.
You
may
ask
us
to
exclude
a
parameter
that
is
difficult
to
access
if
it
cannot
be
adjusted
to
affect
emissions
without
significantly
degrading
engine
performance,
or
if
you
otherwise
show
us
that
it
will
not
be
adjusted
in
a
way
that
affects
emissions
during
in­
use
operation.
Aftertreatment
means
relating
to
a
catalytic
converter,
particulate
filter,
or
any
other
system,
component,
or
technology
mounted
downstream
of
the
exhaust
valve
(
or
exhaust
port)
whose
design
function
is
to
decrease
emissions
in
the
engine
exhaust
before
it
is
exhausted
to
the
environment.
Exhaust­
gas
recirculation
(
EGR)
and
turbochargers
are
not
aftertreatment.
Aircraft
means
any
vehicle
capable
of
sustained
air
travel
above
treetop
heights.
All­
terrain
vehicle
has
the
meaning
given
in
40
CFR
1051.801.
Amphibious
vehicle
means
a
vehicle
with
wheels
or
tracks
that
is
designed
primarily
for
operation
on
land
and
secondarily
for
operation
in
water.
Auxiliary
emission­
control
device
means
any
element
of
design
that
senses
temperature,
motive
speed,
engine
rpm,
transmission
gear,
or
any
other
parameter
for
the
purpose
of
activating,
modulating,
delaying,
or
deactivating
the
operation
of
any
part
of
the
emission­
control
system.
Blue
Sky
Series
engine
means
an
engine
meeting
the
requirements
of
§
1048.140.
Brake
power
means
the
usable
power
output
of
the
engine,
not
including
power
required
to
fuel,
lubricate,
or
heat
the
engine,
circulate
coolant
to
the
engine,
or
to
operate
aftertreatment
devices.
Calibration
means
the
set
of
specifications
and
tolerances
specific
to
a
particular
design,
version,
or
application
of
a
component
or
assembly
capable
of
functionally
describing
its
operation
over
its
working
range.
Certification
means
relating
to
the
process
of
obtaining
a
certificate
of
conformity
for
an
engine
family
that
complies
with
the
emission
standards
and
requirements
in
this
part.
Certified
emission
level
means
the
highest
deteriorated
emission
level
in
an
engine
family
for
a
given
pollutant
from
either
transient
or
steady­
state
testing.
Compression­
ignition
means
relating
to
a
type
of
reciprocating,
internal­
combustion
engine
that
is
not
a
spark­
ignition
engine.
Constant­
speed
engine
means
an
engine
whose
certification
is
limited
to
constant­
speed
operation.
Engines
whose
constant­
speed
governor
function
is
removed
or
disabled
are
no
longer
constant­
speed
engines.
Constant­
speed
operation
means
engine
operation
with
a
governor
that
controls
the
operator
input
to
maintain
an
engine
at
a
reference
speed,
even
under
changing
load.
For
example,
an
isochronous
governor
changes
reference
speed
temporarily
during
a
load
change,
then
returns
the
engine
to
its
original
reference
speed
after
the
engine
stabilizes.
Isochronous
governors
typically
allow
speed
changes
up
to
1.0
%.
Another
example
is
a
speed­
droop
governor,
which
has
a
fixed
reference
speed
at
zero
load
and
allows
the
reference
speed
to
decrease
as
load
increases.
With
speed­
droop
governors,
speed
typically
decreases
(
3
to
10)
%
below
the
reference
speed
at
zero
load,
such
that
the
minimum
reference
speed
occurs
near
the
engine's
point
of
maximum
power.
127
Crankcase
emissions
means
airborne
substances
emitted
to
the
atmosphere
from
any
part
of
the
engine
crankcase's
ventilation
or
lubrication
systems.
The
crankcase
is
the
housing
for
the
crankshaft
and
other
related
internal
parts.
Critical
emission­
related
component
means
any
of
the
following
components:
(
1)
Electronic
control
units,
aftertreatment
devices,
fuel­
metering
components,
EGR­
system
components,
crankcase­
ventilation
valves,
all
components
related
to
charge­
air
compression
and
cooling,
and
all
sensors
and
actuators
associated
with
any
of
these
components.
(
2)
Any
other
component
whose
primary
purpose
is
to
reduce
emissions.
Designated
Compliance
Officer
means
the
Manager,
Engine
Programs
Group
(
6405­
J),
U.
S.
Environmental
Protection
Agency,
1200
Pennsylvania
Ave.,
NW.,
Washington,
DC
20460.
Designated
Enforcement
Officer
means
the
Director,
Air
Enforcement
Division
(
2242A),
U.
S.
Environmental
Protection
Agency,
1200
Pennsylvania
Ave.,
NW.,
Washington,
DC
20460.
Deteriorated
emission
level
means
the
emission
level
that
results
from
applying
the
appropriate
deterioration
factor
to
the
official
emission
result
of
the
emission­
data
engine.
Deterioration
factor
means
the
relationship
between
emissions
at
the
end
of
useful
life
and
emissions
at
the
low­
hour
test
point,
expressed
in
one
of
the
following
ways:
(
1)
For
multiplicative
deterioration
factors,
the
ratio
of
emissions
at
the
end
of
useful
life
to
emissions
at
the
low­
hour
test
point.
(
2)
For
additive
deterioration
factors,
the
difference
between
emissions
at
the
end
of
useful
life
and
emissions
at
the
low­
hour
test
point.
Discrete­
mode
means
relating
to
the
discrete­
mode
type
of
steady­
state
test
described
in
§
1048.505.
Emission­
control
system
means
any
device,
system,
or
element
of
design
that
controls
or
reduces
the
regulated
emissions
from
an
engine.
Emission­
data
engine
means
an
engine
that
is
tested
for
certification.
This
includes
engines
tested
to
establish
deterioration
factors.
Emission­
related
maintenance
means
maintenance
that
substantially
affects
emissions
or
is
likely
to
substantially
affect
emission
deterioration.
Engine
configuration
means
a
unique
combination
of
engine
hardware
and
calibration
within
an
engine
family.
Engines
within
a
single
engine
configuration
differ
only
with
respect
to
normal
production
variability.
Engine
family
has
the
meaning
given
in
§
1048.230.
Engine
manufacturer
means
the
manufacturer
of
the
engine.
See
the
definition
of
"
manufacturer"
in
this
section.
Equipment
manufacturer
means
a
manufacturer
of
nonroad
equipment.
All
nonroad
equipment
manufacturing
entities
under
the
control
of
the
same
person
are
considered
to
be
a
single
nonroad
equipment
manufacturer.
Excluded
means
relating
to
an
engine
that
either:
(
1)
Has
been
determined
not
to
be
a
nonroad
engine,
as
specified
in
40
CFR
1068.30;
or
(
2)
Is
a
nonroad
engine
that,
according
to
§
1048.5,
is
not
subject
to
this
part
1048.
Exempted
has
the
meaning
given
in
40
CFR
1068.30.
Exhaust­
gas
recirculation
means
a
technology
that
reduces
emissions
by
routing
exhaust
gases
that
had
been
exhausted
from
the
combustion
chamber(
s)
back
into
the
engine
to
be
mixed
with
incoming
air
before
or
during
combustion.
The
use
of
valve
timing
to
increase
the
amount
of
128
residual
exhaust
gas
in
the
combustion
chamber(
s)
that
is
mixed
with
incoming
air
before
or
during
combustion
is
not
considered
exhaust­
gas
recirculation
for
the
purposes
of
this
part.
Fuel
system
means
all
components
involved
in
transporting,
metering,
and
mixing
the
fuel
from
the
fuel
tank
to
the
combustion
chamber(
s),
including
the
fuel
tank,
fuel
tank
cap,
fuel
pump,
fuel
filters,
fuel
lines,
carburetor
or
fuel­
injection
components,
and
all
fuel­
system
vents.
Fuel
type
means
a
general
category
of
fuels
such
as
gasoline
or
natural
gas.
There
can
be
multiple
grades
within
a
single
fuel
type,
such
as
winter­
grade
and
summer­
grade
gasoline.
Good
engineering
judgment
has
the
meaning
given
in
40
CFR
1068.30.
See
40
CFR
1068.5
for
the
administrative
process
we
use
to
evaluate
good
engineering
judgment.
High­
cost
warranted
part
means
a
component
covered
by
the
emission­
related
warranty
with
a
replacement
cost
(
at
the
time
of
certification)
exceeding
$
400
(
in
1998
dollars).
Adjust
this
value
using
the
most
recent
annual
average
consumer
price
index
information
published
by
the
U.
S.
Bureau
of
Labor
Statistics.
For
this
definition,
replacement
cost
includes
the
retail
cost
of
the
part
plus
labor
and
standard
diagnosis.
High­
load
engine
means
an
engine
for
which
the
engine
manufacturer
can
provide
clear
evidence
that
operation
below
75
percent
of
maximum
load
in
its
final
application
will
be
rare.
Hydrocarbon
(
HC)
means
the
hydrocarbon
group
on
which
the
emission
standards
are
based
for
each
fuel
type,
as
described
in
§
1048.101(
e).
Identification
number
means
a
unique
specification
(
for
example,
a
model
number/
serial
number
combination)
that
allows
someone
to
distinguish
a
particular
engine
from
other
similar
engines.
Intermediate
test
speed
has
the
meaning
given
in
40
CFR
1065.1001.
Low­
hour
means
relating
to
an
engine
with
stabilized
emissions
and
represents
the
undeteriorated
emission
level.
This
would
generally
involve
less
than
300
hours
of
operation.
Manufacturer
has
the
meaning
given
in
section
216(
1)
of
the
Act.
In
general,
this
term
includes
any
person
who
manufactures
an
engine,
vehicle,
or
piece
of
equipment
for
sale
in
the
United
States
or
otherwise
introduces
a
new
nonroad
engine
into
commerce
in
the
United
States.
This
includes
importers
who
import
engines,
equipment,
or
vehicles
for
resale.
Marine
engine
means
a
nonroad
engine
that
is
installed
or
intended
to
be
installed
on
a
marine
vessel.
This
includes
a
portable
auxiliary
engine
only
if
its
fueling,
cooling,
or
exhaust
system
is
an
integral
part
of
the
vessel.
There
are
two
kinds
of
marine
engines:
(
1)
Propulsion
marine
engine
means
a
marine
engine
that
moves
a
vessel
through
the
water
or
directs
the
vessel's
movement.
(
2)
Auxiliary
marine
engine
means
a
marine
engine
not
used
for
propulsion.
Marine
vessel
has
the
meaning
given
in
1
U.
S.
C.
3,
except
that
it
does
not
include
amphibious
vehicles.
The
definition
in
1
U.
S.
C.
3
very
broadly
includes
every
craft
capable
of
being
used
as
a
means
of
transportation
on
water.
Maximum
engine
power
has
one
of
the
following
meanings:
(
1)
For
engines
at
or
below
30
kW,
maximum
engine
power
has
the
meaning
given
in
40
CFR
90.3.
(
2)
For
engines
above
30
kW,
maximum
engine
power
has
the
meaning
given
in
40
CFR
1039.140
Maximum
test
speed
has
one
of
the
following
meanings:
(
1)
For
variable­
speed
engines,
maximum
test
speed
has
the
meaning
given
in
40
CFR
1065.1001.
129
(
2)
For
transient
testing
of
constant­
speed
engines,
maximum
test
speed
means
the
highest
speed
at
which
the
engine
produces
zero
torque.
(
3)
For
steady­
state
testing
of
constant­
speed
engines,
maximum
test
speed
means
the
speed
at
which
the
engine
produces
peak
torque.
Maximum
test
torque
has
the
meaning
given
in
40
CFR
1065.1001.
Model
year
means
one
of
the
following
things:
(
1)
For
freshly
manufactured
equipment
and
engines
(
see
definition
of
"
new
nonroad
engine,"
paragraph
(
1)),
model
year
means
one
of
the
following:
(
i)
Calendar
year.
(
ii)
Your
annual
new
model
production
period
if
it
is
different
than
the
calendar
year.
This
must
include
January
1
of
the
calendar
year
for
which
the
model
year
is
named.
It
may
not
begin
before
January
2
of
the
previous
calendar
year
and
it
must
end
by
December
31
of
the
named
calendar
year.
(
2)
For
an
engine
that
is
converted
to
a
nonroad
engine
after
being
placed
into
service
as
a
motorvehicle
engine
or
a
stationary
engine,
model
year
means
the
calendar
year
in
which
the
engine
was
originally
produced
(
see
definition
of
"
new
nonroad
engine,"
paragraph
(
2)).
(
3)
For
a
nonroad
engine
excluded
under
§
1048.5
that
is
later
converted
to
operate
in
an
application
that
is
not
excluded,
model
year
means
the
calendar
year
in
which
the
engine
was
originally
produced
(
see
definition
of
"
new
nonroad
engine,"
paragraph
(
3)).
(
4)
For
engines
that
are
not
freshly
manufactured
but
are
installed
in
new
nonroad
equipment,
model
year
means
the
calendar
year
in
which
the
engine
is
installed
in
the
new
nonroad
equipment
(
see
definition
of
"
new
nonroad
engine,"
paragraph
(
4)).
(
5)
For
imported
engines:
(
i)
For
imported
engines
described
in
paragraph
(
5)(
i)
of
the
definition
of
"
new
nonroad
engine,"
model
year
has
the
meaning
given
in
paragraphs
(
1)
through
(
4)
of
this
definition.
(
ii)
[
Reserved]
Motor
vehicle
has
the
meaning
given
in
40
CFR
85.1703(
a).
New
nonroad
engine
means
any
of
the
following
things:
(
1)
A
freshly
manufactured
nonroad
engine
for
which
the
ultimate
purchaser
has
never
received
the
equitable
or
legal
title.
This
kind
of
engine
might
commonly
be
thought
of
as
"
brand
new."
In
the
case
of
this
paragraph
(
1),
the
engine
becomes
new
when
it
is
fully
assembled
for
the
first
time.
The
engine
is
no
longer
new
when
the
ultimate
purchaser
receives
the
title
or
the
product
is
placed
into
service,
whichever
comes
first.
(
2)
An
engine
originally
manufactured
as
a
motor­
vehicle
engine
or
a
stationary
engine
that
is
later
intended
to
be
used
in
a
piece
of
nonroad
equipment.
In
this
case,
the
engine
is
no
longer
a
motor­
vehicle
or
stationary
engine
and
becomes
a
"
new
nonroad
engine".
The
engine
is
no
longer
new
when
it
is
placed
into
nonroad
service.
(
3)
A
nonroad
engine
that
has
been
previously
placed
into
service
in
an
application
we
exclude
under
§
1048.5,
where
that
engine
is
installed
in
a
piece
of
equipment
that
is
covered
by
this
part
1048.
The
engine
is
no
longer
new
when
it
is
placed
into
nonroad
service
covered
by
this
part
1048.
For
example,
this
would
apply
to
a
marine­
propulsion
engine
that
is
no
longer
used
in
a
marine
vessel.
(
4)
An
engine
not
covered
by
paragraphs
(
1)
through
(
3)
of
this
definition
that
is
intended
to
be
installed
in
new
nonroad
equipment.
The
engine
is
no
longer
new
when
the
ultimate
purchaser
130
receives
a
title
for
the
equipment
or
the
product
is
placed
into
service,
whichever
comes
first.
This
generally
includes
installation
of
used
engines
in
new
equipment.
(
5)
An
imported
nonroad
engine,
subject
to
the
following
provisions:
(
i)
An
imported
nonroad
engine
covered
by
a
certificate
of
conformity
issued
under
this
part
that
meets
the
criteria
of
one
or
more
of
paragraphs
(
1)
through
(
4)
of
this
definition,
where
the
original
engine
manufacturer
holds
the
certificate,
is
new
as
defined
by
those
applicable
paragraphs.
(
ii)
An
imported
nonroad
engine
covered
by
a
certificate
of
conformity
issued
under
this
part,
where
someone
other
than
the
original
engine
manufacturer
holds
the
certificate
(
such
as
when
the
engine
is
modified
after
its
initial
assembly),
becomes
new
when
it
is
imported.
It
is
no
longer
new
when
the
ultimate
purchaser
receives
a
title
for
the
engine
or
it
is
placed
into
service,
whichever
comes
first.
(
iii)
An
imported
nonroad
engine
that
is
not
covered
by
a
certificate
of
conformity
issued
under
this
part
at
the
time
of
importation
is
new,
but
only
if
it
was
produced
on
or
after
January
1,
2004.
This
addresses
uncertified
engines
and
equipment
initially
placed
into
service
that
someone
seeks
to
import
into
the
United
States.
Importation
of
this
kind
of
new
nonroad
engine
(
or
equipment
containing
such
an
engine)
is
generally
prohibited
by
40
CFR
part
1068.
New
nonroad
equipment
means
either
of
the
following
things:
(
1)
A
nonroad
piece
of
equipment
for
which
the
ultimate
purchaser
has
never
received
the
equitable
or
legal
title.
The
product
is
no
longer
new
when
the
ultimate
purchaser
receives
this
title
or
the
product
is
placed
into
service,
whichever
comes
first.
(
2)
An
imported
nonroad
piece
of
equipment
with
an
engine
not
covered
by
a
certificate
of
conformity
issued
under
this
part
at
the
time
of
importation
and
manufactured
after
January
1,
2004.
Noncommercial
fuel
means
a
combustible
product
that
is
not
marketed
as
a
commercial
fuel,
but
is
used
as
a
fuel
for
nonroad
engines.
For
example,
this
includes
methane
that
is
produced
and
released
from
landfills
or
oil
wells,
or
similar
unprocessed
fuels
that
are
not
intended
to
meet
any
otherwise
applicable
fuel
specifications.
See
§
1048.615
for
provisions
related
to
engines
designed
to
burn
noncommercial
fuels.
Noncompliant
engine
means
an
engine
that
was
originally
covered
by
a
certificate
of
conformity,
but
is
not
in
the
certified
configuration
or
otherwise
does
not
comply
with
the
conditions
of
the
certificate.
Nonconforming
engine
means
an
engine
not
covered
by
a
certificate
of
conformity
that
would
otherwise
be
subject
to
emission
standards.
Nonmethane
hydrocarbon
means
the
difference
between
the
emitted
mass
of
total
hydrocarbons
and
the
emitted
mass
of
methane.
Nonroad
means
relating
to
nonroad
engines
or
equipment
that
includes
nonroad
engines.
Nonroad
engine
has
the
meaning
given
in
40
CFR
1068.30.
In
general
this
means
all
internal­
combustion
engines
except
motor
vehicle
engines,
stationary
engines,
engines
used
solely
for
competition,
or
engines
used
in
aircraft.
This
part
does
not
apply
to
all
nonroad
engines
(
see
§
1048.5).
Nonroad
equipment
means
a
piece
of
equipment
that
is
powered
by
one
or
more
nonroad
engines.
131
Off­
highway
motorcycle
has
the
meaning
given
in
40
CFR
1051.801.
(
Note:
highway
motorcycles
are
regulated
under
40
CFR
part
86.)
Official
emission
result
means
the
measured
emission
rate
for
an
emission­
data
engine
on
a
given
duty
cycle
before
the
application
of
any
deterioration
factor,
but
after
the
applicability
of
regeneration
adjustment
factors.
Owners
manual
means
a
document
or
collection
of
documents
prepared
by
the
engine
manufacturer
for
the
owner
or
operator
to
describe
appropriate
engine
maintenance,
applicable
warranties,
and
any
other
information
related
to
operating
or
keeping
the
engine.
The
owners
manual
is
typically
provided
to
the
ultimate
purchaser
at
the
time
of
sale.
Oxides
of
nitrogen
has
the
meaning
given
in
40
CFR
part
1065.
Piece
of
equipment
means
any
vehicle,
vessel,
or
other
type
of
equipment
using
engines
to
which
this
part
applies.
Placed
into
service
means
put
into
initial
use
for
its
intended
purpose.
Point
of
first
retail
sale
means
the
location
at
which
the
initial
retail
sale
occurs.
This
generally
means
an
equipment
dealership,
but
may
also
include
an
engine
seller
or
distributor
in
cases
where
loose
engines
are
sold
to
the
general
public
for
uses
such
as
replacement
engines.
Ramped­
modal
means
relating
to
the
ramped­
modal
type
of
steady­
state
test
described
in
§
1048.505.
Rated
speed
means
the
maximum
full­
load
governed
speed
for
governed
engines
and
the
speed
of
maximum
power
for
ungoverned
engines.
Revoke
has
the
meaning
given
in
40
CFR
1068.30.
Round
has
the
meaning
given
in
40
CFR
1065.1001,
unless
otherwise
specified.
Scheduled
maintenance
means
adjusting,
repairing,
removing,
disassembling,
cleaning,
or
replacing
components
or
systems
periodically
to
keep
a
part
or
system
from
failing,
malfunctioning,
or
wearing
prematurely.
It
also
may
mean
actions
you
expect
are
necessary
to
correct
an
overt
indication
of
failure
or
malfunction
for
which
periodic
maintenance
is
not
appropriate.
Severe­
duty
application
includes
concrete
saws,
concrete
pumps,
and
any
other
application
where
an
engine
manufacturer
can
provide
clear
evidence
that
the
majority
of
installations
need
air­
cooled
engines
as
a
result
of
operation
in
a
severe­
duty
environment.
Severe­
duty
engine
means
an
engine
from
an
engine
family
in
which
the
majority
of
engines
are
installed
in
severe­
duty
applications.
Small­
volume
engine
manufacturer
means
a
company
with
fewer
than
200
employees.
This
includes
any
employees
working
for
parent
or
subsidiary
companies.
Snowmobile
has
the
meaning
given
in
40
CFR
1051.801.
Spark­
ignition
means
relating
to
a
gasoline­
fueled
engine
or
any
other
type
of
engine
with
a
spark
plug
(
or
other
sparking
device)
and
with
operating
characteristics
significantly
similar
to
the
theoretical
Otto
combustion
cycle.
Spark­
ignition
engines
usually
use
a
throttle
to
regulate
intake
air
flow
to
control
power
during
normal
operation.
Steady­
state
means
relating
to
emission
tests
in
which
engine
speed
and
load
are
held
at
a
finite
set
of
essentially
constant
values.
Steady­
state
tests
are
either
discrete­
mode
tests
or
ramped­
modal
tests.
Stoichiometric
means
relating
to
the
particular
ratio
of
air
and
fuel
such
that
if
the
fuel
were
fully
oxidized,
there
would
be
no
remaining
fuel
or
oxygen.
For
example,
stoichiometric
combustion
in
a
gasoline­
fueled
engine
typically
occurs
at
an
air­
fuel
mass
ratio
of
about
14.7.
132
Suspend
has
the
meaning
given
in
40
CFR
1068.30.
Test
engine
means
an
engine
in
a
test
sample.
Test
sample
means
the
collection
of
engines
selected
from
the
population
of
an
engine
family
for
emission
testing.
This
may
include
testing
for
certification,
production­
line
testing,
or
in­
use
testing.
Tier
1
means
relating
to
the
emission
standards
and
other
requirements
that
apply
beginning
with
the
2004
model
year.
Tier
2
means
relating
to
the
emission
standards
and
other
requirements
that
apply
beginning
with
the
2007
model
year.
Total
hydrocarbon
means
the
combined
mass
of
organic
compounds
measured
by
the
specified
procedure
for
measuring
total
hydrocarbon,
expressed
as
a
hydrocarbon
with
a
hydrogen­
to­
carbon
mass
ratio
of
1.85:
1.
Total
hydrocarbon
equivalent
means
the
sum
of
the
carbon
mass
contributions
of
non­
oxygenated
hydrocarbons,
alcohols
and
aldehydes,
or
other
organic
compounds
that
are
measured
separately
as
contained
in
a
gas
sample,
expressed
as
exhaust
hydrocarbon
from
petroleum­
fueled
engines.
The
hydrogen­
to­
carbon
ratio
of
the
equivalent
hydrocarbon
is
1.85:
1.
Ultimate
purchaser
means,
with
respect
to
any
new
nonroad
equipment
or
new
nonroad
engine,
the
first
person
who
in
good
faith
purchases
such
new
nonroad
equipment
or
new
nonroad
engine
for
purposes
other
than
resale.
United
States
has
the
meaning
given
in
40
CFR
1068.30.
Upcoming
model
year
means
for
an
engine
family
the
model
year
after
the
one
currently
in
production.
U.
S.­
directed
production
volume
means
the
number
of
engine
units,
subject
to
the
requirements
of
this
part,
produced
by
a
manufacturer
for
which
the
manufacturer
has
a
reasonable
assurance
that
sale
was
or
will
be
made
to
ultimate
purchasers
in
the
United
States.
Useful
life
means
the
period
during
which
the
engine
is
designed
to
properly
function
in
terms
of
reliability
and
fuel
consumption,
without
being
remanufactured,
specified
as
a
number
of
hours
of
operation
or
calendar
years,
whichever
comes
first.
It
is
the
period
during
which
a
new
nonroad
engine
is
required
to
comply
with
all
applicable
emission
standards.
See
§
1048.101(
g).
Variable­
speed
engine
means
an
engine
that
is
not
a
constant­
speed
engine.
Variable­
speed
operation
means
engine
operation
that
does
not
meet
the
definition
of
constant­
speed
operation.
Void
has
the
meaning
given
in
40
CFR
1068.30.
Volatile
liquid
fuel
means
any
fuel
other
than
diesel
or
biodiesel
that
is
a
liquid
at
atmospheric
pressure
and
has
a
Reid
Vapor
Pressure
higher
than
2.0
pounds
per
square
inch.
Wide­
open
throttle
means
maximum
throttle
opening.
Unless
this
is
specified
at
a
given
speed,
it
refers
to
maximum
throttle
opening
at
maximum
speed.
For
electronically
controlled
or
other
engines
with
multiple
possible
fueling
rates,
wide­
open
throttle
also
means
the
maximum
fueling
rate
at
maximum
throttle
opening
under
test
conditions.
We
(
us,
our)
means
the
Administrator
of
the
Environmental
Protection
Agency
and
any
authorized
representatives.

261.
Section
1048.805
is
amended
by
adding
"
NARA"
to
the
table
in
alphabetical
order
to
read
as
follows:
133
§
1048.805
What
symbols,
acronyms,
and
abbreviations
does
this
part
use?
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
NARA
National
Archives
and
Records
Administration.
*
*
*
*
*
*
*

262.
Section
1048.810
is
revised
to
read
as
follows:
§
1048.810
What
materials
does
this
part
reference?
Documents
listed
in
this
section
have
been
incorporated
by
reference
into
this
part.
The
Director
of
the
Federal
Register
approved
the
incorporation
by
reference
as
prescribed
in
5
U.
S.
C.
552(
a)
and
1
CFR
part
51.
Anyone
may
inspect
copies
at
the
U.
S.
EPA,
Air
and
Radiation
Docket
and
Information
Center,
1301
Constitution
Ave.,
NW.,
Room
B102,
EPA
West
Building,
Washington,
DC
20460
or
at
the
National
Archives
and
Records
Administration
(
NARA).
For
information
on
the
availability
of
this
material
at
NARA,
call
202­
741­
6030,
or
go
to:
http://
www.
archives.
gov/
federal_
register/
code_
of_
federal_
regulations/
ibr_
locations.
html.
(
a)
[
Reserved]
(
b)
SAE
material.
Table
2
of
this
section
lists
material
from
the
Society
of
Automotive
Engineering
that
we
have
incorporated
by
reference.
The
first
column
lists
the
number
and
name
of
the
material.
The
second
column
lists
the
sections
of
this
part
where
we
reference
it.
Anyone
may
purchase
copies
of
these
materials
from
the
Society
of
Automotive
Engineers,
400
Commonwealth
Drive,
Warrendale,
PA
15096
or
www.
sae.
org.
Table
2
follows:

Table
2
of
§
1048.810
 
SAE
Materials
Document
number
and
name
Part
1048
reference
SAE
J1930,
Electrical/
Electronic
Systems
Diagnostic
Terms,
Definitions,
Abbreviations,
and
Acronyms,
revised
May
1998.
1048.135
SAE
J2260,
Nonmetallic
Fuel
System
Tubing
with
One
or
More
Layers,
November
1996.
1048.105
(
c)
ISO
material.
Table
3
of
this
section
lists
material
from
the
International
Organization
for
Standardization
that
we
have
incorporated
by
reference.
The
first
column
lists
the
number
and
name
of
the
material.
The
second
column
lists
the
section
of
this
part
where
we
reference
it.
Anyone
may
purchase
copies
of
these
materials
from
the
International
Organization
for
Standardization,
Case
Postale
56,
CH­
1211
Geneva
20,
Switzerland
or
www.
iso.
org.
Table
3
follows:
134
Table
3
of
§
1048.810
 
ISO
Materials
Document
number
and
name
Part
1048
reference
ISO
9141­
2
Road
vehicles
 
Diagnostic
systems
 
Part
2:
CARB
requirements
for
interchange
of
digital
information,
February
1994.
1048.110
ISO
14230­
4
Road
vehicles
 
Diagnostic
systems
 
Keyword
Protocol
2000
 
Part
4:
Requirements
for
emission­
related
systems,
June
2000.
1048.110
263.
Section
1048.815
is
revised
to
read
as
follows:
§
1048.815
What
provisions
apply
to
confidential
information?
(
a)
Clearly
show
what
you
consider
confidential
by
marking,
circling,
bracketing,
stamping,
or
some
other
method.
(
b)
We
will
store
your
confidential
information
as
described
in
40
CFR
part
2.
Also,
we
will
disclose
it
only
as
specified
in
40
CFR
part
2.
This
applies
both
to
any
information
you
send
us
and
to
any
information
we
collect
from
inspections,
audits,
or
other
site
visits.
(
c)
If
you
send
us
a
second
copy
without
the
confidential
information,
we
will
assume
it
contains
nothing
confidential
whenever
we
need
to
release
information
from
it.
(
d)
If
you
send
us
information
without
claiming
it
is
confidential,
we
may
make
it
available
to
the
public
without
further
notice
to
you,
as
described
in
40
CFR
2.204.

264.
Section
1048.820
is
revised
to
read
as
follows:
§
1048.820
How
do
I
request
a
hearing?
(
a)
You
may
request
a
hearing
under
certain
circumstances,
as
described
elsewhere
in
this
part.
To
do
this,
you
must
file
a
written
request,
including
a
description
of
your
objection
and
any
supporting
data,
within
30
days
after
we
make
a
decision.
(
b)
For
a
hearing
you
request
under
the
provisions
of
this
part,
we
will
approve
your
request
if
we
find
that
your
request
raises
a
substantial
factual
issue.
(
c)
If
we
agree
to
hold
a
hearing,
we
will
use
the
procedures
specified
in
40
CFR
part
1068,
subpart
G.

265.
Appendix
I
to
part
1048
is
amended
in
the
table
by
adding
a
footnote
to
read
as
follows:
Appendix
I
to
Part
1048
 
Large
Spark­
ignition
(
SI)
Transient
Cycle
for
Constant­
Speed
Engines
Time(
s)
Normalized
speed
Normalized
torque1
*
*
*
*
*
*
*

1
The
percent
torque
is
relative
to
maximum
torque
at
the
commanded
engine
speed..
135
PART
1051
 
CONTROL
OF
EMISSIONS
FROM
RECREATIONAL
ENGINES
AND
VEHICLES
266.
The
authority
citation
for
part
1051
is
revised
to
read
as
follows:
Authority:
42
U.
S.
C.
7401
­
7671q.

267.
The
heading
for
subpart
A
is
revised
to
read
as
follows:
Subpart
A
 
Overview
and
Applicability
268.
Section
1051.1
is
revised
to
read
as
follows:
§
1051.1
Does
this
part
apply
for
my
vehicles
or
engines?
(
a)
The
regulations
in
this
part
1051
apply
for
all
the
following
new
recreational
vehicles
or
new
engines
used
in
the
following
recreational
vehicles,
except
as
provided
in
§
1051.5:
(
1)
Snowmobiles.
(
2)
Off­
highway
motorcycles.
(
3)
All­
terrain
vehicles
(
ATVs).
(
4)
Offroad
utility
vehicles
with
engines
with
displacement
less
than
or
equal
to
1000
cc,
maximum
engine
power
less
than
or
equal
to
30
kW,
and
maximum
vehicle
speed
of
25
miles
per
hour
or
higher.
Offroad
utility
vehicles
that
are
subject
to
this
part
are
subject
to
the
same
requirements
as
ATVs.
This
means
that
any
requirement
that
applies
to
ATVs
also
applies
to
these
offroad
utility
vehicles,
without
regard
to
whether
the
regulatory
language
mentions
offroad
utility
vehicles.
(
b)
In
certain
cases,
the
regulations
in
this
part
1051
apply
to
new
engines
under
50
cc
used
in
motorcycles
that
are
motor
vehicles.
See
40
CFR
86.447­
2006
or
86.448­
2006
for
provisions
related
to
this
allowance.
(
c)
This
part
1051
applies
for
new
recreational
vehicles
starting
in
the
2006
model
year,
except
as
described
in
subpart
B
of
this
part.
You
need
not
follow
this
part
for
vehicles
you
produce
before
the
2006
model
year,
unless
you
certify
voluntarily.
See
§
§
1051.103
through
1051.110,
§
1051.145,
and
the
definition
of
"
model
year"
in
§
1051.801
for
more
information
about
the
timing
of
the
requirements.
(
d)
The
requirements
of
this
part
begin
to
apply
when
a
vehicle
is
new.
See
the
definition
of
"
new"
in
§
1051.801
for
more
information.
In
some
cases,
vehicles
or
engines
that
have
been
previously
used
may
be
considered
"
new"
for
the
purposes
of
this
part.
(
e)
The
evaporative
emission
requirements
of
this
part
apply
to
highway
motorcycles,
as
specified
in
40
CFR
part
86,
subpart
E.

269.
Section
1051.5
is
revised
to
read
as
follows:
§
1051.5
Which
engines
are
excluded
from
this
part's
requirements?
(
a)
You
may
exclude
vehicles
with
compression­
ignition
engines.
See
40
CFR
part
89
or
1039
for
regulations
that
cover
these
engines.
136
(
b)
We
may
require
you
to
label
an
engine
or
vehicle
(
or
both)
if
this
section
excludes
it
and
other
requirements
in
this
chapter
do
not
apply.

270.
Section
1051.10
is
revised
to
read
as
follows:
§
1051.10
How
is
this
part
organized?
The
regulations
in
this
part
1051
contain
provisions
that
affect
both
vehicle
manufacturers
and
others.
However,
the
requirements
of
this
part
are
generally
addressed
to
the
vehicle
manufacturer.
The
term
"
you"
generally
means
the
vehicle
manufacturer,
as
defined
in
§
1051.801.
This
part
1051
is
divided
into
the
following
subparts:
(
a)
Subpart
A
of
this
part
defines
the
applicability
of
part
1051
and
gives
an
overview
of
regulatory
requirements.
(
b)
Subpart
B
of
this
part
describes
the
emission
standards
and
other
requirements
that
must
be
met
to
certify
engines
under
this
part.
Note
that
§
1051.145
discusses
certain
interim
requirements
and
compliance
provisions
that
apply
only
for
a
limited
time.
(
c)
Subpart
C
of
this
part
describes
how
to
apply
for
a
certificate
of
conformity.
(
d)
Subpart
D
of
this
part
describes
general
provisions
for
testing
production­
line
engines.
(
e)
[
Reserved]
(
f)
Subpart
F
of
this
part
describes
how
to
test
your
engines
(
including
references
to
other
parts
of
the
Code
of
Federal
Regulations).
(
g)
Subpart
G
of
this
part
and
40
CFR
part
1068
describe
requirements,
prohibitions,
and
other
provisions
that
apply
to
engine
manufacturers,
equipment
manufacturers,
owners,
operators,
rebuilders,
and
all
others.
(
h)
Subpart
H
of
this
part
describes
how
you
may
generate
and
use
emission
credits
to
certify
your
engines.
(
i)
Subpart
I
of
this
part
contains
definitions
and
other
reference
information.

271.
Section
1051.15
is
revised
to
read
as
follows:
§
1051.15
Do
any
other
regulation
parts
apply
to
me?
(
a)
Parts
86
and
1065
of
this
chapter
describe
procedures
and
equipment
specifications
for
testing
vehicles
and
engines.
Subpart
F
of
this
part
1051
describes
how
to
apply
the
provisions
of
parts
86
and
1065
of
this
chapter
to
determine
whether
vehicles
meet
the
emission
standards
in
this
part.
(
b)
The
requirements
and
prohibitions
of
part
1068
of
this
chapter
apply
to
everyone,
including
anyone
who
manufactures,
imports,
installs,
owns,
operates,
or
rebuilds
any
of
the
vehicles
subject
to
this
part
1051,
or
vehicles
containing
these
engines.
Part
1068
of
this
chapter
describes
general
provisions,
including
these
seven
areas:
(
1)
Prohibited
acts
and
penalties
for
manufacturers
and
others.
(
2)
Rebuilding
and
other
aftermarket
changes.
(
3)
Exclusions
and
exemptions
for
certain
vehicles
and
engines.
(
4)
Importing
vehicles
and
engines.
(
5)
Selective
enforcement
audits
of
your
production.
(
6)
Defect
reporting
and
recall.
(
7)
Procedures
for
hearings.
137
(
c)
Other
parts
of
this
chapter
apply
if
referenced
in
this
part.

272.
Section
1051.101
is
amended
by
revising
paragraphs
(
a)(
1),
(
a)(
2),
(
c),
and
(
f)
to
read
as
follows:
§
1051.101
What
emission
standards
and
other
requirements
must
my
vehicles
meet?
(
a)
*
*
*
(
1)
The
applicable
exhaust
emission
standards
in
§
1051.103,
§
1051.105,
§
1051.107,
or
§
1051.145.
(
i)
For
snowmobiles,
see
§
1051.103.
(
ii)
For
off­
highway
motorcycles,
see
§
1051.105.
(
iii)
For
all­
terrain
vehicles
and
offroad
utility
vehicles
subject
to
this
part,
see
§
1051.107
and
§
1051.145.
(
2)
The
evaporative
emission
standards
in
§
1051.110.
*
*
*
*
*
(
c)
These
standards
and
requirements
apply
to
all
testing,
including
certification,
production­
line,
and
in­
use
testing.
*
*
*
*
*
(
f)
As
described
in
§
1051.1(
a)(
4),
offroad
utility
vehicles
that
are
subject
to
this
part
are
subject
to
the
same
requirements
as
ATVs.

273.
Section
1051.103
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
a)(
1)
before
the
table
and
paragraphs
(
b)
introductory
text
and
(
c)
introductory
text
to
read
as
follows:
§
1051.103
What
are
the
exhaust
emission
standards
for
snowmobiles?
(
a)
*
*
*
(
1)
Follow
Table
1
of
this
section
for
exhaust
emission
standards.
You
may
generate
or
use
emission
credits
under
the
averaging,
banking,
and
trading
(
ABT)
program
for
HC+
NOx
and
CO
emissions,
as
described
in
subpart
H
of
this
part.
This
requires
that
you
specify
a
family
emission
limit
for
each
pollutant
you
include
in
the
ABT
program
for
each
engine
family.
These
family
emission
limits
serve
as
the
emission
standards
for
the
engine
family
with
respect
to
all
required
testing
instead
of
the
standards
specified
in
this
section.
An
engine
family
meets
emission
standards
even
if
its
family
emission
limit
is
higher
than
the
standard,
as
long
as
you
show
that
the
whole
averaging
set
of
applicable
engine
families
meets
the
applicable
emission
standards
using
emission
credits,
and
the
vehicles
within
the
family
meet
the
family
emission
limit.
The
phase­
in
values
specify
the
percentage
of
your
U.
S.­
directed
production
that
must
comply
with
the
emission
standards
for
those
model
years.
Calculate
this
compliance
percentage
based
on
a
simple
count
of
your
U.
S.­
directed
production
units
within
each
certified
engine
family
compared
with
a
simple
count
of
your
total
U.
S.­
directed
production
units.
Table
1
also
shows
the
maximum
value
you
may
specify
for
a
family
emission
limit,
as
follows:
*
*
*
*
*
(
b)
The
exhaust
emission
standards
in
this
section
apply
for
snowmobiles
using
the
fuel
type
on
which
they
are
designed
to
operate.
You
must
meet
the
numerical
emission
standards
for
138
hydrocarbons
in
this
section
based
on
the
following
types
of
hydrocarbon
emissions
for
snowmobiles
powered
by
the
following
fuels:
*
*
*
*
*
(
c)
Your
snowmobiles
must
meet
emission
standards
over
their
full
useful
life.
The
minimum
useful
life
is
8,000
kilometers,
400
hours
of
engine
operation,
or
five
calendar
years,
whichever
comes
first.
You
must
specify
a
longer
useful
life
in
terms
of
kilometers
and
hours
for
the
engine
family
if
the
average
service
life
of
your
vehicles
is
longer
than
the
minimum
value,
as
follows:
*
*
*
*
*

274.
Section
1051.105
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
a)(
1)
before
the
table
and
paragraphs
(
a)(
3),
(
b)
introductory
text,
and
(
c)
introductory
text
to
read
as
follows:
§
1051.105
What
are
the
exhaust
emission
standards
for
off­
highway
motorcycles?
(
a)
*
*
*
(
1)
Follow
Table
1
of
this
section
for
exhaust
emission
standards.
You
may
generate
or
use
emission
credits
under
the
averaging,
banking,
and
trading
(
ABT)
program
for
HC+
NOx
and
CO
emissions,
as
described
in
subpart
H
of
this
part.
This
requires
that
you
specify
a
family
emission
limit
for
each
pollutant
you
include
in
the
ABT
program
for
each
engine
family.
These
family
emission
limits
serve
as
the
emission
standards
for
the
engine
family
with
respect
to
all
required
testing
instead
of
the
standards
specified
in
this
section.
An
engine
family
meets
emission
standards
even
if
its
family
emission
limit
is
higher
than
the
standard,
as
long
as
you
show
that
the
whole
averaging
set
of
applicable
engine
families
meets
the
applicable
emission
standards
using
emission
credits,
and
the
vehicles
within
the
family
meet
the
family
emission
limit.
The
phase­
in
values
specify
the
percentage
of
your
U.
S.­
directed
production
that
must
comply
with
the
emission
standards
for
those
model
years.
Calculate
this
compliance
percentage
based
on
a
simple
count
of
your
U.
S.­
directed
production
units
within
each
certified
engine
family
compared
with
a
simple
count
of
your
total
U.
S.­
directed
production
units.
Table
1
follows:
*
*
*
*
*
(
3)
You
may
certify
off­
highway
motorcycles
with
engines
that
have
total
displacement
of
70
cc
or
less
to
the
exhaust
emission
standards
in
§
1051.615
instead
of
certifying
them
to
the
exhaust
emission
standards
of
this
section.
Count
all
such
vehicles
in
the
phase­
in
(
percent)
requirements
of
this
section.
(
b)
The
exhaust
emission
standards
in
this
section
apply
for
off­
highway
motorcycles
using
the
fuel
type
on
which
they
are
designed
to
operate.
You
must
meet
the
numerical
emission
standards
for
hydrocarbons
in
this
section
based
on
the
following
types
of
hydrocarbon
emissions
for
offhighway
motorcycles
powered
by
the
following
fuels:
*
*
*
*
*
(
c)
Your
off­
highway
motorcycles
must
meet
emission
standards
over
their
full
useful
life.
For
off­
highway
motorcycles
with
engines
that
have
total
displacement
greater
than
70
cc,
the
minimum
useful
life
is
10,000
kilometers
or
five
years,
whichever
comes
first.
For
off­
highway
motorcycles
with
engines
that
have
total
displacement
of
70
cc
or
less,
the
minimum
useful
life
is
5,000
kilometers
or
five
years,
whichever
comes
first.
You
must
specify
a
longer
useful
life
for
the
engine
family
in
terms
of
kilometers
if
the
average
service
life
of
your
vehicles
is
longer
than
the
minimum
value,
as
follows:
139
*
*
*
*
*

275.
Section
1051.107
is
amended
by
revising
paragraphs
(
a),
(
b)
introductory
text,
and
(
c)
introductory
text
to
read
as
follows:
§
1051.107
What
are
the
exhaust
emission
standards
for
all­
terrain
vehicles
(
ATVs)
and
offroad
utility
vehicles?
*
*
*
*
*
(
a)
Apply
the
exhaust
emission
standards
in
this
section
by
model
year.
Measure
emissions
with
the
ATV
test
procedures
in
subpart
F
of
this
part.
(
1)
Follow
Table
1
of
this
section
for
exhaust
emission
standards.
You
may
generate
or
use
emission
credits
under
the
averaging,
banking,
and
trading
(
ABT)
program
for
HC+
NOx
emissions,
as
described
in
subpart
H
of
this
part.
This
requires
that
you
specify
a
family
emission
limit
for
each
pollutant
you
include
in
the
ABT
program
for
each
engine
family.
These
family
emission
limits
serve
as
the
emission
standards
for
the
engine
family
with
respect
to
all
required
testing
instead
of
the
standards
specified
in
this
section.
An
engine
family
meets
emission
standards
even
if
its
family
emission
limit
is
higher
than
the
standard,
as
long
as
you
show
that
the
whole
averaging
set
of
applicable
engine
families
meets
the
applicable
emission
standards
using
emission
credits,
and
the
vehicles
within
the
family
meet
the
family
emission
limit.
Table
1
also
shows
the
maximum
value
you
may
specify
for
a
family
emission
limit.
The
phase­
in
values
in
the
table
specify
the
percentage
of
your
total
U.
S.­
directed
production
that
must
comply
with
the
emission
standards
for
those
model
years.
Calculate
this
compliance
percentage
based
on
a
simple
count
of
your
U.
S.­
directed
production
units
within
each
certified
engine
family
compared
with
a
simple
count
of
your
total
U.
S.­
directed
production
units.
This
applies
to
your
total
production
of
ATVs
and
offroad
utility
vehicles
that
are
subject
to
the
standards
of
this
part;
including
both
ATVs
and
offroad
utility
vehicles
subject
to
the
standards
of
this
section
and
ATVs
and
offroad
utility
vehicles
certified
to
the
standards
of
other
sections
in
this
part
1051
(
such
as
§
1051.615,
but
not
including
vehicles
certified
under
other
parts
in
this
chapter
(
such
as
40
CFR
part
90).
Table
1
follows:

Table
1
of
§
1051.107
 
Exhaust
Emission
Standards
for
ATVs
(
g/
km)

Phase
Model
Year
Phase­
in
Emission
standards
Maximum
allowable
Family
Emission
Limits
HC+
NOx
CO
HC+
NOx
CO
Phase
1
2006
50%
1.5
35
20.0
 
2007
and
later
100%
1.5
35
20.0
 
(
2)
You
may
certify
ATVs
with
engines
that
have
total
displacement
of
less
than
100
cc
to
the
exhaust
emission
standards
in
§
1051.615
instead
of
certifying
them
to
the
exhaust
emission
standards
of
this
section.
Count
all
such
vehicles
in
the
phase­
in
(
percent)
requirements
of
this
section.
140
(
b)
The
exhaust
emission
standards
in
this
section
apply
for
ATVs
using
the
fuel
type
on
which
they
are
designed
to
operate.
You
must
meet
the
numerical
emission
standards
for
hydrocarbons
in
this
section
based
on
the
following
types
of
hydrocarbon
emissions
for
ATVs
powered
by
the
following
fuels:
*
*
*
*
*
(
c)
Your
ATVs
must
meet
emission
standards
over
their
full
useful
life.
For
ATVs
with
engines
that
have
total
displacement
of
100
cc
or
greater,
the
minimum
useful
life
is
10,000
kilometers,
1000
hours
of
engine
operation,
or
five
years,
whichever
comes
first.
For
ATVs
with
engines
that
have
total
displacement
of
less
than
100
cc,
the
minimum
useful
life
is
5,000
kilometers,
500
hours
of
engine
operation,
or
five
years,
whichever
comes
first.
You
must
specify
a
longer
useful
life
for
the
engine
family
in
terms
of
kilometers
and
hours
if
the
average
service
life
of
your
vehicles
is
longer
than
the
minimum
value,
as
follows:
*
*
*
*
*

276.
Section
1051.110
is
amended
by
revising
the
introductory
text
and
paragraph
(
a)
to
read
as
follows:
§
1051.110
What
evaporative
emission
standards
must
my
vehicles
meet?
Your
new
vehicles
must
meet
the
emission
standards
of
this
section
over
their
full
useful
life.
Note
that
§
1051.245
allows
you
to
use
design­
based
certification
instead
of
generating
new
emission
data.
(
a)
Beginning
with
the
2008
model
year,
permeation
emissions
from
your
vehicle's
fuel
tank(
s)
may
not
exceed
1.5
grams
per
square­
meter
per
day
when
measured
with
the
test
procedures
for
tank
permeation
in
subpart
F
of
this
part.
You
may
generate
or
use
emission
credits
under
the
averaging,
banking,
and
trading
(
ABT)
program,
as
described
in
subpart
H
of
this
part.
*
*
*
*
*

277.
Section
1051.115
is
amended
by
removing
and
reserving
paragraph
(
b),
revising
paragraphs
(
a),
(
c),
(
f),
and
(
g),
and
adding
a
new
paragraph
(
d)(
3)(
vi)
to
read
as
follows:
§
1051.115
What
other
requirements
must
my
vehicles
meet?
*
*
*
*
*
(
a)
Closed
crankcase.
Crankcase
emissions
may
not
be
discharged
directly
into
the
ambient
atmosphere
from
any
vehicle
throughout
its
useful
life.
*
*
*
*
*
(
c)
Adjustable
parameters.
Vehicles
that
have
adjustable
parameters
must
meet
all
the
requirements
of
this
part
for
any
adjustment
in
the
physically
adjustable
range.
Note
that
parameters
that
control
the
air­
fuel
ratio
may
be
treated
separately
under
paragraph
(
d)
of
this
section.
An
operating
parameter
is
not
considered
adjustable
if
you
permanently
seal
it
or
if
it
is
not
normally
accessible
using
ordinary
tools.
We
may
require
that
you
set
adjustable
parameters
to
any
specification
within
the
adjustable
range
during
any
testing,
including
certification
testing,
production­
line
testing,
or
in­
use
testing.
(
d)*
*
*
(
3)*
*
*
141
(
vi)
The
adjustable
range
of
carburetor
screws,
such
as
air
screw,
fuel
screw,
and
idlespeed
screw
must
be
defined
by
stops,
limits,
or
specification
on
the
jetting
chart
consistent
with
the
requirements
for
specifying
jet
sizes
and
needle
configuration
in
this
section.
*
*
*
*
*
(
f)
Defeat
devices.
You
may
not
equip
your
vehicles
with
a
defeat
device.
A
defeat
device
is
an
auxiliary
emission­
control
device
that
reduces
the
effectiveness
of
emission
controls
under
conditions
that
the
vehicle
may
reasonably
be
expected
to
encounter
during
normal
operation
and
use.
This
does
not
apply
to
auxiliary
emission­
control
devices
you
identify
in
your
certification
application
if
any
of
the
following
is
true:
(
1)
The
conditions
of
concern
were
substantially
included
in
the
applicable
test
procedures
described
in
subpart
F
of
this
part.
(
2)
You
show
your
design
is
necessary
to
prevent
vehicle
damage
or
accidents.
(
3)
The
reduced
effectiveness
applies
only
to
starting
the
engine.
(
g)
Noise
standards.
There
are
no
noise
standards
specified
in
this
part
1051.
See
40
CFR
Chapter
I,
Subchapter
G,
to
determine
if
your
vehicle
must
meet
noise
emission
standards
under
another
part
of
our
regulations.

278.
Section
1051.120
is
revised
to
read
as
follows:
§
1051.120
What
emission­
related
warranty
requirements
apply
to
me?
(
a)
General
requirements.
You
must
warrant
to
the
ultimate
purchaser
and
each
subsequent
purchaser
that
the
new
engine,
including
all
parts
of
its
emission­
control
system,
meets
two
conditions:
(
1)
It
is
designed,
built,
and
equipped
so
it
conforms
at
the
time
of
sale
to
the
ultimate
purchaser
with
the
requirements
of
this
part.
(
2)
It
is
free
from
defects
in
materials
and
workmanship
that
may
keep
it
from
meeting
these
requirements.
(
b)
Warranty
period.
Your
emission­
related
warranty
must
be
valid
for
at
least
50
percent
of
the
vehicle's
minimum
useful
life
in
kilometers
or
hours
of
engine
operation
(
where
applicable),
or
at
least
30
months,
whichever
comes
first.
You
may
offer
an
emission­
related
warranty
more
generous
than
we
require.
The
emission­
related
warranty
for
the
engine
may
not
be
shorter
than
any
published
warranty
you
offer
without
charge
for
the
engine.
Similarly,
the
emission­
related
warranty
for
any
component
may
not
be
shorter
than
any
published
warranty
you
offer
without
charge
for
that
component.
If
a
vehicle
has
no
odometer,
base
warranty
periods
in
this
paragraph
(
b)
only
on
the
vehicle's
age
(
in
years).
The
warranty
period
begins
when
the
engine
is
placed
into
service.
(
c)
Components
covered.
The
emission­
related
warranty
covers
all
components
whose
failure
would
increase
an
engine's
emissions
of
any
pollutant.
This
includes
components
listed
in
40
CFR
part
1068,
Appendix
I,
and
components
from
any
other
system
you
develop
to
control
emissions.
The
emission­
related
warranty
covers
these
components
even
if
another
company
produces
the
component.
Your
emission­
related
warranty
does
not
cover
components
whose
failure
would
not
increase
an
engine's
emissions
of
any
pollutant.
(
d)
Limited
applicability.
You
may
deny
warranty
claims
under
this
section
if
the
operator
caused
the
problem
through
improper
maintenance
or
use,
as
described
in
40
CFR
1068.115.
You
may
142
ask
us
to
allow
you
to
exclude
from
your
emission­
related
warranty
certified
vehicles
that
have
been
used
significantly
for
competition,
especially
certified
motorcycles
that
meet
at
least
four
of
the
criteria
in
§
1051.620(
b)(
1).
(
e)
Owners
manual.
Describe
in
the
owners
manual
the
emission­
related
warranty
provisions
from
this
section
that
apply
to
the
engine.

279.
Section
1051.125
is
revised
to
read
as
follows:
§
1051.125
What
maintenance
instructions
must
I
give
to
buyers?
Give
the
ultimate
purchaser
of
each
new
vehicle
written
instructions
for
properly
maintaining
and
using
the
vehicle,
including
the
emission­
control
system.
The
maintenance
instructions
also
apply
to
service
accumulation
on
your
emission­
data
vehicles,
as
described
in
§
1051.240,
§
1051.245,
and
40
CFR
part
1065.
(
a)
Critical
emission­
related
maintenance.
Critical
emission­
related
maintenance
includes
any
adjustment,
cleaning,
repair,
or
replacement
of
critical
emission­
related
components.
This
may
also
include
additional
emission­
related
maintenance
that
you
determine
is
critical
if
we
approve
it
in
advance.
You
may
schedule
critical
emission­
related
maintenance
on
these
components
if
you
meet
the
following
conditions:
(
1)
You
demonstrate
that
the
maintenance
is
reasonably
likely
to
be
done
at
the
recommended
intervals
on
in­
use
vehicles.
We
will
accept
scheduled
maintenance
as
reasonably
likely
to
occur
if
you
satisfy
any
of
the
following
conditions:
(
i)
You
present
data
showing
that,
if
a
lack
of
maintenance
increases
emissions,
it
also
unacceptably
degrades
the
vehicle's
performance.
(
ii)
You
present
survey
data
showing
that
at
least
80
percent
of
vehicles
in
the
field
get
the
maintenance
you
specify
at
the
recommended
intervals.
(
iii)
You
provide
the
maintenance
free
of
charge
and
clearly
say
so
in
maintenance
instructions
for
the
customer.
(
iv)
You
otherwise
show
us
that
the
maintenance
is
reasonably
likely
to
be
done
at
the
recommended
intervals.
(
2)
You
may
not
schedule
critical
emission­
related
maintenance
within
the
minimum
useful
life
period
for
aftertreatment
devices,
pulse­
air
valves,
fuel
injectors,
oxygen
sensors,
electronic
control
units,
superchargers,
or
turbochargers.
(
b)
Recommended
additional
maintenance.
You
may
recommend
any
additional
amount
of
maintenance
on
the
components
listed
in
paragraph
(
a)
of
this
section,
as
long
as
you
state
clearly
that
these
maintenance
steps
are
not
necessary
to
keep
the
emission­
related
warranty
valid.
If
operators
do
the
maintenance
specified
in
paragraph
(
a)
of
this
section,
but
not
the
recommended
additional
maintenance,
this
does
not
allow
you
to
disqualify
those
vehicles
from
in­
use
testing
or
deny
a
warranty
claim.
Do
not
take
these
maintenance
steps
during
service
accumulation
on
your
emission­
data
vehicles.
(
c)
Special
maintenance.
You
may
specify
more
frequent
maintenance
to
address
problems
related
to
special
situations,
such
as
atypical
vehicle
operation.
You
must
clearly
state
that
this
additional
maintenance
is
associated
with
the
special
situation
you
are
addressing.
(
d)
Noncritical
emission­
related
maintenance.
You
may
schedule
any
amount
of
emission­
related
inspection
or
maintenance
that
is
not
covered
by
paragraph
(
a)
of
this
section,
as
long
as
you
state
in
the
owners
manual
that
these
steps
are
not
necessary
to
keep
the
emission­
related
warranty
143
valid.
If
operators
fail
to
do
this
maintenance,
this
does
not
allow
you
to
disqualify
those
vehicles
from
in­
use
testing
or
deny
a
warranty
claim.
Do
not
take
these
inspection
or
maintenance
steps
during
service
accumulation
on
your
emission­
data
vehicles.
(
e)
Maintenance
that
is
not
emission­
related.
For
maintenance
unrelated
to
emission
controls,
you
may
schedule
any
amount
of
inspection
or
maintenance.
You
may
also
take
these
inspection
or
maintenance
steps
during
service
accumulation
on
your
emission­
data
vehicles,
as
long
as
they
are
reasonable
and
technologically
necessary.
This
might
include
adding
engine
oil,
changing
air,
fuel,
or
oil
filters,
servicing
engine­
cooling
systems,
and
adjusting
idle
speed,
governor,
engine
bolt
torque,
valve
lash,
or
injector
lash,
or
adjusting
chain
tension,
clutch
position,
or
tire
pressure.
You
may
perform
this
nonemission­
related
maintenance
on
emission­
data
vehicles
at
the
least
frequent
intervals
that
you
recommend
to
the
ultimate
purchaser
(
but
not
the
intervals
recommended
for
severe
service).
You
may
also
visually
inspect
test
vehicles
or
engines,
including
emission­
related
components,
as
needed
to
ensure
safe
operation.
(
f)
Source
of
parts
and
repairs.
State
clearly
on
the
first
page
of
your
written
maintenance
instructions
that
a
repair
shop
or
person
of
the
owner's
choosing
may
maintain,
replace,
or
repair
emission­
control
devices
and
systems.
Your
instructions
may
not
require
components
or
service
identified
by
brand,
trade,
or
corporate
name.
Also,
do
not
directly
or
indirectly
condition
your
warranty
on
a
requirement
that
the
vehicle
be
serviced
by
your
franchised
dealers
or
any
other
service
establishments
with
which
you
have
a
commercial
relationship.
You
may
disregard
the
requirements
in
this
paragraph
(
f)
if
you
do
one
of
two
things:
(
1)
Provide
a
component
or
service
without
charge
under
the
purchase
agreement.
(
2)
Get
us
to
waive
this
prohibition
in
the
public's
interest
by
convincing
us
the
vehicle
will
work
properly
only
with
the
identified
component
or
service.
(
g)
Payment
for
scheduled
maintenance.
Owners
are
responsible
for
properly
maintaining
their
vehicles.
This
generally
includes
paying
for
scheduled
maintenance.
However,
manufacturers
must
pay
for
scheduled
maintenance
during
the
useful
life
if
it
meets
all
the
following
criteria:
(
1)
Each
affected
component
was
not
in
general
use
on
similar
vehicles
before
the
2006
model
year.
(
2)
The
primary
function
of
each
affected
component
is
to
reduce
emissions.
(
3)
The
cost
of
the
scheduled
maintenance
is
more
than
2
percent
of
the
price
of
the
vehicle.
(
4)
Failure
to
perform
the
maintenance
would
not
cause
clear
problems
that
would
significantly
degrade
the
vehicle's
performance.
(
h)
Owners
manual.
Explain
the
owner's
responsibility
for
proper
maintenance
in
the
owners
manual.

280.
Section
1051.130
is
revised
to
read
as
follows:
§
1051.130
What
installation
instructions
must
I
give
to
vehicle
manufacturers?
(
a)
If
you
sell
an
engine
for
someone
else
to
install
in
a
piece
of
nonroad
equipment,
give
the
engine
installer
instructions
for
installing
it
consistent
with
the
requirements
of
this
part.
Include
all
information
necessary
to
ensure
that
an
engine
will
be
installed
in
its
certified
configuration.
(
b)
Make
sure
these
instructions
have
the
following
information:
(
1)
Include
the
heading:
"
Emission­
related
installation
instructions".
144
(
2)
State:
"
Failing
to
follow
these
instructions
when
installing
a
certified
engine
in
a
piece
of
nonroad
equipment
violates
federal
law
(
40
CFR
1068.105(
b)),
subject
to
fines
or
other
penalties
as
described
in
the
Clean
Air
Act.".
(
3)
Describe
the
instructions
needed
to
properly
install
the
exhaust
system
and
any
other
components.
Include
instructions
consistent
with
the
requirements
of
§
1051.205(
r).
(
4)
Describe
the
steps
needed
to
comply
with
the
evaporative
emission
standards
in
§
1051.110.
(
5)
Describe
any
limits
on
the
range
of
applications
needed
to
ensure
that
the
engine
operates
consistently
with
your
application
for
certification.
For
example,
if
your
engines
are
certified
only
to
the
snowmobile
standards,
tell
vehicle
manufacturers
not
to
install
the
engines
in
other
vehicles.
(
6)
Describe
any
other
instructions
to
make
sure
the
installed
engine
will
operate
according
to
design
specifications
in
your
application
for
certification.
This
may
include,
for
example,
instructions
for
installing
aftertreatment
devices
when
installing
the
engines.
(
7)
State:
"
If
you
install
the
engine
in
a
way
that
makes
the
engine's
emission
control
information
label
hard
to
read
during
normal
engine
maintenance,
you
must
place
a
duplicate
label
on
the
vehicle,
as
described
in
40
CFR
1068.105.".
(
c)
You
do
not
need
installation
instructions
for
engines
you
install
in
your
own
vehicles.
(
d)
Provide
instructions
in
writing
or
in
an
equivalent
format.
For
example,
you
may
post
instructions
on
a
publicly
available
website
for
downloading
or
printing.
If
you
do
not
provide
the
instructions
in
writing,
explain
in
your
application
for
certification
how
you
will
ensure
that
each
installer
is
informed
of
the
installation
requirements.

281.
Section
1051.135
is
revised
to
read
as
follows:
§
1051.135
How
must
I
label
and
identify
the
vehicles
I
produce?
Each
of
your
vehicles
must
have
three
labels:
a
vehicle
identification
number
as
described
in
paragraph
(
a)
of
this
section,
an
emission
control
information
label
as
described
in
paragraphs
(
b)
through
(
e)
of
this
section,
and
a
consumer
information
label
as
described
in
§
1051.137.
(
a)
Assign
each
vehicle
a
unique
identification
number
and
permanently
affix,
engrave,
or
stamp
it
on
the
vehicle
in
a
legible
way.
(
b)
At
the
time
of
manufacture,
affix
a
permanent
and
legible
emission
control
information
label
identifying
each
vehicle.
The
label
must
be
 
(
1)
Attached
so
it
is
not
removable
without
being
destroyed
or
defaced.
(
2)
Secured
to
a
part
of
the
vehicle
(
or
engine)
needed
for
normal
operation
and
not
normally
requiring
replacement.
(
3)
Durable
and
readable
for
the
vehicle's
entire
life.
(
4)
Written
in
English.
(
c)
The
label
must
 
(
1)
Include
the
heading
"
EMISSION
CONTROL
INFORMATION".
(
2)
Include
your
full
corporate
name
and
trademark.
You
may
identify
another
company
and
use
its
trademark
instead
of
yours
if
you
comply
with
the
provisions
of
§
1051.645.
(
3)
Include
EPA's
standardized
designation
for
engine
families,
as
described
in
§
1051.230.
(
4)
State
the
engine's
displacement
(
in
liters).
You
may
omit
this
from
the
emission
control
information
label
if
the
vehicle
is
permanently
labeled
with
a
unique
model
name
that
145
corresponds
to
a
specific
displacement.
Also,
you
may
omit
displacement
from
the
label
if
all
the
engines
in
the
engine
family
have
the
same
per­
cylinder
displacement
and
total
displacement.
(
5)
State:
"
THIS
VEHICLE
IS
CERTIFIED
TO
OPERATE
ON
[
specify
operating
fuel
or
fuels].".
(
6)
State
the
date
of
manufacture
[
MONTH
and
YEAR].
You
may
omit
this
from
the
label
if
you
keep
a
record
of
the
engine­
manufacture
dates
and
provide
it
to
us
upon
request,
or
if
you
stamp
the
date
on
the
engine
or
vehicle.
(
7)
State
the
exhaust
emission
standards
or
FELs
to
which
the
vehicles
are
certified.
(
8)
Identify
the
emission­
control
system.
Use
terms
and
abbreviations
consistent
with
SAE
J1930
(
incorporated
by
reference
in
§
1051.810).
You
may
omit
this
information
from
the
label
if
there
is
not
enough
room
for
it
and
you
put
it
in
the
owners
manual
instead.
(
9)
List
specifications
and
adjustments
for
engine
tuneups;
show
the
proper
position
for
the
transmission
during
tuneup
and
state
which
accessories
should
be
operating.
(
10)
Identify
the
fuel
type
and
any
requirements
for
fuel
and
lubricants.
You
may
omit
this
information
from
the
label
if
there
is
not
enough
room
for
it
and
you
put
it
in
the
owners
manual
instead.
(
11)
State
the
useful
life
for
your
engine
family
if
it
is
different
than
the
minimum
value.
(
12)
State:
"
THIS
VEHICLE
MEETS
U.
S.
EPA
REGULATIONS
FOR
[
MODEL
YEAR]
[
SNOWMOBILES
or
OFF­
ROAD
MOTORCYCLES
or
ATVs
or
OFFROAD
UTILITY
VEHICLES].".
(
d)
You
may
add
information
to
the
emission
control
information
label
to
identify
other
emission
standards
that
the
vehicle
meets
or
does
not
meet
(
such
as
California
standards).
You
may
also
add
other
information
to
ensure
that
the
engine
will
be
properly
maintained
and
used.
(
e)
You
may
ask
us
to
approve
modified
labeling
requirements
in
this
part
1051
if
you
show
that
it
is
necessary
or
appropriate.
We
will
approve
your
request
if
your
alternate
label
is
consistent
with
the
requirements
of
this
part.
(
f)
If
you
obscure
the
engine
label
while
installing
the
engine
in
the
equipment
such
that
the
label
will
be
hard
to
read
during
normal
maintenance,
you
must
place
a
duplicate
label
on
the
equipment.
If
others
install
your
engine
in
their
equipment
in
a
way
that
obscures
the
engine
label,
we
require
them
to
add
a
duplicate
label
on
the
equipment
(
see
40
CFR
1068.105);
in
that
case,
give
them
the
number
of
duplicate
labels
they
request
and
keep
the
following
records
for
at
least
five
years:
(
1)
Written
documentation
of
the
request
from
the
equipment
manufacturer.
(
2)
The
number
of
duplicate
labels
you
send
and
the
date
you
sent
them.
(
g)
Label
every
vehicle
certified
under
this
part
with
a
removable
hang­
tag
showing
its
emission
characteristics
relative
to
other
models,
as
described
in
§
1051.137.

282.
A
new
§
1051.137
is
added
to
read
as
follows:
§
1051.137
What
are
the
consumer
labeling
requirements?
Label
every
vehicle
certified
under
this
part
with
a
removable
hang­
tag
showing
its
emission
characteristics
relative
to
other
models.
The
label
should
be
attached
securely
to
the
vehicle
before
it
is
offered
for
sale
in
such
a
manner
that
it
would
not
be
accidentally
removed
prior
to
sale.
Use
the
applicable
equations
of
this
section
to
determine
the
normalized
emission
rate
146
(
NER)
from
the
FEL
for
your
vehicle.
If
the
vehicle
is
certified
without
using
the
averaging
provisions
of
subpart
H,
use
the
final
deteriorated
emission
level.
Round
the
resulting
normalized
emission
rate
for
your
vehicle
to
one
decimal
place.
If
the
calculated
NER
value
is
less
than
zero,
consider
NER
to
be
zero
for
that
vehicle.
We
may
specify
a
standardized
format
for
labels.
At
a
minimum,
the
tag
should
include:
the
manufacturer's
name,
vehicle
model
name,
engine
description
(
500
cc
two­
stroke
with
DFI),
the
NER,
and
a
brief
explanation
of
the
scale
(
for
example,
note
that
0
is
the
cleanest
and
10
is
the
least
clean).
(
a)
For
snowmobiles,
use
the
following
equation:
NER
=
16.61
×
log
(
2.667
×
HC
+
CO)
­
38.22
Where:
HC
and
CO
are
the
cycle­
weighted
FELs
(
or
emission
rates)
for
hydrocarbons
and
carbon
monoxide
in
g/
kW­
hr.
(
b)
For
off­
highway
motorcycles,
use
the
following
equations:
(
1)
For
off­
highway
motorcycles
certified
to
the
standards
in
§
1051.105,
use
one
of
the
equations
specified
below.
(
i)
If
the
vehicle
has
HC
+
NOx
emissions
less
than
or
equal
to
2.0
g/
km,
use
the
following
equation:
NER
=
2.500
×
(
HC+
NOx)
Where:
HC+
NOx
is
the
FEL
(
or
the
sum
of
the
cycle­
weighted
emission
rates)
for
hydrocarbons
and
oxides
of
nitrogen
in
g/
km.
(
ii)
If
the
vehicle
has
HC
+
NOx
emissions
greater
than
2.0
g/
km,
use
the
following
equation:
NER
=
5.000
×
log(
HC+
NOx)+
3.495
Where:
HC+
NOx
is
the
FEL
(
or
the
sum
of
the
cycle­
weighted
emission
rates)
for
hydrocarbons
and
oxides
of
nitrogen
in
g/
km.
(
2)
For
off­
highway
motorcycles
certified
to
the
standards
in
§
1051.615(
b),
use
the
following
equation:
NER
=
8.782
×
log(
HC+
NOx)
 
5.598
Where:
HC+
NOx
is
the
FEL
(
or
the
sum
of
the
cycle­
weighted
emission
rates)
for
hydrocarbons
and
oxides
of
nitrogen
in
g/
kW­
hr.
(
c)
For
ATVs,
use
the
following
equations:
(
1)
For
ATVs
certified
to
the
standards
in
§
1051.107,
use
one
of
the
equations
specified
below.
(
i)
If
the
vehicle
has
HC
+
NOx
emissions
less
than
or
equal
to
1.5
g/
km,
use
the
following
equation:
NER
=
3.333
×
(
HC+
NOx)
Where:
HC+
NOx
is
the
FEL
(
or
the
sum
of
the
cycle­
weighted
emission
rates)
for
hydrocarbons
and
oxides
of
nitrogen
in
g/
km.
(
ii)
If
the
vehicle
has
HC
+
NOx
emissions
greater
than
1.5
g/
km,
use
the
following
equation:
NER
=
4.444
×
log(
HC+
NOx)+
4.217
147
Where:
HC+
NOx
is
the
FEL
(
or
the
sum
of
the
cycle­
weighted
emission
rates)
for
hydrocarbons
and
oxides
of
nitrogen
in
g/
km.
(
2)
For
ATVs
certified
to
the
standards
in
§
1051.615(
a),
use
the
following
equation:
NER
=
8.782
×
log(
HC
+
NOx)
 
7.277
Where:
HC+
NOx
is
the
FEL
(
or
the
sum
of
the
cycle­
weighted
emission
rates)
for
hydrocarbons
and
oxides
of
nitrogen
in
g/
kW­
hr.

283.
Section
1051.145
is
amended
by
removing
and
reserving
paragraph
(
c),
revising
paragraphs
(
a)(
3)(
iv),
(
a)(
4),
(
b)(
1)
before
the
table,
(
b)(
3),
(
e),
and
(
g),
and
adding
paragraphs
(
a)(
3)(
v),
(
a)(
3)(
vi),
and
(
h)
to
read
as
follows:
§
1051.145
What
provisions
apply
only
for
a
limited
time?
*
*
*
*
*
(
a)
*
*
*
(
3)*
*
*
(
iv)
Show
that
fewer
than
50
percent
of
the
engine
family's
total
sales
in
the
United
States
are
used
in
recreational
vehicles
regulated
under
this
part.
This
includes
engines
used
in
any
application,
without
regard
to
which
company
manufactures
the
vehicle
or
equipment.
(
v)
If
your
engines
do
not
meet
the
criteria
listed
in
paragraph
(
a)
of
this
section,
they
will
be
subject
to
the
provisions
of
this
part.
Introducing
these
engines
into
commerce
without
a
valid
exemption
or
certificate
of
conformity
violates
the
prohibitions
in
40
CFR
1068.101.
(
vi)
Engines
exempted
under
this
paragraph
(
a)(
3)
are
subject
to
all
the
requirements
affecting
engines
under
40
CFR
part
90.
The
requirements
and
restrictions
of
40
CFR
part
90
apply
to
anyone
manufacturing
these
engines,
anyone
manufacturing
equipment
that
uses
these
engines,
and
all
other
persons
in
the
same
manner
as
other
engines
subject
to
40
CFR
part
90.
(
4)
All
vehicles
produced
under
this
paragraph
(
a)
must
be
labeled
according
to
our
specifications.
The
label
must
include
the
following:
(
i)
The
heading
"
EMISSION
CONTROL
INFORMATION".
(
ii)
Your
full
corporate
name
and
trademark.
(
iii)
A
description
of
the
provisions
under
which
this
section
applies
to
your
vehicle
.
(
iv)
Other
information
that
we
specify
to
you
in
writing.
(
b)*
*
*
(
1)
Follow
Table
1
of
this
section
for
exhaust
emission
standards,
while
meeting
all
the
other
requirements
of
§
1051.107.
You
may
use
emission
credits
to
show
compliance
with
these
standards
(
see
subpart
H
of
this
part).
You
may
not
exchange
emission
credits
with
engine
families
meeting
the
standards
in
§
1051.107(
a).
You
may
also
not
exchange
credits
between
engine
families
certified
to
the
standards
for
engines
above
225
cc
and
engine
families
certified
to
the
standards
for
engines
below
225
cc.
The
phase­
in
percentages
in
the
table
specify
the
percentage
of
your
total
U.
S.­
directed
production
that
must
comply
with
the
emission
standards
for
those
model
years
(
i.
e.,
the
percentage
requirement
does
not
apply
separately
for
engine
families
above
and
below
225
cc).
Table
1
follows:
*
*
*
*
*
148
(
3)
For
ATVs
certified
to
the
standards
in
this
paragraph
(
b),
use
the
following
equations
to
determine
the
normalized
emission
rate
required
by
§
1051.137:
(
i)
For
engines
at
or
above
225
cc,
use
the
following
equation:
NER
=
9.898
×
log
(
HC
+
NOx)
­
4.898
Where:
HC
+
NOx
is
the
sum
of
the
cycle­
weighted
emission
rates
for
hydrocarbons
and
oxides
of
nitrogen
in
g/
kW­
hr.
(
ii)
For
engines
below
225
cc,
use
the
following
equation:
NER
=
9.898
×
log
[(
HC+
NOx)
×
0.83]
­
4.898
Where:
HC
+
NOx
is
the
sum
of
the
cycle­
weighted
emission
rates
for
hydrocarbons
and
oxides
of
nitrogen
in
g/
kW­
hr.
*
*
*
*
*
(
e)
Raw
sampling
procedures.
Using
good
engineering
judgment,
you
may
use
the
alternate
rawsampling
procedures
instead
of
the
procedures
described
in
40
CFR
part
1065
for
emission
testing
certain
vehicles,
as
follows:
(
1)
Snowmobile.
You
may
use
the
raw
sampling
procedures
described
in
40
CFR
part
90
or
91
for
snowmobiles
before
the
2010
model
year.
(
2)
ATV.
You
may
use
the
raw
sampling
procedures
described
in
40
CFR
part
90
or
91
for
ATVs
certified
to
the
standards
in
§
1051.615
before
the
2011
model
year.
You
may
use
these
raw
sampling
procedures
for
ATVs
certified
to
the
standards
in
§
1051.107
or
§
1051.145(
b)
before
the
2009
model
year.
*
*
*
*
*
(
g)
Pull­
ahead
option
for
permeation
emissions.
Manufacturers
choosing
to
comply
with
an
early
tank
permeation
standard
of
3.0
g/
m2/
day
prior
to
model
year
2008
may
be
allowed
to
delay
compliance
with
the
1.5
g/
m2/
day
standard
by
earning
credits,
as
follows:
(
1)
Calculate
earned
credits
using
the
following
equation:

Credit
=
(
Baseline
emissions
­
Pull­
ahead
level)
×
[
 
i(
Production)
i
×
(
UL)
i]
Where:
Baseline
emissions
=
the
baseline
emission
rate,
as
determined
in
paragraph
(
g)(
2)
of
this
section.
Pull­
ahead
level
=
the
permeation
level
to
which
you
certify
the
tank,
which
must
be
at
or
below
3.0
g/
m2/
day.
(
Production)
i
=
the
annual
production
volume
of
vehicles
in
the
engine
family
for
model
year
"
i"
times
the
average
internal
surface
area
of
the
vehicles'
fuel
tanks.
(
UL)
i
=
The
useful
life
of
the
engine
family
in
model
year
"
i".
(
2)
Determine
the
baseline
emission
level
for
calculating
credits
using
any
of
the
following
values:
(
i)
7.6
g/
m2/
day.
(
ii)
The
emission
rate
measured
from
your
lowest­
emitting,
uncontrolled
fuel
tank
from
the
current
or
previous
model
year
using
the
procedures
in
§
1051.515.
For
example,
this
would
generally
involve
the
fuel
tank
with
the
greatest
wall
thickness
for
a
given
material.
(
iii)
The
emission
rate
measured
from
an
uncontrolled
fuel
tank
that
is
the
same
as
or
most
similar
to
the
model
you
have
used
during
the
current
or
previous
model
year.
However,
149
you
may
use
this
approach
only
if
you
use
it
to
establish
a
baseline
emission
level
for
each
unique
tank
model
you
produce
using
the
procedures
in
§
1051.515.
(
3)
Pull­
ahead
tanks
under
this
option
must
be
certified
and
must
meet
all
applicable
requirements
other
than
those
limited
to
compliance
with
the
exhaust
standards.
(
4)
You
may
use
credits
generated
under
this
paragraph
(
g)
as
specified
in
subpart
H
of
this
part.
(
h)
Deficit
credits
for
permeation
standards.
For
2008
through
2010
model
years,
you
may
have
a
negative
balance
of
emission
credits
relative
to
the
permeation
emission
standards
at
the
end
of
each
model
year,
subject
to
the
following
provisions:
(
1)
You
must
eliminate
any
credit
deficit
we
allow
under
this
paragraph
(
h)
by
the
end
of
the
2011
model
year.
If
you
are
unable
to
eliminate
your
credit
deficit
by
the
end
of
the
2011
model
year,
we
may
void
the
certificates
for
all
families
certified
to
FELs
above
the
allowable
average,
for
all
affected
model
years.
(
2)
State
in
your
application
for
certification
a
statement
whether
you
will
have
a
negative
balance
of
permeation
emission
credits
for
that
model
year.
If
you
project
that
you
will
have
a
negative
balance,
estimate
the
credit
deficit
for
each
affected
model
year
and
present
a
detailed
plan
to
show
where
and
when
you
will
get
credits
to
offset
the
deficit
by
the
end
of
the
2011
model
year.
(
3)
In
your
end­
of­
year
report
under
§
1051.730,
state
whether
your
credit
deficit
is
larger
or
smaller
than
you
projected
in
your
application
for
certification.
If
the
deficit
is
larger
than
projected,
include
in
your
end­
of­
year
report
an
update
to
your
detailed
plan
to
show
how
you
will
eliminate
the
credit
deficit
by
the
end
of
the
2011
model
year.

284.
Section
1051.201
is
revised
to
read
as
follows:
§
1051.201
What
are
the
general
requirements
for
obtaining
a
certificate
of
conformity?
(
a)
You
must
send
us
a
separate
application
for
a
certificate
of
conformity
for
each
engine
family.
A
certificate
of
conformity
is
valid
from
the
indicated
effective
date
until
December
31
of
the
model
year
for
which
it
is
issued.
(
b)
The
application
must
contain
all
the
information
required
by
this
part
and
must
not
include
false
or
incomplete
statements
or
information
(
see
§
1051.255).
(
c)
We
may
ask
you
to
include
less
information
than
we
specify
in
this
subpart,
as
long
as
you
maintain
all
the
information
required
by
§
1051.250.
(
d)
You
must
use
good
engineering
judgment
for
all
decisions
related
to
your
application
(
see
40
CFR
1068.5).
(
e)
An
authorized
representative
of
your
company
must
approve
and
sign
the
application.
(
f)
See
§
1051.255
for
provisions
describing
how
we
will
process
your
application.
(
g)
We
may
require
you
to
deliver
your
test
vehicles
or
engines
to
a
facility
we
designate
for
our
testing
(
see
§
1051.235(
c)).

285.
Section
1051.205
is
revised
to
read
as
follows:
§
1051.205
What
must
I
include
in
my
application?
150
This
section
specifies
the
information
that
must
be
in
your
application,
unless
we
ask
you
to
include
less
information
under
§
1051.201(
c).
We
may
require
you
to
provide
additional
information
to
evaluate
your
application.
(
a)
Describe
the
engine
family's
specifications
and
other
basic
parameters
of
the
vehicle's
design
and
emission
controls.
List
the
fuel
type
on
which
your
engines
are
designed
to
operate
(
for
example,
gasoline,
liquefied
petroleum
gas,
methanol,
or
natural
gas).
List
vehicle
configurations
and
model
names
that
are
included
in
the
engine
family.
(
b)
Explain
how
the
emission­
control
system
operates.
Describe
the
evaporative
emission
controls.
Also
describe
in
detail
all
system
components
for
controlling
exhaust
emissions,
including
all
auxiliary­
emission
control
devices
(
AECDs)
and
all
fuel­
system
components
you
will
install
on
any
production
or
test
vehicle
or
engine.
Identify
the
part
number
of
each
component
you
describe.
For
this
paragraph
(
b),
treat
as
separate
AECDs
any
devices
that
modulate
or
activate
differently
from
each
other.
Include
all
the
following:
(
1)
Give
a
general
overview
of
the
engine,
the
emission­
control
strategies,
and
all
AECDs.
(
2)
Describe
each
AECD's
general
purpose
and
function.
(
3)
Identify
the
parameters
that
each
AECD
senses
(
including
measuring,
estimating,
calculating,
or
empirically
deriving
the
values).
Include
vehicle­
based
parameters
and
state
whether
you
simulate
them
during
testing
with
the
applicable
procedures.
(
4)
Describe
the
purpose
for
sensing
each
parameter.
(
5)
Identify
the
location
of
each
sensor
the
AECD
uses.
(
6)
Identify
the
threshold
values
for
the
sensed
parameters
that
activate
the
AECD.
(
7)
Describe
the
parameters
that
the
AECD
modulates
(
controls)
in
response
to
any
sensed
parameters,
including
the
range
of
modulation
for
each
parameter,
the
relationship
between
the
sensed
parameters
and
the
controlled
parameters
and
how
the
modulation
achieves
the
AECD's
stated
purpose.
Use
graphs
and
tables,
as
necessary.
(
8)
Describe
each
AECD's
specific
calibration
details.
This
may
be
in
the
form
of
data
tables,
graphical
representations,
or
some
other
description.
(
9)
Describe
the
hierarchy
among
the
AECDs
when
multiple
AECDs
sense
or
modulate
the
same
parameter.
Describe
whether
the
strategies
interact
in
a
comparative
or
additive
manner
and
identify
which
AECD
takes
precedence
in
responding,
if
applicable.
(
10)
Explain
the
extent
to
which
the
AECD
is
included
in
the
applicable
test
procedures
specified
in
subpart
F
of
this
part.
(
11)
Do
the
following
additional
things
for
AECDs
designed
to
protect
engines
or
vehicles:
(
i)
Identify
the
engine
and/
or
vehicle
design
limits
that
make
protection
necessary
and
describe
any
damage
that
would
occur
without
the
AECD.
(
ii)
Describe
how
each
sensed
parameter
relates
to
the
protected
components'
design
limits
or
those
operating
conditions
that
cause
the
need
for
protection.
(
iii)
Describe
the
relationship
between
the
design
limits/
parameters
being
protected
and
the
parameters
sensed
or
calculated
as
surrogates
for
those
design
limits/
parameters,
if
applicable.
(
iv)
Describe
how
the
modulation
by
the
AECD
prevents
engines
and/
or
equipment
from
exceeding
design
limits.
(
v)
Explain
why
it
is
necessary
to
estimate
any
parameters
instead
of
measuring
them
directly
and
describe
how
the
AECD
calculates
the
estimated
value,
if
applicable.
151
(
vi)
Describe
how
you
calibrate
the
AECD
modulation
to
activate
only
during
conditions
related
to
the
stated
need
to
protect
components
and
only
as
needed
to
sufficiently
protect
those
components
in
a
way
that
minimizes
the
emission
impact.
(
c)
[
Reserved]
(
d)
Describe
the
vehicles
or
engines
you
selected
for
testing
and
the
reasons
for
selecting
them.
(
e)
Describe
the
test
equipment
and
procedures
that
you
used,
including
any
special
or
alternate
test
procedures
you
used
(
see
§
1051.501).
(
f)
Describe
how
you
operated
the
emission­
data
vehicle
before
testing,
including
the
duty
cycle
and
the
extent
of
engine
operation
used
to
stabilize
emission
levels.
Explain
why
you
selected
the
method
of
service
accumulation.
Describe
any
scheduled
maintenance
you
did.
(
g)
List
the
specifications
of
the
test
fuel
to
show
that
it
falls
within
the
required
ranges
we
specify
in
40
CFR
part
1065.
(
h)
Identify
the
engine
family's
useful
life.
(
i)
Include
the
maintenance
instructions
you
will
give
to
the
ultimate
purchaser
of
each
new
vehicle
(
see
§
1051.125).
(
j)
Include
the
emission­
related
installation
instructions
you
will
provide
if
someone
else
installs
your
engines
in
a
vehicle
(
see
§
1051.130).
(
k)
Describe
the
labels
you
create
to
meet
the
requirements
of
§
1051.135.
(
l)
Identify
the
exhaust
emission
standards
or
FELs
to
which
you
are
certifying
engines
in
the
engine
family.
(
m)
Identify
the
engine
family's
deterioration
factors
and
describe
how
you
developed
them
(
see
§
1051.243
and
§
1051.245).
Present
any
emission
test
data
you
used
for
this.
(
n)
State
that
you
operated
your
emission­
data
vehicles
as
described
in
the
application
(
including
the
test
procedures,
test
parameters,
and
test
fuels)
to
show
you
meet
the
requirements
of
this
part.
(
o)
Present
emission
data
to
show
that
you
meet
emission
standards,
as
follows:
(
1)
Present
emission
data
for
hydrocarbons
(
such
as
NMHC
or
THCE,
as
applicable),
NOx,
and
CO
on
an
emission­
data
vehicle
to
show
your
vehicles
meet
the
applicable
exhaust
emission
standards
we
specify
in
subpart
B
of
this
part.
Show
emission
figures
before
and
after
applying
deterioration
factors
for
each
pollutant
and
for
each
vehicle
or
engine.
If
we
specify
more
than
one
grade
of
any
fuel
type
(
for
example,
a
summer
grade
and
winter
grade
of
gasoline),
you
need
to
submit
test
data
only
for
one
grade,
unless
the
regulations
of
this
part
specify
otherwise
for
your
engine.
(
2)
Present
evaporative
test
data
for
hydrocarbons
to
show
your
vehicles
meet
the
evaporative
emission
standards
we
specify
in
subpart
B
of
this
part.
Show
emission
figures
before
and
after
applying
deterioration
factors
for
each
vehicle
or
engine,
where
applicable.
If
you
did
not
perform
the
testing,
identify
the
source
of
the
test
data.
(
3)
Note
that
§
1051.235
and
§
1051.245
allow
you
to
submit
an
application
in
certain
cases
without
new
emission
data.
(
p)
Report
all
test
results,
including
those
from
invalid
tests
or
from
any
other
tests,
whether
or
not
they
were
conducted
according
to
the
test
procedures
of
subpart
F
of
this
part.
If
you
measure
CO
2,
report
those
emission
levels.
We
may
ask
you
to
send
other
information
to
confirm
that
your
tests
were
valid
under
the
requirements
of
this
part
and
40
CFR
part
1065.
(
q)
Describe
all
adjustable
operating
parameters
(
see
§
1051.115(
e)),
including
production
tolerances.
Include
the
following
in
your
description
of
each
parameter:
152
(
1)
The
nominal
or
recommended
setting.
(
2)
The
intended
physically
adjustable
range.
(
3)
The
limits
or
stops
used
to
establish
adjustable
ranges.
(
4)
Information
showing
why
the
limits,
stops,
or
other
means
of
inhibiting
adjustment
are
effective
in
preventing
adjustment
of
parameters
on
in­
use
engines
to
settings
outside
your
intended
physically
adjustable
ranges.
(
r)
Confirm
that
your
emission­
related
installation
instructions
specify
how
to
ensure
that
sampling
of
exhaust
emissions
will
be
possible
after
engines
are
installed
in
equipment
and
placed
in
service.
If
this
cannot
be
done
by
simply
adding
a
20­
centimeter
extension
to
the
exhaust
pipe,
show
how
to
sample
exhaust
emissions
in
a
way
that
prevents
diluting
the
exhaust
sample
with
ambient
air.
(
s)
Unconditionally
certify
that
all
the
vehicles
and/
or
engines
in
the
engine
family
comply
with
the
requirements
of
this
part,
other
referenced
parts
of
the
CFR,
and
the
Clean
Air
Act.
(
t)
Include
estimates
of
U.
S.­
directed
production
volumes.
(
u)
Include
the
information
required
by
other
subparts
of
this
part.
For
example,
include
the
information
required
by
§
1051.725
if
you
participate
in
the
ABT
program.
(
v)
Include
other
applicable
information,
such
as
information
specified
in
this
part
or
40
CFR
part
1068
related
to
requests
for
exemptions.
(
w)
Name
an
agent
for
service
of
process
located
in
the
United
States.
Service
on
this
agent
constitutes
service
on
you
or
any
of
your
officers
or
employees
for
any
action
by
EPA
or
otherwise
by
the
United
States
related
to
the
requirements
of
this
part.

286.
Section
1051.210
is
revised
to
read
as
follows:
§
1051.210
May
I
get
preliminary
approval
before
I
complete
my
application?
If
you
send
us
information
before
you
finish
the
application,
we
will
review
it
and
make
any
appropriate
determinations,
especially
for
questions
related
to
engine
family
definitions,
auxiliary
emission­
control
devices,
deterioration
factors,
testing
for
service
accumulation,
and
maintenance.
Decisions
made
under
this
section
are
considered
to
be
preliminary
approval,
subject
to
final
review
and
approval.
We
will
generally
not
reverse
a
decision
where
we
have
given
you
preliminary
approval,
unless
we
find
new
information
supporting
a
different
decision.
If
you
request
preliminary
approval
related
to
the
upcoming
model
year
or
the
model
year
after
that,
we
will
make
best­
efforts
to
make
the
appropriate
determinations
as
soon
as
practicable.
We
will
generally
not
provide
preliminary
approval
related
to
a
future
model
year
more
than
two
years
ahead
of
time.

287.
Section
1051.215
is
removed.

288.
Section
1051.220
is
revised
to
read
as
follows:
§
1051.220
How
do
I
amend
the
maintenance
instructions
in
my
application?
You
may
amend
your
emission­
related
maintenance
instructions
after
you
submit
your
application
for
certification,
as
long
as
the
amended
instructions
remain
consistent
with
the
provisions
of
§
1051.125.
You
must
send
the
Designated
Compliance
Officer
a
request
to
amend
your
153
application
for
certification
for
an
engine
family
if
you
want
to
change
the
emission­
related
maintenance
instructions
in
a
way
that
could
affect
emissions.
In
your
request,
describe
the
proposed
changes
to
the
maintenance
instructions.
We
will
disapprove
your
request
if
we
determine
that
the
amended
instructions
are
inconsistent
with
maintenance
you
performed
on
emission­
data
vehicles.
(
a)
If
you
are
decreasing
the
specified
maintenance,
you
may
distribute
the
new
maintenance
instructions
to
your
customers
30
days
after
we
receive
your
request,
unless
we
disapprove
your
request.
We
may
approve
a
shorter
time
or
waive
this
requirement.
(
b)
If
your
requested
change
would
not
decrease
the
specified
maintenance,
you
may
distribute
the
new
maintenance
instructions
anytime
after
you
send
your
request.
For
example,
this
paragraph
(
b)
would
cover
adding
instructions
to
increase
the
frequency
of
a
maintenance
step
for
engines
in
severe­
duty
applications.
(
c)
You
need
not
request
approval
if
you
are
making
only
minor
corrections
(
such
as
correcting
typographical
mistakes),
clarifying
your
maintenance
instructions,
or
changing
instructions
for
maintenance
unrelated
to
emission
control.

289.
Section
1051.225
is
revised
to
read
as
follows:
§
1051.225
How
do
I
amend
my
application
for
certification
to
include
new
or
modified
vehicles
or
to
change
an
FEL?
Before
we
issue
you
a
certificate
of
conformity,
you
may
amend
your
application
to
include
new
or
modified
vehicle
configurations,
subject
to
the
provisions
of
this
section.
After
we
have
issued
your
certificate
of
conformity,
you
may
send
us
an
amended
application
requesting
that
we
include
new
or
modified
vehicle
configurations
within
the
scope
of
the
certificate,
subject
to
the
provisions
of
this
section.
You
must
amend
your
application
if
any
changes
occur
with
respect
to
any
information
included
in
your
application.
(
a)
You
must
amend
your
application
before
you
take
any
of
the
following
actions:
(
1)
Add
a
vehicle
(
that
is,
an
additional
vehicle
configuration)
to
an
engine
family.
In
this
case,
the
vehicle
added
must
be
consistent
with
other
vehicles
in
the
engine
family
with
respect
to
the
criteria
listed
in
§
1051.230.
(
2)
Change
a
vehicle
already
included
in
an
engine
family
in
a
way
that
may
affect
emissions,
or
change
any
of
the
components
you
described
in
your
application
for
certification.
This
includes
production
and
design
changes
that
may
affect
emissions
any
time
during
the
engine's
lifetime.
(
3)
Modify
an
FEL
for
an
engine
family,
as
described
in
paragraph
(
f)
of
this
section.
(
b)
To
amend
your
application
for
certification,
send
the
Designated
Compliance
Officer
the
following
information:
(
1)
Describe
in
detail
the
addition
or
change
in
the
vehicle
model
or
configuration
you
intend
to
make.
(
2)
Include
engineering
evaluations
or
data
showing
that
the
amended
engine
family
complies
with
all
applicable
requirements.
You
may
do
this
by
showing
that
the
original
emission­
data
vehicle
is
still
appropriate
with
respect
to
showing
compliance
of
the
amended
family
with
all
applicable
requirements.
154
(
3)
If
the
original
emission­
data
vehicle
for
the
engine
family
is
not
appropriate
to
show
compliance
for
the
new
or
modified
vehicle,
include
new
test
data
showing
that
the
new
or
modified
vehicle
meets
the
requirements
of
this
part.
(
c)
We
may
ask
for
more
test
data
or
engineering
evaluations.
You
must
give
us
these
within
30
days
after
we
request
them.
(
d)
For
engine
families
already
covered
by
a
certificate
of
conformity,
we
will
determine
whether
the
existing
certificate
of
conformity
covers
your
new
or
modified
vehicle.
You
may
ask
for
a
hearing
if
we
deny
your
request
(
see
§
1051.820).
(
e)
For
engine
families
already
covered
by
a
certificate
of
conformity,
you
may
start
producing
the
new
or
modified
vehicle
anytime
after
you
send
us
your
amended
application,
before
we
make
a
decision
under
paragraph
(
d)
of
this
section.
However,
if
we
determine
that
the
affected
vehicles
do
not
meet
applicable
requirements,
we
will
notify
you
to
cease
production
of
the
vehicles
and
may
require
you
to
recall
the
vehicles
at
no
expense
to
the
owner.
Choosing
to
produce
vehicles
under
this
paragraph
(
e)
is
deemed
to
be
consent
to
recall
all
vehicles
that
we
determine
do
not
meet
applicable
emission
standards
or
other
requirements
and
to
remedy
the
nonconformity
at
no
expense
to
the
owner.
If
you
do
not
provide
information
required
under
paragraph
(
c)
of
this
section
within
30
days,
you
must
stop
producing
the
new
or
modified
vehicles.
(
f)
You
may
ask
to
change
your
FEL
in
the
following
cases:
(
1)
You
may
ask
to
raise
your
FEL
for
your
engine
family
after
the
start
of
production.
You
must
use
the
higher
FEL
for
the
entire
family
to
calculate
your
average
emission
level
under
subpart
H
of
this
part.
In
your
request,
you
must
demonstrate
that
you
will
still
be
able
to
comply
with
the
applicable
average
emission
standards
as
specified
in
subparts
B
and
H
of
this
part.
(
2)
You
may
ask
to
lower
the
FEL
for
your
engine
family
after
the
start
of
production
only
when
you
have
test
data
from
production
vehicles
indicating
that
your
vehicles
comply
with
the
lower
FEL.
You
may
create
a
separate
subfamily
with
the
lower
FEL.
Otherwise,
you
must
use
the
higher
FEL
for
the
family
to
calculate
your
average
emission
level
under
subpart
H
of
this
part.
(
3)
If
you
change
the
FEL
during
production,
you
must
include
the
new
FEL
on
the
emission
control
information
label
for
all
vehicles
produced
after
the
change.

290.
Section
1051.230
is
revised
to
read
as
follows:
§
1051.230
How
do
I
select
engine
families?
(
a)
Divide
your
product
line
into
families
of
vehicles
that
are
expected
to
have
similar
emission
characteristics
throughout
the
useful
life.
Except
as
specified
in
paragraph
(
f)
of
this
section,
you
must
have
separate
engine
families
for
meeting
exhaust
and
evaporative
emissions.
Your
engine
family
is
limited
to
a
single
model
year.
(
b)
For
exhaust
emissions,
group
vehicles
in
the
same
engine
family
if
they
are
the
same
in
all
the
following
aspects:
(
1)
The
combustion
cycle.
(
2)
The
cooling
system
(
liquid­
cooled
vs.
air­
cooled).
(
3)
Configuration
of
the
fuel
system
(
for
example,
port
fuel
injection
vs.
carburetion).
(
4)
Method
of
air
aspiration.
(
5)
The
number,
location,
volume,
and
composition
of
catalytic
converters.
155
(
6)
Type
of
fuel.
(
7)
The
number,
arrangement,
and
approximate
bore
diameter
of
cylinders.
(
8)
Numerical
level
of
the
emission
standards
that
apply
to
the
vehicle.
(
c)
For
evaporative
emissions,
group
vehicles
in
the
same
engine
family
if
fuel
tanks
are
similar
and
fuel
lines
are
similar
considering
all
the
following
aspects:
(
1)
Type
of
material
(
including
additives
such
as
pigments,
plasticizers,
and
UV
inhibitors).
(
2)
Emission­
control
strategy.
(
3)
Production
methods.
This
does
not
apply
to
differences
in
production
methods
that
would
not
affect
emission
characteristics.
(
d)
You
may
subdivide
a
group
of
vehicles
that
is
identical
under
paragraph
(
b)
or
(
c)
of
this
section
into
different
engine
families
if
you
show
the
expected
emission
characteristics
are
different
during
the
useful
life.
(
e)
You
may
group
vehicles
that
are
not
identical
with
respect
to
the
things
listed
in
paragraph
(
b)
or
(
c)
of
this
section
in
the
same
engine
family,
as
follows:
(
1)
You
may
group
such
vehicles
in
the
same
engine
family
if
you
show
that
their
emission
characteristics
during
the
useful
life
will
be
similar.
(
2)
If
you
are
a
small­
volume
manufacturer,
you
may
group
engines
from
any
vehicles
subject
to
the
same
emission
standards
into
a
single
engine
family.
This
does
not
change
any
of
the
requirements
of
this
part
for
showing
that
an
engine
family
meets
emission
standards.
(
f)
You
may
divide
your
product
line
into
engine
families
based
on
a
combined
consideration
of
exhaust
and
evaporative
emission­
control
systems,
consistent
with
the
requirements
of
this
section.
This
would
allow
you
to
use
a
single
engine­
family
designation
for
each
engine
family
instead
of
having
separate
engine­
family
designations
for
exhaust
and
evaporative
emissioncontrol
systems
for
each
model.
(
g)
Select
test
engines
from
the
engine
family
as
described
in
40
CFR
1065.401.
Select
test
components
related
to
evaporative
emission­
control
systems
that
are
most
likely
to
exceed
the
applicable
emission
standards.
For
example,
select
a
fuel
tank
with
the
smallest
average
wall
thickness
(
or
barrier
thickness,
as
appropriate)
of
those
tanks
you
include
in
the
same
family.

291.
Section
1051.235
is
revised
to
read
as
follows:
§
1051.235
What
emission
testing
must
I
perform
for
my
application
for
a
certificate
of
conformity?
This
section
describes
the
emission
testing
you
must
perform
to
show
compliance
with
the
emission
standards
in
subpart
B
of
this
part.
(
a)
Test
your
emission­
data
vehicles
using
the
procedures
and
equipment
specified
in
subpart
F
of
this
part.
Where
specifically
required
or
allowed,
test
the
engine
instead
of
the
vehicle.
For
evaporative
emissions,
test
the
fuel
system
components
separate
from
the
vehicle.
(
b)
Select
from
each
engine
family
an
emission­
data
vehicle,
and
a
fuel
system
for
each
fuel
type
with
a
configuration
that
is
most
likely
to
exceed
the
emission
standards,
using
good
engineering
judgment.
Consider
the
emission
levels
of
all
exhaust
constituents
over
the
full
useful
life
of
the
vehicle.
(
c)
We
may
measure
emissions
from
any
of
your
test
vehicles
or
engines
(
or
any
other
vehicles
or
engines
from
the
engine
family),
as
follows:
156
(
1)
We
may
decide
to
do
the
testing
at
your
plant
or
any
other
facility.
If
we
do
this,
you
must
deliver
the
test
vehicle
or
engine
to
a
test
facility
we
designate.
The
test
vehicle
or
engine
you
provide
must
include
appropriate
manifolds,
aftertreatment
devices,
electronic
control
units,
and
other
emission­
related
components
not
normally
attached
directly
to
the
engine
block.
If
we
do
the
testing
at
your
plant,
you
must
schedule
it
as
soon
as
possible
and
make
available
the
instruments,
personnel,
and
equipment
we
need.
(
2)
If
we
measure
emissions
on
one
of
your
test
vehicles
or
engines,
the
results
of
that
testing
become
the
official
emission
results.
Unless
we
later
invalidate
these
data,
we
may
decide
not
to
consider
your
data
in
determining
if
your
engine
family
meets
applicable
requirements.
(
3)
Before
we
test
one
of
your
vehicles
or
engines,
we
may
set
its
adjustable
parameters
to
any
point
within
the
physically
adjustable
ranges
(
see
§
1051.115(
c)).
(
4)
Before
we
test
one
of
your
vehicles
or
engines,
we
may
calibrate
it
within
normal
production
tolerances
for
anything
we
do
not
consider
an
adjustable
parameter.
(
d)
You
may
use
previously
generated
emission
data
in
the
following
cases:
(
1)
You
may
ask
to
use
emission
data
from
a
previous
model
year
instead
of
doing
new
tests,
but
only
if
all
the
following
are
true:
(
i)
The
engine
family
from
the
previous
model
year
differs
from
the
current
engine
family
only
with
respect
to
model
year.
(
ii)
The
emission­
data
vehicle
from
the
previous
model
year
remains
the
appropriate
emission­
data
vehicle
under
paragraph
(
b)
of
this
section.
(
iii)
The
data
show
that
the
emission­
data
vehicle
would
meet
all
the
requirements
that
apply
to
the
engine
family
covered
by
the
application
for
certification.
(
2)
You
may
submit
emission
data
for
equivalent
engine
families
performed
to
show
compliance
with
other
standards
(
such
as
California
standards)
instead
of
doing
new
tests,
but
only
if
the
data
show
that
the
test
vehicle
or
engine
would
meet
all
of
this
part's
requirements.
(
3)
You
may
submit
evaporative
emission
data
measured
by
a
fuel
system
supplier.
We
may
require
you
to
verify
that
the
testing
was
conducted
in
accordance
with
the
applicable
regulations.
(
e)
We
may
require
you
to
test
a
second
vehicle
or
engine
of
the
same
or
different
configuration
in
addition
to
the
vehicle
or
engine
tested
under
paragraph
(
b)
of
this
section.
(
f)
If
you
use
an
alternate
test
procedure
under
40
CFR
1065.10
and
later
testing
shows
that
such
testing
does
not
produce
results
that
are
equivalent
to
the
procedures
specified
in
subpart
F
of
this
part,
we
may
reject
data
you
generated
using
the
alternate
procedure.
(
g)
If
you
are
a
small­
volume
manufacturer,
you
may
certify
by
design
on
the
basis
of
preexisting
exhaust
emission
data
for
similar
technologies
and
other
relevant
information,
and
in
accordance
with
good
engineering
judgment.
In
those
cases,
you
are
not
required
to
test
your
vehicles.
This
is
called
"
design­
certification"
or
"
certifying
by
design."
To
certify
by
design,
you
must
show
that
the
technology
used
on
your
engines
is
sufficiently
similar
to
the
previously
tested
technology
that
a
person
reasonably
familiar
with
emission­
control
technology
would
believe
that
your
engines
will
comply
with
the
emission
standards.
(
h)
For
fuel
tanks
that
are
certified
based
on
permeability
treatments
for
plastic
fuel
tanks,
you
do
not
need
to
test
each
engine
family.
However,
you
must
use
good
engineering
judgment
to
determine
permeation
rates
for
the
tanks.
This
requires
that
more
than
one
fuel
tank
be
tested
for
each
set
of
treatment
conditions.
You
may
not
use
test
data
from
a
given
tank
for
any
other
tanks
that
have
thinner
walls.
You
may,
however,
use
test
data
from
a
given
tank
for
other
tanks
that
157
have
thicker
walls.
This
applies
to
both
low­
hour
(
i.
e.,
baseline
testing)
and
durability
testing.
Note
that
§
1051.245
allows
you
to
use
design­
based
certification
instead
of
generating
new
emission
data.

292.
Section
1051.240
is
revised
to
read
as
follows:
§
1051.240
How
do
I
demonstrate
that
my
engine
family
complies
with
exhaust
emission
standards?
(
a)
For
purposes
of
certification,
your
engine
family
is
considered
in
compliance
with
the
applicable
numerical
exhaust
emission
standards
in
subpart
B
of
this
part
if
all
emission­
data
vehicles
representing
that
family
have
test
results
showing
deteriorated
emission
levels
at
or
below
these
standards.
(
Note:
if
you
participate
in
the
ABT
program
in
subpart
H
of
this
part,
your
FELs
are
considered
to
be
the
applicable
emission
standards
with
which
you
must
comply.)
(
b)
Your
engine
family
is
deemed
not
to
comply
if
any
emission­
data
vehicle
representing
that
family
has
test
results
showing
a
deteriorated
emission
level
above
an
applicable
FEL
or
emission
standard
from
subpart
B
of
this
part
for
any
pollutant.
(
c)
To
compare
emission
levels
from
the
emission­
data
vehicle
with
the
applicable
emission
standards,
apply
deterioration
factors
to
the
measured
emission
levels.
Section
1051.243
specifies
how
to
test
your
vehicle
to
develop
deterioration
factors
that
represent
the
deterioration
expected
in
emissions
over
your
vehicle's
full
useful
life.
Your
deterioration
factors
must
take
into
account
any
available
data
from
in­
use
testing
with
similar
engines.
Small­
volume
manufacturers
may
use
assigned
deterioration
factors
that
we
establish.
Apply
deterioration
factors
as
follows:
(
1)
For
vehicles
that
use
aftertreatment
technology,
such
as
catalytic
converters,
use
a
multiplicative
deterioration
factor
for
exhaust
emissions.
A
multiplicative
deterioration
factor
for
a
pollutant
is
the
ratio
of
exhaust
emissions
at
the
end
of
the
useful
life
and
exhaust
emissions
at
the
low­
hour
test
point.
In
these
cases,
adjust
the
official
emission
results
for
each
tested
vehicle
or
engine
at
the
selected
test
point
by
multiplying
the
measured
emissions
by
the
deterioration
factor.
If
the
factor
is
less
than
one,
use
one.
Multiplicative
deterioration
factors
must
be
specified
to
three
significant
figures.
(
2)
For
vehicles
that
do
not
use
aftertreatment
technology,
use
an
additive
deterioration
factor
for
exhaust
emissions.
An
additive
deterioration
factor
for
a
pollutant
is
the
difference
between
exhaust
emissions
at
the
end
of
the
useful
life
and
exhaust
emissions
at
the
low­
hour
test
point.
In
these
cases,
adjust
the
official
emission
results
for
each
tested
vehicle
or
engine
at
the
selected
test
point
by
adding
the
factor
to
the
measured
emissions.
If
the
factor
is
less
than
zero,
use
zero.
Additive
deterioration
factors
must
be
specified
to
one
more
decimal
place
than
the
applicable
standard.
(
d)
Collect
emission
data
using
measurements
to
one
more
decimal
place
than
the
applicable
standard.
Apply
the
deterioration
factor
to
the
official
emission
result,
as
described
in
paragraph
(
c)
of
this
section,
then
round
the
adjusted
figure
to
the
same
number
of
decimal
places
as
the
emission
standard.
Compare
the
rounded
emission
levels
to
the
emission
standard
for
each
emission­
data
vehicle.
In
the
case
of
HC+
NOx
standards,
add
the
emission
results
and
apply
the
deterioration
factor
to
the
sum
of
the
pollutants
before
rounding.
However,
if
your
deterioration
factors
are
based
on
emission
measurements
that
do
not
cover
the
vehicle's
full
useful
life,
apply
the
deterioration
factor
to
each
pollutant
and
then
add
the
results
before
rounding.
158
293.
A
new
§
1051.243
is
added
to
read
as
follows:
§
1051.243
How
do
I
determine
deterioration
factors
from
exhaust
durability
testing?
Establish
deterioration
factors
to
determine
whether
your
engines
will
meet
emission
standards
for
each
pollutant
throughout
the
useful
life,
as
described
in
subpart
B
of
this
part
and
§
1051.240.
This
section
describes
how
to
determine
deterioration
factors,
either
with
pre­
existing
test
data
or
with
new
emission
measurements.
(
a)
You
may
ask
us
to
approve
deterioration
factors
for
an
engine
family
based
on
emission
measurements
from
similar
vehicles
or
engines
if
you
have
already
given
us
these
data
for
certifying
other
vehicles
in
the
same
or
earlier
model
years.
Use
good
engineering
judgment
to
decide
whether
the
two
vehicles
or
engines
are
similar.
We
will
approve
your
request
if
you
show
us
that
the
emission
measurements
from
other
vehicles
or
engines
reasonably
represent
in­
use
deterioration
for
the
engine
family
for
which
you
have
not
yet
determined
deterioration
factors.
(
b)
If
you
are
unable
to
determine
deterioration
factors
for
an
engine
family
under
paragraph
(
a)
of
this
section,
select
vehicles,
engines,
subsystems,
or
components
for
testing.
Determine
deterioration
factors
based
on
service
accumulation
and
related
testing
to
represent
the
deterioration
expected
from
in­
use
vehicles
over
the
full
useful
life,
as
follows:
(
1)
You
must
measure
emissions
from
the
emission­
data
vehicle
at
a
low­
hour
test
point
and
the
end
of
the
useful
life.
You
may
also
test
at
evenly
spaced
intermediate
points.
(
2)
Operate
the
vehicle
or
engine
over
a
representative
duty
cycle
for
a
period
at
least
as
long
as
the
useful
life
(
in
hours
or
kilometers).
You
may
operate
the
vehicle
or
engine
continuously.
(
3)
You
may
perform
maintenance
on
emission­
data
vehicles
as
described
in
§
1051.125
and
40
CFR
part
1065,
subpart
E.
(
4)
If
you
measure
emissions
at
only
two
points
to
calculate
your
deterioration
factor,
base
your
calculations
on
a
linear
relationship
connecting
these
two
data
points
for
each
pollutant.
If
you
measure
emissions
at
three
or
more
points,
use
a
linear
least­
squares
fit
of
your
test
data
for
each
pollutant
to
calculate
your
deterioration
factor.
(
5)
Use
good
engineering
judgment
for
all
aspects
of
the
effort
to
establish
deterioration
factors
under
this
paragraph
(
b).
(
6)
You
may
to
use
other
testing
methods
to
determine
deterioration
factors,
consistent
with
good
engineering
judgment.
(
c)
Include
the
following
information
in
your
application
for
certification:
(
1)
If
you
use
test
data
from
a
different
engine
family,
explain
why
this
is
appropriate
and
include
all
the
emission
measurements
on
which
you
base
the
deterioration
factor.
(
2)
If
you
do
testing
to
determine
deterioration
factors,
describe
the
form
and
extent
of
service
accumulation,
including
a
rationale
for
selecting
the
service­
accumulation
period
and
the
method
you
use
to
accumulate
hours.

294.
Section
1051.245
is
amended
by
revising
paragraphs
(
a)
introductory
text,
(
b),
(
c),
and
(
d)
to
read
as
follows:
§
1051.245
How
do
I
demonstrate
that
my
engine
family
complies
with
evaporative
emission
standards?
(
a)
For
purposes
of
certification,
your
engine
family
is
considered
in
compliance
with
the
evaporative
emission
standards
in
subpart
B
of
this
part
if
you
do
either
of
the
following:
*
*
*
*
*
159
(
b)
Your
engine
family
is
deemed
not
to
comply
if
any
fuel
tank
or
fuel
line
representing
that
family
has
test
results
showing
a
deteriorated
emission
level
above
the
standard.
(
c)
To
compare
emission
levels
with
the
emission
standards,
apply
deterioration
factors
to
the
measured
emission
levels.
For
permeation
emissions,
use
the
following
procedures
to
establish
an
additive
deterioration
factor,
as
described
in
§
1051.240(
c)(
2):
(
1)
Section
1051.515
specifies
how
to
test
your
fuel
tanks
to
develop
deterioration
factors.
Small­
volume
manufacturers
may
use
assigned
deterioration
factors
that
we
establish.
Apply
the
deterioration
factors
as
follows:
(
i)
Calculate
the
deterioration
factor
from
emission
tests
performed
before
and
after
the
durability
tests
as
described
in
§
1051.515(
c)
and
(
d),
using
good
engineering
judgment.
The
durability
tests
described
in
§
1051.515(
d)
represent
the
minimum
requirements
for
determining
a
deterioration
factor.
You
may
not
use
a
deterioration
factor
that
is
less
than
the
difference
between
evaporative
emissions
before
and
after
the
durability
tests
as
described
in
§
1051.515(
c)
and
(
d).
(
ii)
Do
not
apply
the
deterioration
factor
to
test
results
for
tanks
that
have
already
undergone
these
durability
tests.
(
2)
Determine
the
deterioration
factor
for
fuel
lines
using
good
engineering
judgment.
(
d)
Collect
emission
data
using
measurements
to
one
more
decimal
place
than
the
applicable
standard.
Apply
the
deterioration
factor
to
the
official
emission
result,
as
described
in
paragraph
(
c)
of
this
section,
then
round
the
adjusted
figure
to
the
same
number
of
decimal
places
as
the
emission
standard.
Compare
the
rounded
emission
levels
to
the
emission
standard
for
each
emission­
data
vehicle.
*
*
*
*
*

295.
Section
1051.250
is
revised
to
read
as
follows:
§
1051.250
What
records
must
I
keep
and
make
available
to
EPA?
(
a)
Organize
and
maintain
the
following
records:
(
1)
A
copy
of
all
applications
and
any
summary
information
you
send
us.
(
2)
Any
of
the
information
we
specify
in
§
1051.205
that
you
were
not
required
to
include
in
your
application.
(
3)
A
detailed
history
of
each
emission­
data
vehicle.
For
each
vehicle,
describe
all
of
the
following:
(
i)
The
emission­
data
vehicle's
construction,
including
its
origin
and
buildup,
steps
you
took
to
ensure
that
it
represents
production
vehicles,
any
components
you
built
specially
for
it,
and
all
the
components
you
include
in
your
application
for
certification.
(
ii)
How
you
accumulated
vehicle
or
engine
operating
hours,
including
the
dates
and
the
number
of
hours
accumulated.
(
iii)
All
maintenance,
including
modifications,
parts
changes,
and
other
service,
and
the
dates
and
reasons
for
the
maintenance.
(
iv)
All
your
emission
tests,
including
documentation
on
routine
and
standard
tests,
as
specified
in
40
CFR
part
1065,
and
the
date
and
purpose
of
each
test.
(
v)
All
tests
to
diagnose
engine
or
emission­
control
performance,
giving
the
date
and
time
of
each
and
the
reasons
for
the
test.
(
vi)
Any
other
significant
events.
160
(
4)
Production
figures
for
each
engine
family
divided
by
assembly
plant.
(
5)
Keep
a
list
of
engine
identification
numbers
for
all
the
engines
you
produce
under
each
certificate
of
conformity.
(
b)
Keep
data
from
routine
emission
tests
(
such
as
test
cell
temperatures
and
relative
humidity
readings)
for
one
year
after
we
issue
the
associated
certificate
of
conformity.
Keep
all
other
information
specified
in
paragraph
(
a)
of
this
section
for
eight
years
after
we
issue
your
certificate.
(
c)
Store
these
records
in
any
format
and
on
any
media,
as
long
as
you
can
promptly
send
us
organized,
written
records
in
English
if
we
ask
for
them.
You
must
keep
these
records
readily
available.
We
may
review
them
at
any
time.
(
d)
Send
us
copies
of
any
maintenance
instructions
or
explanations
if
we
ask
for
them.

296.
Section
1051.255
is
revised
to
read
as
follows:
§
1051.255
What
decisions
may
EPA
make
regarding
my
certificate
of
conformity?
(
a)
If
we
determine
your
application
is
complete
and
shows
that
the
engine
family
meets
all
the
requirements
of
this
part
and
the
Act,
we
will
issue
a
certificate
of
conformity
for
your
engine
family
for
that
model
year.
We
may
make
the
approval
subject
to
additional
conditions.
(
b)
We
may
deny
your
application
for
certification
if
we
determine
that
your
engine
family
fails
to
comply
with
emission
standards
or
other
requirements
of
this
part
or
the
Act.
Our
decision
may
be
based
on
a
review
of
all
information
available
to
us.
If
we
deny
your
application,
we
will
explain
why
in
writing.
(
c)
In
addition,
we
may
deny
your
application
or
suspend
or
revoke
your
certificate
if
you
do
any
of
the
following:
(
1)
Refuse
to
comply
with
any
testing
or
reporting
requirements.
(
2)
Submit
false
or
incomplete
information
(
paragraph
(
e)
of
this
section
applies
if
this
is
fraudulent).
(
3)
Render
inaccurate
any
test
data.
(
4)
Deny
us
from
completing
authorized
activities
despite
our
presenting
a
warrant
or
court
order
(
see
40
CFR
1068.20).
This
includes
a
failure
to
provide
reasonable
assistance.
(
5)
Produce
engines
for
importation
into
the
United
States
at
a
location
where
local
law
prohibits
us
from
carrying
out
authorized
activities.
(
6)
Fail
to
supply
requested
information
or
amend
your
application
to
include
all
engines
being
produced.
(
7)
Take
any
action
that
otherwise
circumvents
the
intent
of
the
Act
or
this
part.
(
d)
We
may
void
your
certificate
if
you
do
not
keep
the
records
we
require
or
do
not
give
us
information
as
required
under
this
part
or
the
Act.
(
e)
We
may
void
your
certificate
if
we
find
that
you
intentionally
submitted
false
or
incomplete
information.
(
f)
If
we
deny
your
application
or
suspend,
revoke,
or
void
your
certificate,
you
may
ask
for
a
hearing
(
see
§
1051.820).

297.
The
heading
for
subpart
D
is
revised
to
read
as
follows:
Subpart
D
 
Testing
Production­
line
Vehicles
and
Engines
161
298.
Section
1051.301
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
a)
and
adding
paragraph
(
h)
to
read
as
follows:
§
1051.301
When
must
I
test
my
production­
line
vehicles
or
engines?
(
a)
If
you
produce
vehicles
that
are
subject
to
the
requirements
of
this
part,
you
must
test
them
as
described
in
this
subpart.
If
your
vehicle
is
certified
to
g/
kW­
hr
standards,
then
test
the
engine;
otherwise,
test
the
vehicle.
The
provisions
of
this
subpart
do
not
apply
to
small­
volume
manufacturers.
*
*
*
*
*
(
h)
Vehicles
certified
to
the
following
standards
are
exempt
from
the
production­
line
testing
requirements
of
this
subpart
if
no
engine
families
in
the
averaging
set
participate
in
the
averaging,
banking,
and
trading
program
described
in
subpart
H
of
this
part:
(
1)
Phase
1
or
Phase
2
standards
in
§
1051.103.
(
2)
Phase
1
standards
in
§
§
1051.105.
(
3)
Phase
1
standards
in
§
1051.107.
(
4)
The
standards
in
§
1051.615.
(
5)
The
standards
in
§
1051.145(
b).

299.
Section
1051.305
is
amended
by
revising
paragraphs
(
d)(
1),
(
e),
(
f),
and
(
g)
to
read
as
follows:
§
1051.305
How
must
I
prepare
and
test
my
production­
line
vehicles
or
engines?
*
*
*
*
*
(
d)*
*
*
(
1)
We
may
adjust
or
require
you
to
adjust
idle
speed
outside
the
physically
adjustable
range
as
needed
only
until
the
vehicle
or
engine
has
stabilized
emission
levels
(
see
paragraph
(
e)
of
this
section).
We
may
ask
you
for
information
needed
to
establish
an
alternate
minimum
idle
speed.
*
*
*
*
*
(
e)
Stabilizing
emission
levels.
Before
you
test
production­
line
vehicles
or
engines,
you
may
operate
the
vehicle
or
engine
to
stabilize
the
emission
levels.
Using
good
engineering
judgment,
operate
your
vehicles
or
engines
in
a
way
that
represents
the
way
they
will
be
used.
You
may
operate
each
vehicle
or
engine
for
no
more
than
the
greater
of
two
periods:
(
1)
50
hours
or
500
kilometers.
(
2)
The
number
of
hours
or
kilometers
you
operated
the
emission­
data
vehicle
used
for
certifying
the
engine
family
(
see
40
CFR
part
1065,
subpart
E,
or
the
applicable
regulations
governing
how
you
should
prepare
your
test
vehicle
or
engine).
(
f)
Damage
during
shipment.
If
shipping
a
vehicle
or
engine
to
a
remote
facility
for
productionline
testing
makes
necessary
an
adjustment
or
repair,
you
must
wait
until
after
the
initial
emission
test
to
do
this
work.
We
may
waive
this
requirement
if
the
test
would
be
impossible
or
unsafe,
or
if
it
would
permanently
damage
the
vehicle
or
engine.
Report
to
us,
in
your
written
report
under
§
1051.345,
all
adjustments
or
repairs
you
make
on
test
vehicles
or
engines
before
each
test.
(
g)
Retesting
after
invalid
tests.
You
may
retest
a
vehicle
or
engine
if
you
determine
an
emission
test
is
invalid
under
subpart
F
of
this
part.
Explain
in
your
written
report
reasons
for
invalidating
any
test
and
the
emission
results
from
all
tests.
If
you
retest
a
vehicle
or
engine,
you
may
ask
us
162
N

(
t
95
×
 )

(
x

STD)
2

1
 


(
X
i

x)
2
n

1
to
substitute
results
of
the
new
tests
for
the
original
ones.
You
must
ask
us
within
ten
days
of
testing.
We
will
generally
answer
within
ten
days
after
we
receive
your
information.

300.
Section
1051.310
is
amended
by
revising
paragraphs
(
c)
introductory
text,
(
c)(
2),
(
f),
(
g),
and
(
i)
to
read
as
follows:
§
1051.310
How
must
I
select
vehicles
or
engines
for
production­
line
testing?
*
*
*
*
*
(
c)
Calculate
the
required
sample
size
for
each
engine
family.
Separately
calculate
this
figure
for
HC,
NOx
(
or
HC+
NOx),
and
CO
(
and
other
regulated
pollutants).
The
required
sample
size
is
the
greater
of
these
calculated
values.
Use
the
following
equation:

Where:
N
=
Required
sample
size
for
the
model
year.
t
95
=
95%
confidence
coefficient,
which
depends
on
the
number
of
tests
completed,
n,
as
specified
in
the
table
in
paragraph
(
c)(
1)
of
this
section.
It
defines
95%
confidence
intervals
for
a
one­
tail
distribution.
x
=
Mean
of
emission
test
results
of
the
sample.
STD
=
Emission
standard
(
or
family
emission
limit,
if
applicable).
 
=
Test
sample
standard
deviation
(
see
paragraph
(
c)(
2)
of
this
section).
n
=
The
number
of
tests
completed
in
an
engine
family.

*
*
*
(
2)
Calculate
the
standard
deviation,
 ,
for
the
test
sample
using
the
following
formula:

Where:
X
i
=
Emission
test
result
for
an
individual
vehicle
or
engine.
*
*
*
*
*
(
f)
Distribute
the
remaining
vehicle
or
engine
tests
evenly
throughout
the
rest
of
the
year.
You
may
need
to
adjust
your
schedule
for
selecting
vehicles
or
engines
if
the
required
sample
size
changes.
Continue
to
randomly
select
vehicles
or
engines
from
each
engine
family.
(
g)
Continue
testing
any
engine
family
for
which
the
sample
mean,
x,
is
greater
than
the
emission
standard.
This
applies
if
the
sample
mean
for
either
HC,
NOx
(
or
HC+
NOx),
or
CO
(
or
other
regulated
pollutants)
is
greater
than
the
emission
standard.
Continue
testing
until
one
of
the
following
things
happens:
163
(
1)
The
number
of
tests
completed
in
an
engine
family,
n,
is
greater
than
the
required
sample
size,
N,
and
the
sample
mean,
x,
is
less
than
or
equal
to
the
emission
standard.
For
example,
if
N
=
3.1
after
the
third
test,
the
sample­
size
calculation
does
not
allow
you
to
stop
testing.
(
2)
The
engine
family
does
not
comply
according
to
§
1051.315.
(
3)
You
test
30
vehicles
or
engines
from
the
engine
family.
(
4)
You
test
one
percent
of
your
projected
annual
U.
S.­
directed
production
volume
for
the
engine
family,
rounded
to
the
nearest
whole
number.
(
5)
You
choose
to
declare
that
the
engine
family
fails
the
requirements
of
this
subpart.
*
*
*
*
*
(
i)
You
may
elect
to
test
more
randomly
chosen
vehicles
or
engines
than
we
require
under
this
section.
Include
these
vehicles
or
engines
in
the
sample­
size
calculations.

301.
Section
1051.315
is
amended
by
revising
the
introductory
text
to
read
as
follows:
§
1051.315
How
do
I
know
when
my
engine
family
fails
the
production­
line
testing
requirements?
This
section
describes
the
pass­
fail
criteria
for
the
production­
line
testing
requirements.
We
apply
these
criteria
on
an
engine
family
basis.
See
§
1051.320
for
the
requirements
that
apply
to
individual
vehicles
or
engines
that
fail
a
production­
line
test.
*
*
*
*
*

302.
Section
1051.325
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
d)
to
read
as
follows:
§
1051.325
What
happens
if
an
engine
family
fails
the
production­
line
requirements?
*
*
*
*
*
(
d)
Section
1051.335
specifies
steps
you
must
take
to
remedy
the
cause
of
the
engine
family's
production­
line
failure.
All
the
vehicles
you
have
produced
since
the
end
of
the
last
test
period
are
presumed
noncompliant
and
should
be
addressed
in
your
proposed
remedy.
We
may
require
you
to
apply
the
remedy
to
engines
produced
earlier
if
we
determine
that
the
cause
of
the
failure
is
likely
to
have
affected
the
earlier
engines.
*
*
*
*
*

303.
Section
1051.345
is
amended
by
revising
paragraphs
(
a)
introductory
text,
(
a)(
5),
(
a)(
10),
and
(
d)
to
read
as
follows:
§
1051.345
What
production­
line
testing
records
must
I
send
to
EPA?
*
*
*
*
*
(
a)
Within
30
calendar
days
of
the
end
of
each
test
period,
send
us
a
report
with
the
following
information:
*
*
*
(
5)
Identify
how
you
accumulated
hours
of
operation
on
the
vehicles
or
engines
and
describe
the
procedure
and
schedule
you
used.
*
*
*
*
*
(
10)
State
the
date
the
test
period
ended
for
each
engine
family.
*
*
*
*
*
164
(
d)
Send
electronic
reports
of
production­
line
testing
to
the
Designated
Compliance
Officer
using
an
approved
information
format.
If
you
want
to
use
a
different
format,
send
us
a
written
request
with
justification
for
a
waiver.
*
*
*
*
*

304.
Section
1051.350
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
a)
introductory
text
to
read
as
follows:
§
1051.350
What
records
must
I
keep?
(
a)
Organize
and
maintain
your
records
as
described
in
this
section.
We
may
review
your
records
at
any
time.
*
*
*
*
*

305.
Section
1051.501
is
amended
by
revising
the
introductory
text
and
paragraphs
(
a),(
b),
(
c)(
2),
and
(
d)
and
adding
paragraph
(
e)(
3)
to
read
as
follows:
§
1051.501
What
procedures
must
I
use
to
test
my
vehicles
or
engines?
This
section
describes
test
procedures
that
you
use
to
determine
whether
vehicles
meet
the
emission
standards
of
this
part.
See
§
1051.235
to
determine
when
testing
is
required
for
certification.
See
subpart
D
of
this
part
for
the
production­
line
testing
requirements.
(
a)
Snowmobiles.
For
snowmobiles,
use
the
equipment
and
procedures
for
spark­
ignition
engines
in
40
CFR
part
1065
to
determine
whether
your
snowmobiles
meet
the
duty­
cycle
emission
standards
in
§
1051.103.
Measure
the
emissions
of
all
the
pollutants
we
regulate
in
§
1051.103.
Use
the
duty
cycle
specified
in
§
1051.505.
(
b)
Motorcycles
and
ATVs.
For
motorcycles
and
ATVs,
use
the
equipment,
procedures,
and
duty
cycle
in
40
CFR
part
86,
subpart
F,
to
determine
whether
your
vehicles
meet
the
exhaust
emission
standards
in
§
1051.105
or
§
1051.107.
Measure
the
emissions
of
all
the
pollutants
we
regulate
in
§
1051.105
or
§
1051.107.
If
we
allow
you
to
certify
ATVs
based
on
engine
testing,
use
the
equipment,
procedures,
and
duty
cycle
described
or
referenced
in
the
section
that
allows
engine
testing.
For
motorcycles
with
engine
displacement
at
or
below
169
cc
and
all
ATVs,
use
the
driving
schedule
in
paragraph
(
c)
of
Appendix
I
to
40
CFR
part
86.
For
all
other
motorcycles,
use
the
driving
schedule
in
paragraph
(
b)
of
Appendix
I
to
part
86.
With
respect
to
vehicle­
speed
governors,
test
motorcycles
and
ATVs
in
their
ungoverned
configuration,
unless
we
approve
in
advance
testing
in
a
governed
configuration.
We
will
only
approve
testing
in
a
governed
configuration
if
you
can
show
that
the
governor
is
permanently
installed
on
all
production
vehicles
and
is
unlikely
to
be
removed
in
use.
With
respect
to
engine­
speed
governors,
test
motorcycles
and
ATVs
in
their
governed
configuration.
Run
the
test
engine,
with
all
emission­
control
systems
operating,
long
enough
to
stabilize
emission
levels;
you
may
consider
emission
levels
stable
without
measurement
if
you
accumulate
12
hours
of
operation.
(
c)
*
*
*
(
2)
Prior
to
permeation
testing
of
fuel
hose,
the
hose
must
be
preconditioned
by
filling
the
hose
with
the
fuel
specified
in
paragraph
(
d)(
3)
of
this
section,
sealing
the
openings,
and
soaking
the
hose
for
4
weeks
at
23
±
5
°
C.
To
measure
fuel­
line
permeation
emissions,
use
the
equipment
and
procedures
specified
in
SAE
J30
(
incorporated
by
reference
in
§
1051.810).
165
The
measurements
must
be
performed
at
23
±
2

C
using
the
fuel
specified
in
paragraph
(
d)(
3)
of
this
section.
(
d)
Fuels.
Use
the
fuels
meeting
the
following
specifications:
(
1)
Exhaust.
Use
the
fuels
and
lubricants
specified
in
40
CFR
part
1065,
subpart
H,
for
all
the
exhaust
testing
we
require
in
this
part.
For
service
accumulation,
use
the
test
fuel
or
any
commercially
available
fuel
that
is
representative
of
the
fuel
that
in­
use
engines
will
use.
(
2)
Fuel
Tank
Permeation.
(
i)
For
the
preconditioning
soak
described
in
§
1051.515(
a)(
1)
and
fuel
slosh
durability
test
described
in
§
1051.515(
d)(
3),
use
the
fuel
specified
in
Table
1
of
40
CFR
1065.710
blended
with
10
percent
ethanol
by
volume.
As
an
alternative,
you
may
use
Fuel
CE10,
which
is
Fuel
C
as
specified
in
ASTM
D
471­
98
(
incorporated
by
reference
in
§
1051.810)
blended
with
10
percent
ethanol
by
volume.
(
ii)
For
the
permeation
measurement
test
in
§
1051.515(
b),
use
the
fuel
specified
in
Table
1
of
40
CFR
1065.710.
As
an
alternative,
you
may
use
the
fuel
specified
in
paragraph
(
d)(
2)(
i)
of
this
section.
(
3)
Fuel
Hose
Permeation.
Use
the
fuel
specified
in
Table
1
of
40
CFR
1065.710
blended
with
10
percent
ethanol
by
volume
for
permeation
testing
of
fuel
lines.
As
an
alternative,
you
may
use
Fuel
CE10,
which
is
Fuel
C
as
specified
in
ASTM
D
471­
98
(
incorporated
by
reference
in
§
1051.810)
blended
with
10
percent
ethanol
by
volume.
(
e)
*
*
*
(
3)
You
may
test
engines
using
a
test
speed
based
on
the
point
of
maximum
power
if
that
represents
in­
use
operation
better
than
testing
based
on
maximum
test
speed.
*
*
*
*
*

306.
Section
1051.505
is
amended
by
revising
paragraphs
(
a),
(
b)(
3),
(
d),
(
e),
(
f)
introductory
text,
(
f)(
5),
and
(
f)(
6),
and
to
read
as
follows:
§
1051.505
What
special
provisions
apply
for
testing
snowmobiles?
Use
the
following
special
provisions
for
testing
snowmobiles:
(
a)
You
may
perform
steady­
state
testing
with
either
discrete­
mode
or
ramped­
modal
cycles.
You
must
use
the
type
of
testing
you
select
in
your
application
for
certification
for
all
testing
you
perform
for
that
engine
family.
If
we
test
your
engines
to
confirm
that
they
meet
emission
standards,
we
will
do
testing
the
same
way.
We
may
also
perform
other
testing
as
allowed
by
the
Clean
Air
Act.
Measure
steady­
state
emissions
as
follows:
(
1)
For
discrete­
mode
testing,
sample
emissions
separately
for
each
mode,
then
calculate
an
average
emission
level
for
the
whole
cycle
using
the
weighting
factors
specified
for
each
mode.
In
each
mode,
operate
the
engine
for
at
least
5
minutes,
then
sample
emissions
for
at
least
1
minute.
Calculate
cycle
statistics
for
the
sequence
of
modes
and
compare
with
the
specified
values
in
40
CFR
1065.514
to
confirm
that
the
test
is
valid.
(
2)
For
ramped­
modal
testing,
start
sampling
at
the
beginning
of
the
first
mode
and
continue
sampling
until
the
end
of
the
last
mode.
Calculate
emissions
and
cycle
statistics
the
same
as
for
transient
testing.
(
3)
Measure
emissions
by
testing
the
engine
on
a
dynamometer
with
one
or
more
of
the
following
sets
of
duty
cycles
to
determine
whether
it
meets
the
steady­
state
emission
standards
in
§
1051.103:
(
i)
The
following
duty
cycle
applies
for
discrete­
mode
testing:
166
Table
1
of
§
1051.505
 
5­
mode
Duty
Cycle
for
Snowmobiles
Mode
Number
Speed
(
percent)
1
Torque
(
percent)
2
Minimum
Time
in
mode
(
minutes)
Weighting
Factors
1
100
100
3.0
0.12
2
85
51
3.0
0.27
3
75
33
3.0
0.25
4
65
19
3.0
0.31
5
Idle
0
3.0
0.05
1
Percent
speed
is
percent
of
maximum
test
speed.
2
Percent
torque
is
percent
of
maximum
test
torque
at
maximum
test
speed.

(
ii)
The
following
duty
cycle
applies
for
ramped­
modal
testing:

Table
2
of
§
1051.505
 
Ramped­
modal
Cycle
for
Testing
Snowmobiles
RMC
Mode
Time
in
Mode
Speed
(
percent)
Torque
(
percent)

1a
Steady­
state
27
Warm
Idle
0
1b
Transition
20
Linear
Transition
Linear
Transition
2a
Steady­
state
121
100
100
2b
Transition
20
Linear
Transition
Linear
Transition
3a
Steady­
state
347
65
19
3b
Transition
20
Linear
Transition
Linear
Transition
4a
Steady­
state
305
85
51
4b
Transition
20
Linear
Transition
Linear
Transition
5a
Steady­
state
272
75
33
5b
Transition
20
Linear
Transition
Linear
Transition
6
Steady­
state
28
Warm
Idle
0
1
Percent
speed
is
percent
of
maximum
test
speed.
2
Advance
from
one
mode
to
the
next
within
a
20­
second
transition
phase.
During
the
transition
phase,
command
a
linear
progression
from
the
torque
setting
of
the
current
mode
to
the
torque
setting
of
the
next
mode.
3
Percent
torque
is
percent
of
maximum
test
torque
at
maximum
test
speed.

(
b)
*
*
*
(
3)
Keep
engine
torque
under
5
percent
of
maximum
test
torque.
*
*
*
*
*
(
d)
Ambient
temperatures
during
testing
must
be
between
20
°
C
and
30
°
C
(
68
°
F
and
86
°
F),
or
other
representative
test
temperatures,
as
specified
in
paragraph
(
f)
of
this
section.
(
e)
See
40
CFR
part
1065
for
detailed
specifications
of
tolerances
and
calculations.
167
(
f)
You
may
test
snowmobiles
at
ambient
temperatures
below
20

C
or
using
intake
air
temperatures
below
20

C
if
you
show
that
such
testing
complies
with
40
CFR
1065.10(
c)(
1).
You
must
get
our
approval
before
you
begin
the
emission
testing.
For
example,
the
following
approach
would
be
appropriate
to
show
that
such
testing
complies
with
40
CFR
1065.10(
c)(
1):
*
*
*
(
5)
Calculate
the
nominal
intake
air
test
temperature
for
each
test
mode
as
­
10
°
C
(
14
°
F)
plus
the
temperature
difference
for
the
corresponding
mode
determined
in
paragraph
(
f)(
4)
of
this
section.
(
6)
Before
the
emissions
test,
select
the
appropriate
carburetor
jetting
for
­
10
°
C
(
14
°
F)
conditions
according
to
the
jet
chart.
For
each
mode,
maintain
the
inlet
air
temperature
within
5
°
C
(
9
°
F)
of
the
corresponding
modal
temperature
calculated
in
paragraph
(
f)(
5)
of
this
section.
*
*
*
*
*

307.
Section
1051.515
is
amended
by
revising
paragraphs
(
a)(
5),
(
b),
and
(
d)(
2)
to
read
as
follows:
§
1051.515
How
do
I
test
my
fuel
tank
for
permeation
emissions?
*
*
*
*
*
(
a)
*
*
*
(
5)
Seal
the
fuel
tank
using
fuel
caps
and
other
fittings
(
excluding
petcocks)
that
can
be
used
to
seal
openings
in
a
production
fuel
tank.
In
cases
where
openings
are
not
normally
sealed
on
the
fuel
tank
(
such
as
hose­
connection
fittings
and
vents
in
fuel
caps),
these
openings
may
be
sealed
using
nonpermeable
fittings
such
as
metal
or
fluoropolymer
plugs.
(
b)
Permeation
test
run.
To
run
the
test,
take
the
following
steps
for
a
tank
that
was
preconditioned
as
specified
in
paragraph
(
a)
of
this
section:
(
1)
Weigh
the
sealed
fuel
tank
and
record
the
weight
to
the
nearest
0.1
grams.
You
may
use
less
precise
weights
as
long
as
the
difference
in
mass
from
the
start
of
the
test
to
the
end
of
the
test
has
at
least
three
significant
figures.
Take
this
measurement
within
8
hours
of
filling
the
tank
with
test
fuel
as
specified
in
paragraph
(
a)(
3)
of
this
section.
(
2)
Carefully
place
the
tank
within
a
ventilated,
temperature­
controlled
room
or
enclosure.
Do
not
spill
or
add
any
fuel.
(
3)
Close
the
room
or
enclosure
and
record
the
time.
(
4)
Ensure
that
the
measured
temperature
in
the
room
or
enclosure
is
28
±
2

C.
(
5)
Leave
the
tank
in
the
room
or
enclosure
for
14
days.
(
6)
Hold
the
temperature
of
the
room
or
enclosure
to
28
±
2

C;
measure
and
record
the
temperature
at
least
daily.
(
7)
At
the
end
of
the
soak
period,
weigh
the
sealed
fuel
tank
and
record
the
weight
to
the
nearest
0.1
grams.
You
may
use
less
precise
weights
as
long
as
the
difference
in
mass
from
the
start
of
the
test
to
the
end
of
the
test
has
at
least
three
significant
figures.
Unless
the
same
fuel
is
used
in
the
preconditioning
fuel
soak
and
the
permeation
test
run,
record
weight
measurements
on
five
separate
days
per
week
of
testing.
The
test
is
void
if
a
linear
plot
of
tank
weight
vs.
test
days
for
the
full
soak
period
for
permeation
testing
specified
in
paragraph
(
b)(
5)
of
this
section
yields
r2
below
0.8.
See
40
CFR
1065.602
for
the
equation
to
calculate
r2.
168
(
8)
Subtract
the
weight
of
the
tank
at
the
end
of
the
test
from
the
weight
of
the
tank
at
the
beginning
of
the
test;
divide
the
difference
by
the
internal
surface
area
of
the
fuel
tank.
Divide
this
g/
m2
value
by
the
number
of
test
days
(
using
at
least
three
significant
figures)
to
calculate
the
g/
m2/
day
emission
rate.
Example:
If
a
tank
with
an
internal
surface
area
of
0.72
m2
weighed
31882.3
grams
at
the
beginning
of
the
test
and
weighed
31813.8
grams
after
soaking
for
14.03
days,
then
the
g/
m2/
day
emission
rate
would
be
 
(
31882.3
g
­
31813.8
g)
/
0.72
m2
/
14.03
days
=
6.78
g/
m2/
day.
(
9)
Round
your
result
to
the
same
number
of
decimal
places
as
the
emission
standard.
(
10)
In
cases
where
consideration
of
permeation
rates,
using
good
engineering
judgment,
leads
you
to
conclude
that
soaking
for
14
days
is
not
long
enough
to
measure
weight
change
to
at
least
three
significant
figures,
you
may
soak
for
14
days
longer.
In
this
case,
repeat
the
steps
in
paragraphs
(
b)(
8)
and
(
9)
of
this
section
to
determine
the
weight
change
for
the
full
28
days.
*
*
*
*
*
(
d)*
*
*
(
2)
UV
exposure.
Perform
a
sunlight­
exposure
test
by
exposing
the
tank
to
an
ultraviolet
light
of
at
least
24
W/
m2
(
0.40
W­
hr/
m2/
min)
on
the
tank
surface
for
at
least
450
hours.
Alternatively,
the
fuel
tank
may
be
exposed
to
direct
natural
sunlight
for
an
equivalent
period
of
time,
as
long
as
you
ensure
that
the
tank
is
exposed
to
at
least
450
daylight
hours.
*
*
*
*
*

308.
Section
1051.520
is
revised
to
read
as
follows:
§
1051.520
How
do
I
perform
exhaust
durability
testing?
Sections
1051.240
and
1051.243
describe
the
method
for
testing
that
must
be
performed
to
establish
deterioration
factors
for
an
engine
family.

309.
Section
1051.605
is
revised
to
read
as
follows:
§
1051.605
What
provisions
apply
to
engines
already
certified
under
the
motor­
vehicle
program
or
the
Large
Spark­
ignition
program?
(
a)
General
provisions.
If
you
are
an
engine
manufacturer,
this
section
allows
you
to
introduce
into
commerce
new
recreational
vehicles,
and
engines
for
recreational
vehicles,
if
the
engines
are
already
certified
to
the
requirements
that
apply
to
spark­
ignition
engines
under
40
CFR
parts
85
and
86
or
40
CFR
part
1048
for
the
appropriate
model
year.
If
you
comply
with
all
the
provisions
of
this
section,
we
consider
the
certificate
issued
under
40
CFR
part
86
or
1048
for
each
engine
to
also
be
a
valid
certificate
of
conformity
under
this
part
1051
for
its
model
year,
without
a
separate
application
for
certification
under
the
requirements
of
this
part
1051.
See
§
1051.610
for
similar
provisions
that
apply
to
vehicles
that
are
already
certified
to
the
vehicle­
based
standards
for
motor
vehicles.
(
b)
Vehicle­
manufacturer
provisions.
If
you
are
not
an
engine
manufacturer,
you
may
install
an
engine
certified
for
the
appropriate
model
year
under
40
CFR
part
86
or
1048
in
a
recreational
vehicle
as
long
as
you
meet
all
the
requirements
and
conditions
specified
in
paragraph
(
d)
of
this
section.
If
you
modify
the
non­
recreational
engine
in
any
of
the
ways
described
in
paragraph
(
d)(
2)
of
this
section
for
installation
in
a
recreational
vehicle,
we
will
consider
you
a
manufacturer
169
of
recreational
vehicles.
Such
engine
modifications
prevent
you
from
using
the
provisions
of
this
section.
(
c)
Liability.
Engines
for
which
you
meet
the
requirements
of
this
section
are
exempt
from
all
the
requirements
and
prohibitions
of
this
part,
except
for
those
specified
in
this
section.
Engines
exempted
under
this
section
must
meet
all
the
applicable
requirements
from
40
CFR
parts
85
and
86
or
40
CFR
part
1048.
This
paragraph
(
c)
applies
to
engine
manufacturers,
vehicle
manufacturers
who
use
such
an
engine,
and
all
other
persons
as
if
the
engine
were
used
in
its
originally
intended
application.
The
prohibited
acts
of
40
CFR
1068.101(
a)(
1)
apply
to
these
new
engines
and
vehicles;
however,
we
consider
the
certificate
issued
under
40
CFR
part
86
or
1048
for
each
engine
to
also
be
a
valid
certificate
of
conformity
under
this
part
1051
for
its
model
year.
If
we
make
a
determination
that
these
engines
do
not
conform
to
the
regulations
during
their
useful
life,
we
may
require
you
to
recall
them
under
this
part
1051
or
under
40
CFR
part
85
or
1068.505.
(
d)
Specific
requirements.
If
you
are
an
engine
or
vehicle
manufacturer
and
meet
all
the
following
criteria
and
requirements
regarding
your
new
engine
or
vehicle,
the
vehicle
using
the
engine
is
eligible
for
an
exemption
under
this
section:
(
1)
Your
engine
must
be
covered
by
a
valid
certificate
of
conformity
issued
under
40
CFR
part
86
or
1048.
(
2)
You
must
not
make
any
changes
to
the
certified
engine
that
could
reasonably
be
expected
to
increase
its
exhaust
emissions
for
any
pollutant,
or
its
evaporative
emissions.
For
example,
if
you
make
any
of
the
following
changes
to
one
of
these
engines,
you
do
not
qualify
for
this
exemption:
(
i)
Change
any
fuel
system
or
evaporative
system
parameters
from
the
certified
configuration
(
this
does
not
apply
to
refueling
controls).
(
ii)
Change,
remove,
or
fail
to
properly
install
any
other
component,
element
of
design,
or
calibration
specified
in
the
engine
manufacturer's
application
for
certification.
This
includes
aftertreatment
devices
and
all
related
components.
(
iii)
Modify
or
design
the
engine
cooling
system
so
that
temperatures
or
heat
rejection
rates
are
outside
the
original
engine
manufacturer's
specified
ranges.
(
3)
You
must
show
that
fewer
than
50
percent
of
the
engine
family's
total
sales
in
the
United
States
are
used
in
recreational
vehicles.
This
includes
engines
used
in
any
application,
without
regard
to
which
company
manufactures
the
vehicle
or
equipment.
Show
this
as
follows:
(
i)
If
you
are
the
original
manufacturer
of
the
engine,
base
this
showing
on
your
sales
information.
(
ii)
In
all
other
cases,
you
must
get
the
original
manufacturer
of
the
engine
to
confirm
this
based
on
its
sales
information.
(
4)
You
must
ensure
that
the
engine
has
the
emission
control
information
label
we
require
under
40
CFR
part
86
or
1048.
(
5)
You
must
add
a
permanent
supplemental
label
to
the
engine
in
a
position
where
it
will
remain
clearly
visible
after
installation
in
the
vehicle.
In
the
supplemental
label,
do
the
following:
(
i)
Include
the
heading:
"
RECREATIONAL
VEHICLE
EMISSION
CONTROL
INFORMATION".
(
ii)
Include
your
full
corporate
name
and
trademark.
You
may
instead
include
the
full
corporate
name
and
trademark
of
another
company
you
choose
to
designate.
170
(
iii)
State:
"
THIS
ENGINE
WAS
ADAPTED
FOR
A
RECREATIONAL
USE
WITHOUT
AFFECTING
ITS
EMISSION
CONTROLS.".
(
iv)
State
the
date
you
finished
installation
(
month
and
year),
if
applicable.
(
6)
The
original
and
supplemental
labels
must
be
readily
visible
after
the
engine
is
installed
in
the
vehicle
or,
if
the
vehicle
obscures
the
engine's
emission
control
information
label,
the
make
sure
the
vehicle
manufacturer
attaches
duplicate
labels,
as
described
in
40
CFR
1068.105.
(
7)
Send
the
Designated
Compliance
Officer
a
signed
letter
by
the
end
of
each
calendar
year
(
or
less
often
if
we
tell
you)
with
all
the
following
information:
(
i)
Identify
your
full
corporate
name,
address,
and
telephone
number.
(
ii)
List
the
engine
or
vehicle
models
you
expect
to
produce
under
this
exemption
in
the
coming
year.
(
iii)
State:
"
We
produce
each
listed
[
engine
or
vehicle]
model
for
recreational
application
without
making
any
changes
that
could
increase
its
certified
emission
levels,
as
described
in
40
CFR
1051.605.".
(
e)
Failure
to
comply.
If
your
engines
do
not
meet
the
criteria
listed
in
paragraph
(
d)
of
this
section,
they
will
be
subject
to
the
standards,
requirements,
and
prohibitions
of
this
part
1051
and
the
certificate
issued
under
40
CFR
part
86
or
1048
will
not
be
deemed
to
also
be
a
certificate
issued
under
this
part
1051.
Introducing
these
engines
into
commerce
without
a
valid
exemption
or
certificate
of
conformity
under
this
part
violates
the
prohibitions
in
40
CFR
1068.101(
a)(
1).
(
f)
Data
submission.
We
may
require
you
to
send
us
emission
test
data
on
any
applicable
nonroad
duty
cycles.
(
g)
Participation
in
averaging,
banking
and
trading.
Engines
or
vehicles
adapted
for
recreational
use
under
this
section
may
not
generate
or
use
emission
credits
under
this
part
1051.
These
engines
or
vehicles
may
generate
credits
under
the
ABT
provisions
in
40
CFR
part
86.
These
engines
or
vehicles
must
use
emission
credits
under
40
CFR
part
86
if
they
are
certified
to
an
FEL
that
exceeds
an
applicable
standard.

310.
Section
1051.610
is
revised
to
read
as
follows:
§
1051.610
What
provisions
apply
to
vehicles
already
certified
under
the
motor­
vehicle
program?
(
a)
General
provisions.
If
you
are
a
motor­
vehicle
manufacturer,
this
section
allows
you
to
introduce
new
recreational
vehicles
into
commerce
if
the
vehicle
is
already
certified
to
the
requirements
that
apply
under
40
CFR
parts
85
and
86.
If
you
comply
with
all
of
the
provisions
of
this
section,
we
consider
the
certificate
issued
under
40
CFR
part
86
for
each
motor
vehicle
to
also
be
a
valid
certificate
of
conformity
for
the
engine
under
this
part
1051
for
its
model
year,
without
a
separate
application
for
certification
under
the
requirements
of
this
part
1051.
This
section
applies
especially
for
highway
motorcycles
that
are
modified
for
recreational
nonroad
use.
See
§
1051.605
for
similar
provisions
that
apply
to
motor­
vehicle
engines
or
Large
SI
engines
produced
for
recreational
vehicles.
(
b)
Nonroad
vehicle­
manufacturer
provisions.
If
you
are
not
a
motor­
vehicle
manufacturer,
you
may
produce
recreational
vehicles
from
motor
vehicles
under
this
section
as
long
as
you
meet
all
the
requirements
and
conditions
specified
in
paragraph
(
d)
of
this
section.
If
you
modify
the
motor
vehicle
or
its
engine
in
any
of
the
ways
described
in
paragraph
(
d)(
2)
of
this
section,
we
171
will
consider
you
a
manufacturer
of
a
new
recreational
vehicle.
Such
modifications
prevent
you
from
using
the
provisions
of
this
section.
(
c)
Liability.
Engines
and
vehicles
for
which
you
meet
the
requirements
of
this
section
are
exempt
from
all
the
requirements
and
prohibitions
of
this
part,
except
for
those
specified
in
this
section.
Engines
exempted
under
this
section
must
meet
all
the
applicable
requirements
from
40
CFR
parts
85
and
86.
This
applies
to
engine
manufacturers,
vehicle
manufacturers,
and
all
other
persons
as
if
the
recreational
vehicles
were
motor
vehicles.
The
prohibited
acts
of
40
CFR1068.101(
a)(
1)
apply
to
these
new
recreational
vehicles;
however,
we
consider
the
certificate
issued
under
40
CFR
part
86
for
each
motor
vehicle
to
also
be
a
valid
certificate
of
conformity
for
the
recreational
vehicle
under
this
part
1051
for
its
model
year.
If
we
make
a
determination
that
these
engines
or
vehicles
do
not
conform
to
the
regulations
during
their
useful
life,
we
may
require
you
to
recall
them
under
40
CFR
part
86
or
40
CFR
1068.505.
(
d)
Specific
requirements.
If
you
are
a
motor­
vehicle
manufacturer
and
meet
all
the
following
criteria
and
requirements
regarding
your
new
recreational
vehicle
and
its
engine,
the
vehicle
is
eligible
for
an
exemption
under
this
section:
(
1)
Your
vehicle
must
be
covered
by
a
valid
certificate
of
conformity
as
a
motor
vehicle
issued
under
40
CFR
part
86.
(
2)
You
must
not
make
any
changes
to
the
certified
vehicle
that
we
could
reasonably
expect
to
increase
its
exhaust
emissions
for
any
pollutant,
or
its
evaporative
emissions
if
it
is
subject
to
evaporative­
emission
standards.
For
example,
if
you
make
any
of
the
following
changes,
you
do
not
qualify
for
this
exemption:
(
i)
Change
any
fuel
system
parameters
from
the
certified
configuration.
(
ii)
Change,
remove,
or
fail
to
properly
install
any
other
component,
element
of
design,
or
calibration
specified
in
the
vehicle
manufacturer's
application
for
certification.
This
includes
aftertreatment
devices
and
all
related
components.
(
iii)
Modify
or
design
the
engine
cooling
system
so
that
temperatures
or
heat
rejection
rates
are
outside
the
original
vehicle
manufacturer's
specified
ranges.
(
iv)
Add
more
than
500
pounds
to
the
curb
weight
of
the
originally
certified
motor
vehicle.
(
3)
You
must
show
that
fewer
than
50
percent
of
the
engine
family's
total
sales
in
the
United
States
are
used
in
recreational
vehicles.
This
includes
any
type
of
vehicle,
without
regard
to
which
company
completes
the
manufacturing
of
the
recreational
vehicle.
Show
this
as
follows:
(
i)
If
you
are
the
original
manufacturer
of
the
vehicle,
base
this
showing
on
your
sales
information.
(
ii)
In
all
other
cases,
you
must
get
the
original
manufacturer
of
the
vehicle
to
confirm
this
based
on
their
sales
information.
(
4)
The
vehicle
must
have
the
vehicle
emission
control
information
we
require
under
40
CFR
part
86.
(
5)
You
must
add
a
permanent
supplemental
label
to
the
vehicle
in
a
position
where
it
will
remain
clearly
visible.
In
the
supplemental
label,
do
the
following:
(
i)
Include
the
heading:
"
RECREATIONAL
VEHICLE
ENGINE
EMISSION
CONTROL
INFORMATION".
(
ii)
Include
your
full
corporate
name
and
trademark.
You
may
instead
include
the
full
corporate
name
and
trademark
of
another
company
you
choose
to
designate.
172
(
iii)
State:
"
THIS
VEHICLE
WAS
ADAPTED
FOR
RECREATIONAL
USE
WITHOUT
AFFECTING
ITS
EMISSION
CONTROLS.".
(
iv)
State
the
date
you
finished
modifying
the
vehicle
(
month
and
year),
if
applicable.
(
6)
The
original
and
supplemental
labels
must
be
readily
visible
in
the
fully
assembled
vehicle.
(
7)
Send
the
Designated
Compliance
Officer
a
signed
letter
by
the
end
of
each
calendar
year
(
or
less
often
if
we
tell
you)
with
all
the
following
information:
(
i)
Identify
your
full
corporate
name,
address,
and
telephone
number.
(
ii)
List
the
vehicle
models
you
expect
to
produce
under
this
exemption
in
the
coming
year.
(
iii)
State:
"
We
produced
each
listed
engine
or
vehicle
model
for
recreational
application
without
making
any
changes
that
could
increase
its
certified
emission
levels,
as
described
in
40
CFR
1051.610.".
(
e)
Failure
to
comply.
If
your
engines
or
vehicles
do
not
meet
the
criteria
listed
in
paragraph
(
d)
of
this
section,
the
engines
will
be
subject
to
the
standards,
requirements,
and
prohibitions
of
this
part
1051,
and
the
certificate
issued
under
40
CFR
part
86
will
not
be
deemed
to
also
be
a
certificate
issued
under
this
part
1051.
Introducing
these
engines
into
commerce
without
a
valid
exemption
or
certificate
of
conformity
under
this
part
violates
the
prohibitions
in
40
CFR
1068.101(
a)(
1).
(
f)
Data
submission.
We
may
require
you
to
send
us
emission
test
data
on
any
applicable
nonroad
duty
cycles.
(
g)
Participation
in
averaging,
banking
and
trading.
Vehicles
adapted
for
recreational
use
under
this
section
may
not
generate
or
use
emission
credits
under
this
part
1051.
These
engines
may
generate
credits
under
the
ABT
provisions
in
40
CFR
part
86.
These
engines
must
use
emission
credits
under
40
CFR
part
86
if
they
are
certified
to
an
FEL
that
exceeds
an
applicable
standard.

311.
Section
1051.615
is
amended
by
revising
paragraphs
(
a)
introductory
text,
(
b)
introductory
text,
and
(
d)
to
read
as
follows:
§
1051.615
What
are
the
special
provisions
for
certifying
small
recreational
engines?
(
a)
You
may
certify
ATVs
with
engines
that
have
total
displacement
of
less
than
100
cc
to
the
following
exhaust
emission
standards
instead
of
certifying
them
to
the
exhaust
emission
standards
of
subpart
B
of
this
part:
*
*
*
*
*
(
b)
You
may
certify
off­
highway
motorcycles
with
engines
that
have
total
displacement
of
70
cc
or
less
to
the
following
exhaust
emission
standards
instead
of
certifying
them
to
the
exhaust
emission
standards
of
subpart
B
of
this
part:
*
*
*
*
*
(
d)
Measure
steady­
state
emissions
by
testing
the
engine
on
an
engine
dynamometer
using
the
equipment
and
procedures
of
40
CFR
part
1065
with
either
discrete­
mode
or
ramped­
modal
cycles.
You
must
use
the
type
of
testing
you
select
in
your
application
for
certification
for
all
testing
you
perform
for
that
engine
family.
If
we
test
your
engines
to
confirm
that
they
meet
emission
standards,
we
will
do
testing
the
same
way.
We
may
also
perform
other
testing
as
allowed
by
the
Clean
Air
Act.
Measure
steady­
state
emissions
as
follows:
(
1)
For
discrete­
mode
testing,
sample
emissions
separately
for
each
mode,
then
calculate
an
average
emission
level
for
the
whole
cycle
using
the
weighting
factors
specified
for
each
173
mode.
In
each
mode,
operate
the
engine
for
at
least
5
minutes,
then
sample
emissions
for
at
least
1
minute.
Calculate
cycle
statistics
for
the
sequence
of
modes
and
compare
with
the
specified
values
in
40
CFR
1065.514
to
confirm
that
the
test
is
valid.
(
2)
For
ramped­
modal
testing,
start
sampling
at
the
beginning
of
the
first
mode
and
continue
sampling
until
the
end
of
the
last
mode.
Calculate
emissions
and
cycle
statistics
the
same
as
for
transient
testing.
(
3)
Measure
emissions
by
testing
the
engine
on
a
dynamometer
with
one
or
more
of
the
following
sets
of
duty
cycles
to
determine
whether
it
meets
applicable
emission
standards:
(
i)
The
following
duty
cycle
applies
for
discrete­
mode
testing:

Table
1
of
§
1051.615
 
6­
Mode
Duty
Cycle
for
Recreational
Engines
Mode
Number
Engine
Speed
(
percent)
1
Torque
(
percent)
2
Minimum
Time
in
Mode
(
minutes)
Weighting
Factors
1
85
100
5.0
0.09
2
85
75
5.0
0.20
3
85
50
5.0
0.29
4
85
25
5.0
0.30
5
85
10
5.0
0.07
6
Idle
0
5.0
0.05
1
Percent
speed
is
percent
of
maximum
test
speed.
2
Percent
torque
is
percent
of
maximum
test
torque
at
maximum
test
speed.
174
(
ii)
The
following
duty
cycle
applies
for
ramped­
modal
testing:

Table
2
of
§
1051.615
 
Ramped­
modal
Cycle
for
Testing
Recreational
Engines
RMC
Mode
Time
Speed
(
percent)
1,2
Torque
(
percent)
2,3
1a
Steady­
state
41
Warm
Idle
0
1b
Transition
20
Linear
Transition
Linear
Transition
2a
Steady­
state
135
85
100
2b
Transition
20
85
Linear
Transition
3a
Steady­
state
112
85
10
3b
Transition
20
85
Linear
Transition
4a
Steady­
state
337
85
75
4b
Transition
20
85
Linear
Transition
5a
Steady­
state
518
85
25
5b
Transition
20
85
Linear
Transition
6a
Steady­
state
494
85
50
6b
Transition
20
Linear
Transition
Linear
Transition
7
Steady­
state
43
Warm
Idle
0
1
Percent
speed
is
percent
of
maximum
test
speed.
2
Advance
from
one
mode
to
the
next
within
a
20­
second
transition
phase.
During
the
transition
phase,
command
a
linear
progression
from
the
torque
setting
of
the
current
mode
to
the
torque
setting
of
the
next
mode.
3
Percent
torque
is
percent
of
maximum
test
torque
at
the
commanded
test
speed.

(
4)
During
idle
mode,
hold
the
speed
within
your
specifications,
keep
the
throttle
fully
closed,
and
keep
engine
torque
under
5
percent
of
the
peak
torque
value
at
maximum
test
speed.
(
5)
For
the
full­
load
operating
mode,
operate
the
engine
at
wide­
open
throttle
(
6)
See
40
CFR
part
1065
for
detailed
specifications
of
tolerances
and
calculations.
*
*
*
*
*

312.
Section
1051.620
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
b)(
1)(
vi)
to
read
as
follows:
§
1051.620
When
may
a
manufacturer
obtain
an
exemption
for
competition
recreational
vehicles?
*
*
*
*
*
(
b)
*
*
*
(
1)*
*
*
(
vi)
The
absence
of
a
functional
seat.
(
For
example,
a
seat
with
less
than
30
square
inches
of
seating
surface
would
generally
not
be
considered
a
functional
seat).
*
*
*
*
*

313.
A
new
§
1051.645
is
added
to
read
as
follows:
§
1051.645
What
special
provisions
apply
to
branded
engines?
175
The
following
provisions
apply
if
you
identify
the
name
and
trademark
of
another
company
instead
of
your
own
on
your
emission
control
information
label,
as
provided
by
§
1051.135(
c)(
2):
(
a)
You
must
have
a
contractual
agreement
with
the
other
company
that
obligates
that
company
to
take
the
following
steps:
(
1)
Meet
the
emission
warranty
requirements
that
apply
under
§
1051.120.
This
may
involve
a
separate
agreement
involving
reimbursement
of
warranty­
related
expenses.
(
2)
Report
all
warranty­
related
information
to
the
certificate
holder.
(
b)
In
your
application
for
certification,
identify
the
company
whose
trademark
you
will
use
and
describe
the
arrangements
you
have
made
to
meet
your
requirements
under
this
section.
(
c)
You
remain
responsible
for
meeting
all
the
requirements
of
this
chapter,
including
warranty
and
defect­
reporting
provisions.

314.
Section
1051.701
is
amended
by
revising
paragraphs
(
a),
(
c),
and
(
d)
and
adding
paragraphs
(
e),
(
f),
and
(
g)
to
read
as
follows:
§
1051.701
General
provisions.
(
a)
You
may
average,
bank,
and
trade
emission
credits
for
purposes
of
certification
as
described
in
this
subpart
to
show
compliance
with
the
standards
of
this
part.
To
do
this
you
must
certify
your
engines
to
Family
Emission
Limits
(
FELs)
and
show
that
your
average
emission
levels
are
below
the
applicable
standards
in
subpart
B
of
this
part,
or
that
you
have
sufficient
credits
to
offset
a
credit
deficit
for
the
model
year
(
as
calculated
in
§
1051.720).
*
*
*
*
*
(
c)
The
definitions
of
Subpart
I
of
this
part
apply
to
this
subpart.
The
following
definitions
also
apply:
(
1)
Actual
emission
credits
means
emission
credits
you
have
generated
that
we
have
verified
by
reviewing
your
final
report.
(
2)
Average
standard
means
a
standard
that
allows
you
comply
by
averaging
all
your
vehicles
under
this
part.
See
subpart
B
of
this
part
to
determine
which
standards
are
average
standards.
(
3)
Averaging
set
means
a
set
of
engines
in
which
emission
credits
may
be
exchanged
only
with
other
engines
in
the
same
averaging
set.
(
4)
Broker
means
any
entity
that
facilitates
a
trade
of
emission
credits
between
a
buyer
and
seller.
(
5)
Buyer
means
the
entity
that
receives
emission
credits
as
a
result
of
a
trade.
(
6)
Reserved
emission
credits
means
emission
credits
you
have
generated
that
we
have
not
yet
verified
by
reviewing
your
final
report.
(
7)
Seller
means
the
entity
that
provides
emission
credits
during
a
trade.
(
8)
Trade
means
to
exchange
emission
credits,
either
as
a
buyer
or
seller.
(
d)
In
your
application
for
certification,
base
your
showing
of
compliance
on
projected
production
volumes
for
vehicles
whose
point
of
first
retail
sale
is
in
the
United
States.
As
described
in
§
1051.730,
compliance
with
the
requirements
of
this
subpart
is
determined
at
the
end
of
the
model
year
based
on
actual
production
volumes
for
vehicles
whose
point
of
first
retail
sale
is
in
the
United
States.
Do
not
include
any
of
the
following
vehicles
to
calculate
emission
credits:
(
1)
Vehicles
exempted
under
subpart
G
of
this
part
or
under
40
CFR
part
1068.
(
2)
Exported
vehicles.
176
(
3)
Vehicles
not
subject
to
the
requirements
of
this
part,
such
as
those
excluded
under
§
1051.5.
(
4)
Vehicles
for
which
the
location
of
first
retail
sale
is
in
a
state
that
has
applicable
state
emission
regulations
for
that
model
year.
However,
this
restriction
does
not
apply
if
we
determine
that
the
state
standards
and
requirements
are
equivalent
to
those
of
this
part
and
that
these
vehicles
sold
in
such
a
state
will
not
generate
credits
under
the
state
program.
For
example,
you
may
not
include
vehicles
certified
for
California
if
it
has
more
stringent
emission
standards
for
these
vehicles
or
those
vehicles
generate
or
use
emission
credits
under
the
California
program.
(
5)
Any
other
vehicles,
where
we
indicate
elsewhere
in
this
part
1051
that
they
are
not
to
be
included
in
the
calculations
of
this
subpart.
(
e)
You
may
not
use
emission
credits
generated
under
this
subpart
to
offset
any
emissions
that
exceed
an
FEL
or
standard,
except
as
specified
in
§
1051.225(
f)(
1).
This
applies
for
all
testing,
including
certification
testing,
in­
use
testing,
selective
enforcement
audits,
and
other
productionline
testing.
(
f)
Emission
credits
may
be
used
in
the
model
year
they
are
generated
or
in
future
model
years.
Emission
credits
may
not
be
used
for
past
model
years.
(
g)
You
may
increase
or
decrease
an
FEL
during
the
model
year
by
amending
your
application
for
certification
under
§
1051.225.

315.
Section
1051.705
is
amended
by
revising
paragraphs
(
a),
(
b),
and
(
c)
and
adding
paragraph
(
e)
to
read
as
follows:
§
1051.705
How
do
I
average
emission
levels?
(
a)
As
specified
in
subpart
B
of
this
part,
certify
each
vehicle
to
an
FEL,
subject
to
the
FEL
caps
in
subpart
B
of
this
part.
(
b)
Calculate
a
preliminary
average
emission
level
according
to
§
1051.720
for
each
averaging
set
using
projected
U.
S.­
directed
production
volumes
from
your
application
for
certification,
excluding
vehicles
described
in
§
1051.701(
d)(
4).
(
c)
After
the
end
of
your
model
year,
calculate
a
final
average
emission
level
according
to
§
1051.720
for
each
type
of
recreational
vehicle
or
engine
you
manufacture
or
import.
Use
actual
U.
S.­
directed
production
volumes,
excluding
vehicles
described
in
§
1051.701(
d)(
4).
*
*
*
*
*
(
e)
If
your
average
emission
level
is
above
the
allowable
average
standard,
you
must
obtain
enough
emission
credits
to
offset
the
deficit
by
the
due
date
for
the
final
report
required
in
§
1051.730.
The
emission
credits
used
to
address
the
deficit
may
come
from
emission
credits
you
have
banked
or
from
emission
credits
you
obtain
through
trading.

316.
Section
1051.710
is
revised
to
read
as
follows:
§
1051.710
How
do
I
generate
and
bank
emission
credits?
(
a)
Banking
is
the
retention
of
emission
credits
by
the
manufacturer
generating
the
emission
credits
for
use
in
averaging
or
trading
in
future
model
years.
You
may
use
banked
emission
credits
only
within
the
averaging
set
in
which
they
were
generated.
177
(
b)
If
your
average
emission
level
is
below
the
average
standard,
you
may
calculate
credits
according
to
§
1051.720.
Credits
you
generate
do
not
expire.
(
c)
You
may
generate
credits
if
you
are
a
certifying
manufacturer.
(
d)
In
your
application
for
certification,
designate
any
emission
credits
you
intend
to
bank.
These
emission
credits
will
be
considered
reserved
credits.
During
the
model
year
and
before
the
due
date
for
the
final
report,
you
may
redesignate
these
emission
credits
for
averaging
or
trading.
(
e)
You
may
use
banked
emission
credits
from
the
previous
model
year
for
averaging
or
trading
before
we
verify
them,
but
we
may
revoke
these
emission
credits
if
we
are
unable
to
verify
them
after
reviewing
your
reports
or
auditing
your
records.
(
f)
Reserved
credits
become
actual
emission
credits
only
when
we
verify
them
in
reviewing
your
final
report.

317.
Section
1051.715
is
revised
to
read
as
follows:
§
1051.715
How
do
I
trade
emission
credits?
(
a)
Trading
is
the
exchange
of
emission
credits
between
manufacturers.
You
may
use
traded
emission
credits
for
averaging,
banking,
or
further
trading
transactions.
Traded
emission
credits
may
be
used
only
within
the
averaging
set
in
which
they
were
generated.
(
b)
You
may
trade
banked
credits
to
any
certifying
manufacturer.
(
c)
You
may
trade
actual
emission
credits
as
described
in
this
subpart.
You
may
also
trade
reserved
emission
credits,
but
we
may
revoke
these
emission
credits
based
on
our
review
of
your
records
or
reports
or
those
of
the
company
with
which
you
traded
emission
credits.
(
d)
If
a
negative
emission
credit
balance
results
from
a
transaction,
both
the
buyer
and
seller
are
liable,
except
in
cases
we
deem
to
involve
fraud.
See
§
1051.255(
e)
for
cases
involving
fraud.
We
may
void
the
certificates
of
all
engine
families
participating
in
a
trade
that
results
in
a
manufacturer
having
a
negative
balance
of
emission
credits.
See
§
1051.745.

318.
Section
1051.720
is
amended
by
revising
paragraphs
(
a)(
2)
and
(
a)(
3)
and
adding
paragraph
(
a)(
4)
to
read
as
follows:
§
1051.720
How
do
I
calculate
my
average
emission
level
or
emission
credits?
(
a)
*
*
*
(
2)
For
vehicles
that
have
standards
expressed
as
g/
kW­
hr
and
a
useful
life
in
kilometers,
convert
the
useful
life
to
kW­
hr
based
on
the
maximum
power
output
observed
over
the
emission
test
and
an
assumed
vehicle
speed
of
30
km/
hr
as
follows:
UL
(
kW­
hr)
=
UL
(
km)
×
Maximum
Test
Power
(
kW)
÷
30
km/
hr.
(
Note:
It
is
not
necessary
to
include
a
load
factor,
since
credit
exchange
is
not
allowed
between
vehicles
certified
to
g/
kW­
hr
standards
and
vehicles
certified
to
g/
km
standards.)
(
3)
For
evaporative
emission
standards
expressed
as
g/
m2/
day,
use
the
useful
life
value
in
years
multiplied
by
365.24
and
calculate
the
average
emission
level
as:

Emission
level
=
[
(
FEL)
i
×
(
UL)
i
×
(
Production)
i]
/
[
(
Production)
i
×
(
UL)
i]

i

i

Where:
178
FEL
i
=
The
FEL
to
which
the
engine
family
is
certified,
as
described
in
paragraph
(
a)(
4)
of
this
section.
Production
i
=
The
number
of
vehicles
in
the
engine
family
times
the
average
internal
surface
area
of
the
vehicles'
fuel
tanks.
(
4)
Determine
the
FEL
for
calculating
credits
under
paragraph
(
a)(
3)
of
this
section
using
any
of
the
following
values:
(
i)
The
FEL
to
which
the
tank
is
certified,
as
long
as
the
FEL
is
at
or
below
3.0
g/
m2/
day.
(
ii)
10.4
g/
m2/
day.
However,
if
you
use
this
value
to
establish
the
FEL
for
any
of
your
tanks,
you
must
use
this
value
to
establish
the
FEL
for
every
tank
not
covered
by
paragraph
(
a)(
4)(
i)
of
this
section.
(
iii)
The
measured
permeation
rate
of
the
tank
or
the
measured
permeation
rate
of
a
thinner­
walled
tank
of
the
same
material.
However,
if
you
use
this
approach
to
establish
the
FEL
for
any
of
your
tanks,
you
must
establish
an
FEL
based
on
emission
measurements
for
every
tank
not
covered
by
paragraph
(
a)(
4)(
i)
of
this
section.
*
*
*
*
*

319.
Section
1051.725
is
revised
to
read
as
follows:
§
1051.725
What
must
I
include
in
my
applications
for
certification?
(
a)
You
must
declare
in
your
applications
for
certification
your
intent
to
use
the
provisions
of
this
subpart.
You
must
also
declare
the
FELs
you
select
for
each
engine
family.
Your
FELs
must
comply
with
the
specifications
of
subpart
B
of
this
part,
including
the
FEL
caps.
FELs
must
be
expressed
to
the
same
number
of
decimal
places
as
the
applicable
standards.
(
b)
Include
the
following
in
your
application
for
certification:
(
1)
A
statement
that,
to
the
best
of
your
belief,
you
will
not
have
a
negative
balance
of
emission
credits
for
any
averaging
set
when
all
emission
credits
are
calculated
at
the
end
of
the
year.
This
means
that
if
you
believe
that
your
average
emission
level
will
be
above
the
standard
(
i.
e.,
that
you
will
have
a
deficit
for
the
model
year),
you
must
have
banked
credits
(
or
project
to
have
received
traded
credits)
to
offset
the
deficit.
(
2)
Detailed
calculations
of
projected
emission
credits
(
positive
or
negative)
based
on
projected
production
volumes.
If
you
will
generate
positive
emission
credits,
state
specifically
where
the
emission
credits
will
be
applied
(
for
example,
whether
they
will
be
traded
or
reserved
for
banking).
If
you
have
projected
negative
emission
credits,
state
the
source
of
positive
emission
credits
to
offset
the
negative
emission
credits.
Describe
whether
the
emission
credits
are
actual
or
reserved
and
whether
they
will
come
from
banking,
trading,
or
a
combination
of
these.
If
you
intend
to
rely
on
trading,
identify
from
which
manufacturer
the
emission
credits
will
come.

320.
Section
1051.730
is
revised
to
read
as
follows:
§
1051.730
What
ABT
reports
must
I
send
to
EPA?
(
a)
If
any
of
your
engine
families
are
certified
using
the
ABT
provisions
of
this
subpart,
you
must
send
an
end­
of­
year
report
within
90
days
after
the
end
of
the
model
year
and
a
final
report
within
270
days
after
the
end
of
the
model
year.
We
may
waive
the
requirement
to
send
the
end­
of
year
report,
as
long
as
you
send
the
final
report
on
time.
179
(
b)
Your
end­
of­
year
and
final
reports
must
include
the
following
information
for
each
engine
family:
(
1)
Engine­
family
designation.
(
2)
The
emission
standards
that
would
otherwise
apply
to
the
engine
family.
(
3)
The
FEL
for
each
pollutant.
If
you
changed
an
FEL
during
the
model
year,
identify
each
FEL
you
used
and
calculate
the
positive
or
negative
emission
credits
under
each
FEL.
Also,
describe
how
the
applicable
FEL
can
be
identified
for
each
vehicle
you
produced.
For
example,
you
might
keep
a
list
of
vehicle
identification
numbers
that
correspond
with
certain
FEL
values.
(
4)
The
projected
and
actual
production
volumes
for
the
model
year
with
a
point
of
retail
sale
in
the
United
States.
If
you
changed
an
FEL
during
the
model
year,
identify
the
actual
production
volume
associated
with
each
FEL.
(
5)
For
vehicles
that
have
standards
expressed
as
g/
kW­
hr,
maximum
engine
power
for
each
vehicle
configuration,
and
the
sales­
weighted
average
engine
power
for
the
engine
family.
(
6)
Useful
life.
(
7)
Calculated
positive
or
negative
emission
credits.
Identify
any
emission
credits
that
you
traded,
as
described
in
paragraph
(
d)(
1)
of
this
section.
(
c)
Your
end­
of­
year
and
final
reports
must
include
the
following
additional
information:
(
1)
Show
that
your
net
balance
of
emission
credits
in
each
averaging
set
in
the
applicable
model
year
is
not
negative.
(
2)
State
whether
you
will
reserve
any
emission
credits
for
banking.
(
3)
State
that
the
report's
contents
are
accurate.
(
d)
If
you
trade
emission
credits,
you
must
send
us
a
report
within
90
days
after
the
transaction,
as
follows:
(
1)
As
the
seller,
you
must
include
the
following
information
in
your
report:
(
i)
The
corporate
names
of
the
buyer
and
any
brokers.
(
ii)
A
copy
of
any
contracts
related
to
the
trade.
(
iii)
The
engine
families
that
generated
emission
credits
for
the
trade,
including
the
number
of
emission
credits
from
each
family.
(
2)
As
the
buyer,
you
must
include
the
following
information
in
your
report:
(
i)
The
corporate
names
of
the
seller
and
any
brokers.
(
ii)
A
copy
of
any
contracts
related
to
the
trade.
(
iii)
How
you
intend
to
use
the
emission
credits,
including
the
number
of
emission
credits
you
intend
to
apply
to
each
engine
family
(
if
known).
(
e)
Send
your
reports
electronically
to
the
Designated
Compliance
Officer
using
an
approved
information
format.
If
you
want
to
use
a
different
format,
send
us
a
written
request
with
justification
for
a
waiver.
(
f)
Correct
errors
in
your
end­
of­
year
report
or
final
report
as
follows:
(
1)
You
may
correct
any
errors
in
your
end­
of­
year
report
when
you
prepare
the
final
report,
as
long
as
you
send
us
the
final
report
by
the
time
it
is
due.
(
2)
If
you
or
we
determine
within
270
days
after
the
end
of
the
model
year
that
errors
mistakenly
decrease
your
balance
of
emission
credits,
you
may
correct
the
errors
and
recalculate
the
balance
of
emission
credits.
You
may
not
make
these
corrections
for
errors
that
are
determined
more
than
270
days
after
the
end
of
the
model
year.
If
you
report
a
negative
balance
of
emission
credits,
we
may
disallow
corrections
under
this
paragraph
(
f)(
2).
180
(
3)
If
you
or
we
determine
anytime
that
errors
mistakenly
increase
your
balance
of
emission
credits,
you
must
correct
the
errors
and
recalculate
the
balance
of
emission
credits.

321.
Section
1051.735
is
revised
to
read
as
follows:
§
1051.735
What
records
must
I
keep?
(
a)
You
must
organize
and
maintain
your
records
as
described
in
this
section.
We
may
review
your
records
at
any
time.
(
b)
Keep
the
records
required
by
this
section
for
eight
years
after
the
due
date
for
the
end­
of­
year
report.
You
may
use
any
appropriate
storage
formats
or
media,
including
paper,
microfilm,
or
computer
diskettes.
(
c)
Keep
a
copy
of
the
reports
we
require
in
§
1051.725
and
§
1051.730.
(
d)
Keep
the
following
additional
records
for
each
engine
you
produce
under
the
ABT
program:
(
1)
Engine
family
designation.
(
2)
Engine
identification
number.
(
3)
FEL
and
useful
life.
(
4)
For
vehicles
that
have
standards
expressed
as
g/
kW­
hr,
maximum
engine
power.
(
5)
Build
date
and
assembly
plant.
(
6)
Purchaser
and
destination.
(
e)
We
may
require
you
to
keep
additional
records
or
to
send
us
relevant
information
not
required
by
this
section.

322.
A
new
§
1051.740
is
added
to
read
as
follows:
§
1051.740
Are
there
special
averaging
provisions
for
snowmobiles?
For
snowmobiles,
you
may
only
use
credits
for
the
same
phase
or
set
of
standards
against
which
they
were
generated,
except
as
allowed
by
this
section.
(
a)
Restrictions.
(
1)
You
may
not
use
any
Phase
1
or
Phase
2
credits
for
Phase
3
compliance.
(
2)
You
may
not
use
Phase
1
HC
credits
for
Phase
2
HC
compliance.
However,
because
the
Phase
1
and
Phase
2
CO
standards
are
the
same,
you
may
use
Phase
1
CO
credits
for
compliance
with
the
Phase
2
CO
standards.
(
b)
Special
credits
for
next
phase
of
standards.
You
may
choose
to
generate
credits
early
for
banking
for
purposes
of
compliance
with
later
phases
of
standards
as
follows:
(
1)
If
your
corporate
average
emission
level
at
the
end
of
the
model
year
exceeds
the
applicable
(
current)
phase
of
standards
(
without
the
use
of
traded
or
previously
banked
credits),
you
may
choose
to
redesignate
some
of
your
snowmobile
production
to
a
calculation
to
generate
credits
for
a
future
phase
of
standards.
To
generate
credits
the
snowmobiles
designated
must
have
an
FEL
below
the
emission
level
of
that
set
of
standards.
This
can
be
done
on
a
pollutant
specific
basis.
(
2)
Do
not
include
the
snowmobiles
that
you
redesignate
in
the
final
compliance
calculation
of
your
average
emission
level
for
the
otherwise
applicable
(
current)
phase
of
standards.
Your
average
emission
level
for
the
remaining
(
non­
redesignated)
snowmobiles
must
comply
with
the
otherwise
applicable
(
current)
phase
of
standards.
(
3)
Include
the
snowmobiles
that
you
redesignate
in
a
separate
calculation
of
your
average
emission
level
for
redesignated
engines.
Calculate
credits
using
this
average
emission
level
181
relative
to
the
specific
pollutant
in
the
future
phase
of
standards.
These
credits
may
be
used
for
compliance
with
the
future
standards.
(
4)
For
generating
early
Phase
3
credits,
you
may
generate
credits
for
HC+
NOx
or
CO
separately
as
described:
(
i)
To
determine
if
you
qualify
to
generate
credits
in
accordance
with
paragraphs
(
b)(
1)
through
(
3)
of
this
section,
you
must
meet
the
credit
trigger
level.
For
HC+
NOx
this
value
is
62
g/
kW­
hr
(
which
would
be
the
HC+
NOx
standard
that
would
result
from
inputting
the
highest
allowable
CO
standard
(
275
g/
kW­
hr)
into
the
Phase
3
equation).
For
CO
the
value
is
200
g/
kW­
hr
(
which
would
be
the
CO
standard
that
would
result
from
inputting
the
highest
allowable
HC+
NOx
standard
(
90
g/
kW­
hr)
into
the
Phase
3
equation).
(
ii)
HC+
NOx
and
CO
credits
for
Phase
3
are
calculated
relative
to
the
62
g/
kW­
hr
and
200
g/
kW­
hr
values,
respectively.
(
5)
Credits
can
also
be
calculated
for
Phase
3
using
both
sets
of
standards.
Without
regard
to
the
trigger
level
values,
if
your
net
emission
reduction
for
the
redesignated
averaging
set
exceeds
the
requirements
of
Phase
3
in
§
1051.103
(
using
both
HC+
NOx
and
CO
in
the
Phase
3
equation
in
§
1051.103),
then
your
credits
are
the
difference
between
the
Phase
3
reduction
requirement
of
that
section
and
your
calculated
value.

323.
A
new
§
1051.745
is
added
to
read
as
follows:
§
1051.745
What
can
happen
if
I
do
not
comply
with
the
provisions
of
this
subpart?
(
a)
For
each
engine
family
participating
in
the
ABT
program,
the
certificate
of
conformity
is
conditional
upon
full
compliance
with
the
provisions
of
this
subpart
during
and
after
the
model
year.
You
are
responsible
to
establish
to
our
satisfaction
that
you
fully
comply
with
applicable
requirements.
We
may
void
the
certificate
of
conformity
for
an
engine
family
if
you
fail
to
comply
with
any
provisions
of
this
subpart.
(
b)
You
may
certify
your
engine
family
to
an
FEL
above
an
applicable
standard
based
on
a
projection
that
you
will
have
enough
emission
credits
to
avoid
a
negative
credit
balance
for
each
averaging
set
for
the
applicable
model
year.
However,
except
as
allowed
in
§
1051.145(
h),
we
may
void
the
certificate
of
conformity
if
you
cannot
show
in
your
final
report
that
you
have
enough
actual
emission
credits
to
offset
a
deficit
for
any
pollutant
in
an
engine
family.
(
c)
We
may
void
the
certificate
of
conformity
for
an
engine
family
if
you
fail
to
keep
records,
send
reports,
or
give
us
information
we
request.
(
d)
You
may
ask
for
a
hearing
if
we
void
your
certificate
under
this
section
(
see
§
1051.820).

324.
Section
1051.801
is
revised
to
read
as
follows:
§
1051.801
What
definitions
apply
to
this
part?
The
following
definitions
apply
to
this
part.
The
definitions
apply
to
all
subparts
unless
we
note
otherwise.
All
undefined
terms
have
the
meaning
the
Act
gives
to
them.
The
definitions
follow:
Act
means
the
Clean
Air
Act,
as
amended,
42
U.
S.
C.
7401
­
7671q.
Adjustable
parameter
means
any
device,
system,
or
element
of
design
that
someone
can
adjust
(
including
those
which
are
difficult
to
access)
and
that,
if
adjusted,
may
affect
emissions
or
engine
182
performance
during
emission
testing
or
normal
in­
use
operation.
This
includes,
but
is
not
limited
to,
parameters
related
to
injection
timing
and
fueling
rate.
You
may
ask
us
to
exclude
a
parameter
that
is
difficult
to
access
if
it
cannot
be
adjusted
to
affect
emissions
without
significantly
degrading
engine
performance,
or
if
you
otherwise
show
us
that
it
will
not
be
adjusted
in
a
way
that
affects
emissions
during
in­
use
operation.
Aftertreatment
means
relating
to
a
catalytic
converter,
particulate
filter,
or
any
other
system,
component,
or
technology
mounted
downstream
of
the
exhaust
valve
(
or
exhaust
port)
whose
design
function
is
to
decrease
emissions
in
the
engine
exhaust
before
it
is
exhausted
to
the
environment.
Exhaust­
gas
recirculation
(
EGR)
and
turbochargers
are
not
aftertreatment.
All­
terrain
vehicle
means
a
land­
based
or
amphibious
nonroad
vehicle
that
meets
the
criteria
listed
in
paragraph
(
1)
of
this
definition;
or,
alternatively
the
criteria
of
paragraph
(
2)
of
this
definition
but
not
the
criteria
of
paragraph
(
3)
of
this
definition:
(
1)
Vehicles
designed
to
travel
on
four
low
pressure
tires,
having
a
seat
designed
to
be
straddled
by
the
operator
and
handlebars
for
steering
controls,
and
intended
for
use
by
a
single
operator
and
no
other
passengers
are
all­
terrain
vehicles.
(
2)
Other
all­
terrain
vehicles
have
three
or
more
wheels
and
one
or
more
seats,
are
designed
for
operation
over
rough
terrain,
are
intended
primarily
for
transportation,
and
have
a
maximum
vehicle
speed
of
25
miles
per
hour
or
higher.
Golf
carts
generally
do
not
meet
these
criteria
since
they
are
generally
not
designed
for
operation
over
rough
terrain.
(
3)
Vehicles
that
meet
the
definition
of
"
offroad
utility
vehicle"
in
this
section
are
not
all­
terrain
vehicles.
However,
§
1051.1(
a)
specifies
that
some
offroad
utility
vehicles
are
required
to
meet
the
same
requirements
as
all­
terrain
vehicles.
Amphibious
vehicle
means
a
vehicle
with
wheels
or
tracks
that
is
designed
primarily
for
operation
on
land
and
secondarily
for
operation
in
water.
Auxiliary
emission­
control
device
means
any
element
of
design
that
senses
temperature,
motive
speed,
engine
RPM,
transmission
gear,
or
any
other
parameter
for
the
purpose
of
activating,
modulating,
delaying,
or
deactivating
the
operation
of
any
part
of
the
emission­
control
system.
Brake
power
means
the
usable
power
output
of
the
engine,
not
including
power
required
to
fuel,
lubricate,
or
heat
the
engine,
circulate
coolant
to
the
engine,
or
to
operate
aftertreatment
devices.
Calibration
means
the
set
of
specifications
and
tolerances
specific
to
a
particular
design,
version,
or
application
of
a
component
or
assembly
capable
of
functionally
describing
its
operation
over
its
working
range.
Certification
means
relating
to
the
process
of
obtaining
a
certificate
of
conformity
for
an
engine
family
that
complies
with
the
emission
standards
and
requirements
in
this
part.
Certified
emission
level
means
the
highest
deteriorated
emission
level
in
an
engine
family
for
a
given
pollutant
from
either
transient
or
steady­
state
testing.
Compression­
ignition
means
relating
to
a
type
of
reciprocating,
internal­
combustion
engine
that
is
not
a
spark­
ignition
engine.
Crankcase
emissions
means
airborne
substances
emitted
to
the
atmosphere
from
any
part
of
the
engine
crankcase's
ventilation
or
lubrication
systems.
The
crankcase
is
the
housing
for
the
crankshaft
and
other
related
internal
parts.
Critical
emission­
related
component
means
any
of
the
following
components:
183
(
1)
Electronic
control
units,
aftertreatment
devices,
fuel­
metering
components,
EGR­
system
components,
crankcase­
ventilation
valves,
all
components
related
to
charge­
air
compression
and
cooling,
and
all
sensors
and
actuators
associated
with
any
of
these
components.
(
2)
Any
other
component
whose
primary
purpose
is
to
reduce
emissions.
Designated
Compliance
Officer
means
the
Manager,
Engine
Programs
Group
(
6405­
J),
U.
S.
Environmental
Protection
Agency,
1200
Pennsylvania
Ave.,
NW.,
Washington,
DC
20460.
Designated
Enforcement
Officer
means
the
Director,
Air
Enforcement
Division
(
2242A),
U.
S.
Environmental
Protection
Agency,
1200
Pennsylvania
Ave.,
NW.,
Washington,
DC
20460.
Deteriorated
emission
level
means
the
emission
level
that
results
from
applying
the
appropriate
deterioration
factor
to
the
official
emission
result
of
the
emission­
data
vehicle.
Deterioration
factor
means
the
relationship
between
emissions
at
the
end
of
useful
life
and
emissions
at
the
low­
hour
test
point,
expressed
in
one
of
the
following
ways:
(
1)
For
multiplicative
deterioration
factors,
the
ratio
of
emissions
at
the
end
of
useful
life
to
emissions
at
the
low­
hour
test
point.
(
2)
For
additive
deterioration
factors,
the
difference
between
emissions
at
the
end
of
useful
life
and
emissions
at
the
low­
hour
test
point.
Emission­
control
system
means
any
device,
system,
or
element
of
design
that
controls
or
reduces
the
regulated
emissions
from
an
engine.
Emission­
data
vehicle
means
a
vehicle
or
engine
that
is
tested
for
certification.
This
includes
vehicles
or
engines
tested
to
establish
deterioration
factors.
Emission­
related
maintenance
means
maintenance
that
substantially
affects
emissions
or
is
likely
to
substantially
affect
emission
deterioration.
Engine
configuration
means
a
unique
combination
of
engine
hardware
and
calibration
within
an
engine
family.
Engines
within
a
single
engine
configuration
differ
only
with
respect
to
normal
production
variability.
Engine
family
has
the
meaning
given
in
§
1051.230.
Evaporative
means
relating
to
fuel
emissions
that
result
from
permeation
of
fuel
through
the
fuel
system
materials
and
from
ventilation
of
the
fuel
system.
Excluded
means
relating
to
an
engine
that
either:
(
1)
Has
been
determined
not
to
be
a
nonroad
engine,
as
specified
in
40
CFR
1068.30;
or
(
2)
Is
a
nonroad
engine
that
is
excluded
from
this
part
1051
under
the
provisions
of
§
1051.5.
Exempted
has
the
meaning
given
in
40
CFR
1068.30.
Exhaust­
gas
recirculation
means
a
technology
that
reduces
emissions
by
routing
exhaust
gases
that
had
been
exhausted
from
the
combustion
chamber(
s)
back
into
the
engine
to
be
mixed
with
incoming
air
before
or
during
combustion.
The
use
of
valve
timing
to
increase
the
amount
of
residual
exhaust
gas
in
the
combustion
chamber(
s)
that
is
mixed
with
incoming
air
before
or
during
combustion
is
not
considered
exhaust­
gas
recirculation
for
the
purposes
of
this
part.
Family
emission
limit
(
FEL)
means
an
emission
level
declared
by
the
manufacturer
to
serve
in
place
of
an
otherwise
applicable
emission
standard
under
the
ABT
program
in
subpart
H
of
this
part.
The
family
emission
limit
must
be
expressed
to
the
same
number
of
decimal
places
as
the
emission
standard
it
replaces.
The
family
emission
limit
serves
as
the
emission
standard
for
the
engine
family
with
respect
to
all
required
testing.
Fuel
line
means
all
hoses
or
tubing
designed
to
contain
liquid
fuel
or
fuel
vapor.
This
includes
all
hoses
or
tubing
for
the
filler
neck,
for
connections
between
dual
fuel
tanks,
and
for
connecting
184
a
carbon
canister
to
the
fuel
tank.
This
does
not
include
hoses
or
tubing
for
routing
crankcase
vapors
to
the
engine's
intake
or
any
other
hoses
or
tubing
that
are
open
to
the
atmosphere.
Fuel
system
means
all
components
involved
in
transporting,
metering,
and
mixing
the
fuel
from
the
fuel
tank
to
the
combustion
chamber(
s),
including
the
fuel
tank,
fuel
tank
cap,
fuel
pump,
fuel
filters,
fuel
lines,
carburetor
or
fuel­
injection
components,
and
all
fuel­
system
vents.
In
the
case
where
the
fuel
tank
cap
or
other
components
(
excluding
fuel
lines)
are
directly
mounted
on
the
fuel
tank,
they
are
considered
to
be
a
part
of
the
fuel
tank.
Fuel
type
means
a
general
category
of
fuels
such
as
gasoline
or
natural
gas.
There
can
be
multiple
grades
within
a
single
fuel
type,
such
as
winter­
grade
and
all­
season
gasoline.
Good
engineering
judgment
means
judgments
made
consistent
with
generally
accepted
scientific
and
engineering
principles
and
all
available
relevant
information.
See
40
CFR
1068.5
for
the
administrative
process
we
use
to
evaluate
good
engineering
judgment.
Hydrocarbon
(
HC)
means
the
hydrocarbon
group
on
which
the
emission
standards
are
based
for
each
fuel
type.
For
alcohol­
fueled
engines,
HC
means
total
hydrocarbon
equivalent
(
THCE).
For
all
other
engines,
HC
means
nonmethane
hydrocarbon
(
NMHC).
Identification
number
means
a
unique
specification
(
for
example,
a
model
number/
serial
number
combination)
that
allows
someone
to
distinguish
a
particular
vehicle
or
engine
from
other
similar
engines.
Low­
hour
means
relating
to
an
engine
with
stabilized
emissions
and
represents
the
undeteriorated
emission
level.
This
would
generally
involve
less
than
24
hours
or
240
kilometers
of
operation.
Manufacturer
has
the
meaning
given
in
section
216(
1)
of
the
Act.
In
general,
this
term
includes
any
person
who
manufactures
a
vehicle
or
engine
for
sale
in
the
United
States
or
otherwise
introduces
a
new
vehicle
or
engine
into
commerce
in
the
United
States.
This
includes
importers
that
import
vehicles
or
engines
for
resale.
Maximum
engine
power
has
the
meaning
given
in
40
CFR
90.3.
Maximum
test
power
means
the
maximum
brake
power
of
an
engine
at
test
conditions.
Maximum
test
speed
has
the
meaning
given
in
40
CFR
1065.1001.
Maximum
test
torque
has
the
meaning
given
in
40
CFR
1065.1001.
Model
year
means
one
of
the
following
things:
(
1)
For
freshly
manufactured
vehicles
(
see
definition
of
"
new,"
paragraph
(
1)),
model
year
means
one
of
the
following:
(
i)
Calendar
year.
(
ii)
Your
annual
new
model
production
period
if
it
is
different
than
the
calendar
year.
This
must
include
January
1
of
the
calendar
year
for
which
the
model
year
is
named.
It
may
not
begin
before
January
2
of
the
previous
calendar
year
and
it
must
end
by
December
31
of
the
named
calendar
year.
(
2)
For
an
engine
originally
manufactured
as
a
motor­
vehicle
engine
or
a
stationary
engine
that
is
later
intended
to
be
used
in
a
vehicle
subject
to
the
standards
and
requirements
of
this
part
1051,
model
year
means
the
calendar
year
in
which
the
engine
was
originally
produced
(
see
definition
of
"
new,"
paragraph
(
2)).
(
3)
For
a
nonroad
engine
that
has
been
previously
placed
into
service
in
an
application
covered
by
40
CFR
part
90,
91,
or
1048,
where
that
engine
is
installed
in
a
piece
of
equipment
that
is
covered
by
this
part
1051,
model
year
means
the
calendar
year
in
which
the
engine
was
originally
produced
(
see
definition
of
"
new
,"
paragraph
(
3)).
185
(
4)
For
engines
that
are
not
freshly
manufactured
but
are
installed
in
new
recreational
vehicles,
model
year
means
the
calendar
year
in
which
the
engine
is
installed
in
the
recreational
vehicle
(
see
definition
of
"
new,"
paragraph
(
4)).
(
5)
For
imported
engines:
(
i)
For
imported
engines
described
in
paragraph
(
5)(
i)
of
the
definition
of
"
new,"
model
year
has
the
meaning
given
in
paragraphs
(
1)
through
(
4)
of
this
definition.
(
ii)
For
imported
engines
described
in
paragraph
(
5)(
ii)
of
the
definition
of
"
new,"
model
year
means
the
calendar
year
in
which
the
vehicle
is
modified.
Motor
vehicle
has
the
meaning
given
in
40
CFR
85.1703(
a).
New
means
relating
to
any
of
the
following
things:
(
1)
A
freshly
manufactured
vehicle
for
which
the
ultimate
purchaser
has
never
received
the
equitable
or
legal
title.
This
kind
of
vehicle
might
commonly
be
thought
of
as
"
brand
new."
In
the
case
of
this
paragraph
(
1),
the
vehicle
becomes
new
when
it
is
fully
assembled
for
the
first
time.
The
engine
is
no
longer
new
when
the
ultimate
purchaser
receives
the
title
or
the
product
is
placed
into
service,
whichever
comes
first.
(
2)
An
engine
originally
manufactured
as
a
motor­
vehicle
engine
or
a
stationary
engine
that
is
later
intended
to
be
used
in
a
vehicle
subject
to
the
standards
and
requirements
of
this
part
1051.
In
this
case,
the
engine
is
no
longer
a
motor­
vehicle
or
stationary
engine
and
becomes
new.
The
engine
is
no
longer
new
when
it
is
placed
into
service
as
a
recreational
vehicle
covered
by
this
part
1051.
(
3)
A
nonroad
engine
that
has
been
previously
placed
into
service
in
an
application
covered
by
40
CFR
part
90,
91,
or
1048,
where
that
engine
is
installed
in
a
piece
of
equipment
that
is
covered
by
this
part
1051.
The
engine
is
no
longer
new
when
it
is
placed
into
service
in
a
recreational
vehicle
covered
by
this
part
1051.
For
example,
this
would
apply
to
a
marine
propulsion
engine
that
is
no
longer
used
in
a
marine
vessel.
(
4)
An
engine
not
covered
by
paragraphs
(
1)
through
(
3)
of
this
definition
that
is
intended
to
be
installed
in
a
new
vehicle
covered
by
this
part
1051.
The
engine
is
no
longer
new
when
the
ultimate
purchaser
receives
a
title
for
the
vehicle
or
it
is
placed
into
service,
whichever
comes
first.
This
generally
includes
installation
of
used
engines
in
new
recreational
vehicles.
(
5)
An
imported
vehicle
or
engine,
subject
to
the
following
provisions:
(
i)
An
imported
recreational
vehicle
or
recreational­
vehicle
engine
covered
by
a
certificate
of
conformity
issued
under
this
part
that
meets
the
criteria
of
one
or
more
of
paragraphs
(
1)
through
(
4)
of
this
definition,
where
the
original
manufacturer
holds
the
certificate,
is
new
as
defined
by
those
applicable
paragraphs.
(
ii)
An
imported
recreational
vehicle
or
recreational­
vehicle
engine
covered
by
a
certificate
of
conformity
issued
under
this
part,
where
someone
other
than
the
original
manufacturer
holds
the
certificate
(
such
as
when
the
engine
is
modified
after
its
initial
assembly),
becomes
new
when
it
is
imported.
It
is
no
longer
new
when
the
ultimate
purchaser
receives
a
title
for
the
vehicle
or
engine
or
it
is
placed
into
service,
whichever
comes
first.
(
iii)
An
imported
recreational
vehicle
or
recreational­
vehicle
engine
that
is
not
covered
by
a
certificate
of
conformity
issued
under
this
part
at
the
time
of
importation
is
new,
but
only
if
it
was
produced
on
or
after
the
2007
model
year.
This
addresses
uncertified
engines
and
equipment
initially
placed
into
service
that
someone
seeks
to
import
into
the
United
States.
Importation
of
this
kind
of
new
nonroad
engine
(
or
equipment
containing
such
an
engine)
is
generally
prohibited
by
40
CFR
part
1068.
186
Noncompliant
means
relating
to
a
vehicle
that
was
originally
covered
by
a
certificate
of
conformity,
but
is
not
in
the
certified
configuration
or
otherwise
does
not
comply
with
the
conditions
of
the
certificate.
Nonconforming
means
relating
to
vehicle
not
covered
by
a
certificate
of
conformity
that
would
otherwise
be
subject
to
emission
standards.
Nonmethane
hydrocarbon
means
the
difference
between
the
emitted
mass
of
total
hydrocarbons
and
the
emitted
mass
of
methane.
Nonroad
means
relating
to
nonroad
engines
or
equipment
that
includes
nonroad
engines.
Nonroad
engine
has
the
meaning
given
in
40
CFR
1068.30.
In
general
this
means
all
internalcombustion
engines
except
motor­
vehicle
engines,
stationary
engines,
engines
used
solely
for
competition,
or
engines
used
in
aircraft.
Off­
highway
motorcycle
means
a
two­
wheeled
vehicle
with
a
nonroad
engine
and
a
seat
(
excluding
marine
vessels
and
aircraft).
(
Note:
highway
motorcycles
are
regulated
under
40
CFR
part
86.)
Official
emission
result
means
the
measured
emission
rate
for
an
emission­
data
vehicle
on
a
given
duty
cycle
before
the
application
of
any
deterioration
factor,
but
after
the
applicability
of
regeneration
adjustment
factors.
Offroad
utility
vehicle
means
a
nonroad
vehicle
that
has
four
or
more
wheels,
seating
for
two
or
more
persons,
is
designed
for
operation
over
rough
terrain,
and
has
either
a
rear
payload
of
350
pounds
or
more
or
seating
for
six
or
more
passengers.
Vehicles
intended
primarily
for
recreational
purposes
that
are
not
capable
of
transporting
six
passengers
(
such
as
dune
buggies)
are
not
offroad
utility
vehicles.
(
Note:
§
1051.1(
a)
specifies
that
some
offroad
utility
vehicles
are
required
to
meet
the
requirements
that
apply
for
all­
terrain
vehicles.)
Owners
manual
means
a
document
or
collection
of
documents
prepared
by
the
engine
manufacturer
for
the
owner
or
operator
to
describe
appropriate
engine
maintenance,
applicable
warranties,
and
any
other
information
related
to
operating
or
keeping
the
engine.
The
owners
manual
is
typically
provided
to
the
ultimate
purchaser
at
the
time
of
sale.
Oxides
of
nitrogen
has
the
meaning
given
in
40
CFR
part
1065.1001.
Phase
1
means
relating
to
Phase
1
standards
of
§
§
1051.103,
1051.105,
or
1051.107,
or
other
Phase
1
standards
specified
in
subpart
B
of
this
part.
Phase
2
means
relating
to
Phase
2
standards
of
§
1051.103,
or
other
Phase
2
standards
specified
in
subpart
B
of
this
part.
Phase
3
means
relating
to
Phase
3
standards
of
§
1051.103,
or
other
Phase
3
standards
specified
in
subpart
B
of
this
part.
Placed
into
service
means
put
into
initial
use
for
its
intended
purpose.
Point
of
first
retail
sale
means
the
location
at
which
the
initial
retail
sale
occurs.
This
generally
means
an
equipment
dealership,
but
may
also
include
an
engine
seller
or
distributor
in
cases
where
loose
engines
are
sold
to
the
general
public
for
uses
such
as
replacement
engines.
Recreational
means,
for
purposes
of
this
part,
relating
to
snowmobiles,
all­
terrain
vehicles,
off­
highway
motorcycles,
and
other
vehicles
that
we
regulate
under
this
part.
Note
that
40
CFR
part
90
applies
to
engines
used
in
other
recreational
vehicles.
Revoke
has
the
meaning
given
in
40
CFR
1068.30.
Round
has
the
meaning
given
in
40
CFR
1065.1001,
unless
otherwise
specified.
Scheduled
maintenance
means
adjusting,
repairing,
removing,
disassembling,
cleaning,
or
replacing
components
or
systems
periodically
to
keep
a
part
or
system
from
failing,
187
malfunctioning,
or
wearing
prematurely.
It
also
may
mean
actions
you
expect
are
necessary
to
correct
an
overt
indication
of
failure
or
malfunction
for
which
periodic
maintenance
is
not
appropriate.
Small­
volume
manufacturer
means
one
of
the
following:
(
1)
For
motorcycles
and
ATVs,
a
manufacturer
that
sold
motorcycles
or
ATVs
before
2003
and
had
annual
U.
S.­
directed
production
of
no
more
than
5,000
off­
road
motorcycles
and
ATVs
(
combined
number)
in
2002
and
all
earlier
calendar
years.
For
manufacturers
owned
by
a
parent
company,
the
limit
applies
to
the
production
of
the
parent
company
and
all
of
its
subsidiaries.
(
2)
For
snowmobiles,
a
manufacturer
that
sold
snowmobiles
before
2003
and
had
annual
U.
S.­
directed
production
of
no
more
than
300
snowmobiles
in
2002
and
all
earlier
model
years.
For
manufacturers
owned
by
a
parent
company,
the
limit
applies
to
the
production
of
the
parent
company
and
all
of
its
subsidiaries.
(
3)
A
manufacturer
that
we
designate
to
be
a
small­
volume
manufacturer
under
§
1051.635.
Snowmobile
means
a
vehicle
designed
to
operate
outdoors
only
over
snow­
covered
ground,
with
a
maximum
width
of
1.5
meters
or
less.
Spark­
ignition
means
relating
to
a
gasoline­
fueled
engine
or
any
other
type
of
engine
with
a
spark
plug
(
or
other
sparking
device)
and
with
operating
characteristics
significantly
similar
to
the
theoretical
Otto
combustion
cycle.
Spark­
ignition
engines
usually
use
a
throttle
to
regulate
intake
air
flow
to
control
power
during
normal
operation.
Suspend
has
the
meaning
given
in
40
CFR
1068.30.
Test
vehicle
or
engine
means
an
engine
in
a
test
sample.
Test
sample
means
the
collection
of
engines
selected
from
the
population
of
an
engine
family
for
emission
testing.
This
may
include
testing
for
certification,
production­
line
testing,
or
in­
use
testing.
Total
hydrocarbon
means
the
combined
mass
of
organic
compounds
measured
by
the
specified
procedure
for
measuring
total
hydrocarbon,
expressed
as
a
hydrocarbon
with
a
hydrogen­
to­
carbon
mass
ratio
of
1.85:
1.
Total
hydrocarbon
equivalent
means
the
sum
of
the
carbon
mass
contributions
of
non­
oxygenated
hydrocarbons,
alcohols
and
aldehydes,
or
other
organic
compounds
that
are
measured
separately
as
contained
in
a
gas
sample,
expressed
as
exhaust
hydrocarbon
from
petroleum­
fueled
engines.
The
hydrogen­
to­
carbon
ratio
of
the
equivalent
hydrocarbon
is
1.85:
1.
Ultimate
purchaser
means,
with
respect
to
any
new
nonroad
equipment
or
new
nonroad
engine,
the
first
person
who
in
good
faith
purchases
such
new
nonroad
equipment
or
new
nonroad
engine
for
purposes
other
than
resale.
Ultraviolet
light
means
electromagnetic
radiation
with
a
wavelength
between
300
and
400
nanometers.
United
States
has
the
meaning
given
in
40
CFR
1068.30.
Upcoming
model
year
means
for
an
engine
family
the
model
year
after
the
one
currently
in
production.
U.
S.­
directed
production
volume
means
the
number
of
vehicle
units,
subject
to
the
requirements
of
this
part,
produced
by
a
manufacturer
for
which
the
manufacturer
has
a
reasonable
assurance
that
sale
was
or
will
be
made
to
ultimate
purchasers
in
the
United
States.
This
includes
vehicles
for
which
the
location
of
first
retail
sale
is
in
a
state
that
has
applicable
state
emission
regulations
for
that
model
year,
unless
we
specify
otherwise.
188
Useful
life
means
the
period
during
which
a
vehicle
is
required
to
comply
with
all
applicable
emission
standards,
specified
as
a
given
number
of
calendar
years
and
kilometers
(
whichever
comes
first).
In
some
cases,
useful
life
is
also
limited
by
a
given
number
of
hours
of
engine
operation.
If
an
engine
has
no
odometer
(
or
hour
meter),
the
specified
number
of
kilometers
(
or
hours)
does
not
limit
the
period
during
which
an
in­
use
vehicle
is
required
to
comply
with
emission
standards,
unless
the
degree
of
service
accumulation
can
be
verified
separately.
The
useful
life
for
an
engine
family
must
be
at
least
as
long
as
both
of
the
following:
(
1)
The
expected
average
service
life
before
the
vehicle
is
remanufactured
or
retired
from
service.
(
2)
The
minimum
useful
life
value.
Void
has
the
meaning
given
in
40
CFR
1068.30.
We
(
us,
our)
means
the
Administrator
of
the
Environmental
Protection
Agency
and
any
authorized
representatives.
Wide­
open
throttle
means
maximum
throttle
opening.
Unless
this
is
specified
at
a
given
speed,
it
refers
to
maximum
throttle
opening
at
maximum
speed.
For
electronically
controlled
or
other
engines
with
multiple
possible
fueling
rates,
wide­
open
throttle
also
means
the
maximum
fueling
rate
at
maximum
throttle
opening
under
test
conditions.

325.
Section
1051.805
is
amended
by
adding
"
CFR",
"
HC",
and
"
NARA"
to
the
table
in
alphabetical
order
to
read
as
follows:
§
1051.805
What
symbols,
acronyms,
and
abbreviations
does
this
part
use?
The
following
symbols,
acronyms,
and
abbreviations
apply
to
this
part:
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
CFR
Code
of
Federal
Regulations.
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
HC
hydrocarbon.
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
NARA
National
Archives
and
Records
Administration.
*
*
*
*
*
*
*

326.
Section
1051.810
is
revised
to
read
as
follows:
§
1051.810
What
materials
does
this
part
reference?
Documents
listed
in
this
section
have
been
incorporated
by
reference
into
this
part.
The
Director
of
the
Federal
Register
approved
the
incorporation
by
reference
as
prescribed
in
5
U.
S.
C.
552(
a)
and
1
CFR
part
51.
Anyone
may
inspect
copies
at
the
U.
S.
EPA,
Air
and
Radiation
Docket
and
Information
Center,
1301
Constitution
Ave.,
NW.,
Room
B102,
EPA
West
Building,
Washington,
DC
20460
or
at
the
National
Archives
and
Records
Administration
(
NARA).
For
information
on
the
availability
of
this
material
at
NARA,
call
202­
741­
6030,
or
go
to:
http://
www.
archives.
gov/
federal_
register/
code_
of_
federal_
regulations/
ibr_
locations.
html.
(
a)
ASTM
material.
Table
1
of
this
section
lists
material
from
the
American
Society
for
Testing
and
Materials
that
we
have
incorporated
by
reference.
The
first
column
lists
the
number
and
name
of
the
material.
The
second
column
lists
the
sections
of
this
part
where
we
reference
it.
Anyone
may
purchase
copies
of
these
materials
from
the
American
Society
for
Testing
and
Materials,
100
189
Barr
Harbor
Dr.,
P.
O.
Box
C700,
West
Conshohocken,
PA
19428
or
www.
astm.
com.
Table
1
follows:

Table
1
of
§
1051.810
 
ASTM
Materials
Document
number
and
name
Part
1051
reference
ASTM
D471­
98,
Standard
Test
Method
for
Rubber
Property
 
Effect
of
Liquids.
1051.501
ASTM
D814­
95
(
reapproved
2000),
Standard
Test
Method
for
Rubber
Property
 
Vapor
Transmission
of
Volatile
Liquids.
1051.245
(
b)
SAE
material.
Table
2
of
this
section
lists
material
from
the
Society
of
Automotive
Engineering
that
we
have
incorporated
by
reference.
The
first
column
lists
the
number
and
name
of
the
material.
The
second
column
lists
the
sections
of
this
part
where
we
reference
it.
Anyone
may
purchase
copies
of
these
materials
from
the
Society
of
Automotive
Engineers,
400
Commonwealth
Drive,
Warrendale,
PA
15096
or
www.
sae.
org.
Table
2
follows:

Table
2
of
§
1051.810
 
SAE
Materials
Document
number
and
name
Part
1051
reference
SAE
J30,
Fuel
and
Oil
Hoses,
June
1998.
1051.245,
1051.501
SAE
J1930,
Electrical/
Electronic
Systems
Diagnostic
Terms,
Definitions,
Abbreviations,
and
Acronyms,
May
1998.
1051.135
SAE
J2260,
Nonmetallic
Fuel
System
Tubing
with
One
or
More
Layers,
November
1996.
1051.245
327.
Section
1051.815
is
revised
to
read
as
follows:
§
1051.815
What
provisions
apply
to
confidential
information?
(
a)
Clearly
show
what
you
consider
confidential
by
marking,
circling,
bracketing,
stamping,
or
some
other
method.
(
b)
We
will
store
your
confidential
information
as
described
in
40
CFR
part
2.
Also,
we
will
disclose
it
only
as
specified
in
40
CFR
part
2.
This
applies
both
to
any
information
you
send
us
and
to
any
information
we
collect
from
inspections,
audits,
or
other
site
visits.
(
c)
If
you
send
us
a
second
copy
without
the
confidential
information,
we
will
assume
it
contains
nothing
confidential
whenever
we
need
to
release
information
from
it.
(
d)
If
you
send
us
information
without
claiming
it
is
confidential,
we
may
make
it
available
to
the
public
without
further
notice
to
you,
as
described
in
40
CFR
2.204.

328.
Section
1051.820
is
revised
to
read
as
follows:
§
1051.820
How
do
I
request
a
hearing?
190
(
a)
You
may
request
a
hearing
under
certain
circumstances,
as
described
elsewhere
in
this
part.
To
do
this,
you
must
file
a
written
request,
including
a
description
of
your
objection
and
any
supporting
data,
within
30
days
after
we
make
a
decision.
(
b)
For
a
hearing
you
request
under
the
provisions
of
this
part,
we
will
approve
your
request
if
we
find
that
your
request
raises
a
substantial
factual
issue.
(
c)
If
we
agree
to
hold
a
hearing,
we
will
use
the
procedures
specified
in
40
CFR
part
1068,
subpart
G.

329.
Part
1065
is
revised
to
read
as
follows:

Part
1065
 
ENGINE­
TESTING
PROCEDURES
Subpart
A
 
Applicability
and
General
Provisions
Sec.
1065.1
Applicability.

1065.2
Submitting
information
to
EPA
under
this
part.

1065.5
Overview
of
this
part
1065
and
its
relationship
to
the
standard­
setting
part.

1065.10
Other
procedures.

1065.12
Approval
of
alternate
procedures.

1065.15
Overview
of
procedures
for
laboratory
and
field
testing.

1065.20
Units
of
measure
and
overview
of
calculations.

1065.25
Recordkeeping.

Subpart
B
 
Equipment
Specifications
1065.101
Overview.

1065.110
Work
inputs
and
outputs,
accessory
work,
and
operator
demand.

1065.120
Fuel
properties
and
fuel
temperature
and
pressure.

1065.122
Engine
cooling
and
lubrication.

1065.125
Engine
intake
air.
191
1065.127
Exhaust
gas
recirculation.

1065.130
Engine
exhaust.

1065.140
Dilution
for
gaseous
and
PM
constituents.

1065.145
Gaseous
and
PM
probes,
transfer
lines,
and
sampling
system
components.

1065.150
Continuous
sampling.

1065.170
Batch
sampling
for
gaseous
and
PM
constituents.

1065.190
PM­
stabilization
and
weighing
environments
for
gravimetric
analysis.

1065.195
PM­
stabilization
environment
for
in­
situ
analyzers.

Subpart
C
 
Measurement
Instruments
1065.201
Overview
and
general
provisions.

1065.202
Data
updating,
recording,
and
control.

1065.205
Performance
specifications
for
measurement
instruments.

MEASUREMENT
OF
ENGINE
PARAMETERS
AND
AMBIENT
CONDITIONS
1065.210
Work
input
and
output
sensors.

1065.215
Pressure
transducers,
temperature
sensors,
and
dewpoint
sensors.

FLOW­
RELATED
MEASUREMENTS
1065.220
Fuel
flow
meter.

1065.225
Intake­
air
flow
meter.

1065.230
Raw
exhaust
flow
meter.

1065.240
Dilution
air
and
diluted
exhaust
flow
meters.

1065.245
Sample
flow
meter
for
batch
sampling.

1065.248
Gas
divider.
192
CO
AND
CO
2
MEASUREMENTS
1065.250
Nondispersive
infra­
red
analyzer.

HYDROCARBON
MEASUREMENTS
1065.260
Flame
ionization
detector.

1065.265
Nonmethane
cutter.

1065.267
Gas
chromatograph.

NO
X
MEASUREMENTS
1065.270
Chemiluminescent
detector.

1065.272
Nondispersive
ultraviolet
analyzer.

O
2
MEASUREMENTS
1065.280
Paramagnetic
and
magnetopneumatic
O
2
detection
analyzers.

AIR­
TO­
FUEL
RATIO
MEASUREMENTS
1065.284
Zirconia
(
ZrO
2)
analyzer.

1065.290
PM
gravimetric
balance.

1065.295
PM
inertial
balance
for
field­
testing
analysis.

Subpart
D
 
Calibrations
and
Verifications
1065.301
Overview
and
general
provisions.

1065.303
Summary
of
required
calibration
and
verifications
1065.305
Verifications
for
accuracy,
repeatability,
and
noise.

1065.307
Linearity
verification.

1065.309
Continuous
gas
analyzer
uniform
response
verification.

MEASUREMENT
OF
ENGINE
PARAMETERS
AND
AMBIENT
CONDITIONS
193
1065.310
Torque
calibration.

1065.315
Pressure,
temperature,
and
dewpoint
calibration.

FLOW­
RELATED
MEASUREMENTS
1065.320
Fuel­
flow
calibration.

1065.325
Intake­
flow
calibration.

1065.330
Exhaust­
flow
calibration.

1065.340
Diluted
exhaust
flow
(
CVS)
calibration.

1065.341
CVS
and
batch
sampler
verification
(
propane
check).

1065.345
Vacuum­
side
leak
verification.

CO
AND
CO
2
MEASUREMENTS
1065.350
H
2
O
interference
verification
for
CO
2
NDIR
analyzers.

1065.355
H
2
O
and
CO
2
interference
verification
for
CO
NDIR
analyzers.

HYDROCARBON
MEASUREMENTS
1065.360
FID
optimization
and
verification.

1065.362
Non­
stoichiometric
raw
exhaust
FID
O
2
interference
verification.

1065.365
Nonmethane
cutter
penetration
fractions.

NO
x
MEASUREMENTS
1065.370
CLD
CO
2
and
H
2
O
quench
verification.

1065.372
NDUV
analyzer
HC
and
H
2
O
interference
verification.

1065.376
Chiller
NO
2
penetration.

1065.378
NO
2­
to­
NO
converter
conversion
verification.

PM
MEASUREMENTS
194
1065.390
PM
balance
verifications
and
weighing
process
verification.

1065.395
Inertial
PM
balance
verifications.

Subpart
E
 
Engine
Selection,
Preparation,
and
Maintenance
1065.401
Test
engine
selection.

1065.405
Test
engine
preparation
and
maintenance.

1065.410
Maintenance
limits
for
stabilized
test
engines.

1065.415
Durability
demonstration.

Subpart
F
 
Performing
an
Emission
Test
in
the
Laboratory
1065.501
Overview.

1065.510
Engine
mapping.

1065.512
Duty
cycle
generation.

1065.514
Cycle­
validation
criteria.

1065.520
Pre­
test
verification
procedures
and
pre­
test
data
collection.

1065.525
Engine
starting,
restarting,
and
shutdown.

1065.530
Emission
test
sequence.

1065.545
Validation
of
proportional
flow
control
for
batch
sampling.

1065.550
Gas
analyzer
range
validation,
drift
validation,
and
drift
correction.

1065.590
PM
sample
preconditioning
and
tare
weighing.

1065.595
PM
sample
post­
conditioning
and
total
weighing.

Subpart
G
 
Calculations
and
Data
Requirements
1065.601
Overview.
195
1065.602
Statistics.

1065.605
Field
test
system
overall
performance
verification.

1065.610
Test
cycle
generation.

1065.630
1980
international
gravity
formula.

1065.640
PDP
and
venturi
(
SSV
and
CFV)
calibration
calculations.

1065.642
SSV,
CFV,
and
PDP
flow
rate
calculations.

1065.645
Amount
of
water
in
an
ideal
gas.

1065.650
Emission
calculations.

1065.655
Chemical
balances
of
fuel,
intake
air,
and
exhaust.

1065.657
Drift
validation
and
correction.

1065.658
Noise
correction.

1065.659
Removed
water
correction.

1065.660
THC
and
NMHC
determination.

1065.665
THCE
and
NMHCE
determination.

1065.667
Dilution
air
background
emission
correction.

1065.670
NO
x
intake­
air
humidity
correction.

1065.672
CLD
quench
verification
calculations.

1065.690
PM
sample
media
buoyancy
correction.

1065.695
Data
requirements.

Subpart
H
 
Engine
Fluids,
Test
Fuels,
Analytical
Gases
and
Other
Calibration
Standards
1065.701
General
requirements
for
test
fuels.

1065.703
Distillate
diesel
fuel.
196
1065.705
Residual
fuel.
[
Reserved]

1065.710
Gasoline.

1065.715
Natural
gas.

1065.720
Liquefied
petroleum
gas.

1065.740
Lubricants.

1065.745
Coolants.

1065.750
Analytical
Gases.

1065.790
Mass
standards.

Subpart
I
 
Testing
with
Oxygenated
Fuels
1065.801
Applicability.

1065.805
Sampling
system.

1065.845
Response
factor
determination.

1065.850
Calculations.

Subpart
J
 
Field
Testing
and
Portable
Emission
Measurement
Systems
1065.901
Applicability.

1065.905
General
provisions.

1065.910
PEMS
auxiliary
equipment
for
field
testing.

1065.915
PEMS
instruments.

1065.920
PEMS
Calibrations
and
verifications.

1065.925
PEMS
preparation
for
field
testing.

1065.930
Engine
starting,
restarting,
and
shutdown.
197
1065.935
Emission
test
sequence
for
field
testing.

1065.940
Emission
calculations.

Subpart
K
 
Definitions
and
Other
Reference
Information
1065.1001
Definitions.

1065.1005
Symbols,
abbreviations,
acronyms,
and
units
of
measure.

1065.1010
Reference
materials.

Authority:
42
U.
S.
C.
7401
­
7671q.

Subpart
A
 
Applicability
and
General
Provisions
§
1065.1
Applicability.
(
a)
This
part
describes
the
procedures
that
apply
to
testing
we
require
for
the
following
engines
or
for
vehicles
using
the
following
engines:
(
1)
Model
year
2010
and
later
heavy­
duty
highway
engines
we
regulate
under
40
CFR
part
86.
For
earlier
model
years,
manufacturers
may
use
the
test
procedures
in
this
part
or
those
specified
in
40
CFR
part
86,
subpart
N,
according
to
§
1065.10.
(
2)
Land­
based
nonroad
diesel
engines
we
regulate
under
40
CFR
part
1039.
(
3)
Large
nonroad
spark­
ignition
engines
we
regulate
under
40
CFR
part
1048.
(
4)
Vehicles
we
regulate
under
40
CFR
part
1051
(
such
as
snowmobiles
and
off­
highway
motorcycles)
based
on
engine
testing.
See
40
CFR
part
1051,
subpart
F,
for
standards
and
procedures
that
are
based
on
vehicle
testing.
(
b)
The
procedures
of
this
part
may
apply
to
other
types
of
engines,
as
described
in
this
part
and
in
the
standard­
setting
part.
(
c)
This
part
is
addressed
to
you
as
a
manufacturer,
but
it
applies
equally
to
anyone
who
does
testing
for
you.
(
d)
Paragraph
(
a)
of
this
section
identifies
the
parts
of
the
CFR
that
define
emission
standards
and
other
requirements
for
particular
types
of
engines.
In
this
part,
we
refer
to
each
of
these
other
parts
generically
as
the
''
standard­
setting
part.''
For
example,
40
CFR
part
1051
is
always
the
standard­
setting
part
for
snowmobiles.
(
e)
Unless
we
specify
otherwise,
the
terms
"
procedures"
and
"
test
procedures"
in
this
part
include
all
aspects
of
engine
testing,
including
the
equipment
specifications,
calibrations,
calculations,
and
other
protocols
and
procedural
specifications
needed
to
measure
emissions.
(
f)
For
vehicles
subject
to
this
part
and
regulated
under
vehicle­
based
standards,
use
good
engineering
judgment
to
interpret
the
term
''
engine''
in
this
part
to
include
vehicles
where
appropriate.
(
g)
For
additional
information
regarding
these
test
procedures,
visit
our
Website
at
www.
epa.
gov,
and
in
particular
http://
www.
epa.
gov/
otaq/
testingregs.
htm
.
198
§
1065.2
Submitting
information
to
EPA
under
this
part.
(
a)
You
are
responsible
for
statements
and
information
in
your
applications
for
certification,
requests
for
approved
procedures,
selective
enforcement
audits,
laboratory
audits,
production­
line
test
reports,
field
test
reports,
or
any
other
statements
you
make
to
us
related
to
this
part
1065.
(
b)
In
the
standard­
setting
part
and
in
40
CFR
1068.101,
we
describe
your
obligation
to
report
truthful
and
complete
information
and
the
consequences
of
failing
to
meet
this
obligation.
See
also
18
U.
S.
C.
1001
and
42
U.
S.
C.
7413(
c)(
2).
(
c)
We
may
void
any
certificates
associated
with
a
submission
of
information
if
we
find
that
you
intentionally
submitted
false,
incomplete,
or
misleading
information.
For
example,
if
we
find
that
you
intentionally
submitted
incomplete
information
to
mislead
EPA
when
requesting
approval
to
use
alternate
test
procedures,
we
may
void
the
certificates
for
all
engines
families
certified
based
on
emission
data
collected
using
the
alternate
procedures.
(
d)
We
may
require
an
authorized
representative
of
your
company
to
approve
and
sign
the
submission,
and
to
certify
that
all
of
the
information
submitted
is
accurate
and
complete.
(
e)
See
40
CFR
1068.10
for
provisions
related
to
confidential
information.
Note
however
that
under
40
CFR
2.301,
emission
data
is
generally
not
eligible
for
confidential
treatment.

§
1065.5
Overview
of
this
part
1065
and
its
relationship
to
the
standard­
setting
part.
(
a)
This
part
specifies
procedures
that
apply
generally
to
testing
various
categories
of
engines.
See
the
standard­
setting
part
for
directions
in
applying
specific
provisions
in
this
part
for
a
particular
type
of
engine.
Before
using
this
part's
procedures,
read
the
standard­
setting
part
to
answer
at
least
the
following
questions:
(
1)
What
duty
cycles
must
I
use
for
laboratory
testing?
(
2)
Should
I
warm
up
the
test
engine
before
measuring
emissions,
or
do
I
need
to
measure
cold­
start
emissions
during
a
warm­
up
segment
of
the
duty
cycle?
(
3)
Which
exhaust
gases
do
I
need
to
measure?
(
4)
Does
testing
require
full­
flow
dilute
sampling?
Is
raw
sampling
prohibited?
Is
partial­
flow
sampling
prohibited?
(
5)
Do
any
unique
specifications
apply
for
test
fuels?
(
6)
What
maintenance
steps
may
I
take
before
or
between
tests
on
an
emission­
data
engine?
(
7)
Do
any
unique
requirements
apply
to
stabilizing
emission
levels
on
a
new
engine?
(
8)
Do
any
unique
requirements
apply
to
test
limits,
such
as
ambient
temperatures
or
pressures?
(
9)
Is
field
testing
required,
and
are
there
different
emission
standards
or
procedures
that
apply
to
field
testing?
(
10)
Are
there
any
emission
standards
specified
at
particular
engine­
operating
conditions
or
ambient
conditions?
(
11)
Do
any
unique
requirements
apply
for
durability
testing?
(
b)
The
testing
specifications
in
the
standard­
setting
part
may
differ
from
the
specifications
in
this
part.
In
cases
where
it
is
not
possible
to
comply
with
both
the
standard­
setting
part
and
this
part,
you
must
comply
with
the
specifications
in
the
standard­
setting
part.
The
standard­
setting
part
may
also
allow
you
to
deviate
from
the
procedures
of
this
part
for
other
reasons.
(
c)
The
following
table
shows
how
this
part
divides
testing
specifications
into
subparts:
199
This
subpart...
Describes
these
specifications
or
procedures...

Subpart
A
Applicability
and
general
provisions.

Subpart
B
Equipment
for
testing.

Subpart
C
Measurement
instruments
for
testing.

Subpart
D
Calibration
and
performance
verifications
for
measurement
systems.

Subpart
E
How
to
prepare
engines
for
testing,
including
service
accumulation.

Subpart
F
How
to
run
an
emission
test.

Subpart
G
Test
procedure
calculations.

Subpart
H
Fuels,
engine
fluids,
analytical
gases,
and
other
calibration
standards
for
testing.

Subpart
I
Special
procedures
related
to
oxygenated
fuels.

Subpart
J
How
to
test
with
portable
emission
measurement
systems
(
PEMS).

Subpart
K
Definitions,
abbreviations,
and
other
reference
information.

§
1065.10
Other
procedures.
(
a)
Your
testing.
The
procedures
in
this
part
apply
for
all
testing
you
do
to
show
compliance
with
emission
standards,
with
certain
exceptions
listed
in
this
section.
In
some
other
sections
in
this
part,
we
allow
you
to
use
other
procedures
(
such
as
less
precise
or
less
accurate
procedures)
if
they
do
not
affect
your
ability
to
show
that
your
engines
comply
with
the
applicable
emission
standards.
This
generally
requires
emission
levels
to
be
far
enough
below
the
applicable
emission
standards
so
that
any
errors
caused
by
greater
imprecision
or
inaccuracy
do
not
affect
your
ability
to
state
unconditionally
that
the
engines
meet
all
applicable
emission
standards.
(
b)
Our
testing.
These
procedures
generally
apply
for
testing
that
we
do
to
determine
if
your
engines
comply
with
applicable
emission
standards.
We
may
perform
other
testing
as
allowed
by
the
Act.
(
c)
Exceptions.
We
may
allow
or
require
you
to
use
procedures
other
than
those
specified
in
this
part
in
the
following
cases,
which
may
apply
to
laboratory
testing,
field
testing,
or
both.
We
intend
to
publicly
announce
when
we
allow
or
require
such
exceptions.
All
of
the
test
procedures
noted
here
as
exceptions
to
the
specified
procedures
are
considered
generically
as
"
other
procedures."
Note
that
the
terms
"
special
procedures"
and
"
alternate
procedures"
have
specific
meanings;
"
special
procedures"
are
those
allowed
by
§
1065.10(
c)(
2)
and
"
alternate
procedures"
are
those
allowed
by
§
1065.10(
c)(
7).
(
1)
The
objective
of
the
procedures
in
this
part
is
to
produce
emission
measurements
equivalent
to
those
that
would
result
from
measuring
emissions
during
in­
use
operation
using
the
same
engine
configuration
as
installed
in
a
vehicle.
However,
in
unusual
circumstances
these
procedures
may
result
in
measurements
that
do
not
represent
in­
use
operation.
You
must
notify
us
if
good
engineering
judgment
indicates
that
the
specified
procedures
cause
unrepresentative
emission
measurements
for
your
engines.
Note
that
you
need
not
notify
us
of
unrepresentative
aspects
of
the
test
procedure
if
measured
emissions
are
equivalent
to
inuse
emissions.
This
provision
does
not
obligate
you
to
pursue
new
information
regarding
the
different
ways
your
engine
might
operate
in
use,
nor
does
it
obligate
you
to
collect
any
other
200
in­
use
information
to
verify
whether
or
not
these
test
procedures
are
representative
of
your
engine's
in­
use
operation.
If
you
notify
us
of
unrepresentative
procedures
under
this
paragraph
(
c)(
1),
we
will
cooperate
with
you
to
establish
whether
and
how
the
procedures
should
be
appropriately
changed
to
result
in
more
representative
measurements.
While
the
provisions
of
this
paragraph
(
c)(
1)
allow
us
to
be
responsive
to
issues
as
they
arise,
we
would
generally
work
toward
making
these
testing
changes
generally
applicable
through
rulemaking.
We
will
allow
reasonable
lead
time
for
compliance
with
any
resulting
change
in
procedures.
We
will
consider
the
following
factors
in
determining
the
importance
of
pursuing
changes
to
the
procedures:
(
i)
Whether
supplemental
emission
standards
or
other
requirements
in
the
standard­
setting
part
address
the
type
of
operation
of
concern
or
otherwise
prevent
inappropriate
design
strategies.
(
ii)
Whether
the
unrepresentative
aspect
of
the
procedures
affect
your
ability
to
show
compliance
with
the
applicable
emission
standards.
(
iii)
The
extent
to
which
the
established
procedures
require
the
use
of
emission­
control
technologies
or
strategies
that
are
expected
to
ensure
a
comparable
degree
of
emission
control
under
the
in­
use
operation
that
differs
from
the
specified
procedures.
(
2)
You
may
request
to
use
special
procedures
if
your
engine
cannot
be
tested
using
the
specified
procedures.
We
will
approve
your
request
if
we
determine
that
it
would
produce
emission
measurements
that
represent
in­
use
operation
and
we
determine
that
it
can
be
used
to
show
compliance
with
the
requirements
of
the
standard­
setting
part.
The
following
situations
illustrate
examples
that
may
require
special
procedures:
(
i)
Your
engine
cannot
operate
on
the
specified
duty
cycle.
In
this
case,
tell
us
in
writing
why
you
cannot
satisfactorily
test
your
engine
using
this
part's
procedures
and
ask
to
use
a
different
approach.
(
ii)
Your
electronic
control
module
requires
specific
input
signals
that
are
not
available
during
dynamometer
testing.
In
this
case,
tell
us
in
writing
what
signals
you
will
simulate,
such
as
vehicle
speed
or
transmission
signals,
and
explain
why
these
signals
are
necessary
for
representative
testing.
(
3)
In
a
given
model
year,
you
may
use
procedures
required
for
later
model
year
engines
without
request.
If
you
upgrade
your
testing
facility
in
stages,
you
may
rely
on
a
combination
of
procedures
for
current
and
later
model
year
engines
as
long
as
you
can
ensure,
using
good
engineering
judgment,
that
the
combination
you
use
for
testing
does
not
affect
your
ability
to
show
compliance
with
the
applicable
emission
standards.
(
4)
In
a
given
model
year,
you
may
ask
to
use
procedures
allowed
for
earlier
model
year
engines.
We
will
approve
this
only
if
you
show
us
that
using
the
procedures
allowed
for
earlier
model
years
does
not
affect
your
ability
to
show
compliance
with
the
applicable
emission
standards.
(
5)
You
may
ask
to
use
emission
data
collected
using
other
procedures,
such
as
those
of
the
California
Air
Resources
Board
or
the
International
Organization
for
Standardization.
We
will
approve
this
only
if
you
show
us
that
using
these
other
procedures
does
not
affect
your
ability
to
show
compliance
with
the
applicable
emission
standards.
(
6)
During
the
12
months
following
the
effective
date
of
any
change
in
the
provisions
of
this
part
1065,
you
may
ask
to
use
data
collected
using
procedures
specified
in
the
previously
201
applicable
version
of
this
part
1065.
This
paragraph
(
c)(
6)
does
not
restrict
the
use
of
carryover
certification
data
otherwise
allowed
by
the
standard­
setting
part.
(
7)
You
may
request
to
use
alternate
procedures
that
are
equivalent
to
allowed
procedures,
or
more
accurate
or
more
precise
than
allowed
procedures.
You
may
request
to
use
a
particular
device
or
method
for
laboratory
testing
even
though
it
was
originally
designed
for
field
testing.
The
following
provisions
apply
to
requests
for
alternate
procedures:
(
i)
Applications.
Follow
the
instructions
in
§
1065.12.
(
ii)
Submission.
Submit
requests
in
writing
to
the
Designated
Compliance
Officer.
(
iii)
Notification.
We
may
approve
your
request
by
telling
you
directly,
or
we
may
issue
guidance
announcing
our
approval
of
a
specific
alternate
procedure,
which
would
make
additional
requests
for
approval
unnecessary.
(
d)
If
we
require
you
to
request
approval
to
use
other
procedures
under
paragraph
(
c)
of
this
section,
you
may
not
use
them
until
we
approve
your
request.

§
1065.12
Approval
of
alternate
procedures.
(
a)
To
get
approval
for
an
alternate
procedure
under
§
1065.10(
c),
send
the
Designated
Compliance
Officer
an
initial
written
request
describing
the
alternate
procedure
and
why
you
believe
it
is
equivalent
to
the
specified
procedure.
We
may
approve
your
request
based
on
this
information
alone,
or,
as
described
in
this
section,
we
may
ask
you
to
submit
to
us
in
writing
supplemental
information
showing
that
your
alternate
procedure
is
consistently
and
reliably
at
least
as
accurate
and
repeatable
as
the
specified
procedure.
(
b)
We
may
make
our
approval
under
this
section
conditional
upon
meeting
other
requirements
or
specifications.
We
may
limit
our
approval,
for
example,
to
certain
time
frames,
specific
duty
cycles,
or
specific
emission
standards.
Based
upon
any
supplemental
information
we
receive
after
our
initial
approval,
we
may
amend
a
previously
approved
alternate
procedure
to
extend,
limit,
or
discontinue
its
use.
We
intend
to
publicly
announce
alternate
procedures
that
we
approve.
(
c)
Although
we
will
make
every
effort
to
approve
only
alternate
procedures
that
completely
meet
our
requirements,
we
may
revoke
our
approval
of
an
alternate
procedure
if
new
information
shows
that
it
is
significantly
not
equivalent
to
the
specified
procedure.
If
we
do
this,
we
will
grant
time
to
switch
to
testing
using
an
allowed
procedure,
considering
the
following
factors:
(
1)
The
cost,
difficulty,
and
availability
to
switch
to
a
procedure
that
we
allow.
(
2)
The
degree
to
which
the
alternate
procedure
affects
your
ability
to
show
that
your
engines
comply
with
all
applicable
emission
standards.
(
3)
Any
relevant
factors
considered
in
our
initial
approval.
(
d)
If
we
do
not
approve
your
proposed
alternate
procedure
based
on
the
information
in
your
initial
request,
we
may
ask
you
to
send
the
following
information
to
fully
evaluate
your
request:
(
1)
Theoretical
basis.
Give
a
brief
technical
description
explaining
why
you
believe
the
proposed
alternate
procedure
should
result
in
emission
measurements
equivalent
to
those
using
the
specified
procedure.
You
may
include
equations,
figures,
and
references.
You
should
consider
the
full
range
of
parameters
that
may
affect
equivalence.
For
example,
for
a
request
to
use
a
different
NO
x
measurement
procedure,
you
should
theoretically
relate
the
alternate
detection
principle
to
the
specified
detection
principle
over
the
expected
concentration
ranges
for
NO,
NO
2,
and
interference
gases.
For
a
request
to
use
a
different
PM
measurement
procedure,
you
should
explain
the
principles
by
which
the
alternate
procedure
quantifies
particulate
mass
similarly
to
the
specified
procedures.
For
any
202
proportioning
or
integrating
procedure,
such
as
a
partial­
flow
dilution
system,
you
should
compare
the
alternate
procedure's
theoretical
response
to
the
expected
response
of
the
specified
procedures.
(
2)
Technical
description.
Describe
briefly
any
hardware
or
software
needed
to
perform
the
alternate
procedure.
You
may
include
dimensioned
drawings,
flowcharts,
schematics,
and
component
specifications.
Explain
any
necessary
calculations
or
other
data
manipulation.
(
3)
Procedure
execution.
Describe
briefly
how
to
perform
the
alternate
procedure
and
recommend
a
level
of
training
an
operator
should
have
to
achieve
acceptable
results.
Summarize
the
installation,
calibration,
operation,
and
maintenance
procedures
in
a
step­
by­
step
format.
Describe
how
any
calibration
is
performed
using
NIST­
traceable
standards
or
other
similar
standards
we
approve.
Calibration
must
be
specified
by
using
known
quantities
and
must
not
be
specified
as
a
comparison
with
other
allowed
procedures.
(
4)
Data­
collection
techniques.
Compare
measured
emission
results
using
the
proposed
alternate
procedure
and
the
specified
procedure,
as
follows:
(
i)
Both
procedures
must
be
calibrated
independently
to
NIST­
traceable
standards
or
to
other
similar
standards
we
approve.
(
ii)
Include
measured
emission
results
from
all
applicable
duty
cycles.
Measured
emission
results
should
show
that
the
test
engine
meets
all
applicable
emission
standards
according
to
specified
procedures.
(
iii)
Use
statistical
methods
to
evaluate
the
emission
measurements,
such
as
those
described
in
paragraph
(
e)
of
this
section.
(
e)
We
may
give
you
specific
directions
regarding
methods
for
statistical
analysis,
or
we
may
approve
other
methods
that
you
propose.
Absent
any
other
directions
from
us,
use
a
t­
test
and
an
F­
test
calculated
according
to
§
1065.602
to
evaluate
whether
your
proposed
alternate
procedure
is
equivalent
to
the
specified
procedure.
We
recommend
that
you
consult
a
statistician
if
you
are
unfamiliar
with
these
statistical
tests.
Perform
the
tests
as
follows:
(
1)
Repeat
measurements
for
all
applicable
duty
cycles
at
least
seven
times
for
each
procedure.
You
may
use
laboratory
duty
cycles
to
evaluate
field­
testing
procedures.
Be
sure
to
include
all
available
results
to
evaluate
the
precision
and
accuracy
of
the
proposed
alternate
procedure,
as
described
in
§
1065.2.
(
2)
Demonstrate
the
accuracy
of
the
proposed
alternate
procedure
by
showing
that
it
passes
a
two­
sided
t­
test.
Use
an
unpaired
t­
test,
unless
you
show
that
a
paired
t­
test
is
appropriate
under
both
of
the
following
provisions:
(
i)
For
paired
data,
the
population
of
the
paired
differences
from
which
you
sampled
paired
differences
must
be
independent.
That
is,
the
probability
of
any
given
value
of
one
paired
difference
is
unchanged
by
knowledge
of
the
value
of
another
paired
difference.
For
example,
your
paired
data
would
violate
this
requirement
if
your
series
of
paired
differences
showed
a
distinct
increase
or
decrease
that
was
dependent
on
the
time
at
which
they
were
sampled.
(
ii)
For
paired
data,
the
population
of
paired
differences
from
which
you
sampled
the
paired
differences
must
have
a
normal
(
i.
e.,
Gaussian)
distribution.
If
the
population
of
paired
difference
is
not
normally
distributed,
consult
a
statistician
for
a
more
appropriate
statistical
test,
which
may
include
transforming
the
data
with
a
mathematical
function
or
using
some
kind
of
non­
parametric
test.
203
(
3)
Show
that
t
is
less
than
the
critical
t
value,
t
crit,
tabulated
in
§
1065.602,
for
the
following
confidence
intervals:
(
i)
90
%
for
a
proposed
alternate
procedure
for
laboratory
testing.
(
ii)
95
%
for
a
proposed
alternate
procedure
for
field
testing.
(
4)
Demonstrate
the
precision
of
the
proposed
alternate
procedure
by
showing
that
it
passes
an
F­
test.
Use
a
set
of
at
least
seven
samples
from
the
reference
procedure
and
a
set
of
at
least
seven
samples
from
the
alternate
procedure
to
perform
an
F­
test.
The
sets
must
meet
the
following
requirements:
(
i)
Within
each
set,
the
values
must
be
independent.
That
is,
the
probability
of
any
given
value
in
a
set
must
be
unchanged
by
knowledge
of
another
value
in
that
set.
For
example,
your
data
would
violate
this
requirement
if
a
set
showed
a
distinct
increase
or
decrease
that
was
dependent
upon
the
time
at
which
they
were
sampled.
(
ii)
For
each
set,
the
population
of
values
from
which
you
sampled
must
have
a
normal
(
i.
e.,
Gaussian)
distribution.
If
the
population
of
values
is
not
normally
distributed,
consult
a
statistician
for
a
more
appropriate
statistical
test,
which
may
include
transforming
the
data
with
a
mathematical
function
or
using
some
kind
of
non­
parametric
test.
(
iii)
The
two
sets
must
be
independent
of
each
other.
That
is,
the
probability
of
any
given
value
in
one
set
must
be
unchanged
by
knowledge
of
another
value
in
the
other
set.
For
example,
your
data
would
violate
this
requirement
if
one
value
in
a
set
showed
a
distinct
increase
or
decrease
that
was
dependent
upon
a
value
in
the
other
set.
Note
that
a
trend
of
emission
changes
from
an
engine
would
not
violate
this
requirement.
(
iv)
If
you
collect
paired
data
for
the
paired
t­
test
in
paragraph
(
e)(
2)
in
this
section,
use
caution
when
selecting
sets
from
paired
data
for
the
F­
test.
If
you
do
this,
select
sets
that
do
not
mask
the
precision
of
the
measurement
procedure.
We
recommend
selecting
such
sets
only
from
data
collected
using
the
same
engine,
measurement
instruments,
and
test
cycle.
(
5)
Show
that
F
is
less
than
the
critical
F
value,
F
crit,
tabulated
in
§
1065.602.
If
you
have
several
F­
test
results
from
several
sets
of
data,
show
that
the
mean
F­
test
value
is
less
than
the
mean
critical
F
value
for
all
the
sets.
Evaluate
F
crit,
based
on
the
following
confidence
intervals:
(
i)
90
%
for
a
proposed
alternate
procedure
for
laboratory
testing.
(
ii)
95
%
for
a
proposed
alternate
procedure
for
field
testing.

§
1065.15
Overview
of
procedures
for
laboratory
and
field
testing.
This
section
outlines
the
procedures
to
test
engines
that
are
subject
to
emission
standards.
(
a)
In
the
standard­
setting
part,
we
set
brake­
specific
emission
standards
in
g/(
kW

hr)
(
or
g/(
hp

hr)),
for
the
following
constituents:
(
1)
Total
oxides
of
nitrogen,
NO
x.
(
2)
Hydrocarbons
(
HC),
which
may
be
expressed
in
the
following
ways:
(
i)
Total
hydrocarbons,
THC.
(
ii)
Nonmethane
hydrocarbons,
NMHC,
which
results
from
subtracting
methane
(
CH
4)
from
THC.
(
iii)
Total
hydrocarbon­
equivalent,
THCE,
which
results
from
adjusting
THC
mathematically
to
be
equivalent
on
a
carbon­
mass
basis.
204
(
iv)
Nonmethane
hydrocarbon­
equivalent,
NMHCE,
which
results
from
adjusting
NMHC
mathematically
to
be
equivalent
on
a
carbon­
mass
basis.
(
3)
Particulate
mass,
PM.
(
4)
Carbon
monoxide,
CO.
(
b)
Note
that
some
engines
are
not
subject
to
standards
for
all
the
emission
constituents
identified
in
paragraph
(
a)
of
this
section.
(
c)
We
set
brake­
specific
emission
standards
over
test
intervals,
as
follows:
(
1)
Engine
operation.
Engine
operation
is
specified
over
a
test
interval.
A
test
interval
is
the
time
over
which
an
engine's
total
mass
of
emissions
and
its
total
work
are
determined.
Refer
to
the
standard­
setting
part
for
the
specific
test
intervals
that
apply
to
each
engine.
Testing
may
involve
measuring
emissions
and
work
during
the
following
types
of
engine
operation:
(
i)
Laboratory
testing.
Under
this
type
of
testing,
you
determine
brake­
specific
emissions
for
duty­
cycle
testing
by
using
an
engine
dynamometer
in
a
laboratory.
This
typically
consists
of
one
or
more
test
intervals,
each
defined
by
a
duty
cycle,
which
is
a
sequence
of
speeds
and
torques
that
an
engine
must
follow.
If
the
standard­
setting
part
allows
it,
you
may
also
simulate
field
testing
by
running
on
an
engine
dynamometer
in
a
laboratory.
(
ii)
Field
testing.
This
type
of
testing
consists
of
normal
in­
use
engine
operation
while
an
engine
is
installed
in
a
vehicle.
The
standard­
setting
part
specifies
how
test
intervals
are
defined
for
field
testing.
(
2)
Constituent
determination.
Determine
the
total
mass
of
each
constituent
over
a
test
interval
by
selecting
from
the
following
methods:
(
i)
Continuous
sampling.
In
continuous
sampling,
measure
the
constituent's
concentration
continuously
from
raw
or
dilute
exhaust.
Multiply
this
concentration
by
the
continuous
(
raw
or
dilute)
flow
rate
at
the
emission
sampling
location
to
determine
the
constituent's
flow
rate.
Sum
the
constituent's
flow
rate
continuously
over
the
test
interval.
This
sum
is
the
total
mass
of
the
emitted
constituent.
(
ii)
Batch
sampling.
In
batch
sampling,
continuously
extract
and
store
a
sample
of
raw
or
dilute
exhaust
for
later
measurement.
Extract
a
sample
proportional
to
the
raw
or
dilute
exhaust
flow
rate.
You
may
extract
and
store
a
proportional
sample
of
exhaust
in
an
appropriate
container,
such
as
a
bag,
and
then
measure
HC,
CO,
and
NO
x
concentrations
in
the
container
after
the
test
interval.
You
may
deposit
PM
from
proportionally
extracted
exhaust
onto
an
appropriate
substrate,
such
as
a
filter.
In
this
case,
divide
the
PM
by
the
amount
of
filtered
exhaust
to
calculate
the
PM
concentration.
Multiply
batch
sampled
concentrations
by
the
total
(
raw
or
dilute)
flow
from
which
it
was
extracted
during
the
test
interval.
This
product
is
the
total
mass
of
the
emitted
constituent.
(
iii)
You
may
use
continuous
and
batch
sampling
simultaneously
during
a
test
interval,
as
follows:
(
A)
You
may
use
continuous
sampling
for
some
constituents
and
batch
sampling
for
others.
(
B)
You
may
use
continuous
and
batch
sampling
for
a
single
constituent,
with
one
being
a
redundant
measurement.
See
§
1065.201
for
more
information
on
redundant
measurements.
(
3)
Work
determination.
Determine
work
over
a
test
interval
by
one
of
the
following
methods:
205
(
i)
Speed
and
torque.
For
laboratory
testing,
synchronously
multiply
speed
and
brake
torque
to
calculate
instantaneous
values
for
engine
brake
power.
Sum
engine
brake
power
over
a
test
interval
to
determine
total
work.
(
ii)
Fuel
consumed
and
brake­
specific
fuel
consumption.
Directly
measure
fuel
consumed
or
calculate
it
with
chemical
balances
of
the
fuel,
intake
air,
and
exhaust.
To
calculate
fuel
consumed
by
a
chemical
balance,
you
must
also
measure
either
intake­
air
flow
rate
or
exhaust
flow
rate.
Divide
the
fuel
consumed
during
a
test
interval
by
the
brake­
specific
fuel
consumption
to
determine
work
over
the
test
interval.
For
laboratory
testing,
calculate
the
brake­
specific
fuel
consumption
using
fuel
consumed
and
speed
and
torque
over
a
test
interval.
For
field
testing,
refer
to
the
standard­
setting
part
and
§
1065.915
for
selecting
an
appropriate
value
for
brake­
specific
fuel
consumption.
(
d)
Refer
to
§
1065.650
for
calculations
to
determine
brake­
specific
emissions.
(
e)
See
Figure
1
of
§
1065.15
for
an
illustration
of
the
allowed
measurement
configurations
described
in
this
part
1065.
206
[
NOTE
TO
PRINTER
 
INSERT
Figure
1
of
§
1065.15
HERE]
207
§
1065.20
Units
of
measure
and
overview
of
calculations.
(
a)
System
of
units.
The
procedures
in
this
part
generally
follow
the
International
System
of
Units
(
SI),
as
detailed
in
NIST
Special
Publication
811,
1995
Edition,
"
Guide
for
the
Use
of
the
International
System
of
Units
(
SI),"
which
we
incorporate
by
reference
in
§
1065.1010.
This
document
is
available
on
the
Internet
at
http://
physics.
nist.
gov/
Pubs/
SP811/
contents.
html.
Note
the
following
exceptions:
(
1)
We
designate
rotational
frequency,
f
n,
of
an
engine's
crankshaft
in
revolutions
per
minute
(
rev/
min),
rather
than
the
SI
unit
of
reciprocal
seconds
(
1/
s).
This
is
based
on
the
commonplace
use
of
rev/
min
in
many
engine
dynamometer
laboratories.
Also,
we
use
the
symbol
f
n
to
identify
rotational
frequency
in
rev/
min,
rather
than
the
SI
convention
of
using
n.
This
avoids
confusion
with
our
usage
of
the
symbol
n
for
a
molar
quantity.
(
2)
We
designate
brake­
specific
emissions
in
grams
per
kilowatt­
hour
(
g/(
kW

hr)),
rather
than
the
SI
unit
of
grams
per
megajoule
(
g/
MJ).
This
is
based
on
the
fact
that
engines
are
generally
subject
to
emission
standards
expressed
in
g/
kW

hr.
If
we
specify
engine
standards
in
grams
per
horsepower

hour
(
g/(
hp

hr))
in
the
standard­
setting
part,
convert
units
as
specified
in
paragraph
(
d)
of
this
section.
(
3)
We
designate
temperatures
in
units
of
degrees
Celsius
(

C)
unless
a
calculation
requires
an
absolute
temperature.
In
that
case,
we
designate
temperatures
in
units
of
Kelvin
(
K).
For
conversion
purposes
throughout
this
part,
0

C
equals
273.15
K.
(
b)
Concentrations.
This
part
does
not
rely
on
amounts
expressed
in
parts
per
million
or
similar
units.
Rather,
we
express
such
amounts
in
the
following
SI
units:
(
1)
For
ideal
gases,
µ
mol/
mol,
formerly
ppm
(
volume).
(
2)
For
all
substances,
µ
m3/
m3,
formerly
ppm
(
volume).
(
3)
For
all
substances,
mg/
kg,
formerly
ppm
(
mass).
(
c)
Absolute
pressure.
Measure
absolute
pressure
directly
or
calculate
it
as
the
sum
of
atmospheric
pressure
plus
a
differential
pressure
that
is
referenced
to
atmospheric
pressure.
(
d)
Units
conversion.
Use
the
following
conventions
to
convert
units:
(
1)
Testing.
You
may
record
values
and
perform
calculations
with
other
units.
For
testing
with
equipment
that
involves
other
units,
use
the
conversion
factors
from
NIST
Special
Publication
811,
as
described
in
paragraph
(
a)
of
this
section.
(
2)
Humidity.
In
this
part,
we
identify
humidity
levels
by
specifying
dewpoint,
which
is
the
temperature
at
which
pure
water
begins
to
condense
out
of
air.
Use
humidity
conversions
as
described
in
§
1065.645.
(
3)
Emission
standards.
If
your
standard
is
in
g/(
hp

hr)
units,
convert
kW
to
hp
before
any
rounding
by
using
the
conversion
factor
of
1
hp
(
550
ft

lbf/
s)
=
0.7456999
kW.
Round
the
final
value
for
comparison
to
the
applicable
standard.
(
e)
Rounding.
Unless
the
standard­
setting
part
specifies
otherwise,
round
only
final
values,
not
intermediate
values.
Round
values
to
the
number
of
significant
digits
necessary
to
match
the
number
of
decimal
places
of
the
applicable
standard
or
specification.
For
information
not
related
to
standards
or
specifications,
use
good
engineering
judgment
to
record
the
appropriate
number
of
significant
digits.
(
f)
Interpretation
of
ranges.
In
this
part,
we
specify
ranges
such
as
"+
10
%
of
maximum
pressure",
"(
40
to
50)
kPa",
or
"(
30
+
10)
kPa".
Interpret
a
range
as
a
tolerance
unless
we
208
explicitly
identify
it
as
an
accuracy,
repeatability,
linearity,
or
noise
specification.
See
§
1065.1001
for
the
definition
of
Tolerance.
(
g)
Scaling
of
specifications
with
respect
to
a
standard.
Because
this
part
1065
is
applicable
to
a
wide
range
of
engines
and
emission
standards,
some
of
the
specifications
in
this
part
are
scaled
with
respect
to
an
engine's
emission
standard
or
maximum
power.
This
ensures
that
the
specification
will
be
adequate
to
determine
compliance,
but
not
overly
burdensome
by
requiring
unnecessarily
high­
precision
equipment.
Many
of
these
specifications
are
given
with
respect
to
a
"
flow­
weighted
mean"
that
is
expected
at
the
standard.
Flow­
weighted
mean
is
the
mean
of
a
quantity
after
it
is
weighted
proportional
to
a
corresponding
flow
rate.
For
example,
if
a
gas
concentration
is
measured
continuously
from
the
raw
exhaust
of
an
engine,
its
flow­
weighted
mean
concentration
is
the
sum
of
the
products
of
each
recorded
concentration
times
its
respective
exhaust
flow
rate,
divided
by
the
sum
of
the
recorded
flow
rates.
As
another
example,
the
bag
concentration
from
a
CVS
system
is
the
same
as
the
flow­
weighted
mean
concentration,
because
the
CVS
system
itself
flow­
weights
the
bag
concentration.
Refer
to
§
1065.602
for
information
needed
to
estimate
and
calculate
flow­
weighted
means.

§
1065.25
Recordkeeping.
The
procedures
in
this
part
include
various
requirements
to
record
data
or
other
information.
Refer
to
the
standard­
setting
part
regarding
recordkeeping
requirements.
If
the
standard­
setting
part
does
not
specify
recordkeeping
requirements,
store
these
records
in
any
format
and
on
any
media
and
keep
them
readily
available
for
one
year
after
you
send
an
associated
application
for
certification,
or
one
year
after
you
generate
the
data
if
they
do
not
support
an
application
for
certification.
You
must
promptly
send
us
organized,
written
records
in
English
if
we
ask
for
them.
We
may
review
them
at
any
time.

Subpart
B
 
Equipment
Specifications
§
1065.101
Overview.
(
a)
This
subpart
specifies
equipment,
other
than
measurement
instruments,
related
to
emission
testing.
The
provisions
of
this
subpart
apply
for
all
testing
in
laboratories.
See
subpart
J
of
this
part
to
determine
which
of
the
provisions
of
this
subpart
apply
for
field
testing.
This
includes
three
broad
categories
of
equipment
 
dynamometers,
engine
fluid
systems
(
such
as
fuel
and
intake­
air
systems),
and
emission­
sampling
hardware.
(
b)
Other
related
subparts
in
this
part
identify
measurement
instruments
(
subpart
C),
describe
how
to
evaluate
the
performance
of
these
instruments
(
subpart
D),
and
specify
engine
fluids
and
analytical
gases
(
subpart
H).
(
c)
Subpart
J
of
this
part
describes
additional
equipment
that
is
specific
to
field
testing.
(
d)
Figures
1
and
2
of
this
section
illustrate
some
of
the
possible
configurations
of
laboratory
equipment.
These
figures
are
schematics
only;
we
do
not
require
exact
conformance
to
them.
Figure
1
of
this
section
illustrates
the
equipment
specified
in
this
subpart
and
gives
some
references
to
sections
in
this
subpart.
Figure
2
of
this
section
illustrates
some
of
the
possible
configurations
of
a
full­
flow
dilution,
constant­
volume
sampling
(
CVS)
system.
Not
all
possible
CVS
configurations
are
shown.
209
[
NOTE
TO
PRINTER
 
INSERT
Figure
1
of
§
1065.101
HERE]
[
NOTE
TO
PRINTER
 
INSERT
Figure
2
of
§
1065.101
HERE]
210
§
1065.110
Work
inputs
and
outputs,
accessory
work,
and
operator
demand.
(
a)
Work.
Use
good
engineering
judgment
to
simulate
all
engine
work
inputs
and
outputs
as
they
typically
would
operate
in
use.
Account
for
work
inputs
and
outputs
during
an
emission
test
by
measuring
them;
or,
if
they
are
small,
you
may
show
by
engineering
analysis
that
disregarding
them
does
not
affect
your
ability
to
determine
the
net
work
output
by
more
than
+
0.5
%
of
the
net
reference
work
output
over
the
test
interval
.
Use
equipment
to
simulate
the
specific
types
of
work,
as
follows:
(
1)
Shaft
work.
Use
an
engine
dynamometer
that
is
able
to
meet
the
cycle­
validation
criteria
in
§
1065.514
over
each
applicable
duty
cycle.
(
i)
You
may
use
eddy­
current
and
water­
brake
dynamometers
for
any
testing
that
does
not
involve
engine
motoring,
which
is
identified
by
negative
torque
commands
in
a
reference
duty
cycle.
See
the
standard
setting
part
for
reference
duty
cycles
that
are
applicable
to
your
engine.
(
ii)
You
may
use
alternating­
current
or
direct­
current
motoring
dynamometers
for
any
type
of
testing.
(
iii)
You
may
use
one
or
more
dynamometers.
(
2)
Electrical
work.
Use
one
or
more
of
the
following
to
simulate
electrical
work:
(
i)
Use
storage
batteries
or
capacitors
that
are
of
the
type
and
capacity
installed
in
use.
(
ii)
Use
motors,
generators,
and
alternators
that
are
of
the
type
and
capacity
installed
in
use.
(
iii)
Use
a
resistor
load
bank
to
simulate
electrical
loads.
(
3)
Pump,
compressor,
and
turbine
work.
Use
pumps,
compressors,
and
turbines
that
are
of
the
type
and
capacity
installed
in
use.
Use
working
fluids
that
are
of
the
same
type
and
thermodynamic
state
as
normal
in­
use
operation.
(
b)
Laboratory
work
inputs.
You
may
supply
any
laboratory
inputs
of
work
to
the
engine.
For
example,
you
may
supply
electrical
work
to
the
engine
to
operate
a
fuel
system,
and
as
another
example
you
may
supply
compressor
work
to
the
engine
to
actuate
pneumatic
valves.
We
may
ask
you
to
show
by
engineering
analysis
your
accounting
of
laboratory
work
inputs
to
meet
the
criterion
in
paragraph
(
a)
of
this
section.
(
c)
Engine
accessories.
You
must
either
install
or
account
for
the
work
of
engine
accessories
required
to
fuel,
lubricate,
or
heat
the
engine,
circulate
coolant
to
the
engine,
or
to
operate
aftertreatment
devices.
Operate
the
engine
with
these
accessories
installed
or
accounted
for
during
all
testing
operations,
including
mapping.
If
these
accessories
are
not
powered
by
the
engine
during
a
test,
account
for
the
work
required
to
perform
these
functions
from
the
total
work
used
in
brake­
specific
emission
calculations.
For
air­
cooled
engines
only,
subtract
externally
powered
fan
work
from
total
work.
We
may
ask
you
to
show
by
engineering
analysis
your
accounting
of
engine
accessories
to
meet
the
criterion
in
paragraph
(
a)
of
this
section.
(
d)
Engine
starter.
You
may
install
a
production­
type
starter.
(
e)
Operator
demand
for
shaft
work.
Command
the
operator
demand
and
the
dynamometer(
s)
to
follow
the
prescribed
duty
cycle
with
set
points
for
engine
speed
and
torque
at
5
Hz
(
or
more
frequently)
for
transient
testing
or
1
Hz
(
or
more
frequently)
for
steady­
state
testing.
Use
a
mechanical
or
electronic
input
to
control
operator
demand
such
that
the
engine
is
able
to
meet
the
validation
criteria
in
§
1065.514
over
each
applicable
duty
cycle.
Record
feedback
values
for
engine
speed
and
torque
at
5
Hz
or
more
frequently
for
evaluating
performance
relative
to
the
211
cycle
validation
criteria.
Using
good
engineering
judgment,
you
may
improve
control
of
operator
demand
by
altering
on­
engine
speed
and
torque
controls.
However,
if
these
changes
result
in
unrepresentative
testing,
you
must
notify
us
and
recommend
other
test
procedures
under
§
1065.10(
c)(
1).

§
1065.120
Fuel
properties
and
fuel
temperature
and
pressure.
(
a)
Use
fuels
as
specified
in
subpart
H
of
this
part.
(
b)
If
the
engine
manufacturer
specifies
fuel
temperature
and
pressure
tolerances
and
the
location
where
they
are
to
be
measured,
then
measure
the
fuel
temperature
and
pressure
at
the
specified
location
to
show
that
you
are
within
these
tolerances
throughout
testing.
(
c)
If
the
engine
manufacturer
does
not
specify
fuel
temperature
and
pressure
tolerances,
use
good
engineering
judgment
to
set
and
control
fuel
temperature
and
pressure
in
a
way
that
represents
typical
in­
use
fuel
temperatures
and
pressures.

§
1065.122
Engine
cooling
and
lubrication.
(
a)
Engine
cooling.
Cool
the
engine
during
testing
so
its
intake­
air,
oil,
coolant,
block,
and
head
temperatures
are
within
their
expected
ranges
for
normal
operation.
You
may
use
laboratory
auxiliary
coolers
and
fans.
(
1)
If
you
use
laboratory
auxiliary
fans
you
must
account
for
work
input
to
the
fan(
s)
according
to
§
1065.110.
(
2)
See
§
1065.125
for
more
information
related
to
intake­
air
cooling.
(
3)
See
§
1065.127
for
more
information
related
to
exhaust
gas
recirculation
cooling.
(
4)
Measure
temperatures
at
the
manufacturer­
specified
locations.
If
the
manufacturer
does
not
specify
temperature
measurement
locations,
then
use
good
engineering
judgment
to
monitor
intake­
air,
oil,
coolant,
block,
and
head
temperatures
to
ensure
that
they
are
in
their
expected
ranges
for
normal
operation.
(
b)
Forced
cooldown.
You
may
install
a
forced
cooldown
system
for
an
engine
and
an
exhaust
aftertreatment
device
according
to
§
1065.530(
a)(
1).
(
c)
Lubricating
oil.
Use
lubricating
oils
specified
in
§
1065.740.
(
d)
Coolant.
For
liquid­
cooled
engines,
use
coolant
as
specified
in
§
1065.745.

§
1065.125
Engine
intake
air.
(
a)
Use
the
intake­
air
system
installed
on
the
engine
or
one
that
represents
a
typical
in­
use
configuration.
This
includes
the
charge­
air
cooling
and
exhaust
gas
recirculation
systems.
(
b)
Measure
temperature,
humidity,
and
atmospheric
pressure
near
the
entrance
to
the
engine's
air
filter,
or
at
the
inlet
to
the
air
intake
system
for
engines
that
have
no
air
filter.
You
may
use
a
shared
atmospheric
pressure
meter
as
long
as
your
equipment
for
handling
intake
air
maintains
ambient
pressure
where
you
test
the
engine
within
+
1
kPa
of
the
shared
atmospheric
pressure.
You
may
use
a
shared
humidity
measurement
for
intake
air
as
long
as
your
equipment
for
handling
intake
air
maintains
dewpoint
where
you
test
the
engine
to
within
+
0.5

C
of
the
shared
humidity
measurement.
(
c)
Use
an
air­
intake
restriction
that
represents
production
engines.
Make
sure
the
intake­
air
restriction
is
between
the
manufacturer's
specified
maximum
for
a
clean
filter
and
the
manufacturer's
specified
maximum
allowed.
Measure
the
static
differential
pressure
of
the
restriction
at
the
location
and
at
the
speed
and
torque
set
points
specified
by
the
manufacturer.
If
212
the
manufacturer
does
not
specify
a
location,
measure
this
pressure
upstream
any
turbocharger
or
exhaust
gas
recirculation
system
connection
to
the
intake
air
system.
If
the
manufacturer
does
not
specify
speed
and
torque
points,
measure
this
pressure
while
the
engine
outputs
maximum
power.
As
the
manufacturer,
you
are
liable
for
emission
compliance
for
all
values
up
to
the
maximum
restriction
you
specify
for
a
particular
engine.
(
d)
This
paragraph
(
d)
includes
provisions
for
simulating
charge­
air
cooling
in
the
laboratory.
This
approach
is
described
in
paragraph
(
d)(
1)
of
this
section.
Limits
on
using
this
approach
are
described
in
paragraphs
(
d)(
2)
and
(
3)
of
this
section.
(
1)
Use
a
charge­
air
cooling
system
with
a
total
intake­
air
capacity
that
represents
production
engines'
in­
use
installation.
Maintain
coolant
conditions
as
follows:
(
i)
Maintain
a
coolant
temperature
of
at
least
20

C
at
the
inlet
to
the
charge­
air
cooler
throughout
testing.
(
ii)
At
maximum
engine
power,
set
the
coolant
flow
rate
to
achieve
an
air
temperature
within
+
5

C
of
the
value
specified
by
the
manufacturer
at
the
charge­
air
cooler
outlet.
Measure
the
air­
outlet
temperature
at
the
location
specified
by
the
manufacturer.
Use
this
coolant
flow
rate
set
point
throughout
testing.
(
2)
Using
a
constant
flow
rate
as
described
in
paragraph
(
d)(
1)(
ii)
of
this
section
may
result
in
unrepresentative
overcooling
of
the
intake
air.
If
this
causes
any
regulated
emission
to
decrease,
then
you
may
still
use
this
approach,
but
only
if
the
effect
on
emissions
is
smaller
than
the
degree
to
which
you
meet
the
applicable
emission
standards.
If
the
effect
on
emissions
is
larger
than
the
degree
to
which
you
meet
the
applicable
emission
standards,
you
must
use
a
variable
flow
rate
that
controls
intake­
air
temperatures
to
be
representative
of
inuse
operation.
(
3)
This
approach
does
not
apply
for
field
testing.
You
may
not
correct
measured
emission
levels
from
field
testing
to
account
for
any
differences
caused
by
the
simulated
cooling
in
the
laboratory.

§
1065.127
Exhaust
gas
recirculation.
Use
the
exhaust
gas
recirculation
(
EGR)
system
installed
with
the
engine
or
one
that
represents
a
typical
in­
use
configuration.
This
includes
any
applicable
EGR
cooling
devices.

§
1065.130
Engine
exhaust.
(
a)
General.
Use
the
exhaust
system
installed
with
the
engine
or
one
that
represents
a
typical
inuse
configuration.
This
includes
any
applicable
aftertreatment
devices.
(
b)
Aftertreatment
configuration.
If
you
do
not
use
the
exhaust
system
installed
with
the
engine,
configure
any
aftertreatment
devices
as
follows:
(
1)
Position
any
aftertreatment
device
so
its
distance
from
the
nearest
exhaust
manifold
flange
or
turbocharger
outlet
is
within
the
range
specified
by
the
engine
manufacturer
in
the
application
for
certification.
If
this
distance
is
not
specified,
position
aftertreatment
devices
to
represent
typical
in­
use
vehicle
configurations.
(
2)
You
may
use
laboratory
exhaust
tubing
upstream
of
any
aftertreatment
device
that
is
of
diameter(
s)
typical
of
in­
use
configurations.
If
you
use
laboratory
exhaust
tubing
upstream
of
any
aftertreatment
device,
position
each
aftertreatment
device
according
to
paragraph
(
a)(
1)
of
this
section.
213
(
b)
Sampling
system
connections.
Connect
an
engine's
exhaust
system
to
any
raw
sampling
location
or
dilution
stage,
as
follows:
(
1)
Minimize
laboratory
exhaust
tubing
lengths
and
use
a
total
length
of
laboratory
tubing
of
no
more
than
10
m
or
50
outside
diameters,
whichever
is
greater.
If
laboratory
exhaust
tubing
consists
of
several
different
outside
tubing
diameters,
count
the
number
of
diameters
of
length
of
each
individual
diameter,
then
sum
all
the
diameters
to
determine
the
total
length
of
exhaust
tubing
in
diameters.
Use
the
mean
outside
diameter
of
any
converging
or
diverging
sections
of
tubing.
Use
outside
hydraulic
diameters
of
any
noncircular
sections.
(
2)
You
may
install
short
sections
of
flexible
laboratory
exhaust
tubing
at
any
location
in
the
engine
or
laboratory
exhaust
systems.
You
may
use
up
to
a
combined
total
of
2
m
or
10
outside
diameters
of
flexible
exhaust
tubing.
(
3)
Insulate
any
laboratory
exhaust
tubing
downstream
of
the
first
25
outside
diameters
of
length.
(
4)
Use
laboratory
exhaust
tubing
materials
that
are
smooth­
walled,
electrically
conductive,
and
not
reactive
with
exhaust
constituents.
Stainless
steel
is
an
acceptable
material.
(
5)
We
recommend
that
you
use
laboratory
exhaust
tubing
that
has
either
a
wall
thickness
of
less
than
2
mm
or
is
air
gap­
insulated
to
minimize
temperature
differences
between
the
wall
and
the
exhaust.
(
c)
In­
line
instruments.
You
may
insert
instruments
into
the
laboratory
exhaust
tubing,
such
as
an
in­
line
smoke
meter.
If
you
do
this,
you
may
leave
a
length
of
up
to
5
outside
diameters
of
laboratory
exhaust
tubing
uninsulated
on
each
side
of
each
instrument,
but
you
must
leave
a
length
of
no
more
than
25
outside
diameters
of
laboratory
exhaust
tubing
uninsulated
in
total,
including
any
lengths
adjacent
to
in­
line
instruments.
(
d)
Grounding.
Electrically
ground
the
entire
exhaust
system.
(
e)
Forced
cooldown.
You
may
install
a
forced
cooldown
system
for
an
exhaust
aftertreatment
device
according
to
§
1065.530(
a)(
1)(
i).
(
f)
Exhaust
restriction.
Use
an
exhaust
restriction
that
represents
the
performance
of
production
engines.
Make
sure
the
exhaust
restriction
set
point
is
either
(
80
to100)
%
of
the
maximum
exhaust
restriction
specified
by
the
manufacturer;
or
if
the
maximum
is
5
kPa
or
less,
make
sure
the
set
point
is
no
less
than
1.0
kPa
from
the
maximum.
For
example,
if
the
maximum
back
pressure
is
4.5
kPa,
do
not
use
an
exhaust
restriction
set
point
that
is
less
than
3.5
kPa.
Measure
and
set
this
pressure
at
the
location
and
at
the
speed,
torque
and
aftertreatment
set
points
specified
by
the
manufacturer.
As
the
manufacturer,
you
are
liable
for
emission
compliance
for
all
values
up
to
the
maximum
restriction
you
specify
for
a
particular
engine.
(
g)
Open
crankcase
emissions.
If
the
standard­
setting
part
requires
measuring
open
crankcase
emissions,
you
may
either
measure
open
crankcase
emissions
separately
using
a
method
that
we
approve
in
advance,
or
route
open
crankcase
emissions
directly
into
the
exhaust
system
for
emission
measurement
as
follows:
(
1)
Use
laboratory
tubing
materials
that
are
smooth­
walled,
electrically
conductive,
and
not
reactive
with
crankcase
emissions.
Stainless
steel
is
an
acceptable
material.
Minimize
tube
lengths.
We
also
recommend
using
heated
or
thin­
walled
or
air
gap­
insulated
tubing
to
minimize
temperature
differences
between
the
wall
and
the
crankcase
emission
constituents.
(
2)
Minimize
the
number
of
bends
in
the
laboratory
crankcase
tubing
and
maximize
the
radius
of
any
unavoidable
bend.
214
(
3)
Use
laboratory
crankcase
exhaust
tubing
that
meets
the
engine
manufacturer's
specifications
for
crankcase
back
pressure.
(
4)
Connect
the
crankcase
exhaust
tubing
into
the
raw
exhaust
downstream
of
any
aftertreatment
system,
downstream
of
any
installed
exhaust
restriction,
and
sufficiently
upstream
of
any
sample
probes
to
ensure
complete
mixing
with
the
engine's
exhaust
before
sampling.
Extend
the
crankcase
exhaust
tube
into
the
free
stream
of
exhaust
to
avoid
boundary­
layer
effects
and
to
promote
mixing.
You
may
orient
the
crankcase
exhaust
tube's
outlet
in
any
direction
relative
to
the
raw
exhaust
flow.

§
1065.140
Dilution
for
gaseous
and
PM
constituents.
(
a)
General.
You
may
dilute
exhaust
with
ambient
air,
synthetic
air,
or
nitrogen
that
is
at
least
15

C.
Note
that
the
composition
of
the
diluent
affects
some
gaseous
emission
measurement
instruments'
response
to
emissions.
We
recommend
diluting
exhaust
at
a
location
as
close
as
possible
to
the
location
where
ambient
air
dilution
would
occur
in
use.
(
b)
Dilution­
air
conditions
and
background
concentrations.
Before
a
diluent
is
mixed
with
exhaust,
you
may
precondition
it
by
increasing
or
decreasing
its
temperature
or
humidity.
You
may
also
remove
constituents
to
reduce
their
background
concentrations.
The
following
provisions
apply
to
removing
constituents
or
accounting
for
background
concentrations:
(
1)
You
may
measure
constituent
concentrations
in
the
diluent
and
compensate
for
background
effects
on
test
results.
See
§
1065.650
for
calculations
that
compensate
for
background
concentrations.
(
2)
Either
measure
these
background
concentrations
the
same
way
you
measure
diluted
exhaust
constituents,
or
measure
them
in
a
way
that
does
not
affect
your
ability
to
demonstrate
compliance
with
the
applicable
standards.
For
example,
you
may
use
the
following
simplifications
for
background
sampling:
(
i)
You
may
disregard
any
proportional
sampling
requirements.
(
ii)
You
may
use
unheated
gaseous
sampling
systems.
(
iii)
You
may
use
unheated
PM
sampling
systems
only
if
we
approve
it
in
advance.
(
iv)
You
may
use
continuous
sampling
if
you
use
batch
sampling
for
diluted
emissions.
(
v)
You
may
use
batch
sampling
if
you
use
continuous
sampling
for
diluted
emissions.
(
3)
For
removing
background
PM,
we
recommend
that
you
filter
all
dilution
air,
including
primary
full­
flow
dilution
air,
with
high­
efficiency
particulate
air
(
HEPA)
filters
that
have
an
initial
minimum
collection
efficiency
specification
of
99.97
%
(
see
§
1065.1001
for
procedures
related
to
HEPA­
filtration
efficiencies).
Ensure
that
HEPA
filters
are
installed
properly
so
that
background
PM
does
not
leak
past
the
HEPA
filters.
If
you
choose
to
correct
for
background
PM
without
using
HEPA
filtration,
demonstrate
that
the
background
PM
in
the
dilution
air
contributes
less
than
50
%
to
the
net
PM
collected
on
the
sample
filter.
(
c)
Full­
flow
dilution;
constant­
volume
sampling
(
CVS).
You
may
dilute
the
full
flow
of
raw
exhaust
in
a
dilution
tunnel
that
maintains
a
nominally
constant
volume
flow
rate,
molar
flow
rate
or
mass
flow
rate
of
diluted
exhaust,
as
follows:
(
1)
Construction.
Use
a
tunnel
with
inside
surfaces
of
300
series
stainless
steel.
Electrically
ground
the
entire
dilution
tunnel.
We
recommend
a
thin­
walled
and
insulated
dilution
tunnel
to
minimize
temperature
differences
between
the
wall
and
the
exhaust
gases.
(
2)
Pressure
control.
Maintain
static
pressure
at
the
location
where
raw
exhaust
is
introduced
into
the
tunnel
within
1.2
kPa
of
atmospheric
pressure.
You
may
use
a
booster
blower
to
215
control
this
pressure.
If
you
test
an
engine
using
more
careful
pressure
control
and
you
show
by
engineering
analysis
or
by
test
data
that
you
require
this
level
of
control
to
demonstrate
compliance
at
the
applicable
standards,
we
will
maintain
the
same
level
of
static
pressure
control
when
we
test
that
engine.
(
3)
Mixing.
Introduce
raw
exhaust
into
the
tunnel
by
directing
it
downstream
along
the
centerline
of
the
tunnel.
You
may
introduce
a
fraction
of
dilution
air
radially
from
the
tunnel's
inner
surface
to
minimize
exhaust
interaction
with
the
tunnel
walls.
You
may
configure
the
system
with
turbulence
generators
such
as
orifice
plates
or
fins
to
achieve
good
mixing.
We
recommend
a
minimum
Reynolds
number,
Re#,
of
4000
for
the
diluted
exhaust
stream,
where
Re#
is
based
on
the
inside
diameter
of
the
dilution
tunnel.
Re#
is
defined
in
§
1065.640.
(
4)
Flow
measurement
preconditioning.
You
may
condition
the
diluted
exhaust
before
measuring
its
flow
rate,
as
long
as
this
conditioning
takes
place
downstream
of
any
sample
probes,
as
follows:
(
i)
You
may
use
flow
straighteners,
pulsation
dampeners,
or
both
of
these.
(
ii)
You
may
use
a
filter.
(
iii)
You
may
use
a
heat
exchanger
to
control
the
temperature
upstream
of
any
flow
meter.
Note
paragraph
(
c)(
6)
of
this
section
regarding
aqueous
condensation.
(
5)
Flow
measurement.
Section
1065.240
describes
measurement
instruments
for
diluted
exhaust
flow.
(
6)
Aqueous
condensation.
You
may
either
prevent
aqueous
condensation
throughout
the
dilution
tunnel
or
you
may
measure
humidity
at
the
flow
meter
inlet.
Calculations
in
§
1065.645
and
§
1065.650
account
for
either
method
of
addressing
humidity
in
the
diluted
exhaust.
Note
that
preventing
aqueous
condensation
involves
more
than
keeping
pure
water
in
a
vapor
phase
(
see
§
1065.1001).
(
7)
Flow
compensation.
Maintain
nominally
constant
molar,
volumetric
or
mass
flow
of
diluted
exhaust.
You
may
maintain
nominally
constant
flow
by
either
maintaining
the
temperature
and
pressure
at
the
flow
meter
or
by
directly
controlling
the
flow
of
diluted
exhaust.
You
may
also
directly
control
the
flow
of
proportional
samplers
to
maintain
proportional
sampling.
For
an
individual
test,
validate
proportional
sampling
as
described
in
§
1065.545.
(
d)
Partial­
flow
dilution
(
PFD).
Except
as
specified
in
this
paragraph
(
d),
you
may
dilute
a
partial
flow
of
raw
or
previously
diluted
exhaust
before
measuring
emissions.
§
1065.240
describes
PFDrelated
flow
measurement
instruments.
PFD
may
consist
of
constant
or
varying
dilution
ratios
as
described
in
paragraphs
(
d)(
2)
and
(
3)
of
this
section.
An
example
of
a
constant
dilution
ratio
PFD
is
a
"
secondary
dilution
PM"
measurement
system.
An
example
of
a
varying
dilution
ratio
PFD
is
a
a
"
bag
mini­
diluter"
or
BMD.
(
1)
Applicability.
(
i)
You
may
not
use
PFD
if
the
standard­
setting
part
prohibits
it.
(
ii)
You
may
use
PFD
to
extract
a
proportional
raw
exhaust
sample
for
any
batch
or
continuous
PM
emission
sampling
over
any
transient
duty
cycle
only
if
we
have
explicitly
approved
it
according
to
§
1065.10
as
an
alternative
procedure
to
the
specified
procedure
for
full­
flow
CVS.
(
iii)
You
may
use
PFD
to
extract
a
proportional
raw
exhaust
sample
for
any
batch
or
continuous
gaseous
emission
sampling.
216
(
iv)
You
may
use
PFD
to
extract
a
proportional
raw
exhaust
sample
for
any
batch
or
continuous
PM
emission
sampling
over
any
steady­
state
duty
cycle
or
its
ramped­
modal
cycle
(
RMC)
equivalent.
(
v)
You
may
use
PFD
to
extract
a
proportional
raw
exhaust
sample
for
any
batch
or
continuous
field­
testing.
(
vi)
You
may
use
PFD
to
extract
a
proportional
diluted
exhaust
sample
from
a
CVS
for
any
batch
or
continuous
emission
sampling.
(
vii)
You
may
use
PFD
to
extract
a
constant
raw
or
diluted
exhaust
sample
for
any
continuous
emission
sampling.
(
2)
Constant
dilution­
ratio
PFD.
Do
one
of
the
following
for
constant
dilution­
ratio
PFD:
(
i)
Dilute
an
already
proportional
flow.
For
example,
you
may
do
this
as
a
way
of
performing
secondary
dilution
from
a
CVS
tunnel
to
achieve
temperature
control
for
PM
sampling.
(
ii)
Continuously
measure
constituent
concentrations.
For
example,
you
might
dilute
to
precondition
a
sample
of
raw
exhaust
to
control
its
temperature,
humidity,
or
constituent
concentrations
upstream
of
continuous
analyzers.
In
this
case,
you
must
take
into
account
the
dilution
ratio
before
multiplying
the
continuous
concentration
by
the
sampled
exhaust
flow
rate.
(
iii)
Extract
a
proportional
sample
from
the
constant
dilution
ratio
PFD
system.
For
example,
you
might
use
a
variable­
flow
pump
to
proportionally
fill
a
gaseous
storage
medium
such
as
a
bag
from
a
PFD
system.
In
this
case,
the
proportional
sampling
must
meet
the
same
specifications
as
varying
dilution
ratio
PFD
in
paragraph
(
d)(
3)
of
this
section.
(
3)
Varying
dilution­
ratio
PFD
.
All
the
following
provisions
apply
for
varying
dilution­
ratio
PFD:
(
i)
Use
a
control
system
with
sensors
and
actuators
that
can
maintain
proportional
sampling
over
intervals
as
short
as
200
ms
(
i.
e.,
5
Hz
control).
(
ii)
For
control
input,
you
may
use
any
sensor
output
from
one
or
more
measurements;
for
example,
intake­
air
flow,
fuel
flow,
exhaust
flow,
engine
speed,
and
intake
manifold
temperature
and
pressure.
(
iii)
Account
for
any
emission
transit
time
in
the
PFD
system.
(
iv)
You
may
use
preprogrammed
data
if
they
have
been
determined
for
the
specific
test
site,
duty
cycle,
and
test
engine
from
which
you
dilute
emissions.
(
v)
We
recommend
that
you
run
practice
cycles
to
meet
the
validation
criteria
in
§
1065.545.
Note
that
you
must
validate
every
emission
test
by
meeting
the
validation
criteria
with
the
data
from
that
specific
test,
not
from
practice
cycles
or
other
tests.
(
vi)
You
may
not
use
a
PFD
system
that
requires
preparatory
tuning
or
calibration
with
a
CVS
or
with
the
emission
results
from
a
CVS.
Rather,
you
must
be
able
to
independently
calibrate
the
PFD.
(
e)
Dilution
and
temperature
control
of
PM
samples.
Dilute
PM
samples
at
least
once
upstream
of
transfer
lines.
You
may
dilute
PM
samples
upstream
of
a
transfer
line
via
full­
flow
dilution
or
via
partial­
flow
dilution
immediately
downstream
of
a
PM
probe.
Control
sample
temperature
to
a
(
47
+
5)

C
tolerance,
as
measured
anywhere
within
20
cm
upstream
or
downstream
of
the
PM
storage
media
(
such
as
a
filter).
Measure
this
temperature
with
a
bare­
wire
junction
thermocouple
217
with
wires
that
are
(
0.500
+
0.025)
mm
diameter,
or
with
another
suitable
instrument
that
has
equivalent
performance.
Heat
or
cool
the
PM
sample
primarily
by
dilution.

§
1065.145
Gaseous
and
PM
probes,
transfer
lines,
and
sampling
system
components.
(
a)
Continuous
and
batch
sampling.
Determine
the
total
mass
of
each
constituent
with
continuous
or
batch
sampling,
as
described
in
§
1065.15(
c)(
2).
Both
types
of
sampling
systems
have
probes,
transfer
lines,
and
other
sampling
system
components
that
are
described
in
this
section.
(
b)
Gaseous
and
PM
sample
probes.
A
probe
is
the
first
fitting
in
a
sampling
system.
It
protrudes
into
a
raw
or
diluted
exhaust
stream
to
extract
a
sample,
such
that
its
inside
and
outside
surfaces
are
in
contact
with
the
exhaust.
A
sample
is
transported
out
of
a
probe
into
a
transfer
line,
as
described
in
paragraph
(
c)
of
this
section.
The
following
provisions
apply
to
probes:
(
1)
Probe
design
and
construction.
Use
sample
probes
with
inside
surfaces
of
300
series
stainless
steel
or,
for
raw
exhaust
sampling,
use
a
nonreactive
material
capable
of
withstanding
raw
exhaust
temperatures.
Locate
sample
probes
where
constituents
are
mixed
to
their
mean
sample
concentration.
Take
into
account
the
mixing
of
any
crankcase
emissions
that
may
be
routed
into
the
raw
exhaust.
Locate
each
probe
to
minimize
interference
with
the
flow
to
other
probes.
We
recommend
that
all
probes
remain
free
from
influences
of
boundary
layers,
wakes,
and
eddies
 
especially
near
the
outlet
of
a
raw­
exhaust
tailpipe
where
unintended
dilution
might
occur.
Make
sure
that
purging
or
back­
flushing
of
a
probe
does
not
influence
another
probe
during
testing.
You
may
use
a
single
probe
to
extract
a
sample
of
more
than
one
constituent
as
long
as
the
probe
meets
all
the
specifications
for
each
constituent.
(
2)
Gaseous
sample
probes.
Use
either
single­
port
or
multi­
port
probes
for
sampling
gaseous
emissions.
You
may
orient
these
probes
in
any
direction
relative
to
the
raw
or
diluted
exhaust
flow.
For
some
probes,
you
must
control
sample
temperatures,
as
follows:
(
i)
For
probes
that
extract
NO
x
from
diluted
exhaust,
control
the
probe's
wall
temperature
to
prevent
aqueous
condensation.
(
ii)
For
probes
that
extract
hydrocarbons
for
NMHC
or
NMHCE
analysis
from
the
diluted
exhaust
of
compression­
ignition
engines,
2­
stroke
spark­
ignition
engines,
or
4­
stroke
spark­
ignition
engines
below
19
kW,
maintain
a
probe
wall
temperature
tolerance
of
(
191
+
11)

C.
(
3)
PM
sample
probes.
Use
PM
probes
with
a
single
opening
at
the
end.
Orient
PM
probes
to
face
directly
upstream.
If
you
shield
a
PM
probe's
opening
with
a
PM
pre­
classifier
such
as
a
hat,
you
may
not
use
the
preclassifier
we
specify
in
paragraph
(
d)(
4)(
i)
of
this
section.
We
recommend
sizing
the
inside
diameter
of
PM
probes
to
approximate
isokinetic
sampling
at
the
expected
mean
flow
rate.
(
c)
Transfer
lines.
You
may
use
transfer
lines
to
transport
an
extracted
sample
from
a
probe
to
an
analyzer,
storage
medium,
or
dilution
system.
Minimize
the
length
of
all
transfer
lines
by
locating
analyzers,
storage
media,
and
dilution
systems
as
close
to
probes
as
practical.
We
recommend
that
you
minimize
the
number
of
bends
in
transfer
lines
and
that
you
maximize
the
radius
of
any
unavoidable
bend.
Avoid
using
90

elbows,
tees,
and
cross­
fittings
in
transfer
lines.
Where
such
connections
and
fittings
are
necessary,
take
steps,
using
good
engineering
judgment,
to
ensure
that
you
meet
the
temperature
tolerances
in
this
paragraph
(
c).
This
may
involve
measuring
temperature
at
various
locations
within
transfer
lines
and
fittings.
You
may
use
a
single
transfer
line
to
transport
a
sample
of
more
than
one
constituent,
as
long
as
the
transfer
line
meets
all
the
218
specifications
for
each
constituent.
The
following
construction
and
temperature
tolerances
apply
to
transfer
lines:
(
1)
Gaseous
samples.
Use
transfer
lines
with
inside
surfaces
of
300
series
stainless
steel,
PTFE,
VitonTM,
or
any
other
material
that
you
demonstrate
has
better
properties
for
emission
sampling.
For
raw
exhaust
sampling,
use
a
non­
reactive
material
capable
of
withstanding
raw
exhaust
temperatures.
You
may
use
in­
line
filters
if
they
do
not
react
with
exhaust
constituents
and
if
the
filter
and
its
housing
meet
the
same
temperature
requirements
as
the
transfer
lines,
as
follows:
(
i)
For
NO
x
transfer
lines
upstream
of
either
an
NO
2­
to­
NO
converter
that
meets
the
specifications
of
§
1065.378
or
a
chiller
that
meets
the
specifications
of
§
1065.376,
maintain
a
sample
temperature
that
prevents
aqueous
condensation.
(
ii)
For
THC
transfer
lines
for
testing
compression­
ignition
engines,
2­
stroke
sparkignition
engines,
or
4­
stroke
spark­
ignition
engines
below
19
kW,
maintain
a
wall
temperature
tolerance
throughout
the
entire
line
of
(
191
+
11)

C.
If
you
sample
from
raw
exhaust,
you
may
connect
an
unheated,
insulated
transfer
line
directly
to
a
probe.
Design
the
length
and
insulation
of
the
transfer
line
to
cool
the
highest
expected
raw
exhaust
temperature
to
no
lower
than
191

C,
as
measured
at
the
transfer
line's
outlet.
(
2)
PM
samples.
We
recommend
heated
transfer
lines
or
a
heated
enclosure
to
minimize
temperature
differences
between
transfer
lines
and
exhaust
constituents.
Use
transfer
lines
that
are
inert
with
respect
to
PM
and
are
electrically
conductive
on
the
inside
surfaces.
We
recommend
using
PM
transfer
lines
made
of
300
series
stainless
steel.
Electrically
ground
the
inside
surface
of
PM
transfer
lines.
(
d)
Optional
sample­
conditioning
components
for
gaseous
sampling.
You
may
use
the
following
sample­
conditioning
components
to
prepare
gaseous
samples
for
analysis,
as
long
you
do
not
install
or
use
them
in
a
way
that
adversely
affects
your
ability
to
show
that
your
engines
comply
with
all
applicable
gaseous
emission
standards.
(
1)
NO
2­
to­
NO
converter.
You
may
use
an
NO
2­
to­
NO
converter
that
meets
the
efficiencyperformance
check
specified
in
§
1065.378
at
any
point
upstream
of
a
NO
x
analyzer,
sample
bag,
or
other
storage
medium.
(
2)
Sample
dryer.
You
may
use
either
type
of
sample
dryer
described
in
this
paragraph
(
d)(
2)
to
decrease
the
effects
of
water
on
gaseous
emission
measurements.
You
may
not
use
a
chemical
dryer,
or
used
dryers
upstream
of
PM
sample
filters.
(
i)
Osmotic­
membrane.
You
may
use
an
osmotic­
membrane
dryer
upstream
of
any
gaseous
analyzer
or
storage
medium,
as
long
as
it
meets
the
temperature
specifications
in
paragraph
(
c)(
1)
of
this
section.
Because
osmotic­
membrane
dryers
may
deteriorate
after
prolonged
exposure
to
certain
exhaust
constituents,
consult
with
the
membrane
manufacturer
regarding
your
application
before
incorporating
an
osmotic­
membrane
dryer.
Monitor
the
dewpoint,
T
dew,
and
absolute
pressure,
p
total,
downstream
of
an
osmoticmembrane
dryer.
You
may
use
continuously
recorded
values
of
T
dew
and
p
total
in
the
amount
of
water
calculations
specified
in
§
1065.645.
If
you
do
not
continuously
record
these
values,
you
may
use
their
peak
values
observed
during
a
test
or
their
alarm
setpoints
as
constant
values
in
the
calculations
specified
in
§
1065.645.
You
may
also
use
a
nominal
p
total,
which
you
may
estimate
as
the
dryer's
lowest
absolute
pressure
expected
during
testing.
219
(
ii)
Thermal
chiller.
You
may
use
a
thermal
chiller
upstream
of
some
gas
analyzers
and
storage
media.
You
may
not
use
a
thermal
chiller
upstream
of
a
THC
measurement
system
for
compression­
ignition
engines,
2­
stroke
spark­
ignition
engines,
or
4­
stroke
spark­
ignition
engines
below
19
kW.
If
you
use
a
thermal
chiller
upstream
of
an
NO
2­
to­
NO
converter
or
in
a
sampling
system
without
an
NO
2­
to­
NO
converter,
the
chiller
must
meet
the
NO
2
loss­
performance
check
specified
in
§
1065.376.
Monitor
the
dewpoint,
T
dew,
and
absolute
pressure,
p
total,
downstream
of
a
thermal
chiller.
You
may
use
continuously
recorded
values
of
T
dew
and
p
total
in
the
emission
calculations
specified
in
§
1065.650.
If
you
do
not
continuously
record
these
values,
you
may
use
their
peak
values
observed
during
a
test
or
their
high
alarm
setpoints
as
constant
values
in
the
amount
of
water
calculations
specified
in
§
1065.645.
You
may
also
use
a
nominal
p
total,
which
you
may
estimate
as
the
dryer's
lowest
absolute
pressure
expected
during
testing.
If
it
is
valid
to
assume
the
degree
of
saturation
in
the
thermal
chiller,
you
may
calculate
T
dew
based
on
the
known
chiller
efficiency
and
continuous
monitoring
of
chiller
temperature,
T
chiller.
If
you
do
not
continuously
record
values
of
T
chiller,
you
may
use
its
peak
value
observed
during
a
test,
or
its
alarm
setpoint,
as
a
constant
value
to
determine
a
constant
amount
of
water
according
to
§
1065.645.
If
it
is
valid
to
assume
that
T
chiller
is
equal
to
T
dew,
you
may
use
T
chiller
in
lieu
of
T
dew
according
to
§
1065.645.
If
we
ask
for
it,
you
must
show
by
engineering
analysis
or
by
data
the
validity
of
any
assumptions
allowed
by
this
paragraph
(
d)(
2)(
ii).
(
3)
Sample
pumps.
You
may
use
sample
pumps
upstream
of
an
analyzer
or
storage
medium
for
any
gas.
Use
sample
pumps
with
inside
surfaces
of
300
series
stainless
steel,
PTFE,
or
any
other
material
that
you
demonstrate
has
better
properties
for
emission
sampling.
For
some
sample
pumps,
you
must
control
temperatures,
as
follows:
(
i)
If
you
use
a
NO
x
sample
pump
upstream
of
either
an
NO
2­
to­
NO
converter
that
meets
§
1065.378
or
a
chiller
that
meets
§
1065.376,
it
must
be
heated
to
prevent
aqueous
condensation.
(
ii)
For
testing
compression­
ignition
engines,
2­
stroke
spark­
ignition
engines,
or
4­
stroke
compression
ignition
engines
below
19
kW,
if
you
use
a
THC
sample
pump
upstream
of
a
THC
analyzer
or
storage
medium,
its
inner
surfaces
must
be
heated
to
a
tolerance
of
(
191
+
11)

C
(
e)
Optional
sample­
conditioning
components
for
PM
sampling.
You
may
use
the
following
sample­
conditioning
components
to
prepare
PM
samples
for
analysis,
as
long
you
do
not
install
or
use
them
in
a
way
that
adversely
affects
your
ability
to
show
that
your
engines
comply
with
the
applicable
PM
emission
standards.
You
may
condition
PM
samples
to
minimize
positive
and
negative
biases
to
PM
results,
as
follows:
(
1)
PM
preclassifier.
You
may
use
a
PM
preclassifier
to
remove
large­
diameter
particles.
The
PM
preclassifier
may
be
either
an
inertial
impactor
or
a
cyclonic
separator.
It
must
be
constructed
of
300
series
stainless
steel.
The
preclassifier
must
be
rated
to
remove
at
least
50
%
of
PM
at
an
aerodynamic
diameter
of
10
µ
m
and
no
more
than
1
%
of
PM
at
an
aerodynamic
diameter
of
1
µ
m
over
the
range
of
flow
rates
for
which
you
use
it.
Follow
the
preclassifier
manufacturer's
instructions
for
any
periodic
servicing
that
may
be
necessary
to
prevent
a
buildup
of
PM.
Install
the
preclassifier
in
the
dilution
system
downstream
of
the
last
dilution
stage.
Configure
the
preclassifier
outlet
with
a
means
of
bypassing
any
PM
sample
media
so
the
preclassifier
flow
may
be
stabilized
before
starting
a
test.
Locate
PM
sample
220
media
within
50
cm
downstream
of
the
preclassifier's
exit.
You
may
not
use
this
preclassifier
if
you
use
a
PM
probe
that
already
has
a
preclassifier.
For
example,
if
you
use
a
hat­
shaped
preclassifier
that
is
located
immediately
upstream
of
the
probe
in
such
a
way
that
it
forces
the
sample
flow
to
change
direction
before
entering
the
probe,
you
may
not
use
any
other
preclassifier
in
your
PM
sampling
system.
(
2)
Other
components.
You
may
request
to
use
other
PM
conditioning
components
upstream
of
a
PM
preclassifier,
such
as
components
that
condition
humidity
or
remove
gaseous­
phase
hydrocarbons
from
the
diluted
exhaust
stream.
You
may
use
such
components
only
if
we
approve
them
under
§
1065.10.

§
1065.150
Continuous
sampling.
You
may
use
continuous
sampling
techniques
for
measurements
that
involve
raw
or
dilute
sampling.
Make
sure
continuous
sampling
systems
meet
the
specifications
in
§
1065.145
of
this
part.
Make
sure
continuous
analyzers
meet
the
specifications
in
subparts
C
and
D
of
this
part.

§
1065.170
Batch
sampling
for
gaseous
and
PM
constituents.
Batch
sampling
involves
collecting
and
storing
emissions
for
later
analysis.
Examples
of
batch
sampling
include
collecting
and
storing
gaseous
emissions
in
a
bag
and
collecting
and
storing
PM
on
a
filter.
You
may
use
batch
sampling
to
store
emissions
that
have
been
diluted
at
least
once
in
some
way,
such
as
via
CVS,
PFD,
or
BMD.
You
may
use
batch­
sampling
to
store
undiluted
emissions
only
if
we
approve
it
as
an
alternate
procedure
under
§
1065.10.
(
a)
Sampling
methods.
For
batch
sampling,
extract
the
sample
at
a
rate
proportional
to
the
exhaust
flow.
If
you
extract
from
a
constant­
volume
flow
rate,
sample
at
a
constant­
volume
flow
rate.
If
you
extract
from
a
varying
flow
rate,
vary
the
sample
rate
in
proportion
to
the
varying
flow
rate.
Validate
proportional
sampling
after
an
emission
test
as
described
in
§
1065.545.
Use
storage
media
that
do
not
change
measured
emission
levels
(
either
up
or
down).
For
example,
do
not
use
sample
bags
for
storing
emissions
if
the
bags
are
permeable
with
respect
to
emissions
or
if
they
offgas
emissions.
As
another
example,
do
not
use
PM
filters
that
irreversibly
absorb
or
adsorb
gases.
(
b)
Gaseous
sample
storage
media.
Store
gas
volumes
in
sufficiently
clean
containers
that
minimally
off­
gas
or
allow
permeation
of
gases.
Use
good
engineering
judgment
to
determine
acceptable
thresholds
of
storage
media
cleanliness
and
permeation.
To
clean
a
container,
you
may
repeatedly
purge
and
evacuate
a
container
and
you
may
heat
it.
Use
a
flexible
container
(
such
as
a
bag)
within
a
temperature­
controlled
environment,
or
use
a
temperature
controlled
rigid
container
that
is
initially
evacuated
or
has
a
volume
that
can
be
displaced,
such
as
a
piston
and
cylinder
arrangement.
Use
containers
meeting
the
specifications
in
the
following
table,
noting
that
you
may
request
to
use
other
container
materials
under
§
1065.10:
221
Table
1
of
§
1065.170
 
Gaseous
Batch
Sampling
Container
Materials
Emissions
Engines
Compression­
ignition
Two­
stroke
spark
ignition
4­
stroke
spark­
ignition
<
19
kW
All
other
engines
CO,
CO
2,
O
2,
CH
4,
C
2
H
6,
C
3
H
8,
NO,
NO
2
1
Tedlar
 
,
2
Kynar
 
,
2
Teflon
 
,
3
or
300
series
stainless
steel
3
Tedlar
 
,
2
Kynar
 
,
2
Teflon
 
,
3
or
300
series
stainless
steel
3
THC,
NMHC
Teflon
 
4
or
300
series
stainless
steel
4
Tedlar
 
,
2
Kynar
 
,
2
Teflon
 
,
3
or
300
series
stainless
steel
3
1
as
long
as
you
prevent
aqueous
condensation
in
storage
container.
2
up
to
40

C.
3
up
to
202

C.
4
at
(
191
+
11)

C.

(
c)
PM
sample
media.
Apply
the
following
methods
for
sampling
particulate
emissions:
(
1)
If
you
use
filter­
based
sampling
media
to
extract
and
store
PM
for
measurement,
your
procedure
must
meet
the
following
specifications:
(
i)
If
you
expect
that
a
filter's
total
surface
concentration
of
PM
will
exceed
0.473
mm/
mm2
for
a
given
test
interval,
you
may
use
filter
media
with
a
minimum
initial
collection
efficiency
of
98
%;
otherwise
you
must
use
a
filter
media
with
a
minimum
initial
collection
efficiency
of
99.7
%.
Collection
efficiency
must
be
measured
as
described
in
ASTM
D
2986­
95a
(
incorporated
by
reference
in
§
1065.1010),
though
you
may
rely
on
the
sample­
media
manufacturer's
measurements
reflected
in
their
product
ratings
to
show
that
you
meet
applicable
requirements.
(
ii)
The
filter
must
be
circular,
with
an
overall
diameter
of
46.50
+
0.6
mm
and
an
exposed
diameter
of
at
least
38
mm.
See
the
cassette
specifications
in
paragraph
(
c)(
1)(
vi)
of
this
section.
(
iii)
We
highly
recommend
that
you
use
a
pure
PTFE
filter
material
that
does
not
have
any
flow­
through
support
bonded
to
the
back
and
has
an
overall
thickness
of
40
+
20
µ
m.
An
inert
polymer
ring
may
be
bonded
to
the
periphery
of
the
filter
material
for
support
and
for
sealing
between
the
filter
cassette
parts.
We
consider
Polymethylpentene
(
PMP)
and
PTFE
inert
materials
for
a
support
ring,
but
other
inert
materials
may
be
used.
See
the
cassette
specifications
in
paragraph
(
c)(
1)(
v)
of
this
section.
We
allow
the
use
of
PTFE­
coated
glass
fiber
filter
material,
as
long
as
this
filter
media
selection
does
not
affect
your
ability
to
demonstrate
compliance
with
the
applicable
standards,
which
we
base
on
a
pure
PTFE
filter
material.
Note
that
we
will
use
pure
PTFE
filter
material
for
compliance
testing,
and
we
may
require
you
to
use
pure
PTFE
filter
material
for
any
compliance
testing
we
require,
such
as
for
selective
enforcement
audits.
(
iv)
You
may
request
to
use
other
filter
materials
or
sizes
under
the
provisions
of
§
1065.10.
(
v)
To
minimize
turbulent
deposition
and
to
deposit
PM
evenly
on
a
filter,
use
a
12.5

(
from
center)
divergent
cone
angle
to
transition
from
the
transfer­
line
inside
diameter
to
the
exposed
diameter
of
the
filter
face.
Use
300
series
stainless
steel
for
this
transition.
222
(
vi)
Maintain
sample
velocity
at
the
filter
face
at
or
below
100
cm/
s,
where
filter
face
velocity
is
the
measured
volumetric
flow
rate
of
the
sample
at
the
pressure
and
temperature
upstream
of
the
filter
face,
divided
by
the
filter's
exposed
area.
(
vii)
Use
a
clean
cassette
designed
to
the
specifications
of
Figure
1
of
§
1065.170
and
made
of
any
of
the
following
materials:
Delrin
 
,
300
series
stainless
steel,
polycarbonate,
acrylonitrile­
butadiene­
styrene
(
ABS)
resin,
or
conductive
polypropylene.
We
recommend
that
you
keep
filter
cassettes
clean
by
periodically
washing
or
wiping
them
with
a
compatible
solvent
applied
using
a
lint­
free
cloth.
Depending
upon
your
cassette
material,
ethanol
(
C
2
H
5
OH)
might
be
an
acceptable
solvent.
Your
cleaning
frequency
will
depend
on
your
engine's
PM
and
HC
emissions.
(
viii)
If
you
store
filters
in
cassettes
in
an
automatic
PM
sampler,
cover
or
seal
individual
filter
cassettes
after
sampling
to
prevent
communication
of
semi­
volatile
matter
from
one
filter
to
another.
(
2)
You
may
use
other
PM
sample
media
that
we
approve
under
§
1065.10,
including
nonfiltering
techniques.
For
example,
you
might
deposit
PM
on
an
inert
substrate
that
collects
PM
using
electrostatic,
thermophoresis,
inertia,
diffusion,
or
some
other
deposition
mechanism,
as
approved.
223
[
NOTE
TO
PRINTER
 
INSERT
Figure
1
of
§
1065.170
HERE]
224
§
1065.190
PM­
stabilization
and
weighing
environments
for
gravimetric
analysis.
(
a)
This
section
describes
the
two
environments
required
to
stabilize
and
weigh
PM
for
gravimetric
analysis:
the
PM
stabilization
environment,
where
filters
are
stored
before
weighing;
and
the
weighing
environment,
where
the
balance
is
located.
The
two
environments
may
share
a
common
space.
These
volumes
may
be
one
or
more
rooms,
or
they
may
be
much
smaller,
such
as
a
glove
box
or
an
automated
weighing
system
consisting
of
one
or
more
countertop­
sized
environments.
(
b)
We
recommend
that
you
keep
both
the
stabilization
and
the
weighing
environments
free
of
ambient
contaminants,
such
as
dust,
aerosols,
or
semi­
volatile
material
that
could
contaminate
PM
samples.
We
recommend
that
these
environments
conform
with
an
"
as­
built"
Class
Six
clean
room
specification
according
to
ISO
14644­
1
(
incorporated
by
reference
in
§
1065.1010);
however,
we
also
recommend
that
you
deviate
from
ISO
14644­
1
as
necessary
to
minimize
air
motion
that
might
affect
weighing.
We
recommend
maximum
air­
supply
and
air­
return
velocities
of
0.05
m/
s
in
the
weighing
environment.
(
c)
Verify
the
cleanliness
of
the
PM­
stabilization
environment
using
reference
filters,
as
described
in
§
1065.390(
b).
(
d)
Maintain
the
following
ambient
conditions
within
the
two
environments
during
all
stabilization
and
weighing:
(
1)
Ambient
temperature
and
tolerances.
Maintain
the
weighing
environment
at
a
tolerance
of
(
22
+
1)

C.
If
the
two
environments
share
a
common
space,
maintain
both
environments
at
a
tolerance
of
(
22
+
1)

C.
If
they
are
separate,
maintain
the
stabilization
environment
at
a
tolerance
of
(
22
+
3)

C.
(
2)
Dewpoint.
Maintain
a
dewpoint
of
9.5

C
in
both
environments.
This
dewpoint
will
control
the
amount
of
water
associated
with
sulfuric
acid
(
H
2
SO
4)
PM,
such
that
1.1368
grams
of
water
will
be
associated
with
each
gram
of
H
2
SO
4.
(
3)
Dewpoint
tolerances.
If
the
expected
fraction
of
sulfuric
acid
in
PM
is
unknown,
we
recommend
controlling
dewpoint
at
within
+
1

C
tolerance.
This
would
limit
any
dewpointrelated
change
in
PM
to
less
than
+
2
%,
even
for
PM
that
is
50
%
sulfuric
acid.
If
you
know
your
expected
fraction
of
sulfuric
acid
in
PM,
we
recommend
that
you
select
an
appropriate
dewpoint
tolerance
for
showing
compliance
with
emission
standards
using
the
following
table
as
a
guide:

Table
1
of
§
1065.190
 
Dewpoint
tolerance
as
a
function
of
%
PM
change
and
%
sulfuric
acid
PM
Expected
sulfuric
acid
fraction
of
PM
+
0.5
%
PM
mass
+
1.0
%
PM
mass
+
2.0
%
PM
5
%
+
3.0

C
+
6.0

C
+
12

C
50
%
+
0.30

C
+
0.60

C
+
1.2

C
100
%
+
0.15

C
+
0.30

C
+
0.60

C
(
e)
Verify
the
following
ambient
conditions
using
measurement
instruments
that
meet
the
specifications
in
subpart
C
of
this
part:
225
(
1)
Continuously
measure
dewpoint
and
ambient
temperature.
Use
these
values
to
determine
if
the
stabilization
and
weighing
environments
have
remained
within
the
tolerances
specified
in
paragraph
(
c)
of
this
section
for
at
least
the
past
60
min.
We
recommend
that
you
provide
an
interlock
that
automatically
prevents
the
balance
from
reporting
values
if
either
of
the
environments
have
not
been
within
the
applicable
tolerances
for
the
past
60
min.

(
2)
Continuously
measure
atmospheric
pressure
within
the
weighing
environment.
You
may
use
a
shared
atmospheric
pressure
meter
as
long
as
you
can
show
that
your
equipment
for
handling
the
weighing
environment
air
maintains
ambient
pressure
at
the
balance
within
+
100
Pa
of
the
shared
atmospheric
pressure.
Provide
a
means
to
record
the
most
recent
atmospheric
pressure
when
you
weigh
each
PM
sample.
Use
this
value
to
calculate
the
PM
buoyancy
correction
in
§
1065.690.

(
f)
We
recommend
that
you
install
a
balance
as
follows:

(
1)
Install
the
balance
on
a
vibration­
isolation
platform
to
isolate
it
from
external
noise
and
vibration.

(
2)
Shield
the
balance
from
convective
airflow
with
a
static­
dissipating
draft
shield
that
is
electrically
grounded.

(
3)
Follow
the
balance
manufacturer's
specifications
for
all
preventive
maintenance.

(
4)
Operate
the
balance
manually
or
as
part
of
an
automated
weighing
system.

(
g)
Minimize
static
electric
charge
in
the
balance
environment,
as
follows:

(
1)
Electrically
ground
the
balance.

(
2)
Use
300
series
stainless
steel
tweezers
if
PM
samples
must
be
handled
manually.

(
3)
Ground
tweezers
with
a
grounding
strap,
or
provide
a
grounding
strap
for
the
operator
such
that
the
grounding
strap
shares
a
common
ground
with
the
balance.
Make
sure
grounding
straps
have
an
appropriate
resistor
to
protect
operators
from
accidental
shock.

(
4)
Provide
a
static­
electricity
neutralizer
that
is
electrically
grounded
in
common
with
the
balance
to
remove
static
charge
from
PM
samples,
as
follows:

(
i)
You
may
use
radioactive
neutralizers
such
as
a
Polonium
(
210Po)
source.
Replace
radioactive
sources
at
the
intervals
recommended
by
the
neutralizer
manufacturer.

(
ii)
You
may
use
other
neutralizers,
such
as
corona­
discharge
ionizers.
If
you
use
a
corona­
discharge
ionizer,
we
recommend
that
you
monitor
it
for
neutral
net
charge
according
to
the
ionizer
manufacturer's
recommendations.

(
5)
We
recommend
that
you
use
a
device
to
monitor
the
static
charge
of
PM
sample
media
surfaces.

(
6)
We
recommend
that
you
neutralize
PM
sample
media
to
within
+
2.0
V
of
neutral.

§
1065.195
PM­
stabilization
environment
for
in­
situ
analyzers.

(
a)
This
section
describes
the
environment
required
to
determine
PM
in­
situ.
For
in­
situ
analyzers,
such
as
an
inertial
balance,
this
is
the
environment
within
a
PM
sampling
system
that
surrounds
the
PM
sample
media.
This
is
typically
a
very
small
volume.

(
b)
Maintain
the
environment
free
of
ambient
contaminants,
such
as
dust,
aerosols,
or
semi­
volatile
material
that
could
contaminate
PM
samples.
Filter
all
air
used
for
stabilization
with
226
HEPA
filters.
Ensure
that
HEPA
filters
are
installed
properly
so
that
background
PM
does
not
leak
past
the
HEPA
filters.

(
c)
Maintain
the
following
thermodynamic
conditions
within
the
environment
before
measuring
PM:

(
1)
Ambient
temperature.
Select
a
nominal
ambient
temperature,
T
amb,
between
(
42
and
52)


C.
Maintain
the
ambient
temperature
within
+
1.0

C
of
the
selected
nominal
value.

(
2)
Dewpoint.
Select
a
dewpoint,
T
dew,
that
corresponds
to
T
amb
such
that
T
dew
=
(
0.95.
T
amb
­
11.40)

C.
The
resulting
dewpoint
will
control
the
amount
of
water
associated
with
sulfuric
acid
(
H
2
SO
4)
PM,
such
that
1.1368
grams
of
water
will
be
associated
with
each
gram
of
H
2
SO
4.
For
example,
if
you
select
a
nominal
ambient
temperature
of
47

C,
set
a
dewpoint
of
33.3

C.

(
3)
Dewpoint
tolerance.
If
the
expected
fraction
of
sulfuric
acid
in
PM
is
unknown,
we
recommend
controlling
dewpoint
within
+
1.0

C.
This
would
limit
any
dewpoint­
related
change
in
PM
to
less
than
+
2
%,
even
for
PM
that
is
50
%
sulfuric
acid.
If
you
know
your
expected
fraction
of
sulfuric
acid
in
PM,
we
recommend
that
you
select
an
appropriate
dewpoint
tolerance
for
showing
compliance
with
emission
standards
using
Table
1
of
§
1065.190
as
a
guide:

(
4)
Absolute
pressure.
Maintain
an
absolute
pressure
of
(
80.000
to
103.325)
kPa.
Use
good
engineering
judgment
to
maintain
a
more
stringent
tolerance
of
absolute
pressure
if
your
PM
measurement
instrument
requires
it.

(
d)
Continuously
measure
dewpoint,
temperature,
and
pressure
using
measurement
instruments
that
meet
the
PM­
stabilization
environment
specifications
in
subpart
C
of
this
part.
Use
these
values
to
determine
if
the
in­
situ
stabilization
environment
is
within
the
tolerances
specified
in
paragraph
(
c)
of
this
section.
Do
not
use
any
PM
quantities
that
are
recorded
when
any
of
these
parameters
exceed
the
applicable
tolerances.

(
e)
If
you
use
an
inertial
PM
balance,
we
recommend
that
you
install
it
as
follows:

(
1)
Isolate
the
balance
from
any
external
noise
and
vibration
that
is
within
a
frequency
range
that
could
affect
the
balance.

(
2)
Follow
the
balance
manufacturer's
specifications.

(
f)
If
static
electricity
affects
an
inertial
balance,
you
may
use
a
static
neutralizer,
as
follows:

(
1)
You
may
use
a
radioactive
neutralizer
such
as
a
Polonium
(
210Po)
source
or
a
Krypton
(
85Kr)
source.
Replace
radioactive
sources
at
the
intervals
recommended
by
the
neutralizer
manufacturer.

(
2)
You
may
use
other
neutralizers,
such
as
a
corona­
discharge
ionizer.
If
you
use
a
coronadischarge
ionizer,
we
recommend
that
you
monitor
it
for
neutral
net
charge
according
to
the
ionizer
manufacturer's
recommendations.

Subpart
C
 
Measurement
Instruments
227
§
1065.201
Overview
and
general
provisions.
(
a)
Scope.
This
subpart
specifies
measurement
instruments
and
associated
system
requirements
related
to
emission
testing
in
a
laboratory
and
in
the
field.
This
includes
laboratory
instruments
and
portable
emission
measurement
systems
(
PEMS)
for
measuring
engine
parameters,
ambient
conditions,
flow­
related
parameters,
and
emission
concentrations.

(
b)
Instrument
types.
You
may
use
any
of
the
specified
instruments
as
described
in
this
subpart
to
perform
emission
tests.
If
you
want
to
use
one
of
these
instruments
in
a
way
that
is
not
specified
in
this
subpart,
or
if
you
want
to
use
a
different
instrument,
you
must
first
get
us
to
approve
your
alternate
procedure
under
§
1065.10.
Where
we
specify
more
than
one
instrument
for
a
particular
measurement,
we
may
identify
which
instrument
serves
as
the
reference
for
showing
that
an
alternative
procedure
is
equivalent
to
the
specified
procedure.

(
c)
Measurement
systems.
Assemble
a
system
of
measurement
instruments
that
allows
you
to
show
that
your
engines
comply
with
the
applicable
emission
standards,
using
good
engineering
judgment.
When
selecting
instruments,
consider
how
conditions
such
as
vibration,
temperature,
pressure,
humidity,
viscosity,
specific
heat,
and
exhaust
composition
(
including
trace
concentrations)
may
affect
instrument
compatibility
and
performance.

(
d)
Redundant
systems.
For
all
measurement
instruments
described
in
this
subpart,
you
may
use
data
from
multiple
instruments
to
calculate
test
results
for
a
single
test.
If
you
use
redundant
systems,
use
good
engineering
judgment
to
use
multiple
measured
values
in
calculations
or
to
disregard
individual
measurements.
Note
that
you
must
keep
your
results
from
all
measurements,
as
described
in
§
1065.25.
This
requirements
applies
whether
or
not
you
actually
use
the
measurements
in
your
calculations.

(
e)
Range.
You
may
use
an
instrument's
response
above
100
%
of
its
operating
range
if
this
does
not
affect
your
ability
to
show
that
your
engines
comply
with
the
applicable
emission
standards.
Note
that
we
require
additional
testing
and
reporting
if
an
analyzer
responds
above
100
%
of
its
range.
See
§
1065.550.
Auto­
ranging
analyzers
do
not
require
additional
testing
or
reporting.

(
f)
Related
subparts
for
laboratory
testing.
Subpart
D
of
this
part
describes
how
to
evaluate
the
performance
of
the
measurement
instruments
in
this
subpart.
In
general,
if
an
instrument
is
specified
in
a
specific
section
of
this
subpart,
its
calibration
and
verifications
are
typically
specified
in
a
similarly
numbered
section
in
subpart
D
of
this
part.
For
example,
§
1065.290
gives
instrument
specifications
for
PM
balances
and
§
1065.390
describes
the
corresponding
calibrations
and
verifications.
Note
that
some
instruments
also
have
other
requirements
in
other
sections
of
subpart
D
of
this
part.
Subpart
B
of
this
part
identifies
specifications
for
other
types
of
equipment,
and
subpart
H
of
this
part
specifies
engine
fluids
and
analytical
gases.

(
g)
Field
testing
and
testing
with
PEMS.
Subpart
J
of
this
part
describes
how
to
use
these
and
other
measurement
instruments
for
field
testing
and
other
PEMS
testing.

§
1065.202
Data
updating,
recording,
and
control.

Your
test
system
must
be
able
to
update
data,
record
data
and
control
systems
related
to
operator
demand,
the
dynamometer,
sampling
equipment,
and
measurement
instruments.
Use
data
acquisition
and
control
systems
that
can
record
at
the
specified
minimum
frequencies,
as
follows:
228
Table
1
of
§
1065.202
 
Data
recording
and
control
minimum
frequencies
Applicable
Test
Protocol
Section
Measured
Values
Minimum
Command
and
Control
Frequency
Minimum
Recording
Frequency
§
1065.510
Speed
and
torque
during
a
an
engine
step­
map
1
Hz
1
mean
value
per
step
§
1065.510
Speed
and
torque
during
an
engine
sweep­
map
5
Hz
1
Hz
means
§
1065.514
§
1065.530
Transient
duty
cycle
reference
and
feedback
speeds
and
torques
5
Hz
1
Hz
means
§
1065.514
§
1065.530
Steady­
state
and
ramped­
modal
duty
cycle
reference
and
feedback
speeds
and
torques
1
Hz
1
Hz
§
1065.520
§
1065.530
§
1065.550
Continuous
concentrations
of
raw
or
dilute
analyzers
N/
A
1
Hz
§
1065.520
§
1065.530
§
1065.550
Batch
concentrations
of
raw
or
dilute
analyzers
N/
A
1
mean
value
per
test
interval
§
1065.530
§
1065.545
Diluted
exhaust
flow
rate
from
a
CVS
with
a
heat
exchanger
upstream
of
the
flow
measurement
N/
A
1
Hz
§
1065.530
§
1065.545
Diluted
exhaust
flow
rate
from
a
CVS
without
a
heat
exchanger
upstream
of
the
flow
measurement
5
Hz
1
Hz
means
§
1065.530
§
1065.545
Intake­
air
or
raw­
exhaust
flow
rate
N/
A
1
Hz
means
§
1065.530
§
1065.545
Dilution
air
if
actively
controlled
5
Hz
1
Hz
means
§
1065.530
§
1065.545
Sample
flow
from
a
CVS
that
has
a
heat
exchanger
1
Hz
1
Hz
§
1065.530
§
1065.545
Sample
flow
from
a
CVS
does
not
have
a
heat
exchanger
5
Hz
1
Hz
mean
§
1065.205
Performance
specifications
for
measurement
instruments.
Your
test
system
as
a
whole
must
meet
all
the
applicable
calibrations,
verifications,
and
testvalidation
criteria
specified
in
subparts
D
and
F
of
this
part
or
subpart
J
of
this
part
for
using
PEMS
and
for
performing
field
testing.
We
recommend
that
your
instruments
meet
the
specifications
in
Table
1
of
this
section
for
all
ranges
you
use
for
testing.
We
also
recommend
that
you
keep
any
documentation
you
receive
from
instrument
manufacturers
showing
that
your
instruments
meet
the
specifications
in
Table
1
of
this
section.
Table
1
of
§
1065.205
 
Recommended
performance
specifications
for
measurement
instruments
Measurement
Instrument
Measured
quantity
symbol
Complete
System
Rise
time
and
Fall
time
Recording
update
frequency
Accuracya
Repeatabilitya
Noisea
Engine
speed
transducer
f
n
1
s
1
Hz
means
2.0
%
of
pt.
or
0.5
%
of
max.
1.0
%
of
pt.
or
0.25
%
of
max.
0.05
%
of
max
Engine
torque
transducer
T
1
s
1
Hz
means
2.0
%
of
pt.
or
1.0
%
of
max.
1.0
%
of
pt.
or
0.5
%
of
max
0.05
%
of
max.

Electrical
work
(
active­
power
meter)
W
1
s
1
Hz
means
2.0
%
of
pt.
or
0.5
%
of
max.
1.0
%
of
pt.
or
0.25
%
of
max.
0.05
%
of
max
General
pressure
transducer
(
not
a
part
of
another
instrument)
p
5
s
1
Hz
2.0
%
of
pt.
or
1.0
%
of
max.
1.0
%
of
pt.
or
0.50
%
of
max.
0.1
%
of
max
Atmospheric
pressure
meter
used
for
PM­
stabilization
and
balance
environments
p
atmos
50
s
5
times
per
hour
50
Pa
25
Pa
5
Pa
General
purpose
atmospheric
pressure
meter
p
atmos
50
s
5
times
per
hour
250
Pa
100Pa
50
Pa
Temperature
sensor
for
PMstabilization
and
balance
environments
T
50
s
0.1
Hz
0.25
 
0.1
K
0.1
 
Other
temperature
sensor
(
not
a
part
of
another
instrument)
T
10
s
0.5
Hz
0.4
%
of
pt.
K
or
0.2
%
of
max.
K
0.2
%
of
pt.
K
or
0.1
%
of
max.
K
0.1
%
of
max
Dewpoint
sensor
for
PM­
stabilization
and
balance
environments
T
dew
50
s
0.1
Hz
0.25
K
0.1
 
0.02
 
Other
dewpoint
sensor
T
dew
50
s
0.1
Hz
1
 
0.5
 
0.1
 
Fuel
flow
meter
(
Fuel
totalizer
in
parentheses)
m

5
s
(
N/
A)
1
Hz
(
N/
A)
2.0
%
of
pt.
or
1.5
%
of
max.
1.0
%
of
pt.
or
0.75
%
of
max.
0.5
%
of
max.

Total
diluted
exhaust
meter
(
CVS)

(
With
heat
exchanger
before
meter)
n

1
s
(
5
s)
1
Hz
means
(
1
Hz)
2.0
%
of
pt.
or
1.5
%
of
max.
1.0
%
of
pt.
or
0.75
%
of
max.
1.0
%
of
max.

Dilution
air,
inlet
air,
exhaust,
and
sample
flow
meters
n

1
s
1
Hz
means
of
5
Hz
samples
2.5
%
of
pt.
or
1.5
%
of
max.
1.25
%
of
pt.
or
0.75
%
of
max.
1.0
%
of
max.

Continuous
gas
analyzer
x
5
s
1
Hz
2.0
%
of
pt.
or
2.0
%
of
meas.
1.0
%
of
pt.
or
1.0
%
of
meas.
1.0
%
of
max.

Batch
gas
analyzer
x
N/
A
N/
A
2.0
%
of
pt.
or
2.0
%
of
meas.
1.0
%
of
pt.
or
1.0
%
of
meas.
1.0
%
of
max.

Gravimetric
PM
balance
m
PM
N/
A
N/
A
See
§
1065.790
0.5
µ
g
N/
A
Inertial
PM
balance
m
PM
5
s
1
Hz
2.0
%
of
pt.
or
2.0
%
of
meas.
1.0
%
of
pt.
or
1.0
%
of
meas.
0.2
%
of
max.
230
a
Accuracy,
repeatability,
and
noise
are
all
determined
with
the
same
collected
data,
as
described
in
§
1065.305,
and
based
on
absolute
values.
"
pt."
refers
to
the
overall
flowweighted
mean
value
expected
at
the
standard;
"
max."
refers
to
the
peak
value
expected
at
the
standard
over
any
test
interval,
not
the
maximum
of
the
instrument's
range;

"
meas"
refers
to
the
actual
flow­
weighted
mean
measured
over
any
test
interval.
231
r
MEASUREMENT
OF
ENGINE
PARAMETERS
AND
AMBIENT
CONDITIONS
§
1065.210
Work
input
and
output
sensors.

(
a)
Application.
Use
instruments
as
specified
in
this
section
to
measure
work
inputs
and
outputs
during
engine
operation.
We
recommend
that
you
use
sensors,
transducers,
and
meters
that
meet
the
specifications
in
Table
1
of
§
1065.205.
Note
that
your
overall
systems
for
measuring
work
inputs
and
outputs
must
meet
the
linearity
verifications
in
§
1065.307.
We
recommend
that
you
measure
work
inputs
and
outputs
where
they
cross
the
system
boundary
as
shown
in
Figure
1
of
§
1065.210.
The
system
boundary
is
different
for
air­
cooled
engines
than
for
liquid­
cooled
engines.
If
you
choose
to
measure
work
before
or
after
a
work
conversion,
relative
to
the
system
boundary,
use
good
engineering
judgment
to
estimate
any
work­
conversion
losses
in
a
way
that
avoids
overestimation
of
total
work.
For
example,
if
it
is
impractical
to
instrument
the
shaft
of
an
exhaust
turbine
generating
electrical
work,
you
may
decide
to
measure
its
converted
electrical
work.
In
this
case,
divide
the
electrical
work
by
an
accurate
value
of
electrical
generator
efficiency
(
 <
1),
or
assume
an
efficiency
of
1
(
 =
1),
which
would
over­
estimate
brake­
specific
emissions.
Do
not
underestimate
the
generator's
efficiency
because
this
would
result
in
an
underestimation
of
brake­
specific
emissions.
In
all
cases,
ensure
that
you
are
able
to
accurately
demonstrate
compliance
with
the
applicable
standards.
232
[
NOTE
TO
PRINTER
 
INSERT
Figure
1
of
§
1065.210
HERE]
233
(
b)
Shaft
work.
Use
speed
and
torque
transducer
outputs
to
calculate
total
work
according
to
§
1065.650.

(
1)
Speed.
Use
a
magnetic
or
optical
shaft­
position
detector
with
a
resolution
of
at
least
60
counts
per
revolution,
in
combination
with
a
frequency
counter
that
rejects
common­
mode
noise.

(
2)
Torque.
You
may
use
a
variety
of
methods
to
determine
engine
torque.
As
needed,
and
based
on
good
engineering
judgment,
compensate
for
torque
induced
by
the
inertia
of
accelerating
and
decelerating
components
connected
to
the
flywheel,
such
as
the
drive
shaft
and
dynamometer
rotor.
Use
any
of
the
following
methods
to
determine
engine
torque:

(
i)
Measure
torque
by
mounting
a
strain
gage
or
similar
instrument
in­
line
between
the
engine
and
dynamometer.

(
ii)
Measure
torque
by
mounting
a
strain
gage
or
similar
instrument
on
a
lever
arm
connected
to
the
dynamometer
housing.

(
iii)
Calculate
torque
from
internal
dynamometer
signals,
such
as
armature
current,
as
long
as
you
calibrate
this
measurement
as
described
in
§
1065.310.

(
c)
Electrical
work.
Use
a
watt­
hour
meter
output
to
calculate
total
work
according
to
§
1065.650.
Use
a
watt­
hour
meter
that
outputs
active
power
(
kW).
Watt­
hour
meters
typically
combine
a
Wheatstone
bridge
voltmeter
and
a
Hall­
effect
clamp­
on
ammeter
into
a
single
microprocessor­
based
instrument
that
analyzes
and
outputs
several
parameters,
such
as
alternating
or
direct
current
voltage
(
V),
current
(
A),
power
factor
(
pf),
apparent
power
(
VA),
reactive
power
(
VAR),
and
active
power
(
W).

(
d)
Pump,
compressor
or
turbine
work.
Use
pressure
transducer
and
flow­
meter
outputs
to
calculate
total
work
according
to
§
1065.650.
For
flow
meters,
see
§
1065.220
through
§
1065.248.

§
1065.215
Pressure
transducers,
temperature
sensors,
and
dewpoint
sensors.

(
a)
Application.
Use
instruments
as
specified
in
this
section
to
measure
pressure,
temperature,
and
dewpoint.

(
b)
Component
requirements.
We
recommend
that
you
use
pressure
transducers,
temperature
sensors,
and
dewpoint
sensors
that
meet
the
specifications
in
Table
1
of
§
1065.205.
Note
that
your
overall
systems
for
measuring
pressure,
temperature,
and
dewpoint
must
meet
the
calibration
and
verifications
in
§
1065.315.

(
c)
Temperature.
For
PM­
balance
environments
or
other
precision
temperature
measurements
over
a
narrow
temperature
range,
we
recommend
thermistors.
For
other
applications
we
recommend
thermocouples
that
are
not
grounded
to
the
thermocouple
sheath.
You
may
use
other
temperature
sensors,
such
as
resistive
temperature
detectors
(
RTDs).

(
d)
Pressure.
Pressure
transducers
must
be
located
in
a
temperature­
controlled
environment,
or
they
must
compensate
for
temperature
changes
over
their
expected
operating
range.
Transducer
materials
must
be
compatible
with
the
fluid
being
measured.
For
atmospheric
pressure
or
other
precision
pressure
measurements,
we
recommend
either
capacitance­
type,
quartz
crystal,
or
laserinterferometer
transducers.
For
other
applications,
we
recommend
either
strain
gage
or
capacitance­
type
pressure
transducers.
You
may
use
other
pressure­
measurement
instruments,
such
as
manometers,
where
appropriate.
234
(
e)
Dewpoint.
For
PM­
stabilization
environments,
we
recommend
chilled­
surface
hygrometers.
For
other
applications,
we
recommend
thin­
film
capacitance
sensors.
You
may
use
other
dewpoint
sensors,
such
as
a
wet­
bulb/
dry­
bulb
psychrometer,
where
appropriate.

FLOW­
RELATED
MEASUREMENTS
§
1065.220
Fuel
flow
meter.
(
a)
Application.
You
may
use
fuel
flow
in
combination
with
a
chemical
balance
of
carbon
(
or
oxygen)
between
the
fuel,
inlet
air,
and
raw
exhaust
to
calculate
raw
exhaust
flow
as
described
in
§
1065.650,
as
follows:

(
1)
Use
the
actual
value
of
calculated
raw
exhaust
flow
rate
in
the
following
cases:

(
i)
For
multiplying
raw
exhaust
flow
rate
with
continuously
sampled
concentrations.

(
ii)
For
multiplying
total
raw
exhaust
flow
with
batch­
sampled
concentrations.

(
2)
In
the
following
cases,
you
may
use
a
fuel
flow
meter
signal
that
does
not
give
the
actual
value
of
raw
exhaust,
as
long
as
it
is
linearly
proportional
to
the
exhaust
molar
flow
rate's
actual
calculated
value:

(
i)
For
feedback
control
of
a
proportional
sampling
system,
such
as
a
partial­
flow
dilution
system.

(
ii)
For
multiplying
with
continuously
sampled
gas
concentrations,
if
the
same
signal
is
used
in
a
chemical­
balance
calculation
to
determine
work
from
brake­
specific
fuel
consumption
and
fuel
consumed.

(
b)
Component
requirements.
We
recommend
that
you
use
a
fuel
flow
meter
that
meets
the
specifications
in
Table
1
of
§
1065.205.
We
recommend
a
fuel
flow
meter
that
measures
mass
directly,
such
as
one
that
relies
on
gravimetric
or
inertial
measurement
principles.
This
may
involve
using
a
meter
with
one
or
more
scales
for
weighing
fuel
or
using
a
Coriolis
meter.
Note
that
your
overall
system
for
measuring
fuel
flow
must
meet
the
linearity
verification
in
§
1065.307
and
the
calibration
and
verifications
in
§
1065.320.

(
c)
Recirculating
fuel.
In
any
fuel­
flow
measurement,
account
for
any
fuel
that
bypasses
the
engine
or
returns
from
the
engine
to
the
fuel
storage
tank.

(
d)
Flow
conditioning.
For
any
type
of
fuel
flow
meter,
condition
the
flow
as
needed
to
prevent
wakes,
eddies,
circulating
flows,
or
flow
pulsations
from
affecting
the
accuracy
or
repeatability
of
the
meter.
You
may
accomplish
this
by
using
a
sufficient
length
of
straight
tubing
(
such
as
a
length
equal
to
at
least
10
pipe
diameters)
or
by
using
specially
designed
tubing
bends,
straightening
fins,
or
pneumatic
pulsation
dampeners
to
establish
a
steady
and
predictable
velocity
profile
upstream
of
the
meter.

§
1065.225
Intake­
air
flow
meter.
(
a)
Application.
You
may
use
an
intake­
air
flow
meter
in
combination
with
a
chemical
balance
of
carbon
(
or
oxygen)
between
the
fuel,
inlet
air,
and
raw
exhaust
to
calculate
raw
exhaust
flow
as
described
in
§
1065.650,
as
follows:

(
1)
Use
the
actual
value
of
calculated
raw
exhaust
in
the
following
cases:

(
i)
For
multiplying
raw
exhaust
flow
rate
with
continuously
sampled
concentrations.

(
ii)
For
multiplying
total
raw
exhaust
flow
with
batch­
sampled
concentrations.
235
(
2)
In
the
following
cases,
you
may
use
an
intake­
air
flow
meter
signal
that
does
not
give
the
actual
value
of
raw
exhaust,
as
long
as
it
is
linearly
proportional
to
the
exhaust
flow
rate's
actual
calculated
value:

(
i)
For
feedback
control
of
a
proportional
sampling
system,
such
as
a
partial­
flow
dilution
system.

(
ii)
For
multiplying
with
continuously
sampled
gas
concentrations,
if
the
same
signal
is
used
in
a
chemical­
balance
calculation
to
determine
work
from
brake­
specific
fuel
consumption
and
fuel
consumed.

(
b)
Component
requirements.
We
recommend
that
you
use
an
intake­
air
flow
meter
that
meets
the
specifications
in
Table
1
of
§
1065.205.
This
may
include
a
laminar
flow
element,
an
ultrasonic
flow
meter,
a
subsonic
venturi,
a
thermal­
mass
meter,
an
averaging
Pitot
tube,
or
a
hot­
wire
anemometer.
Note
that
your
overall
system
for
measuring
intake­
air
flow
must
meet
the
linearity
verification
in
§
1065.307
and
the
calibration
in
§
1065.325.

(
c)
Flow
conditioning.
For
any
type
of
intake­
air
flow
meter,
condition
the
flow
as
needed
to
prevent
wakes,
eddies,
circulating
flows,
or
flow
pulsations
from
affecting
the
accuracy
or
repeatability
of
the
meter.
You
may
accomplish
this
by
using
a
sufficient
length
of
straight
tubing
(
such
as
a
length
equal
to
at
least
10
pipe
diameters)
or
by
using
specially
designed
tubing
bends,
orifice
plates
or
straightening
fins
to
establish
a
predictable
velocity
profile
upstream
of
the
meter.

§
1065.230
Raw
exhaust
flow
meter.

(
a)
Application.
You
may
use
measured
raw
exhaust
flow,
as
follows:

(
1)
Use
the
actual
value
of
calculated
raw
exhaust
in
the
following
cases:

(
i)
Multiply
raw
exhaust
flow
rate
with
continuously
sampled
concentrations.

(
ii)
Multiply
total
raw
exhaust
with
batch
sampled
concentrations.

(
2)
In
the
following
cases,
you
may
use
a
raw
exhaust
flow
meter
signal
that
does
not
give
the
actual
value
of
raw
exhaust,
as
long
as
it
is
linearly
proportional
to
the
exhaust
flow
rate's
actual
calculated
value:

(
i)
For
feedback
control
of
a
proportional
sampling
system,
such
as
a
partial­
flow
dilution
system.

(
ii)
For
multiplying
with
continuously
sampled
gas
concentrations,
if
the
same
signal
is
used
in
a
chemical­
balance
calculation
to
determine
work
from
brake­
specific
fuel
consumption
and
fuel
consumed.

(
b)
Component
requirements.
We
recommend
that
you
use
a
raw­
exhaust
flow
meter
that
meets
the
specifications
in
Table
1
of
§
1065.205.
This
may
involve
using
an
ultrasonic
flow
meter,
a
subsonic
venturi,
an
averaging
Pitot
tube,
a
hot­
wire
anemometer,
or
other
measurement
principle.
This
would
generally
not
involve
a
laminar
flow
element
or
a
thermal­
mass
meter.
Note
that
your
overall
system
for
measuring
raw
exhaust
flow
must
meet
the
linearity
verification
in
§
1065.307
and
the
calibration
and
verifications
in
§
1065.330.
Any
raw­
exhaust
meter
must
be
designed
to
appropriately
compensate
for
changes
in
the
raw
exhaust's
thermodynamic,
fluid,
and
compositional
states.

(
c)
Flow
conditioning.
For
any
type
of
raw
exhaust
flow
meter,
condition
the
flow
as
needed
to
prevent
wakes,
eddies,
circulating
flows,
or
flow
pulsations
from
affecting
the
accuracy
or
repeatability
of
the
meter.
You
may
accomplish
this
by
using
a
sufficient
length
of
straight
tubing
(
such
as
a
length
equal
to
at
least
10
pipe
diameters)
or
by
using
specially
designed
tubing
bends,
orifice
plates
or
straightening
fins
to
establish
a
predictable
velocity
profile
upstream
of
the
meter.
236
(
d)
Exhaust
cooling.
You
may
cool
raw
exhaust
upstream
of
a
raw­
exhaust
flow
meter,
as
long
as
you
observe
all
the
following
provisions:

(
1)
Do
not
sample
PM
downstream
of
the
cooling.

(
2)
If
cooling
causes
exhaust
temperatures
above
202

C
to
decrease
to
below
180

C,
do
not
sample
NMHC
downstream
of
the
cooling
for
compression­
ignition
engines,
2­
stroke
sparkignition
engines,
and
4­
stroke
spark
ignition
engines
below
19
kW.

(
3)
If
cooling
causes
aqueous
condensation,
do
not
sample
NO
x
downstream
of
the
cooling
unless
the
cooler
meets
the
performance
verification
in
§
1065.376.

(
4)
If
cooling
causes
aqueous
condensation
before
the
flow
reaches
a
flow
meter,
measure
dewpoint,
T
dew
and
pressure,
p
total
at
the
flow
meter
inlet.
Use
these
values
in
emission
calculations
according
to
§
1065.650.

§
1065.240
Dilution
air
and
diluted
exhaust
flow
meters.

(
a)
Application.
Use
a
diluted
exhaust
flow
meter
to
determine
instantaneous
diluted
exhaust
flow
rates
or
total
diluted
exhaust
flow
over
a
test
interval.
You
may
use
the
difference
between
a
diluted
exhaust
flow
meter
and
a
dilution
air
meter
to
calculate
raw
exhaust
flow
rates
or
total
raw
exhaust
flow
over
a
test
interval.

(
b)
Component
requirements.
We
recommend
that
you
use
a
diluted
exhaust
flow
meter
that
meets
the
specifications
in
Table
1
of
§
1065.205.
Note
that
your
overall
system
for
measuring
diluted
exhaust
flow
must
meet
the
linearity
verification
in
§
1065.307
and
the
calibration
and
verifications
in
§
1065.340
and
§
1065.341.
You
may
use
the
following
meters:

(
1)
For
constant­
volume
sampling
(
CVS)
of
the
total
flow
of
diluted
exhaust,
you
may
use
a
critical­
flow
venturi
(
CFV)
or
multiple
critical­
flow
venturis
arranged
in
parallel,
a
positivedisplacement
pump
(
PDP),
a
subsonic
venturi
(
SSV),
or
an
ultrasonic
flow
meter
(
UFM).
Combined
with
an
upstream
heat
exchanger,
either
a
CFV
or
a
PDP
will
also
function
as
a
passive
flow
controller
in
a
CVS
system.
However,
you
may
also
combine
any
flow
meter
with
any
active
flow
control
system
to
maintain
proportional
sampling
of
exhaust
constituents.
You
may
control
the
total
flow
of
diluted
exhaust,
or
one
or
more
sample
flows,
or
a
combination
of
these
flow
controls
to
maintain
proportional
sampling.

(
2)
For
any
other
dilution
system,
you
may
use
a
laminar
flow
element,
an
ultrasonic
flow
meter,
a
subsonic
venturi,
a
critical­
flow
venturi
or
multiple
critical­
flow
venturis
arranged
in
parallel,
a
positive­
displacement
meter,
a
thermal­
mass
meter,
an
averaging
Pitot
tube,
or
a
hot­
wire
anemometer.

(
c)
Flow
conditioning.
For
any
type
of
diluted
exhaust
flow
meter,
condition
the
flow
as
needed
to
prevent
wakes,
eddies,
circulating
flows,
or
flow
pulsations
from
affecting
the
accuracy
or
repeatability
of
the
meter.
For
some
meters,
you
may
accomplish
this
by
using
a
sufficient
length
of
straight
tubing
(
such
as
a
length
equal
to
at
least
10
pipe
diameters)
or
by
using
specially
designed
tubing
bends,
orifice
plates
or
straightening
fins
to
establish
a
predictable
velocity
profile
upstream
of
the
meter.

(
d)
Exhaust
cooling.
You
may
cool
diluted
exhaust
upstream
of
a
raw­
exhaust
flow
meter,
as
long
as
you
observe
all
the
following
provisions:

(
1)
Do
not
sample
PM
downstream
of
the
cooling.

(
2)
If
cooling
causes
exhaust
temperatures
above
202

C
to
decrease
to
below
180

C,
do
not
sample
NMHC
downstream
of
the
cooling
for
compression­
ignition
engines,
2­
stroke
sparkignition
engines,
and
4­
stroke
spark
ignition
engines
below
19
kW.
237
(
3)
If
cooling
causes
aqueous
condensation,
do
not
sample
NO
x
downstream
of
the
cooling
unless
the
cooler
meets
the
performance
verification
in
§
1065.376.

(
4)
If
cooling
causes
aqueous
condensation
before
the
flow
reaches
a
flow
meter,
measure
dewpoint,
T
dew
and
pressure,
p
total
at
the
flow
meter
inlet.
Use
these
values
in
emission
calculations
according
to
§
1065.650.

§
1065.245
Sample
flow
meter
for
batch
sampling.

(
a)
Application.
Use
a
sample
flow
meter
to
determine
sample
flow
rates
or
total
flow
sampled
into
a
batch
sampling
system
over
a
test
interval.
You
may
use
the
difference
between
a
diluted
exhaust
sample
flow
meter
and
a
dilution
air
meter
to
calculate
raw
exhaust
flow
rates
or
total
raw
exhaust
flow
over
a
test
interval.

(
b)
Component
requirements.
We
recommend
that
you
use
a
sample
flow
meter
that
meets
the
specifications
in
Table
1
of
§
1065.205.
This
may
involve
a
laminar
flow
element,
an
ultrasonic
flow
meter,
a
subsonic
venturi,
a
critical­
flow
venturi
or
multiple
critical­
flow
venturis
arranged
in
parallel,
a
positive­
displacement
meter,
a
thermal­
mass
meter,
an
averaging
Pitot
tube,
or
a
hotwire
anemometer.
Note
that
your
overall
system
for
measuring
sample
flow
must
meet
the
linearity
verification
in
§
1065.307.
For
the
special
case
where
CFVs
are
used
for
both
the
diluted
exhaust
and
sample­
flow
measurements
and
their
upstream
pressures
and
temperatures
remain
similar
during
testing,
you
do
not
have
to
quantify
the
flow
rate
of
the
sample­
flow
CFV.
In
this
special
case,
the
sample­
flow
CFV
inherently
flow­
weights
the
batch
sample
relative
to
the
diluted
exhaust
CFV.

(
c)
Flow
conditioning.
For
any
type
of
sample
flow
meter,
condition
the
flow
as
needed
to
prevent
wakes,
eddies,
circulating
flows,
or
flow
pulsations
from
affecting
the
accuracy
or
repeatability
of
the
meter.
For
some
meters,
you
may
accomplish
this
by
using
a
sufficient
length
of
straight
tubing
(
such
as
a
length
equal
to
at
least
10
pipe
diameters)
or
by
using
specially
designed
tubing
bends,
orifice
plates
or
straightening
fins
to
establish
a
predictable
velocity
profile
upstream
of
the
meter.

§
1065.248
Gas
divider.
(
a)
Application.
You
may
use
a
gas
divider
to
blend
calibration
gases.

(
b)
Component
requirements.
Use
a
gas
divider
that
blends
gases
to
the
specifications
of
§
1065.750
and
to
the
flow­
weighted
concentrations
expected
during
testing.
You
may
use
critical­
flow
gas
dividers,
capillary­
tube
gas
dividers,
or
thermal­
mass­
meter
gas
dividers.
Note
that
your
overall
gas­
divider
system
must
meet
the
linearity
verification
in
§
1065.307.

CO
AND
CO
2
MEASUREMENTS
§
1065.250
Nondispersive
infra­
red
analyzer.

(
a)
Application.
Use
a
nondispersive
infra­
red
(
NDIR)
analyzer
to
measure
CO
and
CO
2
concentrations
in
raw
or
diluted
exhaust
for
either
batch
or
continuous
sampling.

(
b)
Component
requirements.
We
recommend
that
you
use
an
NDIR
analyzer
that
meets
the
specifications
in
Table
1
of
§
1065.205.
Note
that
your
NDIR­
based
system
must
meet
the
calibration
and
verifications
in
§
1065.350
and
§
1065.355
and
it
must
also
meet
the
linearity
verification
in
§
1065.307.
You
may
use
an
NDIR
analyzer
that
has
compensation
algorithms
that
are
functions
of
other
gaseous
measurements
and
the
engine's
known
or
assumed
fuel
properties.
238
The
target
value
for
any
compensation
algorithm
is
0.0
%
(
that
is,
no
bias
high
and
no
bias
low),
regardless
of
the
uncompensated
signal's
bias.

HYDROCARBON
MEASUREMENTS
§
1065.260
Flame
ionization
detector.
(
a)
Application.
Use
a
flame
ionization
detector
(
FID)
analyzer
to
measure
hydrocarbon
concentrations
in
raw
or
diluted
exhaust
for
either
batch
or
continuous
sampling.
Determine
hydrocarbon
concentrations
on
a
carbon
number
basis
of
one,
C
1.
Determine
methane
and
nonmethane
hydrocarbon
values
as
described
in
paragraph
(
e)
of
this
section.
See
subpart
I
of
this
part
for
special
provisions
that
apply
to
measuring
hydrocarbons
when
testing
with
oxygenated
fuels.

(
b)
Component
requirements.
We
recommend
that
you
use
a
FID
analyzer
that
meets
the
specifications
in
Table
1
of
§
1065.205.
Note
that
your
FID­
based
system
for
measuring
THC,
THCE,
or
CH
4
must
meet
all
of
the
verifications
for
hydrocarbon
measurement
in
subpart
D
of
this
part,
and
it
must
also
meet
the
linearity
verification
in
§
1065.307.
You
may
use
a
FID
that
has
compensation
algorithms
that
are
functions
of
other
gaseous
measurements
and
the
engine's
known
or
assumed
fuel
properties.
The
target
value
for
any
compensation
algorithm
is
0.0
%
(
that
is,
no
bias
high
and
no
bias
low),
regardless
of
the
uncompensated
signal's
bias.

(
c)
Heated
FID
analyzers.
For
diesel­
fueled
engines,
two­
stroke
spark­
ignition
engines,
and
fourstroke
spark­
ignition
engines
below
19
kW,
you
must
use
heated
FID
analyzers
that
maintain
all
surfaces
that
are
exposed
to
emissions
at
a
temperature
of
(
191
+
11)

C.

(
d)
FID
fuel
and
burner
air.
Use
FID
fuel
and
burner
air
that
meet
the
specifications
of
§
1065.750.
Do
not
allow
the
FID
fuel
and
burner
air
to
mix
before
entering
the
FID
analyzer
to
ensure
that
the
FID
analyzer
operates
with
a
diffusion
flame
and
not
a
premixed
flame.

(
e)
Methane.
FID
analyzers
measure
total
hydrocarbons
(
THC).
To
determine
nonmethane
hydrocarbons
(
NMHC),
quantify
methane,
CH
4,
either
with
a
nonmethane
cutter
and
a
FID
analyzer
as
described
in
§
1065.265,
or
with
a
gas
chromatograph
as
described
in
§
1065.267.
Instead
of
measuring
methane,
you
may
assume
that
2
%
of
measured
total
hydrocarbons
is
methane,
as
described
in
§
1065.660.
For
a
FID
analyzer
used
to
determine
NMHC,
determine
its
response
factor
to
CH
4,
RF
CH4,
as
described
in
§
1065.360.
Note
that
NMHC­
related
calculations
are
described
in
§
1065.660.

§
1065.265
Nonmethane
cutter.

(
a)
Application.
You
may
use
a
nonmethane
cutter
to
measure
CH
4
with
a
FID
analyzer.
A
nonmethane
cutter
oxidizes
all
nonmethane
hydrocarbons
to
CO
2
and
H
2
O.
You
may
use
a
nonmethane
cutter
for
raw
or
diluted
exhaust
for
batch
or
continuous
sampling.

(
b)
System
performance.
Determine
nonmethane­
cutter
performance
as
described
in
§
1065.365
and
use
the
results
to
calculate
NMHC
emission
in
§
1065.660.

(
c)
Configuration.
Configure
the
nonmethane
cutter
with
a
bypass
line
for
the
verification
described
in
§
1065.365.

(
d)
Optimization.
You
may
optimize
a
nonmethane
cutter
to
maximize
the
penetration
of
CH
4
and
the
oxidation
of
all
other
hydrocarbons.
You
may
humidify
a
sample
and
you
may
dilute
a
sample
with
purified
air
or
oxygen
(
O
2)
upstream
of
the
nonmethane
cutter
to
optimize
its
performance.
You
must
account
for
any
sample
humidification
and
dilution
in
emission
calculations.
239
§
1065.267
Gas
chromatograph.

(
a)
Application.
You
may
use
a
gas
chromatograph
to
measure
CH
4
concentrations
of
diluted
exhaust
for
batch
sampling.
While
you
may
also
use
a
nonmethane
cutter
to
measure
CH
4,
as
described
in
§
1065.265,
use
a
reference
procedure
based
on
a
gas
chromatograph
for
comparison
with
any
proposed
alternate
measurement
procedure
under
§
1065.10.

(
b)
Component
requirements.
We
recommend
that
you
use
a
gas
chromatograph
that
meets
the
specifications
in
Table
1
of
§
1065.205,
and
it
must
also
meet
the
linearity
verification
in
§
1065.307.

NO
X
MEASUREMENTS
§
1065.270
Chemiluminescent
detector.

(
a)
Application.
You
may
use
a
chemiluminescent
detector
(
CLD)
to
measure
NO
x
concentration
in
raw
or
diluted
exhaust
for
batch
or
continuous
sampling.
We
generally
accept
a
CLD
for
NO
x
measurement,
even
though
it
measures
only
NO
and
NO
2,
when
coupled
with
an
NO
2­
to­
NO
converter,
since
conventional
engines
and
aftertreatment
systems
do
not
emit
significant
amounts
of
NO
x
species
other
than
NO
and
NO
2.
Measure
other
NO
x
species
if
required
by
the
standardsetting
part.
While
you
may
also
use
other
instruments
to
measure
NO
x,
as
described
in
§
1065.272,
use
a
reference
procedure
based
on
a
chemiluminescent
detector
for
comparison
with
any
proposed
alternate
measurement
procedure
under
§
1065.10.

(
b)
Component
requirements.
We
recommend
that
you
use
a
CLD
that
meets
the
specifications
in
Table
1
of
§
1065.205.
Note
that
your
CLD­
based
system
must
meet
the
quench
verification
in
§
1065.370
and
it
must
also
meet
the
linearity
verification
in
§
1065.307.
You
may
use
a
heated
or
unheated
CLD,
and
you
may
use
a
CLD
that
operates
at
atmospheric
pressure
or
under
a
vacuum.
You
may
use
a
CLD
that
has
compensation
algorithms
that
are
functions
of
other
gaseous
measurements
and
the
engine's
known
or
assumed
fuel
properties.
The
target
value
for
any
compensation
algorithm
is
0.0
%
(
that
is,
no
bias
high
and
no
bias
low),
regardless
of
the
uncompensated
signal's
bias.

(
c)
NO
2­
to­
NO
converter.
Place
upstream
of
the
CLD
an
internal
or
external
NO
2­
to­
NO
converter
that
meets
the
verification
in
§
1065.378.
Configure
the
converter
with
a
bypass
to
facilitate
this
verification.

(
d)
Humidity
effects.
You
must
maintain
all
CLD
temperatures
to
prevent
aqueous
condensation.
To
remove
humidity
from
a
sample
upstream
of
a
CLD,
use
one
of
the
following
configurations:

(
1)
Connect
a
CLD
downstream
of
any
dryer
or
chiller
that
is
downstream
of
an
NO
2­
to­
NO
converter
that
meets
the
verification
in
§
1065.378.

(
2)
Connect
a
CLD
downstream
of
any
dryer
or
thermal
chiller
that
meets
the
verification
in
§
1065.376.

(
e)
Response
time.
You
may
use
a
heated
CLD
to
improve
CLD
response
time.

§
1065.272
Nondispersive
ultraviolet
analyzer.
(
a)
Application.
You
may
use
a
nondispersive
ultraviolet
(
NDUV)
analyzer
to
measure
NO
x
concentration
in
raw
or
diluted
exhaust
for
batch
or
continuous
sampling.
We
generally
accept
an
NDUV
for
NO
x
measurement,
even
though
it
measures
only
NO
and
NO
2,
since
conventional
240
engines
and
aftertreatment
systems
do
not
emit
significant
amounts
of
other
NO
x
species.
Measure
other
NO
x
species
if
required
by
the
standard­
setting
part.

(
b)
Component
requirements.
We
recommend
that
you
use
an
NDUV
analyzer
that
meets
the
specifications
in
Table
1
of
§
1065.205.
Note
that
your
NDUV­
based
system
must
meet
the
verifications
in
§
1065.372
and
it
must
also
meet
the
linearity
verification
in
§
1065.307.
You
may
use
a
NDUV
analyzer
that
has
compensation
algorithms
that
are
functions
of
other
gaseous
measurements
and
the
engine's
known
or
assumed
fuel
properties.
The
target
value
for
any
compensation
algorithm
is
0.0
%
(
that
is,
no
bias
high
and
no
bias
low),
regardless
of
the
uncompensated
signal's
bias.

(
c)
NO
2­
to­
NO
converter.
If
your
NDUV
analyzer
measures
only
NO,
place
upstream
of
the
NDUV
analyzer
an
internal
or
external
NO
2­
to­
NO
converter
that
meets
the
verification
in
§
1065.378.
Configure
the
converter
with
a
bypass
to
facilitate
this
verification.

(
d)
Humidity
effects.
You
must
maintain
NDUV
temperature
to
prevent
aqueous
condensation,
unless
you
use
one
of
the
following
configurations:

(
1)
Connect
an
NDUV
downstream
of
any
dryer
or
chiller
that
is
downstream
of
an
NO
2­
to­
NO
converter
that
meets
the
verification
in
§
1065.378.

(
2)
Connect
an
NDUV
downstream
of
any
dryer
or
thermal
chiller
that
meets
the
verification
in
§
1065.376.

O
2
MEASUREMENTS
§
1065.280
Paramagnetic
and
magnetopneumatic
O2
detection
analyzers.

(
a)
Application.
You
may
use
a
paramagnetic
detection
(
PMD)
or
magnetopneumatic
detection
MPD)
analyzer
to
measure
O
2
concentration
in
raw
or
diluted
exhaust
for
batch
or
continuous
sampling.
You
may
use
O
2
measurements
with
intake
air
or
fuel
flow
measurements
to
calculate
exhaust
flow
rate
according
to
§
1065.650.

(
b)
Component
requirements.
We
recommend
that
you
use
a
PMD/
MPD
analyzer
that
meets
the
specifications
in
Table
1
of
§
1065.205.
Note
that
it
must
meet
the
linearity
verification
in
§
1065.307.
You
may
use
a
PMD/
MPD
that
has
compensation
algorithms
that
are
functions
of
other
gaseous
measurements
and
the
engine's
known
or
assumed
fuel
properties.
The
target
value
for
any
compensation
algorithm
is
0.0
%
(
that
is,
no
bias
high
and
no
bias
low),
regardless
of
the
uncompensated
signal's
bias.

AIR­
TO­
FUEL
RATIO
MEASUREMENTS
§
1065.284
Zirconia
(
ZrO2)
analyzer.

(
a)
Application.
You
may
use
a
zirconia
(
ZrO
2)
analyzer
to
measure
air­
to­
fuel
ratio
in
raw
exhaust
for
continuous
sampling.
You
may
use
O
2
measurements
with
intake
air
or
fuel
flow
measurements
to
calculate
exhaust
flow
rate
according
to
§
1065.650.

(
b)
Component
requirements.
We
recommend
that
you
use
a
ZrO
2
analyzer
that
meets
the
specifications
in
Table
1
of
§
1065.205.
Note
that
your
ZrO
2­
based
system
must
meet
the
linearity
verification
in
§
1065.307.
You
may
use
a
Zirconia
analyzer
that
has
compensation
algorithms
that
are
functions
of
other
gaseous
measurements
and
the
engine's
known
or
assumed
fuel
properties.
The
target
value
for
any
compensation
algorithm
is
0.0
%
(
that
is,
no
bias
high
and
no
bias
low),
regardless
of
the
uncompensated
signal's
bias.
241
PM
MEASUREMENTS
§
1065.290
PM
gravimetric
balance.

(
a)
Application.
Use
a
balance
to
weigh
net
PM
on
a
sample
medium
for
laboratory
testing.

(
b)
Component
requirements.
We
recommend
that
you
use
a
balance
that
meets
the
specifications
in
Table
1
of
§
1065.205.
Note
that
your
balance­
based
system
must
meet
the
linearity
verification
in
§
1065.307.
If
the
balance
uses
internal
calibration
weights
for
routine
spanning
and
linearity
verifications,
the
calibration
weights
must
meet
the
specifications
in
§
1065.790.
While
you
may
also
use
an
inertial
balance
to
measure
PM,
as
described
in
§
1065.295,
use
a
reference
procedure
based
on
a
gravimetric
balance
for
comparison
with
any
proposed
alternate
measurement
procedure
under
§
1065.10.

(
c)
Pan
design.
We
recommend
that
you
use
a
balance
pan
designed
to
minimize
corner
loading
of
the
balance,
as
follows:

(
1)
Use
a
pan
that
centers
the
PM
sample
on
the
weighing
pan.
For
example,
use
a
pan
in
the
shape
of
a
cross
that
has
upswept
tips
that
center
the
PM
sample
media
on
the
pan.

(
2)
Use
a
pan
that
positions
the
PM
sample
as
low
as
possible.

(
d)
Balance
configuration.
Configure
the
balance
for
optimum
settling
time
and
stability
at
your
location.

§
1065.295
PM
inertial
balance
for
field­
testing
analysis.

(
a)
Application.
You
may
use
an
inertial
balance
to
quantify
net
PM
on
a
sample
medium
for
field
testing.

(
b)
Component
requirements.
We
recommend
that
you
use
a
balance
that
meets
the
specifications
in
Table
1
of
§
1065.205.
Note
that
your
balance­
based
system
must
meet
the
linearity
verification
in
§
1065.307.
If
the
balance
uses
an
internal
calibration
process
for
routine
spanning
and
linearity
verifications,
the
process
must
be
NIST­
traceable.
You
may
use
an
inertial
PM
balance
that
has
compensation
algorithms
that
are
functions
of
other
gaseous
measurements
and
the
engine's
known
or
assumed
fuel
properties.
The
target
value
for
any
compensation
algorithm
is
0.0
%
(
that
is,
no
bias
high
and
no
bias
low),
regardless
of
the
uncompensated
signal's
bias.

Subpart
D
 
Calibrations
and
Verifications
§
1065.301
Overview
and
general
provisions.
(
a)
This
subpart
describes
required
and
recommended
calibrations
and
verifications
of
measurement
systems.
See
subpart
C
of
this
part
for
specifications
that
apply
to
individual
instruments.

(
b)
You
must
generally
use
complete
measurement
systems
when
performing
calibrations
or
verifications
in
this
subpart.
For
example,
this
would
generally
involve
evaluating
instruments
based
on
values
recorded
with
the
complete
system
you
use
for
recording
test
data,
including
analog­
to­
digital
converters.
For
some
calibrations
and
verifications,
we
may
specify
that
you
disconnect
part
of
the
measurement
system
to
introduce
a
simulated
signal.

(
c)
If
we
do
not
specify
a
calibration
or
verification
for
a
portion
of
a
measurement
system,
calibrate
that
portion
of
your
system
and
verify
its
performance
at
a
frequency
consistent
with
any
recommendations
from
the
measurement­
system
manufacturer,
consistent
with
good
engineering
judgment.
242
(
d)
Use
NIST­
traceable
standards
to
the
tolerances
we
specify
for
calibrations
and
verifications.
Where
we
specify
the
need
to
use
NIST­
traceable
standards,
you
may
alternatively
ask
for
our
approval
to
use
international
standards
that
are
not
NIST­
traceable.

§
1065.303
Summary
of
required
calibration
and
verifications
(
a)
The
following
table
summarizes
the
required
and
recommended
calibrations
and
verifications
described
in
this
subpart
and
indicates
when
these
have
to
be
performed:

Table
1
of
§
1065.303
 
Summary
of
required
calibration
and
verifications
Type
of
calibration
or
verification
Minimum
frequencya
§
1065.305:
accuracy,
repeatability
and
noise
Accuracy:
Not
required,
but
recommended
for
initial
installation.

Repeatability:
Not
required,
but
recommended
for
initial
installation.

Noise:
Not
required,
but
recommended
for
initial
installation.

§
1065.307:
linearity
Speed:
Upon
initial
installation,
within
370
days
before
testing
and
after
major
maintenance.

Torque:
Upon
initial
installation,
within
370
days
before
testing
and
after
major
maintenance.

Electrical
power:
Upon
initial
installation,
within
370
days
before
testing
and
after
major
maintenance.

Clean
gas
and
diluted
exhaust
flows:
Upon
initial
installation,
within
370
days
before
testing
and
after
major
maintenance,
unless
flow
is
verified
by
propane
check
or
by
carbon
or
oxygen
balance.

Raw
exhaust
flow:
Upon
initial
installation,
within
185
days
before
testing
and
after
major
maintenance,
unless
flow
is
verified
by
propane
check
or
by
carbon
or
oxygen
balance.

Gas
analyzers:
Upon
initial
installation,
within
35
days
before
testing
and
after
major
maintenance.

PM
balance:
Upon
initial
installation,
within
370
days
before
testing
and
after
major
maintenance.

Stand­
alone
pressure
and
temperature:
Upon
initial
installation,
within
370
days
before
testing
and
after
major
maintenance.

§
1065.308:
Continuous
analyzer
system
response
and
recording
Upon
initial
installation,
after
system
reconfiguration,
and
after
major
maintenance.

§
1065.309:
Continuous
analyzer
uniform
response
Upon
initial
installation,
after
system
reconfiguration,
and
after
major
maintenance.

§
1065.310:
torque
Upon
initial
installation
and
after
major
maintenance.

§
1065.315:
pressure,
temperature,
dewpoint
Upon
initial
installation
and
after
major
maintenance.

§
1065.320:
fuel
flow
Upon
initial
installation
and
after
major
maintenance.

§
1065.325:
intake
flow
Upon
initial
installation
and
after
major
maintenance.

§
1065.330:
exhaust
flow
Upon
initial
installation
and
after
major
maintenance.

§
1065.340:
diluted
exhaust
flow
(
CVS)
Upon
initial
installation
and
after
major
maintenance.
243
§
1065.341:
CVS
and
batch
sampler
verification
Upon
initial
installation,
within
35
days
before
testing,
and
after
major
maintenance.

§
1065.345:
vacuum
leak
Before
each
laboratory
test
according
to
subpart
F
of
this
part
and
before
each
field
test
according
to
subpart
J
of
this
part.

§
1065.350:
CO2
NDIR
H2O
interference
Upon
initial
installation
and
after
major
maintenance.

§
1065.355:
CO
NDIR
CO2
and
H2O
interference
Upon
initial
installation
and
after
major
maintenance.

§
1065.360:
FID
optimization,
etc.
Calibrate,
optimize,
and
determine
CH4
response:
upon
initial
installation
and
after
major
maintenance.

Verify
CH4
response:
upon
initial
installation,
within
185
days
before
testing,
and
after
major
maintenance.

§
1065.362:
raw
exhaust
FID
O2
interference
Upon
initial
installation,
after
FID
optimization
according
to
§
1065.360,
and
after
major
maintenance.

§
1065.365:
nonmethane
cutter
penetration
Upon
initial
installation,
within
185
days
before
testing,
and
after
major
maintenance.

§
1065.370:
CLD
CO2
and
H2O
quench
Upon
initial
installation
and
after
major
maintenance.

§
1065.372:
NDUV
HC
and
H2O
interference
Upon
initial
installation
and
after
major
maintenance.

§
1065.376:
chiller
NO2
penetration
Upon
initial
installation
and
after
major
maintenance.

§
1065.378:
NO2­
to­
NO
converter
conversion
Upon
initial
installation,
within
35
days
before
testing,
and
after
major
maintenance.

§
1065.390:
PM
balance
and
weighing
Independent
verification:
upon
initial
installation,
within
370
days
before
testing,
and
after
major
maintenance.

Zero,
span,
and
reference
sample
verifications:
within
12
hours
of
weighing,
and
after
major
maintenance.

§
1065.395:
Inertial
PM
balance
and
weighing
Independent
verification:
upon
initial
installation,
within
370
days
before
testing,
and
after
major
maintenance.

Other
verifications:
upon
initial
installation
and
after
major
maintenance.

aPerform
calibrations
and
verifications
more
frequently,
according
to
measurement
system
manufacturer
instructions
and
good
engineering
judgment.

§
1065.305
Verifications
for
accuracy,
repeatability,
and
noise.

(
a)
This
section
describes
how
to
determine
the
accuracy,
repeatability,
and
noise
of
an
instrument.
Table
1
of
§
1065.205
specifies
recommended
values
for
individual
instruments.

(
b)
We
do
not
require
you
to
verify
instrument
accuracy,
repeatability,
or
noise.
However,
it
may
be
useful
to
consider
these
verifications
to
define
a
specification
for
a
new
instrument,
to
verify
the
performance
of
a
new
instrument
upon
delivery,
or
to
troubleshoot
an
existing
instrument.
244
(
c)
In
this
section
we
use
the
letter
"
y"
to
denote
a
generic
measured
quantity,
the
superscript
over­
bar
to
denote
an
arithmetic
mean
(
such
as
),
and
the
subscript
"
ref"
to
denote
the
reference
i
yy
quantity
being
measured.

(
d)
Conduct
these
verifications
as
follows:

(
1)
Prepare
an
instrument
so
it
operates
at
its
specified
temperatures,
pressures,
and
flows.
Perform
any
instrument
linearization
or
calibration
procedures
prescribed
by
the
instrument
manufacturer.

(
2)
Zero
the
instrument
as
you
would
before
an
emission
test
by
introducing
a
zero
signal.
Depending
on
the
instrument,
this
may
be
a
zero­
concentration
gas,
a
reference
signal,
a
set
of
reference
thermodynamic
conditions,
or
some
combination
of
these.
For
gas
analyzers,
use
a
zero
gas
that
meets
the
specifications
of
§
1065.750.

(
3)
Span
the
instrument
as
you
would
before
an
emission
test
by
introducing
a
span
signal.
Depending
on
the
instrument,
this
may
be
a
span­
concentration
gas,
a
reference
signal,
a
set
of
reference
thermodynamic
conditions,
or
some
combination
of
these.
For
gas
analyzers,
use
a
span
gas
that
meets
the
specifications
of
§
1065.750.

(
4)
Use
the
instrument
to
quantify
a
NIST­
traceable
reference
quantity,
y
ref
.
For
gas
analyzers
the
reference
gas
must
meet
the
specifications
of
§
1065.750.
Select
a
reference
quantity
near
the
mean
value
expected
during
testing.
For
all
gas
analyzers,
use
a
quantity
near
the
flow­
weighted
mean
concentration
expected
at
the
standard
or
expected
during
testing,
whichever
is
greater.
For
a
noise
verfication,
use
the
same
zero
gas
from
paragraph
(
e)
of
this
section
as
the
reference
quantity.
In
all
cases,
allow
time
for
the
instrument
to
stabilize
while
it
measures
the
reference
quantity.
Stabilization
time
may
include
time
to
purge
an
instrument
and
time
to
account
for
its
response.

(
5)
Sample
and
record
values
for
30
seconds,
record
the
arithmetic
mean,
,
and
record
the
i
i
yy
standard
deviation,
,
of
the
recorded
values.
Refer
to
§
1065.602
for
an
example
of
i
 
calculating
arithmetic
mean
and
standard
deviation.

(
6)
Also,
if
the
reference
quantity
is
not
absolutely
constant,
which
might
be
the
case
with
a
reference
flow,
sample
and
record
values
of
y
refi
for
30
seconds
and
record
the
arithmetic
mean
of
the
values,
.
Refer
to
§
1065.602
for
an
example
of
calculating
arithmetic
mean.
ref
y
(
7)
Subtract
the
reference
value,
y
ref
(
or
),
from
the
arithmetic
mean,
.
Record
this
ref
y
i
i
yy
value
as
the
error,
 
i
.

(
8)
Repeat
the
steps
specified
in
paragraphs
(
e)(
2)
through
(
6)
of
this
section
until
you
have
ten
arithmetic
means
(
,
,
,...
),
ten
standard
deviations,
(
 
1
,
 
2
,
 
i
,...
 
10),
and
ten
1
y
2
y
i
y
10
y
errors
(
 
1
,
 
2
,
 
i
,...
 
10).
(
9)
Use
the
following
values
to
quantify
your
measurements:

(
i)
Accuracy.
Instrument
accuracy
is
the
absolute
difference
between
the
reference
quantity,
y
ref
(
or
),
and
the
arithmetic
mean
of
the
ref
y
Refer
to
the
example
of
an
accuracy
calculation
i
y
in
§
1065.602.
We
recommend
that
instrument
accuracy
be
within
the
specifications
in
Table
1
of
§
1065.205.

(
ii)
Repeatability.
Repeatability
is
two
times
the
standard
deviation
of
the
ten
errors
(
that
is,
repeatability
=
2

)
.
Refer
to
the
example
of
a
standard­
deviation
calculation
in
 
 
245
§
1065.602.
We
recommend
that
instrument
repeatability
be
within
the
specifications
in
Table
1
of
§
1065.205.

(
iii)
Noise.
Noise
is
two
times
the
root­
mean­
square
of
the
ten
standard
deviations
(
that
is,

noise
=
2
)
when
the
reference
signal
is
a
zero­
quantity
signal.
Refer
to
the
example
rms
 
 

of
a
root­
mean­
square
calculation
in
§
1065.602.
We
recommend
that
instrument
noise
be
within
the
specifications
in
Table
1
of
§
1065.205.
Use
this
value
in
the
noise
correction
specified
in
§
1065.657.

(
10)
You
may
use
a
measurement
instrument
that
does
not
meet
the
accuracy,
repeatability,
or
noise
specifications
in
Table
1
of
§
1065.205,
as
long
as
you
meet
the
following
criteria:

(
i)
Your
measurement
systems
meet
all
the
other
required
calibration,
verification,
and
validation
specifications
in
subparts
D,
F,
and
J
of
this
part,
as
applicable.

(
ii)
The
measurement
deficiency
does
not
adversely
affect
your
ability
to
demonstrate
compliance
with
the
applicable
standards.

§
1065.307
Linearity
verification.

(
a)
Scope
and
frequency.
Perform
a
linearity
verification
on
each
measurement
system
listed
in
Table
1
of
this
section
at
least
as
frequently
as
indicated
in
the
table,
consistent
with
measurement
system
manufacturer
recommendations
and
good
engineering
judgment.
Note
that
this
linearity
verification
may
replace
requirements
we
previously
referred
to
as
"
calibrations".
The
intent
of
a
linearity
verification
is
to
determine
that
a
measurement
system
responds
proportionally
over
the
measurement
range
of
interest.
A
linearity
verification
generally
consists
of
introducing
a
series
of
at
least
10
reference
values
to
a
measurement
system.
The
measurement
system
quantifies
each
reference
value.
The
measured
values
are
then
collectively
compared
to
the
reference
values
by
using
a
least
squares
linear
regression
and
the
linearity
criteria
specified
in
Table
1
of
this
section.

(
b)
Performance
requirements.
If
a
measurement
system
does
not
meet
the
applicable
linearity
criteria
in
Table
1
of
this
section,
correct
the
deficiency
by
re­
calibrating,
servicing,
or
replacing
components
as
needed.
Before
you
may
use
a
measurement
system
that
does
not
meet
linearity
criteria,
you
must
demonstrate
to
us
that
the
deficiency
does
not
adversely
affect
your
ability
to
demonstrate
compliance
with
the
applicable
standards.

(
c)
Procedure.
Use
the
following
linearity
verification
protocol,
or
use
good
engineering
judgment
to
develop
a
different
protocol
that
satisfies
the
intent
of
this
section,
as
described
in
paragraph
(
a)
of
this
section:

(
1)
In
this
paragraph
(
c),
we
use
the
letter
"
y"
to
denote
a
generic
measured
quantity,
the
superscript
over­
bar
to
denote
an
arithmetic
mean
(
such
as
),
and
the
subscript
"
ref"
to
y
denote
the
known
or
reference
quantity
being
measured.

(
2)
Operate
a
measurement
system
at
its
specified
temperatures,
pressures,
and
flows.
This
may
include
any
specified
adjustment
or
periodic
calibration
of
the
measurement
system.

(
3)
Zero
the
instrument
as
you
would
before
an
emission
test
by
introducing
a
zero
signal.
Depending
on
the
instrument,
this
may
be
a
zero­
concentration
gas,
a
reference
signal,
a
set
of
reference
thermodynamic
conditions,
or
some
combination
of
these.
For
gas
analyzers,
use
a
zero
gas
that
meets
the
specifications
of
§
1065.750
and
introduce
it
directly
at
the
analyzer
port.

(
4)
Span
the
instrument
as
you
would
before
an
emission
test
by
introducing
a
span
signal.
Depending
on
the
instrument,
this
may
be
a
span­
concentration
gas,
a
reference
signal,
a
set
of
reference
thermodynamic
conditions,
or
some
combination
of
these.
For
gas
analyzers,
use
a
246
span
gas
that
meets
the
specifications
of
§
1065.750
and
introduce
it
directly
at
the
analyzer
port.

(
5)
After
spanning
the
instrument,
check
zero
with
the
same
signal
you
used
in
paragraph
(
c)(
3)
of
this
section.
Based
on
the
zero
reading,
use
good
engineering
judgment
to
determine
whether
or
not
to
rezero
and
or
re­
span
the
instrument
before
proceeding
to
the
next
step.

(
5)
Use
instrument
manufacturer
recommendations
and
good
engineering
judgment
to
select
at
least
10
reference
values,
y
refi,
that
are
within
the
range
from
zero
to
the
highest
values
expected
during
emission
testing.
We
recommend
selecting
a
zero
reference
signal
as
one
of
the
reference
values
of
the
linearity
verification.

(
6)
Use
instrument
manufacturer
recommendations
and
good
engineering
judgment
to
select
the
order
in
which
you
will
introduce
the
series
of
reference
values.
For
example
you
may
select
the
reference
values
randomly
to
avoid
correlation
with
previous
measurements,
you
may
select
reference
values
in
ascending
or
descending
order
to
avoid
long
settling
times
of
reference
signals,
or
as
another
example
you
may
select
values
to
ascend
and
then
descend
which
might
incorporate
the
effects
of
any
instrument
hysteresis
into
the
linearity
verification.

(
7)
Generate
reference
quantities
as
described
in
paragraph
(
d)
of
this
section.
For
gas
analyzers,
use
gas
concentrations
known
to
be
within
the
specifications
of
§
1065.750
and
introduce
them
directly
at
the
analyzer
port.

(
8)
Introduce
a
reference
signal
to
the
measurement
instrument.

(
9)
Allow
time
for
the
instrument
to
stabilize
while
it
measures
the
reference
value.
Stabilization
time
may
include
time
to
purge
an
instrument
and
time
to
account
for
its
response.

(
10)
At
a
recording
frequency
of
at
least
f
Hz,
specified
in
Table
1
of
§
1065.205,
measure
the
reference
value
for
30
seconds
and
record
the
arithmetic
mean
of
the
recorded
values,
.
i
y
Refer
to
§
1065.602
for
an
example
of
calculating
an
arithmetic
mean.

(
11)
Repeat
steps
in
paragraphs
of
this
section
until
all
reference
quantities
are
measured.

(
12)
Use
the
arithmetic
means,
,
and
reference
values,
y
refi
,
to
calculate
least­
squares
linear
i
y
regression
parameters
and
statistical
values
to
compare
to
the
minimum
performance
criteria
specified
in
Table
1
of
this
section.
Use
the
calculations
described
in
§
1065.602.

(
d)
Reference
signals.
This
paragraph
(
d)
describes
recommended
methods
for
generating
reference
values
for
the
linearity­
verification
protocol
in
paragraph
(
c)
of
this
section.
Use
reference
values
that
simulate
actual
values,
or
introduce
an
actual
value
and
measure
it
with
a
reference­
measurement
system.
In
the
latter
case,
the
reference
value
is
the
value
reported
by
the
reference­
measurement
system.
Reference
values
and
reference­
measurement
systems
must
be
NIST­
traceable.
We
recommend
using
calibration
reference
quantities
that
are
NIST­
traceable
within
0.5
%
uncertainty,
if
not
specified
otherwise
in
other
sections
of
this
part
1065.
Use
the
following
recommended
methods
to
generate
reference
values
or
use
good
engineering
judgment
to
select
a
different
reference:

(
1)
Engine
speed.
Run
the
engine
or
dynamometer
at
a
series
of
steady­
state
speeds
and
use
a
strobe,
a
photo
tachometer,
or
a
laser
tachometer
to
record
reference
speeds.

(
2)
Engine
torque.
Use
a
series
of
calibration
weights
and
a
calibration
lever
arm
to
simulate
engine
torque.
You
may
instead
use
the
engine
or
dynamometer
itself
to
generate
a
nominal
torque
that
is
measured
by
a
reference
load
cell
or
proving
ring
in
series
with
the
torquemeasurement
system.
In
this
case
use
the
reference
load
cell
measurement
as
the
reference
247
value.
Refer
to
§
1065.310
for
a
torque­
calibration
procedure
similar
to
the
linearity
verification
in
this
section.

(
3)
Electrical
work.
Use
a
controlled
source
of
current
and
a
watt­
hour
standard
reference
meter.
Complete
calibration
systems
that
contain
a
current
source
and
a
reference
watt­
hour
meter
are
commonly
used
in
the
electrical
power
distribution
industry
and
are
therefore
commercially
available.

(
4)
Fuel
rate.
Operate
the
engine
at
a
series
of
constant
fuel­
flow
rates
or
re­
circulate
fuel
back
to
a
tank
via
the
fuel
flow
meter
at
different
flow
rates.
Use
a
gravimetric
reference
measurement
(
such
as
a
scale,
balance,
or
mass
comparator)
at
the
inlet
to
the
fuelmeasurement
system.
Use
a
stopwatch
or
timer
to
measure
the
time
intervals
over
which
reference
masses
of
fuel
are
introduced
to
the
fuel
measurement
system.
The
reference
fuel
mass
divided
by
the
time
interval
is
the
reference
fuel
flow
rate.

(
5)
Flow
rates
 
inlet
air,
dilution
air,
diluted
exhaust,
raw
exhaust,
or
sample
flow.
Use
a
reference
flow
meter
with
a
blower
or
pump
to
simulate
flow
rates.
Use
a
restrictor,
diverter
valve,
a
variable­
speed
blower
or
a
variable­
speed
pump
to
control
the
range
of
flow
rates.
Use
the
reference
meter's
response
as
the
reference
values.

(
i)
Reference
flow
meters.
Because
the
flow
range
requirements
for
these
various
flows
are
large,
we
allow
a
variety
of
reference
meters.
For
example,
for
diluted
exhaust
flow
for
a
full­
flow
dilution
system,
we
recommend
a
reference
subsonic
venturi
flow
meter
with
a
restrictor
valve
and
a
blower
to
simulate
flow
rates.
For
inlet
air,
dilution
air,
diluted
exhaust
for
partial­
flow
dilution,
raw
exhaust,
or
sample
flow,
we
allow
reference
meters
such
as
critical
flow
orifices,
critical
flow
venturis,
laminar
flow
elements,
master
mass
flow
standards,
or
Roots
meters.
Make
sure
the
reference
meter
is
calibrated
by
the
flow­
meter
manufacturer
and
its
calibration
is
NIST­
traceable.
If
you
use
the
difference
of
two
flow
measurements
to
determine
a
net
flow
rate,
you
may
use
one
of
the
measurements
as
a
reference
for
the
other.

(
ii)
Reference
flow
values.
Because
the
reference
flow
is
not
absolutely
constant,
sample
and
record
values
of
for
30
seconds
and
use
the
arithmetic
mean
of
the
values,
,
refi
n

ref
n

as
the
reference
value.
Refer
to
§
1065.602
for
an
example
of
calculating
arithmetic
mean.

(
6)
Gas
division.
Use
one
of
the
two
reference
signals:

(
i)
At
the
outlet
of
the
gas­
division
system,
connect
a
gas
analyzer
that
meets
the
linearity
verification
described
in
this
section
and
has
not
been
linearized
via
the
gas
divider
being
verified.
For
example,
verify
the
linearity
of
an
analyzer
using
a
series
of
reference
analytical
gases
directly
from
compressed
gas
cylinders
that
meet
the
specifications
of
§
1065.750.
We
recommend
using
a
FID
analyzer
or
a
PMD/
MPD
O
2
analyzer
because
of
their
inherent
linearity.
Operate
this
analyzer
consistent
with
how
you
would
operate
it
during
an
emission
test.
Connect
a
span
gas
to
the
gas­
divider
inlet.
Use
the
gas­
division
system
to
divide
the
span
gas
with
purified
air
or
nitrogen.
Select
gas
divisions
that
you
typically
use.
Use
a
selected
gas
division
as
the
measured
value.
Use
the
analyzer
response
divided
by
the
span
gas
concentration
as
the
reference
gas­
division
value.
Because
the
instrument
response
is
not
absolutely
constant,
sample
and
record
values
of
x
refi
for
30
seconds
and
use
the
arithmetic
mean
of
the
values,
,
as
the
reference
value.
ref
x
Refer
to
§
1065.602
for
an
example
of
calculating
arithmetic
mean.

(
ii)
Using
good
engineering
judgment
and
gas
divider
manufacturer
recommendations,
use
one
or
more
reference
flow
meters
to
verify
the
measured
flow
rates
of
the
gas
divider.
248
(
7)
Continuous
constituent
concentration.
For
reference
values,
use
a
series
of
gas
cylinders
of
known
gas
concentration
or
use
a
gas­
division
system
that
is
known
to
be
linear
with
a
span
gas.
Gas
cylinders,
gas­
division
systems,
and
span
gases
that
you
use
for
reference
values
must
meet
the
specifications
of
§
1065.750.

Table
1
of
§
1065.307
 
Measurement
systems
that
require
linearity
verifications
Measurement
System
Quantity
Minimum
verification
frequencya
Linearity
Criteria
|
a
0
|
b
a
1
c
SEEb
r2
Engine
speed
f
n
Within
370
days
before
testing
<
0.05
%
·
nmax
f
0.98­
1.02
<
2
%
·
nmax
f
>
0.990
Engine
torque
T
Within
370
days
before
testing
<
1
%
·
max
T
0.98­
1.02
<
2
%
·
max
T
>
0.990
Electrical
work
W
Within
370
days
before
testing
<
1
%
·
max
T
0.98­
1.02
<
2
%
·
max
max
T
n

>
0.990
Fuel
flow
rate
m
n


Within
370
days
before
testingd
<
1
%
·
max
m

0.98­
1.02
e
<
2
%
·
max
m

>
0.990
Intake­
air
flow
rate
nn


Within
370
days
before
testing
d
<
1
%
·
max
n

0.98­
1.02
e
<
2
%
·
max
n

>
0.990
Dilution
air
flow
rate
n

Within
370
days
before
testing
d
<
1
%
·
max
n

0.98­
1.02
<
2
%
·
max
n

>
0.990
Diluted
exhaust
flow
rate
n

Within
370
days
before
testing
d
<
1
%
·
max
min
n
x

0.98­
1.02
<
2
%
·
max
n

>
0.990
Raw
exhaust
flow
rate
n

Within
185
days
before
testing
d
<
1
%
·
max
n

0.98­
1.02
e
<
2
%
·
max
n

>
0.990
Batch
sampler
flow
rates
ref
nn


Within
370
days
before
testing
d
<
1
%
·
max
n

0.98­
1.02
<
2
%
·
max
max
n
x

>
0.990
Gas
dividers
x
Within
370
days
before
testing
<
0.5
%
·
max
x
0.98­
1.02
<
2
%
·
max
x
>
0.990
All
gas
analyzers
x
Within
35
days
before
testing
<
0.5
%
·
max
m
0.99­
1.01
<
1
%
·
max
x
>
0.998
PM
balance
m
Within
370
days
before
testing
<
1
%
·
max
m
0.99­
1.01
<
1
%
·
max
m
>
0.998
Stand­
alone
pressures
p
Within
370
days
before
testing
<
1
%
·
max
m
0.99­
1.01
<
1
%
·
max
m
>
0.998
Stand­
alone
temperatures
T
Within
370
days
before
testing
<
1
%
·
max
m
0.99­
1.01
<
1
%
·
max
m
>
0.998
a
Perform
a
linearity
verification
more
frequently
if
the
instrument
manufacturer
recommends
it
or
based
on
good
engineering
judgment.

b
"
max"
refers
to
the
maximum
value
expected
during
a
test
 
the
maximum
value
used
for
the
linearity
verification.

c
The
specified
ranges
are
inclusive.
For
example,
a
specified
range
of
0.98­
1.02
for
a
1
means
0.98<
a
1<
1.02.

d
These
linearity
verifications
are
not
required
for
systems
that
pass
the
flow­
rate
verification
for
diluted
exhaust
as
described
in
§
1065.341
(
the
propane
check)
or
for
systems
that
agree
within
+
2
%
based
on
a
chemical
balance
of
carbon
or
oxygen
of
the
intake
air,
fuel,
and
exhaust.

e
a
0
and
a
1
for
these
quantities
are
required
only
if
the
actual
value
of
the
quantity
is
required,
as
opposed
to
a
signal
that
is
only
linearly
proportional
to
the
actual
value.
249
§
1065.308
Continuous
gas
analyzer
system­
response
and
updating­
recording
verification.
(
a)
Scope
and
frequency.
Perform
this
verification
after
installing
or
replacing
a
gas
analyzer
that
you
use
for
continuous
sampling.
Also
perform
this
verification
if
you
reconfigure
your
system
in
a
way
that
would
change
system
response.
For
example,
perform
this
verification
if
you
add
a
significant
volume
to
the
transfer
lines
by
increasing
their
length
or
adding
a
filter;
or
if
you
change
the
frequency
at
which
you
sample
and
record
gas­
analyzer
concentrations.

(
b)
Measurement
principles.
This
test
verifies
that
the
updating
and
recording
frequencies
match
the
overall
system
response
to
a
rapid
change
in
the
value
of
concentrations
at
the
sample
probe.
Gas
analyzer
systems
must
be
optimized
such
that
their
overall
response
to
a
rapid
change
in
concentration
is
updated
and
recorded
at
an
appropriate
frequency
to
prevent
loss
of
information.

(
c)
System
requirements.
To
demonstrate
acceptable
updating
and
recording
with
respect
to
the
system's
overall
response,
use
good
engineering
judgment
to
select
one
of
the
following
criteria
that
your
system
must
meet:

(
1)
The
product
of
the
mean
rise
time
and
the
frequency
at
which
the
system
records
an
updated
concentration
must
be
at
least
5,
and
the
product
of
the
mean
fall
time
and
the
frequency
at
which
the
system
records
an
updated
concentration
must
be
at
least
5.
This
criteria
makes
no
assumption
regarding
the
frequency
content
of
changes
in
emission
concentrations
during
emission
testing;
therefore,
it
is
valid
for
any
testing.

(
2)
The
frequency
at
which
the
system
records
an
updated
concentration
must
be
at
least
5
Hz.
This
criteria
assumes
that
the
frequency
content
of
significant
changes
in
emission
concentrations
during
emission
testing
do
not
exceed
1
Hz.

(
3)
You
may
use
other
criteria
if
we
approve
the
criteria
in
advance.

(
4)
For
PEMS,
you
do
not
have
to
meet
this
criteria
if
your
PEMS
meets
the
overall
PEMS
check
in
§
1065.920.

(
d)
Procedure.
Use
the
following
procedure
to
verify
the
response
of
a
continuous
gas
analyzer
system:

(
1)
Instrument
setup.
Follow
the
analyzer
system
manufacturer's
start­
up
and
operating
instructions.
Adjust
the
system
as
needed
to
optimize
performance.

(
2)
Equipment
setup.
Using
minimal
gas
transfer
line
lengths
between
all
connections,
connect
a
zero­
air
source
to
one
inlet
of
a
fast­
acting
3­
way
valve
(
2
inlets,
1
outlet).
Using
a
gas
divider,
equally
blend
an
NO­
CO­
CO
2­
C
3
H
8­
CH
4
(
balance
N
2)
span
gas
with
a
span
gas
of
NO
2.
Connect
the
gas
divider
outlet
to
the
other
inlet
of
the
3­
way
valve.
Connect
the
valve
outlet
to
an
overflow
at
the
gas
analyzer
system's
probe
or
to
an
overflow
fitting
between
the
probe
and
transfer
line
to
all
the
analyzers
being
verified.

(
3)
Data
collection.
(
i)
Switch
the
valve
to
flow
zero
gas.

(
ii)
Allow
for
stabilization,
accounting
for
transport
delays
and
the
slowest
instrument's
full
response.

(
iii)
Start
recording
data
at
the
frequency
used
during
emission
testing.
Each
recorded
value
must
be
a
unique
updated
concentration
measured
by
the
analyzer;
you
may
not
use
interpolation
to
increase
the
number
of
recorded
values.

(
iv)
Switch
the
valve
to
flow
the
blended
span
gases.

(
v)
Allow
for
transport
delays
and
the
slowest
instrument's
full
response.

(
vi)
Repeat
the
steps
in
paragraphs
(
d)(
3)(
i)
through
(
v)
of
this
section
to
record
seven
full
cycles,
ending
with
zero
gas
flowing
to
the
analyzers.

(
vii)
Stop
recording.
250
(
e)
Performance
evaluation.
(
1)
If
you
selected
to
demonstrate
compliance
with
paragraph
(
c)(
2)(
i)
of
this
section,
use
the
data
from
paragraph
(
d)(
3)
of
this
section
to
calculate
the
mean
rise
time,
T
10­
90,
and
mean
fall
time,
T
90­
10,
for
each
of
the
analyzers.
Multiply
these
times
(
in
seconds)
by
their
respective
recording
frequencies
in
Hertz
(
1/
second).
The
value
for
each
result
must
be
at
least
5.
If
the
value
is
less
than
5,
increase
the
recording
frequency
or
adjust
the
flows
or
design
of
the
sampling
system
to
increase
the
rise
time
and
fall
time
as
needed.
You
may
also
configure
digital
filters
to
increase
rise
and
fall
times.

(
2)
If
a
measurement
system
fails
the
criterion
in
paragraph
(
e)(
1)
of
this
section,
ensure
that
signals
from
the
system
are
updated
and
recorded
at
a
frequency
of
at
least
5
Hz.

(
3)
If
a
measurement
system
fails
the
criteria
in
paragraphs
(
e)(
1)
and
(
2)
of
this
section,
you
may
use
the
continuous
analyzer
system
if
the
deficiency
does
not
adversely
affect
your
ability
to
show
compliance
with
the
applicable
standards.

§
1065.309
Continuous
gas
analyzer
uniform
response
verification.
(
a)
Scope
and
frequency.
If
you
use
more
than
one
continuous
gas
analyzer
to
quantify
a
gaseous
constituent,
you
must
perform
this
verification.
For
example,
if
you
determine
NMHC
as
the
difference
between
continuous
THC
and
CH4
measurements,
you
must
perform
this
verification
on
your
NMHC
measurement
system.
As
another
example
if
you
determine
NO
x
as
the
sum
of
separate
continuous
measurements
of
NO
and
NO
2,
you
must
perform
this
verification
on
your
NO
x
measurement
system.
Also,
you
must
perform
this
verification
if
you
use
one
continuous
analyzer
to
apply
an
interference
compensation
algorithm
to
another
continuous
gas
analyzer.
Perform
this
verification
after
initial
installation
or
major
maintenance.
Also
perform
this
verification
if
you
reconfigure
your
system
in
a
way
that
would
change
system
response.
For
example,
perform
this
verification
if
you
add
a
significant
volume
to
the
transfer
lines
by
increasing
their
length
or
by
adding
a
filter;
or
if
you
change
the
frequency
at
which
you
sample
and
record
gas­
analyzer
concentrations.

(
b)
Measurement
principles.
This
procedure
verifies
the
time­
alignment
and
uniform
response
of
combined
continuous
gas
measurements.

(
c)
System
requirements.
Demonstrate
that
combined
continuous
concentration
measurements
have
a
uniform
rise
and
fall
during
a
simultaneous
to
a
step
change
in
both
concentrations.
During
a
system
response
to
a
rapid
change
in
multiple
gas
concentrations,
demonstrate
that
the
t
50
times
of
all
combined
analyzers
all
occur
at
the
same
recorded
second
of
data
or
between
the
same
two
recorded
seconds
of
data.

(
d)
Procedure.
Use
the
following
procedure
to
verify
the
response
of
a
continuous
gas
analyzer
system:

(
1)
Instrument
setup.
Follow
the
analyzer
system
manufacturer's
start­
up
and
operating
instructions.
Adjust
the
system
as
needed
to
optimize
performance.

(
2)
Equipment
setup.
Using
minimal
gas
transfer
line
lengths
between
all
connections,
connect
a
zero­
air
source
to
the
inlet
of
a
100

C
heated
line.
Connect
the
heated
line
outlet
to
one
inlet
of
a
100

C
heated
fast­
acting
3­
way
valve
(
2
inlets,
1
outlet).
Using
a
gas
divider,
equally
blend
an
NO­
CO­
CO
2­
C
3
H
8­
CH
4
(
balance
N
2)
span
gas
with
a
span
gas
of
NO
2
(
balance
N
2).
Connect
the
gas
divider
outlet
to
the
inlet
of
a
50

C
heated
line.
Connect
the
heated
line
outlet
to
the
inlet
of
a
50

C
gas
bubbler
filled
with
distilled
water.
Connect
the
bubbler
outlet
to
another
heated
line
at
100

C.
Connect
the
outlet
of
the
100

C
line
to
the
other
inlet
of
the
3­
way
valve.
Connect
the
valve
outlet
to
an
overflow
at
the
gas
analyzer
system's
probe
or
to
an
overflow
fitting
between
the
probe
and
transfer
line
to
all
the
analyzers
being
verified.
251
(
3)
Data
collection.
(
i)
Switch
the
valve
to
flow
zero
gas.

(
ii)
Allow
for
stabilization,
accounting
for
transport
delays
and
the
slowest
instrument's
full
response.

(
iii)
Start
recording
data
at
the
frequency
used
during
emission
testing.

(
iv)
Switch
the
valve
to
flow
span
gas.

(
v)
Allow
for
transport
delays
and
the
slowest
instrument's
full
response.

(
vi)
Repeat
the
steps
in
paragraphs
(
d)(
3)(
i)
through
(
v)
of
this
section
to
record
seven
full
cycles,
ending
with
zero
gas
flowing
to
the
analyzers.

(
vii)
Stop
recording.

(
e)
Performance
evaluations.
Perform
the
following
evaluations:

(
1)
Uniform
response
evaluation.
(
i)
Calculate
the
mean
rise
time,
t
10­
90,
mean
fall
time,
t
90­
10
for
each
analyzer.

(
ii)
Determine
the
maximum
mean
rise
and
fall
times
for
the
slowest
responding
analyzer
in
each
combination
of
continuous
analyzer
signals
that
you
use
to
determine
a
single
emission
concentration.

(
iii)
If
the
maximum
rise
time
or
fall
time
is
greater
than
one
second,
verify
that
all
other
gas
analyzers
combined
with
it
have
mean
rise
and
fall
times
of
at
least
75
%
of
that
analyzer's
response.

(
iv)
If
any
analyzer
has
shorter
rise
or
fall
times,
disperse
that
signal
so
that
it
better
matches
the
rise
and
fall
times
of
the
slowest
signal
with
which
it
is
combined.
We
recommend
that
you
perform
dispersion
using
SAE
2001­
01­
3536
(
incorporated
by
reference
in
§
1065.1010)
as
a
guide.

(
v)
Repeat
this
verification
after
optimizing
your
systems
to
ensure
that
you
dispersed
signals
correctly.
If
after
repeated
attempts
at
dispersing
signals
your
system
still
fails
this
verification,
you
may
use
the
continuous
analyzer
system
if
the
deficiency
does
not
adversely
affect
your
ability
to
show
compliance
with
the
applicable
standards.

(
2)
Time
alignment
evaluation.
(
i)
After
all
signals
are
adjusted
to
meet
the
uniform
response
evaluation,
determine
the
second
at
which
 
or
the
two
seconds
between
which
 
each
analyzer
crossed
the
midpoint
of
its
response,
t
50.
(
ii)
Verify
that
all
combined
gas
analyzer
signals
are
time­
aligned
such
that
all
of
their
t
50
times
occurred
at
the
same
second
or
between
the
same
two
seconds
in
the
recorded
data.

(
iii)
If
your
system
fails
to
meet
this
criterion,
you
may
change
the
time
alignment
of
your
system
and
retest
the
system
completely.
If
after
changing
the
time
alignment
of
your
system,
some
of
the
t
50
times
still
are
not
aligned,
take
corrective
action
by
dispersing
analyzer
signals
that
have
the
shortest
rise
and
fall
times.

(
iv)
If
some
t
50
times
are
still
not
aligned
after
repeated
attempts
at
dispersion
and
time
alignment,
you
may
use
the
continuous
analyzer
system
if
the
deficiency
does
not
adversely
affect
your
ability
to
show
compliance
with
the
applicable
standards.

MEASUREMENT
OF
ENGINE
PARAMETERS
AND
AMBIENT
CONDITIONS
§
1065.310
Torque
calibration.
(
a)
Scope
and
frequency.
Calibrate
all
torque­
measurement
systems
including
dynamometer
torque
measurement
transducers
and
systems
upon
initial
installation
and
after
major
maintenance.
252
Use
good
engineering
judgment
to
repeat
the
calibration.
Follow
the
torque
transducer
manufacturer's
instructions
for
linearizing
your
torque
sensor's
output.
We
recommend
that
you
calibrate
the
torque­
measurement
system
with
a
reference
force
and
a
lever
arm.

(
b)
Recommended
procedure.

(
1)
Reference
force
quantification.
Use
either
a
set
of
dead­
weights
or
a
reference
meter
such
as
strain
gage
or
a
proving
ring
to
quantify
the
reference
force,
NIST­
traceable
within
+
0.5
%
uncertainty.

(
2)
Lever
arm
length
quantification.
Quantify
the
lever
arm
length,
NIST­
traceable
within
+
0.5
%
uncertainty.
The
lever
arm's
length
must
be
measured
from
the
centerline
of
the
dynamometer
to
the
point
at
which
the
reference
force
is
measured.
The
lever
arm
must
be
perpendicular
to
gravity
(
i.
e.,
horizontal),
and
it
must
be
perpendicular
to
the
dynamometer's
rotational
axis.
Balance
the
lever
arm's
torque
or
quantify
its
net
hanging
torque,
NIST­
traceable
within
+
1
%
uncertainty,
and
account
for
it
as
part
of
the
reference
torque.

(
b)
Dead­
weight
calibration.
This
technique
applies
a
known
force
by
hanging
known
weights
at
a
known
distance
along
a
lever
arm.
Make
sure
the
weights'
lever
arm
is
perpendicular
to
gravity
(
i.
e.,
horizontal)
and
perpendicular
to
the
dynamometer's
rotational
axis.
Apply
at
least
six
calibration­
weight
combinations
for
each
applicable
torque­
measuring
range,
spacing
the
weight
quantities
about
equally
over
the
range.
Oscillate
or
rotate
the
dynamometer
during
calibration
to
reduce
frictional
static
hysteresis.
Determine
each
weight's
force
by
multiplying
its
NISTtraceable
mass
by
the
local
acceleration
of
Earth's
gravity
(
using
this
equation:
force
=
mass

acceleration).
The
local
acceleration
of
gravity,
a
g
,
at
your
latitude,
longitude,
and
elevation
may
be
determined
by
entering
position
and
elevation
data
into
the
U.
S.
National
Oceanographic
and
Atmospheric
Administration's
surface
gravity
prediction
website
at
http://
www.
ngs.
noaa.
gov/
cgi­
bin/
grav_
pdx.
prl.
If
this
website
is
unavailable,
you
may
use
the
equation
in
§
1065.630,
which
returns
the
local
acceleration
of
gravity
based
on
a
given
latitude.
In
this
case,
calculate
the
reference
torque
as
the
weights'
reference
force
multiplied
by
the
lever
arm
reference
length
(
using
this
equation:
torque
=
force

lever
arm
length).

(
c)
Strain
gage
or
proving
ring
calibration.
This
technique
applies
force
either
by
hanging
weights
on
a
lever
arm
(
these
weights
and
their
lever
arm
length
are
not
used)
or
by
operating
the
dynamometer
at
different
torques.
Apply
at
least
six
force
combinations
for
each
applicable
torque­
measuring
range,
spacing
the
force
quantities
about
equally
over
the
range.
Oscillate
or
rotate
the
dynamometer
during
calibration
to
reduce
frictional
static
hysteresis.
In
this
case,
the
reference
torque
is
determined
by
multiplying
the
reference
meter
force
output
by
its
effective
lever­
arm
length,
which
you
measure
from
the
point
where
the
force
measurement
is
made
to
the
dynamometer's
rotational
axis.
Make
sure
you
measure
this
length
perpendicular
to
gravity
(
i.
e.,
horizontal)
and
perpendicular
to
the
dynamometer's
rotational
axis.

§
1065.315
Pressure,
temperature,
and
dewpoint
calibration.

(
a)
Scope
and
frequency.
Calibrate
instruments
for
measuring
pressure,
temperature,
and
dewpoint
upon
initial
installation.
Follow
the
instrument
manufacturer's
instructions
and
use
good
engineering
judgment
to
repeat
the
calibration,
as
follows:

(
1)
Pressure.
We
recommend
temperature­
compensated,
digital­
pneumatic,
or
deadweight
pressure
calibrators,
with
data­
logging
capabilities
to
minimize
transcription
errors.
We
recommend
using
calibration
reference
quantities
that
are
NIST­
traceable
within
0.5
%
uncertainty.
253
(
2)
Temperature.
We
recommend
digital
dry­
block
or
stirred­
liquid
temperature
calibrators,
with
datalogging
capabilities
to
minimize
transcription
errors.
We
recommend
using
calibration
reference
quantities
that
are
NIST­
traceable
within
0.5
%
uncertainty.

(
3)
Dewpoint.
We
recommend
a
minimum
of
three
different
temperature­
equilibrated
and
temperature­
monitored
calibration
salt
solutions
in
containers
that
seal
completely
around
the
dewpoint
sensor.
We
recommend
using
calibration
reference
quantities
that
are
NISTtraceable
within
0.5
%
uncertainty.

(
b)
You
may
remove
system
components
for
off­
site
calibration.
We
recommend
specifying
calibration
reference
quantities
that
are
NIST­
traceable
within
0.5
%
uncertainty.

FLOW­
RELATED
MEASUREMENTS
§
1065.320
Fuel­
flow
calibration.

(
a)
Scope
and
frequency.
Calibrate
fuel­
flow
meters
upon
initial
installation.
Follow
the
instrument
manufacturer's
instructions
and
use
good
engineering
judgment
to
repeat
the
calibration.

(
b)
You
may
also
develop
a
procedure
based
on
a
chemical
balance
of
carbon
or
oxygen
in
engine
exhaust.

(
c)
You
may
remove
system
components
for
off­
site
calibration.
When
installing
a
flow
meter
with
an
off­
site
calibration,
we
recommend
that
you
consider
the
effects
of
the
tubing
configuration
upstream
and
downstream
of
the
flow
meter.
We
recommend
specifying
calibration
reference
quantities
that
are
NIST­
traceable
within
0.5
%
uncertainty.

§
1065.325
Intake­
flow
calibration.

(
a)
Scope
and
frequency.
Calibrate
intake­
air
flow
meters
upon
initial
installation.
Follow
the
instrument
manufacturer's
instructions
and
use
good
engineering
judgment
to
repeat
the
calibration.
We
recommend
using
a
calibration
subsonic
venturi,
ultrasonic
flow
meter
or
laminar
flow
element.
We
recommend
using
calibration
reference
quantities
that
are
NIST­
traceable
within
0.5
%
uncertainty.

(
b)
You
may
remove
system
components
for
off­
site
calibration.
When
installing
a
flow
meter
with
an
off­
site
calibration,
we
recommend
that
you
consider
the
effects
of
the
tubing
configuration
upstream
and
downstream
of
the
flow
meter.
We
recommend
specifying
calibration
reference
quantities
that
are
NIST­
traceable
within
0.5
%
uncertainty.

(
c)
If
you
use
a
subsonic
venturi
or
ultrasonic
flow
meter
for
intake
flow
measurement,
we
recommend
that
you
calibrate
it
as
described
in
§
1065.340.

§
1065.330
Exhaust­
flow
calibration.
(
a)
Scope
and
frequency.
Calibrate
exhaust­
flow
meters
upon
initial
installation.
Follow
the
instrument
manufacturer's
instructions
and
use
good
engineering
judgment
to
repeat
the
calibration.
We
recommend
that
you
use
a
calibration
subsonic
venturi
or
ultrasonic
flow
meter
and
simulate
exhaust
temperatures
by
incorporating
a
heat
exchanger
between
the
calibration
meter
and
the
exhaust­
flow
meter.
If
you
can
demonstrate
that
the
flow
meter
to
be
calibrated
is
insensitive
to
exhaust
temperatures,
you
may
use
other
reference
meters
such
as
laminar
flow
elements,
which
are
not
commonly
designed
to
withstand
typical
raw
exhaust
temperatures.
We
254
recommend
using
calibration
reference
quantities
that
are
NIST­
traceable
within
0.5
%
uncertainty.

(
b)
You
may
remove
system
components
for
off­
site
calibration.
When
installing
a
flow
meter
with
an
off­
site
calibration,
we
recommend
that
you
consider
the
effects
of
the
tubing
configuration
upstream
and
downstream
of
the
flow
meter.
We
recommend
specifying
calibration
reference
quantities
that
are
NIST­
traceable
within
0.5
%
uncertainty.

(
c)
If
you
use
a
subsonic
venturi
or
ultrasonic
flow
meter
for
raw
exhaust
flow
measurement,
we
recommend
that
you
calibrate
it
as
described
in
§
1065.340.

§
1065.340
Diluted
exhaust
flow
(
CVS)
calibration.
(
a)
Overview.
This
section
describes
how
to
calibrate
flow
meters
for
diluted
exhaust
constantvolume
sampling
(
CVS)
systems.

(
b)
Scope
and
frequency.
Perform
this
calibration
while
the
flow
meter
is
installed
in
its
permanent
position.
Perform
this
calibration
after
you
change
any
part
of
the
flow
configuration
upstream
or
downstream
of
the
flow
meter
that
may
affect
the
flow­
meter
calibration.
Perform
this
calibration
upon
initial
CVS
installation
and
whenever
corrective
action
does
not
resolve
a
failure
to
meet
the
diluted
exhaust
flow
verification
(
i.
e.,
propane
check)
in
§
1065.341.

(
c)
Reference
flow
meter.
Calibrate
a
CVS
flow
meter
using
a
reference
flow
meter
such
as
a
subsonic
venturi
flow
meter,
a
long­
radius
ASME/
NIST
flow
nozzle,
a
smooth
approach
orifice,
a
laminar
flow
element,
a
set
of
critical
flow
venturis,
or
an
ultrasonic
flow
meter.
Use
a
reference
flow
meter
that
reports
quantities
that
are
NIST­
traceable
within
+
1
%
uncertainty.
Use
this
reference
flow
meter's
response
to
flow
as
the
reference
value
for
CVS
flow­
meter
calibration.

(
d)
Configuration.
Do
not
use
an
upstream
screen
or
other
restriction
that
could
affect
the
flow
ahead
of
the
reference
flow
meter,
unless
the
flow
meter
has
been
calibrated
with
such
a
restriction.

(
e)
PDP
calibration.
Calibrate
a
positive­
displacement
pump
(
PDP)
to
determine
a
flow­
versus­
PDP
speed
equation
that
accounts
for
flow
leakage
across
sealing
surfaces
in
the
PDP
as
a
function
of
PDP
inlet
pressure.
Determine
unique
equation
coefficients
for
each
speed
at
which
you
operate
the
PDP.
Calibrate
a
PDP
flow
meter
as
follows:

(
1)
Connect
the
system
as
shown
in
Figure
1
of
this
section.

(
2)
Leaks
between
the
calibration
flow
meter
and
the
PDP
must
be
less
than
0.3
%
of
the
total
flow
at
the
lowest
calibrated
flow
point;
for
example,
at
the
highest
restriction
and
lowest
PDP­
speed
point.

(
3)
While
the
PDP
operates,
maintain
a
constant
temperature
at
the
PDP
inlet
within
+
2
%
of
the
mean
absolute
inlet
temperature,
.
in
T
(
4)
Set
the
PDP
speed
to
the
first
speed
point
at
which
you
intend
to
calibrate.

(
5)
Set
the
variable
restrictor
to
its
wide­
open
position.

(
6)
Operate
the
PDP
for
at
least
3
min
to
stabilize
the
system.
Continue
operating
the
PDP
and
record
the
mean
values
of
at
least
30
seconds
of
sampled
data
of
each
of
the
following
quantities:

(
i)
The
mean
flow
rate
of
the
reference
flow
meter,
.
This
may
include
several
ref
n

measurements
of
different
quantities,
such
as
reference
meter
pressures
and
temperatures,

for
calculating
.
ref
n

(
ii)
The
mean
temperature
at
the
PDP
inlet,
.
in
T
255
(
iii)
The
mean
static
absolute
pressure
at
the
PDP
inlet,
.
in
p
(
iv)
The
mean
static
absolute
pressure
at
the
PDP
outlet,
.
out
p
(
v)
The
mean
PDP
speed,
.
nPDP
f
(
7)
Incrementally
close
the
restrictor
valve
to
decrease
the
absolute
pressure
at
the
inlet
to
the
PDP,
.
in
p
(
8)
Repeat
the
steps
in
paragraphs
(
e)(
6)
and
(
7)
of
this
section
to
record
data
at
a
minimum
of
six
restrictor
positions
reflecting
the
full
range
of
possible
in­
use
pressures
at
the
PDP
inlet.

(
9)
Calibrate
the
PDP
by
using
the
collected
data
and
the
equations
in
§
1065.640.

(
10)
Repeat
the
steps
in
paragraphs
(
e)(
6)
through
(
9)
of
this
section
for
each
speed
at
which
you
operate
the
PDP.

(
11)
Use
the
equations
in
§
1065.642
to
determine
the
PDP
flow
equation
for
emission
testing.

(
12)
Verify
the
calibration
by
performing
a
CVS
verification
(
i.
e.,
propane
check)
as
described
in
§
1065.341.

(
13)
Do
not
use
the
PDP
below
the
lowest
inlet
pressure
tested
during
calibration.

(
f)
CFV
calibration.
Calibrate
a
critical­
flow
venturi
(
CFV)
to
verify
its
discharge
coefficient,
C
d,
at
the
lowest
expected
static
differential
pressure
between
the
CFV
inlet
and
outlet.
Calibrate
a
CFV
flow
meter
as
follows:

(
1)
Connect
the
system
as
shown
in
Figure
1
of
this
section.

(
2)
Start
the
blower
downstream
of
the
CFV.

(
3)
While
the
CFV
operates,
maintain
a
constant
temperature
at
the
CFV
inlet
within
+
2
%
of
the
mean
absolute
inlet
temperature,
.
in
T
(
4)
Leaks
between
the
calibration
flow
meter
and
the
CFV
must
be
less
than
0.3
%
of
the
total
flow
at
the
highest
restriction.

(
5)
Set
the
variable
restrictor
to
its
wide­
open
position.

(
6)
Operate
the
CFV
for
at
least
3
min
to
stabilize
the
system.
Continue
operating
the
CFV
and
record
the
mean
values
of
at
least
30
seconds
of
sampled
data
of
each
of
the
following
quantities:

(
i)
The
mean
flow
rate
of
the
reference
flow
meter,
.
This
may
include
several
ref
n

measurements
of
different
quantities,
such
as
reference
meter
pressures
and
temperatures,

for
calculating
.
ref
n

(
ii)
Optionally,
the
mean
dewpoint
of
the
calibration
air,
.
See
§
1065.640
for
dew
T
permissible
assumptions.

(
iii)
The
mean
temperature
at
the
venturi
inlet,
.
in
T
(
iv)
The
mean
static
absolute
pressure
at
the
venturi
inlet,
.
in
p
(
v)
The
mean
static
differential
pressure
between
the
CFV
inlet
and
the
CFV
outlet,
.
CFV
p
 

(
7)
Incrementally
close
the
restrictor
valve
to
decrease
the
absolute
pressure
at
the
inlet
to
the
CFV,
.
in
p
256
(
8)
Repeat
the
steps
in
paragraphs
(
f)(
6)
and
(
7)
of
this
section
to
record
mean
data
at
a
minimum
of
ten
restrictor
positions,
such
that
you
test
the
fullest
practical
range
of
CFV
p
 
expected
during
testing.
We
do
not
require
that
you
remove
calibration
components
or
CVS
components
to
calibrate
at
the
lowest
possible
restrictions.

(
9)
Determine
C
d
and
the
lowest
allowable
as
described
in
§
1065.640.
CFV
p
 

(
10)
Use
C
d
to
determine
CFV
flow
during
an
emission
test.
Do
not
use
the
CFV
below
the
lowest
allowed
,
as
determined
in
§
1065.640.
CFV
dew
p
T
 

(
11)
Verify
the
calibration
by
performing
a
CVS
verification
(
i.
e.,
propane
check)
as
described
in
§
1065.341.

(
12)
If
your
CVS
is
configured
to
operate
more
than
one
CFV
at
a
time
in
parallel,
calibrate
your
CVS
by
one
of
the
following:

(
i)
Calibrate
every
combination
of
CFVs
according
to
this
section
and
§
1065.640.
Refer
to
§
1065.642
for
instructions
on
calculating
flow
rates
for
this
option.

(
ii)
Calibrate
each
CFV
according
to
this
section
and
§
1065.640.
Refer
to
§
1065.642
for
instructions
on
calculating
flow
rates
for
this
option.

(
g)
SSV
calibration.
Calibrate
a
subsonic
venturi
(
SSV)
to
determine
its
calibration
coefficient,
C
d
,
for
the
expected
range
of
inlet
pressures.
Calibrate
an
SSV
flow
meter
as
follows:

(
1)
Connect
the
system
as
shown
in
Figure
1
of
this
section.

(
2)
Start
the
blower
downstream
of
the
SSV.

(
3)
Leaks
between
the
calibration
flow
meter
and
the
SSV
must
be
less
than
0.3
%
of
the
total
flow
at
the
highest
restriction.

(
4)
While
the
SSV
operates,
maintain
a
constant
temperature
at
the
SSV
inlet
within
+
2
%
of
the
mean
absolute
inlet
temperature,
.
in
T
(
5)
Set
the
variable
restrictor
or
variable­
speed
blower
to
a
flow
rate
greater
than
the
greatest
flow
rate
expected
during
testing.
You
may
not
extrapolate
flow
rates
beyond
calibrated
values,
so
we
recommend
that
you
make
sure
the
Reynolds
number,
Re#,
at
the
SSV
throat
at
the
greatest
calibrated
flow
rate
is
greater
than
the
maximum
Re#
expected
during
testing.

(
6)
Operate
the
SSV
for
at
least
3
min
to
stabilize
the
system.
Continue
operating
the
SSV
and
record
the
mean
of
at
least
30
seconds
of
sampled
data
of
each
of
the
following
quantities:

(
i)
The
mean
flow
rate
of
the
reference
flow
meter,
.
This
may
include
several
ref
n

measurements
of
different
quantities,
such
as
reference
meter
pressures
and
temperatures,

for
caculating
.
ref
n

(
ii)
Optionally,
the
mean
dewpoint
of
the
calibration
air,
.
See
§
1065.640
for
dew
SSV
T
p
 
permissible
assumptions.

(
iii)
The
mean
temperature
at
the
venturi
inlet,
.
in
T
(
iv)
The
mean
static
absolute
pressure
at
the
venturi
inlet,
.
in
p
(
v)
Static
differential
pressure
between
the
static
pressure
at
the
venturi
inlet
and
the
static
pressure
at
the
venturi
throat,
.
SSV
p
 

(
7)
Incrementally
close
the
restrictor
valve
or
decrease
the
blower
speed
to
decrease
the
flow
rate.
257
(
8)
Repeat
the
steps
in
paragraphs
(
g)(
6)
and
(
7)
of
this
section
to
record
data
at
a
minimum
of
ten
flow
rates.

(
9)
Determine
a
functional
form
of
C
d
versus
Re#
by
using
the
collected
data
and
the
equations
in
§
1065.640.

(
10)
Verify
the
calibration
by
performing
a
CVS
verification
(
i.
e.,
propane
check)
as
described
in
§
1065.341
using
the
new
C
d
versus
Re#
equation.

(
11)
Use
the
SSV
only
between
the
minimum
and
maximum
calibrated
flow
rates.

(
12)
Use
the
equations
in
§
1065.642
to
determine
SSV
flow
during
a
test.

(
h)
Ultrasonic
flow
meter
calibration.
[
Reserved]

[
NOTE
TO
PRINTER
 
INSERT
Figure
1
of
§
1065.340
HERE]
258
§
1065.341
CVS
and
batch
sampler
verification
(
propane
check).

(
a)
A
propane
check
serves
as
a
CVS
verification
to
determine
if
there
is
a
discrepancy
in
measured
values
of
diluted
exhaust
flow.
A
propane
check
also
serves
as
a
batch­
sampler
verification
to
determine
if
there
is
a
discrepancy
in
a
batch
sampling
system
that
extracts
a
sample
from
a
CVS,
as
described
in
paragraph
(
g)
of
this
section.
Using
good
engineering
judgment
and
safe
practices,
this
check
may
be
performed
using
a
gas
other
than
propane,
such
as
CO
2
or
CO.
A
failed
propane
check
might
indicate
one
or
more
problems
that
may
require
corrective
action,
as
follows:

(
1)
Incorrect
analyzer
calibration.
Re­
calibrate,
repair,
or
replace
the
FID
analyzer.

(
2)
Leaks.
Inspect
CVS
tunnel,
connections,
fasteners,
and
HC
sampling
system,
and
repair
or
replace
components.

(
3)
Poor
mixing.
Perform
the
verification
as
described
in
paragraph
(
b)
of
this
section
while
traversing
a
sampling
probe
across
the
tunnel's
diameter,
vertically
and
horizontally.
If
the
analyzer
response
indicates
any
deviation
exceeding
+
2
%
of
the
mean
measured
concentration,
consider
operating
the
CVS
at
a
higher
flow
rate
or
installing
a
mixing
plate
or
orifice
to
improve
mixing.

(
4)
Hydrocarbon
contamination
in
the
sample
system.
Perform
the
hydrocarboncontamination
verification
as
described
in
§
1065.520.

(
5)
Change
in
CVS
calibration.
Perform
an
in­
situ
calibration
of
the
CVS
flow
meter
as
described
in
§
1065.340.

(
6)
Other
problems
with
the
CVS
or
sampling
verification
hardware
or
software.
Inspect
the
CVS
system,
CVS
verification
hardware,
and
software
for
discrepancies.

(
b)
A
propane
check
uses
either
a
reference
mass
or
a
reference
flow
rate
of
C
3
H
8
as
a
tracer
gas
in
a
CVS.
Note
that
if
you
use
a
reference
flow
rate,
account
for
any
non­
ideal
gas
behavior
of
C
3
H
8
in
the
reference
flow
meter.
Refer
to
§
1065.640
and
§
1065.642,
which
describe
how
to
calibrate
and
use
certain
flow
meters.
Do
not
use
any
ideal
gas
assumptions
in
§
1065.640
and
§
1065.642.
The
propane
check
compares
the
calculated
mass
of
injected
C
3
H
8
using
HC
measurements
and
CVS
flow
rate
measurements
with
the
reference
value.

(
c)
Prepare
for
the
propane
check
as
follows:

(
1)
If
you
use
a
reference
mass
of
C
3
H
8
instead
of
a
reference
flow
rate,
obtain
a
cylinder
charged
with
C
3
H
8.
Determine
the
reference
cylinder's
mass
of
C
3
H
8
within
+
0.5
%
of
the
amount
of
C
3
H
8
that
you
expect
to
use.

(
2)
Select
appropriate
flow
rates
for
the
CVS
and
C
3
H
8.
(
3)
Select
a
C
3
H
8
injection
port
in
the
CVS.
Select
the
port
location
to
be
as
close
as
practical
to
the
location
where
you
introduce
engine
exhaust
into
the
CVS.
Connect
the
C
3
H
8
cylinder
to
the
injection
system.

(
4)
Operate
and
stabilize
the
CVS.

(
5)
Preheat
or
precool
any
heat
exchangers
in
the
sampling
system.

(
6)
Allow
heated
and
cooled
components
such
as
sample
lines,
filters,
chillers,
and
pumps
to
stabilize
at
operating
temperature.

(
7)
You
may
purge
the
HC
sampling
system
during
stabilization.

(
8)
If
applicable,
perform
a
vacuum
side
leak
verification
of
the
HC
sampling
system
as
described
in
§
1065.345.

(
9)
You
may
also
conduct
any
other
calibrations
or
verifications
on
equipment
or
analyzers.
259
(
d)
Zero,
span,
and
verify
contamination
of
the
HC
sampling
system,
as
follows:

(
1)
Select
the
lowest
HC
analyzer
range
that
can
measure
the
C
3
H
8
concentration
expected
for
the
CVS
and
C
3
H
8
flow
rates.

(
2)
Zero
the
HC
analyzer
using
zero
air
introduced
at
the
analyzer
port.

(
3)
Span
the
HC
analyzer
using
C
3
H
8
span
gas
introduced
at
the
analyzer
port.

(
4)
Overflow
zero
air
at
the
HC
probe
or
into
a
fitting
between
the
HC
probe
and
the
transfer
line.

(
5)
Measure
the
stable
HC
concentration
of
the
HC
sampling
system
as
overflow
zero
air
flows.
For
batch
HC
measurement,
fill
the
batch
container
(
such
as
a
bag)
and
measure
the
HC
overflow
concentration.

(
6)
If
the
overflow
HC
concentration
exceeds
2
µ
mol/
mol,
do
not
proceed
until
contamination
is
eliminated.
Determine
the
source
of
the
contamination
and
take
corrective
action,
such
as
cleaning
the
system
or
replacing
contaminated
portions.

(
7)
When
the
overflow
HC
concentration
does
not
exceed
2
µ
mol/
mol,
record
this
value
as
x
HCpre
and
use
it
to
correct
for
HC
contamination
as
described
in
§
1065.660.

(
e)
Perform
the
propane
check
as
follows:

(
1)
For
batch
HC
sampling,
connect
clean
storage
media,
such
as
evacuated
bags.

(
2)
Operate
HC
measurement
instruments
according
to
the
instrument
manufacturer's
instructions.

(
3)
If
you
will
correct
for
dilution
air
background
concentrations
of
HC,
measure
and
record
background
HC
in
the
dilution
air.

(
4)
Zero
any
integrating
devices.

(
5)
Begin
sampling,
and
start
any
flow
integrators.

(
6)
Release
the
contents
of
the
C
3
H
8
reference
cylinder
at
the
rate
you
selected.
If
you
use
a
reference
flow
rate
of
C
3
H
8,
start
integrating
this
flow
rate.

(
7)
Continue
to
release
the
cylinder's
contents
until
at
least
enough
C
3
H
8
has
been
released
to
ensure
accurate
quantification
of
the
reference
C
3
H
8
and
the
measured
C
3
H
8.
(
8)
Shut
off
the
C
3
H
8
reference
cylinder
and
continue
sampling
until
you
have
accounted
for
time
delays
due
to
sample
transport
and
analyzer
response.

(
9)
Stop
sampling
and
stop
any
integrators.

(
f)
Perform
post­
test
procedure
as
follows:

(
1)
If
you
used
batch
sampling,
analyze
batch
samples
as
soon
as
practical.

(
2)
After
analyzing
HC,
correct
for
contamination
and
background.

(
3)
Calculate
total
C
3
H
8
mass
based
on
your
CVS
and
HC
data
as
described
in
§
1065.650
and
§
1065.660,
using
the
molar
mass
of
C
3
H
8,
M
C3H8,
instead
the
effective
molar
mass
of
HC,
M
HC.
(
4)
If
you
use
a
reference
mass,
determine
the
cylinder's
propane
mass
within
+
0.5
%
and
determine
the
C
3
H
8
reference
mass
by
subtracting
the
empty
cylinder
propane
mass
from
the
full
cylinder
propane
mass.

(
5)
Subtract
the
reference
C
3
H
8
mass
from
the
calculated
mass.
If
this
difference
is
within
+
2.0
%
of
the
reference
mass,
the
CVS
passes
this
verification.
If
not,
take
corrective
action
as
described
in
paragraph
(
a)
of
this
section.

(
g)
Batch
sampler
verification.
You
may
repeat
the
propane
check
to
verify
a
batch
sampler,
such
as
a
PM
secondary
dilution
system.
260
(
1)
Configure
the
HC
sampling
system
to
extract
a
sample
near
the
location
of
the
batch
sampler's
storage
media
(
such
as
a
PM
filter).
If
the
absolute
pressure
at
this
location
is
too
low
to
extract
an
HC
sample,
you
may
sample
HC
from
the
batch
sampler
pump's
exhaust.
Use
caution
when
sampling
from
pump
exhaust
because
an
otherwise
acceptable
pump
leak
downstream
of
a
batch
sampler
flow
meter
will
cause
a
false
failure
of
the
propane
check.

(
2)
Repeat
the
propane
check
described
in
this
section,
but
sample
HC
from
the
batch
sampler.

(
3)
Calculate
C
3
H
8
mass,
taking
into
account
any
secondary
dilution
from
the
batch
sampler.

(
4)
Subtract
the
reference
C
3
H
8
mass
from
the
calculated
mass.
If
this
difference
is
within
+
5
%
of
the
reference
mass,
the
batch
sampler
passes
this
verification.
If
not,
take
corrective
action
as
described
in
paragraph
(
a)
of
this
section.

§
1065.345
Vacuum­
side
leak
verification.

(
a)
Scope
and
frequency.
Upon
initial
sampling
system
installation,
after
major
maintenance,
and
before
each
test
according
to
subpart
F
of
this
part
for
laboratory
tests
and
according
to
subpart
J
for
field
tests,
verify
that
there
are
no
significant
vacuum­
side
leaks
using
one
of
the
leak
tests
described
in
this
section.

(
b)
Measurement
principles.
A
leak
may
be
detected
either
by
measuring
a
small
amount
of
flow
when
there
should
be
zero
flow,
or
by
detecting
the
dilution
of
a
known
concentration
of
span
gas
when
it
flows
through
the
vacuum
side
of
a
sampling
system.

(
c)
Low­
flow
leak
test.
Test
a
sampling
system
for
low­
flow
leaks
as
follows:

(
1)
Seal
the
probe
end
of
the
system
by
taking
one
of
the
following
steps:

(
i)
Cap
or
plug
the
end
of
the
sample
probe.

(
ii)
Disconnect
the
transfer
line
at
the
probe
and
cap
or
plug
the
transfer
line.

(
iii)
Close
a
leak­
tight
valve
in­
line
between
a
probe
and
transfer
line.

(
2)
Operate
all
vacuum
pumps.
After
stabilizing,
verify
that
the
flow
through
the
vacuum­
side
of
the
sampling
system
is
less
than
0.5
%
of
the
system's
normal
in­
use
flow
rate.
You
may
estimate
typical
analyzer
and
bypass
flows
as
an
approximation
of
the
system's
normal
in­
use
flow
rate.

(
d)
Dilution­
of­
span­
gas
leak
test.
Test
any
analyzer,
other
than
a
FID,
for
dilution
of
span
gas
as
follows,
noting
that
this
configuration
requires
an
overflow
span
gas
system:

(
1)
Prepare
a
gas
analyzer
as
you
would
for
emission
testing.

(
2)
Supply
span
gas
to
the
analyzer
port
and
verify
that
it
measures
the
span
gas
concentration
within
its
expected
measurement
accuracy
and
repeatability.

(
3)
Route
overflow
span
gas
to
one
of
the
following
locations
in
the
sampling
system:

(
i)
The
end
of
the
sample
probe.

(
ii)
Disconnect
the
transfer
line
at
the
probe
connection,
and
overflow
the
span
gas
at
the
open
end
of
the
transfer
line.

(
iii)
A
three­
way
valve
installed
in­
line
between
a
probe
and
its
transfer
line,
such
as
a
system
overflow
zero
and
span
port.

(
3)
Verify
that
the
measured
overflow
span
gas
concentration
is
within
the
measurement
accuracy
and
repeatability
of
the
analyzer.
A
measured
value
lower
than
expected
indicates
a
leak,
but
a
value
higher
than
expected
may
indicate
a
problem
with
the
span
gas
or
the
analyzer
itself.
A
measured
value
higher
than
expected
does
not
indicate
a
leak.
261
CO
AND
CO
2
MEASUREMENTS
§
1065.350
H2O
interference
verification
for
CO2
NDIR
analyzers.

(
a)
Scope
and
frequency.
If
you
measure
CO
2
using
an
NDIR
analyzer,
verify
the
amount
of
H
2
O
interference
after
initial
analyzer
installation
and
after
major
maintenance.

(
b)
Measurement
principles.
H
2
O
can
interfere
with
an
NDIR
analyzer's
response
to
CO
2.
If
the
NDIR
analyzer
uses
compensation
algorithms
that
utilize
measurements
of
other
gases
to
meet
this
interference
verification,
simultaneously
conduct
these
other
measurements
to
test
the
compensation
algorithms
during
the
analyzer
interference
verification.

(
c)
System
requirements.
A
CO
2
NDIR
analyzer
must
have
an
H
2
O
interference
that
is
within
+
2
%
of
the
flow­
weighted
mean
CO
2
concentration
expected
at
the
standard,
though
we
strongly
recommend
a
lower
interference
that
is
within
+
1
%.

(
d)
Procedure.
Perform
the
interference
verification
as
follows:

(
1)
Start,
operate,
zero,
and
span
the
CO
2
NDIR
analyzer
as
you
would
before
an
emission
test.

(
2)
Create
a
water­
saturated
test
gas
by
bubbling
zero
air
that
meets
the
specifications
in
§
1065.750
through
distilled
water
in
a
sealed
vessel
at
(
25
+
10)

C.

(
3)
Introduce
the
water­
saturated
test
gas
upstream
of
any
sample
dryer,
if
one
is
used
during
testing.

(
4)
Allow
time
for
the
analyzer
response
to
stabilize.
Stabilization
time
may
include
time
to
purge
the
transfer
line
and
to
account
for
analyzer
response.

(
5)
While
the
analyzer
measures
the
sample's
concentration,
record
30
seconds
of
sampled
data.
Calculate
the
arithmetic
mean
of
this
data.
The
analyzer
meets
the
interference
verification
if
this
value
is
within
+
2
%
of
the
flow­
weighted
mean
concentration
of
CO
2
expected
at
the
standard.

(
e)
Exceptions.
The
following
exceptions
apply:

(
1)
You
may
omit
this
verification
if
you
can
show
by
engineering
analysis
that
for
your
CO
2
sampling
system
and
your
emission­
calculation
procedures,
the
H
2
O
interference
for
your
CO
2
NDIR
analyzer
always
affects
your
brake­
specific
emission
results
within
+
0.5
%
of
each
of
the
applicable
standards.

(
2)
You
may
use
a
CO
2
NDIR
analyzer
that
you
determine
does
not
meet
this
verification,
as
long
as
you
try
to
correct
the
problem
and
the
measurement
deficiency
does
not
adversely
affect
your
ability
to
show
that
engines
comply
with
all
applicable
emission
standards.

§
1065.355
H2O
and
CO2
interference
verification
for
CO
NDIR
analyzers.
(
a)
Scope
and
frequency.
If
you
measure
CO
using
an
NDIR
analyzer,
verify
the
amount
of
H
2
O
and
CO
2
interference
after
initial
analyzer
installation
and
after
major
maintenance.

(
b)
Measurement
principles.
H
2
O
and
CO
2
can
positively
interfere
with
an
NDIR
analyzer
by
causing
a
response
similar
to
CO.
If
the
NDIR
analyzer
uses
compensation
algorithms
that
utilize
measurements
of
other
gases
to
meet
this
interference
verification,
simultaneously
conduct
these
other
measurements
to
test
the
compensation
algorithms
during
the
analyzer
interference
verification.

(
c)
System
requirements.
A
CO
NDIR
analyzer
must
have
combined
H
2
O
and
CO
2
interference
that
is
within
+
2
%
of
the
flow­
weighted
mean
concentration
of
CO
expected
at
the
standard,
though
we
strongly
recommend
a
lower
interference
that
is
within
+
1
%.
262
(
d)
Procedure.
Perform
the
interference
verification
as
follows:

(
1)
Start,
operate,
zero,
and
span
the
CO
NDIR
analyzer
as
you
would
before
an
emission
test.

(
2)
Create
a
water­
saturated
CO
2
test
gas
by
bubbling
a
CO
2
span
gas
through
distilled
water
in
a
sealed
vessel
at
(
25
+
10)

C.

(
3)
Introduce
the
water­
saturated
CO
2
test
gas
upstream
of
any
sample
dryer,
if
one
is
used
during
testing.

(
4)
Allow
time
for
the
analyzer
response
to
stabilize.
Stabilization
time
may
include
time
to
purge
the
transfer
line
and
to
account
for
analyzer
response.

(
5)
While
the
analyzer
measures
the
sample's
concentration,
record
its
output
for
30
seconds.
Calculate
the
arithmetic
mean
of
this
data.

(
6)
Multiply
this
mean
value
by
the
ratio
of
expected
CO
2
to
span
gas
CO
2
concentration.
In
other
words,
estimate
the
flow­
weighted
mean
dry
concentration
of
CO
2
expected
during
testing,
and
then
divide
this
value
by
the
concentration
of
CO
2
in
the
span
gas
used
for
this
verification.
Then
multiply
this
ratio
by
the
mean
value
recorded
during
this
verification.

(
7)
The
analyzer
meets
the
interference
verification
if
the
result
of
paragraph
(
d)(
6)
of
this
section
is
within
+
2
%
of
the
flow­
weighted
mean
concentration
of
CO
expected
at
the
standard.

(
e)
Exceptions.
The
following
exceptions
apply:

(
1)
You
may
omit
this
verification
if
you
can
show
by
engineering
analysis
that
for
your
CO
sampling
system
and
your
emission
calculations
procedures,
the
the
combined
CO
2
and
H
2
O
interference
for
your
CO
NDIR
analyzer
always
affects
your
brake­
specific
CO
emission
results
within
+
0.5
%
of
the
applicable
CO
standard.

(
2)
You
may
use
a
CO
NDIR
analyzer
that
you
determine
does
not
meet
this
verification,
as
long
as
you
try
to
correct
the
problem
and
the
measurement
deficiency
does
not
adversely
affect
your
ability
to
show
that
engines
comply
with
all
applicable
emission
standards.

HYDROCARBON
MEASUREMENTS
§
1065.360
FID
optimization
and
verification.

(
a)
Scope
and
frequency.
For
all
FID
analyzers
perform
the
following
steps:

(
1)
Calibrate
a
FID
upon
initial
installation.
Repeat
the
calibration
as
needed
using
good
engineering
judgment.

(
2)
Optimize
a
FID's
response
to
various
hydrocarbons
after
initial
analyzer
installation
and
after
major
maintenance.

(
3)
Determine
a
FID's
methane
(
CH
4)
response
factor
after
initial
analyzer
installation
and
after
major
maintenance.

(
4)
Verify
methane
(
CH
4)
response
within
185
days
before
testing.

(
b)
Calibration.
Use
good
engineering
judgment
to
develop
a
calibration
procedure,
such
as
one
based
on
the
FID­
analyzer
manufacturer's
instructions
and
recommended
frequency
for
calibrating
the
FID.
Alternately,
you
may
remove
system
components
for
off­
site
calibration.
Calibrate
using
C
3
H
8
calibration
gases
that
meet
the
specifications
of
§
1065.750.
We
recommend
FID
analyzer
zero
and
span
gases
that
contain
approximately
the
flow­
weighted
mean
concentration
of
O
2
expected
during
testing.
If
you
use
a
FID
to
measure
methane
(
CH
4)
downstream
of
a
nonmethane
cutter,
you
may
calibrate
that
FID
using
CH
4
calibration
gases
with
263
the
cutter.
Regardless
of
the
calibration
gas
composition,
calibrate
on
a
carbon
number
basis
of
one
(
C
1).
For
example,
if
you
use
a
C
3
H
8
span
gas
of
concentration
200
µ
mol/
mol,
span
the
FID
to
respond
with
a
value
of
600
µ
mol/
mol.

(
c)
FID
response
optimization.
Use
good
engineering
judgment
for
initial
instrument
start­
up
and
basic
operating
adjustment
using
FID
fuel
and
zero
air.
Heated
FIDs
must
be
within
their
required
operating
temperature
ranges.
Optimize
FID
response
at
the
most
common
analyzer
range
expected
during
emission
testing.
Optimization
involves
adjusting
flows
and
pressures
of
FID
fuel,
burner
air,
and
sample
to
minimize
response
variations
to
various
hydrocarbon
species
in
the
exhaust.
Use
good
engineering
judgment
to
trade
off
peak
FID
response
to
propane
calibration
gases
to
achieve
minimal
response
variations
to
different
hydrocarbon
species.
For
an
example
of
trading
off
response
to
propane
for
relative
responses
to
other
hydrocarbon
species,
see
Society
of
Automotive
Engineers
(
SAE)
Paper
No.
770141
(
incorporated
by
reference
in
§
1065.1010).
Determine
the
optimum
flow
rates
for
FID
fuel,
burner
air,
and
sample
and
record
them
for
future
reference.

(
d)
CH
4
response
factor
determination.
Since
FID
analyzers
generally
have
a
different
response
to
CH
4
versus
C
3
H
8,
determine
each
FID
analyzer's
CH
4
response
factor,
RF
CH4,
after
FID
optimization.
Use
the
most
recent
RF
CH4
measured
according
to
this
section
in
the
calculations
for
HC
determination
described
in
§
1065.660
to
compensate
for
CH
4
response.
Determine
RF
CH4
as
follows,
noting
that
you
do
not
determine
RF
CH4
for
FIDs
that
are
calibrated
and
spanned
using
CH
4
with
a
nonmethane
cutter:

(
1)
Select
a
C
3
H
8
span
gas
that
meets
the
specifications
of
§
1065.750.
Record
the
C
3
H
8
concentration
of
the
gas.

(
2)
Select
a
CH
4
span
gas
that
meets
the
specifications
of
§
1065.750.
Record
the
CH
4
concentration
of
the
gas.

(
3)
Start
and
operate
the
FID
analyzer
according
to
the
manufacturer's
instructions.

(
4)
Confirm
that
the
FID
analyzer
has
been
calibrated
using
C
3
H
8.
Calibrate
on
a
carbon
number
basis
of
one
(
C
1).
For
example,
if
you
use
a
C
3
H
8
span
gas
of
concentration
200
µ
mol/
mol,
span
the
FID
to
respond
with
a
value
of
600
µ
mol/
mol.

(
5)
Zero
the
FID
with
a
zero
gas
that
you
use
for
emission
testing.

(
6)
Span
the
FID
with
the
C
3
H
8
span
gas
that
you
selected
under
paragraph
(
d)(
1)
of
this
section.

(
7)
Introduce
at
the
sample
port
of
the
FID
analyzer,
the
CH
4
span
gas
that
you
selected
under
paragraph
(
d)(
2)
of
this
section.

(
8)
Allow
time
for
the
analyzer
response
to
stabilize.
Stabilization
time
may
include
time
to
purge
the
analyzer
and
to
account
for
its
response.

(
9)
While
the
analyzer
measures
the
CH
4
concentration,
record
30
seconds
of
sampled
data.
Calculate
the
arithmetic
mean
of
these
values.

(
10)
Divide
the
mean
measured
concentration
by
the
recorded
span
concentration
of
the
CH
4
calibration
gas.
The
result
is
the
FID
analyzer's
response
factor
for
CH
4,
RF
CH4.
(
e)
FID
methane
(
CH
4)
response
verification.
If
the
value
of
RF
CH4
from
paragraph
(
d)
of
this
section
is
within
+
5.0
%
of
its
most
recent
previously
determined
value,
the
FID
passes
the
methane
response
verification.
For
example,
if
the
most
recent
previous
value
for
RFCH4
was
1.05
and
it
changed
by
+
0.05
to
become
1.10
or
it
changed
by
­
0.05
to
become
1.00,
either
case
would
be
acceptable
because
+
4.8
%
is
less
than
+
5.0
%.

(
1)
Verify
that
the
pressures
and
flow
rates
of
FID
fuel,
burner
air,
and
sample
are
each
within
+
0.5
%
of
their
most
recent
previously
recorded
values,
as
described
in
paragraph
(
c)
of
this
264
section.
You
may
adjust
these
flow
rates
as
necessary.
Determine
a
new
RF
CH4
as
described
in
paragraph
(
d)
of
this
section.

(
2)
If
RF
CH4
is
still
not
within
+
5.0
%
of
its
most
recently
determined
value
after
adjusting
flow
rates,
re­
optimize
the
FID
response
as
described
in
paragraph
(
c)
of
this
section.

(
3)
Determine
a
new
RF
CH4
as
described
in
paragraph
(
d)
of
this
section.
Use
this
new
value
of
RF
CH4
in
the
calculations
for
HC
determination,
as
described
in
§
1065.660.

§
1065.362
Non­
stoichiometric
raw
exhaust
FID
O2
interference
verification.
(
a)
Scope
and
frequency.
If
you
use
FID
analyzers
for
raw
exhaust
measurements
from
engines
that
operate
in
a
non­
stoichiometric
mode
of
combustion
(
e.
g.,
compression­
ignition,
lean­
burn),
verify
the
amount
of
FID
O
2
interference
upon
initial
installation
and
after
major
maintenance.

(
b)
Measurement
principles.
Changes
in
O
2
concentration
in
raw
exhaust
can
affect
FID
response
by
changing
FID
flame
temperature.
Optimize
FID
fuel,
burner
air,
and
sample
flow
to
meet
this
verification.
Verify
FID
performance
with
the
compensation
algorithms
for
FID
O
2
interference
that
you
have
active
during
an
emission
test.

(
c)
System
requirements.
Any
FID
analyzer
used
during
testing
must
meet
the
FID
O
2
interference
verification
according
to
the
procedure
in
this
section.

(
d)
Procedure.
Determine
FID
O
2
interference
as
follows:

(
1)
Select
two
span
reference
gases
that
meet
the
specifications
in
§
1065.750
and
contain
C
3
H
8
near
100%
of
span
for
HC.
You
may
use
CH
4
span
reference
gases
for
FIDs
calibrated
on
CH
4
with
a
nonmethane
cutter.
Select
the
two
balance
gas
concentrations
such
that
the
concentrations
of
O
2
and
N
2
represent
the
minimum
and
maximum
O
2
concentrations
expected
during
testing.

(
2)
Confirm
that
the
FID
analyzer
meets
all
the
specifications
of
§
1065.360.

(
3)
Start
and
operate
the
FID
analyzer
as
you
would
before
an
emission
test.
Regardless
of
the
FID
burner's
air
source
during
testing,
use
zero
air
as
the
FID
burner's
air
source
for
this
verification.

(
4)
Zero
the
FID
analyzer
using
the
zero
gas
used
during
emission
testing.

(
5)
Span
the
FID
analyzer
using
the
span
gas
used
during
emission
testing.

(
6)
Check
the
zero
response
of
the
FID
analyzer
using
the
zero
gas
used
during
emission
testing.
If
the
mean
zero
response
of
30
seconds
of
sampled
data
is
within
+
0.5
%
of
the
span
reference
value
used
in
paragraph
(
d)(
5)
of
this
section,
then
proceed
to
the
next
step;
otherwise
restart
the
procedure
at
paragraph
(
d)(
4)
of
this
section.

(
7)
Check
the
analyzer
response
using
the
span
gas
that
has
the
minimum
concentration
of
O
2
expected
during
testing.
Record
the
mean
response
of
30
seconds
of
stabilized
sample
data
as
x
O2minHC.
(
8)
Check
the
zero
response
of
the
FID
analyzer
using
the
zero
gas
used
during
emission
testing.
If
the
mean
zero
response
of
30
seconds
of
stabilized
sample
data
is
within
+
0.5
%
of
the
span
reference
value
used
in
paragraph
(
d)(
5)
of
this
section,
then
proceed
to
the
next
step;
otherwise
restart
the
procedure
at
paragraph
(
d)(
4)
of
this
section.

(
9)
Check
the
analyzer
response
using
the
span
gas
that
has
the
maximum
concentration
of
O
2
expected
during
testing.
Record
the
mean
response
of
30
seconds
of
stabilized
sample
data
as
x
O2maxHC.
(
10)
Check
the
zero
response
of
the
FID
analyzer
using
the
zero
gas
used
during
emission
testing.
If
the
mean
zero
response
of
30
seconds
of
stabilized
sample
data
is
within
+
0.5
%
of
265
the
span
reference
value
used
in
paragraph
(
d)(
5)
of
this
section,
then
proceed
to
the
next
step;
otherwise
restart
the
procedure
at
paragraph
(
d)(
4)
of
this
section.

(
11)
Calculate
the
percent
difference
between
x
O2maxHC
and
its
reference
gas
concentration.
Calculate
the
percent
difference
between
x
O2minHC
and
its
reference
gas
concentration.
Determine
the
maximum
percent
difference
of
the
two.
This
is
the
O
2
interference.

(
12)
If
the
O
2
interference
is
within
+
1.5
%,
then
the
FID
passes
the
O
2
interference
check;
otherwise
perform
one
or
more
of
the
following
to
address
the
deficiency:

(
i)
Select
zero
and
span
gases
for
emission
testing
that
contain
higher
or
lower
O
2
concentrations.

(
ii)
Adjust
FID
burner
air,
fuel,
and
sample
flow
rates.
Note
that
if
you
adjust
these
flow
rates
to
meet
the
O
2
interference
verification,
you
must
re­
verify
with
the
adjusted
flow
rates
that
the
FID
meets
the
CH
4
response
factor
verification
according
to
§
1065.360.

(
iii)
Repair
or
replace
the
FID.

(
iv)
Demonstrate
that
the
deficiency
does
not
adversely
affect
your
ability
to
demonstrate
compliance
with
the
applicable
emission
standards.

§
1065.365
Nonmethane
cutter
penetration
fractions.
(
a)
Scope
and
frequency.
If
you
use
a
FID
analyzer
and
a
nonmethane
cutter
(
NMC)
to
measure
methane
(
CH
4),
determine
the
nonmethane
cutter's
penetration
fractions
of
methane,
PF
CH4,
and
ethane,
PF
C2H6.
Perform
this
verification
after
installing
the
nonmethane
cutter.
Repeat
this
verification
within
185
days
of
testing
to
verify
that
the
catalytic
activity
of
the
cutter
has
not
deteriorated.
Note
that
because
nonmethane
cutters
can
deteriorate
rapidly
and
without
warning
if
they
are
operated
outside
of
certain
ranges
of
gas
concentrations
and
outside
of
certain
temperature
ranges,
good
engineering
judgment
may
dictate
that
you
determine
a
nonmethane
cutter's
penetration
fractions
more
frequently.

(
b)
Measurement
principles.
A
nonmethane
cutter
is
a
heated
catalyst
that
removes
nonmethane
hydrocarbons
from
the
exhaust
stream
before
the
FID
analyzer
measures
the
remaining
hydrocarbon
concentration.
An
ideal
nonmethane
cutter
would
have
PF
CH4
of
1.000,
and
the
penetration
fraction
for
all
other
hydrocarbons
would
be
0.000,
as
represented
by
PF
C2H6.
The
emission
calculations
in
§
1065.660
use
this
section's
measured
values
of
PF
CH4
and
PF
C2H6
to
account
for
less
than
ideal
NMC
performance.

(
c)
System
requirements.
We
do
not
limit
NMC
penetration
fractions
to
a
certain
range.
However,
we
recommend
that
you
optimize
a
nonmethane
cutter
by
adjusting
its
temperature
to
achieve
PF
CH4
>
0.95
and
PF
C2H6
<
0.02
as
determined
by
paragraphs
(
d)
and
(
e)
of
this
section,
as
applicable.
If
we
use
a
nonmethane
cutter
for
testing,
it
will
meet
this
recommendation.
If
adjusting
NMC
temperature
does
not
result
in
achieving
both
of
these
specifications
simultaneously,
we
recommend
that
you
replace
the
catalyst
material.
Use
the
most
recently
determined
penetration
values
from
this
section
to
calculate
HC
emissions
according
to
§
1065.660
and
§
1065.665
as
applicable.

(
d)
Procedure
for
a
FID
calibrated
with
the
NMC.
If
your
FID
arrangement
is
such
that
a
FID
is
always
calibrated
to
measure
CH
4
with
the
NMC,
then
span
that
FID
with
the
NMC
cutter
using
a
CH
4
span
gas,
set
that
FID's
CH
4
penetration
fraction,
PF
CH4,
equal
to
1.0
for
all
emission
calculations,
and
determine
its
ethane
(
C
2
H
6)
penetration
fraction,
PF
C2H6.
as
follows:

(
1)
Select
a
CH
4
gas
mixture
and
a
C
2
H
6
analytical
gas
mixture
and
ensure
that
both
mixtures
meet
the
specifications
of
§
1065.750.
Select
a
CH
4
concentration
that
you
would
use
for
spanning
the
FID
during
emission
testing
and
select
a
C
2
H
6
concentration
that
is
typical
of
the
266
peak
NMHC
concentration
expected
at
the
hydrocarbon
standard
or
equal
to
THC
analyzer's
span
value.

(
2)
Start,
operate,
and
optimize
the
nonmethane
cutter
according
to
the
manufacturer's
instructions,
including
any
temperature
optimization.

(
3)
Confirm
that
the
FID
analyzer
meets
all
the
specifications
of
§
1065.360.

(
4)
Start
and
operate
the
FID
analyzer
according
to
the
manufacturer's
instructions.

(
5)
Zero
and
span
the
FID
with
the
cutter
and
use
CH
4
span
gas
to
span
the
FID
with
the
cutter.
Note
that
you
must
span
the
FID
on
a
C
1
basis.
For
example,
if
your
span
gas
has
a
CH
4
reference
value
of
100
µ
mol/
mol,
the
correct
FID
response
to
that
span
gas
is
100
µ
mol/
mol
because
there
is
one
carbon
atom
per
CH
4
molecule.

(
6)
Introduce
the
C
2
H
6
analytical
gas
mixture
upstream
of
the
nonmethane
cutter.

(
7)
Allow
time
for
the
analyzer
response
to
stabilize.
Stabilization
time
may
include
time
to
purge
the
nonmethane
cutter
and
to
account
for
the
analyzer's
response.

(
8)
While
the
analyzer
measures
a
stable
concentration,
record
30
seconds
of
sampled
data.
Calculate
the
arithmetic
mean
of
these
data
points.

(
9)
Divide
the
mean
by
the
reference
value
of
C
2
H
6,
converted
to
a
C
1
basis.
The
result
is
the
C
2
H
6
penetration
fraction,
PF
C2H6.
Use
this
penetration
fraction
and
the
CH
4
penetration
fraction,
which
is
set
equal
to
1.0,
in
emission
calculations
according
to
§
1065.660
or
§
1065.665,
as
applicable.

(
e)
Procedure
for
a
FID
calibrated
by
bypassing
the
NMC.
If
you
use
a
FID
with
an
NMC
that
is
calibrated
by
bypassing
the
NMC,
determine
penetration
fractions
as
follows:

(
1)
Select
CH
4
and
C
2
H
6
analytical
gas
mixtures
that
meet
the
specifications
of
§
1065.750
with
the
CH
4
concentration
typical
of
its
peak
concentration
expected
at
the
hydrocarbon
standard
and
the
C
2
H
6
concentration
typical
of
the
peak
total
hydrocarbon
(
THC)
concentration
expected
at
the
hydrocarbon
standard
or
the
THC
analyzer
span
value.

(
2)
Start
and
operate
the
nonmethane
cutter
according
to
the
manufacturer's
instructions,
including
any
temperature
optimization.

(
3)
Confirm
that
the
FID
analyzer
meets
all
the
specifications
of
§
1065.360.

(
4)
Start
and
operate
the
FID
analyzer
according
to
the
manufacturer's
instructions.

(
5)
Zero
and
span
the
FID
as
you
would
during
emission
testing.
Span
the
FID
by
bypassing
the
cutter
and
by
using
C
3
H
8
span
gas
to
span
the
FID.
Note
that
you
must
span
the
FID
on
a
C
1
basis.
For
example,
if
your
span
gas
has
a
propane
reference
value
of
100
µ
mol/
mol,
the
correct
FID
response
to
that
span
gas
is
300
µ
mol/
mol
because
there
are
three
carbon
atoms
per
C
3
H
8
molecule.

(
6)
Introduce
the
C
2
H
6
analytical
gas
mixture
upstream
of
the
nonmethane
cutter.

(
7)
Allow
time
for
the
analyzer
response
to
stabilize.
Stabilization
time
may
include
time
to
purge
the
nonmethane
cutter
and
to
account
for
the
analyzer's
response.

(
8)
While
the
analyzer
measures
a
stable
concentration,
record
30
seconds
of
sampled
data.
Calculate
the
arithmetic
mean
of
these
data
points.

(
9)
Reroute
the
flow
path
to
bypass
the
nonmethane
cutter,
introduce
the
C
2
H
6
analytical
gas
mixture
to
the
bypass,
and
repeat
the
steps
in
paragraphs
(
e)(
7)
through
(
8)
of
this
section.

(
10)
Divide
the
mean
C
2
H
6
concentration
measured
through
the
nonmethane
cutter
by
the
mean
concentration
measured
after
bypassing
the
nonmethane
cutter.
The
result
is
the
C
2
H
6
penetration
fraction,
PF
C2H6.
Use
this
penetration
fraction
according
to
§
1065.660
or
§
1065.665,
as
applicable.
267
(
12)
Repeat
the
steps
in
paragraphs
(
e)(
6)
through
(
10)
of
this
section,
but
with
the
CH
4
analytical
gas
mixture
instead
of
C
2
H
6.
The
result
will
be
the
CH
4
penetration
fraction,
PF
CH4.
Use
this
penetration
fraction
according
to
§
1065.660
or
§
1065.665,
as
applicable.

NO
x
MEASUREMENTS
§
1065.370
CLD
CO2
and
H2O
quench
verification.
(
a)
Scope
and
frequency.
If
you
use
a
CLD
analyzer
to
measure
NO
x,
verify
the
amount
of
H
2
O
and
CO
2
quench
after
installing
the
CLD
analyzer
and
after
major
maintenance.

(
b)
Measurement
principles.
H
2
O
and
CO
2
can
negatively
interfere
with
a
CLD's
NO
x
response
by
collisional
quenching,
which
inhibits
the
chemiluminescent
reaction
that
a
CLD
utilizes
to
detect
NO
x.
The
calculations
in
§
1065.672
for
H
2
O
quench
account
for
the
water
vapor
in
humidified
NO
span
gas.
The
procedure
and
the
calculations
scale
the
quench
results
to
the
water
vapor
and
CO
2
concentrations
expected
during
testing.
If
the
CLD
analyzer
uses
quench
compensation
algorithms
that
utilize
H
2
O
and/
or
CO
2
measurement
instruments,
use
these
instruments
to
measure
H
2
O
and/
or
CO
2
and
evaluate
quench
with
the
compensation
algorithms
applied.

(
c)
System
requirements.
A
CLD
analyzer
must
have
a
combined
H
2
O
and
CO
2
quench
of
+
2
%
or
less,
though
we
strongly
recommend
a
quench
of
+
1
%
or
less.
Combined
quench
is
the
sum
of
the
CO
2
quench
determined
as
described
in
paragraph
(
d)
of
this
section,
plus
the
H
2
O
quench
determined
in
paragraph
(
e)
of
this
section.

(
d)
CO
2
quench
verification
procedure.
Use
the
following
method
to
determine
CO
2
quench,
or
use
good
engineering
judgment
to
develop
a
different
protocol:

(
1)
Use
PTFE
tubing
to
make
necessary
connections.

(
2)
Connect
a
pressure­
regulated
CO
2
span
gas
to
one
of
the
inlets
of
a
three­
way
valve
made
of
300
series
stainless
steel.
Use
a
CO
2
span
gas
that
meets
the
specifications
of
§
1065.750
and
attempt
to
use
a
concentration
that
is
approximately
twice
the
maximum
CO
2
concentration
expected
to
enter
the
CLD
sample
port
during
testing,
if
available.

(
3)
Connect
a
pressure­
regulated
purified
N
2
gas
to
the
valve's
other
inlet.
Use
a
purified
N
2
gas
that
meets
the
specifications
of
§
1065.750.

(
4)
Connect
the
valve's
single
outlet
to
the
balance­
gas
port
of
a
gas
divider
that
meets
the
specifications
in
§
1065.248.

(
5)
Connect
a
pressure­
regulated
NO
span
gas
to
the
span­
port
of
the
gas
divider.
Use
an
NO
span
gas
that
meets
the
specifications
of
§
1065.750.
Attempt
to
use
an
NO
concentration
that
is
approximately
twice
the
maximum
NO
concentration
expected
during
testing,
if
available.

(
6)
Configure
the
gas
divider
such
that
nearly
equal
amounts
of
the
span
gas
and
balance
gas
are
blended
with
each
other.
Apply
viscosity
corrections
as
necessary
to
appropriately
ensure
correct
gas
division.

(
7)
While
flowing
balance
and
span
gases
through
the
gas
divider,
stabilize
the
CO
2
concentration
downstream
of
the
gas
divider
and
measure
the
CO
2
concentration
with
an
NDIR
analyzer
that
has
been
prepared
for
emission
testing.
Record
this
concentration,
x
CO2meas,
and
use
it
in
the
quench
verification
calculations
in
§
1065.675.

(
8)
Measure
the
NO
concentration
downstream
of
the
gas
divider.
If
the
CLD
has
an
operating
mode
in
which
it
detects
NO­
only,
as
opposed
to
total
NO
x,
operate
the
CLD
in
the
268
NO­
only
operating
mode.
Record
this
concentration,
x
NO,
CO2,
and
use
it
in
the
quench
verification
calculations
in
§
1065.675.

(
9)
Switch
the
three­
way
valve
so
100
%
purified
N
2
flows
to
the
gas
divider's
balance­
port
inlet.
Monitor
the
CO
2
at
the
gas
divider's
outlet
until
its
concentration
stabilizes
at
zero.

(
10)
Measure
NO
concentration
at
the
gas
divider's
outlet.
Record
this
value,
x
NO,
N2,
and
use
it
in
the
quench
verification
calculations
in
§
1065.675.

(
11)
Use
the
values
recorded
according
to
this
paragraph
(
d)
of
this
section
and
paragraph
(
e)
of
this
section
to
calculate
quench
as
described
in
§
1065.675.

(
e)
H
2
O
quench
verification
procedure.
Use
the
following
method
to
determine
H
2
O
quench,
or
use
good
engineering
judgment
to
develop
a
different
protocol:

(
1)
Use
PTFE
tubing
to
make
necessary
connections.

(
2)
If
the
CLD
has
an
operating
mode
in
which
it
detects
NO­
only,
as
opposed
to
total
NO
x,
operate
the
CLD
in
the
NO­
only
operating
mode.

(
3)
Measure
an
NO
calibration
span
gas
that
meets
the
specifications
of
§
1065.750
and
is
near
the
maximum
concentration
expected
during
testing.
Record
this
concentration,
x
NOdry.
(
4)
Humidify
the
gas
by
bubbling
it
through
distilled
water
in
a
sealed
vessel.
We
recommend
that
you
humidify
the
gas
to
the
highest
sample
dewpoint
that
you
estimate
during
emission
sampling.
Regardless
of
the
humidity
during
this
test,
the
quench
verification
calculations
in
§
1065.675
scale
the
recorded
quench
to
the
highest
dewpoint
that
you
expect
entering
the
CLD
sample
port
during
emission
sampling.

(
5)
If
you
do
not
use
any
sample
dryer
for
NO
x
during
emissions
testing,
record
the
vessel
water
temperature
as
T
dew,
and
its
pressure
as
p
total
and
use
these
values
according
to
§
1065.645
to
calculate
the
amount
of
water
entering
the
CLD
sample
port,
x
H2Omeas.
If
you
do
use
a
sample
dryer
for
NO
x
during
emissions
testing,
measure
the
humidity
of
the
sample
just
upstream
of
the
CLD
sample
port
and
use
the
measured
humidity
according
to
§
1065.645
to
calculate
the
amount
of
water
entering
the
CLD
sample
port,
x
H2Omeas.
(
6)
To
prevent
subsequent
condensation,
make
sure
that
any
humidified
sample
will
not
be
exposed
to
temperatures
lower
than
T
dew
during
transport
from
the
sealed
vessel's
outlet
to
the
CLD.
We
recommend
using
heated
transfer
lines.

(
7)
Introduce
the
humidified
sample
upstream
of
any
sample
dryer,
if
one
is
used.

(
8)
Use
the
CLD
to
measure
the
NO
concentration
of
the
humidified
span
gas
and
record
this
value,
x
NOwet.
(
9)
Use
the
recorded
values
from
this
paragraph
(
e)
to
calculate
the
quench
as
described
in
§
1065.675.

(
10)
Use
the
values
recorded
according
to
this
paragraph
(
e)
of
this
section
and
paragraph
(
d)
of
this
section
to
calculate
quench
as
described
in
§
1065.675.

(
f)
Corrective
action.
If
the
sum
of
the
H
2
O
quench
plus
the
CO
2
quench
is
not
within
+
2
%,
take
corrective
action
by
repairing
or
replacing
the
analyzer.
Before
using
a
CLD
for
emission
testing,
demonstrate
that
the
corrective
action
resulted
in
a
value
within
+
2
%
combined
quench.

(
g)
Exceptions.
The
following
exceptions
apply:

(
1)
You
may
omit
this
verification
if
you
can
show
by
engineering
analysis
that
for
your
NO
x
sampling
system
and
your
emission
calculations
procedures,
the
the
combined
CO
2
and
H
2
O
interference
for
your
NO
x
CLD
analyzer
always
affects
your
brake­
specific
NO
x
emission
results
within
no
more
than
+
1.0
%
of
the
applicable
NO
x
standard.
269
(
2)
You
may
use
a
NO
x
CLD
analyzer
that
you
determine
does
not
meet
this
verification,
as
long
as
you
try
to
correct
the
problem
and
the
measurement
deficiency
does
not
adversely
affect
your
ability
to
show
that
engines
comply
with
all
applicable
emission
standards.

§
1065.372
NDUV
analyzer
HC
and
H2O
interference
verification.

(
a)
Scope
and
frequency.
If
you
measure
NO
x
using
an
NDUV
analyzer,
verify
the
amount
of
H
2
O
and
hydrocarbon
interference
after
initial
analyzer
installation
and
after
major
maintenance.

(
b)
Measurement
principles.
Hydrocarbons
and
H
2
O
can
positively
interfere
with
an
NDUV
analyzer
by
causing
a
response
similar
to
NO
x.
If
the
NDUV
analyzer
uses
compensation
algorithms
that
utilize
measurements
of
other
gases
to
meet
this
interference
verification,
simultaneously
conduct
such
measurements
to
test
the
algorithms
during
the
analyzer
interference
verification.

(
c)
System
requirements.
A
NO
x
NDUV
analyzer
must
have
combined
H
2
O
and
HC
interference
within
+
2
%
of
the
flow­
weighted
mean
concentration
of
NO
x
expected
at
the
standard,
though
we
strongly
recommend
keeping
interference
within
+
1
%.

(
d)
Procedure.
Perform
the
interference
verification
as
follows:

(
1)
Start,
operate,
zero,
and
span
the
NO
x
NDUV
analyzer
according
to
the
instrument
manufacturer's
instructions.

(
2)
We
recommend
that
you
extract
engine
exhaust
to
perform
this
verification.
Use
a
CLD
that
meets
the
specifications
of
subpart
C
of
this
part
to
quantify
NO
x
in
the
exhaust.
Use
the
CLD
response
as
the
reference
value.
Also
measure
HC
in
the
exhaust
with
a
FID
analyzer
that
meets
the
specifications
of
subpart
C
of
this
part.
Use
the
FID
response
as
the
reference
hydrocarbon
value.

(
3)
Upstream
of
any
sample
dryer,
if
one
is
used
during
testing,
introduce
the
engine
exhaust
to
the
NDUV
analyzer.

(
4)
Allow
time
for
the
analyzer
response
to
stabilize.
Stabilization
time
may
include
time
to
purge
the
transfer
line
and
to
account
for
analyzer
response.

(
5)
While
all
analyzers
measure
the
sample's
concentration,
record
30
seconds
of
sampled
data,
and
calculate
the
arithmetic
means
for
the
three
analyzers.

(
6)
Subtract
the
CLD
mean
from
the
NDUV
mean.

(
7)
Multiply
this
difference
by
the
ratio
of
the
flow­
weighted
mean
HC
concentration
expected
at
the
standard
to
the
HC
concentration
measured
during
the
verification.
The
analyzer
meets
the
interference
verification
of
this
section
if
this
result
is
within
+
2
%
of
the
HC
concentration
expected
at
the
standard.

(
e)
Exceptions.
The
following
exceptions
apply:

(
1)
You
may
omit
this
verification
if
you
can
show
by
engineering
analysis
that
for
your
NO
x
sampling
system
and
your
emission
calculations
procedures,
the
the
combined
HC
and
H
2
O
interference
for
your
NO
x
NDUV
analyzer
always
affects
your
brake­
specific
NO
x
emission
results
by
less
than
0.5
%
of
the
applicable
NO
x
standard.

(
2)
You
may
use
a
NO
x
NDUV
analyzer
that
you
determine
does
not
meet
this
verification,
as
long
as
you
try
to
correct
the
problem
and
the
measurement
deficiency
does
not
adversely
affect
your
ability
to
show
that
engines
comply
with
all
applicable
emission
standards.
270
§
1065.376
Chiller
NO2
penetration.
(
a)
Scope
and
frequency.
If
you
use
a
chiller
to
dry
a
sample
upstream
of
a
NO
x
measurement
instrument,
but
you
don't
use
an
NO
2­
to­
NO
converter
upstream
of
the
chiller,
you
must
perform
this
verification
for
chller
NO
2
penetration.
Perform
this
verification
after
initial
installation
and
after
major
maintenance.

(
b)
Measurement
principles.
A
chiller
removes
water,
which
can
otherwise
interfere
with
a
NO
x
measurement.
However,
liquid
water
in
an
improperly
designed
chiller
can
remove
NO
2
from
the
sample.
If
a
chiller
is
used
without
an
NO
2­
to­
NO
converter
upstream,
it
could
therefore
remove
NO
2
from
the
sample
prior
NO
x
measurement.

(
c)
System
requirements.
A
chiller
must
allow
for
measuring
at
least
95
%
of
the
total
NO
2
at
the
maximum
expected
concentration
of
NO
2.
(
d)
Procedure.
Use
the
following
procedure
to
verify
chiller
performance:

(
1)
Instrument
setup.
Follow
the
analyzer
and
chiller
manufacturers'
start­
up
and
operating
instructions.
Adjust
the
analyzer
and
chiller
as
needed
to
optimize
performance.

(
2)
Equipment
setup.
Connect
an
ozonator's
inlet
to
a
zero­
air
or
oxygen
source
and
connect
its
outlet
to
one
port
of
a
three­
way
tee
fitting.
Connect
an
NO
span
gas
to
another
port
of
the
tee.
Connect
a
heated
line
at
100

C
to
the
last
port,
and
connect
a
heated
three­
way
tee
to
the
other
end
of
the
line.
Connect
a
dewpoint
generator,
set
at
a
dewpoint
of
50

C,
to
one
end
of
a
heated
line
at
100

C.
Connect
the
other
end
of
the
line
to
the
heated
tee
and
connect
a
third
100

C
heated
line
to
the
chiller
inlet.
Provide
an
overflow
vent
line
at
the
chiller
inlet.

(
3)
Adjustments.
For
the
following
adjustment
steps,
set
the
analyzer
to
measure
only
NO
(
i.
e.,
NO
mode),
or
only
read
the
NO
channel
of
the
analyzer:

(
i)
With
the
dewpoint
generator
and
the
ozonator
off,
adjust
the
NO
and
zero­
gas
flows
so
the
NO
concentration
at
the
analyzer
is
at
least
two
times
the
peak
total
NO
x
concentration
expected
during
testing
at
the
standard.
Verify
that
gas
is
flowing
out
of
the
overflow
vent
line.

(
ii)
Turn
on
the
dewpoint
generator
and
adjust
its
flow
so
the
NO
concentration
at
the
analyzer
is
at
least
at
the
peak
total
NO
x
concentration
expected
during
testing
at
the
standard.
Verify
that
gas
is
flowing
out
of
the
overflow
vent
line.

(
iii)
Turn
on
the
ozonator
and
adjust
the
ozonator
so
the
NO
concentration
measured
by
the
analyzer
decreases
by
the
same
amount
as
the
maximum
concentration
of
NO
2
expected
during
testing.
This
ensures
that
the
ozonator
is
generating
NO
2
at
the
maximum
concentration
expected
during
testing.

(
4)
Data
collection.
Maintain
the
ozonator
adjustment
in
paragraph
(
d)(
3)
of
this
section,
and
keep
the
NO
x
analyzer
in
the
NO
only
mode
or
only
read
the
NO
channel
of
the
analyzer.

(
i)
Allow
for
stabilization,
accounting
only
for
transport
delays
and
instrument
response.

(
ii)
Calculate
the
mean
of
30
seconds
of
sampled
data
from
the
analyzer
and
record
this
value
as
NO
ref.
(
iii)
Switch
the
analyzer
to
the
total
NO
x
mode,
(
that
is,
sum
the
NO
and
NO
2
channels
of
the
analyzer)
and
allow
for
stabilization,
accounting
only
for
transport
delays
and
instrument
response.

(
iv)
Calculate
the
mean
of
30
seconds
of
sampled
data
from
the
analyzer
and
record
this
value
as
NOx
meas.
271
(
iii)
Turn
off
the
ozonator
and
allow
for
stabilization,
accounting
only
for
transport
delays
and
instrument
response.

(
iv)
Calculate
the
mean
of
30
seconds
of
sampled
data
from
the
analyzer
and
record
this
value
as
NO
xref.
(
5)
Performance
evaluation.
Divide
the
quantity
of
(
NO
xmeas
­
NO
ref
)
by
the
quantity
of
(
NO
xref
­
NO
ref).
If
the
result
is
less
than
95
%,
repair
or
replace
the
chiller.

(
e)
Exceptions.
The
following
exceptions
apply:

(
1)
You
may
omit
this
verification
if
you
can
show
by
engineering
analysis
that
for
your
NO
x
sampling
system
and
your
emission
calculations
procedures,
the
the
chiller
always
affects
your
brake­
specific
NO
x
emission
results
by
less
than
0.5
%
of
the
applicable
NO
x
standard.

(
2)
You
may
use
a
chiller
that
you
determine
does
not
meet
this
verification,
as
long
as
you
try
to
correct
the
problem
and
the
measurement
deficiency
does
not
adversely
affect
your
ability
to
show
that
engines
comply
with
all
applicable
emission
standards.

§
1065.378
NO2­
to­
NO
converter
conversion
verification.

(
a)
Scope
and
frequency.
If
you
use
an
analyzer
that
measures
only
NO
to
determine
NO
x,
you
must
use
an
NO
2­
to­
NO
converter
upstream
of
the
analyzer.
Perform
this
verification
after
installing
the
converter,
after
major
maintenance
and
within
35
days
before
an
emission
test.
This
verification
must
be
repeated
at
this
frequency
to
verify
that
the
catalytic
activity
of
the
NO
2­
to­
NO
converter
has
not
deteriorated.

(
b)
Measurement
principles.
An
NO
2­
to­
NO
converter
allows
an
analyzer
that
measures
only
NO
to
determine
total
NO
x
by
converting
the
NO
2
in
exhaust
to
NO.

(
c)
System
requirements.
An
NO
2­
to­
NO
converter
must
allow
for
measuring
at
least
95
%
of
the
total
NO
2
at
the
maximum
expected
concentration
of
NO
2.
(
d)
Procedure.
Use
the
following
procedure
to
verify
the
performance
of
a
NO
2­
to­
NO
converter:

(
1)
Instrument
setup.
Follow
the
analyzer
and
NO
2­
to­
NO
converter
manufacturers'
start­
up
and
operating
instructions.
Adjust
the
analyzer
and
converter
as
needed
to
optimize
performance.

(
2)
Equipment
setup.
Connect
an
ozonator's
inlet
to
a
zero­
air
or
oxygen
source
and
connect
its
outlet
to
one
port
of
a
4­
way
cross
fitting.
Connect
an
NO
span
gas
to
another
port.
Connect
the
NO
2­
to­
NO
converter
inlet
to
another
port,
and
connect
an
overflow
vent
line
to
the
last
port.

(
3)
Adjustments.
Take
the
following
steps
to
make
adjustments:

(
i)
With
the
NO
2­
to­
NO
converter
in
the
bypass
mode
(
i.
e.,
NO
mode)
and
the
ozonator
off,
adjust
the
NO
and
zero­
gas
flows
so
the
NO
concentration
at
the
analyzer
is
at
the
peak
total
NO
x
concentration
expected
during
testing.
Verify
that
gas
is
flowing
out
of
the
overflow
vent.

(
ii)
With
the
NO
2­
to­
NO
converter
still
in
the
bypass
mode,
turn
on
the
ozonator
and
adjust
the
ozonator
so
the
NO
concentration
measured
by
the
analyzer
decreases
by
the
same
amount
as
maximum
concentration
of
NO
2
expected
during
testing.
This
ensures
that
the
ozonator
is
generating
NO
2
at
the
maximum
concentration
expected
during
testing.

(
4)
Data
collection.
Maintain
the
ozonator
adjustment
in
paragraph
(
d)(
3)
of
this
section,
and
keep
the
NO
x
analyzer
in
the
NO
only
mode
(
i.
e.,
bypass
the
NO
2­
to­
NO
converter).

(
i)
Allow
for
stabilization,
accounting
only
for
transport
delays
and
instrument
response.
272
(
ii)
Calculate
the
mean
of
30
seconds
of
sampled
data
from
the
analyzer
and
record
this
value
as
NO
ref.
(
iii)
Switch
the
analyzer
to
the
total
NO
x
mode
(
that
is,
sample
with
the
NO
2­
to­
NO
converter)
and
allow
for
stabilization,
accounting
only
for
transport
delays
and
instrument
response.

(
iv)
Calculate
the
mean
of
30
seconds
of
sampled
data
from
the
analyzer
and
record
this
value
as
NO
xmeas.
(
iii)
Turn
off
the
ozonator
and
allow
for
stabilization,
accounting
only
for
transport
delays
and
instrument
response.

(
iv)
Calculate
the
mean
of
30
seconds
of
sampled
data
from
the
analyzer
and
record
this
value
as
NO
xref.
(
5)
Performance
evaluation.
Divide
the
quantity
of
(
NO
xmeas
­
NO
ref)
by
the
quantity
of
(
NO
xref
­
NO
ref).
If
the
result
is
less
than
95
%,
repair
or
replace
the
NO
2­
to­
NO
converter.

(
e)
Exceptions.
The
following
exceptions
apply:

(
1)
You
may
omit
this
verification
if
you
can
show
by
engineering
analysis
that
for
your
NO
x
sampling
system
and
your
emission
calculations
procedures,
the
the
converter
always
affects
your
brake­
specific
NO
x
emission
results
by
less
than
0.5
%
of
the
applicable
NO
x
standard.

(
2)
You
may
use
a
converter
that
you
determine
does
not
meet
this
verification,
as
long
as
you
try
to
correct
the
problem
and
the
measurement
deficiency
does
not
adversely
affect
your
ability
to
show
that
engines
comply
with
all
applicable
emission
standards.

PM
MEASUREMENTS
§
1065.390
PM
balance
verifications
and
weighing
process
verification.
(
a)
Scope
and
frequency.
This
section
describes
three
verifications.
The
first
verification
requires
an
independent
verification
of
PM
balance
performance,
and
this
must
be
performed
within
370
days
before
emission
testing.
The
second
verification
requires
zeroing
and
spanning
the
balance,
and
this
must
be
performed
within
12
h
before
weighing.
The
third
verification
requires
comparing
a
current
mass
determination
of
pooled
reference
samples
with
the
previous
mass
determination
of
the
pooled
reference
samples.
This
verification
must
be
performed
within
12
h
before
weighing.

(
b)
Independent
verification.
Have
the
balance
manufacturer
(
or
a
representative
approved
by
the
balance
manufacturer)
verify
the
balance
performance
within
370
days
of
testing.

(
c)
Zeroing
and
spanning.
You
must
verify
balance
performance
by
zeroing
and
spanning
it
with
at
least
one
calibration
weight,
and
any
weights
you
use
must
that
meet
the
specifications
in
§
1065.790
to
perform
this
verification.

(
1)
Use
a
manual
procedure
in
which
you
zero
the
balance
and
span
the
balance
with
at
least
one
calibration
weight.
If
you
normally
use
mean
values
by
repeating
the
weighing
process
to
improve
the
accuracy
and
precision
of
PM
measurements,
use
the
same
process
to
verify
balance
performance.

(
2)
You
may
use
an
automated
procedure
to
verify
balance
performance
if
it
meets
the
intent
described
in
paragraph
(
b)
of
this
section.
For
example
many
balances
have
internal
calibration
weights
that
are
used
automatically
to
verify
balance
performance.
Note
that
if
you
use
internal
balance
weights,
the
weights
must
meet
the
specifications
in
§
1065.790
to
perform
this
verification.
273
(
d)
Reference
sample
weighing.
You
must
also
verify
the
PM­
weighing
environment
and
weighing
process
by
weighing
reference
PM
sample
media.
Repeated
weighing
of
a
reference
mass
must
return
the
same
value
within
+
10
µ
g
or
+
10
%
of
the
net
PM
mass
expected
at
the
standard
(
if
known),
whichever
is
higher.
Perform
this
verification
as
follows:

(
1)
Keep
at
least
two
samples
of
unused
PM
sample
media
in
the
PM­
stabilization
environment.
Use
these
as
references.
If
you
collect
PM
with
filters,
select
unused
filters
of
the
same
material
and
size
for
use
as
references.
You
may
periodically
replace
references,
using
good
engineering
judgment.

(
2)
Stabilize
references
in
the
PM
stabilization
environment.
Consider
references
stabilized
if
they
have
been
in
the
PM­
stabilization
environment
for
a
minimum
of
30
min,
and
the
PMstabilization
environment
has
been
within
the
specifications
of
§
1065.190(
c)
for
at
least
the
preceding
60
min.

(
3)
Exercise
the
balance
several
times
with
a
reference
sample.
We
recommend
weighing
ten
samples
without
recording
the
values.

(
4)
Zero
and
span
the
balance.

(
5)
Weigh
each
of
the
reference
samples
and
record
their
masses.
We
recommend
using
substitution
weighing
as
described
in
§
1065.590(
j).
If
you
normally
use
mean
values
by
repeating
the
weighing
process
to
improve
the
accuracy
and
precision
of
PM
measurements,
use
the
same
process
to
measure
reference
masses.

(
6)
Record
the
balance
environment
dewpoint,
ambient
temperature,
and
atmospheric
pressure.

(
7)
Use
the
recorded
ambient
conditions
to
correct
results
for
buoyancy
as
described
in
§
1065.690.
Record
the
buoyancy­
corrected
mass
of
each
of
the
references.

(
8)
Subtract
each
of
the
reference's
buoyancy­
corrected
masses
from
the
most
recent
previous
determinations
of
their
masses.

(
9)
If
the
mean
of
the
reference's
masses
changes
by
more
than
that
allowed
under
paragraph
(
d)
of
this
section,
then
invalidate
all
PM
results
that
were
determined
between
the
two
times
that
the
reference
masses
were
determined.

§
1065.395
Inertial
PM
balance
verifications.

This
section
describes
how
to
verify
the
performance
of
an
inertial
PM
balance.

(
a)
Independent
verification.
Have
the
balance
manufacturer
(
or
a
representative
approved
by
the
balance
manufacturer)
verify
the
inertial
balance
performance
within
370
days
before
testing.

(
b)
Other
verifications.
Perform
other
verifications
using
good
engineering
judgment
and
instrument
manufacturer
recommendations.

Subpart
E
 
Engine
Selection,
Preparation,
and
Maintenance
§
1065.401
Test
engine
selection.

While
all
engine
configurations
within
a
certified
engine
family
must
comply
with
the
applicable
standards
in
the
standard­
setting
part,
you
need
not
test
each
configuration
for
certification.

(
a)
Select
an
engine
configuration
within
the
engine
family
for
testing,
as
follows:
274
(
1)
Test
the
engine
that
we
specify,
whether
we
issue
general
guidance
or
give
you
specific
instructions.

(
2)
If
we
do
not
tell
you
which
engine
to
test,
follow
any
instructions
in
the
standard­
setting
part.

(
3)
If
we
do
not
tell
you
which
engine
to
test
and
the
standard­
setting
part
does
not
include
specifications
for
selecting
test
engines,
use
good
engineering
judgment
to
select
the
engine
configuration
within
the
engine
family
that
is
most
likely
to
exceed
an
emission
standard.

(
b)
In
the
absence
of
other
information,
the
following
characteristics
are
appropriate
to
consider
when
selecting
the
engine
to
test:

(
1)
Maximum
fueling
rates.

(
2)
Maximum
loads.

(
3)
Maximum
in­
use
speeds.

(
4)
Highest
sales
volume.

(
c)
For
our
testing,
we
may
select
any
engine
configuration
within
the
engine
family.

§
1065.405
Test
engine
preparation
and
maintenance.

(
a)
If
you
are
testing
an
emission­
data
engine
for
certification,
make
sure
it
is
built
to
represent
production
engines.
This
includes
governors
that
you
normally
install
on
production
engines.
If
you
do
not
install
governors
on
production
engines,
simulate
a
governor
that
is
representative
of
a
governor
that
others
will
install
on
your
production
engines.

(
b)
Run
the
test
engine,
with
all
emission­
control
systems
operating,
long
enough
to
stabilize
emission
levels.
Unless
otherwise
specified
in
the
standard­
setting
part,
you
may
consider
emission
levels
stable
without
measurement
if
you
accumulate
12
h
of
operation
for
a
sparkignition
engine
or
125
h
for
a
compression­
ignition
engine.
If
the
engine
needs
more
or
less
operation
to
stabilize
emission
levels,
record
your
reasons
and
the
methods
for
doing
this,
and
give
us
these
records
if
we
ask
for
them.
To
ensure
consistency
between
low­
hour
engines
and
deterioration
factors,
you
must
use
the
same
stabilization
procedures
for
all
emission­
data
engines
within
an
engine
family.

(
c)
Do
not
service
the
test
engine
before
you
stabilize
emission
levels,
unless
we
approve
such
maintenance
in
advance.
This
prohibition
does
not
apply
to
your
recommended
oil
and
filter
changes
for
newly
produced
engines,
or
to
idle­
speed
adjustments.

(
d)
For
accumulating
operating
hours
on
your
test
engines,
select
engine
operation
that
represents
normal
in­
use
operation
for
the
engine
family.

(
e)
If
your
engine
will
be
used
in
a
vehicle
equipped
with
a
canister
for
storing
evaporative
hydrocarbons
for
eventual
combustion
in
the
engine,
attach
a
canister
to
the
engine
before
running
an
emission
test.
You
may
request
to
omit
using
an
evaporative
canister
during
testing
if
you
can
show
that
it
would
not
affect
your
ability
to
show
compliance
with
the
applicable
emission
standards.
You
do
not
have
to
accumulate
engine
operation
before
emission
testing
with
an
installed
canister.
Prior
to
an
emission
test,
use
the
following
steps
to
attach
a
canister
to
your
engine:

(
1)
Use
a
canister
and
plumbing
arrangement
that
represents
the
in­
use
configuration
of
the
largest
capacity
canister
in
all
expected
applications.

(
2)
Use
a
canister
that
is
fully
loaded
with
fuel
vapors.

(
3)
Connect
the
canister's
purge
port
to
the
engine.

(
4)
Plug
the
canister
port
that
is
normally
connected
to
the
fuel
tank.
275
§
1065.410
Maintenance
limits
for
stabilized
test
engines.

(
a)
After
you
stabilize
the
test
engine's
emission
levels,
you
may
do
maintenance,
other
than
during
emission
testing,
as
the
standard­
setting
part
specifies.
However,
you
may
not
do
any
maintenance
based
on
emission
measurements
from
the
test
engine.

(
b)
For
any
critical
emission­
related
maintenance
 
other
than
what
we
specifically
allow
in
the
standard­
setting
part
 
you
must
completely
test
an
engine
for
emissions
before
and
after
doing
any
maintenance
that
might
affect
emissions,
unless
we
waive
this
requirement.

(
c)
Unless
we
approve
otherwise
in
advance,
you
may
not
use
equipment,
instruments,
or
tools
to
identify
bad
engine
components
unless
you
specify
they
should
be
used
for
scheduled
maintenance
on
production
engines.
In
this
case,
if
they
are
not
generally
available,
you
must
also
make
them
available
at
dealerships
and
other
service
outlets
before
we
will
accept
that
they
are
used
for
scheduled
maintenance
on
production
engines.

(
d)
Unless
specified
otherwise
in
the
standard­
setting
part,
you
may
only
adjust,
repair,
disassemble,
or
replace
an
emission­
data
engine
with
our
approval.
We
may
approve
these
steps
if
both
of
the
following
occur:

(
1)
Something
clearly
malfunctions
 
such
as
persistent
misfire,
engine
stall,
overheating,
fluid
leaks,
or
loss
of
oil
pressure
 
and
needs
maintenance
or
repair.

(
2)
You
provide
us
an
opportunity
to
verify
the
extent
of
the
malfunction
before
you
do
the
maintenance.

(
e)
If
we
determine
that
a
part
failure,
system
malfunction,
or
associated
repairs
have
made
the
engine's
emission
controls
unrepresentative
of
production
engines,
you
may
no
longer
use
it
as
an
emission­
data.
Also,
if
your
test
engine
has
a
major
mechanical
failure
that
requires
you
to
take
it
apart,
you
may
no
longer
use
it
as
an
emission­
data
engine.

§
1065.415
Durability
demonstration.

If
the
standard­
setting
part
requires
durability
testing,
you
must
accumulate
service
in
a
way
that
represents
how
you
expect
the
engine
to
operate
in
use.
You
may
accumulate
service
hours
using
an
accelerated
schedule,
such
as
through
continuous
operation
or
by
using
duty
cycles
that
are
more
aggressive
than
in­
use
operation.

(
a)
Maintenance.
The
following
limits
apply
to
the
maintenance
that
we
allow
you
to
do
on
an
emission­
data
engine:

(
1)
You
may
perform
scheduled
maintenance
that
you
recommend
to
operators,
but
only
if
it
is
consistent
with
the
standard­
setting
part's
restrictions.

(
2)
You
may
perform
additional
maintenance
only
as
specified
in
§
1065.410(
b)
or
allowed
by
the
standard­
setting
part.

(
b)
Emission
measurements.
Perform
emission
tests
following
the
provisions
of
the
standard
setting
part
and
this
part,
as
applicable.
Perform
emission
tests
to
determine
deterioration
factors
consistent
with
good
engineering
judgment.
Evenly
space
any
tests
between
the
first
and
last
test
points
throughout
the
durability
period,
unless
we
approve
otherwise.

Subpart
F
 
Performing
an
Emission
Test
in
the
Laboratory
276
§
1065.501
Overview.
(
a)
Use
the
procedures
detailed
in
this
subpart
to
measure
engine
emissions
in
a
laboratory
setting.
This
section
describes
how
to:

(
1)
Map
your
engine
by
recording
specified
speed
and
torque
data,
as
measured
from
the
engine's
primary
output
shaft.

(
2)
Transform
normalized
duty
cycles
into
reference
duty
cycles
for
your
engine
by
using
an
engine
map.

(
3)
Prepare
your
engine,
equipment,
and
measurement
instruments
for
an
emission
test.

(
4)
Perform
pre­
test
procedures
to
verify
proper
operation
of
certain
equipment
and
analyzers.

(
5)
Record
pre­
test
data.

(
6)
Start
or
restart
the
engine
and
sampling
systems.

(
7)
Sample
emissions
throughout
the
duty
cycle.

(
8)
Record
post­
test
data.

(
9)
Perform
post­
test
procedures
to
verify
proper
operation
of
certain
equipment
and
analyzers.

(
10)
Weigh
PM
samples.

(
b)
A
laboratory
emission
test
generally
consists
of
measuring
emissions
and
other
parameters
while
an
engine
follows
one
or
more
duty
cycles
that
are
specified
in
the
standard­
setting
part.
There
are
two
general
types
of
duty
cycles:

(
1)
Transient
cycles.
Transient
duty
cycles
are
typically
specified
in
the
standard­
setting
part
as
a
second­
by­
second
sequence
of
speed
commands
and
torque
(
or
power)
commands.
Operate
an
engine
over
a
transient
cycle
such
that
the
speed
and
torque
of
the
engine's
primary
output
shaft
follows
the
target
values.
Proportionally
sample
emissions
and
other
parameters
and
use
the
calculations
in
subpart
G
of
this
part
to
calculate
emissions.
Start
a
transient
test
according
to
the
standard­
setting
part,
as
follows:

(
i)
A
cold­
start
transient
cycle
where
you
start
to
measure
emissions
just
before
starting
a
cold
engine.

(
ii)
A
hot­
start
transient
cycle
where
you
start
to
measure
emissions
just
before
starting
a
warmed­
up
engine.

(
iii)
A
hot
running
transient
cycle
where
you
start
to
measure
emissions
after
an
engine
is
started,
warmed
up,
and
running.

(
2)
Steady­
state
cycles.
Steady­
state
duty
cycles
are
typically
specified
in
the
standard­
setting
part
as
a
list
of
discrete
operating
points
(
modes),
where
each
operating
point
and
has
one
value
of
a
speed
command
and
one
value
of
a
torque
(
or
power)
command.
Ramped­
modal
cycles
for
steady­
state
testing
also
list
test
times
for
each
mode
and
ramps
of
speed
and
torque
to
follow
between
modes.
Start
a
steady­
state
cycle
as
a
hot
running
test,
where
you
start
to
measure
emissions
after
an
engine
is
started,
warmed
up
and
running.
You
may
run
a
steady­
state
duty
cycle
as
a
discrete­
mode
cycle
or
a
ramped­
modal
cycle,
as
follows:

(
i)
Discrete­
mode
cycles.
Before
emission
sampling,
stabilize
an
engine
at
the
first
discrete
mode.
Sample
emissions
and
other
parameters
for
that
mode
and
then
stop
emission
sampling.
Record
mean
values
for
that
mode,
and
then
stabilize
the
engine
at
the
next
mode.
Continue
to
sample
each
mode
discretely
and
calculate
weighted
emission
results
according
to
the
standard­
setting
part.

(
ii)
Ramped­
modal
cycles.
Perform
ramped­
modal
cycles
similar
to
the
way
you
would
perform
transient
cycles,
except
that
ramped­
modal
cycles
involve
mostly
steady­
state
277
engine
operation.
Perform
a
ramped­
modal
cycle
as
a
sequence
of
second­
by­
second
speed
commands
and
torque
(
or
power)
commands.
Proportionally
sample
emissions
and
other
parameters
during
the
cycle
and
use
the
calculations
in
subpart
G
of
this
part
to
calculate
emissions.

(
c)
Other
subparts
in
this
part
identify
how
to
select
and
prepare
an
engine
for
testing
(
subpart
E),
how
to
perform
the
required
engine
service
accumulation
(
subpart
E),
and
how
to
calculate
emission
results
(
subpart
G).

(
d)
Subpart
J
of
this
part
describes
how
to
perform
field
testing.

§
1065.510
Engine
mapping.
(
a)
Scope
and
frequency.
An
engine
map
is
a
data
set
that
consists
of
a
series
of
paired
data
points
that
represent
the
maximum
brake
torque
versus
engine
speed,
measured
at
the
engine's
primary
output
shaft.
Map
your
engine
while
it
is
connected
to
a
dynamometer.
Configure
any
auxiliary
work
inputs
and
outputs
such
as
hybrid,
turbo­
compounding,
or
thermoelectric
systems
to
represent
their
in­
use
configurations,
and
use
the
same
configuration
for
emission
testing.
See
Figure
1
of
§
1065.210.
This
may
involve
configuring
initial
states
of
charge
and
rates
and
times
of
auxiliary­
work
inputs
and
outputs.
We
recommend
that
you
contact
the
Designated
Compliance
Officer
before
testing
to
determine
how
you
should
configure
any
auxiliary­
work
inputs
and
outputs.
Use
the
most
recent
engine
map
to
transform
a
normalized
duty
cycle
from
the
standardsetting
part
to
a
reference
duty
cycle
specific
to
your
engine.
Normalized
duty
cycles
are
specified
in
the
standard­
setting
part.
You
may
update
an
engine
map
at
any
time
by
repeating
the
engine­
mapping
procedure.
You
must
map
or
re­
map
an
engine
before
a
test
if
any
of
the
following
apply:

(
1)
If
you
have
not
performed
an
initial
engine
map.

(
2)
If
the
atmospheric
pressure
near
the
engine's
air
inlet
is
not
within
+
5
kPa
of
the
atmospheric
pressure
recorded
at
the
time
of
the
last
engine
map.

(
3)
If
the
engine
or
emission­
control
system
has
undergone
changes
that
might
affect
maximum
torque
performance.
This
includes
changing
the
configuration
of
auxiliary
work
inputs
and
outputs
(
see
paragraph
(
b)(
2)
of
this
section).

(
4)
If
you
capture
an
incomplete
map
on
your
first
attempt
or
you
do
not
complete
a
map
within
the
specified
time
tolerance.
You
may
repeat
mapping
as
often
as
necessary
to
capture
a
complete
map
within
the
specified
time.

(
b)
Mapping
variable­
speed
engines.
Map
variable­
speed
engines
as
follows:

(
1)
Record
the
atmospheric
pressure.

(
2)
Warm
up
the
engine
by
operating
it.
We
recommend
operating
the
engine
at
any
speed
and
at
approximately
75
%
of
the
its
expected
maximum
power.
Continue
the
warm­
up
until
either
the
engine
coolant,
block,
or
head
absolute
temperature
is
within
+
2
%
of
its
mean
value
for
at
least
2
min
or
until
the
engine
thermostat
controls
engine
temperature.

(
3)
Operate
the
engine
at
its
warm
idle
speed.

(
4)
Set
operator
demand
to
maximum
and
control
engine
speed
at
(
95
+
1)
%
of
its
warm
idle
speed
for
at
least
15
seconds.
For
engines
with
reference
duty
cycles
whose
lowest
speed
is
greater
than
warm
idle
speed,
you
may
start
the
map
at
(
95
+
1)
%
of
the
lowest
reference
speed.

(
5)
Perform
one
of
the
following:
278
(
i)
For
any
engine
subject
only
to
steady­
state
duty
cycles
(
i.
e.,
discrete­
mode
or
rampedmodal
you
may
perform
an
engine
map
by
using
discrete
speeds.
Select
at
least
20
evenly
spaced
setpoints
between
warm
idle
and
the
highest
speed
above
maximum
mapped
power
at
which
(
50
to
75)
%
of
maximum
power
occurs.
If
this
highest
speed
is
unsafe
or
unrepresentative
(
e.
g,
for
ungoverned
engines),
use
good
engineering
judgment
to
map
up
to
the
maximum
safe
speed
or
the
maximum
representative
speed.
At
each
setpoint,
stabilize
speed
and
allow
torque
to
stabilize.
Record
the
mean
speed
and
torque
at
each
setpoint.
We
recommend
that
you
stabilize
an
engine
for
at
least
15
seconds
at
each
setpoint
and
record
the
mean
feedback
speed
and
torque
of
the
last
(
4
to
6)
seconds.
Use
linear
interpolation
to
determine
intermediate
speeds
and
torques.
Use
this
series
of
speeds
and
torques
to
generate
the
power
map
as
described
in
paragraph
(
e)
of
this
section.

(
ii)
For
any
variable­
speed
engine,
you
may
perform
an
engine
map
by
using
a
continuous
sweep
of
speed
by
continuing
to
record
the
mean
feedback
speed
and
torque
at
1
Hz
or
more
frequently
and
increasing
speed
at
a
constant
rate
such
that
it
takes
(
4
to
6)
min
to
sweep
from
95
%
of
warm
idle
to
the
highest
speed
above
maximum
power
at
which
(
50
to
75)
%
of
maximum
power
occurs.
If
this
highest
speed
is
unsafe
or
unrepresentative
(
e.
g,
for
ungoverned
engines),
use
good
engineering
judgment
to
map
up
to
the
maximum
safe
speed
or
the
maximum
representative
speed.
Stop
recording
after
you
complete
the
sweep.
From
the
series
of
mean
speed
and
maximum
torque
values,
use
linear
interpolation
to
determine
intermediate
values.
Use
this
series
of
speeds
and
torques
to
generate
the
power
map
as
described
in
paragraph
(
e)
of
this
section.

(
c)
Negative
torque
mapping.
If
your
engine
is
subject
to
a
reference
duty
cycle
that
specifies
negative
torque
values,
generate
a
motoring
map
by
any
of
the
following
procedures:

(
1)
Multiply
the
positive
torques
from
your
map
by
­
40
%.
Use
linear
interpolation
to
determine
intermediate
values.

(
2)
Map
the
amount
of
negative
torque
required
to
motor
the
engine
by
repeating
paragraph
(
b)
of
this
section
with
minimum
operator
demand.

(
3)
Determine
the
amount
of
negative
torque
required
to
motor
the
engine
at
the
following
two
points:
at
warm
idle
and
at
the
highest
speed
above
maximum
power
at
which
(
50
to
75)
%
of
maximum
power
occurs.
If
this
highest
speed
is
unsafe
or
unrepresentative
(
e.
g,
for
ungoverned
engines),
use
good
engineering
judgment
to
map
up
to
the
maximum
safe
speed
or
the
maximum
representative
speed.
Operate
the
engine
at
these
two
points
at
minimum
operator
demand.
Use
linear
interpolation
to
determine
intermediate
values.

(
d)
Mapping
constant­
speed
engines.
For
constant­
speed
engines,
generate
a
map
as
follows:

(
1)
Record
the
atmospheric
pressure.

(
2)
Warm
up
the
engine
by
operating
it.
We
recommend
operating
the
engine
at
approximately
75
%
of
the
engine's
expected
maximum
power.
Continue
the
warm­
up
until
either
the
engine
coolant,
block,
or
head
absolute
temperature
is
within
+
2
%
of
its
mean
value
for
at
least
2
min
or
until
the
engine
thermostat
controls
engine
temperature.

(
3)
You
may
operate
the
engine
with
a
production
constant­
speed
governor
or
simulate
a
constant­
speed
governor
by
controlling
engine
speed
with
an
operator
demand
control
system
described
in
§
1065.110.
Use
either
isochronous
or
speed­
droop
governor
operation,
as
appropriate.

(
4)
With
the
governor
or
simulated
governor
controlling
speed
using
operator
demand,
operate
the
engine
at
no­
load
governed
speed
(
at
high
speed,
not
low
idle)
for
at
least
15
seconds.
279
(
5)
Record
at
1
Hz
the
mean
of
feedback
speed
and
torque.
Use
the
dynamometer
to
increase
torque
at
a
constant
rate.
Unless
the
standard­
setting
part
specifies
otherwise,
complete
the
map
such
that
it
takes
(
2
to
4)
min
to
sweep
from
no­
load
governed
speed
to
the
lowest
speed
below
maximum
mapped
power
at
which
the
engine
develops
(
85­
95)
%
of
maximum
mapped
power.
You
may
map
your
engine
to
lower
speeds.
Stop
recording
after
you
complete
the
sweep.
Use
this
series
of
speeds
and
torques
to
generate
the
power
map
as
described
in
paragraph
(
e)
of
this
section.

(
e)
Power
mapping.
For
all
engines,
create
a
power­
versus­
speed
map
by
transforming
torque
and
speed
values
to
corresponding
power
values.
Use
the
mean
values
from
the
recorded
map
data.
Do
not
use
any
interpolated
values.
Multiply
each
torque
by
its
corresponding
speed
and
apply
the
appropriate
conversion
factors
to
arrive
at
units
of
power
(
kW).

(
f)
Measured
and
declared
test
speeds
and
torques.
You
may
use
test
speeds
and
torques
that
you
declare
instead
of
measured
speeds
and
torques
if
you
declare
them
before
engine
mapping
and
they
meet
the
criteria
in
this
paragraph
(
f)
of
this
section.
Otherwise,
you
must
use
measured
speed
and
torque.

(
1)
Measured
speeds
and
torques.
Determine
the
applicable
measured
speeds
and
torques
according
to
§
1065.610:

(
i)
Measured
maximum
test
speed
for
variable­
speed
engines.

(
ii)
Measured
maximum
test
torque
for
constant­
speed
engines.

(
iii)
Measured
"
A",
"
B",
and
"
C"
speeds
for
steady­
state
tests.

(
iv)
Measured
intermediate
speed
for
steady­
state
tests.

(
2)
Required
declared
speeds.
You
must
declare
the
following
speeds:

(
i)
Warmed­
up,
low­
idle
speed
for
variable­
speed
engines.
Declare
this
speed
in
a
way
that
is
represe
ntative
of
inuse
operati
on.
For
exampl
e,
if
your
engine
is
typicall
y
connec
ted
to
an
automa
tic
transmi
ssion
or
a
hydrost
280
atic
transmi
ssion,
declare
this
speed
at
the
idle
speed
at
which
your
engine
operate
s
when
the
transmi
ssion
is
engage
d.

(
ii)
Warmed­
up,
no­
load,
high­
idle
speed
for
constant­
speed
engines.

(
3)
Optional
declared
speeds.
You
may
declare
an
enhanced
idle
speed
according
to
§
1065.610.
You
may
use
a
declared
value
for
any
of
the
following
as
long
as
the
declared
value
is
within
(
97.5
to
102.5)
%
of
its
corresponding
measured
value:

(
i)
Measured
maximum
test
speed
for
variable­
speed
engines.

(
ii)
Measured
intermediate
speed
for
steady­
state
tests.

(
iii)
Measured
"
A",
"
B",
and
"
C"
speeds
for
steady­
state
tests.

(
4)
Declared
torques.
You
may
declare
an
enhanced
idle
torque
according
to
§
1065.610.
You
may
declare
maximum
test
torque
as
long
as
its
within
(
95
to
100)
%
of
the
measured
value.

(
g)
Other
mapping
procedures.
You
may
use
other
mapping
procedures
if
you
believe
the
procedures
specified
in
this
section
are
unsafe
or
unrepresentative
for
your
engine.
Any
alternate
techniques
must
satisfy
the
intent
of
the
specified
mapping
procedures,
which
is
to
determine
the
maximum
available
torque
at
all
engine
speeds
that
occur
during
a
duty
cycle.
Report
any
deviations
from
this
section's
mapping
procedures.

§
1065.512
Duty
cycle
generation.

(
a)
The
standard­
setting
part
defines
applicable
duty
cycles
in
a
normalized
format.
A
normalized
duty
cycle
consists
of
a
sequence
of
paired
values
for
speed
and
torque
or
for
speed
and
power.

(
b)
Transform
normalized
values
of
speed,
torque,
and
power
using
the
following
conventions:

(
1)
Engine
speed
for
variable­
speed
engines.
For
variable­
speed
engines,
normalized
speed
may
be
expressed
as
a
percentage
between
idle
speed
and
maximum
test
speed,
f
ntest,
or
speed
may
be
expressed
by
referring
to
a
defined
speed
by
name,
such
as
"
warm
idle,"
"
intermediate
speed,"
or
"
A,"
"
B,"
or
"
C"
speed.
Section
1065.610
describes
how
to
transform
these
normalized
values
into
a
sequence
of
reference
speeds,
f
nref.
Note
that
the
cycle­
validation
criteria
in
§
1065.514
allow
an
engine
to
govern
itself
at
its
in­
use
idle
speed.
This
allowance
281
permits
you
to
test
engines
with
enhanced­
idle
devices
and
to
simulate
the
effects
of
transmissions
such
as
automatic
transmissions.

(
2)
Engine
torque
for
variable­
speed
engines.
For
variable­
speed
engines,
normalized
torque
is
expressed
as
a
percentage
of
the
mapped
torque
at
the
corresponding
reference
speed.
Section
1065.610
describes
how
to
transform
normalized
torques
into
a
sequence
of
reference
torques,
T
ref.
Section
1065.610
also
describes
under
what
conditions
you
may
command
T
ref
greater
than
the
reference
torque
you
calculated
from
a
normalized
duty
cycle.
This
provision
permits
you
to
command
T
ref
values
representing
curb­
idle
transmission
torque
(
CITT).

(
3)
Engine
torque
for
constant­
speed
engines.
For
constant­
speed
engines,
normalized
torque
is
expressed
as
a
percentage
of
maximum
test
torque,
T
test.
Section
1065.610
describes
how
to
transform
normalized
torques
into
a
sequence
of
reference
torques,
T
ref.
Section
1065.610
also
describes
under
what
conditions
you
may
command
T
ref
greater
than
0
N.
m
when
a
normalized
duty
cycle
specifies
a
0
%
torque
command.

(
4)
Engine
power.
For
all
engines,
normalized
power
is
expressed
as
a
percentage
of
mapped
power
at
maximum
test
speed,
f
ntest.
Section
1065.610
describes
how
to
transform
these
normalized
values
into
a
sequence
of
reference
powers,
P
ref.
You
may
convert
these
reference
powers
to
reference
speeds
and
torques
for
operator
demand
and
dynamometer
control.

(
c)
Variable­
speed
engines.
For
variable­
speed
engines,
command
reference
speeds
and
torques
sequentially
to
perform
a
duty
cycle.
Issue
speed
and
torque
commands
at
a
frequency
of
at
least
5
Hz
for
transient
cycles
and
at
least
1
Hz
for
steady­
state
cycles
(
i.
e.,
discrete­
mode
and
rampedmodal
For
transient
cycles,
linearly
interpolate
between
the
1
Hz
reference
values
specified
in
the
standard­
setting
part
to
determine
the
5
Hz
reference
speeds
and
torques.
During
an
emission
test,
record
the
1
Hz
mean
values
of
the
reference
speeds
and
torques
and
the
feedback
speeds
and
torques.
Use
these
recorded
values
to
calculate
cycle­
validation
statistics
and
total
work.

(
d)
Constant­
speed
engines.
For
constant­
speed
engines,
operate
the
engine
with
the
same
production
governor
you
used
to
map
the
engine
in
§
1065.525
or
simulate
the
in­
use
operation
of
a
governor
the
same
way
you
simulated
it
to
map
the
engine
in
§
1065.525.
Command
reference
torque
values
sequentially
to
perform
a
duty
cycle.
Issue
torque
commands
at
a
frequency
of
at
least
5
Hz
for
transient
cycles
and
at
least
1
Hz
for
steady­
state
cycles
(
i.
e,
discrete­
mode,
ramped­
modal).
For
transient
cycles,
linearly
interpolate
between
the
1
Hz
reference
values
specified
in
the
standard­
setting
part
to
determine
the
5
Hz
reference
torque
values.
During
an
emission
test,
record
the
1
Hz
mean
values
of
the
reference
torques
and
the
feedback
speeds
and
torques.
Use
these
recorded
values
to
calculate
cycle­
validation
statistics
and
total
work.

(
e)
You
may
perform
practice
duty
cycles
with
the
test
engine
to
optimize
operator
demand
and
dynamometer
controls
to
meet
the
cycle­
validation
criteria
specified
in
§
1065.514.

§
1065.514
Cycle­
validation
criteria.
This
section
describes
how
to
determine
if
the
engine's
operation
during
the
test
adequately
matched
the
reference
duty
cycle.
This
section
applies
only
to
speed,
torque,
and
power
from
the
engine's
primary
output
shaft.
Other
work
inputs
and
outputs
are
not
subject
to
cycle­
validation
criteria.
For
any
data
required
in
this
section,
use
the
duty
cycle
reference
and
feedback
values
that
you
recorded
during
a
test
interval.

(
a)
Testing
performed
by
EPA.
Our
tests
must
meet
the
specifications
of
paragraph
(
g)
of
this
section,
unless
we
determine
that
failing
to
meet
the
specifications
is
related
to
engine
performance
rather
than
to
shortcomings
of
the
dynamometer
or
other
laboratory
equipment.
282
(
b)
Testing
performed
by
manufacturers.
Emission
tests
that
meet
the
specifications
of
paragraph
(
g)
of
this
section
satisfy
the
standard­
setting
part's
requirements
for
duty
cycles.
You
may
ask
to
use
a
dynamometer
or
other
laboratory
equipment
that
cannot
meet
those
specifications.
We
will
approve
your
request
as
long
as
using
the
alternate
equipment
does
not
affect
your
ability
to
show
compliance
with
the
applicable
emission
standards.

(
c)
Time­
alignment.
Because
time
lag
between
feedback
values
and
the
reference
values
may
bias
cycle­
validation
results,
you
may
advance
or
delay
the
entire
sequence
of
feedback
engine
speed
and
torque
pairs
to
synchronize
them
with
the
reference
sequence.

(
d)
Calculating
work.
Before
calculating
work
values,
omit
any
points
recorded
during
engine
cranking
and
starting.
Cranking
and
starting
includes
any
time
when
an
engine
starter
is
engaged,
any
time
when
the
engine
is
motored
with
a
dynamometer
for
the
sole
purpose
of
starting
the
engine,
and
any
time
during
operation
before
reaching
idle
speed.
See
§
1065.525(
a)
and
(
b)
for
more
information
about
engine
cranking.
After
omitting
points
recorded
during
engine
cranking
and
starting,
but
before
omitting
any
points
under
paragraph
(
e)
of
this
section,
calculate
total
work,
W,
based
on
the
feedback
values
and
reference
work,
W
ref,
based
on
the
reference
values,
as
described
in
§
1065.650.

(
e)
Omitting
additional
points.
Besides
engine
cranking,
you
may
omit
additional
points
from
cycle­
validation
statistics
as
described
in
the
following
table:

Table
1
of
§
1065.514
 
Permissible
criteria
for
omitting
points
from
duty­
cycle
regression
statistics
For
reference
duty
cycles
that
are
specified
in
terms
of
speed
and
torque
(
f
nref,
T
ref)

When
operator
demand
is
at
its...
you
may
omit...
if...

minimum
power
and
torque
T
ref
<
0
%
(
motoring)

minimum
power
and
speed
f
nref
=
0
%
(
idle)
and
T
ref
=
0
%
(
idle)
and
T
ref
­
(
2
%
.
T
max
mapped)
<
T
<
T
ref
+
(
2
%
.
T
max
mapped)

minimum
power
and
either
torque
or
speed
f
n
>
f
nref
or
T
>
T
ref
but
not
if
f
n
>
f
nref
and
T
>
T
ref
maximum
power
and
either
torque
or
speed
f
n
<
f
nref
or
T
<
T
ref
but
not
if
f
n
<
f
nef
and
T
<
T
ref
For
reference
duty
cycles
that
are
specified
in
terms
of
speed
and
power
(
f
nref,
P
ref)

When
operator
demand
is
at
its...
you
may
omit...
if...

minimum
power
and
torque
P
ref
<
0
%
(
motoring)

minimum
power
and
speed
f
nref
=
0
%
(
idle)
and
P
ref
=
0
%
(
idle)
and
P
ref
­
(
2
%
.
P
max
mapped)
<
P
<
P
ref
+
(
2
%
.
P
max
mapped)

minimum
power
and
either
torque
or
speed
f
n
>
f
nref
or
P
>
P
ref
but
not
if
f
n
>
f
nref
and
P
>
P
ref
maximum
power
and
either
torque
or
speed
f
n
<
f
nref
or
P
<
P
ref
but
not
if
f
n
<
f
nef
and
P
<
P
ref
283
(
f)
Statistical
parameters.
Use
the
remaining
points
to
calculate
regression
statistics
described
in
§
1065.602.
Round
calculated
regression
statistics
to
the
same
number
of
significant
digits
as
the
criteria
to
which
they
are
compared.
Refer
to
Table
2
of
§
1065.514
for
the
criteria.
Calculate
the
following
regression
statistics
:

(
1)
Slopes
for
feedback
speed,
a
1fn,
feedback
torque,
a
1T,
and
feedback
power
a
1P.
(
2)
Intercepts
for
feedback
speed,
a
0fn,
feedback
torque,
a
0T,
and
feedback
power
a
0P.
(
3)
Standard
estimates
of
error
for
feedback
speed,
SEE
fn,
feedback
torque,
SEE
T,
and
feedback
power
SEE
P.
(
4)
Coefficients
of
determination
for
feedback
speed,
r2
fn,
feedback
torque,
r2
T,
and
feedback
power
r2
P.
(
g)
Cycle­
validation
criteria.
Unless
the
standard­
setting
part
specifies
otherwise,
use
the
following
criteria
to
validate
a
duty
cycle:

(
1)
For
variable­
speed
engines,
apply
all
the
statistical
criteria
in
Table
2
of
this
section.

(
2)
For
constant­
speed
engines,
apply
only
the
statistical
criteria
for
torque
in
the
Table
2
of
this
section.

Table
2
of
§
1065.514
 
Default
statistical
criteria
for
validating
duty
cycles
Parameter
Speed
Torque
Power
Slope,
a
1
0.950
<
a
1
<
1.030
0.830
<
a
1
<
1.030
0.830
<
a
1
<
1.030
Absolute
value
of
intercept,
|
a
0|
<
10
%
of
warm
idle
<
2.0
%
of
maximum
mapped
torque
<
2.0
%
of
maximum
mapped
power
Standard
error
of
estimate,
SEE
<
5.0
%
of
maximum
test
speed
<
10
%
of
maximum
mapped
torque
<
10
%
of
maximum
mapped
power
Coefficient
of
determination,
r2
>
0.970
>
0.850
>
0.910
§
1065.520
Pre­
test
verification
procedures
and
pre­
test
data
collection.

(
a)
If
your
engine
must
comply
with
a
PM
standard,
follow
the
procedures
for
PM
sample
preconditioning
and
tare
weighing
according
to
§
1065.590.

(
b)
Unless
the
standard­
setting
part
specifies
different
values,
verify
that
ambient
conditions
are
within
the
following
tolerances
before
the
test:

(
1)
Ambient
temperature
of
(
20
to
30)

C.

(
2)
Atmospheric
pressure
of
(
80.000
to
103.325)
kPa
and
within
+
5
%
of
the
value
recorded
at
the
time
of
the
last
engine
map.

(
3)
Dilution
air
as
specified
in
§
1065.140(
b).

(
c)
You
may
test
engines
at
any
intake­
air
humidity,
and
we
may
test
engines
at
any
intake­
air
humidity.

(
d)
Verify
that
auxiliary­
work
inputs
and
outputs
are
configured
as
they
were
during
engine
mapping,
as
described
in
§
1065.510(
a).

(
e)
You
may
perform
a
final
calibration
of
the
speed,
torque,
and
proportional­
flow
control
systems,
which
may
include
performing
practice
duty
cycles.

(
f)
You
may
perform
the
following
recommended
procedure
to
precondition
sampling
systems:

(
1)
Start
the
engine
and
use
good
engineering
judgment
to
bring
it
to
100
%
torque
at
any
speed
above
its
peak­
torque
speed.
284
(
2)
Operate
any
dilution
systems
at
their
expected
flow
rates.
Prevent
aqueous
condensation
in
the
dilution
systems.

(
3)
Operate
any
PM
sampling
systems
at
their
expected
flow
rates.

(
4)
Sample
PM
for
at
least
10
min
using
any
sample
media.
You
may
change
sample
media
during
preconditioning.
You
may
discard
preconditioning
samples
without
weighing
them.

(
5)
You
may
purge
any
gaseous
sampling
systems
during
preconditioning.

(
6)
You
may
conduct
calibrations
or
verifications
on
any
idle
equipment
or
analyzers
during
preconditioning.

(
7)
Proceed
with
the
test
sequence
described
in
§
1065.530(
a)(
1).

(
g)
After
the
last
practice
or
preconditioning
cycle
before
an
emission
test,
verify
the
amount
of
contamination
in
the
HC
sampling
system
as
follows:

(
1)
Select
the
HC
analyzer
range
for
measuring
the
flow­
weighted
mean
concentration
expected
at
the
HC
standard.

(
2)
Zero
the
HC
analyzer
at
the
analyzer
zero
or
sample
port.
Note
that
FID
zero
and
span
balance
gases
may
be
any
combination
of
purified
air
or
purified
nitrogen
that
meets
the
specifications
of
§
1065.750.
We
recommend
FID
analyzer
zero
and
span
gases
that
contain
approximately
the
flow­
weighted
mean
concentration
of
O
2
expected
during
testing.

(
3)
Span
the
HC
analyzer
using
span
gas
introduced
at
the
analyzer
span
or
sample
port.
Span
on
a
carbon
number
basis
of
one
(
C
1).
For
example,
if
you
use
a
C
3
H
8
span
gas
of
concentration
200
µ
mol/
mol,
span
the
FID
to
respond
with
a
value
of
600
µ
mol/
mol.

(
4)
Overflow
zero
gas
at
the
HC
probe
or
into
a
fitting
between
the
HC
probe
and
its
transfer
line.

(
5)
Measure
the
HC
concentration
in
the
sampling
system,
as
follows:

(
i)
For
continuous
sampling,
record
the
mean
HC
concentration
as
overflow
zero
air
flows.

(
ii)
For
batch
sampling,
fill
the
sample
medium
and
record
its
mean
HC
concentration.

(
6)
Record
this
value
as
the
initial
HC
concentration,
x
HCinit,
and
use
it
to
correct
measured
values
as
described
in
§
1065.660.

(
7)
If
x
HCinit
exceeds
the
greatest
of
the
following
values,
determine
the
source
of
the
contamination
and
take
corrective
action,
such
as
purging
the
system
during
an
additional
preconditioning
cycle
or
replacing
contaminated
portions:

(
i)
2
%
of
the
flow­
weighted
mean
concentration
expected
at
the
standard.

(
ii)
2
%
of
the
flow­
weighted
mean
concentration
measured
during
testing.

(
iii)
For
any
compression­
ignition
engines,
any
two­
stroke
spark
ignition
engines,
or
4­
stroke
spark­
ignition
engines
that
are
less
than
19
kW,
2
µ
mol/
mol.

(
8)
If
corrective
action
does
not
resolve
the
deficiency,
you
may
request
to
use
the
contaminated
system
as
an
alternate
procedure
under
§
1065.10.

§
1065.525
Engine
starting,
restarting,
and
shutdown.

(
a)
Start
the
engine
using
one
of
the
following
methods:

(
1)
Start
the
engine
as
recommended
in
the
owners
manual
using
a
production
starter
motor
and
adequately
charged
battery
or
a
suitable
power
supply.

(
2)
Use
the
dynamometer
to
start
the
engine.
To
do
this,
motor
the
engine
within
+
25
%
of
its
typical
in­
use
cranking
speed.
Stop
cranking
within
1
second
of
starting
the
engine.
285
(
b)
If
the
engine
does
not
start
after
15
seconds
of
cranking,
stop
cranking
and
determine
why
the
engine
failed
to
start,
unless
the
owners
manual
or
the
service­
repair
manual
describes
the
longer
cranking
time
as
normal.

(
c)
Respond
to
engine
stalling
with
the
following
steps:

(
1)
If
the
engine
stalls
during
warm­
up
before
emission
sampling
begins,
restart
the
engine
and
continue
warm­
up.

(
2)
If
the
engine
stalls
during
preconditioning
before
emission
sampling
begins,
restart
the
engine
and
restart
the
preconditioning
sequence.

(
3)
If
the
engine
stalls
at
any
time
after
emission
sampling
begins
for
a
transient
test
or
ramped­
modal
cycle
test,
the
test
is
void.

(
4)
If
the
engine
stalls
at
any
time
after
emission
sampling
begins
for
a
discrete
mode
in
a
discrete­
mode
duty
cycle
test,
void
the
test
or
perform
the
following
steps
to
continue
the
test:

(
i)
Restart
the
engine.

(
ii)
Use
good
engineering
judgment
to
restart
the
test
sequence
using
the
appropriate
steps
starting
in
§
1065.530(
b)

(
iii)
Precondition
the
engine
at
the
previous
discrete
mode
for
a
similar
amount
of
time
compared
with
how
long
it
was
initially
run.

(
v)
Advance
to
the
mode
at
which
the
engine
stalled
and
continue
with
the
duty
cycle
as
specified
in
the
standard­
setting
part.

(
iv)
Complete
the
remainder
of
the
test
according
to
the
requirements
in
this
subpart.

(
d)
Shut
down
the
engine
according
to
the
manufacturer's
specifications.

§
1065.530
Emission
test
sequence.

(
a)
Time
the
start
of
testing
as
follows:

(
1)
Perform
one
of
the
following
if
you
precondition
sampling
systems
as
described
in
§
1065.520(
d):

(
i)
For
cold­
start
duty
cycles,
shut
down
the
engine.
Unless
the
standard­
setting
part
specifies
that
you
may
only
perform
a
natural
engine
cooldown,
you
may
perform
a
forced
engine
cooldown.
Use
good
engineering
judgment
to
set
up
systems
to
send
cooling
air
across
the
engine,
to
send
cool
oil
through
the
engine
lubrication
system,
to
remove
heat
from
coolant
through
the
engine
cooling
system,
and
to
remove
heat
from
an
exhaust
aftertreatment
system.
In
the
case
of
a
forced
aftertreatment
cooldown,
good
engineering
judgment
would
indicate
that
you
not
start
flowing
cooling
air
until
the
aftertreatment
system
has
cooled
below
its
catalytic
activation
temperature.
For
platinum­
group
metal
catalysts,
this
temperature
is
about
200

C.
Once
the
aftertreatment
system
has
naturally
cooled
below
its
catalytic
activation
temperature,
good
engineering
judgment
would
indicate
that
you
use
clean
air
with
a
temperature
of
at
least
15

C,
and
direct
the
air
through
the
aftertreatment
system
in
the
normal
direction
of
exhaust
flow.
Do
not
use
any
cooling
procedure
that
results
in
unrepresentative
emissions
(
see
§
1065.10(
c)(
1)).
You
may
start
a
cold­
start
duty
cycle
when
the
temperatures
of
an
engine's
lubricant,
coolant,
and
aftertreatment
systems
are
all
between
(
20
and
30)

C.

(
ii)
For
hot­
start
emission
measurements,
shut
down
the
engine.
Start
a
hot­
start
duty
cycle
within
20
min
of
engine
shutdown.
286
(
iii)
For
testing
that
involves
hot­
stabilized
emission
measurements,
such
as
any
steadystate
testing,
you
may
continue
to
operate
the
engine
at
f
ntest
and
100
%
torque
if
that
is
the
first
operating
point.
Otherwise,
operate
the
engine
at
warm,
idle
or
the
first
operating
point
of
the
duty
cycle.
In
any
case,
start
the
emission
test
within
10
min
after
you
complete
the
preconditioning
procedure.

(
2)
For
all
other
testing,
perform
one
of
the
following:

(
i)
For
cold­
start
duty
cycles,
prepare
the
engine
according
to
paragraph
(
a)(
1)(
i)
of
this
section.

(
ii)
For
hot­
start
emission
measurements,
first
operate
the
engine
at
any
speed
above
peaktorque
speed
and
at
(
65
to
85)
%
of
maximum
mapped
power
until
either
the
engine
coolant,
block,
or
head
absolute
temperature
is
within
+
2
%
of
its
mean
value
for
at
least
2
min
or
until
the
engine
thermostat
controls
engine
temperature.
Shut
down
the
engine.
Start
the
duty
cycle
within
20
min
of
engine
shutdown.

(
iii)
For
testing
that
involves
hot­
stabilized
emission
measurements,
bring
the
engine
either
to
warm
idle
or
the
first
operating
point
of
the
duty
cycle.
Start
the
test
within
10
min
of
achieving
temperature
stability.
Determine
temperature
stability
either
as
the
point
at
which
the
engine
coolant,
block,
or
head
absolute
temperature
is
within
+
2
%
of
its
mean
value
for
at
least
2
min,
or
as
the
point
at
which
the
engine
thermostat
controls
engine
temperature.

(
b)
Take
the
following
steps
before
emission
sampling
begins:

(
1)
For
batch
sampling,
connect
clean
storage
media,
such
as
evacuated
bags
or
tare­
weighed
filters.

(
2)
Start
all
measurement
instruments
according
to
the
instrument
manufacturer's
instructions
and
using
good
engineering
judgment.

(
3)
Start
dilution
systems,
sample
pumps,
cooling
fans,
and
the
data­
collection
system.

(
4)
Pre­
heat
or
pre­
cool
heat
exchangers
in
the
sampling
system
to
within
their
operating
temperature
tolerances
for
a
test.

(
5)
Allow
heated
or
cooled
components
such
as
sample
lines,
filters,
chillers,
and
pumps
to
stabilize
at
their
operating
temperatures.

(
6)
Verify
that
there
are
no
significant
vacuum­
side
leaks
according
to
§
1065.345.

(
7)
Adjust
the
sample
flow
rates
to
desired
levels,
using
bypass
flow,
if
desired.

(
8)
Zero
or
re­
zero
any
electronic
integrating
devices,
before
the
start
of
any
test
interval.

(
9)
Select
gas
analyzer
ranges.
You
may
use
analyzers
that
automatically
switch
ranges
during
a
test
only
if
switching
is
performed
by
changing
the
span
over
which
the
digital
resolution
of
the
instrument
is
applied.
During
a
test
you
may
not
switch
the
gains
of
an
analyzer's
analog
operational
amplifier(
s).

(
10)
Zero
and
span
all
continuous
analyzers
using
NIST­
traceable
gases
that
meet
the
specifications
of
§
1065.750.
Span
FID
analyzers
on
a
carbon
number
basis
of
one
(
1),
C
1.
For
example,
if
you
use
a
C
3
H
8
span
gas
of
concentration
200
µ
mol/
mol,
span
the
FID
to
respond
with
a
value
of
600
µ
mol/
mol.

(
11)
We
recommend
that
you
verify
gas
analyzer
response
after
zeroing
and
spanning
by
flowing
a
calibration
gas
that
has
a
concentration
near
one­
half
of
the
span
gas
concentration.
Based
on
the
results
and
good
engineering
judgment,
you
may
decide
whether
or
not
to
rezero
re­
span,
or
re­
calibrate
a
gas
analyzer
before
starting
a
test.
287
(
12)
If
you
correct
for
dilution
air
background
concentrations
of
engine
exhaust
constituents,
start
measuring
and
recording
background
concentrations.

(
c)
Start
testing
as
follows:

(
1)
If
an
engine
is
already
running
and
warmed
up,
and
starting
is
not
part
of
the
duty
cycle,
perform
the
following
for
the
various
duty
cycles
(
i)
Transient
and
steady­
state
ramped­
modal
cycles.
Simultaneously
start
running
the
duty
cycle,
sampling
exhaust
gases,
recording
data,
and
integrating
measured
values.

(
ii)
Steady­
state
discrete­
mode
cycles.
Control
speed
and
torque
to
the
first
mode
in
the
test
cycle.
Follow
the
instructions
in
the
standard­
setting
part
to
determine
how
long
to
stabilize
engine
operation
at
each
mode
and
how
long
to
sample
emissions
at
each
mode.

(
2)
If
engine
starting
is
part
of
the
duty
cycle,
initiate
data
logging,
sampling
of
exhaust
gases,
and
integrating
measured
values
before
attempting
to
start
the
engine.
Initiate
the
duty
cycle
when
the
engine
starts.

(
d)
At
the
end
of
the
test
interval,
continue
to
operate
all
sampling
and
dilution
systems
to
allow
the
sampling
system's
response
time
to
elapse.
Then
stop
all
sampling
and
recording,
including
the
recording
of
background
samples.
Finally,
stop
any
integrating
devices
and
indicate
the
end
of
the
duty
cycle
in
the
recorded
data.

(
e)
Shut
down
the
engine
if
you
have
completed
testing
or
if
it
is
part
of
the
duty
cycle.

(
f)
If
testing
involves
another
duty
cycle
after
a
soak
period
with
the
engine
off,
start
a
timer
when
the
engine
shuts
down,
and
repeat
the
steps
in
paragraphs
(
b)
through
(
e)
of
this
section
as
needed.

(
g)
Take
the
following
steps
after
emission
sampling
is
complete:

(
1)
For
any
proportional
batch
sample,
such
as
a
bag
sample
or
PM
sample,
verify
that
proportional
sampling
was
maintained
according
to
§
1065.545.
Void
any
samples
that
did
not
maintain
proportional
sampling
according
to
§
1065.545.

(
2)
Place
any
used
PM
samples
into
covered
or
sealed
containers
and
return
them
to
the
PMstabilization
environment.
Follow
the
PM
sample
post­
conditioning
and
total
weighing
procedures
in
§
1065.595.

(
3)
As
soon
as
practical
after
the
duty
cycle
is
complete
but
no
later
than
30
minutes
after
the
duty
cycle
is
complete,
perform
the
following:

(
i)
Zero
and
span
all
batch
gas
analyzers.

(
ii)
Analyze
any
gaseous
batch
samples,
including
background
samples.

(
4)
After
quantifying
exhaust
gases,
verify
drift
as
follows:

(
i)
For
batch
and
continuous
gas
anlyzers,
record
the
mean
analyzer
value
after
stabilizing
a
zero
gas
to
the
analyzer.
Stabilization
may
include
time
to
purge
the
analyzer
of
any
sample
gas,
plus
any
additional
time
to
account
for
analyzer
response.

(
ii)
Record
the
mean
analyzer
value
after
stabilizing
the
span
gas
to
the
analyzer.
Stabilization
may
include
time
to
purge
the
analyzer
of
any
sample
gas,
plus
any
additional
time
to
account
for
analyzer
response.

(
iii)
Use
these
data
to
validate
and
correct
for
drift
as
described
in
§
1065.550.

(
h)
Determine
whether
or
not
the
test
meets
the
cycle­
validation
criteria
in
§
1065.514.

(
1)
If
the
criteria
void
the
test,
you
may
retest
using
the
same
denormalized
duty
cycle,
or
you
may
re­
map
the
engine,
denormalize
the
reference
duty
cycle
based
on
the
new
map
and
retest
the
engine
using
the
new
denormalized
duty
cycle.
288
(
2)
If
the
criteria
void
the
test
for
a
constant­
speed
engine
only
during
commands
of
maximum
test
torque,
you
may
do
the
following:

(
i)
Determine
the
first
and
last
feedback
speeds
at
which
maximum
test
torque
was
commanded.

(
ii)
If
the
last
speed
is
greater
than
or
equal
to
90
%
of
the
first
speed,
the
test
is
void.
You
may
retest
using
the
same
denormalized
duty
cycle,
or
you
may
re­
map
the
engine,
denormalize
the
reference
duty
cycle
based
on
the
new
map
and
retest
the
engine
using
the
new
denormalized
duty
cycle.

(
iii)
If
the
last
speed
is
less
than
90
%
of
the
first
speed,
reduce
maximum
test
torque
by
5
%,
and
proceed
as
follows:

(
A)
Denormalize
the
entire
duty
cycle
based
on
the
reduced
maximum
test
torque
according
to
§
1065.512.

(
B)
Retest
the
engine
using
the
denormalized
test
cycle
that
is
based
on
the
reduced
maximum
test
torque.

(
C)
If
your
engine
still
fails
the
cycle
criteria,
reduce
the
maximum
test
torque
by
another
5
%
of
the
original
maximum
test
torque.

(
D)
If
your
engine
fails
after
repeating
this
procedure
four
times,
such
that
your
engine
still
fails
after
you
have
reduced
the
maximum
test
torque
by
20
%
of
the
original
maximum
test
torque,
notify
us
and
we
will
consider
specifying
a
more
appropriate
duty
cycle
for
your
engine
under
the
provisions
of
§
1065.10(
c).

§
1065.545
Validation
of
proportional
flow
control
for
batch
sampling.

For
any
proportional
batch
sample
such
as
a
bag
or
PM
filter,
demonstrate
that
proportional
sampling
was
maintained
using
one
of
the
following,
noting
that
you
may
omit
up
to
5
%
of
the
total
number
of
data
points
as
outliers:

(
a)
For
any
pair
of
flow
meters,
use
the
1
Hz
(
or
more
frequently)
recorded
sample
and
total
flow
rates
with
the
statistical
calculations
in
§
1065.602.
Determine
the
standard
error
of
the
estimate,
SEE,
of
the
sample
flow
rate
versus
the
total
flow
rate.
For
each
test
interval,
demonstrate
that
SEE
was
less
than
or
equal
to
3.5
%
of
the
mean
sample
flow
rate.

(
b)
For
any
pair
of
flow
meters,
use
the
1
Hz
(
or
more
frequently)
recorded
sample
and
total
flow
rates
to
demonstrate
that
each
flow
rate
was
constant
within
+
2.5
%
of
its
respective
mean
or
target
flow
rate.
You
may
use
the
following
options
instead
of
recording
the
respective
flow
rate
of
each
type
of
meter:

(
1)
Critical­
flow
venturi
option.
For
critical­
flow
venturis,
you
may
use
the
1
Hz
(
or
more
frequently)
recorded
venturi­
inlet
conditions.
Demonstrate
that
the
flow
density
at
the
venturi
inlet
was
constant
within
+
2.5
%
of
the
mean
or
target
density
over
each
test
interval.
For
a
CVS
critical­
flow
venturi,
you
may
demonstrate
this
by
showing
that
the
absolute
temperature
at
the
venturi
inlet
was
constant
within
+
4
%
of
the
mean
or
target
absolute
temperature
over
each
test
interval.

(
2)
Positive­
displacement
pump
option.
You
may
use
the
1
Hz
(
or
more
frequently)
recorded
pump­
inlet
conditions.
Demonstrate
that
the
density
at
the
pump
inlet
was
constant
within
+
2.5
%
of
the
mean
or
target
density
over
each
test
interval.
For
a
CVS
pump,
you
may
demonstrate
this
by
showing
that
the
absolute
temperature
at
the
pump
inlet
was
constant
within
+
2
%
of
the
mean
or
target
absolute
temperature
over
each
test
interval.

(
c)
Using
good
engineering
judgment,
demonstrate
with
an
engineering
analysis
that
the
proportional­
flow
control
system
inherently
ensures
proportional
sampling
under
all
circumstances
289
expected
during
testing.
For
example,
you
might
use
CFVs
for
both
sample
flow
and
total
flow
and
demonstrate
that
they
always
have
the
same
inlet
pressures
and
temperatures
and
that
they
always
operate
under
critical­
flow
conditions.

§
1065.550
Gas
analyzer
range
validation,
drift
validation,
and
drift
correction.

(
a)
Range
validation.
If
an
analyzer
operated
above
100
%
of
its
range
at
any
time
during
the
test,
perform
the
following
steps:

(
1)
For
batch
sampling,
re­
analyze
the
sample
using
the
lowest
analyzer
range
that
results
in
a
maximum
instrument
response
below
100
%.
Report
the
result
from
the
lowest
range
from
which
the
analyzer
operates
below
100
%
of
its
range
for
the
entire
test.

(
2)
For
continuous
sampling,
repeat
the
entire
test
using
the
next
higher
analyzer
range.
If
the
analyzer
again
operates
above
100
%
of
its
range,
repeat
the
test
using
the
next
higher
range.
Continue
to
repeat
the
test
until
the
analyzer
operates
at
less
than
100
%
of
its
range
for
the
entire
test.

(
b)
Drift
validation
and
drift
correction.
Calculate
two
sets
of
brake­
specific
emission
results.
Calculate
one
set
using
the
data
before
drift
correction
and
the
other
set
after
correcting
all
the
data
for
drift
according
to
§
1065.672.
Use
the
two
sets
of
brake­
specific
emission
results
as
follows:

(
1)
If
the
difference
between
the
corrected
and
uncorrected
brake­
specific
emissions
are
within
+
4
%
of
the
uncorrected
results
for
all
regulated
emissions,
the
test
is
validated
for
drift.
If
not,
the
entire
test
is
void.

(
2)
If
the
test
is
validated
for
drift,
you
must
use
only
the
drift­
corrected
emission
results
when
reporting
emissions,
unless
you
demonstrate
to
us
that
using
the
drift­
corrected
results
adversely
affects
your
ability
to
demonstrate
whether
or
not
your
engine
complies
with
the
applicable
standards.

§
1065.590
PM
sample
preconditioning
and
tare
weighing.

Before
an
emission
test,
take
the
following
steps
to
prepare
PM
samples
and
equipment
for
PM
measurements:

(
a)
Make
sure
the
balance
and
PM­
stabilization
environments
meet
the
periodic
verifications
in
§
1065.390.

(
b)
Visually
inspect
unused
sample
media
(
such
as
filters)
for
defects.

(
c)
To
handle
PM
samples,
use
electrically
grounded
tweezers
or
a
grounding
strap,
as
described
in
§
1065.190.

(
d)
Place
unused
sample
media
in
one
or
more
containers
that
are
open
to
the
PM­
stabilization
environment.
If
you
are
using
filters,
you
may
place
them
in
the
bottom
half
of
a
filter
cassette.

(
e)
Stabilize
sample
media
in
the
PM­
stabilization
environment.
Consider
an
unused
sample
medium
stabilized
as
long
as
it
has
been
in
the
PM­
stabilization
environment
for
a
minimum
of
30
min,
during
which
the
PM­
stabilization
environment
has
been
within
the
specifications
of
§
1065.190.

(
f)
Weigh
the
sample
media
automatically
or
manually,
as
follows:

(
1)
For
automatic
weighing,
follow
the
automation
system
manufacturer's
instructions
to
prepare
samples
for
weighing.
This
may
include
placing
the
samples
in
a
special
container.

(
2)
For
manual
weighing,
use
good
engineering
judgment
to
determine
if
substitution
weighing
is
necessary
to
show
that
an
engine
meets
the
applicable
standard.
You
may
follow
290
the
substitution
weighing
procedure
in
paragraph
(
j)
of
this
section,
or
you
may
develop
your
own
procedure.

(
g)
Correct
the
measured
weight
for
buoyancy
as
described
in
§
1065.690.
These
buoyancycorrected
values
are
the
tare
masses
of
the
PM
samples.

(
h)
You
may
repeat
measurements
to
determine
mean
masses.
Use
good
engineering
judgment
to
exclude
outliers
and
calculate
mean
mass
values.

(
i)
If
you
use
filters
as
sample
media,
load
unused
filters
that
have
been
tare­
weighed
into
clean
filter
cassettes
and
place
the
loaded
cassettes
in
a
covered
or
sealed
container
before
taking
them
to
the
test
cell
for
sampling.
We
recommend
that
you
keep
filter
cassettes
clean
by
periodically
washing
or
wiping
them
with
a
compatible
solvent
applied
using
a
lint­
free
cloth.
Depending
upon
your
cassette
material,
ethanol
(
C
2
H
5
OH)
might
be
an
acceptable
solvent.
Your
cleaning
frequency
will
depend
on
your
engine's
level
of
PM
and
HC
emissions.

(
j)
Substitution
weighing
involves
measurement
of
a
reference
weight
before
and
after
each
weighing
of
a
PM
sample.
While
substitution
weighing
requires
more
measurements,
it
corrects
for
a
balance's
zero­
drift
and
it
relies
on
balance
linearity
only
over
a
small
range.
This
is
most
advantageous
when
quantifying
net
PM
masses
that
are
less
than
0.1
%
of
the
sample
medium's
mass.
However,
it
may
not
be
advantageous
when
net
PM
masses
exceed
1
%
of
the
sample
medium's
mass.
The
following
steps
are
an
example
of
substitution
weighing:

(
1)
Use
electrically
grounded
tweezers
or
a
grounding
strap,
as
described
in
§
1065.190.

(
2)
Use
a
static
neutralizer
as
described
in
§
1065.190
to
minimize
static
electric
charge
on
any
object
before
it
is
placed
on
the
balance
pan.

(
3)
Place
on
the
balance
pan
a
metal
calibration
weight
that
has
a
similar
mass
to
that
of
the
sample
medium
and
meets
the
specifications
for
calibration
weights
in
§
1065.790.
If
you
use
filters,
the
weight's
mass
should
be
about
(
80
to
100)
mg
for
typical
47
mm
diameter
filters.

(
4)
Record
the
stable
balance
reading,
then
remove
the
calibration
weight.

(
5)
Weigh
an
unused
sample,
record
the
stable
balance
reading
and
record
the
balance
environment's
dewpoint,
ambient
temperature,
and
atmospheric
pressure.

(
6)
Reweigh
the
calibration
weight
and
record
the
stable
balance
reading.

(
7)
Calculate
the
arithmetic
mean
of
the
two
calibration­
weight
readings
that
you
recorded
immediately
before
and
after
weighing
the
unused
sample.
Subtract
that
mean
value
from
the
unused
sample
reading,
then
add
the
true
mass
of
the
calibration
weight
as
stated
on
the
calibration­
weight
certificate.
Record
this
result.
This
is
the
unused
sample's
tare
weight
without
correcting
for
buoyancy.

(
8)
Repeat
these
substitution­
weighing
steps
for
the
remainder
of
your
unused
sample
media.

(
9)
Follow
the
instructions
given
in
paragraphs
(
g)
through
(
i)
of
this
section.

§
1065.595
PM
sample
post­
conditioning
and
total
weighing.

(
a)
Make
sure
the
weighing
and
PM­
stabilization
environments
have
met
the
periodic
verifications
in
§
1065.390.

(
b)
In
the
PM­
stabilization
environment,
remove
PM
samples
from
sealed
containers.
If
you
use
filters,
you
may
remove
them
from
their
cassettes
before
or
after
stabilization.
When
you
remove
a
filter
from
a
cassette,
separate
the
top
half
of
the
cassette
from
the
bottom
half
using
a
cassette
separator
designed
for
this
purpose.

(
c)
To
handle
PM
samples,
use
electrically
grounded
tweezers
or
a
grounding
strap,
as
described
in
§
1065.190.
291
(
d)
Visually
inspect
PM
samples.
If
PM
ever
contacts
the
transport
container,
cassette
assembly,
filter­
separator
tool,
tweezers,
static
neutralizer,
balance,
or
any
other
surface,
void
the
measurements
associated
with
that
sample
and
clean
the
surface
it
contacted.

(
e)
To
stabilize
PM
samples,
place
them
in
one
or
more
containers
that
are
open
to
the
PMstabilization
environment,
which
is
described
in
§
1065.190.
A
PM
sample
is
stabilized
as
long
as
it
has
been
in
the
PM­
stabilization
environment
for
one
of
the
following
durations,
during
which
the
stabilization
environment
has
been
within
the
specifications
of
§
1065.190:

(
1)
If
you
expect
that
a
filter's
total
surface
concentration
of
PM
will
be
greater
than
about
0.473
mm/
mm2,
expose
the
filter
to
the
stabilization
environment
for
at
least
60
minutes
before
weighing.

(
2)
If
you
expect
that
a
filter's
total
surface
concentration
of
PM
will
be
less
than
about
0.473
mm/
mm2,
expose
the
filter
to
the
stabilization
environment
for
at
least
30
minutes
before
weighing.

(
3)
If
you
are
unsure
of
a
filter's
total
surface
concentration
of
PM,
expose
the
filter
to
the
stabilization
environment
for
at
least
60
minutes
before
weighing.

(
f)
Repeat
the
procedures
in
§
1065.590(
f)
through
(
i)
to
weigh
used
PM
samples.
Refer
to
a
sample's
post­
test
mass,
after
correcting
for
buoyancy,
as
its
total
mass.

(
g)
Subtract
each
buoyancy­
corrected
tare
mass
from
its
respective
buoyancy­
corrected
total
mass.
The
result
is
the
net
PM
mass,
m
PM.
Use
m
PM
in
emission
calculations
in
§
1065.650.

Subpart
G
 
Calculations
and
Data
Requirements
§
1065.601
Overview.

(
a)
This
subpart
describes
how
to
 
(
1)
Use
the
signals
recorded
before,
during,
and
after
an
emission
test
to
calculate
brake­
specific
emissions
of
each
regulated
constituent.

(
2)
Perform
calculations
for
calibrations
and
performance
checks.

(
3)
Determine
statistical
values.

(
b)
You
may
use
data
from
multiple
systems
to
calculate
test
results
for
a
single
emission
test,
consistent
with
good
engineering
judgment.
You
may
not
use
test
results
from
multiple
emission
tests
to
report
emissions.
We
allow
weighted
means
where
appropriate.
You
may
discard
statistical
outliers,
but
you
must
report
all
results.

(
c)
You
may
use
any
of
the
following
calculations
instead
of
the
calculations
specified
in
this
subpart
G:

(
1)
Mass­
based
emission
calculations
prescribed
by
the
International
Organization
for
Standardization
(
ISO),
according
to
ISO
8178.

(
2)
Other
calculations
that
you
show
are
equivalent
to
within
+
0.1
%
of
the
brake­
specific
emission
results
determined
using
the
calculations
specified
in
this
subpart
G.

§
1065.602
Statistics.

(
a)
This
section
contains
equations
and
example
calculations
for
statistics
that
are
specified
in
this
part.
In
this
section
we
use
the
letter
"
y"
to
denote
a
generic
measured
quantity,
the
superscript
292
over­
bar
"
 
"
to
denote
an
arithmetic
mean,
and
the
subscript
"
ref"
to
denote
the
reference
quantity
being
measured.

(
b)
Arithmetic
mean.
Calculate
an
arithmetic
mean,
,
as
follows:
y
i
i
1
N
y
y
N
=
=

Eq.
1065.602­
1
Example:

N
=
3
y1
=
10.60
y2
=
11.91
yN
=
y3
=
11.09
10.60
11.91
11.09
3
y
+
+
=

=
11.20
y
(
c)
Standard
deviation.
Calculate
the
standard
deviation
for
a
non­
biased
(
e.
g.,
N­
1)
sample,
,
 
as
follows:

(
)

(
)
2
i
i
1
y
1
N
y
y
N
 
=
 
=
 

Eq.
1065.602­
2
Example:

N
=
3
y1
=
10.60
y2
=
11.91
yN
=
y3
=
11.09
=
11.20
y
(
)
(
)
(
)
y
2
2
2
10.60
11.2
11.91
11.2
11.09
11.2
2
 
=

 
+
 
+
 

 
y
=
0.6619
(
d)
Root
mean
square.
Calculate
a
root
mean
square,
rms
y,
as
follows:

2
y
i
i
1
1
N
rms
y
N
=
=

Eq.
1065.602­
3
Example:

N
=
3
y1
=
10.60
y2
=
11.91
yN
=
y3
=
11.09
2
2
2
y
10.60
11.91
11.09
3
rms
+
+
=

rms
y=
11.21
(
e)
Accuracy.
Calculate
an
accuracy,
as
follows,
noting
that
the
are
arithmetic
means,
each
i
y
determined
by
repeatedly
measuring
one
sample
of
a
single
reference
quantity,
y
ref:
293
ref
accuracy
y
y
=
 

Eq.
1065.602­
4
Example:

yref
=
1800.0
N
=
10
10
i
i
1
1802.5
10
y
y
=
=
=

accuracy
=

1800.0
 
1802.5

accuracy
=
2.5
(
f)
t­
test.
Determine
if
your
data
passes
a
t­
test
by
using
the
following
equations
and
tables:

(
1)
For
an
unpaired
t­
test,
calculate
the
t
statistic
and
its
number
of
degrees
of
freedom,
,
as
 
follows:

2
2
y
ref
ref
ref
N
N
y
y
t
 
 
 
=
+

Eq.
1065.602­
5
(
)
(
)
2
2
y
ref
ref
2
2
2
2
ref
ref
y
ref
2
1
1
N
N
N
N
N
N
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


+




=
+

Eq.
1065.602­
6
Example:

=
1205.3
ref
y
=
1123.8
y
 
ref=
9.399
 
y
=
10.583
Nref
=
11
N
=
7
2
2
9.399
10.583
11
7
1205.3
1123.8
t
 
=
+

t
=
16.63
 
ref
=
9.399
 
y
=
10.583
Nref
=
11
N
=
7
(
)
(
)
(
)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
9.399
10.583
11
7
9.399
11
10.583
7
11
1
7
1
 
 
 
+
=
+

=
11.76
 
(
2)
For
a
paired
t­
test,
calculate
the
t
statistic
and
its
number
of
degrees
of
freedom,
,
as
 
follows,
noting
that
the
are
the
errors
(
e.
g.,
differences)
between
each
pair
of
and
:

i
 
refi
y
i
y
294
 
N
t
 
 
 
=

Eq.
1065.602­
7
Example:

=
 
0.12580
 
N
=
16
=
0.04837
 
 
0.12580
16
0.04837
t
 
 
=

t
=
10.403
=
N
 
1
 
Example:

N
=
16
=
16
 
1
 
=
15
 
(
3)
Use
Table
1
of
this
section
to
compare
t
to
the
t
crit
values
tabulated
versus
the
number
of
degrees
of
freedom.
If
t
is
less
than
t
crit,
then
t
passes
the
t­
test.
295
Table
1
of
§
1065.602
 
Critical
t
values
versus
number
of
degrees
of
freedom,
 
1
 
Confidence
90%
95%

1
6.314
12.706
2
2.920
4.303
3
2.353
3.182
4
2.132
2.776
5
2.015
2.571
6
1.943
2.447
7
1.895
2.365
8
1.860
2.306
9
1.833
2.262
10
1.812
2.228
11
1.796
2.201
12
1.782
2.179
13
1.771
2.160
14
1.761
2.145
15
1.753
2.131
16
1.746
2.120
18
1.734
2.101
20
1.725
2.086
22
1.717
2.074
24
1.711
2.064
26
1.706
2.056
28
1.701
2.048
30
1.697
2.042
35
1.690
2.030
40
1.684
2.021
50
1.676
2.009
70
1.667
1.994
100
1.660
1.984
1000+
1.645
1.960
1
Use
linear
interpolation
to
establish
values
not
shown
here.

(
g)
F­
test.
Calculate
the
F
statistic
as
follows:

2
y
y
2
ref
F
 
 
=

Eq.
1065.602­
8
Example:
296
(
)

(
)
2
i
i
1
y
10.583
1
N
y
y
N
 
=
 
=
=
 

(
)

(
)
ref
2
refi
ref
i
1
ref
ref
9.399
1
N
y
y
N
 
=
 
=
=
 

2
2
10.583
9.399
F
=

F
=
1.268
(
1)
For
a
90
%
confidence
F­
test,
use
Table
2
of
this
section
to
compare
F
to
the
F
crit90
values
tabulated
versus
(
N­
1)
and
(
N
ref
­
1).
If
F
is
less
than
F
crit90,
then
F
passes
the
F­
test
at
90
%
confidence.

(
2)
For
a
95
%
confidence
F­
test,
use
Table
3
of
this
section
to
compare
F
to
the
F
crit95
values
tabulated
versus
(
N­
1)
and
(
N
ref
­
1).
If
F
is
less
than
F
crit95,
then
F
passes
the
F­
test
at
95
%
confidence.
Table
2
of
§
1065.602
 
Critical
F
values,
F
crit90,
versus
N­
1
and
N
ref
­
1
at
90
%
confidence
N­
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
12
15
20
24
30
40
60
120
1000+

N
ref­
1
1
39.86
49.50
53.59
55.83
57.24
58.20
58.90
59.43
59.85
60.19
60.70
61.22
61.74
62.00
62.26
62.52
62.79
63.06
63.32
2
8.526
9.000
9.162
9.243
9.293
9.326
9.349
9.367
9.381
9.392
9.408
9.425
9.441
9.450
9.458
9.466
9.475
9.483
9.491
3
5.538
5.462
5.391
5.343
5.309
5.285
5.266
5.252
5.240
5.230
5.216
5.200
5.184
5.176
5.168
5.160
5.151
5.143
5.134
4
4.545
4.325
4.191
4.107
4.051
4.010
3.979
3.955
3.936
3.920
3.896
3.870
3.844
3.831
3.817
3.804
3.790
3.775
3.761
5
4.060
3.780
3.619
3.520
3.453
3.405
3.368
3.339
3.316
3.297
3.268
3.238
3.207
3.191
3.174
3.157
3.140
3.123
3.105
6
3.776
3.463
3.289
3.181
3.108
3.055
3.014
2.983
2.958
2.937
2.905
2.871
2.836
2.818
2.800
2.781
2.762
2.742
2.722
7
3.589
3.257
3.074
2.961
2.883
2.827
2.785
2.752
2.725
2.703
2.668
2.632
2.595
2.575
2.555
2.535
2.514
2.493
2.471
8
3.458
3.113
2.924
2.806
2.726
2.668
2.624
2.589
2.561
2.538
2.502
2.464
2.425
2.404
2.383
2.361
2.339
2.316
2.293
9
3.360
3.006
2.813
2.693
2.611
2.551
2.505
2.469
2.440
2.416
2.379
2.340
2.298
2.277
2.255
2.232
2.208
2.184
2.159
10
3.285
2.924
2.728
2.605
2.522
2.461
2.414
2.377
2.347
2.323
2.284
2.244
2.201
2.178
2.155
2.132
2.107
2.082
2.055
11
3.225
2.860
2.660
2.536
2.451
2.389
2.342
2.304
2.274
2.248
2.209
2.167
2.123
2.100
2.076
2.052
2.026
2.000
1.972
12
3.177
2.807
2.606
2.480
2.394
2.331
2.283
2.245
2.214
2.188
2.147
2.105
2.060
2.036
2.011
1.986
1.960
1.932
1.904
13
3.136
2.763
2.560
2.434
2.347
2.283
2.234
2.195
2.164
2.138
2.097
2.053
2.007
1.983
1.958
1.931
1.904
1.876
1.846
14
3.102
2.726
2.522
2.395
2.307
2.243
2.193
2.154
2.122
2.095
2.054
2.010
1.962
1.938
1.912
1.885
1.857
1.828
1.797
15
3.073
2.695
2.490
2.361
2.273
2.208
2.158
2.119
2.086
2.059
2.017
1.972
1.924
1.899
1.873
1.845
1.817
1.787
1.755
16
3.048
2.668
2.462
2.333
2.244
2.178
2.128
2.088
2.055
2.028
1.985
1.940
1.891
1.866
1.839
1.811
1.782
1.751
1.718
17
3.026
2.645
2.437
2.308
2.218
2.152
2.102
2.061
2.028
2.001
1.958
1.912
1.862
1.836
1.809
1.781
1.751
1.719
1.686
18
3.007
2.624
2.416
2.286
2.196
2.130
2.079
2.038
2.005
1.977
1.933
1.887
1.837
1.810
1.783
1.754
1.723
1.691
1.657
19
2.990
2.606
2.397
2.266
2.176
2.109
2.058
2.017
1.984
1.956
1.912
1.865
1.814
1.787
1.759
1.730
1.699
1.666
1.631
20
2.975
2.589
2.380
2.249
2.158
2.091
2.040
1.999
1.965
1.937
1.892
1.845
1.794
1.767
1.738
1.708
1.677
1.643
1.607
21
2.961
2.575
2.365
2.233
2.142
2.075
2.023
1.982
1.948
1.920
1.875
1.827
1.776
1.748
1.719
1.689
1.657
1.623
1.586
20
2.949
2.561
2.351
2.219
2.128
2.061
2.008
1.967
1.933
1.904
1.859
1.811
1.759
1.731
1.702
1.671
1.639
1.604
1.567
23
2.937
2.549
2.339
2.207
2.115
2.047
1.995
1.953
1.919
1.890
1.845
1.796
1.744
1.716
1.686
1.655
1.622
1.587
1.549
24
2.927
2.538
2.327
2.195
2.103
2.035
1.983
1.941
1.906
1.877
1.832
1.783
1.730
1.702
1.672
1.641
1.607
1.571
1.533
25
2.918
2.528
2.317
2.184
2.092
2.024
1.971
1.929
1.895
1.866
1.820
1.771
1.718
1.689
1.659
1.627
1.593
1.557
1.518
26
2.909
2.519
2.307
2.174
2.082
2.014
1.961
1.919
1.884
1.855
1.809
1.760
1.706
1.677
1.647
1.615
1.581
1.544
1.504
27
2.901
2.511
2.299
2.165
2.073
2.005
1.952
1.909
1.874
1.845
1.799
1.749
1.695
1.666
1.636
1.603
1.569
1.531
1.491
28
2.894
2.503
2.291
2.157
2.064
1.996
1.943
1.900
1.865
1.836
1.790
1.740
1.685
1.656
1.625
1.593
1.558
1.520
1.478
29
2.887
2.495
2.283
2.149
2.057
1.988
1.935
1.892
1.857
1.827
1.781
1.731
1.676
1.647
1.616
1.583
1.547
1.509
1.467
30
2.881
2.489
2.276
2.142
2.049
1.980
1.927
1.884
1.849
1.819
1.773
1.722
1.667
1.638
1.606
1.573
1.538
1.499
1.456
40
2.835
2.440
2.226
2.091
1.997
1.927
1.873
1.829
1.793
1.763
1.715
1.662
1.605
1.574
1.541
1.506
1.467
1.425
1.377
60
2.791
2.393
2.177
2.041
1.946
1.875
1.819
1.775
1.738
1.707
1.657
1.603
1.543
1.511
1.476
1.437
1.395
1.348
1.291
120
2.748
2.347
2.130
1.992
1.896
1.824
1.767
1.722
1.684
1.652
1.601
1.545
1.482
1.447
1.409
1.368
1.320
1.265
1.193
1000+
2.706
2.303
2.084
1.945
1.847
1.774
1.717
1.670
1.632
1.599
1.546
1.487
1.421
1.383
1.342
1.295
1.240
1.169
1.000
Table
3
of
§
1065.602
 
Critical
F
values,
F
crit95,
versus
N­
1
and
N
ref­
1
at
95
%
confidence
N­
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
12
15
20
24
30
40
60
120
1000+

N
ref­
1
1
161.4
199.5
215.7
224.5
230.1
233.9
236.7
238.8
240.5
241.8
243.9
245.9
248.0
249.0
250.1
251.1
252.2
253.2
254.3
2
18.51
19.00
19.16
19.24
19.29
19.33
19.35
19.37
19.38
19.39
19.41
19.42
19.44
19.45
19.46
19.47
19.47
19.48
19.49
3
10.12
9.552
9.277
9.117
9.014
8.941
8.887
8.845
8.812
8.786
8.745
8.703
8.660
8.639
8.617
8.594
8.572
8.549
8.526
4
7.709
6.944
6.591
6.388
6.256
6.163
6.094
6.041
5.999
5.964
5.912
5.858
5.803
5.774
5.746
5.717
5.688
5.658
5.628
5
6.608
5.786
5.410
5.192
5.050
4.950
4.876
4.818
4.773
4.735
4.678
4.619
4.558
4.527
4.496
4.464
4.431
4.399
4.365
6
5.987
5.143
4.757
4.534
4.387
4.284
4.207
4.147
4.099
4.060
4.000
3.938
3.874
3.842
3.808
3.774
3.740
3.705
3.669
7
5.591
4.737
4.347
4.120
3.972
3.866
3.787
3.726
3.677
3.637
3.575
3.511
3.445
3.411
3.376
3.340
3.304
3.267
3.230
8
5.318
4.459
4.066
3.838
3.688
3.581
3.501
3.438
3.388
3.347
3.284
3.218
3.150
3.115
3.079
3.043
3.005
2.967
2.928
9
5.117
4.257
3.863
3.633
3.482
3.374
3.293
3.230
3.179
3.137
3.073
3.006
2.937
2.901
2.864
2.826
2.787
2.748
2.707
10
4.965
4.103
3.708
3.478
3.326
3.217
3.136
3.072
3.020
2.978
2.913
2.845
2.774
2.737
2.700
2.661
2.621
2.580
2.538
11
4.844
3.982
3.587
3.357
3.204
3.095
3.012
2.948
2.896
2.854
2.788
2.719
2.646
2.609
2.571
2.531
2.490
2.448
2.405
12
4.747
3.885
3.490
3.259
3.106
2.996
2.913
2.849
2.796
2.753
2.687
2.617
2.544
2.506
2.466
2.426
2.384
2.341
2.296
13
4.667
3.806
3.411
3.179
3.025
2.915
2.832
2.767
2.714
2.671
2.604
2.533
2.459
2.420
2.380
2.339
2.297
2.252
2.206
14
4.600
3.739
3.344
3.112
2.958
2.848
2.764
2.699
2.646
2.602
2.534
2.463
2.388
2.349
2.308
2.266
2.223
2.178
2.131
15
4.543
3.682
3.287
3.056
2.901
2.791
2.707
2.641
2.588
2.544
2.475
2.403
2.328
2.288
2.247
2.204
2.160
2.114
2.066
16
4.494
3.634
3.239
3.007
2.852
2.741
2.657
2.591
2.538
2.494
2.425
2.352
2.276
2.235
2.194
2.151
2.106
2.059
2.010
17
4.451
3.592
3.197
2.965
2.810
2.699
2.614
2.548
2.494
2.450
2.381
2.308
2.230
2.190
2.148
2.104
2.058
2.011
1.960
18
4.414
3.555
3.160
2.928
2.773
2.661
2.577
2.510
2.456
2.412
2.342
2.269
2.191
2.150
2.107
2.063
2.017
1.968
1.917
19
4.381
3.522
3.127
2.895
2.740
2.628
2.544
2.477
2.423
2.378
2.308
2.234
2.156
2.114
2.071
2.026
1.980
1.930
1.878
20
4.351
3.493
3.098
2.866
2.711
2.599
2.514
2.447
2.393
2.348
2.278
2.203
2.124
2.083
2.039
1.994
1.946
1.896
1.843
21
4.325
3.467
3.073
2.840
2.685
2.573
2.488
2.421
2.366
2.321
2.250
2.176
2.096
2.054
2.010
1.965
1.917
1.866
1.812
22
4.301
3.443
3.049
2.817
2.661
2.549
2.464
2.397
2.342
2.297
2.226
2.151
2.071
2.028
1.984
1.938
1.889
1.838
1.783
23
4.279
3.422
3.028
2.796
2.640
2.528
2.442
2.375
2.320
2.275
2.204
2.128
2.048
2.005
1.961
1.914
1.865
1.813
1.757
24
4.260
3.403
3.009
2.776
2.621
2.508
2.423
2.355
2.300
2.255
2.183
2.108
2.027
1.984
1.939
1.892
1.842
1.790
1.733
25
4.242
3.385
2.991
2.759
2.603
2.490
2.405
2.337
2.282
2.237
2.165
2.089
2.008
1.964
1.919
1.872
1.822
1.768
1.711
26
4.225
3.369
2.975
2.743
2.587
2.474
2.388
2.321
2.266
2.220
2.148
2.072
1.990
1.946
1.901
1.853
1.803
1.749
1.691
27
4.210
3.354
2.960
2.728
2.572
2.459
2.373
2.305
2.250
2.204
2.132
2.056
1.974
1.930
1.884
1.836
1.785
1.731
1.672
28
4.196
3.340
2.947
2.714
2.558
2.445
2.359
2.291
2.236
2.190
2.118
2.041
1.959
1.915
1.869
1.820
1.769
1.714
1.654
29
4.183
3.328
2.934
2.701
2.545
2.432
2.346
2.278
2.223
2.177
2.105
2.028
1.945
1.901
1.854
1.806
1.754
1.698
1.638
30
4.171
3.316
2.922
2.690
2.534
2.421
2.334
2.266
2.211
2.165
2.092
2.015
1.932
1.887
1.841
1.792
1.740
1.684
1.622
40
4.085
3.232
2.839
2.606
2.450
2.336
2.249
2.180
2.124
2.077
2.004
1.925
1.839
1.793
1.744
1.693
1.637
1.577
1.509
60
4.001
3.150
2.758
2.525
2.368
2.254
2.167
2.097
2.040
1.993
1.917
1.836
1.748
1.700
1.649
1.594
1.534
1.467
1.389
120
3.920
3.072
2.680
2.447
2.290
2.175
2.087
2.016
1.959
1.911
1.834
1.751
1.659
1.608
1.554
1.495
1.429
1.352
1.254
1000+
3.842
2.996
2.605
2.372
2.214
2.099
2.010
1.938
1.880
1.831
1.752
1.666
1.571
1.517
1.459
1.394
1.318
1.221
1.000
299
(
h)
Slope.
Calculate
a
least­
squares
regression
slope,
a
1y,
as
follows:

(
)
i
refi
ref
i
1
1y
2
refi
ref
i
1
(
)

(
)
N
N
y
y
y
y
a
y
y
=

=
 
 
 
=
 


Eq.
1065.602­
9
Example:

N
=
6000
y1
=
2045.8
=
1051.1
y
yref
1
=
2045.0
=
1055.3
ref
y
(
)(
)
(
)(
)
(
)
(
)
6000
ref6000
1y
2
2
ref6000
2045.8
1050.1
2045.0
1055.3
...
1050.1
1055.3
2045.0
1055.3
...
1055.3
y
y
a
y
 
 
 
++
 
 
 
=
 
++
 

a1y
=
1.0110
(
i)
Intercept.
Calculate
a
least­
squares
regression
intercept,
a
0y,
as
follows:

(
)
0y
1y
ref
a
y
a
y
=
 
 

Eq.
1065.602­
10
Example:

=
1050.1
y
a1y
=
1.0110
=
1055.3
ref
y
a0y
=
1050.1
 
(
1.0110

1055.3)

a0y
=
 
16.8083
(
j)
Standard
estimate
of
error.
Calculate
a
standard
estimate
of
error,
SEE,
as
follows:

2
i
0y
1y
refi
i
1
y
(
)

2
N
y
a
a
y
SEE
N
=


 
 
 


=
 

Eq.
1065.602­
11
Example:

N
=
6000
y1
=
2045.8
a0y
=
 
16.8083
a1y
=
1.0110
yref1=
2045.0
[
]
2
2
6000
ref
6000
y
2045.8
(
16.8083)
(
1.0110
2045.0)
...
(
16.8083)
(
1.0110
)

6000
2
y
y
SEE


 
 
 
 
+
  
 
 


=
 

SEEy
=
5.348
(
k)
Coefficient
of
determination.
Calculate
a
coefficient
of
determination,
,
as
follows:
2
r
[
]
2
i
0y
1y
refi
2
i
1
y
2
i
i
1
(
)

1
N
N
y
a
a
y
r
y
y
=

=


 
 
 


=
 
 


Eq.
1065.602­
12
Example:
300
N
=
6000
y1
=
2045.8
a0y
=
 
16.8083
a1y
=
1.0110
yref1
=
2045.0
=
1480.5
y
[
]
[
]
2
2
6000
ref6000
2
y
2
2
6000
2045.8
(
16.8083)
(
1.0110
2045.0)
...
(
16.8083)
(
1.0110
)
1
2045.8
1480.5
...
1480.5
y
y
r
y


 
 
 
×
+
  
 
 


=
 


 
+
 


=
0.9859
2
y
r
(
l)
Flow­
weighted
mean
concentration.
In
some
sections
of
this
part,
you
may
need
to
calculate
a
flow­
weighted
mean
concentration
to
determine
the
applicability
of
certain
provisions.
A
flowweighted
mean
is
the
mean
of
a
quantity
after
it
is
weighted
proportional
to
a
corresponding
flow
rate.
For
example,
if
a
gas
concentration
is
measured
continuously
from
the
raw
exhaust
of
an
engine,
its
flow­
weighted
mean
concentration
is
the
sum
of
the
products
of
each
recorded
concentration
times
its
respective
exhaust
molar
flow
rate,
divided
by
the
sum
of
the
recorded
flow
rate
values.
As
another
example,
the
bag
concentration
from
a
CVS
system
is
the
same
as
the
flow­
weighted
mean
concentration
because
the
CVS
system
itself
flow­
weights
the
bag
concentration.
You
might
already
expect
a
certain
flow­
weighted
mean
concentration
of
an
emission
at
its
standard
based
on
previous
testing
with
similar
engines
or
testing
with
similar
equipment
and
instruments.
If
you
need
to
estimate
your
expected
flow­
weighted
mean
concentration
of
an
emission
at
its
standard,
we
recommend
using
the
following
examples
as
a
guide
for
how
to
estimate
the
flow­
weighted
mean
concentration
expected
at
the
standard.
Note
that
these
examples
are
not
exact
and
that
they
contain
assumptions
that
are
not
always
valid.
Use
good
engineering
judgement
to
determine
if
you
can
use
similar
assumptions.

(
1)
To
estimate
the
flow­
weighted
mean
raw
exhaust
NO
x
concentration
from
a
turbocharged
heavy­
duty
compression­
ignition
engine
at
a
NO
x
standard
of
2.5
g/(
kW

hr),
you
may
do
the
following:

(
i)
Based
on
your
engine
design,
approximate
a
map
of
maximum
torque
versus
speed
and
use
it
with
the
applicable
normalized
duty
cycle
in
the
standard­
setting
part
to
generate
a
reference
duty
cycle
as
described
in
§
1065.610.
Calculate
the
total
reference
work,
W
ref,
as
described
in
§
1065.650.
Divide
the
reference
work
by
the
duty
cycle's
time
interval,
 
t
dutycycle,
to
determine
mean
reference
power,
.
ref
P
(
ii)
Based
on
your
engine
design,
estimate
maximum
power,
P
max,
the
design
speed
at
maximum
power,
f
nmax,
the
design
maximum
intake
manifold
boost
pressure,
p
inmax,
and
temperature,
T
inmax.
Also,
estimate
an
mean
fraction
of
power
that
is
lost
due
to
friction
and
pumping,
.
Use
this
information
along
with
the
engine
displacement
volume,
V
disp,
frict
P
an
approximate
volumetric
efficiency,
 
V,
and
the
number
of
engine
strokes
per
power
stroke
(
2­
stroke
or
4­
stroke),
N
stroke
to
estimate
the
maximum
raw
exhaust
molar
flow
rate,
.
exhmax
n

(
iii)
Use
your
estimated
values
as
described
in
the
following
example
calculation:
301
(
)
std
ref
exp
ref
frict
max
exhmax
duty
cycle
max
e
W
x
P
P
P
M
n
t
P
 
=


+
 


 
  
 





Eq.
1065.602­
13
max
disp
nmax
V
stroke
exhmax
max
2
p
V
f
N
n
R
T
 
 
 
 
 
=
 

Eq.
1065.602­
14
Example:

eNOx
=
2.5
g/(
kW
hr)
×
Wref
=
11.883
kW
hr
×
MNOx
=
46.0055
g/
mol
=
46.0055
10­
6
g/
µ
mol
×
 
tdutycycle
=
20
min
=
1200
s
=
35.65
kW
ref
P
=
15
%
frict
P
Pmax
=
125
kW
pmax
=
300
kPa
=
300000
Pa
Vdisp
=
3.0
l
l
=
0.0030
m3
fnmax
=
2800
rev/
min
=
46.67
rev/
s
Nstroke
=
4
1/
rev
 
V=
0.9
R
=
8.314472
J/(
mol

K)

Tmax
=
348.15
K
exhmax
2
300
3.0
47.67
0.9
4
8.314472
348.15
n
 
 
 
 
=
 

=
6.53
mol/
s
exhmax
n

(
)
exp
6
2.5
11.883
35.65
0.15
125
46.0055
10
6.53
1200
125
x
 
 
=


+
 
 
 
 
 






=
189.4

mol/
mol
exp
x
(
2)
To
estimate
the
flow­
weighted
mean
NMHC
concentration
in
a
CVS
from
a
naturally
aspirated
nonroad
spark­
ignition
engine
at
an
NMHC
standard
of
0.5
g/(
kW

hr),
you
may
do
the
following:

(
i)
Based
on
your
engine
design,
approximate
a
map
of
maximum
torque
versus
speed
and
use
it
with
the
applicable
normalized
duty
cycle
in
the
standard­
setting
part
to
generate
a
reference
duty
cycle
as
described
in
§
1065.610.
Calculate
the
total
reference
work,
W
ref,
as
described
in
§
1065.650.

(
ii)
Multiply
your
CVS
total
molar
flow
rate
by
the
time
interval
of
the
duty
cycle,
 
t
dutycycle.
The
result
is
the
total
diluted
exhaust
flow
of
the
n
dexh.
302
(
iii)
Use
your
estimated
values
as
described
in
the
following
example
calculation:

std
ref
NMHC
dexh
duty
cycle
e
W
x
M
n
t
 
=
 
  

Eq.
1065.602­
15
Example:

eNMHC
=
1.5
g/(
kW

hr)

Wref
=
5.389
kW

hr
MNMHC
=
13.875389
g/
mol
=
13.875389
10­
6
g/
µ
mol
×
=
6.021
mol/
s
dexh
n

 
t
dutycycle=
30
min
=
1800
s
NMHC
­
6
1.5
5.389
13.875389
10
6.021
1800
x
 
=
 
 
 

=
53.8

mol/
mol
NMHC
x
§
1065.610
Duty
cycle
generation.
This
section
describes
how
to
generate
duty
cycles
that
are
specific
to
your
engine,
based
on
the
normalized
duty
cycles
in
the
standard­
setting
part.
During
an
emission
test,
use
a
duty
cycle
that
is
specific
to
your
engine
to
command
engine
speed,
torque,
and
power,
as
applicable,
using
an
engine
dynamometer
and
an
engine
operator
demand.
Paragraph
(
a)
of
this
section
describes
how
to
"
normalize"
your
engine's
map
to
determine
the
maximum
test
speed
and
torque
for
your
engine.
The
rest
of
this
section
describes
how
to
use
these
values
to
"
denormalize"
the
duty
cycles
in
the
standard­
setting
parts,
which
are
all
published
on
a
normalized
basis.
Thus,
the
term
"
normalized"
in
paragraph
(
a)
of
this
section
refers
to
different
values
than
it
does
in
the
rest
of
the
section.

(
a)
Maximum
test
speed,
f
ntest.
This
section
generally
applies
to
duty
cycles
for
variable­
speed
engines.
For
constant­
speed
engines
subject
to
duty
cycles
that
specify
normalized
speed
commands,
use
the
no­
load
governed
speed
as
the
measured
f
ntest.
This
is
the
highest
engine
speed
where
an
engine
outputs
zero
torque.
For
variable­
speed
engines,
determine
the
measured
f
ntest
from
the
power­
versus­
speed
map,
generated
according
to
§
1065.510,
as
follows:

(
1)
Based
on
the
map,
determine
maximum
power,
P
max,
and
the
speed
at
which
maximum
power
occurred,
f
nPmax.
Divide
every
recorded
power
by
P
max
and
divide
every
recorded
speed
by
f
nPmax.
The
result
is
a
normalized
power­
versus­
speed
map.
Your
measured
f
ntest
is
the
speed
at
which
the
sum
of
the
squares
of
normalized
speed
and
power
is
maximum,
as
follows:

(
)
2
2
ntest
ni
nnormi
normi
at
the
maximum
of
f
f
f
P
=
+

Eq.
1065.610­
1
Where:

fntest
=
maximum
test
speed.

i
=
an
indexing
variable
that
represents
one
recorded
value
of
an
engine
map.

fnnormi
=
an
engine
speed
normalized
by
dividing
it
by
fnPmax.

Pnormi
=
an
engine
power
normalized
by
dividing
it
by
Pmax.
303
Example:

(
fnnorm1
=
1.002,
Pnorm1
=
0.978,
fn1
=
2359.71)

(
fnnorm2
=
1.004,
Pnorm2
=
0.977,
fn2
=
2364.42)

(
fnnorm3
=
1.006,
Pnorm3
=
0.974,
fn3
=
2369.13)

(
fnnorm1
2
+
Pnorm1
2)
=
(
1.0022
+
0.9782)
=
1.960
(
fnnorm1
2
+
Pnorm1
2)
=
(
1.0042
+
0.9772)
=
1.963
(
fnnorm1
2
+
Pnorm1
2)
=
(
1.0062
+
0.9742)
=
1.961
maximum
=
1.963
at
i
=
2
fntest
=
2364.42
rev/
min
(
2)
For
variable­
speed
engines,
transform
normalized
speeds
to
reference
speeds
according
to
paragraph
(
c)
of
this
section
by
using
the
measured
maximum
test
speed
determined
according
to
paragraph
(
a)(
1)
of
this
section
 
or
use
your
declared
maximum
test
speed,
as
allowed
in
§
1065.510.

(
3)
For
constant­
speed
engines,
transform
normalized
speeds
to
reference
speeds
according
to
paragraph
(
c)
of
this
section
by
using
the
measured
no­
load
governed
speed
 
or
use
your
declared
maximum
test
speed,
as
allowed
in
§
1065.510
(
b)
Maximum
test
torque,
T
test.
For
constant­
speed
engines,
determine
the
measured
T
test
from
the
power­
versus­
speed
map,
generated
according
to
§
1065.510,
as
follows:

(
1)
Based
on
the
map,
determine
maximum
power,
P
max,
and
the
speed
at
which
maximum
power
occurs,
f
nPmax.
Divide
every
recorded
power
by
P
max
and
divide
every
recorded
speed
by
f
nPmax.
The
result
is
a
normalized
power­
versus­
speed
map.
Your
measured
T
test
is
the
speed
at
which
the
sum
of
the
squares
of
normalized
speed
and
power
is
maximum,
as
follows:

(
)
2
2
test
i
nnormi
normi
at
the
m
aximum
of
T
T
f
P
=
+

Eq.
1065.610­
2
Where:

Ttest
=
maximum
test
torque.

Example:

(
fnnorm1
=
1.002,
Pnorm1
=
0.978,
T1
=
722.62
N
m)
×
(
fnnorm2
=
1.004,
Pnorm2
=
0.977,
T2
=
720.44
N
m)
×
(
fnnorm3
=
1.006,
Pnorm3
=
0.974,
T3
=
716.80
N
m)
×
(
fnnorm1
2
+
Pnorm1
2)
=
(
1.0022
+
0.9782)
=
1.960
(
fnnorm1
2
+
Pnorm1
2)
=
(
1.0042
+
0.9772)
=
1.963
(
fnnorm1
2
+
Pnorm1
2)
=
(
1.0062
+
0.9742)
=
1.961
maximum
=
1.963
at
i
=
2
Ttest
=
720.44
N
m
×
(
2)
Transform
normalized
torques
to
reference
torques
according
to
paragraph
(
d)
of
this
section
by
using
the
measured
maximum
test
torque
determined
according
to
(
b)(
1)
of
this
section
 
or
use
your
declared
maximum
test
torque,
as
allowed
in
§
1065.510.

(
c)
Generating
reference
speed
values
from
normalized
duty
cycle
speeds.
Transform
normalized
speed
values
to
reference
values
as
follows:
304
(
1)
%
speed.
If
your
normalized
duty
cycle
specifies
%
speed
values,
use
your
declared
warm
idle
speed
and
your
maximum
test
speed
to
transform
the
duty
cycle,
as
follows:

fnref
=
%
speed

(
fntest
 
fnidle)
+
fnidle
Eq.
1065.610­
3
Example:

%
speed
=
85
%

fntest
=
2364
rev/
min
fnidle
=
650
rev/
min
fnref
=
85
%

(
2364
 
650
)
+
650
fnref
=
2107
rev/
min
(
2)
A,
B,
and
C
speeds.
If
your
normalized
duty
cycle
specifies
speeds
as
A,
B,
or
C
values,
use
your
power­
versus­
speed
curve
to
determine
the
lowest
speed
below
maximum
power
at
which
50
%
of
maximum
power
occurs.
Denote
this
value
as
n
lo.
Also
determine
the
highest
speed
above
maximum
power
at
which
70
%
of
maximum
power
occurs.
Denote
this
value
as
n
hi.
Use
n
hi
and
n
lo
to
calculate
reference
values
for
A,
B,
or
C
speeds
as
follows:

fnrefA
=
0.25

(
nhi
 
nlo)
+
nlo
Eq.
1065.610­
4
fnrefB
=
0.50

(
nhi
 
nlo)
+
nlo
Eq.
1065.610­
5
fnrefC
=
0.75

(
nhi
 
nlo)
+
nlo
Eq.
1065.610­
6
Example:

nlo
=
1005
rev/
min
nhi
=
2385
rev/
min
fnrefA
=
0.25

(
2385
 
1005)
+
1005
fnrefB
=
0.50

(
2385
 
1005)
+
1005
fnrefC
=
0.75

(
2385
 
1005)
+
1005
fnrefA
=
1350
rev/
min
fnrefB
=
1695
rev/
min
fnrefC
=
2040
rev/
min
(
3)
Intermediate
speed.
If
your
normalized
duty
cycle
specifies
a
speed
as
"
intermediate
speed,"
use
your
torque­
versus­
speed
curve
to
determine
the
speed
at
which
maximum
torque
occurs.
This
is
peak
torque
speed.
Identify
your
reference
intermediate
speed
as
one
of
the
following
values:

(
i)
Peak
torque
speed
if
it
is
between
(
60
and
75)
%
of
maximum
test
speed.

(
ii)
60
%
of
maximum
test
speed
if
peak
torque
speed
is
less
than
60
%
of
maximum
test
speed.

(
iii)
75
%
of
maximum
test
speed
if
peak
torque
speed
is
greater
than
75
%
of
maximum
test
speed.

(
d)
Generating
reference
torques
from
normalized
duty­
cycle
torques.
Transform
normalized
torques
to
reference
torques
using
your
map
of
maximum
torque
versus
speed.

(
1)
Reference
torque
for
variable­
speed
engines.
For
a
given
speed
point,
multiply
the
corresponding
%
torque
by
the
maximum
torque
at
that
speed,
according
to
your
map.
305
Linearly
interpolate
mapped
torque
values
to
determine
torque
between
mapped
speeds.
The
result
is
the
reference
torque
for
each
speed
point.

(
2)
Reference
torque
for
constant­
speed
engines.
Multiply
a
%
torque
value
by
your
maximum
test
torque.
The
result
is
the
reference
torque
for
each
point.
Note
that
if
your
constant­
speed
engine
is
subject
to
duty
cycles
that
specify
normalized
speed
commands,
use
the
provisions
of
paragraph
(
d)(
1)
of
this
section
to
transform
your
normalized
torque
values.

(
3)
Permissible
deviations
for
any
engine.
If
your
engine
does
not
operate
below
a
certain
minimum
torque
under
normal
in­
use
conditions,
you
may
use
a
declared
minimum
torque
as
the
reference
value
instead
of
any
value
denormalized
to
be
less
than
the
declared
value.
For
example,
if
your
engine
is
connected
to
an
automatic
transmission,
it
may
have
a
minimum
torque
called
curb
idle
transmission
torque
(
CITT).
In
this
case,
at
idle
conditions
(
i.
e.,
0
%
speed,
0
%
torque),
you
may
use
CITT
as
a
reference
value
instead
of
0
N

m.

(
e)
Generating
reference
power
values
from
normalized
duty
cycle
powers.
Transform
normalized
power
values
to
reference
speed
and
power
values
using
your
map
of
maximum
power
versus
speed.

(
1)
First
transform
normalized
speed
values
into
reference
speed
values.
For
a
given
speed
point,
multiply
the
corresponding
%
power
by
the
maximum
test
power
defined
in
the
standard­
setting
part.
The
result
is
the
reference
power
for
each
speed
point.
You
may
calculate
a
corresponding
reference
torque
for
each
point
and
command
that
reference
torque
instead
of
a
reference
power.

(
2)
Permissible
deviations
for
any
engine.
If
your
engine
does
not
operate
below
a
certain
power
under
normal
in­
use
conditions,
you
may
use
a
declared
minimum
power
as
the
reference
value
instead
of
any
value
denormalized
to
be
less
than
the
declared
value.
For
example,
if
your
engine
is
directly
connected
to
a
propeller,
it
may
have
a
minimum
power
called
idle
power.
In
this
case,
at
idle
conditions
(
i.
e.,
0
%
speed,
0
%
power),
you
may
use
a
corresponding
idle
power
as
a
reference
power
instead
of
0
kW.

§
1065.630
1980
international
gravity
formula.

The
acceleration
of
Earth's
gravity,
a
g
,
varies
depending
on
your
location.
Calculate
a
g
at
your
latitude,
as
follows:

ag
=
9.7803267715

[
1
+

5.2790414

10­
3

sin2
(
 )
+

2.32718

10­
5

sin4
(
 )
+

1.262

10­
7

sin6
(
 )
+

7

10­
10

sin8
(
 )]

Eq.
1065.630­
1
Where:

 
=
Degrees
north
or
south
latitude.

Example:

 
=
45
°
ag
=
9.7803267715

(
1
+

5.2790414

10­
3

sin2
(
45)
+

2.32718

10­
5

sin4
(
45)
+

1.262

10­
7

sin6
(
45)
+
306
7

10­
10

sin8
(
45)

ag
=
9.8178291229
m/
s2
§
1065.640
Flow
meter
calibration
calculations.

This
section
describes
the
calculations
for
calibrating
various
flow
meters.
After
you
calibrate
a
flow
meter
using
these
calculations,
use
the
calculations
described
in
§
1065.642
to
calculate
flow
during
an
emission
test.
Paragraph
(
a)
of
this
section
first
describes
how
to
convert
reference
flow
meter
outputs
for
use
in
the
calibration
equations,
which
are
presented
on
a
molar
basis.
The
remaining
paragraphs
describe
the
calibration
calculations
that
are
specific
to
certain
types
of
flow
meters.

(
a)
Reference
meter
conversions.
The
calibration
equations
in
this
section
use
molar
flow
rate,
,
as
a
reference
quantity.
If
your
reference
meter
outputs
a
flow
rate
in
a
different
quantity,
ref
n

such
as
standard
volume
rate,
,
actual
volume
rate,
,
or
mass
rate,
,
convert
your
stdref
V

a
c
t
r
e
f
V

ref
m

reference
meter
output
to
a
molar
flow
rate
using
the
following
equations,
noting
that
while
values
for
volume
rate,
mass
rate,
pressure,
temperature,
and
molar
mass
may
change
during
an
emission
test,
you
should
ensure
that
they
are
as
constant
as
practical
for
each
individual
set
point
during
a
flow
meter
calibration:

stdref
std
actref
act
ref
ref
std
act
mix
V
P
V
P
m
n
T
R
T
R
M
 
 
=
=
=
 
 




Eq.
1065.640­
1
Where:

=
reference
molar
flow
rate.
ref
n&

=
reference
volume
flow
rate,
corrected
to
a
standard
pressure
and
a
standard
temperature.
st
dref
V&

=
reference
volume
flow
rate
at
the
actual
pressure
and
temperature
of
the
flow
rate.
act
ref
V&

=
reference
mass
flow.
ref
m&

Pstd
=
standard
pressure.

Pact
=
actual
pressure
of
the
flow
rate.

Tstd
=
standard
temperature.

Tact
=
actual
temperature
of
the
flow
rate.

R
=
molar
gas
constant.

Mmix
=
molar
mass
of
the
flow
rate.

Example
1:

=
1000.00
ft3/
min
=
0.471948
m/
s
stdref
V

P
=
29.9213
in
Hg
@
32
°
F
=
101325
Pa
T
=
68.0
°
F
=
293.15
K
R
=
8.314472
J/(
mol

K)

ref
0.471948
101325
293.15
8.314472
n
 
=
 

=
19.169
mol/
s
ref
n

307
Example
2:

=
17.2683
kg/
min
=
287.805
g/
s
ref
m

Mmix
=
28.7805
g/
mol
ref
287.05
28.7805
n
=

=
10.0000
mol/
s
ref
n

(
b)
PDP
calibration
calculations.
For
each
restrictor
position,
calculate
the
following
values
from
the
mean
values
determined
in
§
1065.340,
as
follows:

(
1)
PDP
volume
pumped
per
revolution,
V
rev
(
m3/
rev):

r
e
f
in
r
e
v
i
n
nP
D
P
n
R
T
V
P
f
 
 
=
 

Eq.
1065.640­
2
Example:

=
25.096
mol/
s
ref
n

R
=
8.314472
J/(
mol

K)

=
299.5
K
in
T
=
98290
Pa
in
P
=
1205.1
rev/
min
=
20.085
rev/
s
nPDP
f
25.096
8.314472
299.5
98290
20.085
rev
V
 
 
=
 

Vrev
=
0.03166
m3/
rev
(
2)
PDP
slip
correction
factor,
K
s
(
s/
rev):

out
in
s
out
nPDP
1
P
P
K
P
f
 
=
 

Eq.
1065.640­
3
Example:

=
1205.1
rev/
min
=
20.085
rev/
s
nPDP
f
=
100.103
kPa
out
P
=
98.290
kPa
in
P
s
1
100.103
98.290
20.085
100.103
K
 
=
 

Ks
=
0.006700
s/
rev
(
3)
Perform
a
least­
squares
regression
of
PDP
volume
pumped
per
revolution,
V
rev,
versus
PDP
slip
correction
factor,
K
s,
by
calculating
slope,
a
1,
and
intercept,
a
0,
as
described
in
§
1065.602.

(
4)
Repeat
the
procedure
in
paragraphs
(
b)(
1)
through
(
3)
of
this
section
for
every
speed
that
you
run
your
PDP.
308
Example:

Table
1
of
§
1065.640
 
Example
of
PDP
calibration
data
nPDP
f
a1
a0
755.0
50.43
0.056
987.6
49.86
­
0.013
1254.5
48.54
0.028
1401.3
47.30
­
0.061
(
5)
For
each
speed
at
which
you
operate
the
PDP,
use
the
corresponding
slope,
a
1,
and
intercept,
a
0,
to
calculate
flow
rate
during
emission
testing
as
described
in
§
1065.642.

(
c)
Venturi
governing
equations
and
permissible
assumptions.
This
section
describes
the
governing
equations
and
permissible
assumptions
for
calibrating
a
venturi
and
calculating
flow
using
a
venturi.
Because
a
subsonic
venturi
(
SSV)
and
a
critical­
flow
venturi
(
CFV)
both
operate
similarly,
their
governing
equations
are
nearly
the
same,
except
for
the
equation
describing
their
pressure
ratio,
r
(
i.
e.,
r
SSV
versus
r
CFV).
These
governing
equations
assume
one­
dimensional
isentropic
inviscid
compressible
flow
of
an
ideal
gas.
In
paragraph
(
c)(
4)
of
this
section,
we
describe
other
assumptions
that
you
may
make,
depending
upon
how
you
conduct
your
emission
tests.
If
we
do
not
allow
you
to
assume
that
the
measured
flow
is
an
ideal
gas,
the
governing
equations
include
a
first­
order
correction
for
the
behavior
of
a
real
gas;
namely,
the
compressibility
factor,
Z.
If
good
engineering
judgment
dictates
using
a
value
other
than
Z=
1,
you
may
either
use
an
appropriate
equation
of
state
to
determine
values
of
Z
as
a
function
of
measured
pressures
and
temperatures,
or
you
may
develop
your
own
calibration
equations
based
on
good
engineering
judgment.
Note
that
the
equation
for
the
flow
coefficient,
C
f,
is
based
on
the
ideal
gas
assumption
that
the
isentropic
exponent,
 ,
is
equal
to
the
ratio
of
specific
heats,
C
p/
C
v.
If
good
engineering
judgment
dictates
using
a
real
gas
isentropic
exponent,
you
may
either
use
an
appropriate
equation
of
state
to
determine
values
of
 
as
a
function
of
measured
pressures
and
temperatures,
or
you
may
develop
your
own
calibration
equations
based
on
good
engineering
judgment.
Calculate
molar
flow
rate,
,
as
follows:
n

t
in
d
f
mix
in
A
p
n
C
C
ZM
RT
 
=
 
 
 
 
 

Eq.
1065.640­
4
Where:

Cd
=
Discharge
coefficient,
as
determined
in
paragraph
(
c)(
1)
of
this
section.

Cf
=
Flow
coefficient,
as
determined
in
paragraph
(
c)(
2)
of
this
section.

At
=
Venturi
throat
cross­
sectional
area.

pin
=
Venturi
inlet
absolute
static
pressure.

Z
=
Compressibility
factor.

Mmix
=
Molar
mass
of
gas
mixture.

R
=
Molar
gas
constant.

Tin
=
Venturi
inlet
absolute
temperature.
309
(
1)
Using
the
data
collected
in
§
1065.340,
calculate
C
d
using
the
following
equation:

mix
in
d
ref
f
t
in
ZM
RT
C
n
C
A
p
 
 
 
=
 
 
 

Eq.
1065.640­
5
Where:

=
A
reference
molar
flow
rate.
ref
n

(
2)
Determine
C
f
using
one
of
the
following
methods:

(
i)
For
CFV
flow
meters
only,
determine
C
fCFV
from
the
following
table
based
on
your
values
for
 
and
 ,
using
linear
interpolation
to
find
intermediate
values:

Table
2
of
§
1065.640
 
C
fCFV
versus
 
and
 
for
CFV
flow
meters
CfCFV
 
 
exh
=

1.385
 
dexh
=

 
air=

1.399
0.000
0.6822
0.6846
0.400
0.6857
0.6881
0.500
0.6910
0.6934
0.550
0.6953
0.6977
0.600
0.7011
0.7036
0.625
0.7047
0.7072
0.650
0.7089
0.7114
0.675
0.7137
0.7163
0.700
0.7193
0.7219
0.720
0.7245
0.7271
0.740
0.7303
0.7329
0.760
0.7368
0.7395
0.770
0.7404
0.7431
0.780
0.7442
0.7470
0.790
0.7483
0.7511
0.800
0.7527
0.7555
0.810
0.7573
0.7602
0.820
0.7624
0.7652
0.830
0.7677
0.7707
0.840
0.7735
0.7765
0.850
0.7798
0.7828
(
ii)
For
any
CFV
or
SSV
flow
meter,
you
may
use
the
following
equation
to
calculate
C
f
:
310
(
)
1
2
1
2
f
4
2
1
1
r
C
r
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 




 
 
 





	


=




 
 
 





	



Eq.
1065.640­
6
Where:

 
=
isentropic
exponent.
For
an
ideal
gas,
this
is
the
ratio
of
specific
heats
of
the
gas
mixture,
Cp/
Cv.

r
=
Pressure
ratio,
as
determined
in
paragraph
(
c)(
3)
of
this
section.

 
=
Ratio
of
venturi
throat
to
inlet
diameters.

(
3)
Calculate
r
as
follows:

(
i)
For
SSV
systems
only,
calculate
r
SSV
using
the
following
equation:

SSV
in
1
p
r
p
 
=
 

Eq.
1065.640­
7
Where:

 
pSSV
=
Differential
static
pressure;
venturi
inlet
minus
venturi
throat.

(
ii)
For
CFV
systems
only,
calculate
r
CFV
iteratively
using
the
following
equation:

1
2
4
CFV
CFV
1
1
2
2
r
r
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
+


+
 
 
=




Eq.
1065.640­
8
(
4)
You
may
make
any
of
the
following
simplifying
assumptions
of
the
governing
equations,
or
you
may
use
good
engineering
judgment
to
develop
more
appropriate
values
for
your
testing:

(
i)
For
emission
testing
over
the
full
ranges
of
raw
exhaust,
diluted
exhaust
and
dilution
air,
you
may
assume
that
the
gas
mixture
behaves
as
an
ideal
gas:
Z=
1.

(
ii)
For
the
full
range
of
raw
exhaust
you
may
assume
a
constant
ratio
of
specific
heats
of
 
=
1.385.

(
iii)
For
the
full
range
of
diluted
exhaust
and
air
(
e.
g.,
calibration
air
or
dilution
air),
you
may
assume
a
constant
ratio
of
specific
heats
of
 
=
1.399.

(
iv)
For
the
full
range
of
diluted
exhaust
and
air,
you
may
assume
the
molar
mass
of
the
mixture
is
a
function
only
of
the
amount
of
water
in
the
dilution
air
or
calibration
air,
x
H2O,
determined
as
described
in
§
1065.645,
as
follows:

Mmix
=
Mair

(
1
 
xH2O)
+
MH2O

xH2O
Eq.
1065.640­
9
Example:

Mair
=
28.96559
g/
mol
xH2O
=
0.0169
mol/
mol
MH2O
=
18.01528
g/
mol
Mmix
=
28.96559

(
1
 
0.0169)
+
18.01528

0.0169
Mmix
=
28.7805
g/
mol
(
v)
For
the
full
range
of
diluted
exhaust
and
air,
you
may
assume
a
constant
molar
mass
of
the
mixture,
M
mix,
for
all
calibration
and
all
testing
as
long
as
your
assumed
molar
mass
differs
no
more
than
+
1
%
from
the
estimated
minimum
and
maximum
molar
mass
during
311
calibration
and
testing.
You
may
assume
this,
using
good
engineering
judgment,
if
you
sufficiently
control
the
amount
of
water
in
calibration
air
and
in
dilution
air
or
if
you
remove
sufficient
water
from
both
calibration
air
and
dilution
air.
The
following
table
gives
examples
of
permissible
ranges
of
dilution
air
dewpoint
versus
calibration
air
dewpoint:

Table
3
of
§
1065.640
 
Examples
of
dilution
air
and
calibration
air
dewpoints
at
which
you
may
assume
a
constant
M
mix.

If
calibration
Tdew
(

C)
is...
assume
the
following
constant
Mmix
(
g/
mol)...
for
the
following
ranges
of
Tdew
(

C)
during
emission
testsa
dry
28.96559
dry
to
18
0
28.89263
dry
to
21
5
28.86148
dry
to
22
10
28.81911
dry
to
24
15
28.76224
dry
to
26
20
28.68685
­
8
to
28
25
28.58806
12
to
31
30
28.46005
23
to
34
a
Range
valid
for
all
calibration
and
emission
testing
over
the
atmospheric
pressure
range
(
80.000
to
103.325)
kPa.

(
5)
The
following
example
illustrates
the
use
of
the
governing
equations
to
calculate
the
discharge
coefficient,
C
d
of
an
SSV
flow
meter
at
one
reference
flow
meter
value.
Note
that
calculating
C
d
for
a
CFV
flow
meter
would
be
similar,
except
that
C
f
would
be
determined
from
Table
1
of
this
section
or
calculated
iteratively
using
values
of
 
and
 
as
described
in
paragraphs(
c)(
2)
of
this
section.

Example:

=
57.625
mol/
s
ref
n

Z
=
1
Mmix
=
28.7805
g/
mol
=
0.0287805
kg/
mol
R
=
8.314472
J/(
mol

K)

Tin
=
298.15
K
At
=
0.01824
m2
pin
=
99132.0
Pa
 
=
1.399
 
=
0.8
 
p
=
2.312
kPa
=
0.977
SSV
2.312
1
99.132
r
=
 
312
(
)
(
)(
)
1.399
1
1.399
2
1.399
1
2
f
4
2
1.399
0.977
1
1.399
1
0.8
0.977
C
 

 


 
 
 


=


 
 
 




Cf
=
0.274
d
1
0.0287805
8.314472
298.15
57.625
0.274
0.01824
99132.0
C
 
 
 
=
 
 
 

Cd
=
0.981
(
d)
SSV
calibration.
Perform
the
following
steps
to
calibrate
an
SSV
flow
meter:

(
1)
Calculate
the
Reynolds
number,
Re#,
for
each
reference
molar
flow
rate,
using
the
throat
diameter
of
the
venturi,
d
t.
Because
the
dynamic
viscosity,
µ
,
is
needed
to
compute
Re#,
you
may
use
your
own
fluid
viscosity
model
to
determine
µ
for
your
calibration
gas
(
usually
air),
using
good
engineering
judgment.
Alternatively,
you
may
use
the
Sutherland
three­
coefficient
viscosity
model
to
approximate
µ
,
as
shown
in
the
following
sample
calculation
for
Re#:

#
mix
ref
t
4
M
n
Re
=
d
 
µ
 
 
 
 

Eq.
1065.640­
10
Where,
using
the
Sutherland
three­
coefficient
viscosity
model:

3
2
0
in
0
0
in
T
S
T
T
T
S
µ
µ




+
=
 
 




+




Eq.
1065.640­
11
Where:

µ
=
Dynamic
viscosity
of
calibration
gas.

µ
0
=
Sutherland
reference
viscosity.

T0
=
Sutherland
reference
temperature.

S
=
Sutherland
constant.

Table
3
of
§
1065.640
 
Sutherland
three­
coefficient
viscosity
model
parameters
Gasa
µ
0
T0
S
Temp
range
within
+
2
%
error
Pressure
limit
kg
/(
m

s)
K
K
K
kPa
Air
1.716
·
10­
5
273
111
170
to
1900
<
1800
CO2
1.370
·
10­
5
273
222
190
to
1700
<
3600
H2O
1.12
·
10­
5
350
1064
360
to
1500
<
10000
O2
1.919
·
10­
5
273
139
190
to
2000
<
2500
N2
1.663
·
10­
5
273
107
100
to
1500
<
1600
aUse
tabulated
parameters
only
for
the
pure
gases,
as
listed.
Do
not
combine
313
Example:

µ
0
=
1.7894

10­
5
kg/(
m

s)

T0
=
273.11
K
S
=
110.56
K
3
2
5
298.15
273.11
110.56
1.7894
10
273.11
298.15
110.56
µ
 
+




=
 
 
 




+




µ
=
1.916

10­
5
kg/(
m

s)

Mmix
=
28.7805
g/
mol
=
57.625
mol/
s
ref
n

dt
=
152.4
mm
Tin
=
298.15
K
#
5
4
2
8
.7805
5
7
.625
3.14159
1
5
2
.4
1.916
10
R
e
=
 
 
 
 
 
 

Re#
=
7.2317

105
(
2)
Create
an
equation
for
C
d
versus
Re#,
using
paired
values
of
(
Re#,
C
d).
For
the
equation,
you
may
use
any
mathematical
expression,
including
a
polynomial
or
a
power
series.
The
following
equation
is
an
example
of
a
commonly
used
mathematical
expression
for
relating
C
d
and
Re#:

6
d
0
1
#
10
C
a
a
Re
=
 
 

Eq.
1065.640­
12
(
3)
Perform
a
least­
squares
regression
analysis
to
determine
the
best­
fit
coefficients
to
the
equation
and
calculate
the
equation's
regression
statistics,
SEE
and
r2,
according
to
§
1065.602.

(
4)
If
the
equation
meets
the
criteria
of
SEE
<
0.5
%
·
and
r2
>
0.995,
you
may
use
refmax
n&
the
equation
to
determine
C
d
for
emission
tests,
as
described
in
§
1065.642.

(
5)
If
the
SEE
and
r2
criteria
are
not
met,
you
may
use
good
engineering
judgment
to
omit
calibration
data
points
to
meet
the
regression
statistics.
You
must
use
at
least
seven
calibration
data
points
to
meet
the
criteria.

(
6)
If
omitting
points
does
not
resolve
outliers,
take
corrective
action.
For
example,
select
another
mathematical
expression
for
the
C
d
versus
Re#
equation,
check
for
leaks,
or
repeat
the
calibration
process.
If
you
must
repeat
the
process,
we
recommend
applying
tighter
tolerances
to
measurements
and
allowing
more
time
for
flows
to
stabilize.

(
7)
Once
you
have
an
equation
that
meets
the
regression
criteria,
you
may
use
the
equation
only
to
determine
flow
rates
that
are
within
the
range
of
the
reference
flow
rates
used
to
meet
the
C
d
versus
Re#
equation's
regression
criteria.

(
e)
CFV
calibration.
Some
CFV
flow
meters
consist
of
a
single
venturi
and
some
consist
of
multiple
venturis,
where
different
combinations
of
venturis
are
used
to
meter
different
flow
rates.
For
CFV
flow
meters
that
consist
of
multiple
venturis,
either
calibrate
each
venturi
independently
to
determine
a
separate
discharge
coefficient,
C
d,
for
each
venturi,
or
calibrate
each
combination
314
of
venturis
as
one
venturi.
In
the
case
where
you
calibrate
a
combination
of
venturis,
use
the
sum
of
the
active
venturi
throat
areas
as
A
t,
the
sum
of
the
active
venturi
throat
diameters
as
d
t,
and
the
ratio
of
venturi
throat
to
inlet
diameters
as
the
ratio
of
the
sum
of
the
active
venturi
throat
diameters
to
the
diameter
of
the
common
entrance
to
all
of
the
venturis.
To
determine
the
C
d
for
a
single
venturi
or
a
single
combination
of
venturis,
perform
the
following
steps:

(
1)
Use
the
data
collected
at
each
calibration
set
point
to
calculate
an
individual
C
d
for
each
point
using
Eq.
1065.640­
4.

(
2)
Calculate
the
mean
and
standard
deviation
of
all
the
C
d
values
according
to
Eqs.
1065.602­
1
and
1065.602­
2.

(
3)
If
the
standard
deviation
of
all
the
C
d
values
is
less
than
or
equal
to
0.3
%
of
the
mean
C
d,
then
use
the
mean
C
d
in
Eq
1065.642­
6,
and
use
the
CFV
only
down
to
the
lowest
 
p
CFV
measured
during
calibration.

(
4)
If
the
standard
deviation
of
all
the
C
d
values
exceeds
0.3
%
of
the
mean
C
d,
omit
the
C
d
values
corresponding
to
the
data
point
collected
at
the
lowest
 
p
CFV
measured
during
calibration.

(
5)
If
the
number
of
remaining
data
points
is
less
than
seven,
take
corrective
action
by
checking
your
calibration
data
or
repeating
the
calibration
process.
If
you
repeat
the
calibration
process,
we
recommend
checking
for
leaks,
applying
tighter
tolerances
to
measurements
and
allowing
more
time
for
flows
to
stabilize.

(
6)
If
the
number
of
remaining
C
d
values
is
seven
or
greater,
recalculate
the
mean
and
standard
deviation
of
the
remaining
C
d
values.

(
7)
If
the
standard
deviation
of
the
remaining
C
d
values
is
less
than
or
equal
to
0.3
%
of
the
mean
of
the
remaining
C
d,
use
that
mean
C
d
in
Eq
1065.642­
6,
and
use
the
CFV
values
only
down
to
the
lowest
 
p
CFV
associated
with
the
remaining
C
d.
(
8)
If
the
standard
deviation
of
the
remaining
C
d
still
exceeds
0.3
%
of
the
mean
of
the
remaining
C
d
values,
repeat
the
steps
in
paragraph
(
e)(
4)
through
(
8)
of
this
section.

§
1065.642
SSV,
CFV,
and
PDP
molar
flow
rate
calculations.

This
section
describes
the
equations
for
calculating
molar
flow
rates
from
various
flow
meters.
After
you
calibrate
a
flow
meter
according
to
§
1065.640,
use
the
calculations
described
in
this
section
to
calculate
flow
during
an
emission
test.

(
a)
PDP
molar
flow
rate.
Based
upon
the
speed
at
which
you
operate
the
PDP
for
a
test
interval,
select
the
corresponding
slope,
a
1,
and
intercept,
a
0,
as
calculated
in
§
1065.640,
to
calculate
molar
flow
rate,
as
follows:
n

nPDP
in
rev
in
p
V
n
f
R
T
 
=
 
 

Eq.
1065.642­
1
Where:

nPDP
out
in
1
rev
0
in
p
p
a
V
a
f
p
 
=
 
+

Eq.
1065.642­
2
315
Example:

a1
=
50.43
=
755.0
rev/
min
=
12.58
rev/
s
nPDP
f
pout
=
99950
Pa
pin
=
98575
Pa
a0
=
0.056
R
=
8.314472
J/(
mol

K)

Tin
=
323.5
K
Cp
=
1000
(
J/
m3)/
kPa
Ct
=
60
s/
min
rev
50.43
99950
98575
0.056
755
98575
V
 
=
 
+

Vrev
=
0.06389
m3/
rev
98575
0.06389
12.58
8.314472
323.5
n
 
=
 
 

=
29.464
mol/
s
n

(
b)
SSV
molar
flow
rate.
Based
on
the
C
d
versus
Re#
equation
you
determined
according
to
§
1065.640,
calculate
SSV
molar
flow
rate,
during
an
emission
test
as
follows:
n

t
in
d
f
mix
in
A
p
n
C
C
ZM
RT
 
=
 
 
 
 
 

Eq.
1065.642­
3
Example:

At
=
0.01824
m2
pin
=
99132
Pa
Z
=
1
Mmix
=
28.7805
g/
mol
=
0.0287805
kg/
mol
R
=
8.314472
J/(
mol

K)

Tin
=
298.15
K
Re#
=
7.232

105
 
=
1.399
 
=
0.8
 
p
=
2.312
kPa
Using
Eq.
1065.640­
6,

rssv
=
0.997
Using
Eq.
1065.640­
5,

Cf
=
0.274
Using
Eq.
1065.640­
4,

Cd
=
0.990
0.01824
99132
0.990
0.274
1
0.0287805
8.314472
298.15
n
 
=
 
 
 
 
 

316
=
58.173
mol/
s
n

(
c)
CFV
molar
flow
rate.
Some
CFV
flow
meters
consist
of
a
single
venturi
and
some
consist
of
multiple
venturis,
where
different
combinations
of
venturis
are
used
to
meter
different
flow
rates.
If
you
use
multiple
venturis
and
you
calibrated
each
venturi
independently
to
determine
a
separate
discharge
coefficient,
C
d,
for
each
venturi,
calculate
the
individual
molar
flow
rates
through
each
venturi
and
sum
all
their
flow
rates
to
determine
.
If
you
use
multiple
venturis
and
you
n&
calibrated
each
combination
of
venturis,
calculate
using
the
sum
of
the
active
venturi
throat
n&
areas
as
A
t,
the
sum
of
the
active
venturi
throat
diameters
as
d
t,
and
the
ratio
of
venturi
throat
to
inlet
diameters
as
the
ratio
of
the
sum
of
the
active
venturi
throat
diameters
to
the
diameter
of
the
common
entrance
to
all
of
the
venturis.
To
calculate
the
molar
flow
rate
through
one
venturi
or
one
combination
of
venturis,
use
its
respective
mean
C
d
and
other
constants
you
determined
according
to
§
1065.640
and
calculate
its
molar
flow
rate
during
an
emission
test,
as
follows:
n

t
in
d
f
mix
in
A
p
n
C
C
ZM
RT
 
=
 
 
 
 
 

Eq.
1065.642­
6
Example:

Cd
=
0.985
Cf
=
0.7219
At
=
0.00456
m2
pin
=
98836
Pa
Z
=
1
Mmix
=
28.7805
g/
mol
=
0.0287805
kg/
mol
R
=
8.314472
J/(
mol

K)

Tin
=
378.15
K
0.985
0.7219
n=
 

0.00456
98836
1
0.0287805
8.314472
378.15
 
 
 
 
 

=
33.690
mol/
s
n

§
1065.645
Amount
of
water
in
an
ideal
gas.

This
section
describes
how
to
determine
the
amount
of
water
in
an
ideal
gas,
which
you
need
for
various
performance
verifications
and
emission
calculations.
Use
the
equation
for
the
vapor
pressure
of
water
in
paragraph
(
a)
of
this
section
or
another
appropriate
equation
and,
depending
on
whether
you
measure
dewpoint
or
relative
humidity,
perform
one
of
the
calculations
in
paragraph
(
b)
or
(
c)
of
this
section.

(
a)
Vapor
pressure
of
water.
Calculate
the
vapor
pressure
of
water
for
a
given
saturation
temperature
condition,
T
sat,
as
follows,
or
use
good
engineering
judgment
to
use
a
different
relationship
of
the
vapor
pressure
of
water
to
a
given
saturation
temperature
condition:

(
1)
For
humidity
measurements
made
at
ambient
temperatures
from
(
0
to
100)
°
C,
or
for
humidity
measurements
made
over
super­
cooled
water
at
ambient
temperatures
from
(
 
50
to
0)
°
C,
use
the
following
equation:
317
(
)

(
)
(
)
(
)

(
)
sat
sat
sat
273.16
273.16
sat
10
H20
273.16
10
273.16
8.2969
1
4
4.76955
1
3
log
10.79574
1
5.02800
log
1.50475
10
10
1
0.42873
10
1
10
0.21386
T
T
T
T
p
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
=

 
 
+

 
+



 
 
 
+






 
 
 
+




Eq.
1065.645­
1
Where:

pH20
=
vapor
pressure
of
water
at
saturation
temperature
condition,
kPa.

Tsat
=
saturation
temperature
of
water
at
measured
conditions,
K.

Example:

Tsat
=
9.5
°
C
Tdsat=
9.5
+
273.15
=
282.65
K
(
)
(
)
(
)
(
)

(
)
282.65
273.16
273.16
282.65
10
H20
273.16
282.65
282.65
10
273.16
8.2969
1
4
4.76955
1
3
log
10.79574
1
5.02800
log
1.50475
10
10
1
0.42873
10
1
10
0.21386
p
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
=

 
 
+

 
+



 
 
 
+






 
 
 
+




­
log10(
pH20)
=
­
0.074297
pH20
=
100.074297
=
1.1866
kPa
(
2)
For
humidity
measurements
over
ice
at
ambient
temperatures
from
(
 
100
to
0)
°
C,
use
the
following
equation:

(
)
(
)
(
)
sat
sat
sat
10
sat
273.16
273.16
10
257.75
log
(
)

9.09685
1
3.56654
log
0.87682
1
0.21386
T
T
T
p
 
=

 
 
+

 
+

 
 
+
318
Eq.
1065.645­
2
Example:

Tice
=
 
15.4
°
C
Tice
=
 
15.4+
273.15
=
257.75
K
(
)
(
)
(
)
10
sat
273.16
257.75
273.16
10
257.75
257.75
273.16
log
(
)

9.09685
1
3.56654
log
0.87682
1
0.21386
p
 
=

 
 
+

 
+

 
 
+

­
log10(
pH20)
=­
0.79821
pH20
=
10
0.074297
=
0.15941
kPa
(
b)
Dewpoint.
If
you
measure
humidity
as
a
dewpoint,
determine
the
amount
of
water
in
an
ideal
gas,
x
H20,
as
follows:

H20
H2O
abs
p
x
p
=

Eq.
1065.645­
3
Where:

xH20
=
amount
of
water
in
an
ideal
gas.

pH20
=
water
vapor
pressure
at
the
measured
dewpoint,
Tsat
=
Tdew.

pabs
=
wet
static
absolute
pressure
at
the
location
of
your
dewpoint
measurement.

Example:

pabs
=
99.980
kPa
Tsat
=
Tdew
=
9.5
°
C
Using
Eq.
1065.645­
2,

pH20
=
1.1866
kPa
xH2O
=
1.1866
/
99.980
xH2O
=
0.011868
mol/
mol
(
c)
Relative
humidity.
If
you
measure
humidity
as
a
relative
humidity,
RH
%,
determine
the
amount
of
water
in
an
ideal
gas,
x
H20,
as
follows:

H20
H2O
abs
%
RH
p
x
p
 
=

Eq.
1065.645­
4
Where:

xH20
=
amount
of
water
in
an
ideal
gas
RH
%
=
relative
humidity
319
pH20
=
water
vapor
pressure
at
100
%
relative
humidity
at
the
location
of
your
relative
humidity
measurement,,
Tsat
=
Tamb
pabs
=
wet
static
absolute
pressure
at
the
location
of
your
relative
humidity
measurement
Example:

RH
%
=
50.77
%

pabs
=
99.980
kPa
Tsat
=
Tamb
=
20
°
C
Using
Eq.
1065.645­
2,

pH20
=
2.3371
kPa
xH2O
=
(
50.77
%
2.3371)
/
99.980
×
xH2O
=
0.011868
mol/
mol
§
1065.650
Emission
calculations.

(
a)
General.
Calculate
brake­
specific
emissions
over
each
test
interval
in
a
duty
cycle.
Refer
to
the
standard­
setting
part
for
any
calculations
you
might
need
to
determine
a
composite
result,
such
as
a
calculation
that
weights
and
sums
the
results
of
individual
test
intervals
in
a
duty
cycle.
We
specify
three
alternative
ways
to
calculate
brake­
specific
emissions,
as
follows:

(
1)
For
any
testing,
you
may
calculate
the
total
mass
of
emissions,
as
described
in
paragraph
(
b)
of
this
section,
and
divide
it
by
the
total
work
generated
over
the
test
interval,
as
described
in
paragraph
(
c)
of
this
section,
using
the
following
equation:

m
e
W
=

Eq.
1065.650­
1
Example:

mNOx
=
64.975
g
W
=
25.783
kW

hr
eNOx
=
64.975/
25.783
eNOx
=
2.520
g/(
kW

hr)

(
2)
For
discrete­
mode
steady­
state
testing,
you
may
calculate
the
ratio
of
emission
mass
rate
to
power,
as
described
in
paragraph
(
d)
of
this
section,
using
the
following
equation:

m
e
P
=

Eq.
1065.650­
2
(
3)
For
field
testing,
you
may
calculate
the
ratio
of
total
mass
to
total
work,
where
these
individual
values
are
determined
as
described
in
paragraph
(
e)
of
this
section.
You
may
also
use
this
approach
for
laboratory
testing,
consistent
with
good
engineering
judgment.
This
is
a
special
case
in
which
you
use
a
signal
linearly
proportional
to
raw
exhaust
molar
flow
rate
to
determine
a
value
proportional
to
total
emissions.
You
then
use
the
same
linearly
proportional
signal
to
determine
total
work
using
a
chemical
balance
of
fuel,
intake
air,
and
exhaust
as
described
in
§
1065.655,
plus
information
about
your
engine's
brake­
specific
fuel
consumption.
Under
this
method,
flow
meters
need
not
meet
accuracy
specifications,
but
they
must
meet
the
applicable
linearity
and
repeatability
specifications
in
subpart
D
or
subpart
J
of
this
part.
The
result
is
a
brake­
specific
emission
value
calculated
as
follows:
320
m
e
W
=


Eq.
1065.650­
3
Example:

=
805.5
~
g
m

=
52.102
~
kW

hr
W

eCO
=
805.5/
52.102
eCO
=
2.520
g/(
kW

hr)

(
b)
Total
mass
of
emissions.
To
calculate
the
total
mass
of
an
emission,
multiply
a
concentration
by
its
respective
flow.
For
all
systems,
make
preliminary
calculations
as
described
in
paragraph
(
b)(
1)
of
this
section,
then
use
the
method
in
paragraphs
(
b)(
2)
through
(
4)
of
this
section
that
is
appropriate
for
your
system.
Calculate
the
total
mass
of
emissions
as
follows:

(
1)
Concentration
corrections.
Perform
the
following
sequence
of
preliminary
calculations
on
recorded
concentrations:

(
i)
Correct
all
concentrations
measured
on
a
"
dry"
basis
to
a
"
wet"
basis,
including
dilution
air
background
concentrations,
as
described
in
§
1065.659.

(
ii)
Calculate
all
HC
concentrations,
including
dilution
air
background
concentrations,
as
described
in
§
1065.660.

(
iii)
For
emission
testing
with
an
oxygenated
fuel,
calculate
any
HC
concentrations,
including
dilution
air
background
concentrations,
as
described
in
§
1065.665.
See
subpart
I
of
this
part
for
testing
with
oxygenated
fuels.

(
iv)
Correct
the
total
mass
of
NO
x
based
on
intake­
air
humidity
as
described
in
§
1065.670.

(
v)
Calculate
brake­
specific
emissions
before
and
after
correcting
for
drift,
including
dilution
air
background
concentrations,
according
to
§
1065.672.

(
2)
Continuous
sampling.
For
continuous
sampling,
you
must
frequently
record
a
continuously
updated
concentration
signal.
You
may
measure
this
concentration
from
a
changing
flow
rate
or
a
constant
flow
rate
(
including
discrete­
mode
steady­
state
testing),
as
follows:

(
i)
Varying
flow
rate.
If
you
continuously
sample
from
a
changing
exhaust
flow
rate,
synchronously
multiply
it
by
the
flow
rate
of
the
flow
from
which
you
extracted
it.
We
consider
the
following
to
be
examples
of
changing
flows
that
require
a
continuous
multiplication
of
concentration
times
molar
flow
rate:
raw
exhaust,
exhaust
diluted
with
a
constant
flow
rate
of
dilution
air,
and
CVS
dilution
with
a
CVS
flow
meter
that
does
not
have
an
upstream
heat
exchanger
or
electronic
flow
control.
Account
for
dispersion
and
time
alignment
as
described
in
§
1065.201.
This
multiplication
results
in
the
flow
rate
of
the
emission
itself.
Integrate
the
emission
flow
rate
over
a
test
interval
to
determine
the
total
emission.
If
the
total
emission
is
a
molar
quantity,
convert
this
quantity
to
a
mass
by
multiplying
it
by
its
molar
mass,
M.
The
result
is
the
mass
of
the
emission,
m.
Calculate
m
for
continuous
sampling
with
variable
flow
using
the
following
equations:

i
i
i
1
N
m
M
x
n
t
=
=
 
 
  


Eq.
1065.650­
4
321
Example:

MNMHC
=
13.875389
g/
mol
N
=
1200
xNMHC1
=
84.5

mol/
mol
=
84.5
10­
6
mol/
mol
×
xNMHC2
=
86.0

mol/
mol
=
86.0
10­
6
mol/
mol
×
=
2.876
mol/
s
exh1
n

=
2.224
mol/
s
exh2
n

frecord
=
1
Hz
Using
Eq.
1065.650­
5,

 
t
=
1/
1
=
1
s
mNMHC
=
13.875389
(
84.5
10­
6
2.876
+
86.0
10­
6
2.224
+
...
+
xNMHC1200
)
1
×
×
×
×
×
exh
n
×
&
×
mNMHC
=
25.23
g
(
ii)
Constant
flow
rate.
If
you
continuously
sample
from
a
constant
exhaust
flow
rate,
calculate
the
mean
concentration
recorded
over
the
test
interval
and
treat
the
mean
as
a
batch
sample,
as
described
in
paragraph
(
b)(
3)(
ii)
of
this
section.
We
consider
the
following
to
be
examples
of
constant
exhaust
flows:
CVS
diluted
exhaust
with
a
CVS
flow
meter
that
has
either
an
upstream
heat
exchanger,
electronic
flow
control,
or
both.

(
3)
Batch
sampling.
For
batch
sampling,
the
concentration
is
a
single
value
from
a
proportionally
extracted
batch
sample
(
such
as
a
bag,
filter,
impinger,
or
cartridge).
In
this
case,
multiply
the
mean
concentration
of
the
batch
sample
by
the
total
flow
from
which
the
sample
was
extracted.
You
may
calculate
total
flow
by
integrating
a
changing
flow
rate
or
by
determining
the
mean
of
a
constant
flow
rate,
as
follows:

(
i)
Varying
flow
rate.
If
you
collect
a
batch
sample
from
a
changing
exhaust
flow
rate,
extract
a
sample
proportional
to
the
changing
exhaust
flow
rate.
We
consider
the
following
to
be
examples
of
changing
flows
that
require
proportional
sampling:
raw
exhaust,
exhaust
diluted
with
a
constant
flow
rate
of
dilution
air,
and
CVS
dilution
with
a
CVS
flow
meter
that
does
not
have
an
upstream
heat
exchanger
or
electronic
flow
control.
Integrate
the
flow
rate
over
a
test
interval
to
determine
the
total
flow
from
which
you
extracted
the
proportional
sample.
Multiply
the
mean
concentration
of
the
batch
sample
by
the
total
flow
from
which
the
sample
was
extracted.
If
the
total
emission
is
a
molar
quantity,
convert
this
quantity
to
a
mass
by
multiplying
it
by
its
molar
mass,
M.
The
result
is
the
mass
of
the
emission,
m.
In
the
case
of
PM
emissions,
where
the
mean
PM
concentration
is
already
in
units
of
mass
per
mole
of
sample,
,
simply
multiply
it
by
PM
M
the
total
flow.
The
result
is
the
total
mass
of
PM,
m
PM.
Calculate
m
for
batch
sampling
with
variable
flow
using
the
following
equation:

i
i
1
N
m
M
x
n
t
=
=
 
 
  


Eq.
1065.650­
6
Example:

MNOx
=
46.0055
g/
mol
N
=
9000
322
=
85.6

mol/
mol
=
85.6
10­
6
mol/
mol
NOx
x
×
=
25.534
mol/
s
dexh1
n

=
26.950
mol/
s
dexh2
n

frecord
=
5
Hz
Using
Eq.
1065.650­
5,

 
t
=
1/
5
=
0.2
mNOx
=
46.0055
85.6
10­
6
(
25.534
+
26.950
+
...
+
)
0.2
×
×
×
exh9000
n&
×
mNOx
=
4.201
g
(
ii)
Constant
flow
rate.
If
you
batch
sample
from
a
constant
exhaust
flow
rate,
extract
a
sample
at
a
constant
flow
rate.
We
consider
the
following
to
be
examples
of
constant
exhaust
flows:
CVS
diluted
exhaust
with
a
CVS
flow
meter
that
has
either
an
upstream
heat
exchanger,
electronic
flow
control,
or
both.
Determine
the
mean
molar
flow
rate
from
which
you
extracted
the
constant
flow
rate
sample.
Multiply
the
mean
concentration
of
the
batch
sample
by
the
mean
molar
flow
rate
of
the
exhaust
from
which
the
sample
was
extracted,
and
multiply
the
result
by
the
time
of
the
test
interval.
If
the
total
emission
is
a
molar
quantity,
convert
this
quantity
to
a
mass
by
multiplying
it
by
its
molar
mass,
M.
The
result
is
the
mass
of
the
emission,
m.
In
the
case
of
PM
emissions,
where
the
mean
PM
concentration
is
already
in
units
of
mass
per
mole
of
sample,
,
simply
multiply
it
by
the
PM
M
total
flow,
and
the
result
is
the
total
mass
of
PM,
m
PM,
Calculate
m
for
sampling
with
constant
flow
using
the
following
equations:

m
M
x
n
t
=
 
 
  

Eq.
1065.650­
7
and
for
PM
or
any
other
analysis
of
a
batch
sample
that
yields
a
mass
per
mole
of
sample,

M
M
x
=
 

Eq.
1065.650­
8
Example:

=
144.0
µ
g/
mol
=
144.0
10­
6
g/
mol
PM
M
×
=
57.692
mol/
s
dexh
n

 
t
=
1200
s
mPM
=
144.0
10­
6
57.692
1200
×
×
×
mPM
=
9.9692
g
(
4)
Additional
provisions
for
diluted
exhaust
sampling;
continuous
or
batch.
The
following
additional
provisions
apply
for
sampling
emissions
from
diluted
exhaust:

(
i)
For
sampling
with
a
constant
dilution
ratio
(
DR)
of
air
flow
versus
exhaust
flow
(
e.
g.,
secondary
dilution
for
PM
sampling),
calculate
m
using
the
following
equation:

m
=
mdil

(
DR
+
1)

Eq.
1065.650­
9
Example:

mPMdil
=
6.853
g
DR
=
5:
1
mPM
=
6.853

(
5
+
1)

mPM
=
41.118
g
323
(
ii)
For
continuous
or
batch
sampling,
you
may
measure
background
emissions
in
the
dilution
air.
You
may
then
subtract
the
measured
background
emissions,
as
described
in
§
1065.667.

(
c)
Total
work.
To
calculate
total
work,
multiply
the
feedback
engine
speed
by
its
respective
feedback
torque.
Integrate
the
resulting
value
for
power
over
a
test
interval.
Calculate
total
work
as
follows:

i
i
1
N
W
P
t
=
=
  

Eq.
1065.650­
10
Pi
=
fni

Ti
Eq.
1065.650­
11
Example:

N
=
9000
fn1
=
1800.2
rev/
min
fn2
=
1805.8
rev/
min
T1
=
177.23
N

m
T2
=
175.00
N

m
Crev
=
2

 
rad/
rev
Ct1
=
60
s/
min
Cp
=
1000
(
N

m)/
kW
frecord
=
5
Hz
Ct2
=
3600
s/
hr
1
1800.2
177.23
2
3.14159
60
1000
P
=
 
  
 

P1
=
33.41
kW
P2
=
33.09
kW
Using
Eq.
1065.650­
5,

 
t
=
1/
5
=
0.2
s
(
)
9000
33.41
33.09
...
0.2
3600
P
W
+
+
+
 
=

W
=
16.875
kW

hr
(
d)
Steady­
state
mass
rate
divided
by
power.
To
determine
steady­
state
brake­
specific
emissions
for
a
test
interval
as
described
in
paragraph
(
a)(
2)
of
this
section,
calculate
the
mean
steady­
state
mass
rate
of
the
emission,
,
and
the
mean
steady­
state
power,
,
as
follows:
m

P
(
1)
To
calculate
,
multiply
its
mean
concentration,
,
by
its
corresponding
mean
molar
m

x
flow
rate,
.
If
the
result
is
a
molar
flow
rate,
convert
this
quantity
to
a
mass
rate
by
n

multiplying
it
by
its
molar
mass,
M.
The
result
is
the
mean
mass
rate
of
the
emission,
.
In
m

the
case
of
PM
emissions,
where
the
mean
PM
concentration
is
already
in
units
of
mass
per
mole
of
sample,
,
simply
multiply
it
by
the
mean
molar
flow
rate,
.
The
result
is
the
PM
M
n

mass
rate
of
PM,
.
Calculate
using
the
following
equation:
PM
m

m

m
M
x
n
=
 
 


324
Eq.
1065.650­
12
(
2)
Calculate
using
the
following
equation:
P
n
P
f
T
=
 

Eq.
1065.650­
13
(
3)
Divide
emission
mass
rate
by
power
to
calculate
a
brake­
specific
emission
result
as
described
in
paragraph
(
a)(
2)
of
this
section.

(
4)
The
following
example
shows
how
to
calculate
mass
of
emissions
using
mean
mass
rate
and
mean
power:

MCO
=
28.0101
g/
mol
=
12.00
mmol/
mol
=
0.01200
mol/
mol
CO
x
=
1.530
mol/
s
n

=
3584.5
rev/
min
=
375.37
rad/
s
n
f
=
121.50
N

m
T
28.0101
0.01200
1.530
m=
 
 

=
0.514
g/
s
m

121.5
375.37
P=
 

=
45607
W
=
45.607
kW
P
eCO
=
0.514/
45.61
eCO
=
0.0113
g/(
kW

hr)

(
e)
Ratio
of
total
mass
of
emissions
to
total
work.
To
determine
brake­
specific
emissions
for
a
test
interval
as
described
in
paragraph
(
a)(
3)
of
this
section,
calculate
a
value
proportional
to
the
total
mass
of
each
emission.
Divide
each
proportional
value
by
a
value
that
is
similarly
proportional
to
total
work.

(
1)
Total
mass.
To
determine
a
value
proportional
to
the
total
mass
of
an
emission,
determine
total
mass
as
described
in
paragraph
(
b)
of
this
section,
except
substitute
for
the
molar
flow
rate,
,
or
the
total
flow,
,
with
a
signal
that
is
linearly
proportional
to
molar
flow
rate,
,
n&
n
n


or
linearly
proportional
to
total
flow,
,
as
follows:
n

C
i
Cproddryi
fueli
fuel
H2Oi
1
1
M
n
x
m
w
x
 
 
=
 
+




Eq.
1065.650­
14
(
2)
Total
work.
To
calculate
a
value
proportional
to
total
work
over
a
test
interval,
integrate
a
value
that
is
proportional
to
power.
Use
information
about
the
brake­
specific
fuel
consumption
of
your
engine,
e
fuel,
to
convert
a
signal
proportional
to
fuel
flow
rate
to
a
signal
proportional
to
power.
To
determine
a
signal
proportional
to
fuel
flow
rate,
divide
a
signal
that
is
proportional
to
the
mass
rate
of
carbon
products
by
the
fraction
of
carbon
in
your
fuel,
w
c..
For
your
fuel,
you
may
use
a
measured
w
c
or
you
may
use
the
default
values
in
Table
1
of
§
1065.655.
Calculate
the
mass
rate
of
carbon
from
the
amount
of
carbon
and
water
in
the
exhaust,
which
you
determine
with
a
chemical
balance
of
fuel,
intake
air,
and
exhaust
as
described
in
§
1065.655.
In
the
chemical
balance,
you
must
use
concentrations
from
the
flow
325
that
generated
the
signal
proportional
to
molar
flow
rate,
,
in
paragraph
(
e)(
1)
of
this
n


section.
Calculate
a
value
proportional
to
total
work
as
follows:

i
i
1
N
W
P
t
=
=
  



Eq.
1065.650­
15
Where:

fueli
i
fuel
m
P
e
=



Eq.
1065.650­
16
(
3)
Divide
the
value
proportional
to
total
mass
by
the
value
proportional
to
total
work
to
determine
brake­
specific
emissions,
as
described
in
paragraph
(
a)(
3)
of
this
section.

(
4)
The
following
example
shows
how
to
calculate
mass
of
emissions
using
proportional
values:

N
=
3000
frecord
=
5
Hz
efuel
=
285
g/(
kW

hr)

wfuel
=
0.869
g/
g
Mc
=
12.0107
g/
mol
=
3.922
~
mol/
s
=
14119.2
mol/
hr
1
n

xCproddry1
=
91.634
mmol/
mol
=
0.091634
mol/
mol
xH2O1
=
27.21
mmol/
mol
=
0.02721
mol/
mol
Using
1065.650­
5,

 
t
=
0.2
s
2
Cproddry2
3000
Cpdry3000
H202
H2On3000
3.922
0.091634
12.0107
...
0.2
1
0.02721
1
1
285
0.869
n
x
n
x
x
+
x
W


 
 
 
 
+
++
 


+
+




=
 





=
5.09
~(
kW

hr)
W

(
f)
Rounding.
Round
emission
values
only
after
all
calculations
are
complete
and
the
result
is
in
g/(
kW

hr)
or
units
equivalent
to
the
units
of
the
standard,
such
as
g/(
hp

hr).
See
the
definition
of
"
Round"
in
§
1065.1001.

§
1065.655
Chemical
balances
of
fuel,
intake
air,
and
exhaust.

(
a)
General.
Chemical
balances
of
fuel,
intake
air,
and
exhaust
may
be
used
to
calculate
flows,
the
amount
of
water
in
their
flows,
and
the
wet
concentration
of
constituents
in
their
flows.
With
one
flow
rate
of
either
fuel,
intake
air,
or
exhaust,
you
may
use
chemical
balances
to
determine
the
flows
of
the
other
two.
For
example,
you
may
use
chemical
balances
along
with
either
intake
air
or
fuel
flow
to
determine
raw
exhaust
flow.

(
b)
Procedures
that
require
chemical
balances.
We
require
chemical
balances
when
you
determine
the
following:

(
1)
A
value
proportional
to
total
work,
,
when
you
choose
to
determine
brake­
specific
W

emissions
as
described
in
§
1065.650(
e).
326
(
2)
The
amount
of
water
in
a
raw
or
diluted
exhaust
flow,
x
H2O,
when
you
do
not
measure
the
amount
of
water
to
correct
for
the
amount
of
water
removed
by
a
sampling
system.
Correct
for
removed
water
according
to
§
1065.659(
c)(
2).

(
3)
The
flow­
weighted
mean
fraction
of
dilution
air
in
diluted
exhaust,
,
when
you
do
not
dil
x
measure
dilution
air
flow
to
correct
for
background
emissions
as
described
in
§
1065.667(
c).
Note
that
if
you
use
chemical
balances
for
this
purpose,
you
are
assuming
that
your
exhaust
is
stoichiometric,
even
if
it
is
not.

(
c)
Chemical
balance
procedure.
The
calculations
for
a
chemical
balance
involve
a
system
of
equations
that
require
iteration.
We
recommend
using
a
computer
to
solve
this
system
of
equations.
You
must
guess
the
initial
values
of
up
to
three
quantities:
the
amount
of
water
in
the
measured
flow,
x
H2O,
fraction
of
dilution
air
in
diluted
exhaust,
x
dil
,
and
the
amount
of
products
on
a
C
1
basis
per
dry
mole
of
dry
measured
flow,
x
Cproddry.
For
each
emission
concentration,
x,
and
amount
of
water
x
H2O,
you
must
determine
their
completely
dry
concentrations.
x
dry
and
x
H2Odry.
You
must
also
use
your
fuel's
atomic
hydrogen­
to­
carbon
ratio,
 ,
and
oxygen­
to­
carbon
ratio,
 .
For
your
fuel,
you
may
measure
 
and
 
or
you
may
use
the
default
values
in
Table
1
of
§
1065.650.
Use
the
following
steps
to
complete
a
chemical
balance:

(
1)
Convert
your
measured
concentrations
such
as,
x
CO2meas,
x
NOmeas,
and
x
H2Oint,
to
dry
concentrations
by
dividing
them
by
one
minus
the
amount
of
water
present
during
their
respective
measurements;
for
example:
x
H2OxCO2,
x
H2OxNO,
and
x
H2Oint.
If
the
amount
of
water
present
during
a
"
wet"
measurement
is
the
same
as
the
unknown
amount
of
water
in
the
exhaust
flow,
x
H2O,
iteratively
solve
for
that
value
in
the
system
of
equations.
If
you
measure
only
total
NO
x
and
not
NO
and
NO
2
separately,
use
good
engineering
judgement
to
estimate
a
split
in
your
total
NOx
concentration
between
NO
and
NO
2
for
the
chemical
balances.
For
example,
if
you
measure
emissions
from
a
stoichiometric
spark­
ignition
engine,
you
may
assume
all
NO
x
is
NO.
For
a
compression­
ignition
engine,
you
may
assume
that
your
molar
concentration
of
NO
x,
x
NOx,
is
75
%
NO
and
25
%
NO
2
For
NO
2
storage
aftertreatment
systems,
you
may
assume
x
NOx
is
25
%
NO
and
75
%
NO
2.
Note
that
for
calculating
the
mass
of
NO
x
emissions,
you
must
use
the
molar
mass
of
NO
2
for
the
effective
molar
mass
of
all
NO
x
species,
regardless
of
the
actual
NO
2
fraction
of
NO
x.
(
2)
Enter
the
equations
in
paragraph
(
c)(
4)
of
this
section
into
a
computer
program
to
iteratively
solve
for
x
H2O
and
x
Cproddry.
If
you
measure
raw
exhaust
flow,
set
x
dil
equal
to
zero.
If
you
measure
diluted
exhaust
flow,
iteratively
solve
for
x
dil.
Use
good
engineering
judgment
to
guess
initial
values
for
x
H2O,
x
Cproddry,
and
x
dil
We
recommend
guessing
an
initial
amount
of
water
that
is
about
twice
the
amount
of
water
in
your
intake
or
dilution
air.
We
recommend
guessing
an
initial
value
of
x
Cproddry
as
the
sum
of
your
measured
CO
2,
CO,
and
THC
values.
If
you
measure
diluted
exhaust,
we
also
recommend
guessing
an
initial
x
dil
between
0.75
and
0.95,
such
as
0.8.
Iterate
values
in
the
system
of
equations
until
the
most
recently
updated
guesses
are
all
within
+
1
%
of
their
respective
most
recently
calculated
values.

(
3)
Use
the
following
symbols
and
subscripts
in
the
equations
for
this
paragraph
(
c):

xH2O
=
Amount
of
water
in
measured
flow.

xH2Odry
=
Amount
of
water
per
dry
mole
of
measured
flow.

xCproddry
=
Amount
of
carbon
products
on
a
C1
basis
per
dry
mole
of
measured
flow.

xdil
=
Fraction
of
dilution
air
in
measured
flow,
assuming
stoichiometric
exhaust;
or
xdil
=
excess
air
for
raw
exhaust.

xprod/
intdry
=
Amount
of
dry
stoichiometric
products
per
dry
mole
of
intake
air.
327
xO2proddry
=
Amount
of
oxygen
produts
on
an
O2
basis
per
dry
mole
of
measured
flow.

x[
emission]
dry
=
Amount
of
emission
per
dry
mole
of
measured
flow.

x[
emission]
meas
=
Amount
of
emission
in
measured
flow.

xH2O[
emission]
meas
=
Amount
of
water
at
emission­
detection
location.
Measure
or
estimate
these
values
according
to
§
1065.145(
d)(
2).

xH2Oint
=
Amount
of
water
in
the
intake
air,
based
on
a
humidity
measurement
of
intake
air.

xH2Odil
=
Amount
of
water
in
dilution
air,
based
on
a
humidity
measurement
of
intake
air.

xO2airdry
=
Amount
of
oxygen
per
dry
mole
of
air.
Use
xO2airdry
=
0.209445
mol/
mol.

xCO2airdry
=
Amount
of
carbon
dioxide
per
dry
mole
of
air.
Use
xCO2airdry
=
375

mol/
mol.

 
=
Atomic
hydrogen­
to­
carbon
ratio
in
fuel.

 
=
Atomic
oxygen­
to­
carbon
ratio
in
fuel.

(
4)
Use
the
following
equations
to
iteratively
solve
for
x
H2O
and
x
Cproddry:

H2Odry
H2O
H2Odry
1
x
x
x
=
+

Eq.
1065.655­
1
(
)
H2Ointdry
H2Odry
Cproddry
dil
dil
H2Odildry
prod/
intdry
1
2
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
 
=
 
+
 
 
+
 

Eq.
1065.655­
2
Cproddry
CO2dry
COdry
THCdry
x
x
x
x
=
+
+

Eq.
1065.655­
3
(
)
O2proddry
prod/
intdry
dil
H2Ointdry
O2airdry
1
1
x
x
x
x
x
 
=
 
 
+

Eq.
1065.655­
4
prod/
intdry
COdry
Cproddry
NO2dry
dil
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
x
x
x
x
x
 
=


 
 
 
 
 
 


 


Eq.
1065.655­
5
O2proddry
CO2dry
COdry
Cproddry
NOdry
NO2dry
Cproddry
1
2
2
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
 
 


=
+
 
+
 
+
+
 
 




Eq.
1065.655­
6
CO2airdry
CO2meas
CO2dry
H2OCO2meas
COdry
Cproddry
NO2dry
1
1
1
2
2
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
 
=
 
 


 
 
 
 
 




Eq.
1065.655­
7
COmeas
COdry
H2OxCOmeas
1
x
x
x
=
 

Eq.
1065.655­
8
THCmeas
THCdry
H2OxTHCmeas
1
x
x
x
=
 

Eq.
1065.655­
9
H2Oint
H2Ointdry
H2Oint
1
x
x
x
=
 
328
Eq.
1065.655­
10
H2Odil
H2Odildry
H2Odil
1
x
x
x
=
 

Eq.
1065.655­
11
NO2meas
NO2dry
H2OxNO2meas
1
x
x
x
=
 

Eq.
1065.655­
12
NOmeas
NOdry
H2OxNOmeas
1
x
x
x
=
 

Eq.
1065.655­
13
(
5)
The
following
example
is
a
solution
for
x
H2O
and
x
Cproddry
using
the
equations
in
paragraph
(
c)(
4)
of
this
section:

H2O
35.24
1000
35.24
34.04
mmol/
mol
1
x
=
=
+

(
)
H2Odry
1.8
17.22
24.69
1
0.843
0.843
12.01
35.24
mmol/
mol
2
0.9338
x
=
 
+
 
 
+
 
=

29.3
47.6
Cproddry
1000
1000
24.614
24.69
mmol/
mol
x
=
+
+
=

(
)
34.54
1000
17.22
1000
0.9338
1
1
0.843
0.209445
DF
 
=
 
 
+
=

prod/
intdry
29.3
24.69
12.1
1000000
1000
1000000
1
0.9338
mol/
mol
1
1
1.8
1
1
0.843
2
2
x=
=


 
  
 
 
 


 


29.3
50.4
12.1
O2proddry
1000
1000
1000
1
1.8
24.614
24.69
0.05
24.69
34.54
mol/
mol
2
2
x


=
+
 
+
 
+
+
 
 
=




375
1000
CO2dry
8.601
29.3
24.69
12.1
1000
1000000
1000
1000000
24.770
24.614
mmol/
mol
1
1.8
1
1
2
2
x
=
 
=
 


 
 
 
 
 




COdry
8.601
1000
29.0
29.3
µ
mol/
mol
1
x
=
=
 

THCdry
34.04
1000
46
47.6
µ
mol/
mol
1
x
=
=
 

H2Ointdry
16.93
1000
16.93
17.22
mmol/
mol
1
x
=
=
 

H2Odildry
11.87
1000
11.87
12.01
mmol/
mol
1
x
=
=
 

NO2dry
8.601
1000
12.0
12.1
µ
mol/
mol
1
x
=
=
 

NOdry
8.601
1000
50.0
50.4
µ
mol/
mol
1
x
=
=
 

xO2airdry
=
0.209445
mol/
mol
xCO2airdry
=
375

mol/
mol
 
=
1.8
 
=
0.05
329
Table
1
of
§
1065.655
 
Default
values
of
atomic
hydrogen­
to­
carbon
ratio,
 ,
atomic
oxygen­
tocarbon
ratio,
 ,
and
carbon
mass
fraction
of
fuel,
w
C,
for
various
fuels
Fuel
Atomic
hydrogen
and
oxygen­
to­
carbon
ratios
CH
O
a
b
Carbon
mass
concentration,
wC
g/
g
Gasoline
CH1.85O0
0.866
#
2
Diesel
CH1.80O0
0.869
#
1
Diesel
CH1.93O0
0.861
Liquified
Petroleum
Gas
CH2.64O0
0.819
Natural
gas
CH3.78
O0.016
0.747
Ethanol
CH3O0.5
0.521
Methanol
CH4O1
0.375
(
d)
Calculated
raw
exhaust
molar
flow
rate
from
measured
intake
air
molar
flow
rate
or
fuel
mass
flow
rate.
You
may
calculate
the
raw
exhaust
molar
flow
rate
from
which
you
sampled
emissions,
,
based
on
the
measured
intake
air
molar
flow
rate,
,
or
the
measured
fuel
mass
flow
exh
n&
int
n&

rate,
,
and
the
values
calculated
using
the
chemical
balance
in
paragraph
(
c)
of
this
section.
fuel
m&
Solve
for
the
chemical
balance
in
paragraph
(
c)
of
this
section
at
the
same
frequency
that
you
update
and
record
or
.
int
n&
fuel
m&

(
1)
Crankcase
flow
rate.
You
may
calculate
raw
exhaust
flow
based
on
or
only
if
at
int
n&
fuel
m&
least
one
of
the
following
is
true
about
your
crankcase
emission
flow
rate:

(
i)
Your
test
engine
has
a
production
emission­
control
system
with
a
closed
crankcase
that
routes
crankcase
flow
back
to
the
intake
air,
downstream
of
your
intake
air
flow
meter.

(
ii)
During
emission
testing
you
route
open
crankcase
flow
to
the
exhaust
according
to
§
1065.130(
g).

(
iii)
You
measure
open
crankcase
emissions
and
flow,
and
you
add
the
masses
of
crankcase
emissions
to
your
brake­
specific
emission
calculations.

(
iv)
Using
emission
data
or
an
engineering
analysis,
you
can
show
that
neglecting
the
flow
rate
of
open
crankcase
emissions
does
not
adversely
affect
your
ability
to
demonstrate
compliance
with
the
applicable
standards.

(
2)
Intake
air
molar
flow
rate
calculation.
Based
on
,
calculate
as
follows:
int
n&
exh
n&

(
)
(
)
exh
int
H20int
prod/
intdry
H20dry
dil
dil
1
1
1
1
n
n
x
x
x
x
x
é
ù
=
×
­
×
×
+
×
ê
ú
ë
û
é
ù
ê
ú
+
ê
ú
­
ë
û
&
&

Where:

=
raw
exhaust
molar
flow
rate
from
which
you
measured
emissions.
exh
n&

=
intake
air
molar
flow
rate
including
humidity
in
intake
air.
in
t
n&

Example:

=
3.780
mol/
s
int
n&
330
xH20int
=
16.930
mmol/
mol
=
0.016930
mol/
mol
xprod/
intdry
=
0.93382
mol/
mol
xH20dry
=
130.16
mmol/
mol
=
0.13016
mol/
mol
xdil
=
0.20278
mol/
mol
(
)
(
)
[
]
exh
3.780
1
0.016930
0.93382
1
0.13016
0.20278
1
1
0.20278
n
=
×
­
×
×
+
×
é
ù
+
ê
ú
ê
ú
­
ë
û
&

=
4.919
mol/
s
exh
n&

(
3)
Fuel
mass
flow
rate
calculation.
Based
on
,
calculate
as
follows:
fuel
m&
exh
n&

(
)
fuel
c
exh
H20dry
c
Cproddry
dil
dil
1
1
1
m
w
n
x
M
x
x
x
×
=
×
+
×
×
é
ù
ê
ú
+
ê
ú
­
ë
û
&
&

Where:

=
raw
exhaust
molar
flow
rate
from
which
you
measured
emissions.
exh
n&

=
intake
air
molar
flow
rate
including
humidity
in
intake
air.
fuel
m&

Example:

=
6.023
g/
s
fu
el
m&

wC
=
0.869
g/
g
MC
=
12.0107
g/
mol
xCproddry
=
125.58
mmol/
mol
=
0.12558
mol/
mol
xH20dry
=
130.16
mmol/
mol
=
0.13016
mol/
mol
xdil
=
0.20278
mol/
mol
(
)
exh
6.0233
0.869
1
0.13016
12.0107
0.12558
0.20278
1
1
0.20278
n
×
=
×
+
×
×
é
ù
+
ê
ú
ê
ú
­
ë
û
&

=
4.919
mol/
s
exh
n&

§
1065.659
Removed
water
correction.
(
a)
If
you
remove
water
upstream
of
a
concentration
measurement,
x,
or
upstream
of
a
flow
measurement,
n,
correct
for
the
removed
water.
Perform
this
correction
based
on
the
amount
of
water
at
the
concentration
measurement,
x
H2O[
emission]
meas,
and
at
the
flow
meter,
x
H2O,
whose
flow
is
used
to
determine
the
concentration's
total
mass
over
a
test
interval.

(
b)
Downstream
of
where
you
removed
water,
you
may
determine
the
amount
of
water
remaining
by
any
of
the
following:
(
1)
Measure
the
dewpoint
and
absolute
pressure
downstream
of
the
water
removal
location
and
calculate
the
amount
of
water
remaining
as
described
in
§
1065.645.
331
(
2)
When
saturated
water
vapor
conditions
exist
at
a
given
location,
you
may
use
the
measured
temperature
at
that
location
as
the
dewpoint
for
the
downstream
flow.
If
we
ask,
you
must
demonstrate
how
you
know
that
saturated
water
vapor
conditions
exist.
Use
good
engineering
judgment
to
measure
the
temperature
at
the
appropriate
location
to
accurately
reflect
the
dewpoint
of
the
flow.
(
3)
You
may
also
use
a
nominal
value
of
absolute
pressure
based
on
an
alarm
setpoint,
a
pressure
regulator
setpoint,
or
good
engineering
judgment.

(
c)
For
a
corresponding
concentration
or
flow
measurement
where
you
did
not
remove
water,
you
may
determine
the
amount
of
initial
water
by
any
of
the
following:

(
1)
Use
any
of
the
techniques
described
in
paragraph
(
b)
of
this
section.

(
2)
If
the
measurement
comes
from
raw
exhaust,
you
may
determine
the
amount
of
water
based
on
intake­
air
humidity,
plus
a
chemical
balance
of
fuel,
intake
air
and
exhaust
as
described
in
§
1065.655.
(
3)
If
the
measurement
comes
from
diluted
exhaust,
you
may
determine
the
amount
of
water
based
on
intake­
air
humidity,
dilution
air
humidity,
and
a
chemical
balance
of
fuel,
intake
air,
and
exhaust
as
described
in
§
1065.655.

(
d)
Perform
a
removed
water
correction
to
the
concentration
measurement
using
the
following
equation:

H2O
[
emission]
meas
H2O[
emission]
meas
1
1
x
x
x
x


 
=
 


 




Eq.
1065.659­
1
Example:

xCOmeas
=
29.0

mol/
mol
xH2OxCOmeas
=
8.601
mmol/
mol
=
0.008601
mol/
mol
xH2O
=
34.04
mmol/
mol
=
0.03404
mol/
mol
CO
1
0.03404
29.0
1
0.008601
x
 


=
 


 


xCO
=
28.3

mol/
mol
§
1065.660
THC
and
NMHC
determination.

(
a)
THC
determination.
If
we
require
you
to
determine
THC
emissions,
calculate
x
THC
using
the
initial
THC
contamination
concentration
x
THCinit
from
§
1065.520
as
follows:

xTHCcor
=
xTHCuncor
 
xTHCinit
Eq.
1065.660­
1
Example:

xTHCuncor
=
150.3

mol/
mol
xTHCinit
=
1.1

mol/
mol
xTHCcor
=
150.3
 
1.1
xTHCcor
=
149.2

mol/
mol
(
b)
NMHC
determination.
Use
one
of
the
following
to
determine
NMHC
emissions,
x
NMHC.
(
1)
Report
x
NMHC
as
0.98

x
THC
if
you
did
not
measure
CH
4,
or
if
the
result
of
paragraph
(
b)(
2)
or
(
3)
of
this
section
is
greater
than
the
result
using
this
paragraph
(
b)(
1).
332
(
2)
For
nonmethane
cutters,
calculate
x
NMHC
using
the
nonmethane
cutter's
penetration
fractions
(
PF)
of
CH
4
and
C
2
H
6
from
§
1065.365,
and
using
the
initial
NMHC
contamination
concentration
x
NMHCinit
from
§
1065.520
as
follows:

CH4
THC
CH4
CH4
NMHC
NMHCinit
CH4
C2H6
PF
x
RF
x
x
x
PF
PF
 
 
 
=
 
 

Eq.
1065.660­
2
Where:

xNMHC
=
concentration
of
NMHC.

PFCH4
=
nonmethane
cutter
CH4
penetration
fraction,
according
to
§
1065.365.

xTHC
=
concentration
of
THC,
as
measured
by
the
THC
FID.

RFCH4
=
response
factor
of
THC
FID
to
CH4,
according
to
§
1065.360.

xCH4
=
concentration
of
methane,
as
measured
downstream
of
the
nonmethane
cutter.

PFC2H6
=
nonmethane
cutter
CH4
penetration
fraction,
according
to
§
1065.365.

xNMHCinit
=
initial
NMHC
contamination
concentration,
according
to
§
1065.520.

Example:

PFCH4
=
0.990
xTHC
=
150.3

mol/
mol
RFCH4
=
1.05
xCH4
=
20.5

mol/
mol
PFC2H6
=
0.020
xNMHCinit
=
1.1

mol/
mol
NMHC
0.990
150.3
1.05
20.5
1.1
0.990
0.020
x
 
 
 
=
 
 

xNMHC
=
130.1

mol/
mol
(
3)
For
a
gas
chromatograph,
calculate
x
NMHC
using
the
THC
analyzer's
response
factor
(
RF)
for
CH
4,
from
§
1065.360,
and
using
the
initial
NMHC
contamination
concentration
x
NMHCinit
from
§
1065.520
as
follows:

xNMHC
=
xTHC
 
RFCH4

xCH4
 
xNMHCinit
Eq.
1065.660­
3
Example:

xTHC
=
145.6

mol/
mol
RFCH4
=
0.970
xCH4
=
18.9

mol/
mol
xNMHCinit
=
1.1

mol/
mol
xNMHC
=
145.6
 
0.970

18.9
 
1.1
xNMHC
=
126.2

mol/
mol
§
1065.665
THCE
and
NMHCE
determination.

(
a)
If
you
measured
an
oxygenated
hydrocarbon's
mass
concentration
(
per
mole
of
exhaust),
first
calculate
its
molar
concentration
by
dividing
its
mass
concentration
by
the
effective
molar
mass
of
the
oxygenated
hydrocarbon,
then
multiply
each
oxygenated
hydrocarbon's
molar
concentration
by
its
respective
number
of
carbon
atoms
per
molecule.
Add
these
C
1­
equivalent
molar
333
concentrations
to
the
molar
concentration
of
NOTHC.
The
result
is
the
molar
concentration
of
THCE.
Calculate
THCE
concentration
using
the
following
equations:

i
THCE
NOTHC
OHC
THCEinit
i
1
N
x
x
x
x
=
=
+
 

Eq.
1065.665­
1
#
NOTHC
THC
OHCi
OHCi
i
1
(
)
N
x
x
x
RF
C
=
=
 
 
 

Eq.
1065.665­
2
exhOHCi
dexhOHC
dexhOHC
OHCi
OHCi
dexh
dexh
M
m
n
x
M
m
n
 
=
=
 

Eq.
1065.665­
3
Where:

xOHCi
=
The
C1­
equivalent
concentration
of
oxygenated
species
i
in
diluted
exhaust.

xTHC
=
The
C1­
equivalent
FID
response
to
NOTHC
and
all
OHC
in
diluted
exhaust.

RFOHCi
=
The
response
factor
of
the
FID
to
species
i
relative
to
propane
on
a
C1­
equivalent
basis.

C#
=
the
mean
number
of
carbon
atoms
in
the
particular
compound.

(
b)
If
we
require
you
to
determine
NMHCE,
use
the
following
equation:

xNMHCE
=
xTHCE
 
xCH4

RFCH4
Eq.
1065.665­
4
(
c)
The
following
example
shows
how
to
determine
NMHCE
emissions
based
on
ethanol
(
C
2
H
5
OH)
and
methanol
(
CH
3
OH)
molar
concentrations,
and
acetaldehyde
(
C
2
H
4
O)
and
formaldehyde
(
HCHO)
as
mass
concentrations:

xNMHC
=
127.3

mol/
mol
xC2H5OH
=
100.8

mol/
mol
xCH3OH
=
25.5

mol/
mol
MexhC2H4O
=
0.841
mg/
mol
MexhHCHO
=
39.0

g/
mol
MC2H4O
=
44.05256
g/
mol
MHCHO
=
30.02598
g/
mol
xC2H4O
=
0.841/
44.05256

1000
xC2H4O
=
19.1

mol/
mol
xHCHO
=
39/
30.02598
xHCHO
=
1.3

mol/
mol
xNMHCE
=
127.3
+
2

100.8
+
25.5
+
2

19.1
+
1.3
xNMHCE
=
393.9

mol/
mol
§
1065.667
Dilution
air
background
emission
correction.
(
a)
General.
To
determine
the
mass
of
background
emissions
to
subtract
from
a
diluted
exhaust
sample,
first
determine
the
total
flow
of
dilution
air,
n
dil,
over
the
test
interval.
This
may
be
a
measured
quantity
or
a
quantity
calculated
from
the
diluted
exhaust
flow
and
the
flow­
weighted
mean
fraction
of
dilution
air
in
diluted
exhaust,
.
Multiply
the
total
flow
of
dilution
air
by
the
dil
x
mean
concentration
of
a
background
emission.
This
may
be
a
time­
weighted
mean
or
a
flowweighted
mean
(
e.
g.,
a
proportionally
sampled
background).
The
product
of
n
dil
and
the
mean
concentration
of
a
background
emission
is
the
total
amount
of
a
background
emission.
If
this
is
a
molar
quantity,
convert
it
to
a
mass
by
multiplying
it
by
its
molar
mass,
M.
The
result
is
the
mass
334
of
the
background
emission,
m.
In
the
case
of
PM,
where
the
mean
PM
concentration
is
already
in
units
of
mass
per
mole
of
sample,
,
multiply
it
by
the
total
amount
of
dilution
air,
and
the
PM
M
result
is
the
total
background
mass
of
PM,
.
Subtract
total
background
masses
from
total
PM
m
mass
to
correct
for
background
emissions.

(
b)
You
may
determine
the
total
flow
of
dilution
air
by
a
direct
flow
measurement.
In
this
case,
calculate
the
total
mass
of
background
as
described
in
§
1065.650(
b),
using
the
dilution
air
flow,
n
dil
.
Subtract
the
background
mass
from
the
total
mass.
Use
the
result
in
brake­
specific
emission
calculations.

(
c)
You
may
determine
the
total
flow
of
dilution
air
from
the
total
flow
of
diluted
exhaust
and
a
chemical
balance
of
the
fuel,
intake
air,
and
exhaust
as
described
in
§
1065.655.
In
this
case,
calculate
the
total
mass
of
background
as
described
in
§
1065.650(
b),
using
the
total
flow
of
diluted
exhaust,
n
dexh,
then
multiply
this
result
by
the
flow­
weighted
mean
fraction
of
dilution
air
in
diluted
exhaust,
.
Calculate
using
flow­
weighted
mean
concentrations
of
emissions
in
dil
x
dil
x
the
chemical
balance,
as
described
in
§
1065.655.
You
may
assume
that
your
engine
operates
stoichiometrically,
even
if
it
is
a
lean­
burn
engine,
such
as
a
compression­
ignition
engine.
Note
that
for
lean­
burn
engines
this
assumption
could
result
in
an
error
in
emission
calculations.
This
error
could
occur
because
the
chemical
balances
in
§
1065.655
correct
excess
air
passing
through
a
lean­
burn
engine
as
if
it
was
dilution
air.
If
an
emission
concentration
expected
at
the
standard
is
about
100
times
its
dilution
air
background
concentration,
this
error
is
negligible.
However,
if
an
emission
concentration
expected
at
the
standard
is
similar
to
its
background
concentration,
this
error
could
be
significant.
If
this
error
might
affect
your
ability
to
show
that
your
engines
comply
with
applicable
standards,
we
recommend
that
you
remove
background
emissions
from
dilution
air
by
HEPA
filtration,
chemical
adsorption,
or
catalytic
scrubbing.
You
might
also
consider
using
a
partial­
flow
dilution
technique
such
as
a
bag
mini­
diluter,
which
uses
purified
air
as
the
dilution
air.

(
d)
The
following
is
an
example
of
using
the
flow­
weighted
mean
fraction
of
dilution
air
in
diluted
exhaust,
,
and
the
total
mass
of
background
emissions
calculated
using
the
total
flow
of
diluted
d
il
x
exhaust,
n
dexh,
as
described
in
§
1065.650(
b)
:

bkgnd
dil
bkgnddexh
m
x
m
=
 

Eq.
1065.667­
1
bkgnddexh
bkgnd
dexh
m
Mx
n
=
 
 

Eq.
1065.667­
2
Example:

MNOx
=
46.0055
g/
mol
=
0.05

mol/
mol
=
0.05
10­
6
mol/
mol
bkgnd
x
×
ndexh
=
23280.5
mol
=
0.843
d
il
x
6
bkgndNOxdexh
46.0055
0.05
10
23280.5
m
 
=
 
 
 

mbkgndNOxdexh
=
0.0536
g
mbkgndNOx
=
0.843

0.0536
mbkgndNOx
=
0.0452
g
335
§
1065.670
NOx
intake­
air
humidity
and
temperature
corrections.
See
the
standard­
setting
part
to
determine
if
you
may
correct
NO
x
emissions
for
the
effects
of
intake­
air
humidity
or
temperature.
Use
the
NO
x
intake­
air
humidity
and
temperature
corrections
specified
in
the
standard­
setting
part
instead
of
the
NO
x
intake­
air
humidity
correction
specified
in
this
part
1065.
If
the
standard­
setting
part
allows
correcting
NO
x
emissions
for
intake­
air
humidity
according
to
this
part
1065,
first
apply
any
NO
x
corrections
for
background
emissions
and
water
removal
from
the
exhaust
sample,
then
correct
NO
x
concentrations
for
intake­
air
humidity
using
one
of
the
following
approaches:

(
a)
Correct
for
intake­
air
humidity
using
the
following
equation:

xNOxcor
=
xNOxuncor

(
9.953

xH2O
+
0.832)

Eq.
1065.670­
1
Example:

xNOxuncor
=
700.5

mol/
mol
xH2O
=
0.022
mol/
mol
xNOxcor
=
700.5

(
9.953

0.022
+
0.832)

xNOxcor
=
736.2

mol/
mol
(
b)
Develop
your
own
correction,
based
on
good
engineering
judgment.

§
1065.672
Drift
correction.
(
a)
Scope
and
frequency.
Perform
the
calculations
in
this
section
to
determine
if
gas
analyzer
drift
invalidates
the
results
of
a
test
interval.
If
drift
does
not
invalidate
the
results
of
a
test
interval,
correct
that
test
interval's
gas
analyzer
responses
for
drift
according
to
this
section.
Use
the
driftcorrected
gas
analyzer
responses
in
all
subsequent
emission
calculations.
Note
that
the
acceptable
threshold
for
gas
analyzer
drift
over
a
test
interval
is
specified
in
§
1065.550
for
both
laboratory
testing
and
field
testing.

(
b)
Correction
principles.
The
calculations
in
this
section
utilize
a
gas
analyzer's
responses
to
reference
zero
and
span
concentrations
of
analytical
gases,
as
determined
sometime
before
and
after
a
test
interval.
The
calculations
correct
the
gas
analyzer's
responses
that
were
recorded
during
a
test
interval.
The
correction
is
based
on
an
analyzer's
mean
responses
to
reference
zero
and
span
gases,
and
it
is
based
on
the
reference
concentrations
of
the
zero
and
span
gases
themselves.
Validate
and
correct
for
drift
as
follows:

(
c)
Drift
validation.
After
applying
all
the
other
corrections
 
except
drift
correction
 
to
all
the
gas
analyzer
signals,
calculate
brake­
specific
emissions
according
to
§
1065.650.
Then
correct
all
gas
analyzer
signals
for
drift
according
to
this
section.
Recalculate
brake­
specific
emissions
using
all
of
the
drift­
corrected
gas
analyzer
signals.
Validate
and
report
the
brake­
specific
emission
results
before
and
after
drift
correction
according
to
§
1065.550.

(
d)
Drift
correction.
Correct
all
gas
analyzer
signals
as
follows:

(
1)
Correct
each
recorded
concentration,
x
i,
for
continuous
sampling
or
for
batch
sampling,
.
x
(
2)
Correct
for
drift
using
the
following
equation:

refspan
prespan
postspan
2
prezero
postzero
i
drift
corrected
refzero
i
2
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
 
+
+


=
+
 
 






Eq.
1065.672­
1
336
Where:

xidriftcorrected
=
concentration
corrected
for
drift.

xrefzero
=
reference
concentration
of
the
zero
gas,
which
is
usually
zero
unless
known
to
be
otherwise.

xrefspan
=
reference
concentration
of
the
span
gas.

xprespan
=
pre­
test
interval
gas
analyzer
response
to
the
span
gas
concentration.

xpostspan
=
post­
test
interval
gas
analyzer
response
to
the
span
gas
concentration.

xi
or
=
concentration
recorded
during
test,
before
drift
correction.
x
xprezero
=
pre­
test
interval
gas
analyzer
response
to
the
zero
gas
concentration.

xpostzero
=
post­
test
interval
gas
analyzer
response
to
the
zero
gas
concentration.

Example:

xrefzero
=
0

mol/
mol
xrefspan
=
1800.0

mol/
mol
xprespan
=
1800.5

mol/
mol
xpostspan
=
1695.8

mol/
mol
xi
or
=
435.5

mol/
mol
x
xprezero
=
0.6

mol/
mol
xpostzero
=
 
5.2

mol/
mol
(
)
2
1800.0
idrift
corrected
1800.5
1695.8
0.6
5.2
0
435.5
2
x
 
+


+
 
=
+
 
 






xidriftcorrected
=
450.8

mol/
mol
(
3)
For
any
pre­
test
interval
concentrations,
use
concentrations
determined
most
recently
before
the
test
interval.
For
some
test
intervals,
the
most
recent
pre­
zero
or
pre­
span
might
have
occurred
before
one
or
more
previous
test
intervals.

(
4)
For
any
post­
test
interval
concentrations,
use
concentrations
determined
most
recently
after
the
test
interval.
For
some
test
intervals,
the
most
recent
post­
zero
or
post­
span
might
have
occurred
after
one
or
more
subsequent
test
intervals.

(
5)
If
you
do
not
record
any
pre­
test
interval
analyzer
response
to
the
span
gas
concentration,
x
prespan,
set
x
prespan
equal
to
the
reference
concentration
of
the
span
gas:
x
prespan
=
x
refspan.
(
6)
If
you
do
not
record
any
pre­
test
interval
analyzer
response
to
the
zero
gas
concentration,
x
prezero,
set
x
prezero
equal
to
the
reference
concentration
of
the
zero
gas:
x
prezero
=
x
refzero.
(
7)
Usually
the
reference
concentration
of
the
zero
gas,
x
refzero,
is
zero:
x
refzero
=
0

mol/
mol.
However,
in
some
cases
you
might
you
know
that
x
refzero
has
a
non­
zero
concentration.
For
example,
if
you
zero
a
CO
2
analyzer
using
ambient
air,
you
may
use
the
default
ambient
air
concentration
of
CO
2,
which
is
375

mol/
mol.
In
this
case,
x
refzero
=
375

mol/
mol.
Note
that
when
you
zero
an
analyzer
using
a
non­
zero
x
refzero,
you
must
set
the
analyzer
to
output
the
actual
x
refzero
concentration.
For
example,
if
x
refzero
=
375

mol/
mol,
set
the
analyzer
to
output
a
value
of
375

mol/
mol
when
the
zero
gas
is
flowing
to
the
analyzer.

§
1065.675
CLD
quench
verification
calculations.
Perform
CLD
quench­
check
calculations
as
follows:

(
a)
Calculate
the
amount
of
water
in
the
span
gas,
x
H2Ospan,
assuming
complete
saturation
at
the
span­
gas
temperature.
337
(
b)
Estimate
the
expected
amount
of
water
and
CO
2
in
the
exhaust
you
sample,
x
H2Oexp
and
x
CO2exp,
respectively,
by
considering
the
maximum
expected
amounts
of
water
in
combustion
air,
fuel
combustion
products,
and
dilution
air
concentrations
(
if
applicable).

(
c)
Calculate
water
quench
as
follows:

(
)
H2Oexp
NOwet
H2Omeas
NOdry
H2Omeas
1
1
x
x
x
quench
x
x


 
=
  






CO2exp
NO,
CO2
NO,
N2
NO,
N2
CO2meas
x
x
x
x
x
 
+
 

Eq.
1065.672­
1
Where:

quench
=
amount
of
CLD
quench.

xNOdry
=
measured
concentration
of
NO
upstream
of
a
bubbler,
according
to
§
1065.370.

xNOwet
=
measured
concentration
of
NO
downstream
of
a
bubbler,
according
to
§
1065.370.

xH2Oexp
=
expected
maximum
amount
of
water
entering
the
CLD
sample
port
during
emission
testing.

xH2Omeas
=
measured
amount
of
water
entering
the
CLD
sample
port
during
the
quench
verification
specified
in
§
1065.370.

xNO,
CO2
=
measured
concentration
of
NO
when
NO
span
gas
is
blended
with
CO2
span
gas,
according
to
§
1065.370.

xNO,
N2
=
measured
concentration
of
NO
when
NO
span
gas
is
blended
with
N2
span
gas,
according
to
§
1065.370.

xCO2exp
=
expected
maximum
amount
of
CO2
entering
the
CLD
sample
port
during
emission
testing.

xCO2meas
=
measured
amount
of
CO2
entering
the
CLD
sample
port
during
the
quench
verification
specified
in
§
1065.370.

Example:

xNOdry
=
1800.0

mol/
mol
xNOwet
=
1760.5

mol/
mol
xH2Oexp
=
0.030
mol/
mol
xH2Omeas
=
0.017
mol/
mol
xNO,
CO2
=
1480.2

mol/
mol
xNO,
N2
=
1500.8

mol/
mol
xCO2exp
=
2.00
%

xCO2meas
=
3.00
%

(
)
1760.5
1
0.017
0.030
1
1800.0
0.017
quench


 
=
  






1480.2
1500.8
2.00
1500.8
3.00
 
+
 

quench
=
 
0.00888
 
0.00915
=
 
1.80
%

§
1065.690
Buoyancy
correction
for
PM
sample
media.

(
a)
General.
Correct
PM
sample
media
for
their
buoyancy
in
air
if
you
weigh
them
on
a
balance.
The
buoyancy
correction
depends
on
the
sample
media
density,
the
density
of
air,
and
the
density
of
the
calibration
weight
used
to
calibrate
the
balance.
The
buoyancy
correction
does
not
account
for
the
buoyancy
of
the
PM
itself,
because
the
mass
of
PM
typically
accounts
for
only
(
0.01
to
0.10)
%
of
the
total
weight.
A
correction
to
this
small
fraction
of
mass
would
be
at
the
most
0.010
%.
338
(
b)
PM
sample
media
density.
Different
PM
sample
media
have
different
densities.
Use
the
known
density
of
your
sample
media,
or
use
one
of
the
densities
for
some
common
sampling
media,
as
follows:

(
1)
For
PTFE­
coated
borosilicate
glass,
use
a
sample
media
density
of
2300
kg/
m3.

(
2)
For
PTFE
membrane
(
film)
media
with
an
integral
support
ring
of
polymethylpentene
that
accounts
for
95
%
of
the
media
mass,
use
a
sample
media
density
of
920
kg/
m3.

(
3)
For
PTFE
membrane
(
film)
media
with
an
integral
support
ring
of
PTFE,
use
a
sample
media
density
of
2144
kg/
m3.

(
c)
Air
density.
Because
a
PM
balance
environment
must
be
tightly
controlled
to
an
ambient
temperature
of
(
22
+
1)

C
and
a
dewpoint
of
(
9.5
+
1)

C,
air
density
is
primarily
function
of
atmospheric
pressure.
We
therefore
specify
a
buoyancy
correction
that
is
only
a
function
of
atmospheric
pressure.
Using
good
engineering
judgment,
you
may
develop
and
use
your
own
buoyancy
correction
that
includes
the
effects
of
temperature
and
dewpoint
on
density
in
addition
to
the
effect
of
atmospheric
pressure.

(
d)
Calibration
weight
density.
Use
the
stated
density
of
the
material
of
your
metal
calibration
weight.
The
example
calculation
in
this
section
uses
a
density
of
8000
kg/
m3,
but
you
should
know
the
density
of
your
weight
from
the
calibration
weight
supplier
or
the
balance
manufacturer
if
it
is
an
internal
weight.

(
e)
Correction
calculation.
Correct
the
PM
sample
media
for
buoyancy
using
the
following
equations:

air
weight
cor
uncor
air
media
1
1
m
m
 
 
 
 


 




=
 


 




Eq.
1065.690­
1
Where:

mcor
=
PM
mass
corrected
for
buoyancy.

muncor
=
PM
mass
uncorrected
for
buoyance.

 
air
=
density
of
air
in
balance
environment.

 
weight
=
density
of
calibration
weight
used
to
span
balance.

 
media
=
density
of
PM
sample
media,
such
as
a
filter.

abs
mix
air
amb
p
M
R
T
 
 
=
 

Eq.
1065.690­
2
Where:

pabs
=
absolute
pressure
in
balance
environment
Mmix
=
molar
mass
of
air
in
balance
environment
R
=
molar
gas
constant
Tamb
=
absolute
ambient
temperature
of
balance
environment
Example:

pabs
=
99.980
kPa
339
Tsat
=
Tdew
=
9.5
°
C
Using
Eq.
1065.645­
2,

pH20
=
1.1866
kPa
Using
Eq.
1065.645­
3,

xH2O
=
0.011868
mol/
mol
Using
Eq.
1065.640­
8,

Mmix
=
28.83563
g/
mol
R
=
8.314472
J/(
mol

K)

Tamb
=
20
°
C
air
99.980
28.83563
8.314472
293.15
 
 
=
 

 
air
=
1.18282
kg/
m3
muncorr
=
100.0000
mg
 
weight
=
8000
kg/
m3
 
media
=
920
kg/
m3
cor
1.18282
1
8000
100.0000
1.18282
1
920
m


 


=
 




 




mcor
=
100.1139
mg
§
1065.695
Data
requirements.

(
a)
To
determine
the
information
we
require
from
engine
tests,
refer
to
the
standard­
setting
part
and
request
from
your
Designated
Compliance
Officer
the
format
used
to
apply
for
certification
or
demonstrate
compliance.
We
may
require
different
information
for
different
purposes,
such
as
for
certification
applications,
approval
requests
for
alternate
procedures,
selective
enforcement
audits,
laboratory
audits,
production­
line
test
reports,
and
field­
test
reports.

(
b)
See
the
standard­
setting
part
and
§
1065.25
regarding
recordkeeping.

(
c)
We
may
ask
you
the
following
about
your
testing,
and
we
may
ask
you
for
other
information
as
allowed
under
the
Act:

(
1)
What
approved
alternate
procedures
did
you
use?
For
example:

(
i)
Partial­
flow
dilution
for
proportional
PM.

(
ii)
CARB
test
procedures.

(
iii)
ISO
test
procedures.

(
2)
What
laboratory
equipment
did
you
use?
For
example,
the
make,
model,
and
description
of
the
following:

(
i)
Engine
dynamometer
and
operator
demand.

(
ii)
Probes,
dilution,
transfer
lines,
and
sample
preconditioning
components.

(
iii)
Batch
storage
media
(
such
as
the
bag
material
or
PM
filter
material).

(
3)
What
measurement
instruments
did
you
use?
For
example,
the
make,
model,
and
description
of
the
following:

(
i)
Speed
and
torque
instruments.
340
(
ii)
Flow
meters.

(
iii)
Gas
analyzers.

(
iv)
PM
balance.

(
4)
When
did
you
conduct
calibrations
and
performance
checks
and
what
were
the
results?
For
example,
the
dates
and
results
of
the
following:

(
i)
Linearity
checks.

(
ii)
Interference
checks.

(
iii)
Response
checks.

(
iv)
Leak
checks.

(
v)
Flow
meter
checks.

(
5)
What
engine
did
you
test?
For
example,
the
following:

(
i)
Manufacturer.

(
ii)
Family
name
on
engine
label.

(
iii)
Model.

(
iv)
Model
year.

(
v)
Identification
number.

(
6)
How
did
you
prepare
and
configure
your
engine
for
testing?
Consider
the
following
examples:

(
i)
Dates,
hours,
duty
cycle
and
fuel
used
for
service
accumulation.

(
ii)
Dates
and
description
of
scheduled
and
unscheduled
maintenance.

(
iii)
Allowable
pressure
range
of
intake
restriction.

(
iv)
Allowable
pressure
range
of
exhaust
restriction.

(
v)
Charge
air
cooler
volume.

(
vi)
Charge
air
cooler
outlet
temperature,
specified
engine
conditions
and
location
of
temperature
measurement.

(
vii)
Fuel
temperature
and
location
of
measurement.

(
viii)
Any
aftertreatment
system
configuration
and
description.

(
ix)
Any
crankcase
ventilation
configuration
and
description
(
e.
g.,
open,
closed,
PCV,
crankcase
scavenged).

(
7)
How
did
you
test
your
engine?
For
example:

(
i)
Constant
speed
or
variable
speed.

(
ii)
Mapping
procedure
(
step
or
sweep).

(
iii)
Continuous
or
batch
sampling
for
each
emission.

(
iv)
Raw
or
dilute
sampling;
any
dilution­
air
background
sampling.

(
v)
Duty
cycle
and
test
intervals.

(
vi)
Cold­
start,
hot­
start,
warmed­
up
running.

(
vii)
Absolute
pressure,
temperature,
and
dewpoint
of
intake
and
dilution
air.

(
viii)
Simulated
engine
loads,
curb
idle
transmission
torque
value.
341
(
ix)
Warm­
idle
speed
value
and
any
enhanced­
idle
speed
value.

(
x)
Simulated
vehicle
signals
applied
during
testing.

(
xi)
Bypassed
governor
controls
during
testing.

(
xii)
Date,
time,
and
location
of
test
(
e.
g.,
dynamometer
laboratory
identification).

(
xiii)
Cooling
medium
for
engine
and
charge
air.

(
xiv)
Operating
temperatures
of
coolant,
head,
and
block.

(
xv)
Natural
or
forced
cool­
down
and
cool­
down
time.

(
xvi)
Canister
loading.

(
8)
How
did
you
validate
your
testing?
For
example,
results
from
the
following:

(
i)
Duty
cycle
regression
statistics
for
each
test
interval.

(
ii)
Proportional
sampling.

(
iii)
Drift.

(
iv)
Reference
PM
sample
media
in
PM­
stabilization
environment.

(
9)
How
did
you
calculate
results?
For
example,
results
from
the
following:

(
i)
Drift
correction.

(
ii)
Noise
correction.

(
iii)
"
Dry­
to­
wet"
correction.

(
iv)
NMHC,
CH
4,
and
contamination
correction.

(
v)
NO
x
humidity
correction.

(
vi)
Brake­
specific
emission
formulation
 
total
mass
divided
by
total
work,
mass
rate
divided
by
power,
or
ratio
of
mass
to
work.

(
vii)
Rounding
emission
results.

(
10)
What
were
the
results
of
your
testing?
For
example:

(
i)
Maximum
mapped
power
and
speed
at
maximum
power.

(
ii)
Maximum
mapped
torque
and
speed
at
maximum
torque.

(
iii)
For
constant­
speed
engines:
no­
load
governed
speed.

(
iv)
For
constant­
speed
engines:
test
torque.

(
v)
For
variable­
speed
engines:
maximum
test
speed.

(
vi)
Speed
versus
torque
map.

(
vii)
Speed
versus
power
map.

(
viii)
Brake­
specific
emissions
over
the
duty
cycle
and
each
test
interval.

(
ix)
Brake­
specific
fuel
consumption.

(
11)
What
fuel
did
you
use?
For
example:

(
i)
Fuel
that
met
specifications
of
subpart
H
of
this
part.

(
ii)
Alternate
fuel.

(
iii)
Oxygenated
fuel.

(
12)
How
did
you
field
test
your
engine?
For
example:

(
i)
Data
from
paragraphs
(
c)(
1),
(
3),
(
4),
(
5),
and
(
9)
of
this
section.
342
(
ii)
Probes,
dilution,
transfer
lines,
and
sample
preconditioning
components.

(
iii)
Batch
storage
media
(
such
as
the
bag
material
or
PM
filter
material).

(
iv)
Continuous
or
batch
sampling
for
each
emission.

(
v)
Raw
or
dilute
sampling;
any
dilution
air
background
sampling.

(
vi)
Cold­
start,
hot­
start,
warmed­
up
running.

(
vii)
Intake
and
dilution
air
absolute
pressure,
temperature,
dewpoint.

(
viii)
Curb
idle
transmission
torque
value.

(
ix)
Warm
idle
speed
value,
any
enhanced
idle
speed
value.

(
x)
Date,
time,
and
location
of
test
(
e.
g.,
identify
the
testing
laboratory).

(
xi)
Proportional
sampling
validation.

(
xii)
Drift
validation.

(
xiii)
Operating
temperatures
of
coolant,
head,
and
block.

(
xiv)
Vehicle
make,
model,
model
year,
identification
number.

Subpart
H
 
Engine
Fluids,
Test
Fuels,
Analytical
Gases
and
Other
Calibration
Standards
§
1065.701
General
requirements
for
test
fuels.
(
a)
General.
For
all
emission
measurements,
use
test
fuels
that
meet
the
specifications
in
this
subpart,
unless
the
standard­
setting
part
directs
otherwise.
Section
1065.10(
c)(
1)
does
not
apply
with
respect
to
test
fuels.
Note
that
the
standard­
setting
parts
generally
require
that
you
design
your
emission
controls
to
function
properly
when
using
commercially
available
fuels,
even
if
they
differ
from
the
test
fuel.

(
b)
Fuels
meeting
alternate
specifications.
We
may
allow
you
to
use
a
different
test
fuel
(
such
as
California
Phase
2
gasoline)
if
you
show
us
that
using
it
does
not
affect
your
ability
to
comply
with
all
applicable
emission
standards
using
commercially
available
fuels.

(
c)
Fuels
not
specified
in
this
subpart.
If
you
produce
engines
that
run
on
a
type
of
fuel
(
or
mixture
of
fuels)
that
we
do
not
specify
in
this
subpart,
you
must
get
our
written
approval
to
establish
the
appropriate
test
fuel.
You
must
show
us
all
the
following
things
before
we
can
specify
a
different
test
fuel
for
your
engines:

(
1)
Show
that
this
type
of
fuel
is
commercially
available.

(
2)
Show
that
your
engines
will
use
only
the
designated
fuel
in
service.

(
3)
Show
that
operating
the
engines
on
the
fuel
we
specify
would
unrepresentatively
increase
emissions
or
decrease
durability.

(
d)
Fuel
specifications.
The
fuel
parameters
specified
in
this
subpart
depend
on
measurement
procedures
that
are
incorporated
by
reference.
For
any
of
these
procedures,
you
may
instead
rely
upon
the
procedures
identified
in
40
CFR
part
80
for
measuring
the
same
parameter.
For
example,
we
may
identify
different
reference
procedures
for
measuring
gasoline
parameters
in
40
CFR
80.46.
343
(
e)
Service
accumulation
and
field
testing
fuels.
If
we
do
not
specify
a
service­
accumulation
or
field­
testing
fuel
in
the
standard­
setting
part,
use
an
appropriate
commercially
available
fuel
such
as
those
meeting
minimum
ASTM
specifications
from
the
following
table:

Table
1
of
§
1065.701
 
Specifications
for
service­
accumulation
and
field­
testing
fuels.

Fuel
type
Subcategory
ASTM
specification
1
Diesel
Light
distillate
and
light
blends
with
residual
D975­
04c
Middle
distillate
D6751­
03a
Biodiesel
(
B100)
D6985­
04a
Gasoline
Motor
vehicle
and
minor
oxygenate
blends
D4814­
04b
Ethanol
(
Ed75­
85)
D5798­
99
Methanol
(
M70­
M85)
D5797­
96
Aviation
fuel
Aviation
gasoline
D910­
04a
Gas
turbine
D1655­
04a
Jet
B
wide
cut
D6615­
04a
Gas
turbine
fuel
General
D2880­
03
1
All
ASTM
specifications
are
incorporated
by
reference
in
§
1065.1010.

§
1065.703
Distillate
diesel
fuel.

(
a)
Distillate
diesel
fuels
for
testing
must
be
clean
and
bright,
with
pour
and
cloud
points
adequate
for
proper
engine
operation.

(
b)
There
are
three
grades
of
#
2
diesel
fuel
specified
for
use
as
a
test
fuel.
See
the
standard­
setting
part
to
determine
which
grade
to
use.
If
the
standard­
setting
part
does
not
specify
which
grade
to
use,
use
good
engineering
judgment
to
select
the
grade
that
represents
the
fuel
on
which
the
engines
will
operate
in
use.
The
three
grades
are
specified
in
Table
1
of
this
section.

(
c)
You
may
use
the
following
nonmetallic
additives
with
distillate
diesel
fuels:

(
1)
Cetane
improver.

(
2)
Metal
deactivator.

(
3)
Antioxidant,
dehazer.
344
(
4)
Rust
inhibitor.

(
5)
Pour
depressant.

(
6)
Dye.

(
7)
Dispersant.

(
8)
Biocide.

Table
1
of
§
1065.703
 
Test
fuel
specifications
for
distillate
diesel
fuel
Item
Units
Ultra
Low
Sulfur
Low
Sulfur
High
Sulfur
Reference
Procedure
1
Cetane
Number
 
40
­
50
40
­
50
40
­
50
ASTM
D
613­
03b
Distillation
range:

Initial
boiling
point
10
pct.
point
50
pct.
point
90
pct.
point
Endpoint

C
171
­
204
204
­
238
243
­
282
293
­
332
321
­
366
171
­
204
204
­
238
243
­
282
293
­
332
321
­
366
171
­
204
204
­
238
243
­
282
293
­
332
321
­
366
ASTM
D
86­
04b
Gravity

API
32
­
37
32
­
37
32
­
37
ASTM
D
287­
92
Total
sulfur
mg/
kg
7
­
15
300
­
500
2000
­
4000
ASTM
D
2622­
03
Aromatics,
minimum.
(
Remainder
shall
be
paraffins,
naphthalenes,
and
olefins)
g/
kg
100
100
100
ASTM
D
5186­
03
Flashpoint,
min.

C
54
54
54
ASTM
D
93­
02a
Viscosity
cSt
2.0
­
3.2
2.0
­
3.2
2.0
­
3.2
ASTM
D
445­
04
1All
ASTM
procedures
are
incorporated
by
reference
in
§
1065.1010.
See
§
1065.701(
d)
for
other
allowed
procedures.

§
1065.705
Residual
fuel.
[
Reserved]

§
1065.710
Gasoline.

(
a)
Gasoline
for
testing
must
have
octane
values
that
represent
commercially
available
fuels
for
the
appropriate
application.
345
(
b)
There
are
two
grades
of
gasoline
specified
for
use
as
a
test
fuel.
If
the
standard­
setting
part
requires
testing
with
fuel
appropriate
for
low
temperatures,
use
the
test
fuel
specified
for
lowtemperature
testing.
Otherwise,
use
the
test
fuel
specified
for
general
testing.
The
two
grades
are
specified
in
Table
1
of
this
section.

Table
1
of
§
1065.710
 
Test
fuel
specifications
for
gasoline
Item
Units
General
Testing
Low­
Temperature
Testing
Reference
Procedure1
Distillation
Range:

Initial
boiling
point
10%
point
50%
point
90%
point
End
point

C
24
­
35
2
49
­
57
93
­
110
149
­
163
Maximum,
213
24
­
36
37
­
48
82
­
101
158
­
174
Maximum,
212
ASTM
D
86­
04b
Hydrocarbon
composition:

1.
Olefins
2.
Aromatics
3.
Saturates
mm3/
m3
Maximum,
100,000
Maximum,
350,000
Remainder
Maximum,
175,000
Maximum,
304,000
Remainder
ASTM
D
1319­
03
Lead
(
organic)
g/
liter
Maximum,
0.013
Maximum,
0.013
ASTM
D
3237­
02
Phosphorous
g/
liter
Maximum,
0.0013
Maximum,
0.005
ASTM
D
3231­
02
Total
sulfur
mg/
kg
Maximum,
80
Maximum,
80
ASTM
D
1266­
98
Volatility
(
Reid
Vapor
Pressure)
kPa
60.0
­
63.4
2,3
77.2
­
81.4
ASTM
D
323­
99a
1All
ASTM
procedures
are
incorporated
by
reference
in
§
1065.1010.
See
§
1065.701(
d)
for
other
allowed
procedures.

2
For
testing
at
altitudes
above
1
219
m,
the
specified
volatility
range
is
(
52
to
55)
kPa
and
the
specified
initial
boiling
point
range
is
(
23.9
to
40.6)

C.

3
For
testing
unrelated
to
evaporative
emissions,
the
specified
range
is
(
55
to
63)
kPa.

§
1065.715
Natural
gas.

(
a)
Natural
gas
for
testing
must
meet
the
specifications
in
the
following
table:
346
Table
1
of
§
1065.715
 
Test
fuel
specifications
for
natural
gas
Item
Value1
1.
Methane,
CH4
Minimum,
0.87
mol/
mol
2.
Ethane,
C2H6
Maximum,
0.055
mol/
mol
3.
Propane,
C3H8
Maximum,
0.012
mol/
mol
4.
Butane,
C4H10
Maximum,
0.0035
mol/
mol
5.
Pentane,
C5H12
Maximum,
0.0013
mol/
mol
6.
C6
and
higher
Maximum,
0.001
mol/
mol
7.
Oxygen
Maximum,
0.001
mol/
mol
8.
Inert
gases
(
sum
of
CO2
and
N2)
Maximum,
0.051
mol/
mol
1
All
parameters
are
based
on
the
reference
procedures
in
ASTM
D
1945­
03
(
incorporated
by
reference
in
§
1065.1010).
See
§
1065.701(
d)
for
other
allowed
procedures.

(
b)
At
ambient
conditions,
natural
gas
must
have
a
distinctive
odor
detectable
down
to
a
concentration
in
air
not
more
than
one­
fifth
the
lower
flammable
limit.

§
1065.720
Liquefied
petroleum
gas.
347
(
a)
Liquefied
petroleum
gas
for
testing
must
meet
the
specifications
in
the
following
table:

Table
1
of
§
1065.720
 
Test
fuel
specifications
for
liquefied
petroleum
gas
Item
Value
Reference
Procedure1
1.
Propane,
C3H8
Minimum,
0.85
m3/
m3
ASTM
D
2163­
91
2.
Vapor
pressure
at
38

C
Maximum,
1400
kPa
ASTM
D
1267­
02
or
2598­
022
3.
Volatility
residue
(
evaporated
temperature,
35

C)
Maximum,
­
38

C
ASTM
D
1837­
02a
4.
Butanes
Maximum,
0.05
m3/
m3
ASTM
D
2163­
91
5.
Butenes
Maximum,
0.02
m3/
m3
ASTM
D
2163­
91
6.
Pentenes
and
heavier
Maximum,
0.005
m3/
m3
ASTM
D
2163­
91
7.
Propene
Maximum,
0.1
m3/
m3
ASTM
D
2163­
91
8.
Residual
matter
(
residue
on
evap.
of
100)
ml
oil
stain
observ.)
Maximum,
0.05
ml
pass
3
ASTM
D
2158­
04
9.
Corrosion,
copper
strip
Maximum,
No.
1
ASTM
D
1838­
03
10.
Sulfur
Maximum,
80
mg/
kg
ASTM
D
2784­
98
11.
Moisture
content
pass
ASTM
D
2713­
91
1All
ASTM
procedures
are
incorporated
by
reference
in
§
1065.1010.
See
§
1065.701(
d)
for
other
allowed
procedures.

2
If
these
two
test
methods
yield
different
results,
use
the
results
from
ASTM
D
1267­
02.

3
The
test
fuel
must
not
yield
a
persistent
oil
ring
when
you
add
0.3
ml
of
solvent
residue
mixture
to
a
filter
paper
in
0.1
ml
increments
and
examine
it
in
daylight
after
two
minutes.

(
b)
At
ambient
conditions,
liquefied
petroleum
gas
must
have
a
distinctive
odor
detectable
down
to
a
concentration
in
air
not
more
than
one­
fifth
the
lower
flammable
limit.

§
1065.740
Lubricants.

(
a)
Use
commercially
available
lubricating
oil
that
represents
the
oil
that
will
be
used
in
your
engine
in
use.

(
b)
You
may
use
lubrication
additives,
up
to
the
levels
that
the
additive
manufacturer
recommends.

§
1065.745
Coolants.

(
a)
You
may
use
commercially
available
antifreeze
mixtures
or
other
coolants
that
will
be
used
in
your
engine
in
use.
348
(
b)
For
laboratory
testing
of
liquid­
cooled
engines,
you
may
use
water
with
or
without
rust
inhibitors.

(
c)
For
coolants
allowed
in
paragraphs
(
a)
and
(
b)
of
this
section,
you
may
use
rust
inhibitors
and
additives
required
for
lubricity,
up
to
the
levels
that
the
additive
manufacturer
recommends.

§
1065.750
Analytical
Gases.

Analytical
gases
must
meet
the
accuracy
and
purity
specifications
of
this
section,
unless
you
can
show
that
other
specifications
would
not
affect
your
ability
to
show
that
your
engines
comply
with
all
applicable
emission
standards.

(
a)
Subparts
C,
D,
F,
and
J
of
this
part
refer
to
the
following
gas
specifications:

(
1)
Use
purified
gases
to
zero
measurement
instruments
and
to
blend
with
calibration
gases.
Use
gases
with
contamination
no
higher
than
the
highest
of
the
following
values
in
the
gas
cylinder
or
at
the
outlet
of
a
zero­
gas
generator:

(
i)
2
%
contamination,
measured
relative
to
the
flow­
weighted
mean
concentration
expected
at
the
standard.
For
example,
if
you
would
expect
a
flow­
weighted
CO
concentration
of
100.0
mmol/
mol,
then
you
would
be
allowed
to
use
a
zero
gas
with
CO
contamination
less
than
or
equal
to
2.000
mmol/
mol.

(
ii)
Contamination
as
specified
in
the
following
table:

Table
1
of
§
1065.750
 
General
specifications
for
purified
gases
Constituent
Purified
Air1
Purified
N
2
1
THC
(
C
1
equivalent)
<
0.05
µ
mol/
mol
<
0.05
µ
mol/
mol
CO
<
1
µ
mol/
mol
<
1
µ
mol/
mol
CO
2
<
10
µ
mol/
mol
<
10
µ
mol/
mol
O
2
0.205
to
0.215
mol/
mol
<
2
µ
mol/
mol
NO
x
<
0.02
µ
mol/
mol
<
0.02
µ
mol/
mol
1
We
do
not
require
these
levels
of
purity
to
be
NIST­
traceable.

(
2)
Use
the
following
gases
with
a
flame­
ionization
detector
(
FID)
analyzer:

(
i)
FID
fuel.
Use
FID
fuel
with
an
H
2
concentration
of
(
0.400
+
0.004)
mol/
mol,
balance
He.
Make
sure
the
mixture
contains
no
more
than
0.05
µ
mol/
mol
THC.

(
ii)
FID
burner
air.
Use
FID
burner
air
that
meets
the
specifications
of
purified
air
in
paragraph
(
a)(
1)
of
this
section.
For
field
testing,
you
may
use
ambient
air.
349
(
iii)
FID
zero
gas.
Zero
flame­
ionization
detectors
with
purified
gas
that
meets
the
specifications
in
paragraph
(
a)(
1)
of
this
section,
except
that
the
purified
gas
O
2
concentration
may
be
any
value.
Note
that
FID
zero
balance
gases
may
be
any
combination
of
purified
air
and
purified
nitrogen.
We
recommend
FID
analyzer
zero
gases
that
contain
approximately
the
flow­
weighted
mean
concentration
of
O
2
expected
during
testing.

(
iv)
FID
propane
span
gas.
Span
and
calibrate
THC
FID
with
span
concentrations
of
propane,
C
3
H
8.
Calibrate
on
a
carbon
number
basis
of
one
(
C
1).
For
example,
if
you
use
a
C
3
H
8
span
gas
of
concentration
200
µ
mol/
mol,
span
a
FID
to
respond
with
a
value
of
600
µ
mol/
mol.
Note
that
FID
span
balance
gases
may
be
any
combination
of
purified
air
and
purified
nitrogen.
We
recommend
FID
analyzer
span
gases
that
contain
approximately
the
flow­
weighted
mean
concentration
of
O
2
expected
during
testing.

(
v)
FID
methane
span
gas.
If
you
always
span
and
calibrate
a
CH
4
FID
with
a
nonmethane
cutter,
then
span
and
calibrate
the
FID
with
span
concentrations
of
methane,
CH
4.
Calibrate
on
a
carbon
number
basis
of
one
(
C
1).
For
example,
if
you
use
a
CH
4
span
gas
of
concentration
200
µ
mol/
mol,
span
a
FID
to
respond
with
a
value
of
200
µ
mol/
mol.
Note
that
FID
span
balance
gases
may
be
any
combination
of
purified
air
and
purified
nitrogen.
We
recommend
FID
analyzer
span
gases
that
contain
approximately
the
flow­
weighted
mean
concentration
of
O
2
expected
during
testing.

(
3)
Use
the
following
gas
mixtures,
with
gases
traceable
within
+
1.0
%
of
the
NIST
true
value
or
other
gas
standards
we
approve:

(
i)
CH
4,
balance
purified
synthetic
air
and/
or
N
2
(
as
applicable).

(
ii)
C
2
H
6,
balance
purified
synthetic
air
and/
or
N
2
(
as
applicable).

(
iii)
C
3
H
8,
balance
purified
synthetic
air
and/
or
N
2
(
as
applicable).

(
iv)
CO,
balance
purified
N
2.

(
v)
CO
2,
balance
purified
N
2.

(
vi)
NO,
balance
purified
N
2.

(
vii))
NO
2,
balance
purified
N
2.

(
viii)
O
2,
balance
purified
N
2.

(
ix)
C
3
H
8,
CO,
CO
2,
NO,
balance
purified
N
2.

(
x)
C
3
H
8,
CH
4,
CO,
CO
2,
NO,
balance
purified
N
2.

(
4)
You
may
use
gases
for
species
other
than
those
listed
in
paragraph
(
a)(
3)
of
this
section
(
such
as
methanol
in
air,
which
you
may
use
to
determine
response
factors),
as
long
as
they
are
traceable
to
within
+
1.0
%
of
the
NIST
true
value
or
other
similar
standards
we
approve,
and
meet
the
stability
requirements
of
paragraph
(
b)
of
this
section.

(
5)
You
may
generate
your
own
calibration
gases
using
a
precision
blending
device,
such
as
a
gas
divider,
to
dilute
gases
with
purified
N
2
or
purified
synthetic
air.
If
your
gas
dividers
meet
the
specifications
in
§
1065.248,
and
the
gases
being
blended
meet
the
requirements
of
paragraphs
(
a)(
1)
and
(
3)
of
this
section,
the
resulting
blends
are
considered
to
meet
the
requirements
of
this
paragraph
(
a).
350
(
b)
Record
the
concentration
of
any
calibration
gas
standard
and
its
expiration
date
specified
by
the
gas
supplier.

(
1)
Do
not
use
any
calibration
gas
standard
after
its
expiration
date,
except
as
allowed
by
paragraph
(
b)(
2)
of
this
section.

(
2)
Calibration
gases
may
be
relabeled
and
used
after
their
expiration
date
as
follows:

(
i)
Alcohol/
carbonyl
calibration
gases
used
to
determine
response
factors
according
to
subpart
I
of
this
part
may
be
relabeled
as
specified
in
subpart
I.

(
ii)
Other
gases
may
be
relabeled
and
used
after
the
expiration
date
only
if
we
approve
it
in
advance.

(
c)
Transfer
gases
from
their
source
to
analyzers
using
components
that
are
dedicated
to
controlling
and
transferring
only
those
gases.
For
example,
do
not
use
a
regulator,
valve,
or
transfer
line
for
zero
gas
if
those
components
were
previously
used
to
transfer
a
different
gas
mixture.
We
recommend
that
you
label
regulators,
valves,
and
transfer
lines
to
prevent
contamination.
Note
that
even
small
traces
of
a
gas
mixture
in
the
dead
volume
of
a
regulator,
valve,
or
transfer
line
can
diffuse
upstream
into
a
high­
pressure
volume
of
gas,
which
would
contaminate
the
entire
high­
pressure
gas
source,
such
as
a
compressed­
gas
cylinder.

(
d)
To
maintain
stability
and
purity
of
gas
standards,
use
good
engineering
judgment
and
follow
the
gas
standard
supplier's
recommendations
for
storing
and
handling
zero,
span,
and
calibration
gases.
For
example,
it
may
be
necessary
to
store
bottles
of
condensable
gases
in
a
heated
environment.

§
1065.790
Mass
standards.

(
a)
PM
balance
calibration
weights.
Use
PM
balance
calibration
weights
that
are
certified
as
NIST­
traceable
within
0.1
%
uncertainty.
Calibration
weights
may
be
certified
by
any
calibration
lab
that
maintains
NIST­
traceability.
Make
sure
your
lowest
calibration
weight
has
no
greater
than
ten
times
the
mass
of
an
unused
PM­
sample
medium.

(
b)
Dynamometer
calibration
weights.
[
Reserved]

Subpart
I
 
Testing
with
Oxygenated
Fuels
§
1065.801
Applicability.

(
a)
This
subpart
applies
for
testing
with
oxygenated
fuels.
Unless
the
standard­
setting
part
specifies
otherwise,
the
requirements
of
this
subpart
do
not
apply
for
fuels
that
contain
less
than
25
%
oxygenated
compounds
by
volume.
For
example,
you
generally
do
not
need
to
follow
the
requirements
of
this
subpart
for
tests
performed
using
a
fuel
containing
10
%
ethanol
and
90
%
gasoline,
but
you
must
follow
these
requirements
for
tests
performed
using
a
fuel
containing
85
%
ethanol
and
15
%
gasoline.

(
b)
Section
1065.805
applies
for
all
other
testing
that
requires
measurement
of
any
alcohols
or
carbonyls.
351
(
c)
This
subpart
specifies
sampling
procedures
and
calculations
that
are
different
than
those
used
for
non­
oxygenated
fuels.
All
other
test
procedures
of
this
part
1065
apply
for
testing
with
oxygenated
fuels.

§
1065.805
Sampling
system.

(
a)
Proportionally
dilute
engine
exhaust,
and
use
batch
sampling
collect
flow­
weighted
dilute
samples
of
the
applicable
alcohols
and
carbonyls
at
a
constant
flow
rate.
You
may
not
use
raw
sampling
for
alcohols
and
carbonyls.

(
b)
You
may
collect
background
samples
for
correcting
dilution
air
for
background
concentrations
of
alcohols
and
carbonyls.

(
c)
Maintain
sample
temperatures
within
the
dilution
tunnel,
probes,
and
sample
lines
less
than
121
°
C
but
high
enough
to
prevent
aqueous
condensation
up
to
the
point
where
a
sample
is
collected.
The
maximum
temperature
limit
is
intended
to
prevent
chemical
reaction
of
the
alcohols
and
carbonyls.
The
lower
temperature
limit
is
intended
to
prevent
loss
of
the
alcohols
and
carbonyls
by
dissolution
in
condensed
water.
Use
good
engineering
judgment
to
minimize
the
amount
of
time
that
the
undiluted
exhaust
is
outside
this
temperature
range
to
the
extent
practical.
We
recommend
that
you
minimize
the
length
of
exhaust
tubing
before
dilution.
Extended
lengths
of
exhaust
tubing
may
require
preheating,
insulation,
and
cooling
fans
to
limit
excursions
outside
this
temperature
range.

(
d)
You
may
bubble
a
sample
of
the
exhaust
through
water
to
collect
alcohols
for
later
analysis.
You
may
also
use
a
photo­
acoustic
analyzer
to
quantify
ethanol
and
methanol
in
an
exhaust
sample.

(
e)
Sample
the
exhaust
through
cartridges
impregnated
with
2,4­
dinitrophenylhydrazine
to
collect
carbonyls
for
later
analysis.
If
the
standard­
setting
part
specifies
a
duty
cycle
that
has
multiple
test
intervals
(
such
as
multiple
engine
starts
or
an
engine­
off
soak
phase),
you
may
proportionally
collect
a
single
carbonyl
sample
for
the
entire
duty
cycle.
For
example,
if
the
standard­
setting
part
specifies
a
six­
to­
one
weighting
of
hot­
start
to
cold­
start
emissions,
you
may
collect
a
single
carbonyl
sample
for
the
entire
duty
cycle
by
using
a
hot­
start
sample
flow
rate
that
is
six
times
the
cold­
start
sample
flow
rate.

(
f)
You
may
sample
alcohols
or
carbonyls
using
"
California
Non­
Methane
Organic
Gas
Test
Procedures"
(
incorporated
by
reference
in
§
1065.1010).
If
you
use
this
method,
follow
its
calculations
to
determine
the
mass
of
the
alcohol/
carbonyl
in
the
exhaust
sample,
but
follow
subpart
G
of
this
part
for
all
other
calculations.

(
g)
Use
good
engineering
judgment
to
sample
other
oxygenated
hydrocarbon
compounds
in
the
exhaust.

§
1065.845
Response
factor
determination.

Since
FID
analyzers
generally
have
an
incomplete
response
to
alcohols
and
carbonyls,
determine
each
FID
analyzer's
alcohol/
carbonyl
response
factor
(
such
as
RF
MeOH)
after
FID
optimization.
Formaldehyde
response
is
assumed
to
be
zero
and
does
not
need
to
be
determined.
Use
the
most
recent
alcohol/
carbonyl
response
factors
to
compensate
for
alcohol/
carbonyl
response.
352
(
a)
Determine
the
alcohol/
carbonyl
response
factors
as
follows:

(
1)
Select
a
C
3
H
8
span
gas
that
meets
the
specifications
of
§
1065.750.
Note
that
FID
zero
and
span
balance
gases
may
be
any
combination
of
purified
air
or
purified
nitrogen
that
meets
the
specifications
of
§
1065.750.
We
recommend
FID
analyzer
zero
and
span
gases
that
contain
approximately
the
flow­
weighted
mean
concentration
of
O
2
expected
during
testing.
Record
the
C
3
H
8
concentration
of
the
gas.

(
2)
Select
or
prepare
an
alcohol/
carbonyl
calibration
gas
that
meets
the
specifications
of
§
1065.750
and
has
a
concentration
typical
of
the
peak
concentration
expected
at
the
hydrocarbon
standard.
Record
the
calibration
concentration
of
the
gas.

(
3)
Start
and
operate
the
FID
analyzer
according
to
the
manufacturer's
instructions.

(
4)
Confirm
that
the
FID
analyzer
has
been
calibrated
using
C
3
H
8.
Calibrate
on
a
carbon
number
basis
of
one
(
C
1).
For
example,
if
you
use
a
C
3
H
8
span
gas
of
concentration
200
µ
mol/
mol,
span
the
FID
to
respond
with
a
value
of
600
µ
mol/
mol.

(
5)
Zero
the
FID.
Note
that
FID
zero
and
span
balance
gases
may
be
any
combination
of
purified
air
or
purified
nitrogen
that
meets
the
specifications
of
§
1065.750.
We
recommend
FID
analyzer
zero
and
span
gases
that
contain
approximately
the
flow­
weighted
mean
concentration
of
O
2
expected
during
testing.

(
6)
Span
the
FID
with
the
C
3
H
8
span
gas
that
you
selected
under
paragraph
(
d)(
1)
of
this
section.

(
7)
Introduce
at
the
inlet
of
the
FID
analyzer
the
alcohol/
carbonyl
calibration
gas
that
you
selected
under
paragraph
(
a)(
2)
of
this
section.

(
8)
Allow
time
for
the
analyzer
response
to
stabilize.
Stabilization
time
may
include
time
to
purge
the
analyzer
and
to
account
for
its
response.

(
9)
While
the
analyzer
measures
the
alcohol/
carbonyl
concentration,
record
30
seconds
of
sampled
data.
Calculate
the
arithmetic
mean
of
these
values.

(
10)
Divide
the
mean
measured
concentration
by
the
recorded
span
concentration
of
the
alcohol/
carbonyl
calibration
gas.
The
result
is
the
FID
analyzer's
response
factor
for
alcohol/
carbonyl,
RF
MeOH.

(
b)
Alcohol/
carbonyl
calibration
gases
must
remain
within
+
2
%
of
the
labeled
concentration.
You
must
demonstrate
the
stability
based
on
a
quarterly
measurement
procedure
with
a
precision
of
+
2%
percent
or
another
method
that
we
approve.
Your
measurement
procedure
may
incorporate
multiple
measurements.
If
the
true
concentration
of
the
gas
changes
deviates
by
more
than
+
2%,
but
less
than
+
10%,
the
gas
may
be
relabeled
with
the
new
concentration.

§
1065.850
Calculations.

Use
the
calculations
specified
in
§
1065.665
to
determine
THCE
or
NMHCE.

Subpart
J
 
Field
Testing
and
Portable
Emission
Measurement
Systems
353
§
1065.901
Applicability.

(
a)
Field
testing.
This
subpart
specifies
procedures
for
field­
testing
engines
to
determine
brakespecific
emissions
using
portable
emission
measurement
systems
(
PEMS).
These
procedures
are
designed
primarily
for
in­
field
measurements
of
engines
that
remain
installed
in
vehicles
or
equipment
the
field.
Field­
test
procedures
apply
to
your
engines
only
as
specified
in
the
standardsetting
part.

(
b)
Laboratory
testing.
You
may
optionally
use
PEMS
for
any
laboratory
testing,
as
long
as
the
standard­
setting
part
does
not
prohibit
it
for
certain
types
of
laboratory
testing,
subject
to
the
following
provisions:

(
1)
Follow
the
laboratory
test
procedures
specified
in
this
part
(
1065),
according
to
§
1065.905(
e).

(
2)
Do
not
apply
any
PEMS­
related
field­
testing
adjustments
or
"
measurement
allowances"
to
laboratory
emission
results
or
standards.

(
3)
Do
not
use
PEMS
for
laboratory
measurements
if
it
prevents
you
from
demonstrating
compliance
with
the
applicable
standards.
Some
of
the
PEMS
requirements
in
this
part
1065
are
less
stringent
than
the
corresponding
laboratory
requirements.
Depending
on
actual
PEMS
performance,
you
might
therefore
need
to
account
for
some
additional
measurement
uncertainty
when
using
PEMS
for
laboratory
testing.
If
we
ask,
you
must
show
us
by
engineering
analysis
that
any
additional
measurement
uncertainty
due
to
your
use
of
PEMS
for
laboratory
testing
is
offset
by
the
extent
to
which
your
engine's
emissions
are
below
the
applicable
standards.
For
example,
you
might
show
that
PEMS
versus
laboratory
uncertainty
represents
5
%
of
the
standard,
but
your
engine's
deteriorated
emissions
are
at
least
20
%
below
the
standard
for
each
pollutant.

§
1065.905
General
provisions.

(
a)
General.
Unless
the
standard­
setting
part
specifies
deviations
from
the
provisions
of
this
subpart,
field
testing
and
laboratory
testing
with
PEMS
must
conform
to
the
provisions
of
this
subpart.

(
b)
Field­
testing
scope.
Field
testing
conducted
under
this
subpart
may
include
any
normal
in­
use
operation
of
an
engine.

(
c)
Field
testing
and
the
standard­
setting
part.
This
subpart
J
specifies
procedures
for
field­
testing
various
categories
of
engines.
See
the
standard­
setting
part
for
specific
provisions
for
a
particular
type
of
engine.
Before
using
this
subpart's
procedures
for
field
testing,
read
the
standard­
setting
part
to
answer
at
least
the
following
questions:

(
1)
How
many
engines
must
I
test
in
the
field?

(
2)
How
many
times
must
I
repeat
a
field
test
on
an
individual
engine?

(
3)
How
do
I
select
vehicles
for
field
testing?

(
4)
What
maintenance
steps
may
I
take
before
or
between
tests?

(
5)
What
data
are
needed
for
a
single
field
test
on
an
individual
engine?
354
(
6)
What
are
the
limits
on
ambient
conditions
for
field
testing?
Note
that
the
ambient
condition
limits
in
§
1065.520
do
not
apply
for
field
testing.

(
7)
Which
exhaust
constituents
do
I
need
to
measure?

(
8)
How
do
I
account
for
crankcase
emissions?

(
9)
Which
engine
and
ambient
parameters
do
I
need
to
measure?

(
10)
How
do
I
process
the
data
recorded
during
field
testing
to
determine
if
my
engine
meets
field­
testing
standards?
How
do
I
determine
individual
test
intervals?
Note
that
"
test
interval"
is
defined
in
subpart
K
of
this
part
1065.

(
11)
Should
I
warm
up
the
test
engine
before
measuring
emissions,
or
do
I
need
to
measure
cold­
start
emissions
during
a
warm­
up
segment
of
in­
use
operation?

(
12)
Do
any
unique
specifications
apply
for
test
fuels?

(
13)
Do
any
special
conditions
invalidate
parts
of
a
field
test
or
all
of
a
field
test?

(
14)
Does
any
special
"
measurement
allowance"
apply
to
field­
test
emission
results
or
standards,
based
on
using
PEMS
for
field­
testing
versus
using
laboratory
equipment
and
instruments
for
laboratory
testing?

(
15)
Do
results
of
initial
field
testing
trigger
any
requirement
for
additional
field
testing
or
laboratory
testing?

(
16)
How
do
I
report
field­
testing
results?

(
d)
Field
testing
and
this
part
1065.
Use
the
following
specifications
for
field
testing:

(
1)
Use
the
applicability
and
general
provisions
of
subpart
A
of
this
part.

(
2)
Use
equipment
specifications
in
§
1065.101
and
in
the
sections
from
§
1065.140
to
the
end
of
subpart
B
of
this
part.
Section
1065.910
specifies
additional
equipment
specific
to
field
testing.

(
3)
Use
measurement
instruments
in
subpart
C
of
this
part,
except
as
specified
in
§
1065.915.

(
4)
Use
calibrations
and
verifications
in
subpart
D
of
this
part,
except
as
specified
in
§
1065.920.
Section
1065.920
also
specifies
additional
calibrations
and
verifications
for
field
testing.

(
5)
Use
the
provisions
of
the
standard­
setting
part
for
selecting
and
maintaining
engines
in
the
field
instead
of
the
specifications
in
subpart
E
of
this
part.

(
6)
Use
the
procedures
in
§
§
1065.930
and
1065.935
to
start
and
run
a
field
test.
If
you
use
a
gravimetric
balance
for
PM,
weigh
PM
samples
according
to
§
§
1065.590
and
1065.595.

(
7)
Use
the
calculations
in
subpart
G
of
this
part
to
calculate
emissions
over
each
test
interval.
Note
that
"
test
interval"
is
defined
in
subpart
K
of
this
part
1065,
and
that
the
standard
setting
part
indicates
how
to
determine
test
intervals
for
your
engine.
Section
1065.940
specifies
additional
calculations
for
field
testing.
Use
any
calculations
specified
in
the
standard­
setting
part
to
determine
if
your
engines
meet
the
field­
testing
standards.
The
standard­
setting
part
may
also
contain
additional
calculations
that
determine
when
further
field
testing
is
required.

(
8)
Use
a
typical
in­
use
fuel
meeting
the
specifications
according
to
§
1065.701(
d).
355
(
9)
Use
the
lubricant
and
coolant
specifications
in
§
1065.740
and
§
1065.745.

(
10)
Use
the
analytical
gases
and
other
calibration
standards
in
§
1065.750
and
§
1065.790.

(
11)
If
you
are
testing
with
oxygenated
fuels,
use
the
procedures
specified
for
testing
with
oxygenated
fuels
in
subpart
I
of
this
part.

(
12)
Apply
the
definitions
and
reference
materials
in
subpart
K
of
this
part.

(
e)
Laboratory
testing
using
PEMS.
Use
the
following
specifications
when
using
PEMS
for
laboratory
testing:

(
1)
Use
the
applicability
and
general
provisions
of
subpart
A
of
this
part.

(
2)
Use
equipment
specifications
in
subpart
B
of
this
part.
Section
1065.910
specifies
additional
equipment
specific
to
testing
with
PEMS.

(
3)
Use
measurement
instruments
in
subpart
C
of
this
part,
except
as
specified
in
§
1065.915.

(
4)
Use
calibrations
and
verifications
in
subpart
D
of
this
part,
except
as
specified
in
§
1065.920.
Section
1065.920
also
specifies
additional
calibration
and
verifications
for
PEMS.

(
5)
Use
the
provisions
of
§
1065.401
for
selecting
engines
for
testing.
Use
the
provisions
of
subpart
E
of
this
part
for
maintaining
engines,
except
as
specified
in
the
standard­
setting
part.

(
6)
Use
the
procedures
in
subpart
F
of
this
part
and
in
the
standard­
setting
part
to
start
and
run
a
laboratory
test.

(
7)
Use
the
calculations
in
subpart
G
of
this
part
to
calculate
emissions
over
the
applicable
duty
cycle.
Section
1065.940
specifies
additional
calculations
for
testing
with
PEMS.

(
8)
Use
a
fuel
meeting
the
specifications
of
subpart
H
of
this
part,
as
specified
in
the
standardsetting
part.

(
9)
Use
the
lubricant
and
coolant
specifications
in
§
1065.740
and
§
1065.745.

(
10)
Use
the
analytical
gases
and
other
calibration
standards
in
§
1065.750
and
§
1065.790.

(
11)
If
you
are
testing
with
oxygenated
fuels,
use
the
procedures
specified
for
testing
with
oxygenated
fuels
in
subpart
I
of
this
part.

(
12)
Apply
the
definitions
and
reference
materials
in
subpart
K
of
this
part.

(
f)
Summary.
The
following
table
summarizes
the
requirements
of
paragraphs
(
d)
and
(
e)
of
this
section:
356
Table
1
of
§
1065.905
 
Summary
of
testing
requirements
that
are
specified
outside
of
this
subpart
J
1
Subpart
Applicability
for
field
testing
Applicability
for
laboratory
testing
with
PEMS
A:
Applicability
and
general
provisions
Use
all.
Use
all.

B:
Equipment
for
testing
Use
§
1065.101
and
§
1065.140
through
the
end
of
subpart
B.
§
1065.910
specifies
equipment
specific
to
field
testing.
Use
all.
§
1065.910
specifies
equipment
specific
to
laboratory
testing
with
PEMS.

C:
Measurement
instruments
Use
all.

§
1065.915
allows
deviations.
Use
all.

§
1065.915
allows
deviations.

D:
Calibrations
and
verifications
Use
all.

§
1065.920
allows
deviations,
but
also
has
additional
specifications.
Use
all.

§
1065.920
allows
deviations,
but
also
has
additional
specifications.

E:
Test
engine
selection,
maintenance,
and
durability
Do
not
use.

Use
standard­
setting
part.
Use
all.

F:
Running
an
emission
test
in
the
laboratory
Use
§
§
1065.590
and
1065.595
for
PM
§
1065.930
and
§
1065.935
to
start
and
run
a
field
test.
Use
all.

G:
Calculations
and
data
requirements
Use
all.

Use
standard­
setting
part.

§
1065.940
has
additional
calculation
instructions
Use
all.

Use
standard­
setting
part.

§
1065.940
has
additional
calculation
instructions
H:
Fuels,
engine
fluids,
analytical
gases,
and
other
calibration
materials
Use
fuels
specified
in
§
1065.701(
d).

Use
lubricant
and
coolant
specifications
in
§
1065.740
and
§
1065.745.

Use
analytical
gas
specifications
and
other
calibration
standards
in
§
1065.750
and
§
1065.790.
Use
fuels
from
subpart
H
of
this
part
as
specified
in
the
standard­
setting
part.

Use
lubricant
and
coolant
specifications
in
subpart
H
of
this
part.

Use
analytical
gas
specifications
and
other
calibration
standards
in
§
1065.750
and
§
1065.790.

I:
Testing
with
oxygenated
fuels
Use
all.
Use
all.

K:
Definitions
and
reference
materials
Use
all.
Use
all.

1
Refer
to
paragraphs
(
d)
and
(
e)
of
this
section
for
complete
specifications.

§
1065.910
PEMS
auxiliary
equipment
for
field
testing.

For
field
testing
you
may
use
various
types
of
auxiliary
equipment
to
attach
PEMS
to
a
vehicle
or
engine
and
to
power
PEMS.

(
a)
When
you
use
PEMS,
you
will
likely
route
engine
exhaust
to
a
raw­
exhaust
flow
meter
and
sample
probes.
Route
the
engine
exhaust
as
follows:
357
(
1)
Flexible
connections.
Use
short
flexible
connectors
at
the
end
of
the
engine's
exhaust
pipe.

(
i)
You
may
use
flexible
connectors
to
enlarge
or
reduce
the
exhaust­
pipe
diameter
to
match
that
of
your
test
equipment.

(
ii)
Use
flexible
connectors
that
do
not
exceed
a
length
of
three
times
their
largest
inside
diameter.

(
iii)
Use
four­
ply
silicone­
fiberglass
fabric
with
a
temperature
rating
of
at
least
315

C
for
flexible
connectors.
You
may
use
connectors
with
a
spring­
steel
wire
helix
for
support
and
you
may
use
NomexTM
coverings
or
linings
for
durability.
You
may
also
use
any
other
material
with
equivalent
permeation­
resistance
and
durability,
as
long
as
it
seals
tightly
around
tailpipes
and
does
not
react
with
exhaust.

(
iv)
Use
stainless­
steel
hose
clamps
to
seal
flexible
connectors
to
the
outside
diameter
of
tailpipes,
or
use
clamps
that
seal
equivalently.

(
v)
You
may
use
additional
flexible
connectors
to
connect
to
flow
meters
and
sample
probe
locations.

(
2)
Raw
exhaust
tubing.
Use
rigid
300
series
stainless
steel
tubing
to
connect
between
flexible
connectors.
Tubing
may
be
straight
or
bent
to
accommodate
vehicle
geometry.
You
may
use
"
T"
or
"
Y"
fittings
made
of
300
series
stainless
steel
tubing
to
join
exhaust
from
multiple
tailpipes,
or
you
may
cap
or
plug
redundant
tailpipes
if
the
engine
manufacturer
recommends
it.

(
3)
Exhaust
back
pressure.
Use
connectors
and
tubing
that
do
not
increase
back
pressure
so
much
that
it
exceeds
the
manufacturer's
maximum
specified
exhaust
restriction.
You
may
verify
this
at
the
maximum
exhaust
flow
rate
by
measuring
back
pressure
at
the
manufacturerspecified
location
with
your
system
connected.
You
may
also
perform
an
engineering
analysis
to
verify
proper
back
pressure,
taking
into
account
the
maximum
exhaust
flow
rate
expected,
the
field
test
system's
flexible
connectors,
and
the
tubing's
characteristics
for
pressure
drops
versus
flow.

(
b)
For
vehicles
or
other
motive
equipment,
we
recommend
installing
PEMS
in
the
same
location
where
passenger
might
sit.
Follow
PEMS
manufacturer
instructions
for
installing
PEMS
in
vehicle
cargo
spaces,
vehicle
trailers,
or
externally
such
that
PEMS
is
directly
exposed
to
the
outside
environment.
Locate
PEMS
where
it
will
be
subject
to
minimal
sources
of
the
following
parameters:

(
1)
Ambient
temperature
changes.

(
2)
Ambient
pressure
changes.

(
3)
Electromagnetic
radiation.

(
4)
Mechanical
shock
and
vibration.

(
5)
Ambient
hydrocarbons
 
if
using
a
FID
analyzer
that
uses
ambient
air
as
FID
burner
air.

(
d)
Mounting
hardware.
Use
mounting
hardware
as
required
for
securing
flexible
connectors,
exhaust
tubing,
ambient
sensors,
and
other
equipment.
Use
structurally
sound
mounting
points
such
as
vehicle
frames,
trailer
hitch
receivers,
and
payload
tie­
down
fittings.
We
recommend
358
mounting
hardware
such
as
clamps,
suction
cups,
and
magnets
that
are
specifically
designed
for
vehicle
applications.
We
also
recommend
considering
mounting
hardware
such
as
commercially
available
bicycle
racks,
trailer
hitches,
and
luggage
racks.

(
e)
Electrical
power.
Field
testing
may
require
portable
electrical
power
to
run
your
test
equipment.
Power
your
equipment,
as
follows:

(
1)
You
may
use
electrical
power
from
the
vehicle,
up
to
the
highest
power
level,
such
that
all
the
following
are
true:

(
i)
The
vehicle
power
system
is
capable
of
safely
supplying
your
power,
such
that
your
demand
does
not
overload
the
vehicle's
power
system.

(
ii)
The
engine
emissions
do
not
change
significantly
when
you
use
vehicle
power.

(
iii)
The
power
you
demand
does
not
increase
output
from
the
engine
by
more
than
1
%
of
its
maximum
power.

(
2)
You
may
install
your
own
portable
power
supply.
For
example,
you
may
use
batteries,
fuel
cells,
a
portable
generator,
or
any
other
power
supply
to
supplement
or
replace
your
use
of
vehicle
power.
However,
you
must
not
supply
power
to
the
vehicle's
power
system
under
any
circumstances.

§
1065.915
PEMS
instruments.

(
a)
Instrument
specifications.
We
recommend
that
you
use
PEMS
that
meet
the
specifications
of
subpart
C
of
this
part.
For
field
testing
of
for
laboratory
testing
with
PEMS,
the
specifications
in
the
following
table
apply
instead
of
the
specifications
in
Table
1
of
§
1065.205.
359
Table
1
of
§
1065.915
 
Recommended
minimum
PEMS
measurement
instrument
performance
Measurement
Measured
quantity
symbol
Rise
time
and
Fall
time
Recording
update
frequency
Accuracy
1
Repeatability1
Noise1
Engine
speed
transducer
f
n
1
s
1
Hz
means
5.0
%
of
pt.
or
1.0
%
of
max.
2.0
%
of
pt.
or
1.0
%
of
max.
0.5
%
of
max
Engine
torque
estimator,
BSFC
(
This
is
a
signal
from
an
engine's
ECM)
T
or
BSFC
1
s
1
Hz
means
8.0
%
of
pt.
or
5
%
of
max.
2.0
%
of
pt.
or
1.0
%
of
max.
1.0
%
of
max.

General
pressure
transducer
(
not
a
part
of
another
instrument)
p
5
s
1
Hz
5.0
%
of
pt.
or
5.0
%
of
max.
2.0
%
of
pt.
or
0.5
%
of
max.
1.0
%
of
max
Atmospheric
pressure
meter
p
atmos
50
s
0.1
Hz
250
Pa
200
Pa
100
Pa
General
temperature
sensor
(
not
a
part
of
another
instrument)
T
5
s
1
Hz
1.0
%
of
pt.
K
or
5
K
0.5
%
of
pt.
K
or
2
K
0.5
%
of
max
0.5
K
General
dewpoint
sensor
T
dew
50
s
0.1
Hz
3
K
1
K
1
K
Exhaust
flow
meter
n

1
s
1
Hz
means
5.0
%
of
pt.
or
3.0
%
of
max.
2.0
%
of
pt.
2.0
%
of
max.

Dilution
air,
inlet
air,
exhaust,
and
sample
flow
meters
n

1
s
1
Hz
means
2.5
%
of
pt.
or
1.5
%
of
max.
1.25
%
of
pt.
or
0.75
%
of
max.
1.0
%
of
max.

Continuous
gas
analyzer
x
5
s
1
Hz
4.0
%
of
pt.
or
4.0
%
of
meas.
2.0
%
of
pt.
or
2.0
%
of
meas.
1.0
%
of
max.

Gravimetric
PM
balance
m
PM
N/
A
N/
A
See
§
1065.790
0.5
µ
g
N/
A
Inertial
PM
balance
m
PM
5
s
1
Hz
4.0
%
of
pt.
or
4.0
%
of
meas.
2.0
%
of
pt.
or
2.0
%
of
meas.
1.0
%
of
max
a
Accuracy,
repeatability,
and
noise
are
all
determined
with
the
same
collected
data,
as
described
in
§
1065.305,
and
based
on
absolute
values.
"
pt."
refers
to
the
overall
flow­
weighted
mean
value
expected
at
the
standard;
"
max."
refers
to
the
peak
value
expected
at
the
standard
over
any
test
interval,
not
the
maximum
of
the
instrument's
range;
"
meas"
refers
to
the
actual
flowweighted
mean
measured
over
any
test
interval.
360
(
b)
Redundant
measurements.
For
all
PEMS
described
in
this
subpart,
you
may
use
data
from
multiple
instruments
to
calculate
test
results
for
a
single
test.
If
you
use
redundant
systems,
use
good
engineering
judgment
to
use
multiple
measured
values
in
calculations
or
to
disregard
individual
measurements.
Note
that
you
must
keep
your
results
from
all
measurements,
as
described
in
§
1065.25.
This
requirement
applies
whether
or
not
you
actually
use
the
measurements
in
your
calculations.

(
c)
Field­
testing
ambient
effects
on
PEMS.
PEMS
must
be
only
minimally
affected
by
ambient
conditions
such
as
temperature,
pressure,
humidity,
physical
orientation,
mechanical
shock
and
vibration,
electromagnetic
radiation,
and
ambient
hydrocarbons.
Follow
the
PEMS
manufacturer's
instructions
for
proper
installation
to
isolate
PEMS
from
ambient
conditions
that
affect
their
performance.
If
a
PEMS
is
inherently
affected
by
ambient
conditions
that
you
cannot
control,
you
must
monitor
those
conditions
and
adjust
the
PEMS
signals
to
compensate
for
the
ambient
effect.
The
standard­
setting
part
may
also
specify
the
use
of
one
or
more
field­
testing
adjustments
or
"
measurement
allowances"
that
you
apply
to
results
or
standards
to
account
for
ambient
effects
on
PEMS.

(
d)
ECM
signals.
You
may
use
signals
from
the
engine's
electronic
control
module
(
ECM)
in
place
of
values
measured
by
individual
instruments
within
a
PEMS,
subject
to
the
following
provisions:

(
1)
Recording
ECM
signals.
If
your
ECM
updates
a
broadcast
signal
more
frequently
than
1
Hz,
take
one
of
the
following
steps:

(
i)
Use
PEMS
to
sample
and
record
the
signal's
value
more
frequently
 
up
to
5
Hz
maximum.
Calculate
and
record
the
1
Hz
mean
of
the
more
frequently
updated
data.

(
ii)
Use
PEMS
to
electronically
filter
the
ECM
signals
to
meet
the
rise
time
and
fall
time
specifications
in
Table
1
of
this
section.
Record
the
filtered
signal
at
1
Hz.

(
2)
Omitting
ECM
signals.
Replace
any
discontinuous
or
irrational
ECM
data
with
linearly
interpolated
values
from
adjacent
data.

(
3)
Aligning
ECM
signals
with
other
data.
You
must
perform
time­
alignment
and
dispersion
of
ECM
signals,
according
to
PEMS
manufacturer
instructions
and
using
good
engineering
judgment.

(
4)
ECM
signals
for
determining
test
intervals.
You
may
use
any
combination
of
ECM
signals,
with
or
without
other
measurements,
to
determine
the
start­
time
and
end­
time
of
a
test
interval.

(
5)
ECM
signals
for
determining
brake­
specific
emissions.
You
may
use
any
combination
of
ECM
signals,
with
or
without
other
measurements,
to
estimate
engine
speed,
torque,
and
brake­
specific
fuel
consumption
(
BSFC,
in
units
of
mass
of
fuel
per
kW­
hr)
for
use
in
brakespecific
emission
calculations.
We
recommend
that
the
overall
performance
of
any
speed,
torque,
or
BSFC
estimator
should
meet
the
performance
specifications
in
Table
1
of
this
section.
We
recommend
using
one
of
the
following
methods:

(
1)
Speed.
Use
the
engine
speed
signal
directly
from
the
ECM.
This
signal
is
generally
accurate
and
precise.
You
may
develop
your
own
speed
algorithm
based
on
other
ECM
signals.
361
(
2)
Torque.
Use
one
of
the
following:

(
i)
ECM
torque.
Use
the
engine­
torque
signal
directly
from
the
ECM,
if
broadcast.
Determine
if
this
signal
is
proportional
to
indicated
torque
or
brake
torque.
If
it
is
proportional
to
indicated
torque,
subtract
friction
torque
from
indicated
torque
and
record
the
result
as
brake
torque.
Friction
torque
may
be
a
separate
signal
broadcast
from
the
ECM
or
you
may
have
to
determine
it
from
laboratory
data
as
a
function
of
engine
speed.

(
ii)
ECM
%­
load.
Use
the
%­
load
signal
directly
from
the
ECM,
if
broadcast.
Determine
if
this
signal
is
proportional
to
indicated
torque
or
brake
torque.
If
it
is
proportional
to
indicated
torque,
subtract
the
minimum
%­
load
value
from
the
%­
load
signal.
Multiply
this
result
by
the
maximum
brake
torque
at
the
corresponding
engine
speed.
Maximum
brake
torque
versus
speed
information
is
commonly
published
by
the
engine
manufacturer.

(
iii)
Your
algorithms.
You
may
develop
and
use
your
own
combination
of
ECM
signals
to
determine
torque.

(
3)
BSFC.
Use
one
of
the
following:

(
i)
Use
ECM
engine
speed
and
ECM
fuel
flow
signals
to
interpolate
brake­
specific
fuel
consumption
data,
which
might
be
available
from
an
engine
laboratory
as
a
function
of
ECM
engine
speed
and
ECM
fuel
signals.

(
ii)
Use
a
single
BSFC
value
that
approximates
the
BSFC
value
over
a
test
interval
(
as
defined
in
subpart
K
of
this
part).
This
value
may
be
a
nominal
BSFC
value
for
all
engine
operation
determined
over
one
or
more
laboratory
duty
cycles,
or
it
may
be
any
other
BSFC
that
we
approve.
If
you
use
a
nominal
BSFC,
we
recommend
that
you
select
a
value
based
on
the
BSFC
measured
over
laboratory
duty
cycles
that
best
represent
the
range
of
engine
operation
that
defines
a
test
interval
for
field­
testing.

(
iii)
Your
algorithms.
You
may
develop
and
use
your
own
combination
of
ECM
signals
to
determine
BSFC.

(
7)
Other
ECM
signals
for
determining
brake­
specific
emissions.
You
may
ask
to
use
other
ECM
signals
for
determining
brake­
specific
emissions,
such
as
ECM
fuel
flow
or
ECM
air
flow.
We
must
approve
the
use
of
such
signals
in
advance.

(
6)
Permissible
deviations.
ECM
signals
may
deviate
from
the
specifications
of
this
part
1065,
but
the
expected
deviation
must
not
prevent
you
from
demonstrating
that
you
meet
the
applicable
standards.
For
example,
your
emission
results
may
be
sufficiently
below
an
applicable
standard,
such
that
the
deviation
would
not
significantly
change
the
result.
As
another
example,
a
very
low
engine­
coolant
temperature
may
define
a
logical
statement
that
determines
when
a
test
interval
may
start.
In
this
case,
even
if
the
ECM's
sensor
for
detecting
coolant
temperature
was
not
very
accurate
or
repeatable,
its
output
would
never
deviate
so
far
as
to
significantly
affect
when
a
test
interval
may
start.
362
§
1065.920
PEMS
Calibrations
and
verifications.

(
a)
Subsystem
calibrations
and
verifications.
Use
all
the
applicable
calibrations
and
verifications
in
subpart
D
of
this
part,
including
the
linearity
verifications
in
§
1065.307,
to
calibrate
and
verify
PEMS.
Note
that
a
PEMS
does
not
have
to
meet
the
system­
response
specifications
of
§
1065.308
if
it
meets
the
overall
verification
described
in
paragraph
(
b)
of
this
section.

(
b)
Overall
verification.
We
require
only
that
you
maintain
a
record
showing
that
the
particular
make,
model,
and
configuration
of
your
PEMS
meets
this
verification.
We
recommend
that
you
generate
your
own
record
to
show
that
your
specific
PEMS
meets
this
verification,
but
you
may
also
rely
on
data
and
other
information
from
the
PEMS
manufacturer.
If
you
upgrade
or
change
the
configuration
of
your
PEMS,
your
record
must
show
that
your
new
configuration
meets
this
verification.
The
verification
consists
of
operating
an
engine
over
a
duty
cycle
in
the
laboratory
and
statistically
comparing
data
generated
and
recorded
by
the
PEMS
with
data
simultaneously
generated
and
recorded
by
laboratory
equipment
as
follows:

(
1)
Mount
an
engine
on
a
dynamometer
for
laboratory
testing.
Prepare
the
laboratory
and
PEMS
for
emission
testing,
as
described
in
this
part,
to
get
simultaneous
measurements.
We
recommend
selecting
an
engine
with
emission
levels
close
to
the
applicable
duty­
cycle
standards,
if
possible.

(
2)
Select
or
create
a
duty
cycle
that
has
all
the
following
characteristics:

(
i)
Engine
operation
that
represents
normal
in­
use
speeds,
loads,
and
degree
of
transient
activity.
Consider
using
data
from
previous
field
tests
to
generate
a
cycle.

(
ii)
A
duration
of
(
20
to
40)
min.

(
iii)
At
least
50
%
of
engine
operating
time
must
include
at
least
10
valid
test
intervals
for
calculating
emission
levels
for
field
testing.
For
example,
for
highway
compressionignition
engines,
select
a
duty
cycle
in
which
at
least
50
%
of
the
engine
operating
time
can
be
used
to
calculate
valid
NTE
events.

(
3)
Starting
with
a
warmed­
up
engine,
run
a
valid
emission
test
with
the
duty
cycle
from
paragraph
(
b)(
2)
of
this
section.
The
laboratory
and
PEMS
must
both
meet
applicable
validation
requirements,
such
as
drift
validation,
hydrocarbon
contamination
validation,
and
proportional
validation.

(
4)
Determine
the
brake­
specific
emissions
for
each
test
interval
for
both
laboratory
and
the
PEMS
measurements,
as
follows:

(
i)
For
both
laboratory
and
PEMS
measurements,
use
identical
values
to
determine
the
beginning
and
end
of
each
test
interval.

(
ii)
For
both
laboratory
and
PEMS
measurements,
use
identical
values
to
determine
total
work
over
each
test
interval.

(
iii)
Apply
any
"
measurement
allowance"
to
the
PEMS
data.
If
the
measurement
allowance
is
normally
added
to
the
standard,
subtract
the
measurement
allowance
from
the
PEMS
brake­
specific
emission
result.

(
iv)
Round
results
to
the
same
number
of
significant
digits
as
the
standard.
363
(
5)
Repeat
the
engine
duty
cycle
and
calculations
until
you
have
at
least
100
valid
test
intervals.

(
6)
For
each
test
interval
and
emission,
subtract
the
lab
result
from
the
PEMS
result.

(
7)
If
for
each
constituent,
the
PEMS
passes
this
verification
if
any
one
of
the
following
are
true:

(
i)
91
%
or
more
of
the
differences
are
zero
or
less
than
zero.

(
ii)
The
entire
set
of
test­
interval
results
passes
the
95
%
confidence
alternate­
procedure
statistics
for
field
testing
(
t­
test
and
F­
test)
specified
in
subpart
A
of
this
part.

§
1065.925
PEMS
preparation
for
field
testing.

Take
the
following
steps
to
prepare
PEMS
for
field
testing:

(
a)
Verify
that
ambient
conditions
at
the
start
of
the
test
are
within
the
limits
specified
in
the
standard­
setting
part.
Continue
to
monitor
these
values
to
determine
if
ambient
conditions
exceed
the
limits
during
the
test.

(
b)
Install
a
PEMS
and
any
accessories
needed
to
conduct
a
field
test.

(
c)
Power
the
PEMS
and
allow
pressures,
temperatures,
and
flows
to
stabilize
to
their
operating
set
points.

(
d)
Bypass
or
purge
any
gaseous
sampling
PEMS
instruments
with
ambient
air
until
sampling
begins
to
prevent
system
contamination
from
excessive
cold­
start
emissions.

(
e)
Conduct
calibrations
and
verifications.

(
f)
Operate
any
PEMS
dilution
systems
at
their
expected
flow
rates
using
a
bypass.

(
g)
If
you
use
a
gravimetric
balance
to
determine
whether
an
engine
meets
an
applicable
PM
standard,
follow
the
procedures
for
PM
sample
preconditioning
and
tare
weighing
as
described
in
§
1065.590.
Operate
the
PM­
sampling
system
at
its
expected
flow
rates
using
a
bypass.

(
h)
Verify
the
amount
of
contamination
in
the
PEMS
HC
sampling
system
as
follows:

(
1)
Select
the
HC
analyzers'
ranges
for
measuring
the
maximum
concentration
expected
at
the
HC
standard.

(
2)
Zero
the
HC
analyzers
using
a
zero
gas
introduced
at
the
analyzer
port.
When
zeroing
the
FIDs,
use
the
FIDs'
burner
air
that
would
be
used
for
in­
use
measurements
(
generally
either
ambient
air
or
a
portable
source
of
burner
air).

(
3)
Span
the
HC
analyzers
using
span
gas
introduced
at
the
analyzer
port.
When
spanning
the
FIDs,
use
the
FIDs'
burner
air
that
would
be
used
in­
use
(
for
example,
use
ambient
air
or
a
portable
source
of
burner
air).

(
4)
Overflow
zero
air
at
the
HC
probe
or
into
a
fitting
between
the
HC
probe
and
the
transfer
line.

(
5)
Measure
the
HC
concentration
in
the
sampling
system:

(
i)
For
continuous
sampling,
record
the
mean
HC
concentration
as
overflow
zero
air
flows.
364
(
ii)
For
batch
sampling,
fill
the
sample
medium
and
record
its
mean
concentration.

(
6)
Record
this
value
as
the
initial
HC
concentration,
x
HCinit,
and
use
it
to
correct
measured
values
as
described
in
§
1065.660.

(
7)
If
the
initial
HC
concentration
exceeds
the
greater
of
the
following
values,
determine
the
source
of
the
contamination
and
take
corrective
action,
such
as
purging
the
system
or
replacing
contaminated
portions:

(
i)
2
%
of
the
flow­
weighted
mean
concentration
expected
at
the
standard
or
measured
during
testing.

(
ii)
2
µ
mol/
mol.

(
8)
If
corrective
action
does
not
resolve
the
deficiency,
you
use
a
contaminated
HC
system
if
it
does
not
prevent
you
from
demonstrating
compliance
with
the
applicable
emission
standards.

§
1065.930
Engine
starting,
restarting,
and
shutdown.

Unless
the
standard­
setting
part
specifies
otherwise,
start,
restart,
and
shut
down
the
test
engine
for
field
testing
as
follows:

(
a)
Start
or
restart
the
engine
as
described
in
the
owners
manual.

(
b)
If
the
engine
does
not
start
after
15
seconds
of
cranking,
stop
cranking
and
determine
the
reason
it
failed
to
start.
However,
you
may
crank
the
engine
longer
than
15
seconds,
as
long
as
the
owners
manual
or
the
service­
repair
manual
describes
the
longer
cranking
time
as
normal.

(
c)
Respond
to
engine
stalling
with
the
following
steps:

(
1)
If
the
engine
stalls
during
a
required
warm­
up
before
emission
sampling
begins,
restart
the
engine
and
continue
warm­
up.

(
2)
If
the
engine
stalls
at
any
other
time
after
emission
sampling
begins,
restart
the
engine
and
continue
testing.

(
d)
Shut
down
and
restart
the
engine
according
to
the
manufacturer's
specifications,
as
needed
during
normal
operation
in­
use,
but
continue
emission
sampling
until
the
field
test
is
complete.

§
1065.935
Emission
test
sequence
for
field
testing.

(
a)
Time
the
start
of
field
testing
as
follows:

(
1)
If
the
standard­
setting
part
requires
only
hot­
stabilized
emission
measurements,
operate
the
engine
in­
use
until
the
engine
coolant,
block,
or
head
absolute
temperature
is
within
+
10
%
of
its
mean
value
for
the
previous
2
min
or
until
an
engine
thermostat
controls
engine
temperature
with
coolant
or
air
flow.

(
2)
If
the
standard­
setting
part
requires
hot­
start
emission
measurements,
shut
down
the
engine
after
at
least
2
min
at
the
temperature
tolerance
specified
in
paragraph
(
a)(
1)
of
this
section.
Start
the
field
test
within
20
min
of
engine
shutdown.
365
(
3)
If
the
standard­
setting
part
requires
cold­
start
emission
measurements,
proceed
to
the
steps
specified
in
paragraph
(
b)
of
this
section.

(
b)
Take
the
following
steps
before
emission
sampling
begins:

(
1)
For
batch
sampling,
connect
clean
storage
media,
such
as
evacuated
bags
or
tare­
weighed
PM
sample
media.

(
2)
Operate
the
PEMS
according
to
the
instrument
manufacturer's
instructions
and
using
good
engineering
judgment.

(
3)
Operate
PEMS
heaters,
dilution
systems,
sample
pumps,
cooling
fans,
and
the
datacollection
system.

(
4)
Pre­
heat
or
pre­
cool
PEMS
heat
exchangers
in
the
sampling
system
to
within
their
tolerances
for
operating
temperatures.

(
5)
Allow
all
other
PEMS
components
such
as
sample
lines,
filters,
and
pumps
to
stabilize
at
operating
temperature.

(
6)
Verify
that
no
significant
vacuum­
side
leak
exists
in
the
PEMS,
as
described
in
§
1065.345.

(
7)
Adjust
PEMS
flow
rates
to
desired
levels,
using
bypass
flow
if
applicable.

(
9)
Zero
and
span
all
PEMS
gas
analyzers
using
NIST­
traceable
gases
that
meet
the
specifications
of
§
1065.750.

(
c)
Start
testing
as
follows:

(
1)
Before
the
start
of
the
first
test
interval,
zero
or
re­
zero
any
PEMS
electronic
integrating
devices,
as
needed.

(
2)
If
the
engine
is
already
running
and
warmed
up
and
starting
is
not
part
of
field
testing,
start
the
field
test
by
simultaneously
starting
to
sample
exhaust,
record
engine
and
ambient
data,
and
integrate
measured
values
using
a
PEMS.

(
3)
If
engine
starting
is
part
of
field
testing,
start
field
testing
by
simultaneously
starting
to
sample
from
the
exhaust
system,
record
engine
and
ambient
data,
and
integrate
measured
values
using
a
PEMS.
Then
start
the
engine.

(
d)
Continue
the
test
as
follows:

(
1)
Continue
to
sample
exhaust,
record
data
and
integrate
measured
values
throughout
normal
in­
use
operation
of
the
engine.

(
2)
Between
each
test
interval,
zero
or
re­
zero
any
electronic
integrating
devices,
and
reset
batch
storage
media,
as
needed.

(
3)
The
engine
may
be
stopped
and
started,
but
continue
to
sample
emissions
throughout
the
entire
field
test.

(
4)
Conduct
periodic
verifications
such
as
zero
and
span
verifications
on
PEMS
gas
analyzers,
as
recommended
by
the
PEMS
manufacturer
or
as
indicated
by
good
engineering
judgment.
Results
from
these
verifications
will
be
used
to
calculate
and
correct
for
drift
according
to
paragraph
(
g)
of
this
section.
Do
not
include
data
recorded
during
verifications
in
emission
calculations.
366
(
5)
You
may
periodically
condition
and
analyze
batch
samples
in­
situ,
including
PM
samples;
for
example
you
may
condition
an
inertial
PM
balance
substrate
if
you
use
an
inertial
balance
to
measure
PM.

(
6)
You
may
have
personnel
monitoring
and
adjusting
the
PEMS
during
a
test,
or
you
may
operate
the
PEMS
unattended.

(
e)
Stop
testing
as
follows:

(
1)
Continue
sampling
as
needed
to
get
an
appropriate
amount
of
emission
measurement,
according
to
the
standard
setting
part.
If
the
standard­
setting
part
does
not
describe
when
to
stop
sampling,
develop
a
written
protocol
before
you
start
testing
to
establish
how
you
will
stop
sampling.
You
may
not
determine
when
to
stop
testing
based
on
measured
values.

(
2)
At
the
end
of
the
field
test,
allow
the
sampling
systems'
response
times
to
elapse
and
then
stop
sampling.
Stop
any
integrators
and
indicate
the
end
of
the
test
cycle
on
the
datacollection
medium.

(
3)
You
may
shut
down
the
engine
before
or
after
you
stop
sampling.

(
f)
For
any
proportional
batch
sample,
such
as
a
bag
sample
or
PM
sample,
verify
for
each
test
interval
whether
or
not
proportional
sampling
was
maintained
according
to
§
1065.545.
Void
the
sample
for
any
test
interval
that
did
not
maintain
proportional
sampling
according
to
§
1065.545.

(
g)
Take
the
following
steps
after
emission
sampling
is
complete:

(
1)
As
soon
as
practical
after
the
emission
sampling,
analyze
any
gaseous
batch
samples.

(
2)
If
you
used
dilution
air,
either
analyze
background
samples
or
assume
that
background
emissions
were
zero.
Refer
to
§
1065.140
for
dilution­
air
specifications.

(
3)
After
quantifying
all
exhaust
gases,
record
mean
analyzer
values
after
stabilizing
a
zero
gas
to
each
analyzer,
then
record
mean
analyzer
values
after
stabilizing
the
span
gas
to
the
analyzer.
Stabilization
may
include
time
to
purge
an
analyzer
of
any
sample
gas,
plus
any
additional
time
to
account
for
analyzer
response.
Use
these
recorded
values
to
correct
for
drift
as
described
in
§
1065.550.

(
4)
Invalidate
any
test
intervals
that
do
not
meet
the
range
criteria
in
§
1065.550.
Note
that
it
is
acceptable
that
analyzers
exceed
100
%
of
their
ranges
when
measuring
emissions
between
test
intervals,
but
not
during
test
intervals.
You
do
not
have
to
retest
an
engine
in
the
field
if
the
range
criteria
are
not
met.

(
5)
Invalidate
any
test
intervals
that
do
not
meet
the
drift
criterion
in
§
1065.550.
For
test
intervals
that
do
meet
the
drift
criterion,
correct
those
test
intervals
for
drift
according
to
§
1065.672
and
use
the
drift
corrected
results
in
emissions
calculations.

(
6)
Unless
you
weighed
PM
in­
situ,
such
as
by
using
an
inertial
PM
balance,
place
any
used
PM
samples
into
covered
or
sealed
containers
and
return
them
to
the
PM­
stabilization
environment
and
weigh
them
as
described
in
§
1065.595.
367
§
1065.940
Emission
calculations.

Perform
emission
calculations
as
described
in
§
1065.650
to
calculate
brake­
specific
emissions
for
each
test
interval
using
any
applicable
information
and
instructions
in
the
standard­
setting
part.

Subpart
K
 
Definitions
and
Other
Reference
Information
§
1065.1001
Definitions.

The
definitions
in
this
section
apply
to
this
part.
The
definitions
apply
to
all
subparts
unless
we
note
otherwise.
All
undefined
terms
have
the
meaning
the
Act
gives
them.
The
definitions
follow:

300
series
stainless
steel
means
any
stainless
steel
alloy
with
a
Unified
Numbering
System
for
Metals
and
Alloys
number
designated
from
S30100
to
S39000.
For
all
instances
in
this
part
where
we
specify
300
series
stainless
steel,
such
parts
must
also
have
a
smooth
inner­
wall
construction.
We
recommend
an
average
roughness,
R
a,
no
greater
than
4
µ
m.

Accuracy
means
the
absolute
difference
between
a
reference
quantity
and
the
arithmetic
mean
of
ten
mean
measurements
of
that
quantity.
Determine
instrument
accuracy,
repeatability,
and
noise
from
the
same
data
set.
We
specify
a
procedure
for
determining
accuracy
in
§
1065.305.

Act
means
the
Clean
Air
Act,
as
amended,
42
U.
S.
C.
7401
­
7671q.

Adjustable
parameter
means
any
device,
system,
or
element
of
design
that
someone
can
adjust
(
including
those
which
are
difficult
to
access)
and
that,
if
adjusted,
may
affect
emissions
or
engine
performance
during
emission
testing
or
normal
in­
use
operation.
This
includes,
but
is
not
limited
to,
parameters
related
to
injection
timing
and
fueling
rate.
In
some
cases,
this
may
exclude
a
parameter
that
is
difficult
to
access
if
it
cannot
be
adjusted
to
affect
emissions
without
significantly
degrading
engine
performance,
or
if
it
will
not
be
adjusted
in
a
way
that
affects
emissions
during
in­
use
operation.

Aerodynamic
diameter
means
the
diameter
of
a
spherical
water
droplet
that
settles
at
the
same
constant
velocity
as
the
particle
being
sampled.

Aftertreatment
means
relating
to
a
catalytic
converter,
particulate
filter,
or
any
other
system,
component,
or
technology
mounted
downstream
of
the
exhaust
valve
(
or
exhaust
port)
whose
design
function
is
to
decrease
emissions
in
the
engine
exhaust
before
it
is
exhausted
to
the
environment.
Exhaust­
gas
recirculation
(
EGR)
and
turbochargers
are
not
aftertreatment.

Allowed
procedures
means
procedures
that
we
either
specify
in
this
part
1065
or
in
the
standard­
setting
part
or
approve
under
§
1065.10.

Alternate
procedures
means
procedures
allowed
under
§
1065.10(
c)(
7).

Applicable
standard
means
an
emission
standard
to
which
an
engine
is
subject;
or
a
family
emission
limit
to
which
an
engine
is
certified
under
an
emission
credit
program
in
the
standardsetting
part.
368
Aqueous
condensation
means
the
precipitation
of
water­
containing
constituents
from
a
gas
phase
to
a
liquid
phase.
Aqueous
condensation
is
a
function
of
humidity,
pressure,
temperature,
and
concentrations
of
other
constituents
such
as
sulfuric
acid.
These
parameters
vary
as
a
function
of
engine
intake­
air
humidity,
dilution­
air
humidity,
engine
air­
to­
fuel
ratio,
and
fuel
composition
 
including
the
amount
of
hydrogen
and
sulfur
in
the
fuel.

Atmospheric
pressure
means
the
wet,
absolute,
atmospheric
static
pressure.
Note
that
if
you
measure
atmospheric
pressure
in
a
duct,
you
must
ensure
that
there
are
negligible
pressure
losses
between
the
atmosphere
and
your
measurement
location,
and
you
must
account
for
changes
in
the
duct's
static
pressure
resulting
from
the
flow.

Auto­
ranging
means
a
gas
analyzer
function
that
automatically
changes
the
analyzer
digital
resolution
to
a
larger
range
of
concentrations
as
the
concentration
approaches
100
%
of
the
analyzer's
current
range.
Auto­
ranging
does
not
mean
changing
an
analog
amplifier
gain
within
an
analyzer.

Auxiliary
emission­
control
device
means
any
element
of
design
that
senses
temperature,
motive
speed,
engine
RPM,
transmission
gear,
or
any
other
parameter
for
the
purpose
of
activating,
modulating,
delaying,
or
deactivating
the
operation
of
any
part
of
the
emission­
control
system.

Brake
power
has
the
meaning
given
in
the
standard­
setting
part.
If
it
is
not
defined
in
the
standard­
setting
part,
brake
power
means
the
usable
power
output
of
the
engine,
not
including
power
required
to
fuel,
lubricate,
or
heat
the
engine,
circulate
coolant
to
the
engine,
or
to
operate
aftertreatment
devices.
If
the
engine
does
not
power
these
accessories
during
a
test,
subtract
the
work
required
to
perform
these
functions
from
the
total
work
used
in
brake­
specific
emission
calculations.
Subtract
engine
fan
work
from
total
work
only
for
air­
cooled
engines.

C
1
equivalent
(
or
basis)
means
a
convention
of
expressing
HC
concentrations
based
on
the
total
number
of
carbon
atoms
present,
such
that
the
C
1
equivalent
of
a
molar
HC
concentration
equals
the
molar
concentration
multiplied
by
the
mean
number
of
carbon
atoms
in
each
HC
molecule.
For
example,
the
C
1
equivalent
of
10
µ
mol/
mol
of
propane
(
C
3
H
8)
is
30
µ
mol/
mol.
C
1
equivalent
molar
values
may
be
denoted
as
"
ppmC"
in
the
standard­
setting
part.

Calibration
means
the
process
of
setting
a
measurement
system's
response
so
that
its
output
agrees
with
a
range
of
reference
signals.
Contrast
with
"
verification".

Certification
means
relating
to
the
process
of
obtaining
a
certificate
of
conformity
for
an
engine
family
that
complies
with
the
emission
standards
and
requirements
in
the
standard­
setting
part.

Compression­
ignition
means
relating
to
a
type
of
reciprocating,
internal­
combustion
engine
that
is
not
a
spark­
ignition
engine.

Confidence
interval
means
the
range
associated
with
a
probability
that
a
quantity
will
be
considered
statistically
equivalent
to
a
reference
quantity.

Constant­
speed
engine
means
an
engine
whose
certification
is
limited
to
constant­
speed
operation.
Engines
whose
constant­
speed
governor
function
is
removed
or
disabled
are
no
longer
constant­
speed
engines.
369
Constant­
speed
operation
means
engine
operation
with
a
governor
that
automatically
controls
the
operator
demand
to
maintain
engine
speed,
even
under
changing
load.
Governors
do
not
always
maintain
speed
exactly
constant.
Typically
speed
can
decrease
(
0.1
to
10)
%
below
the
speed
at
zero
load,
such
that
the
minimum
speed
occurs
near
the
engine's
point
of
maximum
power.

Coriolis
meter
means
a
flow­
measurement
instrument
that
determines
the
mass
flow
of
a
fluid
by
sensing
the
vibration
and
twist
of
specially
designed
flow
tubes
as
the
flow
passes
through
them.
The
twisting
characteristic
is
called
the
Coriolis
effect.
According
to
Newton's
Second
Law
of
Motion,
the
amount
of
sensor
tube
twist
is
directly
proportional
to
the
mass
flow
rate
of
the
fluid
flowing
through
the
tube.
See
§
1065.220.

Designated
Compliance
Officer
means
the
Manager,
Engine
Programs
Group
(
6405­
J),
U.
S.
Environmental
Protection
Agency,
1200
Pennsylvania
Ave.,
NW.,
Washington,
DC
20460.

Dewpoint
means
a
measure
of
humidity
stated
as
the
equilibrium
temperature
at
which
water
condenses
under
a
given
pressure
from
moist
air
with
a
given
absolute
humidity.
Dewpoint
is
specified
as
a
temperature
in
°
C
or
K,
and
is
valid
only
for
the
pressure
at
which
it
is
measured.
See
§
1065.645
to
determine
water
vapor
mole
fractions
from
dewpoints
using
the
pressure
at
which
the
dewpoint
is
measured.

Discrete­
mode
means
relating
to
a
discrete­
mode
type
of
steady­
state
test,
as
described
in
the
standard­
setting
part.

Dispersion
means
either:

(
1)
The
broadening
and
lowering
of
a
signal
due
to
any
fluid
capacitance,
fluid
mixing,
or
electronic
filtering
in
a
sampling
system.
(
Note:
To
adjust
a
signal
so
its
dispersion
matches
that
of
another
signal,
you
may
adjust
the
system's
fluid
capacitance,
fluid
mixing,
or
electronic
filtering.)

(
2)
The
mixing
of
a
fluid,
especially
as
a
result
of
fluid
mechanical
forces
or
chemical
diffusion.

Drift
means
the
difference
between
a
zero
or
calibration
signal
and
the
respective
value
reported
by
a
measurement
instrument
immediately
after
it
was
used
in
an
emission
test,
as
long
as
you
zeroed
and
spanned
the
instrument
just
before
the
test.

Duty
cycle
means
a
series
of
speed
and
torque
values
(
or
power
values)
that
an
engine
must
follow
during
a
laboratory
test.
Duty
cycles
are
specified
in
the
standard­
setting
part.
A
single
duty
cycle
may
consist
of
one
or
more
test
intervals.
For
example,
a
duty
cycle
may
be
a
rampedmodal
cycle,
which
has
one
test
interval;
a
cold­
start
plus
hot­
start
transient
cycle,
which
has
two
test
intervals;
or
a
discrete­
mode
cycle,
which
has
one
test
interval
for
each
mode.

Electronic
control
module
means
an
engine's
electronic
device
that
uses
data
from
engine
sensors
to
control
engine
parameters.

Emission­
control
system
means
any
device,
system,
or
element
of
design
that
controls
or
reduces
the
emissions
of
regulated
pollutants
from
an
engine.

Emission­
data
engine
means
an
engine
that
is
tested
for
certification.
This
includes
engines
tested
to
establish
deterioration
factors.
370
Emission­
related
maintenance
means
maintenance
that
substantially
affects
emissions
or
is
likely
to
substantially
affect
emission
deterioration.

Engine
means
an
engine
to
which
this
part
applies.

Engine
family
means
a
group
of
engines
with
similar
emission
characteristics
throughout
the
useful
life,
as
specified
in
the
standard­
setting
part.

Engine
governed
speed
means
the
engine
operating
speed
when
it
is
controlled
by
the
installed
governor.

Exhaust­
gas
recirculation
means
a
technology
that
reduces
emissions
by
routing
exhaust
gases
that
had
been
exhausted
from
the
combustion
chamber(
s)
back
into
the
engine
to
be
mixed
with
incoming
air
before
or
during
combustion.
The
use
of
valve
timing
to
increase
the
amount
of
residual
exhaust
gas
in
the
combustion
chamber(
s)
that
is
mixed
with
incoming
air
before
or
during
combustion
is
not
considered
exhaust­
gas
recirculation
for
the
purposes
of
this
part.

Fall
time,
t
90­
10,
means
the
time
interval
of
a
measurement
instrument's
response
after
any
step
decrease
to
the
input
between
the
following
points:

(
1)
The
point
at
which
the
response
has
fallen
10%
of
the
total
amount
it
will
fall
in
response
to
the
step
change.

(
2)
The
point
at
which
the
response
has
fallen
90%
of
the
total
amount
it
will
fall
in
response
to
the
step
change.

Flow­
weighted
mean
means
the
mean
of
a
quantity
after
it
is
weighted
proportional
to
a
corresponding
flow
rate.
For
example,
if
a
gas
concentration
is
measured
continuously
from
the
raw
exhaust
of
an
engine,
its
flow­
weighted
mean
concentration
is
the
sum
of
the
products
of
each
recorded
concentration
times
its
respective
exhaust
flow
rate,
divided
by
the
sum
of
the
recorded
flow
rates.
As
another
example,
the
bag
concentration
from
a
CVS
system
is
the
same
as
the
flow­
weighted
mean
concentration,
because
the
CVS
system
itself
flow­
weights
the
bag
concentration.

Fuel
type
means
a
general
category
of
fuels
such
as
gasoline
or
LPG.
There
can
be
multiple
grades
within
a
single
type
of
fuel,
such
as
all­
season
and
winter­
grade
gasoline.

Good
engineering
judgment
means
judgments
made
consistent
with
generally
accepted
scientific
and
engineering
principles
and
all
available
relevant
information.
See
40
CFR
1068.5
for
the
administrative
process
we
use
to
evaluate
good
engineering
judgment.

HEPA
filter
means
high­
efficiency
particulate
air
filters
that
are
rated
to
achieve
a
minimum
initial
particle­
removal
efficiency
of
99.97
%
using
ASTM
F
1471­
93
(
incorporated
by
reference
in
§
1065.1010).

Hydraulic
diameter
means
the
diameter
of
a
circle
whose
area
is
equal
to
the
area
of
a
noncircular
cross
section
of
tubing,
including
its
wall
thickness.
The
wall
thickness
is
included
only
for
the
purpose
of
facilitating
a
simplified
and
nonintrusive
measurement.

Hydrocarbon
(
HC)
means
THC,
THCE,
NMHC,
or
NMHCE,
as
applicable.
Hydrocarbon
generally
means
the
hydrocarbon
group
on
which
the
emission
standards
are
based
for
each
type
of
fuel
and
engine.
371
Identification
number
means
a
unique
specification
(
for
example,
a
model
number/
serial
number
combination)
that
allows
someone
to
distinguish
a
particular
engine
from
other
similar
engines.

Idle
speed
means
the
lowest
engine
speed
with
minimum
load
(
greater
than
or
equal
to
zero
load),
where
an
engine
governor
function
controls
engine
speed.
For
engines
without
a
governor
function
that
controls
idle
speed,
idle
speed
means
the
manufacturer­
declared
value
for
lowest
engine
speed
possible
with
minimum
load.
Note
that
warm
idle
speed
is
the
idle
speed
of
a
warmed­
up
engine.

Intermediate
test
speed
has
the
meaning
given
in
§
1065.610.

Linearity
means
the
degree
to
which
measured
values
agree
with
respective
reference
values.
Linearity
is
quantified
using
a
linear
regression
of
pairs
of
measured
values
and
reference
values
over
a
range
of
values
expected
or
observed
during
testing.
Perfect
linearity
would
result
in
an
intercept,
a
0,
equal
to
zero,
a
slope,
a
1,
of
one,
a
coefficient
of
determination,
r2,
of
one,
and
a
standard
error
of
the
estimate,
SEE,
of
zero.
The
term
"
linearity"
is
not
used
in
this
part
to
refer
to
the
shape
of
a
measurement
instrument's
unprocessed
response
curve,
such
as
a
curve
relating
emission
concentration
to
voltage
output.
A
properly
performing
instrument
with
a
nonlinear
response
curve
will
meet
linearity
specifications.

Manufacturer
has
the
meaning
given
in
section
216(
1)
of
the
Act.
In
general,
this
term
includes
any
person
who
manufactures
an
engine
or
vehicle
for
sale
in
the
United
States
or
otherwise
introduces
a
new
nonroad
engine
into
commerce
in
the
United
States.
This
includes
importers
who
import
engines
or
vehicles
for
resale.

Maximum
test
speed
has
the
meaning
given
in
§
1065.610.

Maximum
test
torque
has
the
meaning
given
in
§
1065.610.

NIST­
traceable
means
relating
to
a
standard
value
that
can
be
related
to
NIST­
stated
references
through
an
unbroken
chain
of
comparisons,
all
having
stated
uncertainties,
as
specified
in
NIST
Technical
Note
1297
(
incorporated
by
reference
in
§
1065.1010).
Allowable
uncertainty
limits
specified
for
NIST­
traceability
refer
to
the
propagated
uncertainty
specified
by
NIST.
You
may
ask
to
use
other
internationally
recognized
standards
that
are
equivalent
to
NIST
standards.

Noise
means
the
precision
of
30
seconds
of
updated
recorded
values
from
a
measurement
instrument
as
it
quantifies
a
zero
or
reference
value.
Determine
instrument
noise,
repeatability,
and
accuracy
from
the
same
data
set.
We
specify
a
procedure
for
determining
noise
in
§
1065.305.

Nonmethane
hydrocarbons
(
NMHC)
means
the
sum
of
all
hydrocarbon
species
except
methane.
Refer
to
§
1065.660
for
NMHC
determination.

Nonmethane
hydrocarbon
equivalent
(
NMHCE)
means
the
sum
of
the
carbon
mass
contributions
of
non­
oxygenated
nonmethane
hydrocarbons,
alcohols
and
aldehydes,
or
other
organic
compounds
that
are
measured
separately
as
contained
in
a
gas
sample,
expressed
as
exhaust
nonmethane
hydrocarbon
from
petroleum­
fueled
engines.
The
hydrogen­
to­
carbon
ratio
of
the
equivalent
hydrocarbon
is
1.85:
1.

Nonroad
means
relating
to
nonroad
engines.
372
Nonroad
engine
has
the
meaning
we
give
in
40
CFR
1068.30.
In
general
this
means
all
internal­
combustion
engines
except
motor
vehicle
engines,
stationary
engines,
engines
used
solely
for
competition,
or
engines
used
in
aircraft.

Open
crankcase
emissions
means
any
flow
from
an
engine's
crankcase
that
is
emitted
directly
into
the
environment.
Crankcase
emissions
are
not
"
open
crankcase
emissions"
if
the
engine
is
designed
to
always
route
all
crankcase
emissions
back
into
the
engine
(
for
example,
through
the
intake
system
or
an
aftertreatment
system)
such
that
all
the
crankcase
emissions,
or
their
products,
are
emitted
into
the
environment
only
through
the
engine
exhaust
system.

Operator
demand
means
an
engine
operator's
input
to
control
engine
output.
The
"
operator"
may
be
a
person
(
i.
e.,
manual),
or
a
governor
(
i.
e.,
automatic)
that
mechanically
or
electronically
signals
an
input
that
demands
engine
output.
Input
may
be
from
an
accelerator
pedal
or
signal,
a
throttle­
control
lever
or
signal,
a
fuel
lever
or
signal,
a
speed
lever
or
signal,
or
a
governor
setpoint
or
signal.
Output
means
engine
power,
P,
which
is
the
product
of
engine
speed,
f
n,
and
engine
torque,
T.

Oxides
of
nitrogen
means
compounds
containing
only
nitrogen
and
oxygen
as
measured
by
the
procedures
specified
in
this
part,
except
as
specified
in
the
standard­
setting
part.
Oxides
of
nitrogen
are
expressed
quantitatively
as
if
the
NO
is
in
the
form
of
NO
2,
such
that
you
use
an
effective
molar
mass
for
all
oxides
of
nitrogen
equivalent
to
that
of
NO
2.

Oxygenated
fuels
means
fuels
composed
of
oxygen­
containing
compounds,
such
as
ethanol
or
methanol.
Testing
engines
that
use
oxygenated
fuels
generally
requires
the
use
of
the
sampling
methods
in
subpart
I
of
this
part.
However,
you
should
read
the
standard­
setting
part
and
subpart
I
of
this
part
to
determine
appropriate
sampling
methods.

Partial
pressure
means
the
pressure,
p,
attributable
to
a
single
gas
in
a
gas
mixture.
For
an
ideal
gas,
the
partial
pressure
divided
by
the
total
pressure
is
equal
to
the
constituent's
molar
concentration,
x.

Percent
(%)
means
a
representation
of
exactly
0.01.
Significant
digits
for
the
product
of
%
and
another
value
are
defined
as
follows:

(
1)
Where
we
specify
some
percentage
of
a
total
value,
the
calculated
value
has
the
same
number
of
significant
digits
as
the
total
value.
For
example,
2
%
is
exactly
0.02
and
2
%
of
101.3302
equals
2.026604.

(
2)
In
other
cases,
determine
the
number
of
significant
digits
using
the
same
method
as
you
would
use
for
determining
the
number
of
significant
digits
of
a
fractional
value.

Portable
emission
measurement
system
(
PEMS)
means
a
measurement
system
consisting
of
portable
equipment
that
can
be
used
to
generate
brake­
specific
emission
measurements
during
field
testing
or
laboratory
testing.

Precision
means
two
times
the
standard
deviation
of
a
set
of
measured
values
of
a
single
zero
or
reference
quantity.

Procedures
means
all
aspects
of
engine
testing,
including
the
equipment
specifications,
calibrations,
calculations
and
other
protocols
and
specifications
needed
to
measure
emissions,
unless
we
specify
otherwise.
373
Proving
ring
is
a
device
used
to
measure
static
force
based
on
the
linear
relationship
between
stress
and
strain
in
an
elastic
material.
It
is
typically
a
steel
alloy
ring,
and
you
measure
the
deflection
(
strain)
of
its
diameter
when
a
static
force
(
stress)
is
applied
across
its
diameter.

PTFE
means
polytetrafluoroethylene,
commonly
known
as
Teflon
 
.

Ramped­
modal
means
relating
to
a
ramped­
modal
type
of
steady­
state
test,
as
described
in
the
standard­
setting
part.

Regression
statistics
means
any
of
the
set
of
statistics
specified
in
§
1065.602(
i)
through
(
l).

Repeatability
means
the
precision
of
ten
mean
measurements
of
a
reference
quantity.
Determine
instrument
repeatability,
accuracy,
and
noise
from
the
same
data
set.
We
specify
a
procedure
for
determining
repeatability
in
§
1065.305.

Revoke
has
the
meaning
given
in
40
CFR
1068.30.

Rise
time,
t
10­
90,
means
the
time
interval
of
a
measurement
instrument's
response
after
any
step
increase
to
the
input
between
the
following
points:

(
1)
The
point
at
which
the
response
has
risen
10%
of
the
total
amount
it
will
rise
in
response
to
the
step
change.

(
2)
The
point
at
which
the
response
has
risen
90%
of
the
total
amount
it
will
rise
in
response
to
the
step
change.

Roughness
(
or
average
roughness,
R
a)
means
the
size
of
finely
distributed
vertical
surface
deviations
from
a
smooth
surface,
as
determined
when
traversing
a
surface.
It
is
an
integral
of
the
absolute
value
of
the
roughness
profile
measured
over
an
evaluation
length.

Round
means
to
round
numbers
according
to
NIST
SP
811
(
incorporated
by
reference
in
§
1065.1010),
unless
otherwise
specified.

Scheduled
maintenance
means
adjusting,
repairing,
removing,
disassembling,
cleaning,
or
replacing
components
or
systems
periodically
to
keep
a
part
or
system
from
failing,
malfunctioning,
or
wearing
prematurely.
It
also
may
mean
actions
you
expect
are
necessary
to
correct
an
overt
indication
of
failure
or
malfunction
for
which
periodic
maintenance
is
not
appropriate.

Shared
atmospheric
pressure
meter
means
an
atmospheric
pressure
meter
whose
output
is
used
as
the
atmospheric
pressure
for
an
entire
test
facility
that
has
more
than
one
dynamometer
test
cell.

Shared
humidity
measurement
means
a
humidity
measurement
that
is
used
as
the
humidity
for
an
entire
test
facility
that
has
more
than
one
dynamometer
test
cell.

Span
means
to
adjust
an
instrument
so
that
it
gives
a
proper
response
to
a
calibration
standard
that
represents
between
75
%
and
100
%
of
the
maximum
value
in
the
instrument
range
or
expected
range
of
use.

Spark­
ignition
means
relating
to
a
gasoline­
fueled
engine
or
any
other
type
of
engine
with
a
spark
plug
(
or
other
sparking
device)
and
with
operating
characteristics
significantly
similar
to
the
theoretical
Otto
combustion
cycle.
Spark­
ignition
engines
usually
use
a
throttle
to
regulate
intake
air
flow
to
control
power
during
normal
operation.
374
Special
procedures
means
procedures
allowed
under
§
1065.10(
c)(
2).

Specified
procedures
means
procedures
we
specify
in
this
part
1065
or
the
standard­
setting
part.
Other
procedures
allowed
or
required
by
§
1065.10(
c)
are
not
specified
procedures.

Standard
deviation
has
the
meaning
given
in
§
1065.602.
Note
this
is
the
standard
deviation
for
a
non­
biased
sample.

Standard­
setting
part
means
the
part
in
the
Code
of
Federal
Regulations
that
defines
emission
standards
for
a
particular
engine.
See
§
1065.1(
a).

Steady­
state
means
relating
to
emission
tests
in
which
engine
speed
and
load
are
held
at
a
finite
set
of
nominally
constant
values.
Steady­
state
tests
are
either
discrete­
mode
tests
or
ramped­
modal
tests.

Stoichiometric
means
relating
to
the
particular
ratio
of
air
and
fuel
such
that
if
the
fuel
were
fully
oxidized,
there
would
be
no
remaining
fuel
or
oxygen.
For
example,
stoichiometric
combustion
in
a
gasoline­
fueled
engine
typically
occurs
at
an
air­
to­
fuel
mass
ratio
of
about
14.7:
1.

Storage
medium
means
a
particulate
filter,
sample
bag,
or
any
other
storage
device
used
for
batch
sampling.

Test
engine
means
an
engine
in
a
test
sample.

Test
interval
means
a
duration
of
time
over
which
you
determine
brake­
specific
emissions.
For
example,
the
standard­
setting
part
may
specify
a
complete
laboratory
duty
cycle
as
a
coldstart
test
interval,
plus
a
hot­
start
test
interval.
As
another
example,
a
standard­
setting
part
may
specify
a
field­
test
interval,
such
as
a
"
not­
to­
exceed"
(
NTE)
event,
as
a
duration
of
time
over
which
an
engine
operates
within
a
certain
range
of
speed
and
torque.
In
cases
where
multiple
test
intervals
occur
over
a
duty
cycle,
the
standard­
setting
part
may
specify
additional
calculations
that
weight
and
combine
results
to
arrive
at
composite
values
for
comparison
against
the
applicable
standards.

Test
sample
means
the
collection
of
engines
selected
from
the
population
of
an
engine
family
for
emission
testing.

Tolerance
means
the
interval
in
which
95
%
of
a
set
of
recorded
values
of
a
certain
quantity
must
lie,
with
the
remaining
5%
of
the
recorded
values
deviating
from
the
tolerance
interval
only
due
to
measurement
variability.
Use
the
specified
recording
frequencies
and
time
intervals
to
determine
if
a
quantity
is
within
the
applicable
tolerance.
For
parameters
not
subject
to
measurement
variability,
tolerance
means
an
absolute
allowable
range.

Total
hydrocarbon
(
THC)
means
the
combined
mass
of
organic
compounds
measured
by
the
specified
procedure
for
measuring
total
hydrocarbon,
expressed
as
a
hydrocarbon
with
a
hydrogen­
to­
carbon
mass
ratio
of
1.85:
1.

Total
hydrocarbon
equivalent
(
THCE)
means
the
sum
of
the
carbon
mass
contributions
of
non­
oxygenated
hydrocarbons,
alcohols
and
aldehydes,
or
other
organic
compounds
that
are
measured
separately
as
contained
in
a
gas
sample,
expressed
as
exhaust
hydrocarbon
from
petroleum­
fueled
engines.
The
hydrogen­
to­
carbon
ratio
of
the
equivalent
hydrocarbon
is
1.85:
1.
375
United
States
means
the
States,
the
District
of
Columbia,
the
Commonwealth
of
Puerto
Rico,
the
Commonwealth
of
the
Northern
Mariana
Islands,
Guam,
American
Samoa,
and
the
U.
S.
Virgin
Islands.

Useful
life
means
the
period
during
which
a
new
engine
is
required
to
comply
with
all
applicable
emission
standards.
The
standard­
setting
part
defines
the
specific
useful­
life
periods
for
individual
engines.

Variable­
speed
engine
means
an
engine
that
is
not
a
constant­
speed
engine.

Vehicle
means
any
vehicle,
vessel,
or
type
of
equipment
using
engines
to
which
this
part
applies.
For
purposes
of
this
part,
the
term
"
vehicle"
may
include
nonmotive
machines
or
equipment
such
as
a
pump
or
generator.

Verification
means
to
evaluate
whether
or
not
a
measurement
system's
outputs
agree
with
a
range
of
applied
reference
signals
to
within
one
or
more
predetermined
thresholds
for
acceptance.
Contrast
with
"
calibration".

We
(
us,
our)
means
the
Administrator
of
the
Environmental
Protection
Agency
and
any
authorized
representatives.

Zero
means
to
adjust
an
instrument
so
it
gives
a
zero
response
to
a
zero
calibration
standard,
such
as
purified
nitrogen
or
purified
air
for
measuring
concentrations
of
emission
constituents.

Zero
gas
means
a
gas
that
yields
a
zero
response
in
an
analyzer.
This
may
either
be
purified
nitrogen,
purified
air,
a
combination
of
purified
air
and
purified
nitrogen.
For
field
testing,
zero
gas
may
include
ambient
air.

§
1065.1005
Symbols,
abbreviations,
acronyms,
and
units
of
measure.

The
procedures
in
this
part
generally
follow
the
International
System
of
Units
(
SI),
as
detailed
in
NIST
Special
Publication
811,
1995
Edition,
"
Guide
for
the
Use
of
the
International
System,
of
Units
(
SI),"
which
we
incorporate
by
reference
in
§
1065.1010.
See
§
1065.25
for
specific
provisions
related
to
these
conventions.
This
section
summarizes
the
way
we
use
symbols,
units
of
measure,
and
other
abbreviations.

(
a)
Symbols
for
quantities.
This
part
uses
the
following
symbols
and
units
of
measure
for
various
quantities:

Symbol
Quantity
Unit
Unit
Symbol
Base
SI
units
%
percent
0.01
%
10­
2
 
atomic
hydrogen
to
carbon
ratio
mole
per
mole
mol/
mol
1
A
area
square
meter
m2
m2
a0
intercept
of
least
squares
regression
a1
slope
of
least
squares
regression
 
ratio
of
diameters
meter
per
meter
m/
m
1
 
atomic
oxygen
to
carbon
ratio
mole
per
mole
mol/
mol
1
C#
number
of
carbon
atoms
in
a
molecule
D
diameter
meter
m
m
DF
dilution
air
fraction
mole
per
mol
mol/
mol
1
376
 
error
between
a
quantity
and
its
reference
e
brake­
specific
basis
gram
per
kilowatt
hour
g/(
kW

h)
g

3.6­
1

106

m­
2

kg

s2
F
F­
test
statistic
f
frequency
hertz
Hz
s­
1
fn
rotational
frequency
(
shaft)
revolutions
per
minute
rev/
min
2

pi

60­
1

s­
1
 
ratio
of
specific
heats
(
joule
per
kilogram
kelvin)
per
(
joule
per
kilogram
kelvin)
(
J/(
kg

K))/(
J/(
kg

K))
1
K
correction
factor
1
l
length
meter
m
m
µ
viscosity,
dynamic
pascal
second
Pa

s
m­
1

kg

s­
1
M
molar
mass1
gram
per
mole
g/
mol
10­
3

kg

mol­
1
m
mass
kilogram
kg
kg
m

mass
rate
kilogram
per
second
kg/
s
kg

s­
1
 
viscosity,
kinematic
meter
squared
per
second
m2/
s
m2

s­
1
N
total
number
in
series
n
amount
of
substance
mole
mol
mol
n

amount
of
substance
rate
mole
per
second
mol/
s
mol

s­
1
P
power
kilowatt
kW
103

m2

kg

s­
3
PF
penetration
fraction
p
pressure
pascal
Pa
m­
1

kg

s­
2
 
mass
density
kilogram
per
cubic
meter
kg/
m3
kg

m­
3
r
ratio
of
pressures
pascal
per
pascal
Pa/
Pa
1
r2
coefficient
of
determination
Ra
average
surface
roughness
micrometer
µ
m
m­
6
Re#
Reynolds
number
RF
response
factor
 
non­
biased
standard
deviation
SEE
standard
estimate
of
error
T
absolute
temperature
kelvin
K
K
T
Celsius
temperature
degree
Celsius

C
K­
273.15
T
torque
(
moment
of
force)
newton
meter
N

m
m2

kg

s­
2
t
time
second
s
s
 
t
time
interval,
period,
1/
frequency
second
s
s
V
volume
cubic
meter
m3
m3
V

volume
rate
cubic
meter
per
second
m3/
s
m3

s­
1
W
work
kilowatt
hour
kW

h
3.6

10­
6

m2

kg

s­
2
x
amount
of
substance
mole
fraction
2
mole
per
mole
mol/
mol
1
x
flow­
weighted
mean
concentration
mole
per
mole
mol/
mol
1
y
generic
variable
377
1
See
paragraph
(
f)(
2)
of
this
section
for
the
values
to
use
for
molar
masses.
Note
that
in
the
cases
of
NOx
and
HC,
the
regulations
specify
effective
molar
masses
based
on
assumed
speciation
rather
than
actual
speciation.

2
Note
that
mole
fractions
for
THC,
THCE,
NMHC,
NMHCE,
and
NOTHC
are
expressed
on
a
C1
equivalent
basis.

(
b)
Symbols
for
chemical
species.
This
part
uses
the
following
symbols
for
chemical
species
and
exhaust
constituents:

Symbol
Species
Ar
argon
C
carbon
CH4
methane
C2H6
ethane
C3H8
propane
C4H10
butane
C5H12
pentane
CO
carbon
monoxide
CO2
carbon
dioxide
H
atomic
hydrogen
H2
molecular
hydrogen
H2O
water
He
helium
85Kr
krypton
85
N2
molecular
nitrogen
NMHC
nonmethane
hydrocarbon
NMHCE
nonmethane
hydrocarbon
equivalent
NO
nitric
oxide
NO2
nitrogen
dioxide
NOx
oxides
of
nitrogen
NOTHC
nonoxygenated
hydrocarbon
O2
molecular
oxygen
OHC
oxygenated
hydrocarbon
210Po
polonium
210
PM
particulate
mass
S
sulfur
THC
total
hydrocarbon
ZrO2
zirconium
dioxide
(
c)
Prefixes.
This
part
uses
the
following
prefixes
to
define
a
quantity:

Symbol
Quantity
Value
µ
micro
10­
6
m
milli
10­
3
c
centi
10­
2
378
k
kilo
103
M
mega
10
6
(
d)
Superscripts.
This
part
uses
the
following
superscripts
to
define
a
quantity:

Superscript
Quantity
overbar
(
such
as
)
y
arithmetic
mean.

overdot
(
such
as
)
y

quantity
per
unit
time.

(
e)
Subscripts.
This
part
uses
the
following
subscripts
to
define
a
quantity:

Subscript
Quantity
abs
absolute
quantity
act
actual
condition
air
air,
dry
atmos
atmospheric
cal
calibration
quantity
CFV
critical
flow
venturi
cor
corrected
quantity
dil
dilution
air
dexh
diluted
exhaust
exh
raw
exhaust
exp
expected
quantity
i
an
individual
of
a
series
idle
condition
at
idle
in
quantity
in
init
initial
quantity,
typically
before
an
emission
test
j
an
individual
of
a
series
max
the
maximum
(
i.
e.,
peak)
value
expected
at
the
standard
over
a
test
interval;
not
the
maximum
of
an
instrument
range.

meas
measured
quantity
out
quantity
out
part
partial
quantity
PDP
positive­
displacement
pump
ref
reference
quantity
rev
revolution
sat
saturated
condition
slip
PDP
slip
span
span
quantity
SSV
subsonic
venturi
std
standard
condition
test
test
quantity
uncor
uncorrected
quantity
zero
zero
quantity
379
(
f)
Constants.
(
1)
This
part
uses
the
following
constants
for
the
composition
of
dry
air:

Symbol
Quantity
mol/
mol
xArair
amount
of
argon
in
dry
air
0.00934
xCO2air
amount
of
carbon
dioxide
in
dry
air
0.000375
xN2air
amount
of
nitrogen
in
dry
air
0.78084
xO2air
amount
of
oxygen
in
dry
air
0.209445
(
2)
This
part
uses
the
following
molar
masses
or
effective
molar
masses
of
chemical
species:

Symbol
Quantity
g/
mol
(
10­
3

kg

mol­
1)

Mair
molar
mass
of
dry
air
1
28.96559
MAr
molar
mass
of
argon
39.948
MC
molar
mass
of
carbon
12.0107
MCO
molar
mass
of
carbon
monoxide
28.0101
MCO2
molar
mass
of
carbon
dioxide
44.0095
MH
molar
mass
of
atomic
hydrogen
1.00794
MH2
molar
mass
of
molecular
hydrogen
2.01588
MH2O
molar
mass
of
water
18.01528
MHe
molar
mass
of
helium
4.002602
MN
molar
mass
of
atomic
nitrogen
14.0067
MN2
molar
mass
of
molecular
nitrogen
28.0134
MNMHC
effective
molar
mass
of
nonmethane
hydrocarbon
2
13.875389
MNMHCE
effective
molar
mass
of
nonmethane
equivalent
hydrocarbon
2
13.875389
MNOx
effective
molar
mass
of
oxides
of
nitrogen3
46.0055
MO
molar
mass
of
atomic
oxygen
15.9994
MO2
molar
mass
of
molecular
oxygen
31.9988
MC3H8
molar
mass
of
propane
44.09562
MS
molar
mass
of
sulfur
32.065
MTHC
effective
molar
mass
of
total
hydrocarbon
2
13.875389
MTHCE
effective
molar
mass
of
total
hydrocarbon
equivalent
2
13.875389
1
See
paragraph
(
f)(
1)
of
this
section
for
the
composition
of
dry
air.

2
The
effective
molar
masses
of
THC,
THCE,
NMHC,
and
NMHCE
are
defined
by
an
atomic
hydrogen­
to­
carbon
ratio,
 ,
of
1.85.

3
The
effective
molar
mass
of
NOx
is
defined
by
the
molar
mass
of
nitrogen
dioxide,
NO2.

(
3)
This
part
uses
the
following
molar
gas
constant
for
ideal
gases:

Symbol
Quantity
J/(
mol

K)

(
m2

kg

s­
2

mol­
1

K­
1)

R
molar
gas
constant
8.314472
380
(
4)
This
part
uses
the
following
ratios
of
specific
heats
for
dilution
air
and
diluted
exhaust:

Symbol
Quantity
[
J/(
kg

K)]/[
J/(
kg

K)]

 
air
ratio
of
specific
heats
for
intake
air
or
dilution
air
1.399
 
dil
ratio
of
specific
heats
for
diluted
exhaust
1.399
 
exh
ratio
of
specific
heats
for
raw
exhaust
1.385
(
g)
Other
acronyms
and
abbreviations.
This
part
uses
the
following
additional
abbreviations
and
acronyms:

ASTM
American
Society
for
Testing
and
Materials.

BMD
bag
mini­
diluter
BSFC
brake­
specific
fuel
consumption.

CARB
California
Air
Resources
Board
CFR
Code
of
Federal
Regulations.

CFV
critical­
flow
venturi.

CI
compression­
ignition.

CLD
chemiluminescent
detector.

CVS
constant­
volume
sampler.

DF
deterioration
factor.

ECM
electronic
control
module.

EFC
electronic
flow
control.

EGR
exhaust
gas
recirculation.

EPA
Environmental
Protection
Agency.

FID
flame
ionization
detector.

IBP
initial
boiling
point.

ISO
International
Organization
for
Standardization.

LPG
liquefied
petroleum
gas.

NDIR
nondispersive
infrared.

NDUV
nondispersive
ultraviolet.

NIST
National
Institute
for
Standards
and
Technology.

PDP
positive­
displacement
pump.

PEMS
portable
emission
measurement
system.

PFD
partial­
flow
dilution.

PMP
Polymethylpentene
pt.
a
single
point
at
the
mean
value
expected
at
the
standard.

PTFE
polytetrafluoroethylene
(
commonly
known
as
Teflon
 
)
.

RE
rounding
error.

RMC
ramped­
modal
cycle
RMS
root­
mean
square.

RTD
resistive
temperature
detector.

SSV
subsonic
venturi.

SI
spark­
ignition.
381
UCL
upper
confidence
limit.

UFM
ultrasonic
flow
meter.

U.
S.
C.
United
States
Code.

§
1065.1010
Reference
materials.

Documents
listed
in
this
section
have
been
incorporated
by
reference
into
this
part.
The
Director
of
the
Federal
Register
approved
the
incorporation
by
reference
as
prescribed
in
5
U.
S.
C.
552(
a)
and
1
CFR
part
51.
Anyone
may
inspect
copies
at
the
U.
S.
EPA,
Air
and
Radiation
Docket
and
Information
Center,
1301
Constitution
Ave.,
NW.,
Room
B102,
EPA
West
Building,
Washington,
DC
20460
or
at
the
National
Archives
and
Records
Administration
(
NARA).
For
information
on
the
availability
of
this
material
at
NARA,
call
202­
741­
6030,
or
go
to:
http://
www.
archives.
gov/
federal_
register/
code_
of_
federal_
regulations/
ibr_
locations.
html.

(
a)
ASTM
material.
Table
1
of
this
section
lists
material
from
the
American
Society
for
Testing
and
Materials
that
we
have
incorporated
by
reference.
The
first
column
lists
the
number
and
name
of
the
material.
The
second
column
lists
the
sections
of
this
part
where
we
reference
it.
Anyone
may
purchase
copies
of
these
materials
from
the
American
Society
for
Testing
and
Materials,
100
Barr
Harbor
Dr.,
P.
O.
Box
C700,
West
Conshohocken,
PA
19428
or
www.
astm.
com.
Table
1
follows:
382
Table
1
of
§
1065.1010
 
ASTM
materials
Document
number
and
name
Part
1065
reference
ASTM
D
86­
04b,
Standard
Test
Method
for
Distillation
of
Petroleum
Products
at
Atmospheric
Pressure.
1065.703,
1065.710
ASTM
D
93­
02a,
Standard
Test
Methods
for
Flash
Point
by
Pensky­
Martens
Closed
Cup
Tester.
1065.703
ASTM
D
287
 
92
(
Reapproved
2000),
Standard
Test
Method
for
API
Gravity
of
Crude
Petroleum
and
Petroleum
Products
(
Hydrometer
Method).
1065.703
ASTM
D
323­
99a,
Standard
Test
Method
for
Vapor
Pressure
of
Petroleum
Products
(
Reid
Method).
1065.710
ASTM
D
445­
04,
Standard
Test
Method
for
Kinematic
Viscosity
of
Transparent
and
Opaque
Liquids
(
and
the
Calculation
of
Dynamic
Viscosity).
1065.703
ASTM
D
613­
03b,
Standard
Test
Method
for
Cetane
Number
of
Diesel
Fuel
Oil.
1065.703
ASTM
D
910­
04a,
Standard
Specification
for
Aviation
Gasolines.
1065.701
ASTM
D
975­
04c,
Standard
Specification
for
Diesel
Fuel
Oils.
1065.701
ASTM
D
1266­
98
(
Reapproved
2003),
Standard
Test
Method
for
Sulfur
in
Petroleum
Products
(
Lamp
Method).
1065.710
ASTM
D
1267­
02,
Standard
Test
Method
for
Gage
Vapor
Pressure
of
Liquefied
Petroleum
(
LP)
Gases
(
LPGas
Method).
1065.720
ASTM
D
1319­
03,
Standard
Test
Method
for
Hydrocarbon
Types
in
Liquid
Petroleum
Products
by
Fluorescent
Indicator
Adsorption.
1065.710
ASTM
D
1655­
04a,
Standard
Specification
for
Aviation
Turbine
Fuels.
1065.701
ASTM
D
1837­
02a,
Standard
Test
Method
for
Volatility
of
Liquefied
Petroleum
(
LP)
Gases.
1065.720
ASTM
D
1838­
03,
Standard
Test
Method
for
Copper
Strip
Corrosion
by
Liquefied
Petroleum
(
LP)
Gases.
1065.720
ASTM
D
1945­
03,
Standard
Test
Method
for
Analysis
of
Natural
Gas
by
Gas
Chromatography.
1065.715
ASTM
D
2158­
04,
Standard
Test
Method
for
Residues
in
Liquefied
Petroleum
(
LP)
Gases.
1065.720
ASTM
D
2163­
91
(
Reapproved
1996),
Standard
Test
Method
for
Analysis
of
Liquefied
Petroleum
(
LP)
Gases
and
Propene
Concentrates
by
Gas
Chromatography.
1065.720
ASTM
D
2598­
02,
Standard
Practice
for
Calculation
of
Certain
Physical
Properties
of
Liquefied
Petroleum
(
LP)
Gases
from
Compositional
Analysis.
1065.720
ASTM
D
2622­
03,
Standard
Test
Method
for
Sulfur
in
Petroleum
Products
by
Wavelength
Dispersive
X­
ray
Fluorescence
Spectrometry.
1065.703
ASTM
D
2713­
91
(
Reapproved
2001),
Standard
Test
Method
for
Dryness
of
Propane
(
Valve
Freeze
Method).
1065.720
ASTM
D
2784­
98
(
Reapproved
2003),
Standard
Test
Method
for
Sulfur
in
Liquefied
Petroleum
Gases
(
Oxy­
Hydrogen
Burner
or
Lamp).
1065.720
ASTM
D
2880­
03,
Standard
Specification
for
Gas
Turbine
Fuel
Oils.
1065.701
ASTM
D
2986­
95a
(
Reapproved
1999),
Standard
Practice
for
Evaluation
of
Air
Assay
Media
by
the
Monodisperse
DOP
(
Dioctyl
Phthalate)
Smoke
Test.
1065.170
ASTM
D
3231­
02,
Standard
Test
Method
for
Phosphorus
in
Gasoline.
1065.710
ASTM
D
3237­
02,
Standard
Test
Method
for
Lead
in
Gasoline
By
Atomic
Absorption
Spectroscopy.
1065.710
ASTM
D
4814­
04b,
Standard
Specification
for
Automotive
Spark­
Ignition
Engine
Fuel.
1065.701
ASTM
D
5186­
03,
Standard
Test
Method
for
Determination
of
the
Aromatic
Content
and
Polynuclear
Aromatic
Content
of
Diesel
Fuels
and
Aviation
Turbine
Fuels
By
Supercritical
Fluid
Chromatography.
1065.703
ASTM
D
5797­
96
(
Reapproved
2001),
Standard
Specification
for
Fuel
Methanol
(
M70­
M85)
for
Automotive
Spark­
Ignition
Engines.
1065.701
ASTM
D
5798­
99
(
Reapproved
2004),
Standard
Specification
for
Fuel
Ethanol
(
Ed75­
Ed85)
for
Automotive
Spark­
Ignition
Engines.
1065.701
ASTM
D
6615­
04a,
Standard
Specification
for
Jet
B
Wide­
Cut
Aviation
Turbine
Fuel.
1065.701
383
ASTM
D
6751­
03a,
Standard
Specification
for
Biodiesel
Fuel
Blend
Stock
(
B100)
for
Middle
Distillate
Fuels.
1065.701
ASTM
D
6985­
04a,
Standard
Specification
for
Middle
Distillate
Fuel
Oil
 
Military
Marine
Applications.
1065.701
ASTM
F
1471­
93
(
Reapproved
2001),
Standard
Test
Method
for
Air
Cleaning
Performance
of
a
High­
Efficiency
Particulate
Air
Filter
System.
1065.1001
(
b)
ISO
material.
Table
2
of
this
section
lists
material
from
the
International
Organization
for
Standardization
that
we
have
incorporated
by
reference.
The
first
column
lists
the
number
and
name
of
the
material.
The
second
column
lists
the
section
of
this
part
where
we
reference
it.
Anyone
may
purchase
copies
of
these
materials
from
the
International
Organization
for
Standardization,
Case
Postale
56,
CH­
1211
Geneva
20,
Switzerland
or
www.
iso.
org.
Table
2
follows:

Table
2
of
§
1065.1010
 
ISO
materials
Document
number
and
name
Part
1065
reference
ISO
14644­
1,
Cleanrooms
and
associated
controlled
environments.
1065.190
(
c)
NIST
material.
Table
3
of
this
section
lists
material
from
the
National
Institute
of
Standards
and
Technology
that
we
have
incorporated
by
reference.
The
first
column
lists
the
number
and
name
of
the
material.
The
second
column
lists
the
section
of
this
part
where
we
reference
it.
Anyone
may
purchase
copies
of
these
materials
from
the
Government
Printing
Office,
Washington,
DC
20402
or
download
them
free
from
the
Internet
at
www.
nist.
gov.
Table
3
follows:

Table
3
of
§
1065.1010
 
NIST
materials
Document
number
and
name
Part
1065
reference
NIST
Special
Publication
811,
1995
Edition,
Guide
for
the
Use
of
the
International
System
of
Units
(
SI),
Barry
N.
Taylor,
Physics
Laboratory.
1065.20,
1065.1001,
1065.1005
NIST
Technical
Note
1297,
1994
Edition,
Guidelines
for
Evaluating
and
Expressing
the
Uncertai
nty
of
NIST
Measurement
Results,
Barry
N.
Taylor
and
Chris
E.
Kuyatt.
1065.1001
(
d)
SAE
material.
Table
4
of
this
section
lists
material
from
the
Society
of
Automotive
Engineering
that
we
have
incorporated
by
reference.
The
first
column
lists
the
number
and
name
of
the
material.
The
second
column
lists
the
sections
of
this
part
where
we
reference
it.
Anyone
may
purchase
copies
of
these
materials
from
the
Society
of
Automotive
Engineers,
400
Commonwealth
Drive,
Warrendale,
PA
15096
or
www.
sae.
org.
Table
4
follows:

Table
4
of
§
1065.1010
 
SAE
materials
Document
number
and
name
Part
1065
reference
"
Optimization
of
Flame
Ionization
Detector
for
Determination
of
Hydrocarbon
in
Diluted
Automotive
Exhausts,"
Reschke
Glen
D.,
SAE
770141.
1065.360
"
Relationships
Between
Instantaneous
and
Measured
Emissions
in
Heavy
Duty
Applications,"
Ganesan
B.
and
Clark
N.
N.,
West
Virginia
University,
SAE
2001­
01­
3536.
1065.309
(
e)
California
Air
Resources
Board
material.
Table
5
of
this
section
lists
material
from
the
California
Air
Resources
Board
that
we
have
incorporated
by
reference.
The
first
column
lists
the
number
and
name
of
the
material.
The
second
column
lists
the
sections
of
this
part
where
we
reference
it.
Anyone
may
get
copies
of
these
materials
from
the
California
Air
Resources
Board
9528
Telstar
Ave.,
El
Monte,
California
91731.
Table
5
follows:
384
Table
5
of
§
1065.1010
 
California
Air
Resources
Board
materials
Document
number
and
name
Part
1065
reference
"
California
Non­
Methane
Organic
Gas
Test
Procedures,"
Amended
July
30,
2002,
Mobile
Source
Division,
California
Air
Resources
Board.
1065.805
PART
1068
 
GENERAL
COMPLIANCE
PROVISIONS
FOR
NONROAD
PROGRAMS
330.
The
authority
citation
for
part
1068
is
revised
to
read
as
follows:

Authority:
42
U.
S.
C.
7401
­
7671q.

331.
Section
1068.10
is
revised
to
read
as
follows:

§
1068.10
What
provisions
apply
to
confidential
information?

(
a)
Clearly
show
what
you
consider
confidential
by
marking,
circling,
bracketing,
stamping,
or
some
other
method.

(
b)
We
will
store
your
confidential
information
as
described
in
40
CFR
part
2.
Also,
we
will
disclose
it
only
as
specified
in
40
CFR
part
2.
This
applies
both
to
any
information
you
send
us
and
to
any
information
we
collect
from
inspections,
audits,
or
other
site
visits.

(
c)
If
you
send
us
a
second
copy
without
the
confidential
information,
we
will
assume
it
contains
nothing
confidential
whenever
we
need
to
release
information
from
it.

(
d)
If
you
send
us
information
without
claiming
it
is
confidential,
we
may
make
it
available
to
the
public
without
further
notice
to
you,
as
described
in
40
CFR
2.204.

332.
Section
1068.30
is
amended
by
revising
the
definition
for
"
United
States"
and
adding
definitions
for
"
Days",
"
Defeat
device",
"
Equipment",
"
Exempted",
"
Good
engineering
judgment",
"
Motor
vehicle",
"
Revoke",
"
Suspend",
and
"
Void"
in
alphabetical
order
to
read
as
follows:

§
1068.30
What
definitions
apply
to
this
part?

*
*
*
*
*

Days
means
calendar
days,
including
weekends
and
holidays.

Defeat
device
means
has
the
meaning
given
in
the
standard­
setting
part.

*
*
*
*
*

Equipment
means
any
vehicle,
vessel,
or
other
type
of
equipment
that
is
subject
to
the
requirements
of
this
part,
or
that
uses
an
engine
that
is
subject
to
the
requirements
of
this
part.
385
*
*
*
*
*

Exempted
means
relating
to
an
engine
that
is
not
required
to
meet
otherwise
applicable
standards.
Exempted
engines
must
conform
to
regulatory
conditions
specified
for
an
exemption
in
this
part
1068
or
in
the
standard­
setting
part.
Exempted
engines
are
deemed
to
be
"
subject
to"
the
standards
of
the
standard­
setting
part,
even
though
they
are
not
required
to
comply
with
the
otherwise
applicable
requirements.
Engines
exempted
with
respect
to
a
certain
tier
of
standards
may
be
required
to
comply
with
an
earlier
tier
of
standards
as
a
condition
of
the
exemption;
for
example,
engines
exempted
with
respect
to
Tier
3
standards
may
be
required
to
comply
with
Tier
1
or
Tier
2
standards.

Good
engineering
judgment
means
judgments
made
consistent
with
generally
accepted
scientific
and
engineering
principles
and
all
available
relevant
information.
See
40
CFR
1068.5
for
the
administrative
process
we
use
to
evaluate
good
engineering
judgment.

*
*
*
*
*

Motor
vehicle
has
the
meaning
given
in
40
CFR
85.1703(
a).

*
*
*
*
*

Revoke
means
to
terminate
the
certificate
or
an
exemption
for
an
engine
family.
If
we
revoke
a
certificate
or
exemption,
you
must
apply
for
a
new
certificate
or
exemption
before
continuing
to
introduce
the
affected
engines
into
commerce.
This
does
not
apply
to
engines
you
no
longer
possess.

*
*
*
*
*

Suspend
means
to
temporarily
discontinue
the
certificate
or
an
exemption
for
an
engine
family.
If
we
suspend
a
certificate,
you
may
not
introduce
into
commerce
engines
from
that
engine
family
unless
we
reinstate
the
certificate
or
approve
a
new
one.
If
we
suspend
an
exemption,
you
may
not
introduce
into
commerce
engines
that
were
previously
covered
by
the
exemption
unless
we
reinstate
the
exemption.

*
*
*
*
*

United
States
means
the
States,
the
District
of
Columbia,
the
Commonwealth
of
Puerto
Rico,
the
Commonwealth
of
the
Northern
Mariana
Islands,
Guam,
American
Samoa,
and
the
U.
S.
Virgin
Islands.

Void
means
to
invalidate
a
certificate
or
an
exemption
ab
initio.
If
we
void
a
certificate,
all
the
engines
introduced
into
commerce
under
that
engine
family
for
that
model
year
are
considered
noncompliant,
and
you
are
liable
for
each
engine
introduced
into
commerce
under
the
certificate
and
may
face
civil
or
criminal
penalties
or
both.
This
applies
equally
to
all
engines
in
the
engine
family,
including
engines
introduced
into
commerce
before
we
voided
the
certificate.
If
we
void
an
exemption,
all
the
engines
introduced
into
commerce
under
that
exemption
are
considered
uncertified
(
or
nonconforming),
and
you
are
liable
for
each
engine
introduced
into
commerce
under
the
exemption
and
may
face
civil
or
criminal
penalties
or
both.
You
may
not
introduce
into
commerce
any
additional
engines
using
the
voided
exemption.

*
*
*
*
*
386
333.
Section
1068.101
is
amended
by
revising
the
introductory
text
and
paragraphs
(
a)
and
(
b)
to
read
as
follows:

§
1068.101
What
general
actions
does
this
regulation
prohibit?

This
section
specifies
actions
that
are
prohibited
and
the
maximum
civil
penalties
that
we
can
assess
for
each
violation.
The
maximum
penalty
values
listed
in
paragraphs
(
a)
and
(
b)
of
this
section
are
shown
for
calendar
year
2004.
As
described
in
paragraph
(
e)
of
this
section,
maximum
penalty
limits
for
later
years
are
set
forth
in
40
CFR
part
19.

(
a)
The
following
prohibitions
and
requirements
apply
to
manufacturers
of
new
engines
and
manufacturers
of
equipment
containing
these
engines,
except
as
described
in
subparts
C
and
D
of
this
part:

(
1)
Introduction
into
commerce.
You
may
not
sell,
offer
for
sale,
or
introduce
or
deliver
into
commerce
in
the
United
States
or
import
into
the
United
States
any
new
engine
or
equipment
after
emission
standards
take
effect
for
that
engine
or
equipment,
unless
it
has
a
valid
certificate
of
conformity
for
its
model
year
and
the
required
label
or
tag.
You
also
may
not
take
any
of
the
actions
listed
in
the
previous
sentence
with
respect
to
any
equipment
containing
an
engine
subject
to
this
part's
provisions,
unless
the
engine
has
a
valid
and
appropriate
certificate
of
conformity
and
the
required
engine
label
or
tag.
For
purposes
of
this
paragraph
(
a)(
1),
an
appropriate
certificate
of
conformity
is
one
that
applies
for
the
same
model
year
as
the
model
year
of
the
equipment
(
except
as
allowed
by
§
1068.105(
a)),
covers
the
appropriate
category
of
engines
(
such
as
locomotive
or
CI
marine),
and
conforms
to
all
requirements
specified
for
equipment
in
the
standard­
setting
part.
The
requirements
of
this
paragraph
(
a)(
1)
also
cover
new
engines
you
produce
to
replace
an
older
engine
in
a
piece
of
equipment,
unless
the
engine
qualifies
for
the
replacement­
engine
exemption
in
§
1068.240.
We
may
assess
a
civil
penalty
up
to
$
32,500
for
each
engine
in
violation.

(
2)
Reporting
and
recordkeeping.
This
chapter
requires
you
to
record
certain
types
of
information
to
show
that
you
meet
our
standards.
You
must
comply
with
these
requirements
to
make
and
maintain
required
records
(
including
those
described
in
§
1068.501).
You
may
not
deny
us
access
to
your
records
or
the
ability
to
copy
your
records
if
we
have
the
authority
to
see
or
copy
them.
Also,
you
must
give
us
the
required
reports
or
information
without
delay.
Failure
to
comply
with
the
requirements
of
this
paragraph
is
prohibited.
We
may
assess
a
civil
penalty
up
to
$
32,500
for
each
day
you
are
in
violation.

(
3)
Testing
and
access
to
facilities.
You
may
not
keep
us
from
entering
your
facility
to
test
engines
or
inspect
if
we
are
authorized
to
do
so.
Also,
you
must
perform
the
tests
we
require
(
or
have
the
tests
done
for
you).
Failure
to
perform
this
testing
is
prohibited.
We
may
assess
a
civil
penalty
up
to
$
32,500
for
each
day
you
are
in
violation.

(
b)
The
following
prohibitions
apply
to
everyone
with
respect
to
the
engines
to
which
this
part
applies:

(
1)
Tampering.
You
may
not
remove
or
disable
a
device
or
element
of
design
that
may
affect
an
engine's
emission
levels.
This
restriction
applies
before
and
after
the
engine
is
placed
in
service.
Section
1068.120
describes
how
this
applies
to
rebuilding
engines.
For
a
manufacturer
or
dealer,
we
may
assess
a
civil
penalty
up
to
$
32,500
for
each
engine
in
387
violation.
For
anyone
else,
we
may
assess
a
civil
penalty
up
to
$
2,750
for
each
engine
in
violation.
This
prohibition
does
not
apply
in
any
of
the
following
situations:

(
i)
You
need
to
repair
an
engine
and
you
restore
it
to
proper
functioning
when
the
repair
is
complete.

(
ii)
You
need
to
modify
an
engine
to
respond
to
a
temporary
emergency
and
you
restore
it
to
proper
functioning
as
soon
as
possible.

(
iii)
You
modify
a
new
engine
that
another
manufacturer
has
already
certified
to
meet
emission
standards
and
recertify
it
under
your
own
engine
family.
In
this
case
you
must
tell
the
original
manufacturer
not
to
include
the
modified
engines
in
the
original
engine
family.

(
2)
Defeat
devices.
You
may
not
knowingly
manufacture,
sell,
offer
to
sell,
or
install,
an
engine
part
that
bypasses,
impairs,
defeats,
or
disables
the
engine's
control
the
emissions
of
any
pollutant.
We
may
assess
a
civil
penalty
up
to
$
2,750
for
each
part
in
violation.

(
3)
Stationary
engines.
For
an
engine
that
is
excluded
from
any
requirements
of
this
chapter
because
it
is
a
stationary
engine,
you
may
not
move
it
or
install
it
in
any
mobile
equipment,
except
as
allowed
by
the
provisions
of
this
chapter.
You
may
not
circumvent
or
attempt
to
circumvent
the
residence­
time
requirements
of
paragraph
(
2)(
iii)
of
the
nonroad
engine
definition
in
§
1068.30.
We
may
assess
a
civil
penalty
up
to
$
32,500
for
each
day
you
are
in
violation.

(
4)
Competition
engines.
For
an
uncertified
engine
or
piece
of
equipment
that
is
excluded
or
exempted
from
any
requirements
of
this
chapter
because
it
is
to
be
used
solely
for
competition,
you
may
not
use
it
in
a
manner
that
is
inconsistent
with
use
solely
for
competition.
We
may
assess
a
civil
penalty
up
to
$
32,500
for
each
day
you
are
in
violation.

(
5)
Importation.
You
may
not
import
an
uncertified
engine
or
piece
of
equipment
if
it
is
defined
to
be
new
in
the
standard­
setting
part
and
it
is
built
after
emission
standards
start
to
apply
in
the
United
States.
We
may
assess
a
civil
penalty
up
to
$
32,500
for
each
day
you
are
in
violation.
Note
the
following:

(
i)
The
definition
of
new
is
broad
for
imported
engines;
uncertified
engines
and
equipment
(
including
used
engines
and
equipment)
are
generally
considered
to
be
new
when
imported.

(
ii)
Engines
that
were
originally
manufactured
before
applicable
EPA
standards
were
in
effect
are
generally
not
subject
to
emission
standards.

(
6)
Warranty.
You
must
meet
your
obligation
to
honor
your
emission­
related
warranty
under
§
1068.115
and
to
fulfill
any
applicable
responsibilities
to
recall
engines
under
§
1068.505.
Failure
to
meet
these
obligations
is
prohibited.
We
may
assess
a
civil
penalty
up
to
$
32,500
for
each
engine
in
violation.

*
*
*
*
*

334.
Section
1068.105
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
a)
and
renumbering
the
second
paragraph
(
c)(
1)(
iii)
as
(
c)(
1)(
iv)
to
read
as
follows:
388
§
1068.105
What
other
provisions
apply
to
me
specifically
if
I
manufacture
equipment
needing
certified
engines?

*
*
*
*
*

(
a)
Transitioning
to
new
engine­
based
standards.
If
new
emission
standards
apply
in
a
given
model
year,
your
equipment
in
that
model
year
must
have
engines
that
are
certified
to
the
new
standards,
except
that
you
may
use
up
your
normal
inventory
of
earlier
engines
that
were
built
before
the
date
of
the
new
or
changed
standards.
For
example,
if
your
normal
inventory
practice
is
to
keep
on
hand
a
one­
month
supply
of
engines
based
on
your
upcoming
production
schedules,
and
a
new
tier
of
standard
starts
to
apply
for
the
2015
model
year,
you
may
order
engines
based
on
your
normal
inventory
requirements
late
in
the
engine
manufacturer's
2014
model
year
and
install
those
engines
in
your
equipment,
regardless
of
the
date
of
installation.
Also,
if
your
model
year
starts
before
the
end
of
the
calendar
year
preceding
new
standards,
you
may
use
engines
from
the
previous
model
year
for
those
units
you
produce
before
January
1
of
the
year
that
new
standards
apply.
If
emission
standards
do
not
change
in
a
given
model
year,
you
may
continue
to
install
engines
from
the
previous
model
year
without
restriction.
You
may
not
circumvent
the
provisions
of
§
1068.101(
a)(
1)
by
stockpiling
engines
that
were
built
before
new
or
changed
standards
take
effect.
Note
that
this
allowance
does
not
apply
for
equipment
subject
to
equipment­
based
standards.

*
*
*
*
*

335.
Section
1068.110
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
e)
to
read
as
follows:

§
1068.110
What
other
provisions
apply
to
engines
in
service?

*
*
*
*
*

(
e)
Warranty
and
maintenance.
Owners
are
responsible
for
properly
maintaining
their
engines;
however,
owners
may
make
warranty
claims
against
the
manufacturer
for
all
expenses
related
to
diagnosing
and
repairing
or
replacing
emission­
related
parts,
as
described
in
§
1068.115.
The
warranty
period
begins
when
the
engine
is
first
placed
into
service.
See
the
standard­
setting
part
for
specific
requirements.
It
is
a
violation
of
the
Act
for
anyone
to
disable
emission
controls;
see
§
1068.101(
b)(
1)
and
the
standard­
setting
part.

336.
Section
1068.115
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
a)
to
read
as
follows:

§
1068.115
When
must
manufacturers
honor
emission­
related
warranty
claims?

*
*
*
*
*

(
a)
As
a
certifying
manufacturer,
you
may
deny
warranty
claims
only
for
failures
that
have
been
caused
by
the
owner's
or
operator's
improper
maintenance
or
use,
by
accidents
for
which
you
have
no
responsibility,
or
by
acts
of
God.
For
example,
you
would
not
need
to
honor
warranty
claims
for
failures
that
have
been
directly
caused
by
the
operator's
abuse
of
an
engine
or
the
389
operator's
use
of
the
engine
in
a
manner
for
which
it
was
not
designed,
and
are
not
attributable
to
you
in
any
way.

*
*
*
*
*

337.
Section
1068.125
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
b)
introductory
text
to
read
as
follows:

§
1068.125
What
happens
if
I
violate
the
regulations?

*
*
*
*
*

(
b)
Administrative
penalties.
Instead
of
bringing
a
civil
action,
we
may
assess
administrative
penalties
if
the
total
is
less
than
$
270,000
against
you
individually.
This
maximum
penalty
may
be
greater
if
the
Administrator
and
the
Attorney
General
jointly
determine
that
is
appropriate
for
administrative
penalty
assessment,
or
if
the
limit
is
adjusted
under
40
CFR
part
19.
No
court
may
review
such
a
determination.
Before
we
assess
an
administrative
penalty,
you
may
ask
for
a
hearing
(
subject
to
40
CFR
part
22).
The
Administrator
may
compromise
or
remit,
with
or
without
conditions,
any
administrative
penalty
that
may
be
imposed
under
this
section.

*
*
*
*
*

338.
Section
1068.201
is
amended
by
revising
paragraphs
(
c)
and
(
i)
to
read
as
follows:

§
1068.201
Does
EPA
exempt
or
exclude
any
engines
from
the
prohibited
acts?

*
*
*
*
*

(
c)
If
you
use
an
exemption
under
this
subpart,
we
may
require
you
to
add
a
permanent
label
to
your
exempted
engines.
You
may
ask
us
to
modify
these
labeling
requirements
if
it
is
appropriate
for
your
engine.

*
*
*
*
*

(
i)
If
you
want
to
take
an
action
with
respect
to
an
exempted
or
excluded
engine
that
is
prohibited
by
the
exemption
or
exclusion,
such
as
selling
it,
you
need
to
certify
the
engine.
We
will
issue
a
certificate
of
conformity
if
you
send
us
an
application
for
certification
showing
that
you
meet
all
the
applicable
requirements
from
the
standard­
setting
part
and
pay
the
appropriate
fee.
Also,
in
some
cases,
we
may
allow
manufacturers
to
modify
the
engine
as
needed
to
make
it
identical
to
engines
already
covered
by
a
certificate.
We
would
base
such
an
approval
on
our
review
of
any
appropriate
documentation.
These
engines
must
have
emission
control
information
labels
that
accurately
describe
their
status.

339.
Section
1068.240
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
d)
to
read
as
follows:

§
1068.240
What
are
the
provisions
for
exempting
new
replacement
engines?
390
*
*
*
*
*

(
d)
If
the
engine
being
replaced
was
certified
to
emission
standards
less
stringent
than
those
in
effect
when
you
produce
the
replacement
engine,
add
a
permanent
label
with
your
corporate
name
and
trademark
and
the
following
language:

THIS
ENGINE
COMPLIES
WITH
U.
S.
EPA
NONROAD
EMISSION
REQUIREMENTS
FOR
[
Insert
appropriate
year
reflecting
when
the
applicable
tier
of
emission
standards
for
the
replaced
engine
began
to
apply]
ENGINES
UNDER
40
CFR
1068.240.
SELLING
OR
INSTALLING
THIS
ENGINE
FOR
ANY
PURPOSE
OTHER
THAN
TO
REPLACE
A
NONROAD
ENGINE
BUILT
BEFORE
JANUARY
1,
[
Insert
appropriate
year
reflecting
when
the
next
tier
of
emission
standards
began
to
apply]
MAY
BE
A
VIOLATION
OF
FEDERAL
LAW
SUBJECT
TO
CIVIL
PENALTY.

*
*
*
*
*

340.
Section
1068.245
is
amended
by
revising
paragraphs
(
a)(
4)
and
(
f)(
4)
to
read
as
follows:

§
1068.245
What
temporary
provisions
address
hardship
due
to
unusual
circumstances?

(
a)
*
*
*

(
4)
No
other
allowances
are
available
under
the
regulations
in
this
chapter
to
avoid
the
impending
violation,
including
the
provisions
of
§
1068.250.

*
*
*
*
*

(
f)
*
*
*

(
4)
One
of
the
following
statements:

(
i)
If
the
engine
does
not
meet
any
emission
standards:
"
THIS
ENGINE
IS
EXEMPT
UNDER
40
CFR
1068.245
FROM
EMISSION
STANDARDS
AND
RELATED
REQUIREMENTS.".

(
ii)
If
the
engine
meets
alternate
emission
standards
as
a
condition
of
an
exemption
under
this
section,
we
may
specify
a
different
statement
to
identify
the
alternate
emission
standards.

341.
Section
1068.250
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
k)(
4)
to
read
as
follows:

§
1068.250
What
are
the
provisions
for
extending
compliance
deadlines
for
small­
volume
manufacturers
under
hardship?

*
*
*
*
*

(
k)*
*
*

(
4)
One
of
the
following
statements:
391
(
i)
If
the
engine
does
not
meet
any
emission
standards:
"
THIS
ENGINE
IS
EXEMPT
UNDER
40
CFR
1068.250
FROM
EMISSION
STANDARDS
AND
RELATED
REQUIREMENTS.".

(
ii)
If
the
engine
meets
alternate
emission
standards
as
a
condition
of
an
exemption
under
this
section,
we
may
specify
a
different
statement
to
identify
the
alternate
emission
standards.

342.
Section
1068.255
is
amended
by
revising
paragraphs
(
a)
introductory
text
and
(
b)(
4)
to
read
as
follows:

§
1068.255
What
are
the
provisions
for
exempting
engines
for
hardship
for
equipment
manufacturers
and
secondary
engine
manufacturers?

*
*
*
*
*

(
a)
Equipment
exemption.
As
an
equipment
manufacturer,
you
may
ask
for
approval
to
produce
exempted
equipment
for
up
to
12
months.
We
will
generally
limit
this
to
the
first
year
that
new
or
revised
emission
standards
apply.
Send
the
Designated
Officer
a
written
request
for
an
exemption
before
you
are
in
violation.
In
your
request,
you
must
show
you
are
not
at
fault
for
the
impending
violation
and
that
you
would
face
serious
economic
hardship
if
we
do
not
grant
the
exemption.
This
exemption
is
not
available
under
this
paragraph
(
a)
if
you
manufacture
the
engine
you
need
for
your
own
equipment
or
if
complying
engines
are
available
from
other
engine
manufacturers
that
could
be
used
in
your
equipment,
unless
we
allow
it
elsewhere
in
this
chapter.
We
may
impose
other
conditions,
including
provisions
to
use
an
engine
meeting
less
stringent
emission
standards
or
to
recover
the
lost
environmental
benefit.
In
determining
whether
to
grant
the
exemptions,
we
will
consider
all
relevant
factors,
including
the
following:

*
*
*
*
*

(
b)*
*
*

(
4)
One
of
the
following
statements:

(
i)
If
the
engine
does
not
meet
any
emission
standards:
"
THIS
ENGINE
IS
EXEMPT
UNDER
40
CFR
1068.255
FROM
EMISSION
STANDARDS
AND
RELATED
REQUIREMENTS.".

(
ii)
If
the
engine
meets
alternate
emission
standards
as
a
condition
of
an
exemption
under
this
section,
we
may
specify
a
different
statement
to
identify
the
alternate
emission
standards.

*
*
*
*
*

343.
Section
1068.260
is
amended
by
revising
paragraphs(
a)(
5),
(
a)(
6),
and
(
f)
and
adding
paragraphs
(
g),
and
(
h)
to
read
as
follows:

§
1068.260
What
are
the
provisions
for
temporarily
exempting
engines
for
delegated
final
assembly?
392
(
a)
*
*
*

(
5)
Ship
the
aftertreatment
components
directly
to
the
equipment
manufacturer,
or
arrange
for
separate
shipment
by
the
component
manufacturer
to
the
equipment
manufacturer.

(
6)
Take
appropriate
additional
steps
to
ensure
that
all
engines
will
be
in
their
certified
configuration
when
installed
by
the
equipment
manufacturer.
At
a
minimum
do
the
following:

(
i)
Obtain
annual
affidavits
from
every
equipment
manufacturer
to
whom
you
sell
engines
under
this
section.
Include
engines
that
you
sell
through
distributors
or
dealers.
The
affidavits
must
list
the
part
numbers
of
the
aftertreatment
devices
that
equipment
manufacturers
install
on
each
engine
they
purchase
from
you
under
this
section.

(
ii)
If
you
sell
more
than
50
engines
per
model
year
under
this
section,
you
must
annually
audit
four
equipment
manufacturers
to
whom
you
sell
engines
under
this
section.
To
select
individual
equipment
manufacturers,
divide
all
the
affected
equipment
manufacturers
into
quartiles
based
on
the
number
of
engines
they
buy
from
you;
select
a
single
equipment
manufacturer
from
each
quartile
each
model
year.
Vary
the
equipment
manufacturers
you
audit
from
year
to
year,
though
you
may
repeat
an
audit
in
a
later
model
year
if
you
find
or
suspect
that
a
particular
equipment
manufacturer
is
not
properly
installing
aftertreatment
devices.
If
you
sell
engines
to
fewer
than
16
equipment
manufacturers
under
the
provisions
of
this
section,
you
may
instead
set
up
a
plan
to
audit
each
equipment
manufacturer
on
average
once
every
four
model
years.
Audits
must
involve
the
assembling
companies'
facilities,
procedures,
and
production
records
to
monitor
their
compliance
with
your
instructions,
must
include
investigation
of
some
assembled
engines,
and
must
confirm
that
the
number
of
aftertreatment
devices
shipped
were
sufficient
for
the
number
of
engines
produced.
Where
an
equipment
manufacturer
is
not
located
in
the
United
States,
you
may
conduct
the
audit
at
a
distribution
or
port
facility
in
the
United
States.
You
must
keep
records
of
these
audits
for
five
years
after
the
end
of
the
model
year
and
provide
a
report
to
us
describing
any
uninstalled
or
improperly
installed
aftertreatment
components.
Send
us
these
reports
within
90
days
of
the
audit,
except
as
specified
in
paragraph
(
d)
of
this
section.

(
iii)
If
you
sell
up
to
50
engines
per
model
year
under
this
section,
you
must
conduct
audits
as
described
in
paragraph
(
a)(
6)(
ii)
of
this
section
or
propose
an
alternative
plan
for
ensuring
that
equipment
manufacturers
properly
install
aftertreatment
devices.

(
iv)
If
you
produce
engines
and
use
them
to
produce
equipment
under
the
provisions
of
this
section,
you
must
take
steps
to
ensure
that
your
facilities,
procedures,
and
production
records
are
set
up
to
ensure
compliance
with
the
provisions
of
this
section,
but
you
may
meet
your
auditing
responsibilities
under
this
paragraph
(
a)(
6)
by
maintaining
a
database
showing
how
you
pair
aftertreatment
components
with
the
appropriate
engines.

*
*
*
*
*

(
f)
You
are
liable
for
the
in­
use
compliance
of
any
engine
that
is
exempt
under
this
section.

(
g)
It
is
a
violation
of
the
Act
for
any
person
to
complete
assembly
of
the
exempted
engine
without
complying
fully
with
the
installation
instructions.
393
(
h)
You
may
ask
us
to
provide
a
temporary
exemption
to
allow
you
to
complete
production
of
your
engines
at
different
facilities,
as
long
as
you
maintain
control
of
the
engines
until
they
are
in
their
certified
configuration.
We
may
require
you
to
take
specific
steps
to
ensure
that
such
engines
are
in
their
certified
configuration
before
reaching
the
ultimate
purchaser.
You
may
request
an
exemption
under
this
paragraph
(
h)
in
your
application
for
certification,
or
in
a
separate
submission
to
the
Designated
Compliance
Officer.

344.
A
new
§
1068.265
is
added
to
subpart
C
to
read
as
follows:

§
1068.265
What
provisions
apply
to
engines
that
are
conditionally
exempted
from
certification?

Engines
produced
under
an
exemption
for
replacement
engines
(
§
1068.240)
or
for
hardship
(
§
1068.245,
§
1068.250,
or
§
1068.255)
may
need
to
meet
alternate
emission
standards
as
a
condition
of
the
exemption.
The
standard­
setting
part
may
similarly
exempt
engines
from
all
certification
requirements,
or
allow
us
to
exempt
engines
from
all
certification
requirements
for
certain
cases,
but
require
the
engines
to
meet
alternate
standards.
In
these
cases,
all
the
following
provisions
apply:

(
a)
Your
engines
must
meet
the
alternate
standards
we
specify
in
(
or
pursuant
to)
the
exemption
section,
and
all
other
requirements
applicable
to
engines
that
are
subject
to
such
standards.

(
b)
You
need
not
apply
for
and
receive
a
certificate
for
the
exempt
engines.
However,
you
must
comply
with
all
the
requirements
and
obligations
that
would
apply
to
the
engines
if
you
had
received
a
certificate
of
conformity
for
them,
unless
we
specifically
waive
certain
requirements.

(
c)
You
must
have
emission
data
from
test
engines
using
the
appropriate
procedures
that
demonstrate
compliance
with
the
alternate
standards,
unless
the
engines
are
identical
in
all
material
respects
to
engines
that
you
have
previously
certified
to
standards
that
are
the
same
as,
or
more
stringent
than,
the
alternate
standards.

(
d)
Unless
we
specify
otherwise
elsewhere
in
the
standard­
setting
part,
you
must
meet
the
labeling
requirements
in
the
standard­
setting
part,
with
the
following
exceptions:

(
1)
Modify
the
engine­
family
designation
by
eliminating
the
character
that
identifies
the
model
year.

(
2)
See
the
provisions
of
the
applicable
exemption
for
appropriate
language
to
replace
the
compliance
statement
otherwise
required
in
the
standard­
setting
part.

(
e)
You
may
not
generate
emission
credits
for
averaging,
banking,
or
trading
with
engines
meeting
requirements
under
the
provisions
of
this
section.

(
f)
Keep
records
to
show
that
you
meet
the
alternate
standards,
as
follows:

(
1)
If
your
exempted
engines
are
identical
to
previously
certified
engines,
keep
your
most
recent
application
for
certification
for
the
certified
engine
family.

(
2)
If
you
previously
certified
a
similar
engine
family,
but
have
modified
the
exempted
engine
in
a
way
that
changes
it
from
its
previously
certified
configuration,
keep
your
most
recent
394
application
for
certification
for
the
certified
engine
family,
a
description
of
the
relevant
changes,
and
any
test
data
or
engineering
evaluations
that
support
your
conclusions.

(
3)
If
you
have
not
previously
certified
a
similar
engine
family,
keep
all
the
records
we
specify
for
the
application
for
certification
and
any
additional
records
the
standard­
setting
part
requires
you
to
keep.

(
g)
We
may
require
you
to
send
us
an
annual
report
of
the
engines
you
produce
under
this
section.

345.
Section
1068.305
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
a)
to
read
as
follows:

§
1068.305
How
do
I
get
an
exemption
or
exclusion
for
imported
engines?

(
a)
Complete
the
appropriate
EPA
declaration
form
before
importing
any
nonconforming
engine.
These
forms
are
available
on
the
Internet
at
http://
www.
epa.
gov/
OTAQ/
imports/
or
by
phone
at
734­
214­
4100.

*
*
*
*
*

346.
Section
1068.315
is
amended
by
revising
paragraphs
(
e),
(
f),
and
(
g)
and
adding
paragraphs
(
h),
(
i),
and
(
j)
to
read
as
follows:

§
1068.315
What
are
the
permanent
exemptions
for
imported
engines?

*
*
*
*
*

(
e)
Small­
volume
manufacturer
exemption.
You
may
import
a
nonconforming
engine
if
we
grant
hardship
relief
for
a
small­
volume
manufacturer,
as
described
in
§
1068.250.

(
f)
Equipment­
manufacturer
hardship
exemption.
You
may
import
a
nonconforming
engine
if
we
grant
an
exemption
for
the
transition
to
new
or
revised
emission
standards,
as
described
in
§
1068.255.

(
g)
Delegated­
assembly
exemption.
You
may
import
a
nonconforming
engine
for
final
assembly
under
the
provisions
of
§
1068.260.
However,
this
does
not
include
the
staged­
assembly
provisions
of
§
1068.260(
h);
see
§
1068.330
for
importing
incomplete
engines.

(
h)
[
Reserved]

(
i)
Identical
configuration
exemption.
You
may
import
a
nonconforming
engine
if
it
is
identical
to
certified
engines
produced
by
the
same
manufacturer,
subject
to
the
following
provisions:

(
1)
You
may
import
only
the
following
engines
under
this
exemption:

(
i)
Large
nonroad
spark­
ignition
engines
(
see
part
1048
of
this
chapter).

(
ii)
Recreational
nonroad
spark­
ignition
engines
and
equipment
(
see
part
1051
of
this
chapter).

(
iii)
Land­
based
nonroad
diesel
engines
(
see
part
1039
of
this
chapter).
395
(
2)
You
must
meet
all
the
following
criteria:

(
i)
You
have
owned
the
engine
for
at
least
six
months.

(
ii)
You
agree
not
to
sell,
lease,
donate,
trade,
or
otherwise
transfer
ownership
of
the
engine
for
at
least
five
years,
or
until
the
engine
is
eligible
for
the
exemption
in
paragraph
(
g)
of
this
section.
During
this
period,
the
only
acceptable
way
to
dispose
of
the
engine
is
to
destroy
or
export
it.

(
iii)
You
use
data
or
evidence
sufficient
to
show
that
the
engine
is
in
a
configuration
that
is
identical
to
an
engine
the
original
manufacturer
has
certified
to
meet
emission
standards
that
apply
at
the
time
the
manufacturer
finished
assembling
or
modifying
the
engine
in
question.
If
you
modify
the
engine
to
make
it
identical,
you
must
completely
follow
the
original
manufacturer's
written
instructions.

(
3)
We
will
tell
you
in
writing
if
we
find
the
information
insufficient
to
show
that
the
engine
is
eligible
for
this
exemption.
In
this
case,
we
will
not
consider
your
request
further
until
you
address
our
concerns.

(
j)
Ancient
engine
exemption.
If
you
are
not
the
original
engine
manufacturer,
you
may
import
a
nonconforming
engine
that
is
subject
to
a
standard­
setting
part
and
was
first
manufactured
at
least
21
years
earlier,
as
long
as
it
is
still
in
its
original
configuration.

347.
Section
1068.325
is
amended
by
revising
the
introductory
text
to
read
as
follows:

§
1068.325
What
are
the
temporary
exemptions
for
imported
engines?

You
may
import
engines
under
certain
temporary
exemptions,
subject
to
the
conditions
in
this
section.
We
may
ask
the
U.
S.
Customs
Service
to
require
a
specific
bond
amount
to
make
sure
you
comply
with
the
requirements
of
this
subpart.
You
may
not
sell
or
lease
one
of
these
engines
while
it
is
in
the
United
States.
You
must
eventually
export
the
engine
as
we
describe
in
this
section
unless
you
get
a
certificate
of
conformity
for
it
or
it
qualifies
for
one
of
the
permanent
exemptions
in
§
1068.315.
Section
1068.330
specifies
an
additional
temporary
exemption
allowing
you
to
import
certain
engines
you
intend
to
modify.

*
*
*
*
*

348.
Section
1068.330
is
amended
by
revising
the
section
heading
and
paragraph
(
c)
and
adding
paragraph
(
a)(
4)
to
read
as
follows:

§
1068.330
How
do
I
import
engines
requiring
further
assembly?

*
*
*
*
*

(
a)
*
*
*

(
4)
You
import
a
complete
or
partially
complete
engine
for
installation
in
equipment
subject
to
equipment­
based
standards
for
which
you
have
either
a
certificate
of
conformity
or
an
exemption
that
allows
you
to
sell
the
equipment.
396
*
*
*
*
*

(
c)
If
we
approve
a
temporary
exemption
for
an
engine,
you
may
import
it
under
the
conditions
in
this
section.
If
you
are
not
a
certificate
holder,
we
may
ask
the
U.
S.
Customs
Service
to
require
a
specific
bond
amount
to
make
sure
you
comply
with
the
requirements
of
this
subpart.

*
*
*
*
*

349.
Section
1068.335
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
b)
to
read
as
follows:

§
1068.335
What
are
the
penalties
for
violations?

*
*
*
*
*

(
b)
Temporarily
imported
engines.
If
you
do
not
comply
with
the
provisions
of
this
subpart
for
a
temporary
exemption
under
§
1068.325
or
§
1068.330,
you
may
forfeit
the
total
amount
of
the
bond
in
addition
to
the
sanctions
we
identify
in
paragraph
(
a)
of
this
section.
We
will
consider
an
engine
to
be
exported
if
it
has
been
destroyed
or
delivered
to
the
U.
S.
Customs
Service
for
export
or
other
disposition
under
applicable
Customs
laws
and
regulations.
EPA
or
the
U.
S.
Customs
Service
may
offer
you
a
grace
period
to
allow
you
to
export
a
temporarily
exempted
engine
without
penalty
after
the
exemption
expires.

350.
Section
1068.410
is
amended
by
adding
paragraph
(
j)
to
read
as
follows:

§
1068.410
How
must
I
select
and
prepare
my
engines?

*
*
*
*
*

(
j)
Retesting
after
reaching
a
fail
decision.
You
may
retest
your
engines
once
a
fail
decision
for
the
audit
has
been
reached
based
on
the
first
test
on
each
engine
under
§
1068.420(
c).
You
may
test
each
engine
up
to
a
total
of
three
times,
but
you
must
perform
the
same
number
of
tests
on
each
engine.
You
may
further
operate
the
engine
to
stabilize
emission
levels
before
testing,
subject
to
the
provisions
of
paragraph
(
f)
of
this
section.
We
may
approve
retesting
at
other
times
if
you
send
us
a
request
with
satisfactory
justification.

351.
Section
1068.505
is
amended
by
adding
paragraph
(
g)
to
read
as
follows:

§
1068.505
How
does
the
recall
program
work?

*
*
*
*
*

(
g)
For
purposes
of
recall,
owner
means
someone
who
owns
an
engine
affected
by
a
remedial
plan
or
someone
who
owns
a
piece
of
equipment
that
has
one
of
these
engines.

352.
Section
1068.510
is
amended
by
revising
paragraph
(
a)(
10)
to
read
as
follows:
397
§
1068.510
How
do
I
prepare
and
apply
my
remedial
plan?

(
a)
*
*
*

(
10)
If
your
employees
or
authorized
warranty
agents
will
not
be
doing
the
work,
state
who
will
and
describe
their
qualifications.

*
*
*
*
*

353.
Remove
§
1068.540.
